PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES

OF

PHILADELPHIA.

1896.

COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION:

Thomas Meehan, Charles E. Smith,

Edward J. Nolan, M. D., George H. Horn, M. D. ,

Harrison Allen, M. D.

Editor : EDWARD J. NOLAN, M. D.

PHILADELPHIA:
ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES,

LOGAN SQUARE.

1896.
41

M3C

Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,

February 6, 1896.

I hereby certify that printed copies of the Proceedings of the
Academy for 1895 have been presented at the meetings of the Academy
as follows : —

Pages 9 to 24 .

. February 26, 1895.

' 25 to 40 .

. March 19, 1895.

4 41 to 88 .

. April 9, 1895.

4 89 to 152 .

. April 30, 1895.

' 153 to 168 .

. May 14, 1895.

' 169 to 200 .

. May 28, 1895.

' 201 to 210 .

. June 18, 1895.

' 211 to 290 .

. July 2, 1895.

' 291 to 338 .

. August 20, 1895.

' 339 to 370 .

. October 1, 1895.

' 371 to 434 .

. November 5, 1895.

' 435 to 514 .

. December 10, 1895.

' 515 to 530 .

. January 7, 1896.

' 531 to 562 .

. February 4, 1896.

EDWARD J. NOLAN,

Recording Secretary

LEVYTYPE CO., ENGRAVERS AND PRINTERS, PHILA.

LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS.

With reference to the several articles contributed by each.

For Verbal Communications see General Index.

Baldwin, D. D. Descriptions of new Species of Achatinellidse

from the Hawaiian Islands (Plates X and XI) 214

Cockerell, T. D. A. Some new Bees of the Genus Perdita ... 11
Ellis, J. B. Notes on some specimens of Pyrenomycetes in the

Schweinitz Herbarium of the Academy 20

Ellis, J. B., and B. M. Everhart. New Species of Fungi from

various localities 413

Foote, Warren M. Preliminary Note on a new Alkali Mineral . 408

Fowke, Gerard. Archaeological Work in Ohio 506

Fox, William J. Synopsis of the Stizini of Boreal America . . 264
Synopsis of the Bembicini of Boreal America (Plate XIV) . 351
Synopsis of the North American Species of Gorytes Latr. . . 517
Greene, Edward L. Eclogse Botanicaj, No. 2. I. Some new

Western Plants ; II. Revision of Tropidocarpum 546

Gwatkin, H. M., and Henry Sutor. Observations on the Den-
tition of Achatinellidffi 237

Harris, Gilbert D. New and otherwise interesting Tertiary

Mollusca from Texas (Plates I-IX) 45

Holm, Theo. Contributions to the Flora of Greenland 543

Johnson, C. W., and D. W. Coquillet. Diptera of Florida, with

additional descriptions of new Genera and Species .... 303
Keller, Ida A. The Jelly-like secretion of the fruit of Peltandra

undulata (Plate XII) 287

Notes on the Study of the Cross-fertilization of Flowers by

Insects 555

Kennedy, William. The Eocene Tertiary of Texas east of the

Brazos River 89

Meehan, Thomas. Memoir of John Howard Redfield 292

Moore, J. Percy. Notes on American Enchytraeidre. I. New

Species of Fridericia from the vicinity of Philadelphia

(Plate XIII) 341

Morris, Charles. The Extinction of Species 253

Nolan, Edw. J., M.D. A. biographical notice of W. S. W.

Ruschenberger, M. D 452

/ ^ 337

Ortrnann, Arnold E. A Study of the systematic and geographic-
Distribution of the Decapod Family Crangonidre Bate . . 173
Pilsbry, Henry A. On the Status of the Names Aplysia and

Tethys . 347

Pilsbry, H. A., and E. G. Vanatta. New Species of the

Genus Cerion 206

Rhoads, Samuel N. Descriptions of new Mammals from Florida

and Southern California 32

New Subspecies of the Gray Fox and Say's Chipmunk ... 42
Notes on the Varying Hares of Washington and British

Columbia, with descriptions of a new Subspecies 241

Distribution of the American Bison in Pennsylvania, with

remarks on a new fossil Species ' 244

Contributions to the Zoology of Tennessee. No. 1, Reptiles

and Batrachians 376

Contributions to the Zoology of Tennessee. No. 2, Birds . . 463
Ryder, John A. An arrangement of the Retinal Cells in the

Eyes of Fishes partially simulating Compound Eyes . . . 161
The true Nature of the so-called "Nettle-Threads " of Para-

mcecium 167

Scott, W. B. Protoptychus Hatcheri, a new Rodent from the

Uinta Eocene 269

Starks, Edwin Chapin. Description of a new Genus and Species

of Cottoid Fishes from Puget Sound 410

Stone, Witmer. The Priority of the names Calliste, Aglaia and

Calospiza and their use in Ornithology . 251

List of Birds collected in North Greenland by the Peary
Expedition of 1891-2 and the Relief Expedition of 1892. . 502
Walter, Emma. Does the Delaware Water Gap consist of Two

River Gorges ? 198

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES

OF

PHILADELPHIA.

1895.

January 1.
The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the Chair.

Fifteen persons present.

The Council reported that the following Standing Committees had
been appointed to serve during the current year : —

On Library. — W. S. W. Ruschenberger, M.D., Henry C.
Chapman, M. D. , Charles P. Perot, George Vaux, Jr., and Dr. C.
Nevvliu Peirce.

On Publications. — John H. Redfield, Charles E. Smith,
Thomas Meehan, George H. Horn, M.D., and Edw. J. Nolan, M.D.

On Instruction and Lectures. — Charles Morris, Benjamin
Sharp, M.D., Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., George A. Rex, M.D., and
Uselma C. Smith.

Standing Committee of Council on By-Laws. — W. S. W.
Ruschenberger, M.D., Theodore D. Rand, William Sellers, and
Isaac J. Wistar.

2

10 proceedings of the academy of [1895.

January 8.

The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the Chair.
Twenty- six persons present.

January 15.
Dr. Samuel G. Dixon in the Chair.

Eighty- nine persons present.

A paper entitled "On some new and otherwise interesting Tertiary
Mollusca from Texas," by Gilbert D. Harris, was preseD ted for pub-
lication.

Charles Lester Leonard, M.D., made a communication on a
new method of studying cell motion as exemplified in the red and
white blood corpuscles. (No abstract.)

January 22.

Mr. Charles P. Perot in the Chair.

Twenty- eight persons present.

Papers under the following titles were presented for publication : —

"Notes on Specimens of Pyrenomycetes in the Schweinitz Her-
barium of the Academy," by J. B. Ellis.

"Description of new Mammals from California and Florida,"
by S. N. Rhoads.

The deaths of Robert H. Lamborne and Wm. G. Moorehead,
members, were announced.

January 29.
Dr. C. Newlin Peirce in the Chair.

Twenty-two persons present.

R. Shirley Borden and Frank Haimbach were elected members.

The following were ordered to be printed : —

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 11

SOME NEW BEES OF THE GENUS PERDITA.
BY T. D. A. COCKERELL.

In Cresson'*s catalogue of 1887, there are given thirteen species of
Perdita, four of which, however, are considered only doubtfully
referable to the genus. Of these species 2 are from Col., 2 Cala.,
2 Nev., 1 Tex., 1 Col., Nev., 1 Col., Tex., N. Mex., 1 Ga., 1 U.
S., IN. Am. Lately, Mr. Fox has described three from Lower
California. The opinion, which might have been derived from these
facts, that the genus is specially characteristic of the arid region, is
strengthened by the information given below. Without any special
search for the genus, the writer has discovered ten new species in
New Mexico during the season of 1894, though one of them had
previously been captured by Prof. Townsend.

Mr. Fox, to whom I am very greatly indebted for comparing the
types with those of Cresson, has suggested the preparation of a
synoptic table. This, however, is deferred for the present, as it is
confidently expected that more new species will be found when they
are systematically looked for next year.

The specific differences offered by these bees present a very in-
teresting problem to the Darwinian, and it is hoped to dwell at
some length on this phase of the subject hereafter. But attention
may be called to the peculiar and apparently constant (within nar-
row limits) markings of the face, which seem to fall under Wallace's
class of "recognition marks."

All of the bees now described appear to me to be congeneric in
the strictest sense. It has not been thought necessary to mention in
each description those characters which run throughout the series ;
it is assumed that anyone using the descriptions has made himself
familiar with the generic type.

With regard to the extent of the pale markings on the face, the
New Mexican species of Perdita form a series thus : —

Semierocea -f phymatce -+■ sexmaculata, hyalina, albipennis, albovit-
tata, austini, canina, nitidella -+- foxi, martini, luteola.

12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

The known distribution of the species in New Mexico is thus : —

(1.) Mesilla valley, about 3,800 ft. above tide. — Hijalina, albipen-
nis, phymatce, martini, semicrocea, lateola, nitidella, austini.=S spp.

(2.) San Augustine, on east side of Organ Mts. — Albovittata.=
1 sp.

(3.) Santa Fe, about 7,000 ft. above tide. — Sexmaculata, canina,
foxi.=3 spp.

Thus the species of each locality are different.

P. luteola has been described in another paper ; it is easily known
by its entirely yellow color. The other new species are described
herewith. All the types are now in Coll. Amer. Ent. Society.

Perdita phymatae n. sp. 9.

About 4£ mm. long: head and thorax shining olive- green, scutel-
lum bluish, metathorax green. Abdomen shining piceous.

Face without pale marks ; mandibles brown ; antennae dark brown,
last four joints of flagellum pale brown beneath. Crown of head
finely punctured. A distinct ridge between antennae, replaced pos-
teriorly by a groove, which extends to the middle ocellus. A short,
shallow groove near and parallel with inner margin of eye.

Thorax very finely punctured, with a few scattered pale hairs.
Metathorax with a distinct fovea.

Abdomen piceous, sparsely clothed with pale hairs at tip.

Legs dark brown; wings hyaline, iridescent, venation brown.

Recognized among the species with a dark face, by its dark brown
abdomen and legs.

Hab. — The type was taken out of the clutches of an example of
Phymata fasciata Gray, at Las Cruces, N. M. , on the campus of the
Agricultural College, beginning of October. (Ckll., 2,492.) The
Phymata was on yellow (Composite) flowers, which it deceptively
resembles in color.

Mr. Fox remarks that semicrocea, martini, sexmaculata, and phy-
matce are "all good and so distinct as to scarcely require comparison."

Perdita sexmaculata n. sp. 9.

About 5 mm. long : head and thorax shining indigo-blue; clypeus,
mesothorax, and scutellum black; prothorax slightly greenish in
some lights, in others blue. Ends of mandibles rufous. Scape black ;
flagellum dark brown, paler beneath. Face and clypeus with dis-
tinct but very sparse punctures.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 13

Thorax smooth and very sparsely punctured, except the blue
metathorax, which appears rough from extremely minute and close
punctures — one should say rugulose rather thrfh punctured.

Abdomen piceous, shiny, apex with pale hairs. Sides of 2d, 3d,
and 4th segments with a large, pale yellow spot or blotch. First
segment with a deep longitudinal groove extending from its base to
a little beyond its middle.

Metathorax with a distinct fovea. A groove near front margin of
eye as in phymatcv. Legs dark brown, tips of anterior femora, an-
terior tibia? beneath, and anterior tarsi, yellow. Wings hyaline,
iridescent, venation brown.

Recognized among the species with a dark face, by the piceous
abdomen with six yellow spots, and the not entirely brown legs.

Hab.— Santa Fe, N. M., July 25th. (Ckll., 1,647.)

Perdita semicrocea n. sp. 9.

About 4 mm. long : head and thorax black, with a bronze-green
tint in certain lights. Thorax sparsely punctured, vertex of head
finely rugulose.

Face wholly dark ; antennae brown, flagellum yellowish beneath.
Cheeks behind eyes with white hairs. Metathorax finely rugulose.

Abdomen above orange, deepening in tint towards apex ; first seg-
ment mostly fuscous, second with an ill-defined fuscous band along its
sides and hind margin, third with rudiments of such a band. Under
side of abdomen orange.

Legs with coxse and femora, except at ends, dark. Ends of
femora, and whole of tibise and tarsi of anterior and middle legs
primrose-yellow ; corresponding parts of hind legs brownish.

Wings hyaline, veins colorless, stigma pale lemon-yellow. Third
discoidal cell distinct.

Recognized among the species with a dark face, by its orange
abdomen.

Hab. — Las Cruces, N. M. , on yellow (Composite) flowers on cam-
pus of N. M. Agric. College, beginning of October. (Ckll., 2,500.)

Perdita austini n. sp. <?.

About 3j mm. long: head and thorax shining black, head with a
slight greenish, metathorax with a bluish tinge. Crown of head
very finely granular. White hairs on head and thorax sparse.
Tegula? canary-yellow. Clypeus yellow with a minute black dot on

14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

each side; sides of face, in front of eyes, yellow, the yellow extend-
ing upward about the length of scape above the level of insertion of
antenna?. Scape yellow, funicle and flagellum yellowish below and
above brownish below.

Abdomen shining, smooth, with a very few hairs near apex ; sepia
brown, with broad, yellow bands (not reaching the lateral margin
on second segment) occupying the anterior halves of the 2d, 3d, and
4th segments, with another obscurely indicated at hind margin of
4th. The bands are somewhat suffused, not clean cut, at their edges.

Underside of abdomen yellow, brownish towards the tip. Legs
yellow and black. Anterior tibia? and tarsi canary-yellow, femora
yellow with a black blotch on inner side, and mostly black without.
Middle legs duller, femora mostly black, tibise partly so. Hind legs
with femora and tibia? black except their ends, tarsi darkened.

Wings hyaline ; stigma almost, veins quite, colorless. Third dis-
coidal absent.

Recognized among the species with partly yellow face by the
yellow extending above level of insertion of antenna? along the
margin of the eyes but not in the median line, and by the small size
and suffused tints.

Hab. — Las Cruces, N. M., on campus of N. M. Agric. Coll.,
September. (CklL, 2,398.)

Mr. Fox writes of austini that it is " near zebrata but differs by the
more slender legs, 2d submarginal cell narrower at the top; the head
retreats more rapidly behind the eyes. It differs principally from
ventralis by this latter character."

Perdita martini n. sp. d ■

About 4 mm. long; head and thorax dark metallic-blue
moderately hirsute with white hairs. Crown very finely punctured.
Face up to level of anterior ocellus, including clypeus, entirely pale
primrose-yellow ; except for a black dot close to anterior margin of
eye on each side, as far from nearest lateral ocellus as that is from
the opposite lateral one.

Antenna? pale primrose-yellow, and with first 8 joints of flagellum
above largely dark brown. Cheeks below middle of eyes pale yellow.

Thorax, except the minutely roughened metathorax, sparsely
punctured.

Prothorax pale primrose-yellow with a median transverse metallic-
blue band.

1895.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 15

Abdomen with about equally broad bands of pale yellow and
piceous, the piceous bands being at base of 1st, at junction of 1st
and 2d, at distal margin of 2d and 3d, at junction of 4th and 5th,
and at distal margin of 5th segment.

Legs primrose-yellow, posterior tibiae and femora more or less
fuscous above. Wings hyaline, venation extremely pale; outer
margin of 3d discoidal very faint.

Abdomen beneath entirely yellow, tip tinged with orange.

Recognized among the species with partly yellow face, by the yellow
extending upwards to the level of the anterior ocellus, and the
almost entirely yellow legs. The face is practically all yellow.

Hab. — Las Cruces, N. M., on the College Farm, April 26th.
(Ckll., 731.)

I have ventured to name this and the next preceding after my two
little sons, the elder of whom has gone to the undiscovered country.

Perdita albovittata n. sp. $.

About 5£ mm. long; head and thorax shining dark indigo- blue,
with the white hairs more _ prominent than in sexmacnlata, forming
quite a conspicuous white pubescence on cheeks and face. Antennse
dark brown, paler, but still dark, towards their ends. Mandibles
brownish. Clypeus and a large patch on each side of it ivory-white;
clypeus with a blackish mark rather in the form of a horse-shoe, but
very faint medially and broadened laterally.

Head rather sparsely punctate. Thorax very sparsely punctate.
Metathorax shiny, not roughened as in sexmacnlata.

Abdomen piceous, with dense, rather coarse white hairs at tip.
1st segment with a deep groove, extending somewhat beyond its
middle. 2d and 3d segments each with a broad yellowish- white band,
4th with two bauds. Band on 2d segment narrowly interrupted
medially ; it is situated along the upper margin of the segment,
except at sides, where it bends hindward. Band on 3d segment
similar, but only constricted, not interrupted, medially. 1st band on
4th segment similar, but only notched medially on its hind margin,
broader, and evanescent at sides. 2d band on 4th segment placed
along its hind margin, straight, and evanescent at sides; it represents
the band of 5th segment pushed forward.

Underside of abdomen piceous, with pale marks at sides, resem-
bling the upper side of abdomen of sexmacnlata considerably.

16 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Legs black. Wings hyaline with a milky tint, iridescent. Vena-
tion pale brown.

Recognized among the species with partly white face, by its denser
hairs on head and thorax, white bands on abdomen, and black legs.

Hab.— San Augustine, N. M., August 29th. (Ckll., 2,270.)
Another example, from the same locality and taken on the same
day (Ckll., 2,277, a $ ), differs a little, having the dark marks on
clypeus reduced, mesothorax above very dark, slightly greenish, not
blue (metathorax and pleura blue), band of 2d segment of abdomen
constricted, not interrupted medially.

Mr. Fox writes: " albovittata also very distinct by dark legs, im-
maculate pronotum and long marginal cell."

Perdita nitidella n. sp. tf-

About 4 mm. long; head and thorax greenish-blue. Face (in-
cluding clypeus) up to level of insertion of antennae bright yellow,
furthermore, the yellow extends as much beyond the insertion of the
antennae as the length of the scape, but is divided by two incursions
of the dark blue, which descend to the bases of the antennae, their
sides forming right angles thereat. Antennae yellow, funicle, flagel-
lum, and tip of scape more or less dark brown above.

Head and thorax finely rugulose. Borders of prothorax, and
tegulae, yellow. Abdomen shiny, yellow, becoming darker towards
the tip, with dark brown bands. These bands are one at base of
1st segment and one at its distal border, these two connected by a
longitudinal median line; a broad one at distal border of 2d seg-
ment, bulging (especially posteriorly) in the middle; a linear one at
proximal border and a broad one at distal border of 3d segment,
and rather broad ones about the distal borders of 4th, 5th, and 6th
segments.

Legs primrose-yellow, hind tibiae and tarsi brownish.

Wings hyaline, iridescent, veins dark brown, 3d discoidal exces-
sively indistinct.

Recognized among the species with partly yellow face, by the yel-
low extending over the whole of that portion of the face beneath the
level of the antennae, but not to the middle ocellus; by the yellow
legs ; and by the small size and shiny abdomen with yellow and
brown bands.

Hab — Las Cruces, N. M., on the campus of the Agricultural

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 17

College, September. (Ckll., L',405.) Another specimen had previ-
ously been taken at Las duces, by Prof. C. H. T. Towusend.

Mr. Fox writes: "rritidella is new, unless the $ of some known
species, which, however, I think unlikely." I do not myself enter-
tain any serious doubts as to the validity of the species.

Perdita canina n. sp. &.

About 5 mm. long ; head and* thorax dark metallic-blue, the
white pubescence moderately abundant. Crown of head minutely
granular, with punctures interspersed, showing that the granulations
do not represent minute punctures of the ordinary sort.

Clypeus yellowish-white, this color extending upwards to level of
antennae and there abruptly truncate, with a slight indentation in the
middle. On each side this is touched by a heart-shaped spot situated
beneath the antenna?, the whole so placed as to suggest the head of
a hound, with drooping ears, seen from behind. A minute, black
dot on each side of clypeus, as in austini. Besides these markings
a narrowing band of yellow borders the eyes in front, coming to a
point a little above the level of the antenme. Antenna? yellow be-
neath and black above.

Thorax shiny, sparsely punctured, tegulre pale yellow.

Abdomen yellow and dark sepia- brown ; 1st segment brown; 2d
and 3d segments, with the disc broadly yellow, margined with brown,
this margin not covering the sides, which are yellow at the angles.
4th segment yellow with its upper margin brown, the brown extend-
ing hindward at the sides to about the middle of the segment.
Just below this brown margin, medially, is a minute dot of brown.
Hind margin of 4th segment narrowly brown, with a squarish brown
mark ou each side about half-way between lateral margin and cen-
tre. 5th segment yellow, very narrowly margined with brown above
at centre, and with a brown spot on each side near lateral margin,
and near hind margin a pair of brown marks representing the
squarish marks of previous segment. Remaining segments yellow.
Abdomen shiny, obscurely punctate.

Legs yellow marked with black ; anterior femur and tibia each
with a black patch behind; middle femur with an oblique black
patch behind, middle tibia mostly black, middle tarsus pale brownish.
Hind femur with a large elongated black patch above, hind tibia
and tarsus blackish.

18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Wings hyaline, veins dark brown, stigma margined with brown,
3d discoidal very weak.

Abdomen beneath yellow, the anterior margins of the segments
narrowly black.

Hab.— Santa Fe, N. M. , July 19th. (Ckll., 1,572 and 1,571.)

Mr. Fox writes: "canina may be the <?of zebrata, although I had
previously referred two S specimens, different from yours, to that
species. ' ' *

There was taken, however, at Santa Fe (Ckll., 1,270, July 5th)
a specimen of which Mr. Fox writes: "No. 1,270 I had named as
P. albipennis, but I now find it differs from that species and is per-
haps the $ of canina."

This example differs principally from canina ( $ ) by the face mark-
ings being white; the clypeus not entirely pale, but with the pale color
terminating on its upper half in three projections; the yellowish above
the clypeus represented by a pair of oval, white marks; the dog's-ear-
like marks absent ; the 1st segment of abdomen with a narrow in-
terrupted band, the bands on the other segments continuous in the
middle ; antennae darker; size larger.

I think this is a distinct (and new) species, but it may be wiser to
leave it unnamed until its relationship with canina can be made
clearer. In P. albipennis, the sexes differ very much in the colora-
tion of the abdomen, but I find the face markings practically the
same in $ and 9 . Hence it seems likely that the dog's- head
markings are characteristic of canina in either sex. In its face mark-
ings, this 9 form is intermediate between canina and albipennis, but
quite different from both.

Perdita foxi n. sp. j1.

About 5 mm. long or slightly more ; head and thorax very dark
blue; face mostly yellow. Abdomen black. Legs rufous. The
white pubescence reduced to a minimum, though sufficiently evident,
if scattered, on the posterior tibia; and tip of abdomen.

Head almost exactly circular; vertex finely roughened, clypeus
distinctly punctate. Mandibles large, canary-yellow inclining to
orange, with piceous tips. Clypeus cpjite prominent, canary-yellow
with a black dot on each side. In addition to the clypeus, the wdiole
of the face is canary-yellow up to the level of the insertion of the
antenme; the yellow at the sides, just before the eyes, extending still
further upward, in a broad band which is deeply notched at its ex-

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 19

tremity, the termination of this band being about (or hardly) as far
above the level of the insertion of the antennae as the length of the
scape. Cheeks yellow. Antennae dull chrome-yellow, funicle and
flagellum blackened above.

Thorax, seen from above, much the shape of a Goodale pear (see
Downing), metathorax abruptly truncate and rapidly descending,
rugulose.

Lateral margin of prothorax yellow. Teguhe pale testaceous.
Legs pale rufous, or one might say brownish- orange.

Wings hyaline, beautifully iridescent, veins and stigma distinct,
dark (sepia) brown. The recurrent and transverso-cubital nervures
more or less broken by hyaline spots. 3d discoidal distinct. Mar-
ginal about as long as stigma.

Abdomen pitch-black, shiny, hind margins of 3d and 4th seg-
ments obscurely brownish.

Recognized by its black abdomen and orange- rufous legs; nearest
to nitldella in its face markings, but still quite distinct.

.Ha&.— Santa Fe, N. M., June 25th. (Ckll., 1,096.)

Mr. Fox remarks that this is "very distinct and new." I owe to
him the opportunity of describing it, as I had sent it to him before I
became interested in the genus, and he kindly returned it that it
might be included in the present paper.

20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

NOTES ON SOME SPECIMENS OF PYKENOMYCETES IN THE SCHWEINITZ
HERBARIUM OF THE ACADEMY.

BY J. B. ELLIS.

Some time during the past year (1894) there was found in the
Herbarium of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, a
package that had lain unnoticed for many years. The package
was found to contain many of the missing specimens mentioned in
the preface to The North Am. Pyrenomycetes. These specimens are
evidently authentic and reliable, the writing on the papers in which
they are wrapped being in Schweinitz's own hand, with the
abbreviation L. v. S.1 after the names of the species described by him.
In only a few cases are the habitats given, but almost all are
marked as collected either at Bethlehem, Pa., or Salem, N. C.
They are all very small — many of them old and without fruit.

From a careful examination of the specimens the following notes
were made to enable one to recognize some of the Schweinitzian
species that have hitherto been only imperfectly understood. Dr.
Karl Starback in his " Studier i Elias Fries Svamparherbarium:"
Bihang till K. Svenska Vet. Akad. Handl., Band 19, Afd. Ill, No.
2, 1894, has also examined some of the specimens noted and his
observations agree with those here recorded: —

Chaetomium olivaceum C. & E., Grev., VI, p. 96.
Sphczria Douglas ii Schw., in Herb. Schw.

On dead herbaceous stems. Shores of Lake Huron (Prof. Doug-
las). Comm. Dr. Torrey.

Venturia cincinnata Fr., Sunim. Veg. Scand., p. 405.
Sphcsria cincinnata Fr., S. M., II, p. 451.

Perithecia clustered, ovate- globose, 150// diarn., clothed with
black, spreading spines 25-40 x 4-5,".. Asci subsessile, clavate-cylin-
drical, 40-50 x 8-10//., paraphysate. The specc. were not fully ma-
ture and the sporidia could not be accurately made out.

On the lower surface of leaves of Vaccinium. Bethlehem, Pa.
(Schw.).

1 L. v. S. is the abbreviation used by Schweinitz to indicate his name :
Ludovicus von Schweinitz.

1895.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 21

Lasiosphaeria setosa (Schw.).

Sphceria setosa Schw., Syn. N. Am., 1,533.

Perithecia gregarious, superficial, ovate- couical, about f mm. high
and h mm. broad, clothed except the black, entire or subsulcate, ob-
tuse ostiolum, with tuberculiform tufts of matted hairs among which
arise other, darker, longer hairs. Asci elongated, narrowed above,
short-stipitate, paraphysate, 8-spored, 100-120 x 12-15//. Sporidia
biseriate, cylindrical, hyaline, nucleate, curved near the lower end,
45-55 x 4-5/;.; about the same as in L. hirsuta.

On rotten wood, Bethlehem, Pa. (Schw.).

Lasiosphaeria emergens (Schw.).

Sphceria emergens Schw., Syn. N. Am., 1,534.

Mycelium of brown, branching threads septate and undulate, bear-
ing terminally (and laterally)? yellowish-brown, globose conidia 12-
15// diam. with coarsely granular contents. Sporidia nearly straight,
cylindrical, hyaline, 28-32 x 4//, apparently becoming 3-septate.

Differs from L. Rhacodium in its ovate- conical perithecia.

Chaetosphaeria squamulata (Schw.).

Sphceria squama/a Schw., Syn. N. Am., 1,538.

Melanomma squamulata E. & E., N. A. Pyr., p. 184.

Sphceria squamata in Herb. Schw.

Chcetosphceria squamulata Starbiick, Studier i Elias Fr. Svamp. Herb., p. 31.

When the N. A. P. was published we had not seen an authentic
spec, of this species, which is accurately described by Starbiick, I.e.,
the description there given applying perfectly to the spec, in Herb.
Schw. This spec, however, is labeled Sphceria "squamata" L. v. S.,
instead of squamulata as given in Syn. N. Am. with the added note
"olim S. fuscospora."

Herpotrichia diffusa (Schw.) var. rhbdomphala B. & C.

Sphceria diffusa Schw., Syn. N. Am., 1,502.

Splncria rhodomphala Berk. Hook., Lond. Journ. Bot., IV, p. 212. Sph. tris-
tis in Herb. Schw.

Ampin 'sphceria subiculosa E. & E., Journ. Mycol., II, p. 103.

Neopeckia diffusa Starbiick, Stud, i Elias Fries Svamp. Herb., Vet. Akad
Haudl., 1894.

Didymotrichia diffusa Berlese, in the Proc. of the International Bot. Con-
gress, 1S92.

The specc. distributed in Ell. & Evrht's N. A. F., 2,130, differ
from the Schweiuitzian spec, in having the perithecia smaller (about
f mm.), and less crowded, and in their rather smaller, less distinctly
constricted sporidia. These differences, however, seem hardly to be
of specific value, all the other characters being the same, and it seems

22 PBOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

better to put the N. A. F. specc. as a mere var. of that in Herb.
Schw., viz., var. rhodomphala Berk. Sphceria rhodomphala Berk., 1. c.

Rosellinia araneosa (Pers. ).

Sphceria araneosa Pers., Icon, et descr., 1, p. 24, tab. VII, fig. 6, a-h.
Rosellinia araneosa Sacc, Syll., I, p. 259.

Perithecia crowded in elongated groups \— 1 cm. long, 3-4 mm.
wide, globose, papillate, | mm. diam. Sporidia (free spores) in-
equilaterally elliptical, brown, continuous, 7-9 x 5-6//.

Has the external aspect of Rosellinia medullaris (Wallr. ), from
which it differs in its rather smaller perithecia and very different
sporidia.

Rosellinia thelena Fr., var. terrestris.
Sphceria terrestris Schw. in Herb.

Perithecia depressed- globose, grayish-brown, smooth, with a dis-
tinct papilliform ostiolum, gregarious, or crowded, about I mm.
diam., connected at base by a thin, brown subiculum of matted
hairs. Asci (p. sp.) 130 x 6//, paraphysate, 8-spored. Sporidia
overlapping-uniseriate, oblong - fusoid, deep brown, continuous,
straight, 22-25 x 5-7/*, with a straight, hyaline, mucronate append-
age at each end.

On the ground, New York State (Schw.).

Melanomma exile (Schw.).
Sphceria exile, Schw. in Herb. Schw.

Perithecia scattered, erumpent-superficial, black, minute, 120-

150// diam., finally slightly collapsed. Ostiolum conic- papilliform.

The asci could not be made out but sporidia (free spores), were

abundant, oblong- elliptical, 13-16 x 5-6//, 3-septate and brown,

occasionally with one or two cells divided by a longitudinal septum.

The subiculum (arachnoid, whitish) is hardly perceptible. The

perithecia, if pilose at all, are very indistinctly so.

Rosellinia medullaris (Wallr.).

Sphceria medullaris Wallr., Fl. Crypt. Germ., II, p. 792.

The spec, in Herb. Schw. labeled Sphwria mammiformis is this
species. The perithecia are too small for B. mammiformis, and dis-
tinctly ovate. The purplish pruinose pubescence is also distinctly
to be seen. Sporidia oblong or oblong-elliptical, often subinequi-
lateral, 18-22 x 8-10//.

Rosellinia rhodomela (Schw. J, not Fr.

Perithecia gregarious, superficial, minute (200//), ovate or sub.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 23

globose, with a papilliform ostiolum soon perforated, seated on a red
subicnlurn and clothed with a thin, dirty rose-colored, pulveraceo-
tomentose coat. The mycelium is very thin and scanty and the
wood is stained red in the part occupied by the perithecia. The
substance of the perithecia themselves also has a reddish tint. Asci
cylindrical, p. sp. 68-75 x 8//, short-stipitate, 8-spored, paraphy-
sate. Sporidia uniseriate, elliptical or subglobose, opake, 8-12 x
5-7/*.

Rosellinia imposita Schw.

Sphceria imposita Schw., Syn. N. Am., 1,503.

This differs from R. aquila only in the scanty subiculum.

Sporidia oblong, continuous, brown, 18-24 x 6-8/./..

Ceratostomella investita (Schw.).

Sphceria investita Schw., in Herb. Fries.
Sphceria investita in Schw. Syn. N. Am., 1,621?
Sphceria vestita Schw., in Herb. Schw.
Ceratostomella investita Starbiick, 1. c.

Perithecia gregarious, immersed, or partly superficial, 400//diam.,
beset around the lower part with slender, black, septate hairs 80-120
x 3fi, and pubescent with shorter, finer hairs above. Ostiola cylin-
drical, 1 mm. or more long, erumpent through a felt-like brownish-
yellow tomentum overspreading the surface of the wood.

Asci cylindrical, 60-65 x 6-7//, with a short stipe, p. sp. 50-60//
long. Paraphyses none. Sporidia uniseriate, or subbiseriate above,
oblong-elliptical, 6-8 x 3?//, hyaline, 2-nucleate.

There can be no doubt that this is the same as the spec, examined
by Starbiick, in Herb. Fries, but it does not agree entirely with the
diagnosis given by Schweinitz, as the ostiola are not "sulcate-tuber-
culose," nor are they " thickened above. " The spec, from Herb.
Schw. was labeled " Sphceria vestita" L. v. S., and was on rotten
wood, Bethlehem Pa., "vestita" being apparently a lapsus calami
for investita.

Amphisphaeria papilla (Schw.).

Sphceria papilla Schw., Syn. Car., 159.
Melanopsamma papilla (Schw.), N. A. Pyr., p. 17S.

Perithecia conic- hemispherical, with the base slightly sunk in the
wood, f-1 mm. diam. with a distinct conic- papilliform ostiolum. Asci
cylindrical, short-stipitate, paraphysate, p. sp. 100-120 x 12-15//..
Sporidia overlapping- uniseriate, fusoid- oblong, subinequilateral,
brown, uniseptate, slightly constricted, 25-32 x 8-1 2,u.

On rotten wood, Bethlehem, Pa.

24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

This has the outward appearance of the specc. on white oak bark,
mentioned in N. A. Pyr. , p. 178, but the asci and sporidia are
smaller, and the latter are brown. Notwithstanding these discrep-
ancies, the Newfield specc. are no doubt referable to Sphceria papilla
Schw.

Trematosphseria mastoidea (Fr. ).

Starback, 1. c, gives as syn. of this species: Sphceria albicans
Schw., Syn. Car., 176, and Sphceria obtecta, Schw., Syn. Car., 206.

The spec, in Herb. Schw. is entirely without fruit.

Sphceria denudans Schw., Syn. N. Am., 1,625, is appai'ently a
Trematosphceria, but the spec, in Herb. Schw. is old, and the peri-
thecia mostly broken down. A few free spores were seen, oblong,
dark brown, 3- septate, 20-22 x 7-8//.

Trematosphseria applanata (Fr. ).

Sphceria applanata Fr., S. M., II, p. 463 (in part at least).
Sphceria applanata Oudern., Anwinst. Myc. Neder., 1875-1876, p. 11.
Sphceria Aspergrenii Fr., in Herb. Schw.
Trematosphceria applanata Sacc, Syll., II, p. 120.

From the spec, in Herb. Schw. the following diagnosis has been
made: —

Perithecia scattered, erumpent-superficial, depressed-hemispherical,
170-200;/. diam., becoming more or less collapsed above, with a
papilliform ostiolum. Asci oblong-cylindrical, short- sti pi tate, p.
sp. 75-80 x 18-22//, paraphysate, 8-spored. Sporidia obliquely
uniseriate, or biseriate, clavate- oblong, 4-5- (mostly 4-) septate,
and finally constricted at the septa, 24-30 x 7-9//, surrounded with
a hyaline envelope.

This is certainly different from Trematosphceria, applanata (Fr.),
Fckl. Symbolse Myc, p. 162, N. Am. Pyr., p. 206, which is an
Amphisphceria, having uniseptate sporidia broader below, while this
has 4-5-septate sporidia narrower below. Apparently it is the same
as that described by Oudemans, 1. c, though he says nothing of the
hyaline envelope, which is very distinct in the Schweinitzian spec.

Trematosphaeria astroidea (Fr. )?

Sphceria astroidea Fr. ? (in Herb. Schw.).

Perithecia gregarious, superficial ovate-globose, black, with a few,
short, spreading, bristle- like hairs around the base. Ostiolum
minute, acutely conical. Asci not seen. Sporidia oblong-fusoid,
3-4-septate, pale brown, 12-15 x 3-3 h>-

On rotten wood, Bethlehem, Pa. (Schweinitz).

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 25

Trematosphaeria confertula (Schw. ).

Sphesria confertula Schw., Syn. N. Am., 1,508.

Perithecia densely crowded, seated on a felt-like brown subiculum
and clotbed below with straight, septate, bristle- like brown hairs,
globose, about i mm. diam., finally collapsing to cup-shaped. Asci
clavate-eylindrical, stipitate, paraphysate, 8-spored, p. sp. 60-67 x
12//. Sporidia biseriate, oblong, slightly curved, hyaline and uni-
septate at first, becoming brown and 3-septate but not constricted,
18-22x6-7//

Whether this is the same as Amphisperia conferta Schw., in N. A.
P., p. 206, is doubtful. The spec, referred to in Syn. Car. was on
bark of Sassafras, and is described as having the perithecia depressed
at the apex, while in the Bethlehem spec, here described, they are
deeply collapsed. Dr. Cooke who examined a spec, from Carolina,
in Herb. Berk., found the sporidia uniseptate, 12 x 4//. Probably
the Carolina spec, is a different thing from the Bethlehem spec,
though Schweinitz in Syn. N. Am. considers them the same.

On rotten wood, Bethlehem, Pa. (Schw.).

Trematosphaeria Schweinitzii E. & E.

Perithecia gregarious, semiemergent or erumpent-superficial, \-$
mm. diam. , ovate-conical, gradually attenuated above into the conical
or short-cylindrical ostiolum, or when erumpent, depressed- globose
with tuberculo-papilliform ostiolum, roughish and brownish-black.
Asci cylindrical, stipitate, paraphysate, p. sp. about 90 x 8-10,".
Sporidia overlapping-uniseriate, fusoid, brown, 3-septate and con-
stricted at the middle septum, the end cells attenuated to an obtuse
point and a little paler, 19-22 x 5-6//.

On dead canes of Rabus, Bethlehem, Pa., Schw. (in Herb.), un-
der the name of Sphceria rostellata Fr.

Teichospora tenacella (Fr.).

Sphceria tenacella Fr., S. M., II. p. 492.

Perithecia subseriate, semierumpent through longitudinal cracks
in the epidermis, subglobose, smooth, about J mm. diam., finally
collapsing above. Asci not seen. Sporidia oblong or oblong-ellip-
tical, brown, the end cells paler, 3-5 (mostly 3-) septate, with a
more or less continuous longitudinal septum, 20-26x10-11//.. In
the oblong sporidia there are mostly only the three transverse septa
with constrictions at each septum, but in the oblong- elliptical sporidia,

3

26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

which make up the greater number, there is a single longitudinal

septum and no constrictions.

On small, dead limbs, Bethlehem, Pa., Schw.

Amphisphseria nobilis (Schw.).

Sphceria nobilis Schw. in Herb. Schw.

Perithecia superficial, ovate- globose, black, 350-400," diam.,
glabrous, with an acutely papilliform ostiolum. Asci clavate-
cylindrical, short- sti pi tate, paraphysate, 75-80x12-15,", 8-spored.
Sporidia crowded-biseriate, obloug-fusoid, slightly curved, obtuse,
brown, uniseptate, scarcely constricted, each cell with a large nucleus,
18-22 x 6-7/;.

The base of the perithecia is only slightly sunk in the surface of
the wood, but there is nothing to indicate that they ever become
movable.

On rotten wood, Salem, N. C. (Schw.).

Lophiostoma tingens (Schw.).

Sphceria tingens Schw., Syn. N. Am., 1,591.

Perithecia entirely buried in the wood, ovate-globose, about \ mm.
diam., subcompressed, neck flattened with the obtusely conical, sub-
tubercular, stout; ostiolum erumpent and only slightly compressed.
Asci clavate- cylindrical, short- sti pitate, 110-120 x 15-18//, 8-spored,
with abundant, filiform paraphyses. Sporidia biseriate or oblique,
broad-fusoid, hyaline, becoming brownish, 4-6- (mostly 5-) septate,
22-30 x 6-7,«.

On decorticated, weather-beaten wood of Sassafras, Bethlehem,
Pa.

This, of course, is very different from Lophidium tingens (Ell.),
in N. A. P., p. 235.

Lophiostoma Spireeae (Schw.).

Sphceria Spircece and Sphceria crenata Schw. in Herb. Schw.
Sphceria crenata Pers., var. Spircece Schw., Syn. N. Am., 1,599.
Lophiostoma Spircece Pk. 28th Eep., p. 76.

The diagnosis of Lophiostoma Spiraea, as given in N. Am. Pyr.,
p. 232, fits the Schweinitzian specimen exactly.

Sec. Schw. ; very common on dead branches of Spiraioz opulifolia,
Bethlehem, Pa., and Salem, N. C.

Calosphaeria assecla (Schw.).

Sphceria assecla Schw., Syn. N. Am., 1,622.
Valsa pulchelloidea C. & E., Grev., VI, p. 92.

The diagnosis of Calosphaeria pulchelloidea fits the Schweinitzian
specimen of Sphceria assecla Schw. perfectly. Valsa microtheca, C.
& E., 1. c, is hardly more than a scattered, dwarf form.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 27

Cryptosphaeria paetula (Fr.).

Sphceria pcetula Fr., S. M., II, p. 483.
Sphceria secreta C. & E., Grev., V, p. 94.

Crytosphceria secreta (C. & E.) Sacc, Syll., No. 688, and Ell. & Evrht., N. A.
Pyr., p. 514.

The Schweinitziau spec, shows no asci, but the perithecia, habit,

and sporidia are the same as in Sphceria secreta, C. & E. , leaving no

doubt that the latter is the same as Sphceria pcetula (Fr. ) if, as

seems probable, the spec, in Herb. Schw. is reliable.

Pseudovalsa occulta (Schw.)
Sphceria occulta in Herb. Schw.

Stroma cortical, orbicular, not circumscribed, 2-3 mm. diam.,
convex. Perithecia 1-5 in a stroma, f-1 mm. diam., globose, their
bases slightly sunk in the surface of the wood, ascigerous nucleus
light colored. Ostiola obscure, erumpent in a small black disk,
which is orbicular or narrowly and transversely elliptical, slightly
raising and perforating the epidermis and closely embraced by it.
Asci broad clavate-cylindrical, 180-210 x 20-30// (including the
very short stipe, 8-spored, with filiform, sparingly branched or mostly
simple paraphyses. Sporidia biseriate, broad-fusoid-oblong, obtuse,
3-septate, 45-62 x 13-16//, hyaline, becoming brownish.

Differs from P. malbrancheana Sacc. in its 8-spored asci and only

3-septate sporidia not hyaline at the ends.

Diatrypella obscurata (Schw.).

Sphceria obscurata Schw. (in Herb.).

Perithecia large (f mm.), either lying singly, or 2-6 together in

a subcuticular stroma 2-6 mm. diam., black and rough outside,

white within, blackening the surface of the wood which is also deeply

penetrated by a dark, circumscribing line enclosing several stromata.

Asci clavate, 75-80 x 12-15//., p. sp. about 50//, long, polysporous.

Sporidia irregularly crowded, yellow in the mass, hyaline when seen

singly, allantoid, moderately curved, with a nucleus near each end,

5-6 x 1}//.

On limbs of some shrub or tree, Bethlehem, Pa. , Schw.

Hypoxylon annulatum (Schw.) Mont.

Sphceria annulata Schw. in litteris ad Fries. See Fr. Elench., II, p. 64.

Sphceria annulata B. depressa Fr., 1. c.

Sphceria truncata Schw. in litt. Fr. Elech., 1. c, but (sec. Fries) not Sphceria

truncata Schw. in Syn. Car.
Hypoxylon amtulalum Mont., Syll. Crypt., p. 213.

The spec, of Sphceria truncata Schw. from Herb. Schw. agrees
perfectly with specc. of Hypoxylon annulatum distributed in Ell. &
Evrht' sN. Am. Fungi, 2d Series, 2,353.

28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OB' [1895

Phoma pyrina (Schw.).
Sphceria pyrina Schw. in Herb. Schw.

Perithecia thickly scattered, subepidermal, small (} mm.), finally
rupturing the epidermis but not prominent. Sporules hyaline, com-
pressed; when viewed in front, ovate, 5-6 x 3// ; seen edgewise, allan-
toid, 5-6 x 1-1 t/i.

On dead apple tree limbs, Bethlehem, Pa. (Schw.).

Phoma Samararum Desrn.
Sphceria Samarcr Schw., Syn. N. Am., 1,703.

On Samarse of Fraxinus, Bethlehem, Pa. (Schw.).
Star back (1. c. ) also finds a Sphceropsis on the spec, of Sphceria
Samara',, in Herb. Fries.

Phoma tageticola (Schw.).

Sphceria tageticola Schw., Syn. N. Am., 1,729.
Phoma herbarum, var. tageticola Starbiick, 1. c, p. 52.

Perithecia aggregated or solitary, papillate, white inside, globose-
depressed. Sporules cylindrical, hyaline, 2-3- nucleate, obtuse, 8-12
x 2-3//.

Vermicularia Cacti (Schw.).

Sphceria Cacti Schw., Syn. Car., 227.

Vermicularia Cacti (Schw.). Starback, 1. c, p. 63, with a full description.

The specc. in Herb. Schw. are evidently a Vermicularia, but too

poorly developed to allow of an accurate diagnosis.

Sphaeropsis Taxi (Schw.).

Sphceria Taxi Schw. in Herb.
Sphceropsis Taxi Berk., Outlines, p. 316.
Phoma 7a^'Sacc, Syll., Ill, p. 128.

Perithecia subcuticular, small (200 mm.), finally perforated, the
papilliform ostiolum erumpent. Sporules oblong-elliptical, brown,
continuous, 17-20 x 8-10//.

On dead leaves of Taxus, Bethlehem, Pa. (Schw. ).

Sphceria Taxi, Sow., sec. De Not. is a Diplodia.

Sphaeropsis Schweinitzii E. & E.
Sphceria caulium Schw. (in Herb.).

On dead herbaceous stems, Bethlehem, Pa., Schw.

Perithecia erumpent-superficial, hemispherical, rough, \-\ mm.
diam. , with a papilliform ostiolum. Sporules oblong- elliptical,
brown, with a single large nucleus, 15-20 x 8-10//.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OE PHILADELPHIA. -!l

Sphaeropsis Sumaohi (Schw.) C. & E.

Sphceria Sumac hi Scliw., Syn. N. Am.. 1,425.

Spheeria subsolitaria Schw. in Herb. Schw.

Sphceropsis Sumachi C. & E., Grev., V, p. 31, pi. 75, fig. 11.

These are all pycnidia of Sphceria ambigxa Schw., Syn. N. Am.,
1,492 = Botryosphosria fuliginosa (M. & N. ). See N. A. Pyr., p. 546.

Sphaeropsis Ruboruni (Schw.).

Sphceria Ruboruni Scliw., Syn. X. Am., 1,677.
Sphceropsis rubicola C. & E., Grev., VI, p. 2, pi. 95, fig. 2..

The spec, in Herb. Schw. affords no spores ; but Starbiick (1. c.)
finds specc. of Sphceria Ruborum Schw. in Herb. Fr. , which are
identical with specc. of Sphceropsis rubicola C. & E.

Sphaeropsis pericarpii (Schw.).

Sphceria pericarpii Schw., Syn. N. Am., 1,590.
Sphceropsis pericarpii Pk. 25th Rep., p. 85.
Sphceropsis Carycc C. & E., Grev., V, p. 52?
Sphceria involucri Schw. in Herb. Schw.?

On pericarp of hickory nuts, Bethlehem, Pa. (Schw.), N. York
State (Peck), New Jersey (Ellis).

In the Schweinitziau spec, of S. involucri, some of the sporules
are uuiseptate, but the greater uumber are without septa. The
sporules in all the above quoted specc. are about 20-25 x 10—12//.

Discosia placentula (Schw.).

Sphceria placentula Schw. in Herb.

Discoid, orbicular, about \ mm. diam. , black, somewhat wrinkled,
umbilicate- depressed in the center, the papilliform ostiolum seated
in the center of the depression. Sporules oblong-cylindrical, slightly
curved, hyaline, faintly 4-nucleate, 10-13 x \\—%x, with an oblique,
hyaline, slender bristle at each end about as long as the spore itself.

On some decaying leaf (Tilia)?, Bethlehem, Pa, (Schweinitz.).

Sphceria fibriseda Schw., Syn. N. Am., 1,542.

Perithecia globose or oftener suboblong, 55-75//. diam., very
abundant but entirely sterile — no asci or sporidia. Apparently an
abortive Nectria.

Sphceria viridiatra Schw., Syn. X. Am., 1,537.

The perithecia are immature, but to all outward appearance, this

is, as stated in N. A. P., p. 748, Calonectria chlorinella Cke.

Sphceria palina Fr. (in Herb. Schw.).

Cytispora exasperans E. & E. in Proc. Acad. Xat. Sci. Phil., Xov. 1884, p.
360, is the same as this.

Sec Starbiick, 1. c, p. 59, Sphceria palina Fr. , belongs to the

Friesian genus Glutinium.

30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

"Perithecia loosely gregarious, cespitose or subconfluent, subglobose
at first, then erumpent-superficial, depressed- cylindrical, or almost
thick-discoid, with a large, irregular opening; almost rimose-dehis-
cent, black, about 150,u high and 250// broad. Sporules cylindrical,
straight, hyaline, 7-10 x 2-2ifi, borne terminally or laterally on
filiform basidia of various length."

From the above diagnosis it is plain that the Sphceria palina in
Herb. Schw. is quite distinct from Sphceria palina Fr.

Sphceria Gossypii Schw., Syii. Car. . 207.

This is an obscure thing. The inner membrane of the cotton
boll is wrinkled or roughened in drying so as to give the appearance
of minute perithecia, but there is no fruit or even any real perithecia.

Sphceria fraxicola Schw., Syii. N. Am., 1,787.

The spec, has the aspect of Sphcerella maculiformis, but is entirely
sterile. .

Sphceria vilis Fr., in Herb. Schw., is Ohleria modesta, Fekl., and
quite different from Sphceria vilis, Fr. , in Fr. S. M., II, p. 466. See
Ell. & Evrht, N. A. Pyr., p. 217.

Sphceria stricta Pers., Syn., p. 59.

There are two specc. ; one with scattered, buried perithecia (Cera-
tostoma cirrhosa (Pers. ), the other with clustered, superficial peri-
thecia. The latter may 'be Ceratostomella stricta, but the perithecia
are empty and broken, only the lower part remaining.

Sphceria mamillana Fr. in Herb. Schw.

The spec, so labeled is the same as Myxosporium nitidum B. & C.

Sphceria Tilice Schw. , in Herb. Schw. and Sphceria distineta Schw. ,
Syn. North Am., 1,655, are (sec. specc. in Herb. Schw.) only the
sterile pycnidia of Melanconis Tilice Tul. , or of M. tiliacea (Ell.).

Sphceria Polygonati Schw., Syn. N. Am., 1,793, is a young and
undeterminable Vermicularia.

Sphceria Andromedce Schw., Syu. X. Am., 1,796.

Perithecia subcuticular, minute, thickly scattered over the lower
side of the leaf, not in spots.

Old and without fruit of any sort.

1895.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

31

The following species as represented in Herb. Schw. are undeter-
minable; either old, immature, or sterile, viz: —

Spha'ria aggregata Schw.

u

albocrustafa

i <

<<

andromedicola

1 1

M

apertiuscula

(<

(I

Asclepiadis

a

ft

boleticola

a

it

castanicola

a

<(

cinerascens

(c.

(«

circumscissa

i <

((

Corni

(<

<(

Cucurbitacearum

((

((

Daphnidis

((

«

herbicola

ti

<(

incanescens

1 t

< (

Juglandis

< i

Spha'ria lilatina 1

3chw.

<<

moricola

(<

K

navicularis

< >

«

nigrella

«

(<

nigrocincta

<<

11

obsita

<(

it

Panici

<<

a

pruina

«

it

punctans

<<

t i

rudis

u

ei

scapincola

((

«

seriata

(<

it

subbullans

«

«

subseriata

((

32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW MAMMALS FROM FLORIDA AND SOUTHERN

CALIFORNIA.

BY SAMUEL N. RHOADS.

1. Atalapha borealis seminola subsp. nov. Type, ad. $ ,No. 649, Col. of S. N.
Rhoads, Tarpon Springs, Hernando Co., Florida. Col. by W. S. Dickinson,
July 12, 1892.

Description. — Somewhat smaller than A. borealis with a relatively
larger foot. Body colors above, from crown to tip of tail, including
ears, feet, interfemoral membrane and hairy spaces at upper base of
pollex and on proximal upper margins of the fifth metacarpal, uni-
form, cinnamon- brown, sparingly and minutely tipped with ash on
the cervical, dorsal, aud anterior interfemoral regions. Forehead,
cheeks, and chin, yellowish- brown. Throat, neck, and breast, like
back but more strongly tipped with ash. Abdomen like chin; hairy
lower surfaces of wings cinnamon along sides of body, fading to
orange- brown at the bases of metacarpals. Ear membranes dark
brown, postbrachial membranes but slightly darker than in borealis,
the antebrachial decidedly darker; interfemoral membrane nearly
naked above on the distal third, the inferior hairy space at root of
tail being less extensive than in borealis. Basal half of body hairs
sooty, the light interspaces occupying one- fourth, the cinnamon band
and ashy tip the remainder.

Measurements. — Total length, 95 mm. ; tail vertebrse, 40 ; hind foot,
10: — (average of 3 adults — length, 90; tail, 43; foot, 10: average
of five A borealis — length, 100; tail, 50; foot, 8.5). Skull of type —
Naso- occipital length, 11.2; zygomatic width, 9.2; postpalatal notch
to foramen magnum, 5. 8 ; length of mandible, 9. 3.

It has long been known that specimens of the Red Bat from
Florida were unusually dark colored but it was supposed that this was
an inconstant variety of the northern form.- Several specimens from
Tarpon Springs, in my collection, all show the same peculiarities of
coloration, and, in a recent paper,1 I referred them doubtfully to A.
pfeifferi of Cuba, not having specimens of the Cuban form for com-

1 " Contributions to the Mammalogy of Florida," Proc. A. N. S., 1894.

1895.] NATUKAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 33

parison. Since then Mr. Chapman2 has not only stated that the
Florida specimens examined by him are darker than typical borealis
but that pfrifferi differs from borealis in its "brighter" colors. This
statement removes the last objection to recognizing the Florida Red
Bat as a well-marked and hitherto undefined subspecies of Atalapha
borealis.

2. Peromyscus insignis sp. nov. Type, ad. $, No. 1,308, Col. of S. N. Khoads,
Dulzura, San Diego Co., California. Col. by Charles Marsh, Aug. 21, 1893.

Description. — Size very large, ears, feet, and whiskers of maxi-
mum size, tail very long, considerably exceeding length of head
and body. Colors above light brownish- gray, strongly shaded with
coarse, black hairs, grayest on head, blackest on back, brownest on
rump and thighs; sides, from whiskers to hams, including upper half
of forearm, washed with fawn, becoming ochraceous on forearm and
along division of upper and lower body colors; under surfaces, in-
cluding pes, manus, wrist, and lower (inner) surfaces of limbs and
lower half of tail, a uniform, clear, grayish- white, the hair plum-
beous basally; whiskers black; upper half of tail, sooty; ears nearly
naked, the membrane within and without of a smoke-brown hue and
equally clothed on both sides with sparse, minute, grayish hairs.

Skull — Small for the size of animal, rostrum short and slender;
nasals short, their bases distinctly anterior to the posterior extension-
of the premaxillaries, the latter reaching behind anterior plane of
orbits; frontals rounded posteriorly ; audital bullse inflated; incisive
foramina short, wide at base, and much narrowed anteriorly.

Measurements (of type in millimeters). — Total length, 233; tail
vertebra, 132; hind foot, 26; ear (from crown), 23. Skull— Total
length, 28.7; basilar length, 21; nasals, 10.4; zygomatic expansion,
15; interorbital constriction, 4.3; length of mandible, 14.8; width
of mandible, 7.5.

During a recent cursory examination of a series of thirty or more
White-footed Mice from the West Cascade region of California south
of San Francisco Bay, which had long laid in my collection as un-
doubted specimens of the "Parasitic Mouse" of Cooper, described
in 1848, by Gambel, from a Monterey specimen under the name Mus
califomicus, I was surprised to find those from San Diego County
uniformly of a grayer (less brown) color above and lacking the

2 Bull. Anier. Mus. Nat. Hist., 1894. 343.

34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

brown vent and fulvous suffusion of throat and breast characteristic
of more northern specimens. A comparison of the skulls of these
soon showed constant and specific peculiarities, the most striking being
the posterior rounding of the frontal bones of San Diego County speci-
mens contrasted with the peculiar right-angled aspect of the fronto-
parietal sutures in typical Peromyscus californicus.

The ears of the southern species are much larger even than those
of californicus and the size of the animal in length measurements
considerably exceeds its rival.

The two have been confounded in previous descriptions and the
southern form is probably responsible for the apparently exaggerated
statements of the dimensions of typical californicus.

I am at a loss to account for the conditions described by Dr. J.
A. Allen3 regarding certain specimens of Peromyscus of the califor-
nicus type from Santa Ysabel and Dulzura being darker and smaller
than those from Santa Clara County, my own series showing exactly
reversed characters.

I may also state in this connection that none of my specimens
from either locality have white-tipped tails.

3. Thomomys altivallis sp. nov. Type, ad. £ , No. 1,927, Col. of S. N. Rhoads,
San Bernardino Mts., California (alt. 5,000 ft.). Col. by E. B. Herron,
Aug. 10, 1894.

Description. — Size medium, smaller than T. toltecus Allen, but
larger than T. monticolus Allen. Above dull chestnut-brown, be-
coming darker dorsally and along upper sides of head, the middle
crown and median line of back nearly black, the sides washed with
fulvous. Nose, chops, and ears, dusky, the latter being bordered
anteriorly by a narrow line, and beneath and behind by a broad
patch of sooty black reaching nearly to occiput. Beneath plum-
beous-gray, washed with rusty (the plumbeous in worn specimens
strongly predominating). Throat, feet, and legs normally of the
same color as rest of under parts ; tail grayish. In the type there
are albinistic white patches across throat, on forelegs, and at root of
tail.

Skull long and narrow, the zygomae tapering toward the rostrum,
which is relatively long and wide. Interparietal narrow and (in the
type) longer than wide; nasals rather long and acutely pointed on

3 Bull. Amer. Mus. N. Hist., 1893, 187.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 35

the outer posterior corners, the latter coming far short of the nasal
prolongations of the premaxilluries. Upper and lower incisors un-
usually wide and strong, the upper inner sulcus scarcely noticeable
without a glass. Molar dentition likewise unusually massive. The
coronoid process of mandible is more erect than usually seen in the
genus and terminates in a sharp point.

Measurements (of type in millimeters).— Total length, 228; tail
vertebrae, 74; hind foot, 29; arc of middle fore-claw, 11.5. Skull —
Total length, 39.7; basilar length, 34; greatest zygomatic width,
23.2; interorbital constriction, 7; length of nasals, 13; terminal
width of upper pair of incisors, 4.6.

Three specimens of this gopher, taken at varying elevations of
from 5,000 to 7,000 feet in the San Bernardino Mountains by Mr.
Herron, form the basis of the foregoing description.

Though somewhat affected by albinism, as stated in the description,
I have chosen the type as being the most typical of the three speci-
mens, the other two being less fully developed in cranial characters
and are in more worn pelage. The type may be considered repre-
sentative of the maximum development of the species, the others
averaging considerably less in body and cranial measurements.
This species may be compared to three described forms. From T.
toltecus it differs in a smaller body, longer tail, and much smaller
and more elongate skull, also in the darker upper and very much
darker lower body colors; from T. monticolus the San Bernardino
gopher differs radically in the small size and narrowness of the in-
terparietal, in the marked prolongation and acuteness of the fronto-
intermaxillary suture beyond the nasals, in its wide mastoid and
zygomatic development, and in the diminution of the inner ridges of
the faces of the upper incisors. Iu color, altivallis differs from
monticolus in a less marked degree, but in the same respects as
already described in its separation from toltecus. In some respects
altivallis resembles bottce from Nicasio, California. It may be dis-
tinguished therefrom by its more fulvous shade above, by the dark
dorsal stripe, black nose, and sooty under parts, and by the greater
size of manus and strength of fore claws. Cranially bottce is more
massive, with a slender rostrum and weaker dentition, narrower in-
terparietal and wide zygoma1. In altivallis there are no parietal
ridges which are so characteristic of bottw of same age.

36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

4. Thomomys bottee pallescens subsp. nov. Type, ad. $, No. 1,932, Col. of

S. N. Eboads, Grapelands, San Bernardino Valley, California. Col. by K.
B. Herron, Marcb 22, 1894.

Description. — Size large, feet, relatively, of medium size, with
short, thick claws. Color above, dull, tawny-brown, lightest on
rump, browner on nape, with blackish shade on head. Ears, hind-
ear patch and chops, sooty; feet and lower surfaces of limbs, ash;
breast, belly, vent and lower margin of sides, tawny-ash. Skull
massive, angular; dentition relatively weak; interparietal longer
than wide.

Measurements. — Total length, 260 mm.; tail vertebra;, 89; hind
foot, 33.5; middle claw of manus, 9.2. Skull — Total length, 39;
greatest zygomatic breadth, 24.4; basilar length, 35.5; length of
nasals, 11.9; interorbital constriction, 6.9; length of mandible, 25.

A series of nine specimens from two localities in the San Bernar-
dino Valley and two from Banning, California, show constant and
easily recognized color differences from typical specimens of bottw
from Nicasio. The tail of type specimen is much longer than the
average, which is about the same as in bottcv. The heavily ossified,
angular skull, in all its characters, is similar to that of bottce. What
Pallescens is to bottce,, both geographically and anatomically, Neo-
toma fnscipes dispar is to Neotoma fnscipes.

5. Thomomys fulvus nigricans subsp. nov. Type, ad. $ , No. 2.007, Col. of S. N.

Rboads, Witch Creek, San Diego Co., California. Col. by F. Stephens,
Dec. 22, 1893.

Description. — Size small ; tail rather short and well haired; pelage
full and long. Color above, uniform blackish-brown, becoming
fulvous on the sides and along the upper liue of belly, then grayish
on limbs and feet and lower belly line, then strong fulvous on median
line of breast and abdomen and ventral region. The lips, cheek-
pouches, and ears are sooty, and the hairs of under parts are basally
of the same color, imparting an unusually dark aspect to slightly
worn specimens.

Skull— Of the slender build, wide interparietal and relatively
massive dentition of the fulvus type.

Measurements. — Total length, 215 mm.; tail vertebras, 72; hind
foot, 28. Skull — Total length, 37; basilar length, 33; greatest zygo-
matic breadth, 23; length of nasals, 13; interorbital constriction, 6;
length of mandible, 23.

Eleven examples of this form, recently forwarded by Mr. Stephens,

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 37

have been compared with a series of fulvus loaned by the American
Museum of Natural History through the courtesy of Dr. J. A.
Allen. Specimens of same age and season from southern Arizona
show that the San Diego County animal is uniformly blacker and less
fulvous, but the close resemblance in cranial characters of the two
series will not justify their separation as full species. Two specimens
from the San Jacinto and Cuyamaca Mountains, respectively, taken
at altitudes of five to six thousand feet, are ideutical with those from
Witch Creek.

Note on Thomomys perpallidus.

A large series of beautifully prepared specimens of T. perpalli-
dus have incidentally been examined in my studies of the southern
California forms. The cranial characters of these specimens com-
pared with those of fulvus of similar age and size, show considerable
agreement. Of these may be specially noted the broad interparietal,
wide, heavy incisors and molars, and the slenderness of the bones of
the zygomatic arch. Correlated with their cranial likeness it may
be noted that darker summer specimens of perpallidus form a close
intergrade of color with lighter examples of fulvus, connecting, in an
unexpected manner, the extreme light phase of the former with the
darker phase of the latter species. Not having specimens from any
locality between Agua Caliente, California, and the San Francisco
Mts., Arizona, I am unable to do more than conjecture whether an
uninterrupted series would not justify naming the Mojave Desert
Gopher Thomomys fulvus perpallidus. So far as the evidence goes,
however, the relationship of the two animals is quite close.

Through the kindness of Dr. J. A. Allen, I was able to secure a
loan from the American Museum of Natural History of typical speci-
mens of several species of Thomomys from upper and Lower Cali-
fornia and Arizona, without which the conclusions arrived at in this
paper would have been of little value.

38 PROCESSINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

February 5.

Mr. Charles P. Perot in the Chair.

Twenty-four persons present.

The death of George A. Rex, M.D., a member, on the 4th inst.,.
was announced.

On a New Method of Studying Cell Motion. — Charles Lester
Leonard, M.D. communicated notes of a lecture delivered January
15, 1895:-

Since the enunciation by Virchow, in 1858, of his theory of cellu-
lar pathology the attention of the scientific world has been centered
about the study of this unit. Nearly all the unsolved problems of
medical science involve, in one way or another, the consideration of
some one of the functions of the cell.

It is my purpose in this paper to call attention to a new method
of studying one of these functions. I have chosen as illustrations^
some of the well-known facts of physiology already seen and de-
scribed by competent observers, and have confined the greater part
of my study to cell motion as exemplified in the movements of the
red and white blood corpuscles.

The possibility of these studies was suggested by the successful
result of an experiment in instantaneous photomicrography.

The method to be illustrated consists in the making of a consecu-
tive series of instantaneous photomicrographs of the same microscopic
field taken at definite intervals, and the comparative study of the
series. The results obtained by this method are the elimination to
a greater extent of the personal equation of the observer, the pro-
curing of incontestable proof of phenomena observed, the extension
of the observations over any length of time, and the possibility of
studying the changes occurring over the entire field at any one
moment. The method also enables the student to study the condition
of a fresh, living, unstained specimen for any length of time, in
fields taken at definite intervals.

The original magnifications were one and two- thousand diameters
measured by the projection of a stage micrometer upon the screen;
the lantern multiplies these diameters by forty, giving on the screen
40,000 and 80,000 diameters. The time of exposure was instan-
taneous, at least relatively with regard to the motion of the bodies,
varying in different pictures from two, to one-fourth of a second.

The results obtained as regards the photomicrography of unstained

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 39

specimens is illustrated by six photomicrographs of human blood in
the different forms which it assumes upon the warm stages.

The method of study is illustrated by the following series : —

Series A. — The amoeboid motion of the white blood corpuscle.
The change of shape and motion with relation to the surrounding
stationary and identical fields is well marked.

Series B. — This series shows the power of the white blood cor-
puscle in forcing its way through a mass of red crenated and ad-
herent blood corpuscles.

Series C. — Is of marked interest; a white corpuscle has seized
upon a red corpuscle and a series of photomicrographs shows that it
has dragged it through a considerable distance in a field which is
proved to be stationary and identical in all the photomicrographs.

Series D. — This series shows motion in a red blood corpuscle,
situated in a field in which the series proves no other motion took
place during one half hour. This motion must, therefore, have been
produced by some inherent power in the red blood corpuscle, and as
the photomicrographs show that no twist has occurred, the motion
cannot be due to a previous torsion, and may therefore be considered
a truly amoeboid motion of the red blood corpuscle.

Series E. and F. — Show the diapedesis of the red blood corpuscle
from a capillary in which the blood is in motion and from one in
which there is stasis of the blood. This phenomenon, therefore,
occurs under two opposite or nearly opposite conditions as regards
intra-vascular blood pressure, indicating, perhaps, that diapedesis
is not a filtration due to pressure, but is due to the amoeboid
motion and power of the red blood corpuscles.

Series G. — -This series shows an empty capillary. Along the in-
ner surface of its wall may be seen white corpuscles, in which the
series indicates movement. The diapedesis of two red blood cor-
puscles from this empty capillary tends to strengthen the belief in
the amoeboid motion of the red blood corpuscle.

Further photomicrographs illustrate the position of the corpuscles
within the capillaries, and show the presence of nuclei in the red
corpuscles of the frog while in the living tissues. Different forms of
the malarial plasmodia, and the application of the method to path-
ological studies are illustrated by other photomicrographs.

The pictures are not shown as the perfect results of this method,
or as the outcome of research by it. They are simply to illus-
trate the author's method of studying cell motion. Inferences based
on the pictures are foreign to the purpose of the communication,
which is intended merely to demonstrate a method of study worthy of
scientific consideration. Its usefulness in producing accurate illus-
trations, both for publication and for lantern slides, cannot be over-
estimated, as it supplies pictures whose counterpart can be found
under the microscope.

40 proceedings of the academy of [1895.

February 12.

The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the Chair.

Thirty persons present.

The Biological and Microscopical Section presented the following
minute: —

GEORGE A. REX, M. D.

The Biological and Microscopical Section of the Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, in view of the sudden death of
Dr. George A. Rex on the 4th inst., deem it appropriate that a
minute be made upon its records in appreciation of the loss it has
sustained.

Dr. Rex became a member of the Academy in January, 1881, and
in December, 1881, he was elected a member of the Section. He
served as its Conservator from November 3, 1890, until his death.

Dr. Rex was the highest authority on the Myxomycetes in the
United States. It was his enthusiastic study of this group that first
brought him to the Section, and his communications on this subject-
formed an interesting part of nearly every meeting. He was the
author of numerous species, which, owing to his extreme conserva-
tism, will doubtless continue to bear his name. Many forms, new
to him, remained in his collection unnamed for years, and were only
published when he had thoroughly convinced himself that they were
really new to science.

Although he was interested principally in the Myxomycetes, he
was an earnest student of the lower orders of fungi and an ardent
admirer of everything beautiful in microscopic nature.

Dr. Rex was always a faithful and tireless worker for the interests
of the Academy, and those who came in contact with him as fellow-
student and colleague could not fail to appreciate his genial dis-
position and his faithfulness in friendship.

As a professional man his work brought him into all grades of
life, and it is especially among the poor and needy that may be found
to-day a sincere and heartfelt grief wdiich constitutes his only reward
for many hours of toil.

Hon. John Cadwalader was elected a member of Council to fill
the vacancy caused by the death of George A. Rex, M.D.

1895.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 41

February 19.

The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the Chair.

Twenty- four persons present.

A paper entitled "New Subspecies of the Gray Fox and Say's
Chipmunk," by Samuel N. Rhoads, was presented for publication.

February 26.
The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the Chair.

Twenty-eight persons present.

Papers under the following titles were presented for publication : —

"The Eocene Tertiary of Texas east of the Brazos River," by
Wm. Kennedy.

"Description of New Species of Achatinella from the Hawaiian
Islands," by D. D. Baldwin.

"Notes on the Dentition and Jaws of Achatinellidse, " by
Henry Sutor and H. M. Gwatkin.

Mr. Silas L. Schumo was elected a member.

P. B. Sarasin of Basel, Switzerland, was elected a correspondent.

The following were ordered to be printed : —

42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

NEW SUBSPECIES OF THE GRAY FOX AND SAY'S CHIPMUNK.

BY SAMUEL N. RHOADS.

Urooyon ciaereo-argenteus floridanus subsp. nov. Type, yg. ad. $ , No. 1.837,
Col. of S. N. Rhoads. Tarpon Springs, Florida. Col. by W. S. Dickinson,
Dec. 1894.

Description. — Smaller than cinereo-argenteus of the Middle States,
with relatively shorter hind foot, tail, and ears, and harsher pelage.
Skull characters not appreciably different from the typical form.
Crown from between eyes (including space between ears and eyes to
black malar stripe), upper neck, back, rump, sides, upper surfaces
of legs and feet mixed silver-gray, much as in the northern animal.
Chin, margin of lips, whisker patch, upper line and tip of tail and
an indistinct double stripe reaching from the nose through and under
eyes and joining on cheeks, black. Hind ears, sides of neck to fore-
legs, broad band across throat and under surface of foreleg rusty
brown. Throat and cheek- stripe, from anterior canthus of eye, white.
Anterior upper lip adjoining muzzle, brownish-white. Breast, belly,
vent, inner surfaces of hams and inner base of fore-legs pale rusty
fulvous, a few grayish-white hairs near vent. Soles of feet cinnamon,
with dusky borders.

Measurements (of type, taken from dry skin). — Total length, 900
mm. ; hind foot, 125 ; tail vertebra?, 260; ear, from crown, 60 : (Of old,
adult topotype; length, 910; foot, 125; tail, 310; ear, 63). Skull-
Total length, 114; basilar length, 103; zygomatic expansion, 65;
interorbital expansion, 35 ; length of nasals, 41 ; length of mandible,
86 ; width of mandible, 33.

Two specimens, male and female, from the vicinity of Tarpon
Springs, one in winter and the other in summer pelage, show such
well-marked differences from the Gray Fox of Virginia and the
Middle States, I feel no hesitation in considering them sufficient
indication that the fox of southern Florida should be separated from
the northern animal.

Besides the difference in dimensions already stated in the descrip-
tion, the Florida fox may be recognized by the paleness of the fulvous
color of breast and belly and by the almost entire absence of white
on these parts so conspicuous in specimens from Virginia and New

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 43

Jersey. It lacks entirely the white stripe on the inside of hind legs,
and the rusty throat patch is much longer (3 or 4 inches) than in
cinereo-argenteus, in which it often forms a narrow collar scarcely
dividing the white of lower head and throat from that of hreast.

As I have already pointed out,1 priority in naming the Gray Fox
belongs to Midler, who described it in 1776. Probably in the same
year a plate of this animal had been published by Schreber (Saug-
thiere, Tab. XCII ), on which he used the name " Canis cinereo-argenteus
Briss." The text belonging to the volume (Band III) in which this
plate was bound bears the date 1778. In the text Schreber nowhere
imposes the Latin name because of his expressed doubt whether
"Der Grisfuchs" might not be the same as "Der Virginische Fuchs,"
which he named Canis virginianus. It is, therefore, apparent that
cinereo-argenteus was not adopted by Schreber but was merely quoted
on the plate to denote the animal which he considered the same as
the Canis cinereo-argenteus of Brisson. Schreber's plate of Der
Virginische Fuchs is copied from the preposterous one of Catesby,
while that of Der Grisfuchs is not a bad representation of the Gray
Fox, and his description of the animal (pp. 360, 361) is the first
accurate one published, in fact it would be hard to find a more reli-
able diagnosis of the external characters of the northern form than
this of Schreber's, taken from a furrier's pelt, sent from America to
Germany.

Returning to Midler's description we find the additional statement
that his Canis cinereo-argenteus is based on Brisson' s animal as well
as on Schreber's plate above mentioned, but he gives no habitat.
Brisson (Regne Animal, 1756, p. 241) gives it: "Habitat in Caro-
lina, & Virginia in cavis arboribus. " The Gray Foxes which I have
examined from North Carolina and Virginia are essentially like those
of the Middle States, and it is therefore proper to apply Midler's
name to the northern as contrasted with the extreme southern form.
It is probable that there is little intergradation between the two, north
of southern Georgia and that typical floridanus is confined to penin-
sular Florida, as is the case with otber mammals in these regions
having the same distribution.

Tamias lateralis saturatus subsp. now Type, ad. $ , Col. of S. X. Kboads,
No. 1,365. Lake Kicbelos, Kittitas Co., Washn. (elevation 8,000 ft.). Col.
by Allan Kupert, Sep., 1893.

Description. — Size large, tail very long, foot and ear in the same
1 Reprint of Ord's Zoology, 1894, Appx., p. 8.

44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

proportion, colors darkest of the T. lateralis group. Top and sides
of head and sides of neck to and including forelegs, chestnut, shaded
with black ; eyelids pale buff, in marked contrast to their surround-
ings; lips, throat, breast, sides of belly and hams, rusty; feet paler
rusty ; back, from occiput to and including root of tail and defined
laterally by red of neck and black of inner body stripe and poste-
riorly by white of middle stripe, including flanks and upper hind
legs, grizzled, rusty black. White body stripe longest, reaching from
base of neck nearly to tail ; inner black stripe shortest, about half
the width and length of outer stripe, which latter is the same width
as white stripe, and about two- thirds as long. Belly and chest uni-
form grizzled black, the bases of hairs sooty, their tips fulvous. Tail,
above, like back on proximal third, becoming more distinctly mar-
gined with a subterminal black band which becomes broader and
blacker at tip, the outer tips of hairs rusty ; beneath, the tail is
lighter, with a broad central area of reddish-yellow within the black
border. Skull, not appreciably different from that of lateralis, ex-
cept in its larger size.

Measurements (of type, in millimeters). — Total length, 317; tail
vertebrae, 114 ; hind foot, 46: (Average of five adults, length, 305;
tail, 112; foot, 46). Skull — Total length, 46; basilar length, 38;
zygomatic expansion, 28.8; interorbital constriction, 12; length of
nasals, 15.7; length of mandible, 28; width of mandible, 16.2.

Seventeen chipmunks, taken by Mr. Rupert in the months of July
and September, in the vicinity of Snoqualmie Pass, Cascade Mts.,
Washington, show closest affinities, in many respects, with T. lateralis
einerascens9 in the "red phase" described by Dr. Merriam. They
differ from einerascens in the fact that there is no "gray phase," the
adults of both sexes being similarly colored. They are also blacker
and browner throughout and have a relatively smaller body, larger
foot, and longer tail than einerascens, and the median lateral stripe
does not reach the ears as in that form and in lateralis.

The very close agreement of the skulls of lateralis and saturatus
indicates that the latter is nothing more than the usual "Cascade
representative" of a Rocky Mountain type, and it is probable that
the relationship of einerascens to lateralis is quite as close.

2 Merriam, N. Amer. Fauna, No. 4, 1S<U), 20.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 45

NEW AND OTHERWISE INTERESTING TERTIARY MOLLUSCA

FROM TEXAS.

BY GILBERT D. HARRIS.

While employed as Tertiary paleontologist to the Geological Survey
of Texas during the years 1892 and 1893, the writer prepared a large
monograph on the Tertiary mollusca of the State with the intention
of publishing it in the 5th Annual Report of that Survey. For
want of funds the printing of this report has been indefinitely post-
poned, and accordingly the following facts and descriptions of new
species, taken from the monograph in question, have here found an
appropriate place for publication.

The points in stratigraphy brought out by the study of the various
Tertiary faunas of the State have been included with other matter
in an article published by the State Geologist in the Journal of
Geology, 1894, p. 549.

Suffice it to say here that the Midway stage, so well developed in
Georgia and Alabama and known also in Mississippi and Arkansas,
exists also in Texas, as is proved by the occurrence of such species as
Enclimatoceras ulrichi, Ostrea pulaskensis, Cucullcea macrodonta,
Volutilithes limopsis and others.

The Lignitic stage, so far as has been observed, is destitute of
molluscan remains. The exposure on Brazos River, known as
"Smiley's Bluff," two miles above the mouth of Pond Creek, is
evidently about synchronous with the Matthews Landing beds of
Alabama. These are now included in the Midway stage.

The Lower Claiborne beds are replete with fossils, many of which
are common to this horizon in Louisiana, Mississippi, Alabama, and
South Carolina. Besides these well-known forms there are many
new ones, some of which are described below.

The true Claiborne, the Jackson, and the Vicksburg stages seem
to have no representatives in Texas. This fact cannot be too
strongly emphasized since most writers on Texas geology have re-
ferred certain fossil bearing outcrops to some of these upper Eocene
stages.

46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

PELECYPODA.

Genus MODIOLA.
Modiola houstonia sp. nov. PL 1, fig. 1.

Specific characterization. — General form of shell as figured; thin,
showing concentric lines of growth on the area below the umbonal
ridge ; above the same, with broad concentric undulations, becoming
more numerous towards the umbones ; anterior, radially striate.

Localities. — Three miles northeast of Crockett, Houston Co., Tex. ;
also five miles northwest of Orangeburg, S. C.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — In Texas State Museum.

Modiola texana Gabb. PI. 1, fig. 2.
Perna texana Gabb, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Pbila., 1861, p. 371.

The collections of the Survey have yielded few and imperfect
specimens of this species.

Localities. — Caddo Peak, Texas, Gabb. Two miles southwest of
Campbellton, Atascosa Co. ; two miles east of Arnold's ranch, Frio
Co., Tex. Near Red Laud, La.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Specimen figured: From near Red Land, La., property of U. S.
Nat. Museum.

Type. — In the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

Genus LEDA.
Leda bastropensis nov. sp. PI. 1, fig. 3.

Specific chararlerizntion. — General form as figured; medial por-
tions of the valves with regular, strong, concentric stria?; stria? ob-
solete on the anterior end and on the post-umbonal slope, the latter
with a shallow furrow extending from the umbo to near the ex-
tremity of the valve; within the valve, a raised line or ridge, emanat-
ing from the umbonal region and extending along beneath the
hinge finally terminates in the middle of the posterior end and is
there slightly enlarged.

This species differs from L. plicata Lea in its lack of striation
over portions of the exterior, and the more central positions of the
umbones. From L. mater Mr., bastropensis is distinguished by its
want of anterior radiating sulci, its lack of post-umbonal striation,
and by its form. This is readily distinguished from L. albirupina

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 47

Har. since it lacks the smooth Yoldia-like aspect about the umbones
so characteristic of that species.

Localities. — Rio Grande at Starr-Zapata Co. line; Brazos River,
one mile below Milam-Burleson Co. line, Tex.
Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.
Type. — In Texas State Museum.
Leda milamensis nov. sp. PI. 1, fig. 4.

Specific characterization. — General form as figured; surface covered
with fine concentric stria? except near the anterior margin where it
is smooth and polished ; diameter from beak to base great and the
shell here much inflated; posterior remarkably narrow and flattened.

Locality. — Smiley 's Bluff, Brazos River, two miles above the
mouth of Pond Creek.

Geological horizon. — Midway Eocene.

Type specimen. — In Texas State Museum.

Leda houstonia nov. sp. PL 1, fig. 5.

Specific characterization. — General form as figured; concentric
lines scarcely discernible except where they pass over the umbonal
ridge; post-umbonal area traversed by one raised line extending from
the umbo to near the extremity of the valve ; sometimes as many as
eight or ten raised radiating lines appear near the posterior sub-
margin.

Localities. — Between Orrell's and Evergreen Crossing, Elm Cr. ,
Lee Co.; Alabama Bluff, Trinity River, Houston Co.; along Elm
Cr. from Orrell's to Price's Crossing, Texas.

Specimens of this species occur in the collection of the Academy
of Natural Sciences of Phila., labelled "Leda (Nuculana) subtrigona
Con.?, S. Carolina."

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — In Texas State Museum.

Subgenus ADRANA.
Adrana aldrichiana nov. sp. PI. 1, fig. 6.

Specific characterization. — Size and general form as indicated by
the figure; exterior smooth and polished; within smooth; sinus
small ; posterior row of teeth much the longer.

The type specimen is compressed vertically, the umbo should be
somewhat more elevated than is represented by the figure. The type
and all the specimens seen by the writer were in the collection of T.
H. Aldrich, temporarily loaned to the survey.

48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Locality. — Brazos River, Tex., one and one-half miles below
Mosley's Ferry.

Genus VENERICARDIA.
Venerioardia trapaquara nov. sp. PI. 1, fig. 7.

Specific characterization. — General form as figured ; ribs about
twenty- four, compound, i. e. , broad at base, surmounted by a medial
dentate carina; umbonal ridge prominent.

This species is remarkable for its quadrangular form and. the
prominence of its umbonal ridge. It belongs to the alticostata stock
and is most nearly allied to Cardita subquadrata Con. (Jr. Ac. Nat.
Sci. Phila., 2d Ser., 1848, p. 128, pi. 14, fig. 10), but from Conrad's
description and figure it is evident that his species is much more
compressed, the umbonal ridge less prominent, and the beaks more
nearly central.

Locality. — Cedar Creek, southeast corner of Wheelock League,
200 yds. north of Brazos Co. line, Robertson Co. , Tex.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

Genus ASTARTE.

Astarte smithvillensis nov. sp. PI. 1, figs. 8, a; 9, a, b, c.
A. conradi Buckley, 1st Ann. Rep. Geol. Agr. Surv. Tex., 1874, p. 63.
Crassatella alta (young) Heilp., Cont. to Geol., 1884, p. 38.
Astarte tellinoides Heilp., Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1890, p. 402.

Specific characterization. — Size and general form as indicated by
the figures ; surface in typical specimens marked by strong concen-
tric rugae especially towards the base; these slope gently above but
abruptly below and are superimposed by fine striae; umbones flat-
tened.

This species shows great variations in form and size as well as
markings. At Collier's Ferry some specimens are more elongated,
others more rotund ; some have crenulations on the interior submar-
gin while others are smooth. Several of these forms are shown by
the figures cited.

Localities of the typical jorm. — Devil's Eye, Colorado River,
Bastrop Co.; Smithville, Bastrop Co., Tex.

Locality of the smaller forms. — 15 miles southeast of Nacog-
doches, Nacogdoches Co., Tex.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Types. — Texas State Museum.

1895.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 49

Genus CRASSATELLA.
Crassatella texalta nov. sp. PI. 2, fig. 2.

Specific characterization. — General form as figured; exterior smooth
about the umbones, but marked by lines of growth auteriorly and
sub-basally; hinge and marginal crenulations as in C. alta Con.

This species is closely allied to C. alta, but is distinguished by its
proportionally longer form and its smooth umbones, the latter feature
being in marked contrast with the corrugations of C. alta. It
evidently does not attain the large dimensions of Conrad's species.

Localities. — Alabama Bluff, Trinity River, Houston Co.; Hurri-
cane Bayou, Houston Co. , Tex. ; 2£ miles east of Newton, and 4
miles west of Enterprise, Miss.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type specimen. — Texas State Museum.

Crassatella trapaquara nov. sp. PI. 2, fig. 3, a.

Specific characterization. — General form as figured ; surface con-
centrically striate anteriorly, smooth posteriorly, except a few shal-
low concentric depressions marking periods of growth ; hinge teeth
not so strong as in texalta; lunular margin concave; basal margin
of the valves but slightly convex, crenulated within anteriorly and
basally but not posteriorly.

Localities.— Smith ville, Bastrop Co.; 8 miles east of Alto, Chero-
kee Co.; Elm Creek, between Orrell's and Evergreen Crossing,
Lee Co.; Murchison's Headright, northern boundary, Houston Co.;
R. Williams' Headright, northeast of Weches, Houston Co., Tex.
Also Moore's Iron Mine, La. , and near Enterprise, Miss.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Harris' collection.

Crassatella antestriata Gabb. PL 1, fig. 10, a.

C. antestriata Gabb, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila., vol. iv, 1860, p. 388, pi. 67.
f. 53.

Gabb's figure and description were of a young specimen ; the
figure herewith given is of an adult. Compared with trapaquara,
antestriata is much more oblique, or inequilateral, the posterior ex-
tremity is sub-biangular and crenate within, and the basal margin is
more convex. Externally antestriata, is more strongly marked.

Localities. — Lee Co. ; Elm Creek, between Evergreen and Orrell's
Crossing, Lee Co.; Alabama Bluff, Trinity River, Houston Co.;

50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

5 miles west of Crockett, Houston Co. ; Hurricane Bayou, Marster's
and Hodge's Survey, Houston Co. ; Baptizing Creek, Cherokee Co.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Singley's collection, from Lee Co.
Crassatella texana Heilp. PI. 2, fig. 1.

C. texana Heilp., Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila.. 1890, p. 406, pi. xi, f. 6.

This is certainly very distinct from antestriata. Besides the points
of difference mentioned by Heilprin the following may be noted : The
umbonal ridge is much sharper in texana, and there is a trace of a
sinus just below it ; the posterior margin is not sub-biangular as in
antedi iata, and the valves are less oblique.

From trapaquara this species can be distinguished by its surface
markings, lower form, and the depression just below its umbonal
ridge.

Localities. — Near McBee's School-house, 2 miles east of Alto ;
Berryman's Land, Kimble Headright, Cherokee Co.; Murchison's
Headright ; Lively's Place, Wilson Headright, Houston Co., Tex.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Apparently lost.

Genus SPHJERELLA.
SphffirellaC?) anteproducta nov. sp. PI. 2, fig. 4.

Specific characterization. — Size and general form as indicated by
the figure ; anterior somewhat produced, laterally compressed ; pos-
terior dorsal margin likewise somewhat compressed ; ventricose.

This species is much more ventricose than infiata Lea, from
Claiborne, and scarcely as much so as turgida Con., from the Vicks-
burg beds. The umbones are intermediate in size between infiata
and turgidula, the size greater than either.

Localities. — Cedar Creek, Wheelock League, Robertson Co.;
cutting on Tyler and South Eastern R. R., 400 yards south of mile
post No. 23, Cherokee Co. ; Dr. Collard's Farm, Sparks Headright,
Brazos Co.; Elm Creek, Lee Co., Tex. Also from mouth of Saline
Bayou, Red River, Louisiana.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Singley's collection.

Genus MERETRIX.
Meretrix texacola nov. sp. PI. 2,. fig. 5, a, 1).

Specific characterization. — Size and general forms as indicated by
the figures; surface generally smooth about the umbones, but often

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 51

more or less corrugated concentrically towards the base, especially
posteriorly ; lunule in the larger specimens, very indistinct in the
smaller forms bordered by a well incised line.

The surface markings resemble somewhat those of C. nuttalliopsis
Heilp.. but the anterior and posterior are too pointed, the shell in
general too inflated, and the umbonal angle too great for that species.
The larger specimens resemble M. californica Con.

Localities. — Rio Grande at Webb-Zapata County line ; Smithville,
Bastrop Co., 2 miles east of Alto, Cherokee Co.; Mosley's Ferry,
Brazos Co. ; Cedar Creek, Robinson Co. ; Alum Bluff, Trinity River ;
Hurricane Bayou, Houston Co. ; Collier's Ferry, Brazos River, Bur-
leson Co. ; cutting on Houston East & West Texas R. R., 4 miles
north of Corrigan, Polk Co., Texas. Also from the base of the
bluff at Claiborne, Ala.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Types. — Texas State Museum.

Genus TELLINA.
Tellina tallicheti nov. sp. PI. 3, fig. 1.

Specific characterization. — Size and general form as indicated by
the figure ; not-twisted posteriorly ; thin ; posterior sub-biangulate ;
anterior rounded ; beak slightly behind the center ; lateral teeth
well developed ; posterior cardinal bifid ; pallial sinus and muscular
scars of good dimensions though rather dimly marked ; exterior
smooth, except a few concentric striae on the post- umbonal slope;
umbonal ridge passes from the beak to the posterio-basal margin.

Locality. — Smithville, Bastrop Co., Tex.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Harris' collection.

Genus SILIQTJA.
Siliqua simondsi nov. sp. P!. 3, fig. 2.

Specific characterization. — Size and general form as indicated by
the figure ; anterior acutely rounded sub-basally, posterior rounded ;
from the umbo radiate two depressions (in the cast), the anterior deep,
the posterior more nearly vertical and faint ; pallial line and sinus
comparatively well marked.

Locality. — Dr. Williams' quarry, Stephenson's Headright, Brazos
Co., Tex.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Genus CERONIA.
Ceronia singleyi nov. sp. PI. 3, fig. 3, a.

Specific characterization, — General form as figured ; beaks promi-
nent, turned anteriorly ; anterior side often very elongate ; posterior
generally short, obtusely pointed, with an obtuse angle midway of
the posterior dorsal margin ; umbonal ridge rounded ; post-umbonal
slope of considerable width and nearly at right angles to the face of
the valve ; substance of the valve moderately thick.

The young of this species have a decidedly Schizodesma appear-
ance. Older specimens assume the general form of Hemimactra
elongata of the Indo-Pacific region.

This species is known only in the form of casts in a light gray
sandstone. It is regarded as a Mactroid shell, and not a Macoma,
because (a) the beaks point anteriorly; (b) there is no indication of
a twisting posteriorly; (c) the hinge margin of this shell is thick and
evidently bore well-developed lateral teeth ; (d) the posterior is very
obtuse.

Locality. — Sunnyside Church, Lee Co., Texas.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

Genus PERIPLOMA.
Periploma collardi nov. sp. PI. 3, fig. 4.

Specific characterization. — General form as figured ; nearly equi-
valve; beaks turned slightly backward; posterior deflected to the
right ; substance of the shell thin and very nacreous; umbones fissured.

The general form of this species is somewhat like that of Ceronia
singleyi, from which, however, it is distinguished by the difference
in direction of the beaks, as well as by the beaks themselves. Again
this species has a much more extended posterior dorsal margin.

Localities. — Dr. Collard's farm, Sparks' Headright, Brazos Co.,
Tex. Also mouth of Saline Bayou, Winn Parish, La., and base of
bluff at Claiborne, Ala.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

Genus CORBULA.
Corbula aldrichi Meyer, var. smithvillensis nov. var. PI. 3, fig. 5, a.

The variety is larger than the typical form, beak in the left valve
more nearly central; right valve proportionally higher; radiating
lines generally obsolete.

1895.] natural Sciences of Philadelphia. 53

Localities. — Smithville, Bastrop Co. ; Burleson Shell Bluff on
Brazos River; 2 miles east of Alto, Cherokee Co. ; Mosley's Ferry,
Brazos River ; Cedar Creek, Wheelock League, Rohertson Co. ; Elm
Creek, Rohertson Co.; Berryiuau's Land, Cherokee Co. ; Alum Bluff,
Trinity River, Houston Co. ; 2 miles south of Mt. Selmon R O.,
Cherokee Co.; 1 mile south from Nevilles, Gonzales Co. ; 15 miles
southeast of Nacogdoches, Nacogdoches Co., Tex. Also near Enter-
prise, Miss.

Geological horizon of the variety. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

Genus MARTESIA.
Martesia texana nov. sp. PL 3, fig 6.

Specific characterization. — General form as figured ; surface marked
by concentric lines or corrugations crossed by a radiating fold ; ante-
rior to this the lines are strong, but behind it they are very faint.

This species differs from 31. elongata Aid., by its much greater
anterior development, and hence the much more central position of
the radiating fold.

Locality. — Two miles east of Alto, Cherokee Co., Tex.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type specimen. — Texas State Museum.

GASTROPODA.

Genus RINGICULA.
Ringicula trapaquara nov. sp. PL 3, fig. 7.

Specific characterization. — Whorls 5; whorls 1, 2, and 3 nearly or
quite smooth; 4 with a well marked subsutural line and fainter ones
over the whole surface; body whorl strongly striate spirally, labrum
very much thickened and crenulate within, labial callosity very pro-
nounced, the two labial plica? strong and ascending rapidly upon the
body whorl.

This species differs from R. biplicata Lea by its more numerous
spiral striae, its greater oral callosities, and the obliquity and strength
of the columellar plica?. R. mississippiensis Con. has plications some-
what similar to those of this species, but in other respects it is nearly
like R. biplicata.

Localities. — San Antonio Ferry, Brazos River, Burleson Co. ;
between Orrell's and Evergreen Crossing, Elm Creek, Lee Co., Tex.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Genus VOLVULA.
Volvula? smithvillensis nov. sp. PI. 3, fig. 8.

Specific characterization. — Shell large anteriorly and centrally but
attenuated posteriorly; thick; spirally striate near either terminus;
columella with one strong fold.

This shell has somewhat the form of Actaonella. It differs from
V. minutissima by its greater thickness, its greatest diameter being
located more to the anterior, and by its thick, strong columellar fold.

Locality. — Smithville, Bastrop Co., Tex.

Geological horizon, — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

Genus CYLICHNELLA.

Cylichnella atysopsis nov. sp. PI. 3, fig. 9, a.
"I'>/i'i//a minutissima" Gabb, specimen in coll. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila.

Specific characterization. — General form globose as figured; sub-
stance of the shell rather thick; spirally striate; columella with one
fold ; umbilicated.

Locality. — Little Brazos River, near iron bridge, on Mosley's
Ferry road.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type, — Texas State Museum. Fig. 9a is the so-labelled V. minu-
tissima of the Academy collection.

Genus TEREBRA.

Terebra texagyra nov. sp. PL 3, fig. 10.

T. polygyra Heilp., Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila,. 1890, p. 398.

Specific characterization. — General form and size as indicated by
the figure; whorls about 15 ; marked as follows : slightly shouldered
below the suture; below, two-sevenths of the way to the next suture
with a moderately strong spiral stria; ribs about 15 on each whorl,
strong above but dying out below, not deflected or dislocated by the
subsutural revolving line; columella twisted as shown in the figure.

Conrad's T. polygyra has a more slender form, with far less
prominent plicae. T. divisurum and T. polygyra both show disloca-
tion at the subsutural line. T. texagyra resembles T. tantula in
some respects, but is less costate and less slender.

Localities. — Between Orrell's and Evergreen Crossing, on Elm
Creek, Lee Co. ; near Crockett and 2 miles west of Crockett,
Houston Co.

This is doubtless, in part at least, the species referred to by

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 55

Aid rich and Meyer as "7'. di visum Con., var." They give as
localities, Claiborne and Lisbon, Ala.; Wautubbee and Newton,
Miss. ; Wheelock, Tex.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

Terebra houstonia nov. sp. PI. 3, fig. 11, and PI. 4, fig. 1.

T. polygyra Heilp. {non Con. ), Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus.
T. vetusta Heilp. {non Lea), Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila.. 1890, p. 39S.
f T. vetusta Gregorio, Mou. Faun. Eoc. de l'Ala., pi. 1. figs. 40. 41.

Specific characterization. — Size and general form as indicated in
the figure; whorls 12 or 13, longitudinally ribbed, the ribbing being
much coarser in the upper part of the shell than in the lower; suture
margined below by an obscurely impressed revolving line; columella
straight, smooth, tapering rapidly.

This species is characterized at once by the height of its whorls in
comparison to their respective diameters, the bulging sides of the
whorls, the irregularities of the ribbing, and the straight, smooth
columella.

Localities. — Smithville, Bastrop Co. ; near McBee's school-house,
Cherokee Co. ;. Little Brazos River, near iron bridge, on Mos-
ley's Ferry road; Cedar Creek, Wheelock League, Robertson Co.;
Elm Creek, Lee Co. ; near Crockett and 2 miles west of Crockett,
Houston Co.; Collard's farm, Sparks' Headright, Brazos Co.;
Arnold's Ranch, Frio Co. ; southeast of Campbellton, just south of
Lipan Creek, Atascosa Co. Also in Claiborne, Webb, and Bien-
ville Parishes, La.; 2 miles east of Newton, Miss.; Claiborne, Ala.;
2 miles west of Orangeburg, S. C.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

Genus CONUS.
Conus smithvillensis nov. sp. PL 4, fig. 2.

Specific characterization. — General form as figured; whorls about
12; smaller spiral whorls costate or crenulate; penultimate whorl
smooth; body whorl smooth, except about 12 revolving lines at base.

This species bears much resemblance to the figure given in Proc.
Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1879, pi. 13, fig. 8, of "Conn*" pulcher-
rimus Heilp., but upon examining the type of this species now in the
Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., N. Y. City, it was found to be, as already

56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

stated by Meyer, a Pleurotomoid shell. C. parvus of H. C. Lea is
evidently the young of sauridens Con.

Locality. — Smithville, Bastrop Co., Tex.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

Genus PLEUROTOMA.
Pleurotoma enstricrina nov. sp. PI. 4, fig. 3.

Specific characterization. — General form and size as indicated by
the figure; whorls 10; nuclear whorls 1, 2, 3, 4 smooth, 5 costate,
whorls 6, 7, 8, 9 ornamented by (a) a crenulated narrow band below
the suture, (b) a narrow concave space in which there are two or
three fine but distinct spiral striae, (c) a broad costate band, (d) a
spiral line or two, body whorl marked below the costate band by
coarse spiral lines and with more or less apparent lines of growth.

Locality. — Smithville, Bastrop Co., Tex.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Figured Type. — Texas State Museum.

PI. (Pleurotomella) anacona nov. sp. PI. 4, fig. 4.

Specific characterization. — General form as figured; whorls 8; 1
nearly or quite smooth; 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 with (a) a broad slightly con-
cave band showing very faint spiral striae and a deep retral curve
in the longitudinal striae, (b) a slight basal carina with two or three
strong spiral lines and rather faint, slightly oblique nodules; body
whorl with more or less alternating coarse and fine spiral lines from
the nodose carina to the end of the beak.

Localities. — Well at Elgin, northeast corner of Bastrop County;
Smiley' s Bluff, Brazos River, 2 miles above Pond Creek, and per-
haps on Rocky Cedar Creek, 5 miles west of Elmo.

Geological horizon. — Midway Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

PI. (Surcula) gabbi Con. PI. 4, fig. 5.

Surcula gabbi Con., Am. Jour. Conch., vol. 1, 1865, p. 142, pi. 11, fig. 5.
Pleurotoma platyzona Heilp., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1880, p. 150, fig. 3.
Pleurotoma alveata Con., Coll. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila.

In adult specimens thei'e are 12 whorls; of the 5 nuclear, 1, 2,
and 3 are smooth, while 4 and 5 are prominently costate. Heilprin's
platyzona is an eroded specimen of this species.

This is one of the commonest fossils in the Texan Lower Claiborne
Eocene and is specially abundant in Bastrop, Burleson, Lee and
Houston Counties.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 57

Figured specimen. — -Texas State Museum.

Type. — Probably the specimen in the Academy's collection.

PI. (Surcula) moorei Gabb. PI. 4, fig. 6, a, b.

Turris moorei Gabb, Jour. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila.. vol. 4, 1860, p. 378, pi. 67,

fig. 11 (not fig. 9 as stated in Gabb's text).
Pleurotoma tuomeyi Aldrich, Bull. Geol. Surv. Ala., No. 1, 1886, p. 31, pi. 3,

fig. 11.
Pleurotoma tuomeyi Heilprin, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1890, p. 394.
Surcula moorei Heilp., Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1890, p. 394.

This species shows considerable variation in form as indicated by
figs. 6, 6a, 6b. The specimen in the collection of the Academy is
of about the form and size of that represented by fig. 6, though it
shows more prominent denticulations on the spire, approaching fig.
6b in this respect. Specimens of this species in the U. S. Nat.
Mus. collection from Wood's Bluff, Ala. , are slightly stouter in form,
i.e., have a shorter spire. This, however, is not always the case,
for Aldrich's type from this locality is of nearly the normal form.
The Alabama specimens all show denticulations on the upper spiral
stria?, a feature apparently overlooked by Aldrich when describing
his Tuomeyi.

Localities. — Smith ville, Bastrop Co.; Little Brazos River, Cedar
Creek, Wheelock League, Robertson Co.; Mosley's Ferry, Burleson
Co.; Elm Creek, Lee Co.; Alabama Bluff, Trinity River, Houston
Co., Texas. Also from Wood's Bluff, Ala.

Type. — Probably lost.

Geological horizon. — Lignitic, and Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Pleurotoma beadata nov. sp. PI. 4, fig. 7.

Specific characterization. — General form as shown in the figure;
whorls 9 ; 1, 2, 3 smooth, 4, 5 transversely costate, 6, 7, 8 obliquely
costate, the costse most pronounced not far below the suture and
dying out below, evenly and coarsely striate spirally; suture bor-
dered below by a raised crenulated line; body whorl either costate
on its humeral portion or plain ; evenly striate spirally ; retral sinus
shallow, canal long, straight.

Locality. — Smith ville, Bastrop Co., Tex.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

Pleurotoma vaughani nov. sp. PI. 4, fig. 8.

Specific characterization. — Size and general form as indicated by the
figure; whorls about 11 ; 1, 2, 3 smooth and very small, 4 nodular,
5

58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

5 nodular and with a subsutural line or band; 6, 7, 8, as 5, but
also striate spirally ; 9, 10 nodular costate, costse showing a slight
tendency to become oblique, mainly confined to the lower moiety of
the whorls, strongly striate below, and with two noticeably large
striae on the carina, faintly striate above; body whorl with rather
coarse spiral lines alternating in size from the carinal region to the
end of the beak, supercarinal region faintly striate, cost?e obscure,
labrum striate within.

Localities. — Smithville, Bastrop Co.; Hurricane Bayou, Marsters'
Survey, Houston Co., Tex.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

Pleurotoma kuppertzi nov. sp. PI. 4, fig. 9.

Specific characterization . — Size and general form as indicated in
the figure; whorls 11; 1, 2 smooth, 3-10 somewhat inflated sub-
medially, longitudinal costse obtuse, most prominent submedially,
almost vanishing on the subsutural portions of* the whorls, becoming
short and nodular on the upper whorls, prominently striate spirally,
the stria? often irregular and waving on the medial portions of the
whorls; body whorl costate and spirally striate, stria1 becoming of
alternating strength on the beak.

Localities. — Bombshell Bluff, Colorado River, about 1* miles
west-northwest of Devil's Eye; Smithville, Bastrop Co., Tex.

A very closely allied form occurs at Wood's Bluff, Ala. The
main difference consists in the different location of the retral sinus.
In the Alabama specimens it is located on the humeral angle while
in the Texan it is about one-third way from this angle to the suture.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

Variety penrosei nov. var. PI. 4, fig. 10.

Differs from typical liuppertzi in having the whorls more acutely
carinated, the striation above the carina is evanescent, and the length
of the canal is often less in proportion to the height of the spire.

Localities. — Same as for hupperfzi.

Geological horizon.— I x>wer Claiborne Eocene.

Type specimen. — Texas State Museum.

Pleurotoma leoncola nov. sp. PI. 5, fig. 1.

Specific characterization. — General form and size as indicated by

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 59

the figure; whorls 9; apical 11 smooth, rather large, remaining
whorls carinated centrally, and with evenly arranged rather low-
but distinct costa?, more prominent below the carina than above it,
twelve in Dumber on the body whorl; surface microscopically striate
spirally, and with very fine lines of growth ; aperture a little over
one-half the whole length of the shell; columella long and slightly
twisted below.

Locality. — 7 miles south of Jewett, Leon Co.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Collection of T. H. Aldrich, Birmingham, Ala.

PI. (Drillia) dumblei now sp. PI. 5, fig. 2.

Specific characterization. — Size and general form as indicated in the
figure ; whorls about 10, strongly carinated, concave above, convex
below, spiral stria? much more noticeable below the carina than
above it; beak short, twisted, umbilicated.

Locality. — ?Smithville, Bastrop Co., Tex.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

PI. (Drillia) dipta nov. sp. PI. 5, fig. 3.

Specific characterization. — Size and general form as shown in the
figure; whorls 9; 1, 2 smooth, 3 longitudinally costate, 4-8 medially
carinate, carina ornamented by oblique nodules, just below the suture
there is a raised line or band ; body whorl with less prominent carinal
nodules, but with a few well-defined raised spiral lines ; canal short,
slightly curved.

Locality. — Baptizing Creek, Kimble Headright, Cherokee Co.,
Tex.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

PI. (Drillia) nodocarinata Gabb. PI. 5, fig. 4.

Turris nodocarinata Gabb, Jour. Ac. Nat. Sci. Pbila., vol. 4, 1860, p. 379, pi.
67, fig. 13.

Gabb's figure of this species is exceedingly poor and his types at
the Philadelphia Academy are in a state of confusion. In one lot
labelled " Turris nodocarinata Gabb, Eocene, Tex.," in Gabb's
handwriting may be seen P. nodocarinata, young of P. moorei, child-
reni var. , and terebriformis. On the card bearing the name Turris
nodocarinata may be seen : PI. nodocarinata, childreni var. , and

60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

terebriformis. All those labelled PL nodocarinata in Heilprin's
Texan collection are terebriformis.

The specimen herewith figured is large and well developed, while
Gabb's specimen was evidently small. The sutural crenulation dis-
appears on the larger whorls. Fine revolving striae are often seen on
the zone between the suture and carina.

Localities. — Two miles above San Jose on the Rio Grande; Smith-
ville, Bastrop Co. ; Wheelock, Robertson Co. ; Mosley's Ferry,
Brazos River, Burleson Co. ; Cedar Creek, southeast corner of
Wheelock League, Robertson Co. ; Elm Creek, Lee Co. ; Alabama
Bluff, Trinity River, Houston Co. ; Hurricane Bayou, near Crockett,
Houston Co.; 2 miles east of Alto, Cherokee Co. ; 1 mile south of
Nevilles, Gonzales Co., Tex.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Types. — ? Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

PI. (Drillia) prosseri nov. sp. PI. 5, fig. 5.

Specific characterization. — Size and general form as indicated by
the figure; whorls about 8; 1, 2, and sometimes 3, smooth; 4, 5,
6, 7 polished, a slightly raised band just below the suture, costse
large, obtuse, and somewhat obliquely set; body whorl with sub-
sutural band not well defined, humeral area slightly concave and
gently waved by the upward extension of the ribs, which are very
large below; beak slightly striate spirally.

Localities. — Near Smithville, Bastrop Co.; Little Brazos River,
near iron bridge on Mosley's Ferry road; near Crockett, Houston
County.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

This species is distinguished from huppertzi, kellogi, and varieties by
its polished surface, its more pointed apex, the length and obliquity
of the ribs, and its size.

PI. (Drillia) kellogi Gabb. PI. 5, fig. 6.

Turris kellogi Gabb, Jour. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila., vol. 4, 1860, p. 379, pl. 67,

fig. 10.
Surcula kellogi Con., Am. Jr. Concb., vol. 1, 1865, p. 18.
Surcula kelloggi Heilp., Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1890, p. 394.

The two type specimens in the Philadelphia Academy's collection
differ but little from the specimen herewith figured. The only point
worthy of note is that in those specimens the length of the aperture

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 61

is not quite so great in comparison with the whole length of the
shell.

This species is characterized mainly by its slim spire, blunt apex,
and raised line at. the suture.

Localities. — Hurricane Bayou, Marsters' Surv. , near Crockett,
Houston Co., and, according to Gabb, "Wheelock, Tex."

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

PI. (Drillia) texacona, nom. mut. PI. 5, fig. 7.
Drillia texana Con. non Gabb, Amer. Jr. Conch., vol. 1, 1865, p. 143.

Localities. — Little Brazos River, near iron bridge on Mosley's
Ferry road; Cedar Creek, Wheelock League, Robertson Co.;
Jones' farm, Hurricane Bayou, Houston Co.; Elm Creek, Lee Co.,
Tex.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Probably the specimens in the Academy of Natural Sci-
ences of Philadelphia.

PI. (Drillia) texanopsis nov. sp. PI. 5, fig. 8.

Specific characterization. — Form in general as figured, though the
specimen drawn was young; whorls about 12; 1-5 smooth, tapering
to a sharp point ; other spiral whorls scarcely distinguishable from
those of texacona, body whorl with faint revolving striae, becoming
stronger below; beak long, straight.

On the last or body whorl the costse often become obsolete and a
more or less distinct carina is developed ; above which, or between
which and the suture, the shoulder is slightly concave.

Localities. — Smithville, Bastrop Co.; Bombshell 61116", Colorado
River, Tex.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

Pleurotoma insignifica Heilp. PI. 5, fig. 9.

J^nsus nanus Lea, Cont. to Geol., 1833, p. 150, pi. 5, fig. 155.

Pleurotoma insignifica Heilp., Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Pbjla., 1879, p. 213, pi. 13,

fig. 9.
Pleurotoma nana Meyer, Bericht iiber die Senckenbergische Naturforschende

Gesellschaft in Frankfurt, a. M. Sender- Ausdruck. 1887, p. 18.
Fusus (Lirofusus) nanus De Greg., Mon. Faun. Eoc. Ala., p. 87.

This species shows considerable variation at Claiborne. As a rule
the larger specimens are not so strongly cariuated as the specimen
herewith illustrated. The type specimen of Fusus nanus at the
Philadelphia Academy has been compared with the Texan form and

62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

there seems to be no reason for doubting their identity. Meyer was
right in referring this species to Pleurotoma, and PI. nana would
stand were it not for the fact that Deshayes in 1824 (Desc. Coq. Foss.
des Env. de Paris, p. 482, vol. 2, pi. 68, figs. 19, 20, 21, 22) used the
same name for a Paris Basin shell. Cossman has referred Deshayes'
shell to the genus Homotoma (Bellardi, 1875) and has also referred
other specimens to this genus which in general resemble Lea's and
Heilprin's figures of nana Lea, and insignifiea Heilp. At any rate
the generic affinities of nana Lea, and nana Deshayes are too close
to allow the retention of Lea's name; accordingly Heilprin's name,
insignifiea, must be adopted.

Lea's and Heilprin's characterization of this form being very im-
perfect, the following is offered: —

Size and general form as shown by the figure; whorls 8-10 ; 1,2,
3 smooth, 4-8 with (a) a subsutural line, (b) a broad, faintly marked
concave zone, (c) a strong carinal stria and just above it sometimes a
faint line, (d) a strong subcarinal revolving line; body whorl with the
subsutural line or band ; the concave zone marked by curving longi-
tudinal striae and faint spirals; carinal angle 110°; subcarinal space
with about twenty-five revolving lines somewhat alternating in size;
labrum within sometimes with one or two blunt, tooth-like elevations
located back some distance from the margin.

Localities. — Smithville, Bastrop Co.; Little Brazos River, near
iron bridge, on Mosley's Ferry road. Also Claiborne, Ala.

Geological horizon. — Lower and Upper Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Of nana at the Philadelphia Academy, of insignifiea at
Mus. Nat. Hist. N. Y.

PI. (Mangilia) infans Mr. PI. 5, fig. 10.

iScobinella Icevipiicata Gabb, Jr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila., vol. 4, 1860, p. 380, pi.

67, fig. 20.
Scobinella hcviplicala Aid., MS., pi. 1, fig. 11.
Pleurotoma infans Meyer, Bull. Geol. Surv. Ala., No. 1, 1866, pi. 2, fig. 9.

Meyer's specimens were evidently all young or imperfect, for in
the well-grown examples from Texas there are four adult whorls.
Moreover they show two large tooth-like projections on the inside of
the labrum, and not unfrequently two small plaits on the columella.
On the smooth sinus zone thei-e is sometimes a fine spiral line, occa-
sionally there are two.

Localities. — Meyer gives for localities Red Bluff, Newton, and
Vicksburg, Miss. In the collection of the U. S. Nat. Mus. it occurs

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 63

from Calhoun Co., Fla. In Texas: Smith ville, Bastrop Co.; Col-
lege Sta., Brazos Co.; 2 miles west of Crockett, and on Jones'
farm, Hurricane Bayou, Houston Co.; Collard's farm, Town Branch,
Brazos Co.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene, Vicksburg Eocene,
Lower Miocene.

Type. — Aldrich's collection.

PI. (Borsonia) plenta uov. sp. (by Aid. and Har.). PI. 5, fig. 11, a.

Specific characterization. — General form as indicated by the figure;
whorls 13 or 14; 1, 2, 3 smooth, globose; 4 slightly nodular or sub-
costate submedially and with an elevation just below the suture ; 5,
6, 7 subcarinate with nodules on the carinas; 8, 9, 10, 11 carinate
submedially, carina bisected by a depressed spiral line; space be-
tween the carina and suture above concave, traversed by about six
spiral striae of equal size, with a slightly elevated band just below
the suture; 12 and 13 obtusely carinate with about six fine lines
above and four below; body whorl finely striated above the carina
and for a short distance below, thence coarsely or alternately striate
to the end of the canal ; outer lip sharp, liras within exclusively con-
fined to the inflated portion of the shell and disappearing some dis-
tance before reaching the margin of the lip; inner lip very thin
showing only on well-preserved specimens; columella with one strong
plait located three-fourths of the way from the base to the upper
terminus of the aperture.

In a few specimens there are traces of a second plait on the colu-
mella a short distance below the one referred to above.

Localities. — Smithville, Bastrop Co. (rare); Wheelock, Robert-
son Co.; Mosley's Ferry, Brazos River, Burleson Co.; Cedar Creek,
Wheelock League, Robertson Co.; College Sta., Brazos Co.; Camp-
bell Creek, Robertson Co., Tex.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

PI. (Eucheilodon) reticulatoides nov. sp. PI. 5, fig. 12.

Specific characterization. — Size and general form as indicated by
the figure; whorls about 10; 1, 2, 3 smooth, tapering rapidly to a
point; 4 more or less costate; remaining whorls ornamented as fol-
lows : just below the suture, a raised line or band, below which a
sunken zone is marked in the larger whorls by from one to three

64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

spiral incised lines crossed obliquely by lines of growth giving this
portion of the whorl a cancellated appearance ; on the body whorl,
below the three or four cancellated strong medial spiral lines, there
are from 15 to 18 more or less crenulated spiral lines, tending in
some instances to alternate in size ; labrum within with strong lira-
tions; columella rather long, straight, and with one strong plait located
above the middle, below which there are generally several minor folds,
decreasing in size downward.

In many of its features this species is intermediate between the
young of Borsonia plenta as here figured and Eucheilodon reticulata.

Locality. — Mosley's Ferry, Brazos River, Tex.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

PL (Taranis) finexa nov. sp. PL 5, fig, 13.

Specific characterization. — Size and general form as indicated by
the figure; whorls 6; 2 nuclear, smooth; remaining whorls with (a)
a subsutural raised ridge, (b) a strong medial carina, (c) a prominent
raised line between the carina and the suture below, (d) fine costse
passing perpendicularly on the lower half of the whorl and obliquely
to the left from the carina' to the suture above; body whorl bicari-
nate, between the two carime, a strong raised line, below the carina
about six raised spiral lines; columella slightly concave; labrum
within showing channels and ridges corresponding to the exterior
marking.

Locality. — Smithville, Bastrop Co., Tex.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

PL (Clathurella?) fannse nov. sp. PL 5, fig. 14.

Specific characterization. — Size and general form as indicated by
the figure; whorls 7 ; 1-3 smooth, 4 finely and obliquely costate,
remaining whorls cancellated by narrow costse and \ super-humeral
and 4 sub- humeral raised lirse ; columella long, straight, and smooth.

Locality. — Collier's Ferry, Brazos River, Tex.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

PL (Beta) rebeccae nov. sp. PL 5, fig. 15.

Specific characterization. — Size and general form as shown by the
figure; whorls 7; 1 and 2 small, smooth, 3 finely costate longitudi-
nally; remaining whorls with (a) a sub-sutural raised line, (b) one

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 65

or two humeral lines, (c) one prominent line on the humeral angle,
(d) many alternating lines below, (e) numerous costse (15 on the
body whorl), most prominent on the humeral angle.

Locality. — Smithville, Bastrop Co., Tex.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

Genus CANCELLARIA.
Cancellaria panones nov. sp. PI. 6, fig. 1.

Specific characterization. — Size and general form as shown in the
figure; whorls 5; 1 and 2 smooth; 3 and 4 with sharp Scala-like
costre, shoulder narrow, slightly convex; body whorl shouldered as 3
and 4, with about fifteen smooth sharp costse, spirally striate below;
mouth ovate triangular, with about ten labrum crenulse and three
columellar folds ; umbilicus not very large.

In this species the ribs are often somewhat irregular. On the
spiral whorls two or three ribs are considerably larger than the
others. The costse just behind the aperture are generally of small
size or evanescent.

Localities. — Smithville, Bastrop Co.; 2 miles east Of Alto, Chero-
kee Co., Tex.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

C. panones, var. smithvillensis nov. var. PL 6, fig. 2.

Differs from the typical form in having spiral strise ; about four
on the lower spiral whorls and fourteen on the body whorl. The
mouth is slightly larger in proportion to the length of the shell.

Localities. — Smithville, Bastrop Co.; Little Brazos River, near
iron bridge on Mosley's Ferry road; Orrell's crossing, Elm Creek,
Lee Co., Tex.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

C. panones, var. junipera nov. var. PI. (i, fig. 3.

In this variety the spiral strise are quite numerous, the mouth is
small in comparison with the length of the shell, and there are but
two prominent columellar folds.

Localities. — Smithville, Bastrop Co. ; Bluff on Colorado River,
just below the mouth of Alum Creek, not far above Smithville;

66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Cedar Creek, southeast corner of Wheelock League, Robertson Co.,
Tex.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

Cancellaria penrosei nov. sp. PI. 6, fig. 4.

Specific characterization. — Size and general form as indicated by
the figure; whorls 5; 1, 2, 2? smooth; 3, 4 cancellated by about
18 sharp ribs over which pass 5 spiral lines, the uppermost on the
humeral angle and some little distance above the others; body whorl
with about eighteen costal and twelve revolving lines, the uppermost
of which, on the humeral angle is separated from the next below by
a double space; aperture with two columellar folds and about six
labral crenulse; umbilicus moderate. Surface not polished as in the
two above-described species.

Localities. — Smithville, Bastrop Co. ; Dr. Williams' quarry, R.
Stephenson's Headright, Brazos Co., Tex.

Geological liorizon.— Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

Cancellaria bastropensis nov. sp. PI. 6, fig. 5.

Specific characterization. — Size and general form as shown in the
figure; whorls 7; nuclear whorls 2?, of which two are smooth, and
the last half finely cancellated ; 4, 5, 6 somewhat irregularly cos-
tate, about ten costse on the penultimate whorl; spiral striae few and
strong on the sides of the whorls, but becoming more closely set and
finer on the subsutural region ; body whorl with irregular, obtuse
costie crossed by about fourteen spiral lines, strong medially but de-
creasing in size towards the suture; labral dentes six on a raised
ridge; columella with two distinct folds and a rudimentary third be-
low ; umbilicus rudimentary.

Locality. — Smithville, Bastrop Co., Tex.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

Cancellaria ulmula nov. sp. PI. 6, fig. 6.

Specific characteristics. — Size and general form as indicated by the
figure; whorls 4; 1, 2 smooth; 3 with seven spiral stria? ; body whorl
with about eighteen strong revolving lines and an equal number of
intercalated fine stria?, lines of growth prominent; columella with

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 67

two prominent folds on its central portion and a third, rudimentary
one below; umbilicus small.

Locality. — Elm Creek, Lee Co.,- Tex.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

Cancellaria ellapsa Con., Anier. Jour. Conch., vol. 1, 1865, p. 212, pi. 21 (not 20),
fig. 8.

This Conrad describes as an Eocene species from Texas, but it
proves upon examination to be nothing but " Trichotropis cancellaria
Con.," a species described by Conrad from the Ripley Cretaceous beds
of Mississippi. The Texas specimen was probably derived from the
upper Cretaceous not far below Austin.

Genus VOLVARIA.

Volvaria gabbiana now sp. PI. 6, fig. 7.
Marginella ( Voh'aria) gabbiana AM., MS., pi. 2, fig. 13.

Specific characterization. — Size and general form as shown by the
tigure; whorls 3; 1, smooth; 2, spirally striate; body whorl long
cylindrical, spirally striate with faint punctations in the strise;
labrum sharp-edged ; labium with four basal folds varying in size
as follows : at base a moderate sized fold, above, a stronger one, still
above, a moderate sized one, and above all, a very faint one.

Localities. — Devil's Eye, Colorado River, Bastrop Co. ; bluff just
below the mouth of Alum Creek, Tex.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

Genus VOLTTTILITHES.

Volutilitb.es dalli now sp. Pi. 6, fig. 8, a.

Caricclla reticulata Heilp., non Aid., Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila.. 1890, p. 396.

Specific characterization. — Size and general form as indicated by
the figures; whorls about 7; spiral whorls and shoulder of the body
whorl generally coarsely cancellated with revolving lines and trans-
verse costse; humeral angle of the body whorl often spinose; medial
portion of the body whorl with finer but very distinct revolving
strise and fine lines of growth ; base of body whorl as in other mem-
bers of this genus; labrum strongly lirate within; columella with
two well-defined oblique plaits and sometimes one or more rudimen-
tary ones.

The amount of reticulation or ornamentation possessed by different

68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

individuals of this species varies greatly. Some specimens are quite
smooth on the medial portion of the body whorl, and show but slight
irregularities on the shoulder. A form of this character is shown in
fig. 8a. Such specimens have usually two well-marked folds on the
columella and no trace of additional ones.

This species is evidently related to V. haleanus Whitfd., but is
less strongly sculptured, and wants the peculiar concave humeral
zone of that species. Moreover, haleanus has three distinct and well-
defined columellar plaits.

This species is named in honor of W. H. Dall, the well-known
authority on Volutidw.

Localities. — Smithville; Cedar Creek, Robertson Co. , Tex.

Horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

Genus CARICELLA.

Caricella demissa Con., var. texana Gabb. PI. 6, fig. 9.

Cimbiola texana Gabb, Jour. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila., vol. 4, p. 382, pi. 67, fig. 33.
Caricella demissa Harris, Exp. Sta. Kept., pt. 1, Geol. and Agr. , 1892. A Pre-
liminary Eeport upon the Hills of La., by Otto Lerch, p. 29.

Gabb cites his C. texana from " Wheelock, Tex." His specimen
was evidently small and badly preserved. Normally there are six
whorls. The columella is considerably recurved, but this is a feature
that could not be determined from a specimen lacking its anterior
canal as did Gabb's type. The ornamentation of the spiral whorls
consists of revolving lines, more distinct above, and more or less
regular and apparent longitudinal plaits. Below the suture there is
a slight constriction.

Localities. — Smithville, Bastrop Co. ; Alabama Bluff, Trinity
River, Houston Co.; Hurricane Bayou, Houston Co., Tex. Also
near Mt. Lebanon, Bienville Parish, La.

Geological horizon of this variety.— Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Caricella subangulata Conrad, var. cherokeensis nov. var. PI. 6, fig. 10.

Variety characteristics. — Size and general form as indicated in the
figure; whorls 5; 1 mammillated; 2, 3, 4 spirally striate, suture
distinct ; body whorl shouldered, spirally striate above and also at
the base of the whorl ; columellar plaits four, the lower two more
oblique.

Typical subangulata is larger, but with about one less whorl, and
with lower and more obtuse spire.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 69

Localities. — Mosley's Ferry, Brazos River, Burleson Co.; two
miles west of Crockett, Houston Co.; Collier's Ferry, Burleson Co.;
two miles east of Alto, Cherokee Co. ; Collard's farm, Sparks' Head-
right, Brazos Co., Texas.

Geological horizon of the variety. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type of the variety. — Texas Stale Museum.

Genus TURRICULA.
Turricula (Conomitra) texana nov. sp. PI. 6, fig. 11.

Specific characterization. — Size and form as indicated in the figure;
whorls 5; nuclear whorl obtuse, smooth; other spiral whorls orna-
mented by longitudinal costns, and a slight, subsutural depression;
body whorl with much more numerous costse, a slight subsutural de-
pression, surface without a trace of spiral lines and polished ; colu-
mella 4-plaited, the penultimate the largest; labrum crenulate within.

Localities. — Well at College Sta. , Brazos Co.; Alabama Bluff,
Trinity River, Houston Co.; Hurricane Bayou, near Crockett, Hous-
ton Co.; Collard's farm, Town Branch, Brazos Co., Tex.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

Genus LEVIFUSUS.
Levifusus trabeatoides nov. sp. PI. 6, fig. 12, a.

Ft/sits trabeatus Heilp. (not Con.), Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1890, p. 395.

Specific characterization. — General form as figured ; whorls 8 or 9;
1, 2, 3 smooth and polished, 4 sub-biangulate, 5, 6 with one spiral
line just below the suture and two or three more near the base of
each whorl where they are crossed by sharp, fine, costaa, 7 evenly
striate spirally showing more or less distinct costae and curving lines
of growth; body whorl evenly striate, bicarinate, with faint indica-
tions of tubercles on each carina, lines of growth with a retral curve
above the upper carina resembling those of Surcula; labrum strongly
striate within.

Below the twTo prominent carime there is a third faint one. Large
old specimens sometimes show on the body whorl one very strong
carina above, while the two lower are rudimentary. Fragments
have been obtained which would indicate a total length of an entire
specimen of at least three inches.

The generic name Levifusus, as far as the writer is aware, has
never been characterized ; yet since Conrad has referred to it the

70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

species formerly described as Fusua trabeatus and Busyeonf blakei,
its characters must be fairly familiar to every worker in Tertiary
paleontology. They may be summed up as follows: —

Shell of Fulgurate aspect and affinities (not Fusoid as the name
unfortunately indicates) ; with three carina? on the body whorl, the
uppermost strongest and generally spinose, the 6econd less distinct
and less frequently spinose, the third or lowest generally faint and
obtuse and with no signs of tubercles or spines.

Besides the two species referred to this genus by Conrad, the
writer has added two more, viz., Levifusus branneri, originally de-
scribed from the White Bluff horizon of Arkansas, and L. trabeat-
oides.

At Wood's Bluff, Ala., there is a form of Levifusus with charac-
ters intermediate between L. trabeatus and L. trabeatoides and it is
doubtless the ancestral type of both. This prototype may then be
regarded as having produced the true L. trabeatus in Alabama,
while in Texas the L. trabeatoides was developed. L. blakei is
somewhat more tuberculate on its uppermost carina than L. trabeatus
or L. trabeatoides but is not so strongly marked as L. branneri;
the last- mentioned species the writer has recently found in typical
Jackson Eocene deposits at Moody's Branch, Jackson, Miss.

Localities. — Rio Grande, 2 miles above San Jose, Tex.; Mosley's
Ferry, Brazos River; Colorado River, bluff just below the mouth of
Alum Creek ; Rio Grande, 15 miles below Carrizo; Little Brazos
River, near iron bridge on Mosley's Ferry road; Brazos River, 500
yards below the mouth of Little Brazos; Cedar Creek, southeast
corner of Wheelock League, Robertson Co.; Smithville, Bastrop Co.;
Alum Bluff, Trinity River, Houston Co.; Campbell Creek, Robert-
sou Co.; 2 miles west of Crockett, Houston Co.; northwest corner of
Madisou Co.; Jones' farm, Hurricane Bayou, Houston Co.; Orrell's
crossing, Elm Creek, Lee Co. ; cutting on Houston, East & West
Texas R. R., 4 miles north of Corrigan, Polk Co.; southeast corner
of Frio Co. ; southeast of Campbellton, south of Lipan Creek, Atas-
cosa Co. Also at Gibbsland, Bienville Park, La., and Walnut Bluff,
Ouachita River, Ark.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

189o.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 71

Genus LATIRUS.
Latirus singleyi nov. sp. PI. 6, fig. 13.

Specific characterization. — Size and general form as shown by the
figure; whorls 9?; 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 marked by obtuse rounded ribs,
which extend from suture to suture, by five strong, waving spiral
lines on each whorl, and by fine, sharp, and even lines of growth
most plainly visible between the costse ; body whorl with six obtuse
costaB and about. 24 raised spiral lines which, in the humeral region,
consists of one strong series between which finer lines alternate, but
below all become equal; lines of growth sharp and distinct, but fine;
columella with two strong, oblique folds and a rudimentary one be-
low; labium extending in a thin polished plate over the columella;
umbilicus rudimentary.

Locality. — Elm Creek, Lee Co., Tex.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.
Latirus singleyi var. PL 6, fig. 13a.

This is smaller than the typical form and more slender with less
distinct lines of growth.

Locality. — Hurricane Bayou, near Crockett, Houston Co., Tex.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type.- — Texas State Museum.

Genus STREPSIDURA.
Strepsidura ficus Gabb. PI. 7, fig. 1.

Whitneva ficus Gabb, Geol. Surv. Cala., Paleont., vol. 1, 1864, p. 104, pi. 28,

fig. 216.
f Bulbifusus inauratus Heilp., Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1890, p. 396.

The specimen figured is about one- half the size of the California
types and is eroded at the summit. Other specimens, though upon
the whole less perfect, show the surface markings much better than
the figured specimen does.

Localities.— "Ft. Tejou, Cal.," Gabb; Alum Creek Bluff, Colo-
rado River, not far above Smith ville, Bastrop Co., Tex.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

Genus FUSUS.
Tusus bastropensis nov. sp. PI. 7, fig. 2.

Specific characterization. — Size and general form as indicated in
the figure; whorls 13 or 14; 1 and 2 very minute, smooth, 3 and 4
transversely costate, 5-12 with nodose obtuse ribs, distinct in 5, 6,

72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

*

etc., but less marked in 11 and 12, crossed by six or seven spiral
raised lines, coarse or strong near the base of each whorl; one spiral
line, generally the second from the base forms a slight carination on
the whorls; body whorl with broad nodulations, about seven in num-
ber, and with strong spiral raised lines, the two on the largest part
of the whorls being largest, above which there are two or three well-
marked lines and below which to the end of the canal the lines
gradually decrease in size and are more or less alternating; labrum,
as far as observed, non-striate within; columella long, smooth, and
straight.

This resembles somewhat F. meyeri Aid.

Localities. — Smithville, Bastrop Co., Tex. Also in Claiborne and
Bienville Parishes, La.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type.— Coll. of G. D. Harris.

Fusus ostrarupis nov. sp. PI. 7, fig. 3.

Specific characterization. — General form as figured; whorls 8; 1
and 2 smooth and polished, 3 sometimes polished, with long, undu-
lating costse, 4, 5, 6, 7 evenly striate spirally, and with seven or
eight longitudinal costye; costse decreasing in size about or just be-
low the suture where a slightly depressed zone occurs ; body whorl
with eight or ten costre somewhat variable in size, subsutural zone
much compressed, spiral striae moderately even but slightly strongest
on the largest part of the whorl ; labrum strongly striate within ;
columella recurving; umbilicus rudimentary.

Locality. — Smiley 's Bluff, Brazos River, 2 miles above the mouth
of Pond Creek, Milam Co., Tex. Oyster Bluff of Penrose's Report.

Geological horizon. — Midway Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.
Fusus mortoni, var. mortoniopsis Gabb. PI. 7, fig. 4.
Fusus mortoni Lea, var. carexus nov. var. PI. 7, fig. 5.

Differs from mortoniopsis Gabb, which is doubtless a variety only
of mortoni Lea, by having a strong carina, one additional spiral line
on the shoulder and less strongly alternating on the canal. The shell
is much broader in proportion to its height and has a lower spire.

Locality. — Between Orrell's and Evergreen Crossing, Elm Creek ;
Lee Co., Tex.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

1895.] NATUKAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA . 73

Genus CLAVILITHES.
Clavilithes regexus nov. sp. PI. 7. fig. 6.

This species is too poorly represented in the collection of the Sur-
vey to admit of complete characterization specifically. It is compar-
able in size with G. penrosei Heilp., and resembles the latter in the
lower part of the whorls and in the long, smooth columella. Above,
however, it shows no traces of a shoulder, the whorls are slightly
flattened laterally, and are smooth and polished.

Localities. — Near McBee School- house, Cherokee Co.; between
Orrell's and Evergreen Crossing, Elm Creek, Lee Co.; 2 miles west
of Crockett, Houston Co.; Berryman Place, Kimble Headright,
Cherokee Co. ; 3 miles north of Crockett, Houston Co.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Collection.

Clavilitlies humerosus Conrad, var. texanus nov. var. PI. 7, fig. 7.

Differs from typical humerosus in having the sides of the body
whorl nearly rectilinear, in having a more prominent shoulder at the
suture, and in being of a smaller size generally. Many specimens
approach closely Clavilithes longcevus of the middle Eocene of Europe.

Localities. — Near McBee school-house, Cherokee Co. ; Alum Creek
Bluff, Colorado River, Bastrop Co.; Wilson Reid Headright, Brazos
Co.; Hurricane Bayou, Hodge's Headright, Houston Co.; north-
west corner of Madison County ; Collier's Ferry, Burleson Co. ;
Collard farm, Sparks' Headright, Brazos Co., Tex. Also in Clai-
borne and Bienville Parishes, La., and 2? miles east of Newton, near
Enterprise, Miss.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

Clavilithes kennedyanus nov. sp. PI, 7, fig. 8.

Specific characterization. — General form as figured; whorls 10 or
12; 1 and 2 probably smooth; 3-10 with nodular ribs most promi-
nent on the lower portions of the whorls, crossed by raised spiral
lines and by even lines of growth ; body whorl in the type specimen
very poorly preserved, but showing few signs of costse; columella
ponderous.

Locality. — Smith ville, Bastrop Co., Tex.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.
6

74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Clavilithes (Papillina) dumosus Con., var. trapaquarus nov. var. PI. 8, fig. 1.
Fusus {Papillina) dumosus Harris, La. Exp. Sta., 1892. Rept. on the Hills of
La., p. 29.

This is a heavier, more solid form than the typical dumosus; it has
about two more spines on the body whorl and has a smaller apex.

Localities. — Brazos River, 1 mile below Milam- Burleson County
line; near McBee School-house, Cherokee Co.; Alum Bluff, Trinity
River, Houston Co.; 5 miles west of Crockett, Houston Co. ; Hurri-
cane Bayou, Marsters' Survey, near Crockett, Collier's Ferry, Bra-
zos River, Burleson Co. ; north of College, Crockett, Houston Co. ;
Dr. Collard's farm, Sparks Headright, Brazos Co. In Louisiana,
near Mt. Lebanon, Bienville Parish.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

Genus CHRYSODOMUS.
Chrysodomus parbrazana nov. sp. PI. 7, fig. 9.

Specific characterization. — General size and form as indicated by
the figure; whorls 6; spiral whorls smooth, with a faint subsutural
spiral line ; body whorl ornamented with the subsutural line and
about ten basal spiral lines ; outer lip sharp edged, lirate within.

Locality. — Little Brazos River, near iron bridge, on Mosley's
Ferry road.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

Genus ASTYRIS.
Astyris bastropensis nov. sp. PI. 8, fig. 2.

Specific characterization. — General form and size as indicated by
the figure; whorls 10; 1, 2, 3 smooth and polished; 4 costate ;
5-9 smooth and polished, sometimes one spiral line at base of 8 and
9 ; body whorl smooth above the upper terminus of the aperture,
strongly striate below.

The general outline of the shell is strikingly like that of Turricula
polita.

Locality. — Smithville, Bastrop Co., Tex.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

Genus MUREX.
Murex fusates nov. sp. PI. S, fig. 5.

Specific characterization. — Size and general form as indicated by
the figure; whorls 8; 1, 2, 3, 4 smooth and polished, very small ;

1895.] NATUKAL, SCIENC !ES OF PHILADELPHIA. 75

5, b\ 7 with about three coarse revolving raised Hues, with obtuse
regular longitudinal costse; body whorl with regular strong raised
lines on its larger portion and finer ones below, also with seven
obtuse cos tie over which the spiral lines pass; labrum with five or
six crenulatious within ; a basal Nassa-like fold on the columella.

In a general way this species resembles M. vanuxemi Con., but the
costse are very different and show no signs of forming acute angles,
folds or spines.

Locality. — Smithville, Bastrop Co. , Tex.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

Subgenus ODONTOPOLYS.

M. (Odontopolys) compsorhytis Gabb. PI. 8, fig. 6.

M. ( Odont. ) compsorhytis Gabb, Jour. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila., vol. 4, 1860, p. 377,

pi. 67, fig. 16.
Murex sp.? Harris, La. Exp. Sta., Eept. on Hills of La., pt. 1, 1892, p. 29.

According to Gabb the type of this species came from Wheelock,
Tex., and was deposited in the collections of the Smithsonian Insti-
tution. Unfortunately it has been lost. The State Survey's collec-
tion has yielded no specimens of this species, but in the U. S. National
Museum there is a specimen collected by T. Wayland Vaughau, from
Hammett's branch, 2 miles east of Mt. Lebanon, Bienville Parish,
La. This is herewith figured.

Gabb's figure of this species is very poor, while his description is
good. His figure has been copied in Tryon's Structural and Syste-
matic Conchology, vol. 2, 1883, pi. 43, fig. 4, and this in turn is
copied iu De Gregorio's Monograph Faun. Eoc. Ala., pi. 6, fig. 47.

Meyer's Odontopolys triplicata, Sonder-Abdruck aus "Bericht fiber
die Senkenbergische Gesellschaft in Frankfurt a. M.," 1887, p. 7,
pi. 1, fig. 6, is a Volute, perhaps the young of V. petrosus.

Genus PSEUDOLIVA.
Pseudoliva ostrarupis nov. sp. PI. 8, fig. 3, a.

Specific characterization. — Size and general form as figured ; volu-
tions 6, spiral whorls shouldered and somewhat costate ; suture ob-
scured by folise developed by the intermittent mode of growth of the
sutural callosity ; body whorl below scarcely distinguishable from
the non-umbilicate varieties of Ps. vetusta, while above, the shoulder
and the sutural folise at once definitely characterize the species.

76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Locality. — Smiley's Bluff, Brazos River, 2 miles above the mouth
of Pond Creek, Milam Co., Tex.

Geological horizon. — Midway Eocene.
Type. — Texas State Museum.

Pseudoliva ostrarupis, var. pauper nov. var. PI. 8, fig. 4.

Genus TENUISCALA.
Tenuiscala trapaquara nov. sp. PI. 8, fig. 7.

Specific characterization. — Size and general form as shown by the
figure; whorls 12 or more; nuclear 4 smooth and polished; 5-11
traversed by fine sharp longitudinal costse and numerous spiral lines,
the latter consisting of five coarse lines occupying the medial and
basal portions of the whorl and as many microscopic lines on a sub-
eutural zone; body whorl generally but imperfectly preserved, sculp-
turing as in the whorls immediately above, the base, however, being
exposed, shows from 12 to 15 strong spiral lines.

Localities. — Mosley's Ferry, Brazos River, Burleson Co. ; Smith-
ville, Bastrop Co., Tex.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

T. trapaquara, var. engona nov. var.

Slightly shorter, more angulated, and with a broad subsutural band
without strong revolving striae.

Locality. — Smithville, Bastrop Co. , Tex.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

Genus PYRAMIDELLA.

Pyramidella bastropensis nov. sp. PI 8, fig. 9.

Specific characterization. — Size and general form as shown by the
figure; whorls 13 or 14, polished; suture channelled; one sharp strong
fold on the columella.

This species resembles to some extent E. perexilis Con., but differs
from it by being broader at base and more rapidly tapering in the
lower four or five whorls.

Locality. — Smithville, Bastrop Co. , Tex.

Geological horizon. — Lower Clailiorne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

1895.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 77

Genus SYRNOLA.
Syrnola trapaquara nov. sp. PI. 8, fig. 10.

Specific characterization. — Size and general form as indicated by
the figure; whorls 7; 1 small, sinistral; 2-7 polished, slightly tumid,
with a well-marked suture ; aperture moderate, striate within ; one
strong plait on the columella.

Localities. — Smithville, Bastrop Co. ; Jones' farm, Hurricane
Bayou, Houston Co., and in Mr. Singley's collection from Mosley's
Ferry.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

Genus PYRULA.

P. (Fusoficula) texana nov. sp. PI. 8, fig. 11.

Odontopolys texana Aldr. Labelled specimens from Aldrich, now in the

U. S. Nat. Mus.
Volutilithes? recta Aldr., MS. plates, pi. 2, figs. 12, 12a.

Specific characterization. — General form as indicated by the figure ;
whorls (in a mature specimen) at least 6 ; apex obtuse; whorls 1, 2
smooth; 3 spirally striate in part, and in part striate and costate;
4 and 5 with spiral raised lines alternating in size, and with longi-
tudinal folds or costse, the latter occasionally becoming varicose;
body whorl marked by four spiral lines on the humeral region, be-
low by three series of spiral lines, and by about twenty rather
irregular longitudinal costse ; outer margin of the labrum sharp,
within thickened and with rather irregular crenules; columella gen-
erally smooth; but sometimes with two irregular swellings just below
the point of greatest curvature.

This is a very strange form. The apex is very obtuse and the
nuclear whorls as a whole are generally deflected somewhat from the
axis of the adult shell. So far the species is a true Pyrula. More-
over the striation is that of Pyrula, but the costation is more irregu-
lar than in any of the known species of that genus; in fact it varies
from moderately fine Pyrula- like lines to strong varices. The
swellings on the columella, though in no wise true plaits, are worthy
of note. They are evidently of the same origin and nature as those
in Mazzalina.

Localities. — Mosley's Ferry, Brazos River, Burleson Co., Little
Brazos River, near iron bridge; Cedar Creek, Lee Co.; Dunn's

78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Ranch, Robertson Co. This species is also found in various places
in Bienville Parish, La., and in Mississippi 2£ miles east of Newton.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

Genus CYPRJEA.
Cyprsea kennedyi nov. sp. PI. 8, fig. 12, a.

Specific characterization.— General form and size as indicated by
the figures; oral or front surface strongly ribbed transversely, ribs
tending to divaricate; mouth moderately wide above, broad submedi-
ally and contracted below with one plait-like fold on either side;
back smooth except near the margins where there are strong radi-
ating lines.

Locality. — Dr. Collard's farm, Town Branch, Sparks Headright,
Brazos Co., Tex.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

Genus RIMELLA.
Rimella texana nov. sp. PI. 9, fig. 1.

Specific characterization. — Size and general form as indicated by
the figure; whorls 11 ; 1 exceedingly small, smooth; 2, 3, 4, 5 smooth
and polished; 6, 7 faintly and finely cancellated; 8 with small longi-
tudinal plicae crossed by minute spiral strise; 9, 10 more strongly
plicate longitudinally, plicae most strongly developed midway of the
whorls ; body whorl plicate superiorly though not immediately below
the suture; spiral striie very fine over the plicse but coarse above
and very coarse below ; outer lip acute below, thick and reflected
above, medially forming a right angle ; inner lip well defined,
uniting with the outer above and forming a canal that passes up the
spire rather more than half-way to the apex, recurving descends the
width of a whorl or two; columella long and pointed, deflected back-
ward.

Localities. — Colorado River, Devil's Eye, Bastrop Co.; Brazos
River, about one mile below the Milam-Burleson County line; Mos-
ley's Ferry (Singley's collection); Collier's Ferry, Burleson Co., Tex.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

Rimella texana, var. plana nov. var. PI. 9, fig. 2.

In this form, which is probably only a variety of the foregoing,

1895.] NATUHAL. SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 79

the posterior canal extends nearly or quite to the apex of the spire,
and recurving descends to near the body whorl. The only orna-
mentation is the spiral striation at the base of the body whorl, and
sometimes faint costa? near the apex.

Localities. — Two miles east of Alto, Cherokee Co. ; near McBee
School-house, Cherokee Co.; Collier's Ferry, Brazos River; 2 miles
west of Alto, Cherokee Co. ; Sulphur Springs, Rusk Co. ; Robbing'
well, Houston Co., Tex.

Geological horizon, — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

Genus CERITHIUM.
Cerithium webbi now sp. PI. 9, fig. 3.

Specific characterization. — General form of young specimens as
shown in the figure; whorls about 9 ; spiral ones marked by two
submedial approximate spiral rows of crenules or nodes above which,
and just below the suture, is a third row with smaller crenulations ;
suture deep and broad; body whorl marked somewhat as those above

though the lower submedial row of crenules is faint, and below it to

- •

the end of the beak occur spiral raised lines of varying strength; the
entire surface is apparently covered with minute revolving lines ;
lines of growth on the body whorl start at right angles to the suture
above, pass downward to the middle of the whorl, curve gradually
forward and, after reaching the base of the whorl, slowly again curve
backward and pass downward on the canal.

Locality. — Rio Grande, 13 miles by river below Laredo, or 9 by
river above the Webb-Zapata County line, Texas side.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

Cerithium penrosei nov. sp. PI. 9, fig. 4.

Specific characterization. — Whorls at least 15, gradually tapering,
ornamented as follows: by (1) about seven laterally compressed,
oblique subcentral or basal nodes, or costa± on each whorl, those on
the smaller whorls of the spire not so distinctly defined as represented
by the figure; by (2) spiral lines or stria?, about five of which are
strong and occupy the lower one-third of each whorl, three or four
more are finer and occupy a narrow, irregular central zone, while
four or five more occupy the upper or non-costate portion of the
whorls.

80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

The costse on the several whorls are arranged in lines correspond-
ing in direction to the obliquity of the costse.

Unfortunately only fragments of this large Cerithium have been
found; it doubtless measured eight or ten inches in length when en-
tire.

Locality. — Smiley's Bluff, Brazos River, 2 miles above the mouth
of Fond Creek, Milam Co., Tex.

Geological horizon.- — Midway Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

Genus MESALIA.
Mesalia claibornensis Con. (MS). PI. 9, fig. 5.

Specific characterizations. — Size and general form as indicated by
the figure; whorls about 15; sides of the whorls nearly rectilinear;
sides of the spire taken as a whole slightly concave; surface of each
whorl ornamented by spiral lines of three sizes, of which there are
from five to seven of the first and second, and double that number
of the third magnitude, the latter are mere stria? ; lines of growth
faint oi» obscure; suture well defined but very narrow.

This species is similar in some respects to Conrad's Mesalia vetusta,
but can at once be distinguished by the following differences: clai-
bornensis has two or three more whorls; the sides of the spires are
concave and not convex as in that of vetusta; the suture is less dis-
tinctly marked by a shoulder below it; there is a total lack of those
strong lines or folds of growth so characteristic of vetusta ; the lower
angulation of the body whorl is more sharply defined.

Localities. — Colorado River, Devil's Eye, Bastrop Co.; Mosley's
Ferry, Brazos River; Wheelock, Robertson Co.; Little Brazos
River; Cedar Creek, Wheelock League, Walker's and Mont-
gomery's farm, Robertson Co.; College Sta., Brazos Co. (from a well
1,200 feet deep); Elm Creek, near Benchley's; Wm. Reid Head-
right, Brazos Co. ; Elm Creek, Lee Co.; Berryman's Place, Cherokee
Co. ; Alabama Bluff", Trinity River, Houston Co. ; 5 miles west of
Crockett, and Hurricane Bayou, Houston Co.; northwest corner of
Madison Co. ; 3 miles northeast of Crockett, on Rusk road; along Elm
Creek, from Orrell's to Price's crossing; Lewis' house, 2 miles east of
Alto, Cherokee Co.; Dr. Collard'sfarm, Town Branch, Sparks Head-
right, Brazos Co.; Dunn's Ranch, Gaffbrd Headright, Robertson
Co.; Walker's pasture, Wheelock Prairie, Robertson Co.; Bonita

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 81

Creek, Pleasauton, Atascosa Co., Tex. Also 5 miles southeast of
Gibbsland, and 2 miles southeast of Mt. Lebanon, Bienville Parish,
La.; 4 miles west of Enterprise, Miss. ; base of bluff at Claiborne, Ala.

Specimens from the last-mentioned locality are somewhat less broad
at base, more strongly striated spirally, and with slightly more
rounded volutions than the typical Texan form. In the collection
of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia these Lower
Claiborne forms are labelled by Conrad "Mesalia claibornemis."
I am not aware that the species has ever before been figured or de-
scribed. It is one of the most abundant and characteristic of the
Texan Eocene.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type.— Texas State Museum.

Genus TTJRRITELLA.
Turritella nasuta Gabb, var. houstonia nov. var. PI. 9, fig. 6.

This variety differs from typical nasuta in being much broader at
base, and having its whorls rounded or slightly carinated submedi-
ally. It is generally somewhat larger than the typical form, and is
closely related to Conrad's Mesalia lintea.

Localities. — Rio Grande, at Webb-Zapata County line ; Elm Creek,
near Beuchley; Alum Bluff Trinity River, Houston Co.; Dunn
Ranch, Robertson Co. Also in South Carolina, near Orangeburg
C. H.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

Turritella dumblei nov. sp. PI. 9, fig. 7.

8]>ecific characterization. — Size and general form as shown by the
figure; whorls about 15; the lower two to four show an obtuse basal
carination while above, this feature is not so apparent ; surface
marked by raised spiral lines alternating in size, the carinal zones of
the lower whorls are marked by two somewhat stronger lines ; lines
of growth plainly cutting the spiral lines and causing them to appear
under a glass like diminutive strings of beads.

This species reminds one somewhat of T. alabamiensis Whitf., but
is most probably nearest allied to T. infra granv 'lata Gabb (Geol.
Surv. Cal., Pal., vol. 1, 1864, p. 212, pi. 32, fig. 279), from near
Martinez, Cal. Wherever the lines of growth are strong over the
basal carina they tend to produce an "infra-granulata" appearance.

82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Localities. — Mosley's Ferry, Brazos River, Burleson Co. ; Cedar
Creek, Wheelock League; well at College Sta., Brazos Co.; Camp-
bell Creek, Robertson Co.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

Turritella dutexata nov. sp. PI. 9, fig. 8.

Specific characterization. — Whorls (in a complete specimen) about
15; all marked by two subcentral carinal lines together with one
small one just below and one just above the suture.

Besides the ornamentation shown on the specimen figured, there
are usually about four spiral stria? on each whorl between the upper
carinal and subsutural line ; between the two strong carinal lines
there is often a faint stria; likewise one often appears just below the
lower carina, When fully striated this species bears a general re-
semblance to T. arenicola and T. arenicola var. branneri, but may
be distinguished at once by the persistency of the bicarinate feature
of the whorls to the very apex. The apical whorls of T. arenicola
and variety are unicarinate somewhat as in T. carinata H. C. Lea
(T. apita De Greg.). It will be observed that in Meyer's carefully
drawn figure of T. carinata H. C. Lea, in the Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci.
Phila., 1887, p. 54, pi. 3, fig. 1, la, two carinse are represented on
each whorl, but it is the upper one which predominates on the apical
whorls; in dutexata it is the lower.

Localities. — Elm Creek, Lee Co. ; Taylor's well, 5 miles south-
east of Franklin, Robertson Co. (specimens in the U. S. Nat. Mus.)j
7 miles southeast of Jewett, Leon Co., (specimens in Aldrich's coll.);
also in a small varietal form at Orrell's Crossing, Elm Creek, Lee
Co.; near Baptizing Creek, Cherokee Co., Tex. Also in Louisiana
at southwest \, southeast } Sect, 19, R. 7 W. Tp. 19; Holstein's
well, 5 miles south of Gibbshmd, Bienville Parish; mouth of Saline
Bayou, Red River; Sect, 29, Tp. 17, R. 5 W. In Mississippi 2£
miles east of Newton ; Wautubbee hill, near Enterprise. In Ala-
bama at Claiborne.

Geological horizon.— Lower and Upper Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Singley's collection.

Turritella nerinexa nov. sp. PI. 9, fig. 9.

Specific characterization. — Size and general form of a fragment

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 83

(the only known specimen) as indicated by the figure; number of
whorls unknown, ornamented by (1) fine even spiral strije, (2) a
8ubsutural row of pustules or crenules, and (3) a slightly raised or
faint ridge at the base of each whorl becoming obsolete in the lower
whorls, but increasing in strength above so as to nearly equal in size
the subsutural line of crenules.

Locality. — Black Bluff, Brazos River, extreme northern limit of
Milam Co., Milam Bluff of Penrose's Report.

Geological horizon. — Midway Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

Genus SOLARIUM.
Solarium huppertzi nov. sp. PI. 9, fig. 10, a.

Specific characterization. — Size and general form of young speci-
mens (no adults have thus far been found) as shown by the figure;
whorls 3; mouth roughly hexagonal, bounded by the following lines:
(1) the upper margin of the whorl, extending from a bicrenulate
suture to a peripheral row of crenulations; (2) the exterior lateral
margin of the whorl-, extending from the row of crenulations just men-
tioned to a second or medial row; (3) the exterior sublateral margin
of the whorl, extending from the medial row of crenulations to the
basal row; (4) the basal margin of the whorl, extending from the
basal row of crenulations to an interior sublateral row; (5) the um-
bilical margin; (6) the margin of contact with the penultimate
whorl.

This shell is flat or discoid like the younar of most members of this
genus.

Locality. — Smithville, Bastrop Co., Tex.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

Solarium bastropensis nov. sp. PI. 9, fig. 11. a.

Specific characterization. — Size and general form as indicated by
the figure ; whorls -M ; spire very low, marked only by the suture
and a fine line just above it; body whorl depressed, somewhat cari-
nate, marked on the periphery by three raised lines, and near the
umbilicus by radiating lines of growth.

Locality. — Smithville, Bastrop Co. , Tex.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum.

84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Genus AMAUROPSIS.
Amauropsis singleyi nov. sp. PI. 9, fig. 12.

Specific characterization. — General form and size as indicated by
the figure; spire pointed and high; whorls 7; body and penultimate
whorls shouldered above as in N. recurva; umbilicus small, partially
hidden by the labium ; margin of the aperture sharp, reflected.

This species might be mistaken for the young of recurva were it
not for the fact that the two have differently formed umbilici. In
recurva there is a ridge formed by the continuation of the lower
margin of the aperture that, after passing below and to the left of
the umbilicus, winds up into the same as described by Aldrich. In
singleyi the lower margin of the aperture stands out sharply. If
traced upward and inward it will be found to follow the labium
about one-third way across the umbilicus and then to wind up into
the same.

Locality. — Cedar Creek , Lee Co. , Tex.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Collection of J. A. Singley.

Genus DILLWYNELLA.
Dillwynella'? texana nov. sp. PI. 9, fig. 13.

Specific characterization. — Size and general form as indicated by
the figure; whorls 4; spiral, smooth, and shining; body whorl nearly
smooth but showing a slight tendency to bear furrows or lines radiat-
ing from the suture; umbilicus small; mouth round.

The umbilical portion of this shell appears to be more or less
whitened or enameled.

Locality. — Jones' farm, Hurricane Bayou, Houston Co. ; from
Lee County and Mosley's Ferry, Brazos River, (Aldrich's collec-
tion ) .

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Texas State Museum. Unfortunately broken since figur-
ing.

Genus GAZA.

Gaza ? aldrichiana nov. sp. PI. 9, fig. 14.

Specific characterization. — Size and general form as indicated by
the figure; whorls 4; 1 minute, non- protruding; 2, 3 rather small
and tumid, marked by a few radiating lines which extend from the
suture downward about two-thirds across the whorls, reminding one

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 85

somewhat of the upper surface of Solarium bellastriatum ; body
whorl rather large, rounded, slightly flattened above, with indistinct
radial lines or lines of growth, flattened slightly below, rugose near
the umbilicus; umbilicus small, Solarium-like, rendered somewhat
hexagonal by the protruding peripheral dentes; mouth round; shell
rather thick; general appearance like Dillwynella naticoides.

Locality. — Elm Creek, Lee Co., Tex.

Geological horizon. — Lower Claiborne Eocene.

Type. — Aldrich's collection.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plate 1.

Modiola houstonia nov. sp.

Modiola texana Gabb.

Leda bastropensis nov. sp.

Leda milameusis nov. sp.

Leda houstonia nov. sp.

Adrana aldrichiana nov. sp.

Venericardia trapaquara nov. sp.
Fig. 8a Astarte smithvillensis nov. sp. (Typical).
Fig. 9a, b, c. The same, small variety.
Fig. 10. Crassatella antestriata Gabb.
Fig. 10a The same, viewed from within.

Plate 2.

Fig. 1. Crassatella texana Heilp.

Fig. 2. Crassatella texalta nov. sp.

Fig. 3. Crassatella trapaquara nov. sp.

Fig. 3a The same, viewed from within.

Fig. 4. Sphairella anteproducta nov. sp.

Fig. 5. Meretrix texacola nov. sp.

Fig. 5a The same, viewed anteriorly.

Fig. 5b Smaller variety of the same species.

Plate 3.

Fig. 1. Tel/ina tallicheti nov. sp.
Fig. 2. Siliqua simondsi nov. sp.
Fig. 3. Ceronia singleyi nov. sp.

Fig.

1.

Fig.

2.

Fig.

3.

Fig.

4.

Fig.

5.

Fig.

6.

Fig.

7.

86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Fig. 3a Smaller individual of the same species.

Fig. 4. Periploma collardi nov. sp.

Fig. 5. Corbula aldrichi, var. smithvillensis nov. var.

Fig. 5a The same, lesser value.

Fig. 6. Martesia texana nov. sp.

Fig. 7. Ringicula trapaquara uov. sp.

Fig. 8. Volvula t smithvillensis nov. sp.

Fig. 9. Cyliehnella atysopsis nov. sp.

Fig. 9a The specimen labelled " Volvula minutissima" in the

collection of the Academy.
Fig. 10. Terebra texagyra nov. sp.
Fig. 11. Terebra houstonia nov. sp.

Plate 4.

Fig. 1. Terebra houstonia var.

Fig. 2. Conns smithvillensis nov. sp.

Fig. 3. Pleurotoma enstricrina uov. sp.

Fig. 4. PL (Pleurotomella) anacona nov. sp.

Fig. 5. PL (Surcula) gabbi Conrad.

Fig. 6. PI. (Surcula) moorei Gabb.

Fig. 6a A somewhat larger, more carinated specimen.

Fig. 6b A strongly denticulate specimen.

Fig. 7. Pleurotoma beadata nov. sp.

Fig. 8. Pleurotoma vaughani nov. sp.

Fig. 9. Pleurotoma huppertzi nov. sp.

Fig. 10. PL huppertzi, var. penrosei nov. var.

Plate 5.

Fig. 1. Pleurotoma leoncola nov. sp.
Fig. 2. PL ( Drill 'id) dumblei nov. sp.

PL (Drillia) dipta nov. sp.

PL {Drillia) nodocarinata Gabb.

PL (Drillia) prosseri nov. sp.

PL (Drillia) hellogi Gabb.

PL (Drillia) texaeona nom. mut.

PL (Drillia) texanopsis nov. sp.
Fig. 9. Pleurotoma insignifica Heilp.
Fig. 10. 27. ( Mangilia) infans Mr.

Fig.

3.

Fig.

4.

Fig.

5.

Fig.

6.

Fig.

7.

Fig.

8.

1895.] NATUBAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 87

Fig. 11. PL (Borsonia) plenta nov. sp. by Aid. & Har.

Fig. 11a Apex of a very young and perfect specimen.

Fig. 12. PL (Eucheilodan ) ret 'iru/atoides nov. sp.

Fig. 13. PL ( Tanni is) jiiicru nov. sp.

Fig. 14. PL (Clathurella?) fannce nov. sp.

Fig. 15. PL { Bela) rebeccce nov. sp.

Plate 6.

( 'ancellaria panones nov. sp.

Can. panones, var. smithvillensis nov. var.

Can. panones, var. junipera nov. var.

Cancellaria penrosei nov. sp.

Cancellaria bustropensis nov. sp.

Cancellaria ulmula nov. sp.

Volvaria gabbiana Aid. MS.

Volutilithes dalli uov. sp.
8a A smoother variety.
9. Caricella demism, var. texana Gabb.

Caricella subangulata, var. cherokeensis nov. var.
Fig. 11. Turricula texana nov. sp.
Fig. 12. Levifusus trabeatoides nov. sp.
Fig. 12a Apex of the same magnified.
Fig. 13. Latirus singleyi nov. sp.
Fig. 13a Small variety of the same.

Plate 7.

Strepsidura ficus Gabb.

Fusus bastropensis nov. sp.

Fusus ostranipis nov. sp.

Fusus mortoni, var. mortoniopsis Gabb.

Fusus motion i, var. rarer us nov. var.
6. Clavilithes regexus nov. sp.

Clavilithes humerosus, var. texanus nov. var.
8. Clavilithes kennedyanus nov. sp.
Fig. 9. Chrysodomus parbrazana nov. sp.

Fig.

1.

Fig.

2.

Fig.

3.

Fig.

4.

Fig.

5.

Fig.

6.

Fig.

7.

Fig.

8.

Fig.

8£

Fig.

9.

Fig.

10.

Fig.

1.

Fig.

2,

Fig.

3

Fig.

4.

Fig.

5

Fig.

6.

Fig.

7,

Fig.

8,

88 proceedings of the academy of [1895.

Plate 8.

Fig. 1. Clavilithes (Papillina) dumostis, var. trapaquarus nov. var.

Fig. 2. Astyris bastropensis nov. sp.

Fig. 3. Pseudoliva ostrarupis nov. sp.

Fig. 3a The same, front view.

Fig. 4. Ps. ostrarupis, var. pauper nov. var.

Fig. 5. Murex fusates nov. sp.

Fig. 6. M. ( Odontopolys) compsorhytis Gabb.

Fig. 7. Tenuiscala trapaquara nov. sp.

Fig. 8. T. trapaquara, var. engona nov. var.

Fig. 9. Pyramidella bastropensis nov. sp.

Fig. 10. Syrnola trapaquara nov. sp.

Fig. 11. Pyrula (Fusoficula) texana nov. sp.

Fig. 12. Cyproza kennedyi nov. sp.

Plate 9.

Fig. 1. Rimella texana nov. sp.

Fig. 2. R. texana, var. plana nov. var.

Fig. 3. Cerithium webbi nov. sp.

Fig. 4. Cerithium penrosei nov. sp.

Fig. 5. Mesalia elaibomensis Con.

Fig. 6. Turritella nasuta, var. houstonia nov. var.

Fig. 6a T. nasuta, typical.

Fig. 7. Turritella dumblei nov. sp.

Fig. 8. Turritella dutexata nov. sp.

Fig. 9. Turritella nerinexa nov. sp.

Fig. 10. Solarium huppertzi nov. sp.

Fig. 10a The same, from beneath.

Fig. 11. Solarium bastropensis nov. sp.

Fig. 11a The same, from above.

Fig. 12. Amauropsis singleyi nov. sp.

Fig. 13. Dillwynellaf texana nov. sp.

Fig. 14. Gaza? aldrichiana nov. sp.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 89

THE EOCENE TERTIARY OF TEXAS EAST OF THE BRAZOS RIVER.
BY WILLIAM KENNEDY.

Since the publication of Dr. EGlgard's report on the Geology of
Mississippi probably no other publication occupies so prominent a
place among the geological literature of the tertiary deposits of the
Gulf coastal slope as the "Tertiary and Cretaceous Strata of the
Tuscaloosa, Tombigbee, and Alabama Rivers," by Smith and John-
son.1 The Tertiary section there shown has been recognized not
only as the section of the Alabama beds, but has also been con-
sidered as typical of the whole tertiary areas along the Gulf coast.
Dall says that the Gulf section has been practically determined
and its fauna largely recorded in this section, but he considers that
important information and a rich fauna 'may be obtained from
the Texas section,2 and lately, Harris, in speaking of the same Bul-
letin, says: "It was not until 1886 that the typical section of Ameri-
can marine Eocene, namely, that of Alabama was published.3"

At that time (1888) very little was known regarding the Texas
Tertiary. Desultory work, it is true, had been done by several
observers, and some fossils figured and described by Gabb and others,
but no continuous or connected work had been attempted, or, if so,
the results were inaccessible and unknown. It was generally con-
ceded, however, that it might be safely assumed from the geological
conformation of the neighboring States that all or nearly all of the
divisions ranging from the Eo-Lignitic to the Grand Gulf, inclusive,
were represented, and that a considerable part belonged to the
Lower Eocene as seen at Claiborne, Alabama, and in Clark County,
west of Claiborne.4

In 1889 the first systematic work in those deposits was begun by
Prof. R. A. F. Penrose, Jr. During that year he followed three of the

1 Bulletin 43 U. S. G. S., by Dr. E. A. Smith and Lawrence C. Johnson.

2 Tenth Annual Report U. S. G. S., 1888-89, p. 168.

3 Am. Journ. of Sci., Vol. XL VII, April, 1894, p. 302.

* Heilprin, Cont. to Tert, Geol. of U. S.. 1884, pp. 37, 38.

7

90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

great rivers : Brazos, Colorado, and Rio Grande, flowing across the
Tertiary areas of the State, and the results of his examination have
been published in the First Annual Report of the present Geologi-
cal Survey.5 Since that time the work of examining these beds has
been carried on continuously throughout the eastern portion of the
State almost altogether by myself, and the detailed results of these
examinations, chiefly from a stratigraphic standpoint, have been
published from time to time in the various Annual Reports of the
Survey.6

During the course of these examinations Prof. Penrose's river sec-
tion along the Brazos was re-examined, the section seen along the
Trinity River, and another extended section between the Trinity and
Sabine made, and extensive areas throughout other portions of East
Texas, were examined in detail.7

While a great portion of the stratigraphy had thus been worked
out it has only been within the last year that any of the immense
collections of fossils obtained during the course of the work have
been critically examined and described.8

While the prediction of Dall as to the richness of the fauna of the
Texas section has been fully verified, various other conditions have
come to light which, while they largely verify the Alabama section,
at the same time add strength to the all- important fact that
the geological conformation of neighboring States cannot always be
relied upon as a guide to the geology of any portion of the southern
or Gulf Tertiary.

A comparison of the two sections — Alabama and Texas — shows
several material differences between which, prior to the work of
the present Geological Survey, were never suspected to exist. The
three sections of the Eocene, viz. : Alabama, Mr. Harris' section,
and the Texas section as made by the State Survey, are here
given for comparison.

3 Preliminary Report on the Geol. of the Gulf Tertiary of Texas, by R. A. F.
Penrose, Jr., First Annual Eeport Geol. Survey of Texas, pp. 6-64.

6 Second, Third and Fourth Annual Reports Geol. Survey of Texas.

7 Third Annual Report Geol. Survey of Texas, pp. 43-124 ; Fourth Annual Ee-
port (ieol. Survey of Texas, pp. 43-53 and 67-76.

8 For this work see Monograph of Texas Tertiary Fossils, by Gilbert D. Harris.

a
o>

o

Lower — Lignitic

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 91

Alabama section :9 —

Feet.
'Upper — ( Coral Limestone, Vicksburg ? . .150

White Limestone Vicksburg (Orbitoidal) 140

(_ Jackson 60

Middle I ^fT06 U°if

£> <[ ( Buhrstone , . . 300

' Hatcbetigbee 175

Woods Bluff 80-85

Bells Landing 140

{ Nanafalia 200

Mathews Landing, Naheola. . 130-150

Black Blutf1 . 100

Midway 25

In the American Journal of Science Mr. Harris presents a gen-
eral section of the Eocene series of the Southern States. This is
based to a considerable extent on the Alabama section, but modified
to include and harmonize with his own observations.10 This section
is: —

Stages. . Sub -stages.

t Coral Limestone
Vicksburg -j Vicksburg Beds
( Red Blurt* Beds

T , ( Moody's Branch Beds

jacKson | Mark>8 MUls Red Bedg

Claiborne j ™> Eluff ^arls (Mk)
( Claiborne sand

Lower { Ostrea sellseformis Beds

3 { Claiborne ] if ^ Beds
^ Buhrstone

Hatchetigbee Beds

Wood's Bluff Beds

CO

'u
02

Lignitic

C Bell's Landing Beds
Bell's Landing ) Gregg's Landing Beds
(_ Nanafalia Beds

C Mathew's Landing Mai*l
Midway 1 Black Bluff Clays

(Midway Clay atid Limestone

The work of the Texas survey shows the Eocene Tertiary of that
portion of the State lying east of the Brazos River to have a sec-
tion of: —

9 Bulletin 43, U. S. G. S., by E. A. Smith and L. C. Johnson, p. 18.
10 Harris. Am. J. of Sc, Vol. XL VII, April, 1894, p. 304.

92 • PBOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Stages. Sub-stages. Thickness.

Feet.

Frio Clays 160

Fayette Sands 400

Yegua Clays 1,000

Marine Beds 650

[ Queen City Beds 60-70

( Lignitic Beds 1,000

AT. i ( Basal or Wills Point
Midway < ™ „„..

J { Clays . 260

v
o

W

■r.

w

Lower Claiborne
Lignitic

The above section includes the whole of the Eocene deposits
recognized in east Texas. As noted by Dr. Loughridge11 the white
limestones of the Claiborne are absent and neither the Vicksburg
nor Jackson stages have been recognized, either paleontologically or
stratigraphically, although both of these are reported as occurring
a few miles to the eastward in Louisiana. The celebrated Claiborne
sands are also absent.

No strata that might lithologically be referred to the Ostrea sel-
Iceformis beds have been recognized. O. selheformis var. divari-
cata Lea, occurs in considerable numbers throughout the upper
division of the Marine beds, and although increasing, in number as
this fossil ascends the scale, it can nowhere be said to be more chaiv
acteristic of any of the beds than many of the other species found
in association with it. This form of Ostrea has a vertical range of
a little over two hundred feet.

It may also be said that no deposits corresponding to the Buhr-
stone of the Alabama section have been recognized anywhere
throughout East Texas. The only deposits that might possibly be
referred to this stage are the Queen City beds of red and white
sands and clays, and even these, although filling the position occu-
pied by the Buhrstone, do not correspond to any member of that stage
lithologically, and besides, they are altogether unfossiliferous.

The lignitic formation, as recognized in the Texas sections, contains
no such divisions as those characterizing the Alabama lignitic.
From its base to contact with the overlying marine beds the Texas
lignitic is made up entirely of sands, clays and lignites, and with
the exception of a few broken plant remains the extended investiga-
tions of the Geological Survey have disclosed neither fossils nor green
sands. It may be said to be altogether unfossiliferous.

11 Cotton Production of Southern States, Tenth Census, Vol. V, Part II.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 93

Into the general section, however, three divisons of the Lisbon
stage have to be introduced, all of which, so far as at present known,
are peculiar to Texas. There are (a) Frio Clays, (b) Fayette
Sands, and (c) Yegua Clays. These overlie the marine beds in the
reverse of the order here given and together aggregate a thickness of
nearly 1,500 feet in East Texas, while farther west this may be con-
siderably exceeded.

Frio Clays.

These clays form the uppermost division of the Eocene Tertiary
as shown in the Texas section. They comprise a series of dark-blue,
red, green, brown, and yellow clays when wet. They weather to pale
blue, light red, watery green, gray, and pale yellow upon exposure
and drying. In many places they carry numerous calcareous nodules,
hard when freshly exposed, but in contact with the air they soon become
soft and powdery, coating the exposures of the banks and outcrops
with a fine, limy powder, and the clays themselves may be regarded
as more or less gypseous throughout. In structure these deposits are
sometimes laminated or partially stratified, but throughout their greater
extent are massive and heavy bedded. The East Texas deposits ap-
pear to be unfossiliferous, but a considerable extinct fauna is reported
from the beds lying in the central and western portions of the State.

Although reported as forming extensive deposits and covering a
wide area throughout the region wTest of the Brazos12 these clays thin
out and are so covered by the overlapping Neocene deposits to the
east of that river that their existence has only been noted at a few
places. East of the Brazos these clays were first observed a short
distance east of the town of Corrigan, in Polk County, where the
section shows them to be dark- blue gypseous clays13 and to lie between
two beds of sandstone. Thirteen miles farther east, near Fleming,14
an extensive outcrop of the same clays appears. Here, however, they
present their calcareous features and appear to be devoid of selenite
and are about 160 feet in thickness. Small outcrops appear at in-
tervals along the Trinity and Sabine Railway and at Summit, in
Tyler County, a section of a cutting on the Southern Pacific Railway
shows the Frio clays to be about eighty feet in thickness and to be

12 Third Annual Keport Geol. Survey of Texas, p. 116.

13 Third Annual Report Geol. Survey of Texas, pp. 62-63, and 117-118.

14 Durable, Journal of Geology, Sept., 1894, p. 554.

94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

overlaid directly by the brown and gray sands of the latest Tertiary.
The following section combined from two cuttings at Summit Station
shows the relations of the Frio clays to the overlying and underly-
ing deposits.15

,,5 1. Gray sand with silicious pebbles . 18 feet.

-g 2. Conglomerate of silicious pebbles connected by a
«g ferruginous matrix adhering to brown ferrugi-
i_3 nous sandstone, found in boulder form and in
o connection with an irregularly deposited stratum
of ferruginous material changing gradually to-
m ward the north end of the cutting to a brown
§c or pale red crossbedded sand interlaminated in
places with lenticular shaped deposits of brown-
ish-blue or pink clay 10 to 13 feet.

3. Mottled-blue and brown sand clay 20 "

m 4. Pale watery-green sandy clay 20 "

£ 5. Brown sandy clay 25 "

0 6. Pale blue sand and clay 15 "

£ 7. Dark blue clay with limy concretions and gypsum

crystals in places 20 "

od 8. Drab sandy clay becoming gradually the same as

5| No. 8 _ 30 «

£ 9. Gray sandstones, coarse grained on top but chang-
es' ing to a fine grained blue stone at base ... 120 "

Nos. 3 to 7 belong to the Frio clays.

Many deposits of these clays occur in Jasper and Newton Counties
and extend almost to the Louisiana line.

West of Corrigan, deposits of the same character, occupying a
similar position and of the same age, occur in the neighborhood of
Lougstreet, Montgomery County, and lately in an examination of
the section at Riverside quarries, on the Trinity, Mr. Dumble found
the same clays between two sets of sandstone and occupying the
same position as the deposit at Corrigan.

While these deposits are only visible at intervals, often many
miles apart, their generally uniform appearance, constitution and
relatively coinciding positions between the overlying sands and cal-

15 Third Annual Eeport Geol. Survey of Texas, p. 120.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 95

careous clayey Bands of the Neocene beds and the underlying
Fayette sands appear to justify the inference that they form a con-
tinuous belt of deposits, somewhat irregular in width and thickness,
from west to east and have a general tendency to decrease in areal
extent and thickness as we go east.

Fayette Sands.

The gray sandstones as described by Buckley and Loughridge
admit of a threefold division and possibly a fourth may be added
upon farther examination and investigation, each being represented
by beds differing widely from each other, both in lithological struc-
ture and fauual character. The uppermost division comprises a series
of highly calcareous sands, sandstones and clays containing many
water-worn cretaceous shells throughout the sandy portions, but carry-
ing no indigenous invertebrate fauna.16 Fossil bones have occasion-
ally been reported from these beds and some have been described by
Leidy17 from Washington County and farther west. This division,
however, belongs to the Neocene Tertiary. The middle portion, or
Frio clays, have already been described, and the Fayette sands proper
form the basal portion and probably include the hard silicious sand-
stones mentioned by Buckley.

The prevailing characteristics of these Fayette sands, as here
restricted, are gray sandstones, white and gray clays, and gray sands.
The sandstones are irregularly deposited and lie in beds from a few
inches to ten, fifteen or twenty feet in thickness. In Jasper
County, on the eastern side of the State, these sandstones range
from four to ten feet in thickness and at Rockland, in Tyler County,
the section shows :18

1. Gray sand 4 feet.

2. Coarse grained, gray sandstone 5 "

3. Hard blue sandstone 15 "

Along McManus' Creek, near Stryker, in. Polk County, these
sandstones form an escarpment for nearly a mile in length and pre-
sent a solid face of over ten feet, and at Hitchcock's quarry; about a

16 Fourth Annual Report (leol. Survey of Texas, 1893, pp. 9-14 as Navasota
Beds.

17 U. S. G. Survey of the Territories, Vol. I. Extinct Vertebra ta, by J. Leidy,
p. 246 et seq.

18 Third Annual Report Geol. Survey of Texas, 1891, p. 120.

96 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

mile north of Corrigan, the sandstones exposed show a thickness of
over sixteen feet. Coming westward the thickness becomes less, as
near Lovelady, in Houston County, the bedding is from ten inches to
two feet. In Grime County the thickness has still farther
diminished to from six to eighteen inches. Crossing the Navasota
River the bedding begins to thicken to the westward, as a section
near Wellborn Station shows them to have a thickness of two to six
feet.

In texture these sandstones vary from a soft, indurated sand of
scarcely sufficient cohesion to be classed as sandstone to a hard, close
grained, glassy quartzite. The different conditions of texture are,
however, so intermixed that it would be difficult to specify any dis-
tinct area as being prevailingly one or the other. In Jasper County
the quartzite conditions appear to prevail in some sections, while at
Rockland the rock is coarse grained and hard, but shows no glassy
conditions. Again on the Biggam White Headlight in the northern
portion of Grime County the rocks change from a soft gray color,
to a hard gray and brownish-gray sandstone with occasional blocks
showiug the characteristic texture of quartzite.19

The white and gray clays and gray sands associated with these
sandstones occur interbedded and interstratified with the sandstone
beds and vary in thickness from a few inches to several feet, some of
the sand-beds reaching a thickness of twenty- five feet, while the clays
rarely exceed six feet. Many of the sands show cross-beddiug, some
of the beds having a wavy or broken stratification showing the
peculiar structure sometimes found along sandy coasts subject to wind
and tide action and it is in these sands the beautifully opalized wood
so characteristic of the Fayette beds is found in great abundance.

While the sands and clays have, with the exception of the opalized
wood, yielded no fossils, the hard sandstones have given us a fauna
scanty, it is true, but sufficient to connect the Fayette beds with
the Eocene Tertiary.

In both Polk and Grime Counties plant remains have been found
in the form of well preserved leaves. These, however, have not
been described. Somewhat lower in the scale, in Polk and Brazos
Counties, the remains of animal life occur. Four miles north of

19 Fourth Annual Report Geol. Survey of Texas, 1892, p. 29.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 97

Corrigan the section of a cutting on the Houston, East and West
Texas Railway shows:20

1. Gray sand 3 feet.

2. Light gray sandstone containing casts of Corbula

atabamensis Lea, Dentalium, minutistriatum
Gabb, var. dumbli, new var. , Venericardia
planicosta Lam., Cytherea tornadonis Harris,
and Calyptrophorus velatus Con.21 . . . . lj to 2 "

3. Durated gray sand or soft sandstone 4 "

The Brazos County section containing fossils occurs at Dr.
Williams' quarry about three miles east of Wellborn Station, on the
Houston and Texas Central Railway. This section shows:22

1 . Gray sands 2 to 8 feet.

2. Thinly laminated, light gray sandy clays ... 2 to 8 "

3. Broken sandstone with fossil casts 2 "

4. Regular and even bedded sandstone 6 "

^»*

Nos. 3 and 4 of this section contain Bulimella kellogii; Pleuro-
toma sp. ; Caneellaria penrosii n. sp., Harris; Yoldia claibomensis
Conrad; Mactra sp. ; Corbula alabamensis Lea; Siliqiia simondsi n.
sp., Harris; Venericardia planicosta Lam.; Cytherea bastropensis
Harris, and Turritella sp.23

West of the Brazos River invertebrate fossils have been found in
these beds, and from this it may be inferred that the same conditions
hold good across the State.

The area occupied by the Fayette beds forms a narrow belt with
extremely irregular and as yet badly defined boundaries extending
from the bottom lands along the west side of the Sabine, westward
to and beyond the Brazos, and while the greatest width of this belt
may exceed fifteen miles, yet throughout its greater extent the
average width is not over six to eight milee. Their southern mar-
gins dip beneath the overlying Frio clays and their northern
borders rest upon the gypseous lignite- bearing clays and sands of the
Yegua stage. The country underlaid by these sandstones and sands,
particularly throughout the eastern portion of the territory in Jasper,

20 Third Annual Report Geol. Survey of Texas, 1891, p. 115.
n Fourth Annual Eeport Geol. Survey of Texas, 1892, p. 46.
53 Harris M.S., Monograph of Texas Tertiary Fossils.
23 Harris M.S., Monograph of Texas Tertiary fossils.

98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Tyler and Polk Counties, is broken and hilly and generally rough,
many of the hills rising in the form of steep side knobs to elevations
more than 150 feet above the level of the river bottoms. The Neches
River flows along the northern border of these sandstones for nearly
twenty miles before breaking through them near Rockland, and
along the whole of this distance the Fayette sands rise almost pre-
cipitously from near the river bank to altitudes varying from 120 to
275 feet above the river.

The dip of these beds is gentle, as a whole, but in many places
faulting and sliding has obscured the true dip to such an extent that
it is difficult to tell its exact rate. Extensive erosion also appears
to have taken place throughout the whole. area and long narrow pro-
jections of the overlying Neocene beds appear in many of the
valleys. Along the eastern side of Billum's Creek, about two miles
west of Colmesnil, a ridge of brown sand and quartz gravel and
coarse pebbles, fifteen feet thick extends in a northeastern direction,
for several miles.

The Fayette sands of Eastern Texas tie up both stratigraphically
and lithulogically in the northern portion of Washington County, on
the western side of the Brazos with those recently described as
occurring from that point westward across the State by Mr. Dumble,24
and may be considered but an eastern extension of the same.

There can scarcely be any doubt but that these beds, with the Frio
clays and overlying Neocene ("Navasota Beds" of the Fourth Annual
Report and Dumble's ' 'Oakville Beds"25) formed what was under-
stood by Hilgard, Hopkins, Loughridge and others to be the western,
or Texas, extension of the Grand Gulf beds and considered of
Miocene age. Whether the Neocene division as seen in the Navasota
beds of'theeastor the Oakville beds of the west maybe correlated with
the Grand Gulf beds or not, future investigation must decide, but
manifestly with the evidence at present before us no such correlation
can be made as far as the Frio clays and Fayette sands are concerned.
There can be no doubt as to their Eocene age, and moreover, a great
hiatus occurs between the lowest Neocene beds and the highest Eocene
deposits represented in the section as the whole of the Vicksburg and

-' Fourth Annual Report Geol. Survey of Texas, 1892, pp. 9-15.
20 Journal of Geology for Sept., 1894, pp. 557-558.

1895.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 99

Jackson, and a considerable portion of the Claiborne stages are ab-
sent throughout the whole of this part of Texas.

Yegua Clays.

Immediately underlying the Fayette sands comes an extensive series
of clays and lignites known to the Texas geologists as the Yegua
clays. In the First Annual Report of the Survey these clays were
considered as forming a portion of the Fayette beds of Prof. Penrose
and were by him placed at the base of that division M and belonging
to the same Grand Gulf series as the overlying gray sandstones of the
Fayette sands as now known. The discovery of Eocene fossils in
the overlying sandstones as well as in the clays themselves naturally
relegated the whole to an olderstageof deposition than that to which the
Grand Gulf was supposed to belong. The wide lithological variation be-
tween the sandstones and thinly stratified and laminated lignitic sands
and clays led to the separation of the two into independent stages
more in keeping with their structure and evidently widely separated
manner of formation and deposition and the designation "Yegua
Clays ' ' has been applied to them from their development on the river
of that name.

These beds comprise a series of dark blue, brown and gray clays
and blue-brown and gray sands and sandy clays. Extensive de-
posits of lignites are also found throughout the areas occupied by
them. The clays are laminated, thinly stratified and massive and
characterized by the great quantities of gypsum either in the form
of selenite crystals or as irregular masses in a crystalline form dis-
tributed throughout the various beds. In the eastern portion of the
area the laminated gypseous clays are more prevalent than farther
west. In Angelina County these beds are thinly stratified blue clays
containing small clusters of minute crystals of gypsum and occasional
streaks or pieces of lignite which at their contact with the overlying
Fayette sands on the Neches River have a thickness of over thirty-
five feet. The section at Clark's Crossing shows: 27

22. Gray sandstone stained brown forming base of

Fayette sands 3 feet.

23. Thinly stratified or laminated blue clay with gyp-

sum in crystals, to river level 35 "

26 First Annual Report Geol. Survey of Texas, 1889, pp. 47-51.

27 Third Annual Report Geol. Survey of Texas, 1801, p. 62.

100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

The same characteristics prevail in Houston County where the
base comprises a series of blue and brown laminated gypsum- bearing
beds showing a section of : 28

1. Ferruginous gravel talus from Cook's Mountain. 4 feet.

2. Thinly laminated brown clays 4 "

3. Thinly laminated dark blue clays with inter-

laminae of brown sand and crystals of selenite . 6 "

4. Fossiliferous brown sand, containing an extensive

fauna, including, among others, Anomia ephip-
pioides Gabb; Volutilithes petrosa Conrad;
Venericardia planicosta Lam.; Calyptrophorus
velatus Conrad, 29 and forming an intermediate
bed of the marine stage 10 to 15 "

Towards the western side of the same county these clays give place
to massive brown sands and clays containing broken plant remains
and sheet-like formations of crystalline gypsum. Still farther west,
in Grime and Brazos Counties, gray sand forms the prevailing
characteristics.

While towards the eastern end of the area it may be broadly stated
that the clays are gypseous throughout and, as in the northern edge
of Polk County, the overlying Fayette sauds rest upon heavy beds of
blue gypseous clays. The same conditions do not hold good along the
contact between these divisions in the western portion. In Houston
County, while the gypsum is pretty generally distributed throughout
the whole of the series, the heavier deposits of that material occur
towards the base ; and in Brazos County the gypsum- bearing beds
appear only at, or close to, the base of the division and is there over-
laid by a series of dark blue clays containing broken plant remains,
gray sands and sandy clays and the Fayette sands rest upon laminated
or thinly stratified banded dark brown and yellow clays showing
everywhere a heavy sulphur efflorescence.

The sauds belonging to this series of deposits are blue, brown and
gray in color and lie in beds from a few inches to over fifty feet in
thickness. The gray sands form the prevailing type and occur over
the whole area, but are better developed in Houston, Grime and

28 [bid., i>. 17.

29 Harris, M.S., Monograph of Texas Tertiary Fossils. .

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 101

Brazos Counties than farther east. These are sometimes laminated
and crossbedded but the greater portion is structureless. They are
often saline, heavy incrustations of salt occupying the beds of
dry pools and are of frequent occurrence during the summer months.
In places they contain quantities of silicified wood of a dull, lustre-
less appearance, showing a strong contrast with the beautifully
opalized woods of the overlying Fayette sands.

The lignite deposits of this division although well developed at
many points are not so extensive, or nearly so regular, as those of the
lignitic stage of the earlier Eocene. Most of the deposits range from
two to four feet, although from six to ten feet are by no means rare.

Borings through these clays show them to have an aggregate
thickness of nearly 1,000 feet. A well at Lamb's Springs, in
Grime County, 999 feet deep passed through a series of clays, sands
and lignites the whole depth, and another boring at the Agricultural
and Mechanical College, five miles south of Bryan, in Brazos County,
reached the 900 foot mark before the drill entered the underlying
marine beds.

On the Brazos River the contact between the overlying Fayette

sands and these clays is seen on the south side of the James Hope

Survey in a section showing:

«
Gray sand and gravel 1 foot.

Gray sand containing great quantities of silicified
wood. The wTood is usually in large pieces —
four to six feet in length, and bleached white. 5 feet.

Gray Indurated sand with ledges of soft sandstone. 10 "

Gray sandstone jointed and thinly bedded, form-
ing base of Fayette sands 8 "

Dark brown lignitic clay, showing yellow bands
from I to A inch in thickness and coated with
an efflorescence of sulphur, to water .... 20 "

No. 5 corresponds to the upper brown clay of Prof. Penrose's
section of sulphur bluff in this neighborhood and a continuation of
the section will give: 30

6. Lignite 1 foot.

7. Gray sand • 1 "

30 First Annual Eeport Geol. Survey of Texas, 1889, p. 54-55.

1.

?,

3D

T3

a

cj

ou

<3>

3,

+3

>>

4.

03

h

0.

^ CD

2 >>

? oj

bC—

oiCj

>

102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

8. Lignite 2 foot.

9. Interbedded gray sand and chocolate and greenish

clay, turned white in places on the surface . . 20 feet.
At Jones' bridge, about a mile further up the river, the same
greenish clays are found in a section showing :

1. Yellowish gray sand 32 feet.

2. Bluish-green, sandy clay containing fragments of

lignite and breaking into ovoid blocks .... 46 "

and still farther up the river numerous shoals are formed of the same
bluish-green clay. The section at this place is much obscured by
river deposits of a much later age.31 Here we find :

1. Brown river loam of sand and fine gravel ... 18 feet.

2. Black sandy loam and clay loam mixed with

brown sand and containing gravel and a few

drift pebbles 2 "

3. Pale blue clay 8 "

4. Brown sand 1 foot.

5. Coarse gravel containing water-worn, cretaceous

shells 2 feet,

6. Soft conglomeratic sandstone . 2 to 4 "

7. Bluish-green liguitic clay, breaking into blocks

and containing broken plant remains, extending
across the river and forming shoals 6 "

Nos. 4, 5 and 6 of this section do not belong to these Yegua
clays but form a later deposit filling a portion of the old river
channel and are again seen near the mouth of the Little Brazos
River, at which place they are found above the pale blue clay, No. 3
of this section.

No. 5 of the Hope section forms the uppermost bed of the Yegua
clays in this part of the State but, as will be seen by the section
already given, these clays do not occur in Polk County nor is there
any trace of them along the contact in Houston or Trinity Counties
where the uppermost beds are altogether gray sands and pinkish-gray
clays, the latter carrying broken plant remains.

The basal portion of these clays, wherever seen, carry gypsum. In
the eastern portion of the area this appears to be disseminated pretty
generally through the whole series, although the crystals are notably
:" Fourth Annual Keport Geol. Survey of Texas, 1892, p. 48.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 103

smaller in the upper than the lower beds. Westward from the
Neches the gypsum crystals are, however, almost exclusively confined
to the fifty or sixty feet at the base.

The base of these clays may be seen in a bluff on the Brazos
River about 500 yards south of the mouth of the Little Brazos, with
the following section : 32

1. Black soil 2 feet

2. Brown loam with limy concretions . . .25 feet

3. Fine brownish-yellow sand with occasional

streaks or pockets of gravel 15 feet

4. Gravel, with unknown cretaceous shells . 2 to 4 feet
Yegua clays 5. Pale blue clay unfossiliferous 5 feet

6. Dark green sand showing fossils in lower

portion 2 to 5 feet

7. Dark colored laminated sandy clay containing

Terebra houstonia Harris; Levlfusus trabeatoides
Harris n. sp. ; Pseudoliva vetusta var. ; Pseudo-
lira vetusta var. pica; P. vetusta, var. clausa; Tri-
r§ gonarca corbuloides, Con. ; Pleurotoma (Pleuroto-

<U

pq mella) quasites, Harris; Nucula magnified, Con.;

2 Leda opulenta, Con. ; Latirus moorei, Gabb. ;

Corbula alabameiisis, Lea; Venericardia plani-

S costa, Lam ; Phos texana, Gabb., var. ; Natica
arata, Gabb. ; Natica semilunata, var. janthinops
new var. ; Sigaretus inconstans, Aid. ; Yoldia
aldrichiana33 4 feet

8. Ferruginous sandstones 8 inches

9. Same as No. 7.

In this section the gypseous clays are not seen nor do they appear
anywhere in the river banks. This, however, may be expected as
their position there is obscured by broad, deep deposits of river
alluvium which cover wide areas and form the bottom lands of the
Brazos. East of the Little Brazos these clays are found occupying
their proper position at several places. A section seen on the line
of the Houston and Texas Central Railway near Elm Creek, on the
south side of Robertson County, shows :3t

32 Fourth Annual Report Geol. Survey of Texas, 1892, p.

33 Harris M. S., Monograph of Texas Tertiary Fossils.

34 Fourth Annual Report Geol. Survey of Texas, 1892, p. 50.

104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894.

1. Brownish-yellow sand and gravel 5 to 6 feet

2. Brown coffee- colored clay with great quantities of

gypsum crystals 2 to 6 feet

3. Brown and yellowish- brown sand and ledges of indu-

rated sand or ferruginous sandstone, the sands con-
taining Anomia ephippioides, Gabb ; Plicatala
filamentosa Conrad ; Spirorbis leptostoma, Swain ;
Volutilithes petrosa Conrad; and other fossils,35 over 40 feet

Going eastward the Navasota River section is practically the
same as on the Brazos. Neocene beds occur a short distance north
of Rock Creek, in Grime County. The Frio clays do not appear
anywhere along this river, but overlaps of the Neocene Nava-
sota beds (Oakville beds of Dumble) completely cover them. The
Fayette sands extend to about the mouth of Gibbon's Creek, or a
short distance above, and from there to near the northwest corner of
Madison County the whole country is occupied by the gray sands,
greenish blue lignitic clays and lignites of the Yegua showing prac-
tically the same sections as those found along the Brazos. Very
few sections of any value are found along this river, but the few
obtainable, supplemented by those farther inland, show the general
sequence here given. The gypseous clays are found in this region
lying close to the base and occupying the same position as near Elm
Creek on the western side of Brazos County.

The Trinity River section shows the typical Yegua clays in many
of the bluffs. A section at Hyde's Bluff, in the southwestern portion
of Houston County, shows :

1. Dark yellowish-brown clayey loam 8 feet

2. Conglomerate of nodular iron ore, silicious pebbles,
silicified wood, coarse brown sand and fine gravel. 2 feet

3. Dark blue sandy clay with iron pyrites. ... 10 feet

4. Lignite 2 inches to 2 feet

'to

02

£> 5. Light grayish-blue sand and gray clay inter-
im laminated t 10 feet

2 6. Liguitic 2 to 4 feet

~£J 7. Dark purple colored clay H feet

8. Gray sand containing rounded and flat oval
shaped concretions of indurated gray sand, to
water = 4 feet

— *_ .

' Harris' MS. Monograph of Texas Tertiary Fossils.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 105

The base of these beds is seen at Alabama bluii' some twenty
miles farther up the river, where a bed of blue elay with gypsum
crystals occurs iu coutact with the underlying fossiliferous sands of
the Marine beds. This section shows :3ti

1. Black sandy loam 5 feet

Y egua 2. Gravelly conglomerate 2 feet

^ ays 3. Laminated blue clay with gypsum 2 to 5 feet

4. Fossiliferous greenish-blue clay 4 feet

d w 5. Green sand 5 feet

a pq 6. Clay ironstone 10 inches

7. Fossiliferous clay, to water 5 feet

No. 3 of this section shows the base of the Yegua clays as found
on the Trinity River.

Eastward towards the Neches River the deposits belonging to this
stage assume more and more the same structure and conditions of
deposition as found in Angelina and the other counties in the east-
ern portion of the area.

The positions of the sections given show approximately the north-
ern boundary of the area occupied by these Yegua clays. The line
may be traced by the outcroppings of the gypseous clays and sands
from the Sabine River, near Sabine Town, in a generally northwest-
ern direction as far as the Angelina River, near the mouth of the
Atoi Creek, in Cherokee, and thence southwesterly, crossing the
Neches near Weches Post Office , passing through the eastern side of
the town of Crockett, crossing the Trinity at Alabama Bluff, the
Navasota River near the northwest corner of Madison County and
the Brazos at the locality shown in the section already given. To
the south they are circumscribed by the overlying Fayette sands.

Unlike the rough, hilly region occupied by the Fayette sands, the
country occupied by the Yegua clays is generally flat. Sand hills
and ridges occur in several localities, but throughout the greater
portion level, prairie-like conditions prevail.

The fauna of these deposits throughout east Texas is scanty in
the extreme. Of the vertebrates only one specimen, the portion of
the lower jaw of a species of Crocodilus, lias been obtained, and that
from a well at Bryan, while no invertebrate fossils have been found
anywhere east of the Brazos except at the base of the beds on that

36 Third Annual Report Geol. Survey of Texas, 1891, p. 15.
8

106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

river, although the beds found ou the Yegua are fossiliferous, and
those found farther west are reported to have yielded a very fair
number of that class of animal life. Plant remains are numerous,
both in the form of silicified and lignitized wood, and leaves of many
kinds are extremely abundant. None of these have yet been
studied, but from the fact that silicified palm wood occurs, although
sparingly, among the upper gray sands, the climate was slightly
warmer than at present.

The general conditions of deposition during this period appear to
have been those of a marsh subject to periodical deep, wide-spread
inundation and a gradual, though slow, subsidence. The Marine
beds lying to the north evidently stood at a much higher relative
elevation than at present. Their southern boundary is everywhere
carved into bold outlines and deeply indented bays showing at places
steepsided and shelving bluffs where the Yegua clays rest uncon-
formably upon and against them, and from which boulders of fossil-
iferous sandstones have fallen and are now found in considerable
]] umbers imbeded in the sands and lying between one and two
miles from the line of contact. At other places where bay- like con-
ditions prevailed, the placid waters of the flooded areas favored a
calmer deposition and growth of plant life ; the lines of contact are
not so far apart in their general conditions and range of dip.

Instances of the former conditions are many. Typical illustra-
tions of this bluff-like shore line may be seen at Cook's Mountain,
in Houston County, and near Elm Creek, north of Bryan, in
Brazos County. At Cook's Mountain the hill rises almost abruptly
from the level of Milam branch to an elevation of 130 feet above
the stream bed, and is capped with fifty feet of altered glauconitic
fossiliferous sandstone. The gypseous clays of the Yegua stage are
found only on the south side of the stream, and rest upon a heavy
bed of fossiliferous sand projecting from the side of the mountain.
The Brazos section also shows this want of conformity in quite as
strong a manner. The Marine beds occur capping the higher hills
ten miles north of College Station and lying at an elevation of 375
feet, while College Station has an altitude of 350 feet. The dip of
the Marine beds in this section closely approaches 75 feet per mile
and these beds, after allowing for the difference of elevation, should
have been found at 725-750 feet in the well bored at the college,
flie bore, however, was over 900 feet deep before fossils occurred,

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 107

and then tbey corresponded to a lower division of the Moseby Ferry
section than those found near Elm Creek. Moreover, on the south
prong of" Thompson's Creek, about eight miles north of the well
boulders and of ferruginous fossiliferous sandstone occur imbedded
in the yellowish gray sandy clay of the Yegua beds.

The correlation of any of these three stages — the Frio clays,
Fayette sands and Yegua clays — with the deposits of Louisiana lying
immediately to the east is attended with more or less difficulty and
doubt from the fact that little or no work, and that of the most
general character, appears to have been done in that portion of the
State. The Grand Gulf, according to both Hilgard and Hopkins,
appears to have embraced the upper two and at least a portion of the
Yegua clays besides the upper calcareous sandstones, and was, accord-
ing to these writers, above the Vicksburg. The lower portion of the
Yegua clays were apparently considered by them to be of Jackson age.
Dr. Hilgard says, after describing the Grand Gulf formation: "On
the Sabine River, ' too, the upper portion of the profile is pretty
correctly reproduced. At the base of the Grand Gulf rocks we find
on the Bayou Taureau a seam of shell- limestone with Vicksburg
fossils. We then pass over lignito-gypseous strata to Sabine Town,
Texas, where we see about seventy feet of these overlying ledges of
blue fossiliferous limestone alternating every two or three feet with
what would be green sand marl like that of Vicksburg had not the
lime of the numerous shells, of which it contains casts, been removed
by subsequent dissolution. So far as I have seen, the usual leading
tbssils of Vicksburg are wanting here, while the greater saudiness of
the materials, as well as the prevalence of shallow sea bivalves indi-
cates their deposition in shallower water. As we proceed north-
ward from Sabine Town liguitic clays and lignite alone separate, and
sometimes altogether replace the limestone ledges which themselves
become poorer in fossils as we approach the northern edge of the
formation."37

According to Hopkins the Jackson beds consist of marine strata
with characteristic fossils of lignite and non-fossiliferous beds and
laminated sands and clays and among the marine beds massive beds
of clay full of selenite. 38

37 Geol. Reconn. of La., American Journal of Science, Second Series, Vol.
XLVIII, 1869, p. 338.

38 First Annual Report Louisiana State Geol. Survey, 1869, pp. 94-90; Second
Annual Report Louisiana State < }eol. Survey, 1871, pp. 7 to 84.

108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

With the exception of the lignite and characteristic Jackson fossils
this description would answer the Texas Frio clays as well as the
Yegua clays. Besides their contact with and underlying the
Neocene Navasota beds (Oakville beds) would in the absence of the
Vicksburg deposits closely correspond with the Frio clays. Their
extension to Sabine Town, however, where they would meet the
Marine beds of the Texas section would naturally lead to the in-
ference that both the Fayette sands and Yegua clays are absent in
Louisiana.

This interpretation of the work done in Louisiana can hardly be
accepted, and until more information is obtainable the correlation of
the beds in these States must be left as an unsolved problem.

Marine Beds.

Lying immediately north of the Yegua clays we have an extensive
series of green sands, green sand marls, altered green sands contain-
ing thin strata of carbonate of iron, indurated altered fossiliferous
greed sand, green fossiliferous clays, glauconitic sandstones and clays
stratified, black and gray sandy clays, black and yellow clays with
limy concretions, brown and yellow fossiliferous sands with occasional
deposits of black sand containing gypsum crystals, and at wide in-
tervals small deposits or thin seams of lignite. Extensive deposits
of ferruginous sandstone and limonite, both in laminated and nodular
form, occur in the upper divisions. The prevailing deposits, however,
are the green sands in their several characters. The clays are of
minor importance and exist generally as thin beds of irregular dis-
tribution interstratified with the sands. The lignites are usually not
more than a few inches thick and are never continuous, and the
limonite deposits occur as nodular ores lying in heaps or mounds
among the grayish- brown and gray sands or as laminated ores cover-
ing wide areas of the surface, particularly throughout Cherokee,
Anderson, and Rusk Counties. These are the iron-ore fields of
East Texas, and constitute the series of beds known as the Marine
beds of the Texas section and have a total thickness of 650-700 feet.

Stratigraphically these beds occupy a position intermediate between
the overlying Yegua clays and the lignitic stage, and form the upper-
most division of Penrose's timber belt or Sabine River beds.:i9 In
the reports of the Texas Geological Survey these beds have been

;,J First Annual Report Geol. Survey of Texas, 1889, pp. 22-47.

1895. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 109

divided into two groups or series, the basal from its greatest develop-
ment in Cherokee County was called, tentatively, the " Mount Sel-
mau ' ' series, and the upper, from its typical development in Houston
County, received the name of the "Cook's Mountain" series. This
division was made partly on lithological grounds, the lower or Mount
Selman series being generally heavier bedded and made up through-
out its greater extent of dark green, and brown sands and sandstones,
with very thin seams of iron and while fossiliferous to a greater or
less extent the fossils are much fewer than in the upper or Cook's
Mountain series, and exist almost altogether in the form of casts.
On the other hand the upper series, which includes the highest beds of
the Marine stage, is to a great extent loose sands and clays with heavy
beds of laminated iron ore and contains a large and beautifully pre-
served fauna.

While probably the distinctive lithological differences between the
upper and lower divisions of these beds may not hold good at all
points and it may be difficult under the present existing conditions
to draw the exact line between them yet the general paucity of life
in these lower beds appears in marked contrast with the teeming life
of the upper.

In the northeastern portion of the State, where in Cass, Marion
and Morris Counties, these beds appear only as remnants of a wide-
spread cover, or as isolated patches forming the low hills of the
region, nothing but the lower beds are seen. These are brown,
brownish-yellow and green in color, indurated and moderately hard
sands and sandstones, and have till now shown no trace whatever
of animal life. In Harrison County the greenish- yellow sandstones
seen near the Marshall waterworks pumping station' show occasional
casts of Venericardia planicosta Lam. , and the same form has also
been found near Hynson's Springs, in the same county. These lie
at the base of the Marine beds as shown in the section at the pump-
ing house.

1. Brown gravelly sand 5 feet

o> 2. Laminated iron ore and ferruginous sandstone . 1£ feet

'£ 3. Greenish-yellow altered glauconitic sandstone

^ with casts of Veuer icardia planicosta. ... 4 feet

.2 4. Laminated or thinly stratified red and white

"a sands and sandy clays forming uppermost bed

^ of the lignitic in this portion of the county . 45 feet

110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Coming westward the same unfossiliferous condition of these lower
beds is seen along the south side of the Sabine River in Gregg
County, in a section at Iron Bridge Post Office. Here the bluff
shows :

1. Surface dark brown or coffee-colored sand with

broken fragments of sandstone 6 feet

2. Heavy bed of yellowish-brown sandstone .... 6 feet

3. Brown sand 6 feet

4. Brown or yellowish-brown sandstone similar to No.

2, but softer and containing alternate strata of

brown sand , 10 feet

5. Brown or yellowish-brown sand containing occa-

sional small nodules or concretions of iron . . 12 feet

In the Mount Selman region, in Cherokee County, the section
shown along the line of the Tyler Southeastern Railway is more
sand than sandstone, and while containing a few fossil casts cannot
be called fossiliferous throughout. The general section shown from
Jacksonville to Bullard gives :40

1. Gray surface sand 10 feet

2. Brown sand, ferruginous pebbles and iron ore . . 15 feet

3. Mottled sand 10 feet

4. Brownish- yellow sand 4 feet

5. Brownish- yellow standstone 10 feet

6. Alternate strata of laminated iron ore and brown

sand, the ore generally from two to ten inches

and the sand from one to two feet thick .... 8 feet

7. Dark green sand containing casts of small bivalve

shells 5 feet

8. White clayey sand 1 foot

9. Dark green, nearly black, sand containing thin

seams of ferruginous material near top, and also
containing small fish teeth and Vener war xlla plan i-
costa and Sphcerella antiproducta in very small
numbers . . . , 12 feet

10. Brown sand • 10 feet

11. White sand 10 feet

Third Annual Report Geol. Survey of Texas, 1891, p. 53.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. HI

12. Alternate strata of brown sand and laminated iron

ore, one generally wavy and not more than two
to six inches with sand from one to two feet
thick 20 feet

13. Pale-blue and brown clay mottled in places and

laminated in others 15 feet

14. Alternate strata of glauconitic brown sand and

iron ore, the ore generally irregularly de-
posited, laminated and silicious and not exceed-
ing six inches to one one foot, the sand from six
inches to two feet thick 55 feet

15. Brown sand forming surface at Bullard, altered

green sand changing to yellow a few feet under
ground 40 feet

16. Dark green sand containing a few fossil shells and

fish teeth 24 feet

^.o 17. Lignite or "black dirt" containing leaves ... 2 feet
h3 "3 18. Dark lignitic clay * . . . 5 feet

Nos. 17 and 18 of this section belong to the lignitic beds.

On approaching the Brazos the base of these beds is again seen
about two miles south of Calvert, in Robertson County, where they
form a ridge of brownish- yellow sandstone of very similar texture
and appearance as the sandstones in Harrison County, and appear to
be altogether unfossiliferous. Where the International and Great
Northern Railway crosses the Brazos River these beds are again seen
in the following section :

1. Yellow sandy clay with limy concretions .... 20 feet

2. Brown sand and sandstones interstratified ... 4 to 6 feet

3. Dark green, almost black, unfossiliferous sand . 5 feet

4. Thinly laminated dark green sand 6 feet

5. Irregular belt of ferruginous sandstone i to 1 foot

6. Dark green, almost black, sand, to water .... 3 feet
The lower and upper divisions grade into each other so imper-
ceptibly that so far as the actual division is lithologically concerned
any line of separation would be but a very arbitrary one. The
wide distinction, however, in the state of preservation and condition
of the contained fossils might possibly enable us to approximately
indicate the limits within which the several beds might be assigned
to each. As already stated the fossils of the lower or Mount Sel-

112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

man beds exist almost wholly in the form of casts, whereas, on the
other hand, the fauna of the Cook's Mountain, or upper beds, is
beautifully preserved, many being in a very perfect condition and
exist in great numbers.

In crossing the whole series from north to south the first indica-
tion of well preserved fossils in the east occurs in the southern por-
tion of Rusk County, near Mount Enterprise, and on Stevens branch,
a tributary of Shawnee Creek. Farther west they are found in
Cherokee, south of Jacksonville, a few miles west pf Palestine, in
Anderson, near the mouth of Elkhart Creek, in Houston, near Cen-
treville, in Leon, and south of Franklin, in Robertson County, and
near the Burleson County north line on the Brazos. These locali-
ties may therefore be taken as approximately indicating the northern
line of the "Cook's Mountain " or upper series of the Marine beds
as known in Texas, but it must be remembered that on the eastern
side very extensive erosion has taken place, and probably these beds
may have extended much farther north. At any rate the line may
be considered as only an approximate division of what evidently
constitutes but one stage of the Eocene.

To. the south of this approximate boundary we have an extensive
series of green sands, glauconitic sands, ferruginous sandstones, clays
and iron ores in most resj>ects similar to those lying north of it. The
green sands, as a general thing, are less altered and more glauconitic,
the sands less indurated and the iron ore deposits much heavier and
almost altogether laminated. The fauna is very much richer both
in species and number of specimens, and the fossils all in a good
state of preservation and easily obtainable.

While these beds are known to exist in isolated hills throughout
the counties of Rusk, Nacogdoches, San Augustine and Sabine
Counties, lying east of the Angelina River, no satisfactory sections have
been obtained and only a few of the fossils from these areas have been
determined. According to Professor Heilprin41 these include Veneri-
cardia transversa Lea, Crassatella texana Heilp., Pecten deshayesii
Lea, Ostrea alabamensis Lea, 0. sellosformia Lea and var. divaricata
Lea, from San Augustine County. Pectuneulus idoneus Con., and
Ostrea sellceformis, var. divaricata Lea, from Nacogdoches County,

" Proceedings A.cad. of N. S., Phila., Oct. 1800, pp. 303-404.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Ho

have been identified by Mr. Harris.*2 Pseudoliva vetusta Con.,
Venerieardia planicosta Lam., have also been obtained from the bluff
at Sabine Town. The fossils found in Rusk and Nacogdoches
Counties are well preserved and enclosed in a bluish- green indurated
marl and hard to extract in a condition suitable for identification.
The Sabine Town fossils are enclosed in a brown sand. Seutella
caput- sinensis Heilpr. , also occurs in San Augustine as well as west
of the Angelina at McBee's School and near Alto, in Cherokee
County.

West of the Angelina River the most important section obtained
is that at Alto, in Cherokee County. This section embraces a series
of green sands and altered glauconitic sands and sandstones lying close
to the top of the " Cook Mountain" beds, and forms the uppermost
Eocene deposit in this portion of the State. The section combines the
whole of the green sand deposits from Alto, eastward to the edge of
the Angelina River " bottom lands," eight or ten miles farther east,
and the whole or the greater portion of the section may also be taken
as representative of the structure of the country from Alto south-
westward to the Neches. The section shows:

1. Gray sand 5 to 20 feet.

2. Ferruginous sandstone 1 foot.

3. Iron pyrites and lignite >} to 1 foot.

4. Laminated iron ore and brown sand .... 10 to 15 feet.

5. Brown and yellowish-brown altered glauconitic

sand with streaks and nodules of calcareous
matter and containing Terebra houstonia Har-
ris, n. sp. , Pleurotoma (Surcula) gabbii
Conrad, Ostrea sellceformis, var. divarieata Lea,
Pinna, sp. , Trigonarca pulchra Gabb, Pseudoliva
vetusta Con., Volutilithes petrosa Con., Latirus
moored Gabb, ( 'orbula texana Harris, Corbula
aldrichi, var. smithvillensis Harris, Dentalium
minutistriatum Gabb, Venerieardia planicosta
Lam., Venerieardia rotunda Lea, Clavilithes

'-' Harris' MS.. Monograph Texas Tertiary fossils.

Notk. — I have not visited any of the Idealities referred to in Eusk, Nacog-
doches and Sabine Counties. Rusk and Nacogdoches ( lounties were examined in
1890 by Mr. J. B. Walker. Ilis sections can he seen in the Second Annual Re-
port, Geol. Survey of Texas, 1891, under these county headings. They appear to
me to be slightly unreliable. The Sabine Town fossils were sent from there by
the Postmaster to Mr. Bumble at his request. K.

114 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

rcgexa Harris, n. sp., Phos texana Gabb
var. , Distortio septemdentata Gabb, Solarium
aeutum, var. meekanum Gabb, Terebellum,
Calyptrophorus velatus Con., Mesalia clai-

bornensis Con., Anomia ephippioides Gabb,
Cerithium vinctum Whitf. , Pecten claibomensis
Conrad, Pecten deshayesii Lea, Plicatula fila-
mentosa Con. , Cytherea texacola Harris, ( 'ras-
satella texana Heilp. , Turritella nasuta Gabb,
and many of these in profusion 6 feet.

6. Yellowish-brown and grayish-brown often grayish-

green indurated green sands containing most of
the fossils found in No. 5 and an additional
fauna of Pleurotoma (Drillia) nodocarinata
Gabb, Volutilithes petrosa var. indenta Conrad,
Caricella subangulata var. cherokeensis Harris,
Cassidaria brevicostata Aid., Pholadomya clai-
bomensis Aid., Byssoarca cuculloides Con.,
Martesia texana Harris, n. sp. Dentalium
minuti striatum var. dumblei, n. var., Protocar-
dium nieolletti Con. var., Nat Ira newtohensis
Aid., Natica limula var., Rimella texana, var.
/ilana, new var. Cancellaria panones Harris, n.
sp. , Clavilithes (Papillina) dumosa, var. trapa-
quara Harris, C. humerosa, var. texana Harris,
Cassidaria brevicosta Aid., Turritella dutexta
Harris, Seutella caput- sinensis Heilpr., and fish
teeth 20 feet.

7. Green sands with casts of fossils 6 "

8. Brown altered glauconitic sandstone with casts of

fossils 30 "

9. Green sand with fish teeth and Chun* sauridens

Con., Anomia ephippioides Gabb, Byssoarca
cuculloides Con., Trigonarca pulchra Gabb,
Volutilithes petrosa Con., Volutilithes precursor
Dall, and others belonging to Nos. 5 and 6 . . 8 "
The localities from which these fossils were obtained all lie be-
tween Alto and the Angelina River. The specimens are, as a general
thing, very plentiful, and in most localities easily freed from the

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 115

enclosing matrix, those in the brownish-yellow sand being often
free.

As already stated these beds can be easily traced from this point
in a southwesterly direction for many miles, the bed containing
the Scutella caput- sinensis forming a particularly well marked horizon.
No Scutellse, however, have yet been found in Houston County or to
the west, although plentiful from the Neches eastward to San Augus-
tine. Four miles west of Alto, a range of flat-topped steep- sided
hills show a general section of:

1. Gray sand 20 feet.

2. Indurated yellow sand containing numerous Scu-

tellae and Ostrea selhcfonnis, var. divaricata
Lea, Anomia ephippioides Gabb, Pseudoliva
vehista Con., Venerieardia planicosta Lam., and
Cytherea tornadonis Harris43 20 feet.

3. Red sand with casts of fossils 15 "

4. Green sand with casts of fossils visible .... 4 "
Crossing the Niches into Houston County the section as shown in

a well near Robbins' Ferry shows :

1. Gray sand 6 inches to 1 foot.

2. Laminated iron ore 4 inches to 10 inches.

3. Indurated yellow fossiliferous sandy marl contain-

ing Ancilla (Olivula) staminea Con., Ostrea sella>
fonnis, var. divaricata Lea, Anomia ephippioides
Gabb, Venerieardia planicosta Lam. , and Orassa-
tella trapaquara Harris44 2 feet.

4. Yellow sand 10

5. Clay ? 1\

6. Fossiliferous green sandy clay containing Anomia

ephipjiioides Gabb, Venerieardia planicosta
Lam., Rimella texana, var. pinna, new variety,
Calyptrophorus velatus Con.15 5 to 0

7. Red clay 3 to 4

8. Blue marl with fossils same as No. 6 18 "

9. Brown sand to bottom of well 5 "

At the crossing of the San Pedro Creek by the Rusk road in the

1:1 Harris, MSS., Monograph of Texas Tertiary Fossils.

u Harris Mss. Monograph of Texas Tertiary fossils.

45 First Annual Report Geol. Survey of Texas, 1889, p. 34.

<<

116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

same county, the south bank of the creek shows a section of

1. Gray sands 25 feet

2. Brown sand and altered green sand with stratified

ferruginous material and thin laminre of iron

ore near base 6 feet

4. Yellow indurated fossiliferous altered green sand

packed with shells 20 feet

The eastern portion of Hurricane Bayou forms the approximate
southern boundary of the Marine beds for six or eight miles east of
Crockett. Here, when the Bayou is dry, or the water at a low stage,
an extremely interesting fauna may readily be obtained. Among
the fossils found we have Terebra texagyra Harris var. , T. lioustonia
Harris n. sp., Conus sauridens Con., Pleu.rotoma (Surcula) gabbii
Con., PL heilpriniana H. n. sp., PL (Drillia) nodocarinata Gabb.,
PI. ehildreni Lea, var. bilota, H., PL huppertzi Harris, n. sp. PL
megapis H. n. sp., PL (Drillia) texacona Harris, PL (Drillia') texana
Gabb., PL vaughani var. Harris, PL retefera H., PL (3Iangellia)
in fa >i* var. H. , Mr. Olivelkt bombylis var. bivrlesonia H., Andlla
(OUvula) staminea Con., Anomia ephippioides Gabb., Plicatida f/a-
mentosa Con., Pecten sp., Pinna sp., Pectunculus idoneus Con., Pseti-
doliva vetusta Con. var., Volutilithes petrosa Con., Caricella demissa
var. texana Gabb., Marginella seminoides Gabb., Lapparia pactilis
var. mooreana Gabb. , Turricula (Conomitra) texana H., Terebra
amoena Con., T. costata Lea, var., Latirus moorei Gabb., Corbula
alabamensis Lea, Dentalium minutistriatum Gabb., Cadulus sub-
coarcuatus Gabb., Venericardia rotunda Lea, V. planicosta Lam.,
Crassatella texanaH., Cytherea tornadonisH., Clavilithes (Papillina)
(buiiosa var. H, G. trapaqaara H., Fusvs mortoni var. viortonopsis
Gabb, Clavilithes humerosa var. texana H., Phos texana Gabb var.,
Distort io septemdentata Gabb, Cassidaria planotecta Aid., Solarium
acutum var. meehanum Gabb, Natiea acuta Gabb, Natica limula
var., Sigaretus d eel his Con. , Mesalia claibornensis Con., Be lose jri a
ungula Gabb, Spirorbis leptostoma Swain, and the corals Occulina
Heilpr., Turbinolia pharetra Lea, Trochosmilia mortoni Gabb and
I Torn, and Endojmehys ma,clurii Lea.

These fossils all occur in an altered green sand of a brownish
yellow color in places indurated into hard shabby sandstones, but the
greater portion soft. This overlies a dark green sand and clay as

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF I'lIILADEEPIII A. 117

seen in a well at Mr. K. Jones' house, nearly half a mile north of
the Bayou. The section of the well shows :

1. Yellowish-hrown sandy clay 6 feet

2. Joint clay 6 feet

3. Thinlv laminated black fossiliferous sand 4 feet

4. Bluish green fossiliferous sands 14 feet

Nos. 3 and 4 hold fossils closely corresponding to those found on

the Bayou with a few additional species.

West of Crockett, about two miles, we have Cook's Mountain, an
isolated hill rising about 460 feet above sea level and showing a
more or less precipitous face on every side. This face, however, is
marked by a series of benches and the general section shown on
the eastern side, from Milam branch to the top of the mountain,
shows :

1. Brown ferruginous sandstone with occasional casts

of a small bivalve 10 feet

2. Yellow-colored crossbedded altered glauconitic sand 40 feet

3. Brown sand and sandstone with occasional seams

of ferruginous material 55 feet

4. Brown ferruginous sandstone coutaiuiug Ostrea sel-

heformisvar. divaricata Lea, and 0. alabamensis

Lea in considerable numbers . 10 feet

5. Iron ore 1 foot

6. Brown sand containing Bulimella hellogii Gabb.,

Terebra texagyra var. Harris, T. houstonia Har-
ris, n. sp., Conus sauridens Con., Plewotoma
(Surcula) gabbii Con., PL (Coehlespira) engonata
Con., PL (Drillia) nodocarinata Gabb., PI.
(Drillia) texana var. pleboides Harris, PI. (Man-
gelia ) in fans var., PL sp., Ancilla ( Olivella) stam-
inea Con., Ostrea alabamensis Lea, 0. selloz-
founts var. divaricata Lea, Anomia ephippioides
Gabb., Plieatula filamentosa Con.,Avieula sp. ,
Pinna sp., Pseudoliva vetusiaCon. var., Volutil-
ithes petrosa Con., V. petrosa, var. indenta Con.,
V- precursor Dall. var., Caricelh subangulata
var. cherokeensis Harris, Lapparia paetilis var.
mooreana Gabb., Latirus moorei Gabb., Cornu-
Una armigera Con., Corbula alabamensis Lea,

118 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Venericardia planicosta Lam., Cytherea texacola
Harris, Clavilithes regexa Harris, n. sp. , Phos
texana Gabb. var. , Distortio septemdentata
Gabb. , Scala, Natica arata Gabb., N. limula
var., Sigaretus deelivis Con., Calyptrophorus
velatus Con. Turritella nasuta var. houstonia
Harris, T. nasuta Gabb., Belosepia ungula
Gabb., and tbe corals Oceulina Heilpr., Turbl-
nolia pharetra Lea, Trochosmilia mortoni Gabb
and Horn, and Endopachys maclurii Lea. A
number of fish teeth also occur in this bed . . 15 feet
Going north from the Hurricane Bayou localities we find fossili-
ferous indurated brownish-yellow and green marly sands at Han-
uon's mill, and on the Murchison prairie and eastward. A section
of Murchison prairie shows :

1. Black soil 1 to 2 feet

2. Brownish- yellow altered green sand 4 feet

3. Brown sand containing Ostrea alabamensis Lea,

Ostrea sellceformis var. divaricata Lea, Pecten des-
hayesii Lea, Cerith ium vinctum Whitf. , Venericar-
dia alticosta var. perantiqua Con., Venericardia
planicosta Lam., and Cytherea texacola Har-
ris, Volutilithes petrosa var. indenta Con., Cor-
nulina armigera Con 4 feet

4. Bluish green marly sand indurated and containing

similar fossils to No. 3, as well as Corbula al-
drichi var. smiihvillensis Harris, ( 'rassatella tex-
ana Heilpr., Crassatella trapaquara Harris, and

( )/therea texacola H 10 feet

Still farther north, at Elkhart, the same section appears. A
section at Elkhart wells shows :

1. Brown and black plastic clays containing irony

pebbles, silicified wood and calcareous nodules . 10 feet

2. Gray and yellow brown clays in thin laminae ... 5 feet

3. Dark brown altered green sand with fossil casts . 1 foot

4. Gray laminated plastic clays 3 feet

5. Green sand, hard for eight or ten inches, full of

shells and interbedded with greenish Mack clay 4 feet
This bed, No. 5, contains Plicatula filamentosa Conrad, Pimm sp.,

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 119

aud other fossils similar to those occurring in the dark green sand
and greenish black clay as ^een in the Jones' well near Hurricane
Bayou, where it has a known thickness of fourteen feet. Brown
clays with pebbles occur near Hague's gin four miles northeast of
Jones' well, and gray and bluish yellow clays with calcareous
nodules can be traced as far south as the same place where they have
a thickness of five feet aud are underlaid by the same brown sand,
five to six feet thick, as found in No. 3 of the Elkhart section.

On the Trinity River we have the section well exposed in a series
of bluffs extending from Alabama Bluff on the south to the northern
edge of Houston County. The section at Alabama Bluff gives the
contact with the overlying Yegua clays and shows a slight uncon-
formability between the two stages. Omitting the upper portion of
the section we have :

4. Fossiliferous greenish-blue clay 4 feet.

5. Green sand altered to a brownish-yellow sand

with thin strata of ferruginous material inter-
stratified and containing Vohula eonradiana
Gabb, Conus sauridens Conrad, Pleurotoma
(Surctdcb) yabbii Con., PL (Cochlespira) en-
gonata Con., PL (Surculd) moorei Gabb, PL
(Drillia~) nodoearinata Gabb, PL sp. , Ancilla
(Olicula) staminea Con., Aitomia ephippioides
Gabb, Pliratitla filamentosa Con., Trigonarca
pulehra Gabb, T. corbuhides Con. , Leda hous-
tonia Harris, Pseudoliva vetusta Con. var., Voluti-
lithes jjetrosa Con. , Caricella demis$a,Ym: texana
Gabb, Turricula (Conomitra) texana Harris, T.
polita Gabb, Latirus moorei Gabb, Corbula ala-
bamensis Lea, Cadulus sub-coarcuatus Gabb,
Fusus mortoni, var. mortonopm Gabb, Clavili-
thes penrosei Heilprin, Phos texana Gabb, Diu-
tortio septemdentata Gabb, Cassidaria planotecta
Aid., Solarium bellastriatum Con., Natica arata
Gabb, iV. limula Con., Mesalia claibornensis
Con., Turritellu nasuta Con., Spirorbis leptos-
toma Swaiu, Tarbinolia pharetra Lea . . . 5 to 6 feet.

6. Ferruginous sandstone with iron- ore .... 1 to 2 "

7. Green sand and ferruginous material same as No.

120 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

5 and containing same fossils with addition of
Pleurotoma heilpriniana Harris, n. sp. , Ostrea
sellosformis, var. divaricata Lea, Pinna, sp. ,
Byssoarea cuculloides Con., Lapparia pactilis,
var. mooreana Gabb, Venerieardia planicosta
Lam., Cra&satella texana Harris, Cytherea texa-
cola Harris, Clavilithes (PapUliuu) dumosa, var.
trapaquara Harris, Natica sp., Tnrritella nasuta,
var. hoiidoniit, Harris, Belosepia ungula Gabb,

Euphyla trapaquara Harris.40 4 feet.

Going north from here the next bluff is known as Brookiield's

Bluff, six miles north of Alabama. No fossils were obtained here

and the bluff presents a section of:

1. Sand and gravel 20 feet.

2. Brown sandstone in heavy bed 10 "

3. Clay ironstone 1 foot.

4. Laminated dark blue sand and light gray clays

with iron pyrites 8 feet.

5. Lignite 2 inches.

G. Same as No. 4 5 feet.

7. Thin seam of ferruginous sandstone 6 inches.

8. Same as No. 4, getting darker in lower portion of

the beds and covered in places with a yellow
efflorescence of sulphur. Water issuing from
these beds is sulphurous and the springs show
considerable quantities of hydrogen sulphide

to level of river 15 feet.

Five miles farther up the river is Hall's Bluff showing a section of:

1. Gravel and sand 25 to 30 feet.

2. Fossiliferous sandstone containing Ostrea sella for-

mis, var. divaricata Lea, Cerithium vinctum
Whitf. , and casts of others 4 "

3. Red sandstone 10 "

4. Yellowish-white sand 2 "

5. Brown clay with gypsum crystals b' inches.

6. Yellowish- white sand 5 feet.

7. Irregular stratum of clay ironstone boulders . . 8 inches.

"' Harris Mss.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 121

8. Dark greensand, weathering brown, containing

fish teeth but not invertebrates ....... 6 feet.

9. Brown sand 4 "

At Wooter's Bluff, six miles farther north, the beds are also

found to be unfossiliferous although the higher grounds lying at
some distance away from the river show brown sandstones and altered
green sands with few fbssils. The section at the bluff appears to be
more of a lignitic nature towards the base.

1. Brown and yellowish- brown sand . . . . 10 to 15 feet.

2. Clay ironstone 1 to 3 inches.

3. Dark gray micaceous clay, weathering brown

on outside 20 feet.

4. Clay ironstone * ... 1 to 2 inches.

5. Dark blue or bluish-black micaceous clayey

sand 2 to 6 feet.

About a mile and a half east of this bluff the yellowish clay with
limy nodules seen at Elkhart and at Hagues gins occurs immediately
below a heavy deposit of yellowish-gray sand.

Crossing the Trinity and going west the "red lands" of Leon
County closely correspond in texture and faunal life with the beds
of Houston County on the east and the beds found in the northwest
corner of Madison County and the Wheelock prairie region. In
fact southwest Leon forms but an extension of the Madison and
Robertson County beds. A section at the northwest corner of Madi-
son may be taken as a type of these "red lands." This section
shows :

1. Brown sand, gravel and conglomerate boulders . 20 feet.

2. Brownish-yellow sand containing Conns sauHdens

Con., Pleurotoma, sp., Ostrea selhej'ormis, var.
divaricata Lea, Anomia ephippioides Gabb, Pli-
catula fihuneiitoxa Con., Pseudoliva vetusta Con.,
var., Corbula alabamensis Lea, Venericardia
planicosta Lam., Clarilithes huinerosa, var.
texana Harris, Cerithium vinctum Whitf. and
Mesalia elaibornerms Con 2 feet.

3. Fossiliferous sandstone containing a portion of

these fossils 1 foot.

4. Brown sand

9

122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Cedar Creek, uear Wheelock lies nine miles west of this point
audit was from that place the fossils described by Gabb were ob-
tained. In the list of species described by that writer we find
Belosepia ungula Gabb, Murex (Odontopolys) compsorhytis Gabb,
Fusus mortonopsis Gabb, Neptunea enter ogr am ma Gabb, Pleuro-
toma, Turns kellogii Gabb, T. texana Gabb, T. retifera Gabb, T.
nodocarinata Gabb, Eucheilodoii. reticulata Gabb, Seobinella crassi-
plicata Gabb, S. leviplicata Gabb, Distortio s&ptemdentata Gabb,
Phos texana Gabb, Pseudoliva fusijormis Con. mss. , P. linosa Con.,
rass. , P. carinata Con. mss.', P. perspeotiva Con. Mss., Gastridium
vetustum Con. , Agaronia punctulifera Gabb, Fasciolaria moorei Gabb,
Cijinbiola texana Gabb, Mitra mooreana Gabb, M. exilis Gabb, Erato
semenoides Gabb, Never ita arata Gabb, Monoptygma crassiplica Con.
Mss. , Architectonica meekana Gabb, Spirorbis leptostoma Swain, Tur-
ritella nasuta Gabb, Den.talium minutistriatum Gabb, Ditrupa sub-
coarcuata Gabb, Bulla kellogii Gabb, Volvula conradiana Gabb,
Corbula texana Gabb, Oibota mississippiensis Con., Anomia ephippi-
oides Gabb.47

The whole, or nearly the whole of these species have been obtained
by the Texas Survey during the course of the work in that region,
and several others have been added to the above list.

The section shown on Cedar Creek and in the immediate vicinity
is as follows:

1. Brown prairie sandy soil with occasional blocks or

fragments of ferruginous sandstone containing
great quantities of Plicatula filamentosa Gabb,
and Spirorbis leptostoma Swain 5-15 feet.

2. Brown altered green sand and clay 4 "

3. Thin seam of ferruginous sandstone 1 foot.

Nos. 2 and 3 contain quite an extensive fauna comprising

Acttcou, punctatus Lea, Bulimclla kellogii Gabb, Terebra houstonia
n. sp. , Harris, Conus sauridens Conrad, Pleurotoma (Surcula)
gabbii Con., PI — , PI. (Coehlespira) engonata Gabb, PI. bella Con.,
PL (Surcula) moorei var., Gabb, PI. (Drillia) nodocarinata Gabb,
PL terebriformis Mr., n. sp. , PL (Drillia) texacona Harris, PL (Bor-
sonia) plenta Harris, Cancellaria tortiplica Con., Ancilla (Olivula)
staminea Con., Pseudoliva vetusta, var. picta, P. vetusta Con., var.

17 Journal Axademy «>f Nat. Sci. of Phila., Second Series, Vol. 4, pp. 37G-3,sii
and plates 07 and li'.t.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 123

P. vetusta, var. fusiformis Lea, Ostrea aktbamensis Lea, 0. sellae-
formis, var. divaricata Lea, Anomia ephippioides Gabb, Plicatula
fUamentosa Conrad, Byssoarca cueulloides Con., Trigonarca pulchra
Gabb, T. corbuloides Coil, Nucula magnified Con., Leda opulenta
Con., Yoldia elaibornensis Conrad, Marginella semen Lea, Volutili-
thes petrosa Con., V. precursor Dall, V. dalli Harris, n. sp., Turri-
Gula polita Gabb, Latirus moorei Gabb, Comulina armigera Gabb,
Pteropsis conradi Dana, Corbula aldrichi, var. smithvillensis Harris,
C. texana Gabb, C. alabamensis Lea, Dentalium minutistriatum
Gabb, Dentnllum minutistriatum Gabb, var. dumblei, n. var.,
Venericardia planicosta Lam, Cyiherea tornadonis Harris, C. bastro-
pensis Harris, Fusus mortoni var. mortonopsis Gabb, Phos texana
Gabb var., Distortio septemdentata Gabb, Tuba antiquata, var.
texana u. var., Solarium serobiculatum Con., S. vespertinum Gabb,
Xatiea arata Gabb, N. li inula Con., N. semilunata, var. janthinops
n. var., Sigaretus inconstans Aid., S. declivis Coil, Pyrula (Fuso-
ficula) Aid., P. (Fusoficula~) penita Con. , var., Mesalia elaibornensis
Con., Turritella nasuta Gabb, T. dumblei Harris n. sp. , Aturia,
near zic zac. Belosepia ungula Gabb, Flabellum sp., Turbinolia
pharetra Lea and Lunulites sp.

4. Pale to purplish-pink clay found 200 yards

fartber down Cedar Creek than No. 3.

Very few fossils found in this bed ... 4 to 6 feet.

5. Dark grayish-green sand containing, in addi-

tion to the greater number of the fossils
found in No. 2, the following : Pleurotoma
ehildreni, var. bilota Harris, Cancellaria
panones, var. junipera Harris, Cancellaria
gemmata Con., Volutiliihes petrosa, var.
indenta Con., Cadulus sub-coarcuatus Gabb,
Chrysodoinus enterogramma Gabb and
Solarium acutum, var. meekanum Gabb 4 "

6. Green sand with laminae of clay containing

nearly the same fauna as in Nos. 3 and 5
with Actaion punetatus Lea and PL retifera
Gabb,48 additional 4 to 6 "

7. Dark brown and purplish-brown sand and

48 Harris Mss.

124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

clay, laminated with fossils in sand, to bed

of creek 2 feet.

The next section west of this is on Campbell's Creek, near Dunn's
ranch and about six miles west of Wbeelock. This shows :

1. Black soil ... 2 to 4 feet.

2. Brown sand with calcareous material ... 4 to 8 "

3. Ferruginous brown sandstone and sands,

altered green sands with Conns sauridens
Con., Pleurotomu (Surcida) gabbii Con.,
PL (Drillia) nodocarinata Gabb, PI.
(Borsonia) plenta Harris, Ancilla (Olivula)
st 'ami) tea Con., Ostreasellceformis, var. divari-
eata Lea, Anomia ephippioides Gabb, iVvt-
culamagnifica Con., Pseudoliva vetusta Con.,
var., P. vetusta, var. fusiformis Lea, Volu-
tilithes petrosa, var. indenta Con. , V. pre-
cursor Dall, Latirus moorei Gabb, Corbula
texana Gabb, Venericardia planieosta Lam.,
Fusus mortoni, var. mortonopsis Gabb,
Phos texana Gabb, var., Distortio septem-
dentata Gabb, Sigaretus declivis Con., Mesa-
lia claibornensis Con., Turritella nasuta
Gabb, Turritella dumblei Harris n. sp. ,
Belosepia ungula, Gabb 4 feet.

4. Black laminated clay, enclosing Conus sau-

ridens Con., Pleurotoma (Sarcula) gabbii
Con., PI. ehildreni, var. bilota Harris, PL
(Drillia) nodocarinata Gabb, PI. (Bor-
sonia) plenta Harris, Ostrea selheformis,
var. divaricata Lea, Pseudoliva vetusta
Con. var., Volutilithes petrosa Con., La-
tirus moorei Gabb, Venericardia planieosta
Lam. , Cytherea tomadonis Harris, Chryso-
domus enterogramma Gabb and Natica
arata Gabb 2 feet.

5. Indurated green sand with Occulina, Turbi-

nolia pharetra and Endopachys maclurei
corals and in addition to the fossils found

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 125

in No. 4 AncUla aneillops Heilpr., Bysso-
arca cuculloides Con., Pseudoliva vetusta
var. fusiformis Lea, Volutilithes precursor
Dall., Cornulina armigera Con., Corbula
aldrichi, var. smithvillensis Harris, C. tex-
ana Gabb, Dentalium minuti striatum Gabb,
Fusus mortoni, var. mortonopsis Gabb,
rhos texana Gabb, Distortio septe indent lata
Gabb, Solarium scrobiculatum Con., S.
(nullum, var. ineekanum Gabb, Pyrula
(Fusofictda) texana Aid., Mesalia claiborn-
ensis Con., Tarritella nasuta Gabb-49 . . 1 foot.

6. Laminated fossiliferous blue clay 10 feet.

7. Alternate strata of yellowish sand and blue

clay, clay 6 inches and sand from 4 to 8

inches thick 4 "

8. Brown sand • 1£ "

The connection between these beds will be readily understood
when it is stated that at least 30 of the 38 species found at Camp-
bell's Creek are common to Wheelock and the exact stratigraphic
position of the two sections can be seen in a section on the Town
branch, south of the town of Wheelock and intermediate between
the Cedar Creek and Campbell's Creek sections. Out of some 36
species obtained 19 are common to Campbell's Creek, 26 to Cedar
Creek and the following 10 do not occur at either: Pleurotoma
( Drillia') texana Gabb, PL (Drillia) pleboides Harris, PL {Mange- 1
I in) infans var. Mr., PL (Scobinella) erassiplicata Gabb, Turricula
(Conomitra) texana Harris, Terebra amazna Con., Periploma col-
lardi Harris n. sp., Clavilithes humerosa, var. texana, Harris,
Clavilithes (Papillina) dumosa, var. trapaquara Harris, and Cari-
cella subangulata, var. cherokeensis Harris.50
The section shown at this place is :

1. Black surface soil 1 to 3 feet.

2. Dark-brown gypseous clay, base of the

Yegua stage li "

3. Brown fossiliferous sandstone and brown clay

49 Harris Mss. 50 Harris Mss.

126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

interstratified and containing the above

fossils 3 "

4. Blue laminated clay in which no fossils were

found, to bed of stream 2 "

Small sections of a similar character occur on Elm Creek, near
Burckley Station and on the Wilson Reid Headright, both lying be-
tween Campbell's Creek and the Brazos River.

Along the Brazos we have probably the most important and most
complete section of these beds. To the south we find them passing
beneath the Yegua clays about 500 yards south of the mouth of the
Little Brazos. Thence throughout a succession of bluffs we can
trace the Marine beds northward to their contact with the underlying
lignitic a short distance north of International Railway bridge, a
direct distance of twelve miles. The section showing the contact be-
tween the Yegua clays and the Marine beds has already been given,
and the next section, that on the Little Brazos, near the iron bridge,
on the Moseley's Ferry and Bryan road shows:

1. Chocolate brown clayey soil, river deposits . 10 to 15 feet.

2. Gravel 2 to 4 "

3. Laminated unfossiliferous clay 4 "

4. Pale blue unfossiliferous clay 1 to 3 "

5. Thinly laminated blue to black colored clay

containing Terebra houstonia, Harris,
Terebra texagyra var. Harris, Conns
sauridens Con., Pleurotoma ; Pleurotoma
(Surcula) gabbii Con., Levifusus trabea-
toides Harris, PL (Surcula) moorei, Gabb,
PL (Drillia) nodocarinata Gabb, PL
terebrceformis Mr., PL (Mangelia) in-
significa Heilpriu, PL (Drillia) texaeona
Harris, PL (Drillia) penrosei Harris,
Ancilla (Olivula) xtaminea Conrad,
Ancilla andllops Heilprin, Nucula
magnifica Con. , Leda opulenta Con. ,
Pseudoliva vetusta var., P. vetusta var. fusi-
formis Con., Volutilithes pelrosa Con.,
V. precursor Dall, Latirus moorei Gabb,
Tellina mooreana Gabb, Dentalium

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 127

minutistriatu'm var. dumblei Harris, n.
var. Venericardia planicosta Lam., Dis-
tortio septemdentata Gabb, Solarium
alveatum Con., S. vespertinum Gabb, Phos
texana Gabb, var. Chrysodomus parbrazana
Harris, n. sp., Natica arata Gabb, N. semi-
lunata var. janthinops Harris, Pyrula
(Fusoficula) texana Aid., Turritella nasuta
Gabb, Turritella dumblei Harris, n. sp.51

6. Fossiliferous iron ore 1 foot.

7. Fossiliferous green clay containing most of

the fossils found in No. 5 with Atys.
Bulimella kellogii Gabb, Pleurotoma
(Cochlespira) engonata, Con., PI. child-
reni Lea, var. bilota Harris, PI. retifera
PL (Mangelia) infans var. Mr., Can-
cillaria tortiplica Con., C. panonis var.
smithvillensis Harris, Byssoarca eueul-
loides Con., Turnicula polita Gabb,
Corbula alabamensis Lea, Cadulus
sub-coareuatus Gabb, Pyramidella pre-
exilis Con., var., Solarium, acutum var.
meeJcanum Harris, Meslia Claibornensis
Con., Terebra texagyran. sp. var. Harris.52

The next section is shown at Moseley's Ferry on the Brazos. This
is the section referred to by Dr. Ferdinand Roemur as being visited
by him in 1847 and which he characterized as "consisting of
alternate strata of brown ferruginous sandstones and of dark colored
plastic clays, both teeming with fossils."22 The bluff here extends
along the river a distance of about 1,500 feet and is from 25 to 30
feet high. With the exception of the upper 15 feet of brown sand
it is fossiliferous throughout. The fossils are very well preserved,
exceedingly plentiful and easily obtained. The dip of the beds as
shown in this bluff is between 50 and 55 feet per mile, but it may be
said that throughout this region as well as other portions of the older
Eocene reliable dips are very hard to obtain.

ftl Harris MSS.

52 Am. J. of Sci. Vol. vi, Second series, 1848, p. 23.

128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Section at Moseley's Ferry, Brazos River : —

1. Brownish yellow surface loam 15 feet.

2. Thin stratum of fossiliferous iron ore in boulder

form . .• e . . . . 6 inches.

3. Blue laminated fossiliferous clay . 3 feet.

4. Fossiliferous iron ore, running under the river

about 100 yards below the ferry 2 "

Nos. 2, 3 and 4 contain an extensive fauna, comprising Levifusus
trabeatoides Harris, n. sp., Conus sauridcns Con., in great numbers,
Pleurotoma (Sureula) gabbii Con., PL (Cochlespira) engonata Con.,
PL (Drillia) nodocarinata Gabb, PI. terebriformis Mr., PI.
(Borsonia) plenta Harris, Ostrea sellceformis var. divaricata Lea,
Anomia ephippioides Gabb, Byssoarca cuculloides Lea, Pseudoliva
vetusta var. Volutilithes petrosa Con., Volutilithes precursor Dall.,
Turricula polita Gabb, Latirus moorei Gabb, Corbula texana Gabb,
Dentalium minutistriatum Gabb, Dentalium minutistriatum var.
dumblei new variety, Venericardia planicosta Lam., Cytherea texacola
Harris, Cytherea tornadonis Harris, Chrysodomus enterogramma
Gabb, Phos texana Gabb, var., Distortio septemdcntata Gabb, Tuba
antiquata var., antiqua new var., Solarium acutum var. Meekanum
Gabb, Sigaretus deelivis Con., Mesalia, claibomensis Con., Turritella
nasuta Con., T. dumblei Harris, n. sp., Pyrula (Fusoficula) texana
Aid., and several corals.53

5. Laminated fossiliferous blue clay containing

Conns sauridens Con., Pleurotoma (Sureula)
gabbii Con., PL (Cochlespira) engonata,
Con., PL (Borsonia) plenta Harris, PL
{Sureula) moorei var. Levifusus trabeatoides
Harris n. sp., Ancilla (Olimda) staminea
Con. , Pseudoliva vetusta var. , Volutilithes
petrosa Con. , Dentalium minidistriatum
Gabb, Venericardia planicosta Lam., Leda
opulenta Con., Cytherea texacola Harris,
Distortio septemdentata Gabb, Mesalia clai-
bornensis Con. , Turritella nasuta Fabb and
Belosepia ungula Gabb 6 feet,

8 Numbers 2, :? and 4 are marked A in Mr. Harris' lists; No. 5, B; Nos. (!.
7 and 8, C; No. 9, I); No. 10, E; Nos. 11, 12 and 13. V.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 129

(3. Fossiliferous iron ore 2 feet.

7. Altered fossiliferous green sand found tit

north end of bluff . . . . 10 "

8. Fossiliferous iron ore 2 "

Nos. 6, 7 and 8 contain Conns sauridens Con., Pleurotoma (Sur-
cula) gabbii Con. , PI. (Drillia) nodocarinata Gabb, PL (Borsonia.)
plenta Harris, Levifusus trabeatoides Harris n. sp., Anomia ephip-
pioides Gabb, Pseudoliva vetusta Con. var. , Latirus moorei Gabb,
Venericardia planicosta Lara., DistoHio septemdentata Gabb, Tur-
ritetta dumblei Harris n. sp., Byssoarca cuculloides Con., Solarium
acutum, var. meekanvm Gabb.

9. Green sand, dark green near ferry, but

altering to a brown near north end, and

merging into No. 7, measuring at ferry . 5 feet.

This bed contains Conns sauridens Con., Pleurotoma (Surcula)
gabbii Con. , Aneilla ( Olivula) staminea Con., Ostrea sclhrformis, var.
divaricafa Lea, Anomia ephippioides Gabb, Pseudoliva vetusta Con.,
var. ,P. vetusta, var. carinata Con., Pteropsis conradi Dana, Corbvla
texana Gabb, Venericardia planicosta Lain., Cytherea texqcola Harris,
Fusus niortoni, var. mortonopsis Gabb, Pltos texana Gabb, var.
Distortio septemdentata Gabb, Turritella nasuta Gabb, and Tenuiscola
trdpaquara Harris n. sp. ,51 Turbinolia pharetra Lea, Endopachys
maelurei Lea and other corals.

10. Thinly laminated blue clay, changing into

brown near top, and weathering to a light
blue toward the bottom; the upper brown
portion contains fossils similar to those in
No. 9, and the lower blue contains occa-
sional crystals of selenite 15 feet.

11. Dark, almost black, fossiliferous sandy clay . 10 "

12. Thin seam of black clayey sand, jointed and

stained brown along joints and on outside,

apparently unfossiliferous 1 foot.

13. Same as No. 11, extending into river and

forming a ledge in bottom of river ... 14 feet.

Nos. 11 and 13 contain Pleurotoma childreni Lea, var. bilota

Harris, Yoldia claibornensis Aid., Pseudoliva vetusta Con., var.,

54 Harris Mss.

130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Tellina mooreana Gabb, Venericardia planicosta Lara., Cytherea bas-
tropensis Harris, Turritella nasuta Gabb.

The section next seen is at Niblett shoals, about a mile and a half
north of Mosley's Ferry. This section shows a decided change in
which Ave find from 12 to 14 feet of lignitic shales, sands and lignites
lying beneath in 20 feet of river loam.

The next section is at Collard's Ferry, four miles north of Mosley's.

This section has been described by Dr. Penrose as the Burleson
shell bluff',55 there being no ferry at this place when visited by Pen-
rose. The section here given is essentially the same as given by him,
the only difference being the division of the upper twenty feet of
fossiliferous green sand. The section shows:

1. Brown sand 10 feet,

2. Indurated brown altered green sand ... 8 inches.

3. Brownish-green altered green sand .... 4 to 6 feet.

4. Grayish-green sand 10 to 15 feet.

Nos. 3 and 4 of the section contain Pleurotoma (Surcula) gabbii
Con., PL children! Lea, var. bilota Harris, Cancellaria minuta
Harris, Olivella bom by/is, var. bwiesonia Harris n. var., Ostrea sel-
Iceformis, var. divaricata Lea, Plicatula filameniosa Conrad, Pecten
deshayesii Lea, Pinna sp., Byssoarca cuculloides Conrad, Leda opu-
lenta Con., Psendoliva vetusta Con., variety Voluti tithes petrosa, var.
indenta Con. , Lapparia pact it it, var. mooreana Gabb, Latirus moorei
Gabb, Corbula aldrichi, var. smithvillensis Harris, Dentaliiim minu-
tistriatum Gabb, D. minutistriatum, var. dum btei Harris n. var., Ven-
ericardia rotunda Lea, V. alticostata, var. perantiqua Con. , V. plani-
eosta Lam., Cytherea sp., C. texacola Harris, C. bastropensis Harris,
Clavilithes (Papillina) dumosa, var. trapaquara Harris, Fusus mortoni,
var. mortonopsis Gabb, Clavilithes penrosei Heilprin, C. humerosa,
var. texana Harris, Pleurotoma (Clathurella) fannce Harris n. sp.,#o-
larium serobieulatum Con., & alveatum Con., Natica semilunata, var.
janthinops Harris n. var., N. newtonensis Aid., Sigaretus declivis
Con., Pyrula (Fusofieula) penita Con. \&v.,Rimella texana Harris n.
sp. , R. texana, var. plana Harris n. var., Calyptrophorus velatus
Conrad, Turritella, sp., Belosepia ungukt Gabb, Trochita, sp. and
corals Turbinolia pharetra Lea.

55 First Annual Report Geol. Survey of Texas. 1889, p. 27.

1895.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 131

5. Dark blue laminated clay 6 to 8 feet

6. Brown coal in river 4 feet

This bluff extends up the river for nearly a mile and is from

twenty to twenty-five feet high. The fossils are plentiful and well
preserved, although not so easily obtained as at Moseley's Ferry.
Pecten deshayesii is particularly plentiful, in some portions forming
solid masses from four to six inches thick for considerable distances.

From here to the base of the beds at the railway bridge no fos-
sils have been obtained.

The similarity of the structure of these beds and their contained
fauna from the Angelina River on the east to the Brazos on the west,
as well as the several isolated exposures lying in the counties east of
the former, mark a continuity extending clear across east Texas.
These beds are also well marked to the west of the Brazos and at
Smithville, on the Colorado, we find another great assemblage of
fossils, the greater number of which are identical with those found
on the Brazos and Wheelock. It may, however, be remarked that
so far as numbers of several of the specimens are concerned many
of the species show considerable differences. Thus, Conns
sauridens, although scarcely represented at any locality east of the
Trinity becomes very prolific at Moseley's Ferry, on the Brazos.
The same may also be said of Pecten deshayesii, which, though num-
erous at Collier's Ferry on that river is scarce in the east. On the
other hand Plicatula filamentosa and Spirorbis leptostoma are abund-
ant in Hurricane Bayou and at Alabama Bluff, although extremely
few of these have been obtained anywhere else.

The correlation of these beds with the Lisbon stage of the Lower
Claiborne of the Alabama section appears to rest upon several
grounds. First, their stratigraphic position. In both States they
rest upon the lignitic. It is true the Buhrstone of the Alabama
section intervening between the Lisbon and Lignitic is absent in
Texas. Both comprise a series of highly fbssiliferous sandy and
clayey strata with glauconitic green sand and sands containing
streaks and nodules of calcareous matter, much of which is badly
weathered. Some of the beds are indurated into hard ledges of
brown or yellow sandstones, but brownish-greenish and bluish-green
soft sands and plastic clays form the great bulk of the deposits. The
presence of small beds and deposits of lignite and lignitic strata at
irregular intervals in the Texas beds marks the most prominent dif-

132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

ference between these beds and Lower Claiborne of Alabama. The
presence of these lignitic strata in the Texas beds and their absence
in Alabama appears to show a difference in the conditions of deposi-
tion in the two localities. The lignitic is essentially a marsh pro-
duction, while the others belong to a coastal marine, or at least com-
paratively shallow sea, and the occurrence of the two in connection
with each other would lead to the inference that while a steady
marine condition of affairs continued in Alabama, the Texas regions
were subjected at irregular intervals to slight oscillations during
which the alternate conditions of marsh and sea deposition took
place and the presence of marine fossils in the lignitic beds appears
to show that these marshes were also subjected to marine influences.
The third reason for considering these beds as being synchronous
with the Lisbon beds and partly with the green sands of the lower
or lignitic beds is their contained fauna. Heilprin states that of
some one hundred and forty-five species determined by him about
sixty-one, or upwards of forty per cent, are also members of the
Claiborne fauna of Alabama, and a few others also occur in some of
the older deposits of Alabama. He considers these beds to belong-
to the Claibornian or typical Middle Eocene of the gulf slope.56
After the examination of a much more extensive fauna obtained
from these beds Mr. Harris arrives at the conclusion that they be-
long to the Lisbon sub-stage of the Lower Claiborne.51 Gabb also
arrives at the same conclusion in regard to the fossils found at
Wheelock and in Caldwell county, as he says ' ' they are all from a
deposit apparently synchronous with that at Claiborne, Alabama ;
one-third of the species found in the Texan beds being specifically
identical with those found in Alabama."58

The identity of the fossils found in the Yegua clays and Fayette
sands with those of the Marine beds appears to place these two stages
in the same age.

These beds occupy a wide area of country lying immediately north
of the Yegua clays which form their southern boundary, and their
northern line may approximately be drawn from the Sabine River
a short distance north of Sabine Town in a generally northwestern
direction to the middle of the eastern line of Smith County. Turn-

56 Proceeding of the Academy of Nat. Sci., Phila., Oct., 1890, p. 393.

" Harris' Monograph of the Texas Tertiary Fossils MSS.

58 Journal of the Acad, of Nat, Sci., Second Series, Vol. 4, p. 37(i.

1895.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 133

ing west the line continues in a west by south direction to near
Brownsboro, in Henderson, and thence south to the Trinity near the
south line of Anderson, and from there in a southwesterly direction
to the Brazos. Throughout the northeastern portion of the state
isolated hills covered by deposits of the same age occur' in some of
the counties. These, however, are usually unfossiliferous and of no
great extent.59 The main body of the beds occupies a position in
the form of an inverted V, being widest at its apex, where a line
drawn across them from Bullard through Jacksonville, Rusk and
Alto measures over forty miles. From this line they gradually narrow
both to the west and east until on the Brazos the width does not ex-
ceed thirteen miles, and on the Sabine not more than seven or eight.

The dip of these beds appears to be in an inverse ratio to the
width — that is to say it is greater on the Brazos than farther east,
and gradually becomes less as we approach the Sabine. While the
great or general dip of the whole of these deposits is toward the
gulf they have apparently been subjected to pressure from the south
or southeast as in many places slight waving or undulations occur
that give the beds the appearauce of dipping toward the northwest
in many places. These uudulatious are greater in the basal division
or " Mount Selman series," and pass into the underlying lignitic. A
very good type of this formation may be seen in Mount Selman it-
self as that mountain forms the bottom of a synclinal trough. They
do not appear in the Yegua clays or succeeding deposits, and whether
they affect the cretaceous beds or not is not known with any degree
of certainty, although it is generally assumed that they do to some
small extent.

The topography of the country occupied by the Marine beds may
be described as an elevated plateau rising abruptly from the plane
of the surrounding beds to an average elevation of five hundred feet
above sea level, although some of the higher "mountains" reach
elevations of over seven hundred feet. This plateau is so intersected
by the different rivers flowing across it and their subsidiary drainage
channels that it presents a much broken surface showing as narrow-
topped, steep-sided, ridges in many places and wide flat-topped hills
in others. This variation is chiefly due to the covering of the differ-
ent localities. When sand forms the prevailing material the ridges
are narrow and the reverse is the rule where we find the iron ore

59 Science, Vol. XXIII, No. 571, pp. 22-25.

134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

deposits overlying. Wide "bottoms" and "second bottoms" laud
fringe the margins of the main streams and many of the larger
creeks, and the whole flow at very low levels, often one hundred to
one hundred and fifty feet below the summit making deep V-shaped
channels where no bottom lands exist. In many places, particularly
in the sandy beds erosion is very rapid and many of the eastern
water courses have reached and are now flowing in the underlying
lignitic beds.

Throughout the higher grounds the surface is generally covered
with light gray or yellow sand derived from the disintegration of the
underlying beds through leaching or otherwise, and in places a light
scattering deposit of yellow stained quartz gravel occurs. These
upper beds support a heavy cover of short leaved pine, oak and hickory
in portions of the region and wide areas in several of the counties
towards the middle of the district are covered with heavy beds of
laminated iron ore. These overlying sands and ores have been
ascribed to the quaternary by Mr. L. C. Johnson,"0 but the occur-
rence of fossils of the same age as the underlying beds within them
place them in the Marine beds and consequently of Eocene age.

Lignitic Beds.

The northern boundary of the Marine beds marks the southern
limit of an another series of deposits totally differing from these in
every respect. In physical structure, materials and mode of deposi-
tion these lower beds have nothing in common with the overlying
Marine beds. They form the lowest portion of Penrose's Timber
Belt or Sabine river beds and are known as the Lignitic stage of
the Texas Eocene. These beds comprise a series of sands, clays and
lignites and have an aggregate thickness of over 1,200 feet.

The sands are variously colored, being white, yellow, brown, red,
gray or blue, with occasional thin beds of black, often shading
into one another in endless variety, and, with the exception of the
dark blue or black and occasionally white beds, present no uniform-
ity of coloration for any distance. In structure they are mostly
coarse-grained with irregular deposits of fine-grained silty sand,
laminated or thinly stratified, massive, cross-bedded and frequently
interlaminated with clay.

The clays occur interstratified and interlaminated, or as irregular

60 Iron Ores of East Texas and Northern Louisiana, L. C. Johnson, p. 25.

1895.] NATUKAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 135

deposits, with the sands, and in such positions are usually laminated.
Massive and stratified beds also occur in many portions of the area,
sometimes nearly free from sand, but the greater portion occur as
sandy or micaceous clays. Plastic potter's clay and refractory clays
occur in abundance. In color they are generally dark blue, gray
and black, although deposits of red, brown and yellow clay occur
and frequently thin beds of white clay are found among the upper
members of the series.

The lignites belonging to this stage and from which these beds
derive their name occur widely spread throughout the whole area ;
they lie in beds of varying thicknesses, from two to four feet being
most common, although six, nine and ten feet deposits are by no
means of rare occurrence. Beds of even greater thickness have
been reported as being found in well-borings. The actual number
of lignite beds existing in these deposits is not known. Six have
been recorded as underlying each other at distances varying from
two to one hundred and twenty feet apart.

Silicious and calcareous sandstones and limestones occur at dif-
ferent portions of the area occupied by these beds, but the glauconitie
greensand marls so conspicuous in the Alabama lignitic are every-
where absent from the Texas beds.

The lignitic beds have been divided into two divisions — an upper
and lower — distinguished chiefly by their structure and composition.
The upper or Queen City beds, so called from their typical develop-
ment near that place in Cass county, comprise a series of laminated
or thinly stratified white and red sands and sandy clays frequently
merging into one another and forming a mottled sandy clay or
clayey sand. The lamime generally do not exceed one-fourth to
half inch but the white sandy clay frequently expands to six or more
feet filling pockets or depressions in the wavy laminated deposits.
In this pocket-form these clays become less sandy and more alumi-
nous than when occurring in thin scams. The section at Queen
City shows these beds to have a thickness of 65 feet. This section

is:01

1. Gravelly ore, and broken pieces of nodular ore,

sandstone and sand 5 feet.

2. Laminated ore and sand in thin strata .... 4 "

61 Second Annual Report Geol. Survey of Texas 1890, p. 72.

136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

3. Stratified white and red sand with white sandy

clay (Queen City beds) 65 feet.

4. Brown sand and clay 25 "

5. Lignite 1J "

These beds have never been outlined but are known to occur

at various localities in Cass county. In Marion county, near
Jefferson, and in Harrison county these beds appear at various places
immediately underlying the yellowish brown sandstone here forming
the base of the Marine beds. The same beds are also found at
Willow Switch near Longview and Gladewater in Gregg Co.,, and
also occur near Tyler in Smith county and at Wilkins' Mill in Up-
shur Co.

These beds are uufossiliferous throughout. Not the slightest
trace of a fossil of any kind has ever been found in them and they
do not carry lignite. They are, however, readily recognized, and
whenever present, are conspicuous from their clear, distinct, banded
appearance lying between the brown and brownish-yellow beds
above and below them. They have been correlated with the Carrizo
sandstones of the Tertiary west of the Brazos. (i~

The lower lignitic deposits are very different from the Queen City
beds in many respects. These contain the dark blue, gray, black,
brown and yellow clays and sands, sandstones and lignites so
characteristic of the lignite group everywhere, and form by far the
most extensive deposits belonging to this stage of the Eocene.

In Bowie county, in the extreme northeastern portion of the state,
lignitic clays and lignites occur ; in Cass county the same deposits
show the typical structure at many places. A section at the Alamo
mine, on Sulphur Fork, shows :

1. Sand and clay 26 feet.

2. Gray clay . 23 "

3. Lignite 1 ft. 8 inches.

4. Gray sand 2 feet.

5. Hard slaty clay 9 "

6. Lignite 4 feet -f

lu Marion county the enormous thickness of these beds is seen in

the artesian boring made for water at Jefferson. Here the drill
passed through alternate strata of sands, clays and lignites to a depth

62 Dumble, Journal of Geology, Sept., 1894.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 137

of 802 feet, but without reaching their base. Three heavy beds of lig-
nite aud a number of smaller ones are said to have been passed through
in the boring. In Harrison and southward through Panola, Shelby
and eastern San Augustine we find these deposits underlying the
remuantal Marine beds and passing under the main body of these at
many places. Everywhere throughout the Sabine Valley sections
showing lignites may be seeu. A section at Robertson's ford shows:

1. Gray sand 1 foot.

2. Mottled brown, blue and yellow clay 45 feet.

3. Lignite 6 "

4. Dark blue sandy clay to water 3 "

Near Carter's Ferry, on the same river, we find a deposit of lignite
six feet thick containing trunks of trees from sixteen to twenty feet
in length aud eighteen to twenty inches in diameter, partly silicified
and partly liguitized. These are exposed at low water. Near
Logausport a section of the river bluff is reported to give :iy:'

1. Gray sandy soil 2 feet.

2. Mottled yellow and gray clay 10 "

3. Yellow and blue clay 4 "

4. Nodular iron ore, nonconformable 1 foot.

5. Sandy clay 3 feet.

6. Iron sandstone, irregular 1 foot.

7. Liguitic shales to water 2 feet.

Coming westward, the same liguitic sands and clays with more or

less lignite occur in Smith, Wood, Henderson, Freestone, Limestone,
Leon and Robertson counties. Sections typical of the whole region
can be obtained almost anywhere. The section of these beds as
shown on the Brazos gives :

I. Calvert Bluff Section : —

-£ 1. Brown loamy clay 4 feet.

§ 2. Light brown sand 7 "

S 3. Brown sand and gravel H "

4. Gray sand \ 0 to 3 "

5. Brown coal 12 "

6. Dark blue clay '. 3 "

63 Second Annual Report Geol. Survey of Texas, 1890, p. 252.
10

138 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

8. Dark blue clay same as No. 6 6 feet.

9. Brown coal 3 to 4 "

10. Dark grayish blue sand 15 "

o 11. Thiii stratum of calcareous sandstone ... I foot.

"3 12. Dark gray sand similar to No. 10 2 feet.

^ 13. Brown coal, poor quality 2 to 6 inches.

14. Dark gray sand similar to No. 10 8 feet.

15. Gray calcareous sandstone 1 foot.

16. Dark bluish gray sand with iron pyrites . . 8 feet.

17. Boulders of clay ironstone and gray calcareous

sandstones with irony nodules and thin seams
of ferruginous sandstones with dicotyledo-
nous leaves 2 feet.

18. Gray sandstone I2 "

19. Laminated bluish gray sand to water .... 2 ''

A little over a mile farther up the river we find section II at Bee
shoals showing the following beds belonging to the lignitic. Nos. 1,
2 and 3 of the section are omitted as they belong to the more recent
and river alluvium :

II. Section at Bee Shoals : —

4. Black or dark blue clay 5 feet.

5. Broken seams of brown coal >} to 3 "

6. Black clay same as No. 4 5 "

7. Dark bluish-gray sandstone weathering on out-

side to a brown containing broken plant

remains 1 ? to 6 feet.

8. Clay similar to Nos. 4 and 6 4 "

9. Thin stratum of gray calcareous sandstone . 4 to 6 inches.

10. Gray sand laminated and containing thin

layers of dark clay 10 feet.

11. Rounded waterworn boulders with calcite

streaks '1 foot.

12. Gray sand with pyrites 0 to 5 feet.

From this point to the base of the lignitic beds near the mouth of

Pond Creek the' beds comprise a series of gray sands interstratified
with gray sandstones. These sands and sandstones cannot be less
than 300 feet in thickness. A section at Gibson's gin near Calvert
shows them to be at least 265 feet. The following is the section :

i (

1895.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 139

1. Surface soil and gray and brown sand ... 25 feet.

2. Alternate strata of blue clay and calcareous

sandstone 42 "

3. Brown coal 2 "

4. Bluisb-gray sand, blue clay and calcareous

sandstones 46 "

5. Brown coal 1$ "

6. Bluish gray sand 23 s"

7. Brown coal 5 "

8. Blue sands and sandstones 55 feet.

9. Brown coal 2 "

10. Red clay 8 "

11. Bluish-gray calcareous sandstones and blue

clay 22 "

12. Brown coal 2 "

13. Blue sand 76

14. Brown coal 10

15. Blue sand with thin seams of sandstone . . 265 "

A well at Franklin, the county seat of Robertson, obtains its water
supply from these beds and is 1,208 feet deep. This boring is wholly
in lignitic strata and chiefly in the lower division.

While there is no doubt whatever as to the stratigraphic position
of the Texas Lignitic corresponding closely to that of the Lignitic of
Alabama, both occupying positions beneath the Lower Claiborne
and overlying tbe uppermost beds of the Cretaceous, there are many
conditions of dissimilarity between them that mark the deposition of
each to have been associated with and made under widely different
circumstances. Nor do these Texas beds altogether correspond with
the Lignitic of Mississippi, Arkansas or Louisiana, although in the
case of the two last named States the beds found in the southwestern
portion of Arkansas and in the northwestern corner of Louisiana are
similar in every respect to those of that portion of Texas adjoining
them.

In Alabama the greater portion of this sub-division is made up of
laminated clays and laminated and cross-bedded sands of a prevailing
gray color, except immediately below the Buhrstoue, where for 200
feet or more they are of dark brown, often purplish colors. With
the above mentioned laminated clays and sands are interstratified

140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

several beds of lignite and several beds bolding marine fossils and
usually characterized by the presence of glauconite or greensaud.64

According to Smith and Johnson the lignites appear to be more
numerous and thicker toward the west, while eastward of the
Alabama River they become, as a rule, inconspicuous and possess no
very well marked characters by which they may be distinguished
from one another. On the other hand the Marine beds retain their
characteristic features and peculiar association of fossils, are easily
recognizable and may be followed with the greatest ease.

In Mississippi the Lignitic comprises a series of lignitiferous strata
with iuterstratified beds of brown, yellow and gray sands and clays
containing marine fossils and plant remains.00

These beds also occur in Southern Arkansas at the Ouachita Coal-
mining Company's mines at Lester, about seven miles north of
Camden. Here the section shows heavy beds of dark blue clay
enclosing a deposit of lignite from 6 to 10 feet thick. The higher
hills in this neighborhood are capped with the red and white sands
and clays typical of the Queen City beds of Texas, and as already
stated the southwestern portion of Miller county belongs geologically
to the Texas beds.

Hill describes the basal or lignitic strata of southwestern Arkansas
under the local names of the Camden series and Cleveland county
red lands. The former, he says, "is an extensive shallow water,
marine formation of stratified, micaceous, non-indurated alternating
laminae of sands and clay shales, sandy shales, thin sandstones
(quartzites), etc.,"66 and considers them a continuation of similar
stratigraphic conditions from other counties of Louisiana, Arkansas
and Texas from the southward. His Cleveland "red lands" consti-
tute a fossiliferous horizon at or near the top of the Camden series,
and consists of the characteristic sediments of that series, but is
accompanied by extensive deposits of marine shells and greensaud,'"
and are identical with the iron bearing red lands of Rusk, Cherokee
and other counties in northeast Texas.

A personal examination of much of the Tertiary areas of Arkan-
sas leads me to very different conclusions from those drawn by Prof.

,;i Bull. U. 8. (!. 8., 43, p. 39.
65 Hull. U. S. G. S., 83. p. 67.

Vol. II. Ami. Rep. Geol. Survey of Ark., 1888, p. 49.
"7 Geol. Survey of Ark., Vol. II. ,,(' 1888, p. 58.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 141

Hill. The basal Tertiary of the region while in its principal
feature? undoubtedly lignitic and in places correspond to the
Texas beds, his Camden series is only partially so, a portion belong-
ing to the middle Tertiary or Claiborne and a still greater portion
being of much younger age. At the base of this series Prof. Hill
has also included as Tertiary some beds of cretaceous deposits. His
Cleveland "red lands" are, according to Harris, of Claiborne and
Jackson age.fis It may also be stated that in some parts of Arkan-
sas the Eocene is represented by a still lower phase than the Lignitic.

In Louisiana these beds are represented in the northwestern por-
tion of the State. They have been described by Hilgard69 and Hop-
kins70 as the Mansfield group and recently by Dr. Otto Lerch as the
Lignitic. 71 These beds are, in their main characteristic's, similar to
the lignitic of Texas and along the State line in Cass and Harrison
Counties in Texas and Caddo Parish in Louisiana I have found them
passing in unbroken continuity.

It would thus appear that the lignitic beds of East Texas can be
directly connected with those of almost the whole of the Gulf States.
A number of variations in structure undoubtedly occur between
them and the corresponding beds of Alabama and Mississippi, where
heavy beds of green sand, carrying numerous fossils form no incon-
siderable portion of the series, and where the lignites are few and
poorly developed. In Texas the lignites are very extensively repre-
sented by many beds of different thickness and make up a very fair
proportion of the aggregate thickness of the lignitic stage and no
trace of a single deposit of glauconite or green sand occurs any-
where. In fact, with the exception of petrified or silicified wood a
few dicotyledonous leaves and stems of plants, all much broken, the
entire series of the Texas Lignitic is wholly unfossiliferous.

If we follow Mr. Harris' division72 and restrict the Alabama lig-
nite to the first 600 feet of the beds considered by Smith and John-
son as belonging to that stage, we find constantly recurring changes
from periods of low marshy coastal flats, during which the extensive
beds of lignitic clays and shales and sands were laid down to periods
in which the abundant fauna now buried in the glauconitic fossilifer-

<w Geol. Survey of Ark.. Vol. II of 1892, pp. 04-110.

69 Am? J. of Sci., Vol. XL VIII, No. 144, Nov., 1869, p. 340.

7" First Annual Report Geol. Survey of La., 1870, p. 83.

71 Geol. and Agr. of North Louisiana. La. Exp. Sta. Bull., 1892, p. 9.

72 Am. J. Sci., Vol. XLVII, April, 1894, p. 304.

142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

ous green sands found suitable conditions of life. Although these
changes were such as to build up very heavy deposits of each class,
it would appear as if none of them continued long enough to enable
the contained plant life to accumulate a sufficiently large growth to
form anything beyond the merest trace of lignite.

During the whole of this period only some seven or eight seams of
lignite have been laid down, and even these, with the exception of
one, do not exceed two feet. In the first 200 feet, including the
whole of the Hatchetigbee section and uppermost 30 feet of the
Woods Bluff, no lignite occurs. Below this we have some 25
feet with thin beds. Of the 140 feet forming the Bells Landing
stage only five feet of lignite are found, and these occur in three
seams, the upper one of which is 2 feet thick and lies some 75 or SO
feet above the other two, which are only from 6 to 8 feet apart. The
next lower or Nanafalia section shows 200 feet of gray sandy clays
and cross bedded sand and glauconitic sands and clays with green
sands containing Gryphcea thirscE. About ten feet above the base, a
hed of lignite from 4 to 7 feet thick occurs and this is the only lignite
seen in that series.

Throughout the Texas areas the lignite beds everywhere form
conspicuous objects in this horizon, although no attempts have yet
heen made to correlate them with each other.

These beds apparently represent a period when the whole coast
was made up of swamps, lagoons and bayous, the extent of which
will be best understood when we say that these deposits cover an
area extending nearly 170 miles from north to south and 200 miles
from east to west within the limits of East Texas alone. A rank
vegetation grew on the marshy portions, and the rivers of the time
having no fixed channels, distributed their waters through the
lagoons and bayous, and into them and over the low islands carried
their burdens of debris during periods of flood. With this debris
came soft clay, sand, branches, limbs and trunks of trees, all of
which went to swell the accumulations already gathering and aid in
the formation of the lignites and associated beds of clay and sand.
It is more than probable, however, that the lignites were largely
formed from marine vegetation which grew where these deposits are
now found. The Texas lignites are remarkably free from clay, and
although trunks of trees, both in a lignitized and silicified form occur
in them they are by no means numerous and are exceedingly few

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 143

when compared with the enormous amount of such wood found in
the overlying sands.7''

With the exception of a narrow strip of country lying to the west
of a line drawn southward from the cretaceous border near Cooper,
in Delta County, and passing a few miles to the west of Sulphur
Springs, to the east of Emory, four miles east of Wells Point, be-
tween Mexia and Tehuacana and crossing the Brazos about a mile
north of the Milam Falls County line, the lignitic deposits occupy
the whole territory lying between the northern boundary of the
Marine beds and the southern line of the Cretaceous. Along the
eastern border of the State this area has a width of almost 160
miles but rapidly narrows in coming west. A line drawn across
these beds through Tyler, Mineola and Sulphur Springs, to the cre-
taceous border on the Sabine, near the south side of Delta County,
is only 75 miles and their exposure on the Brazos does not exceed 16
miles.

Along the western side, these beds rest upon the basal beds of the
Texas Eocene, to the north they overlie and come in direct contact with
the cretaceous marls and on the east, as already stated, they pass into
Arkansas and Louisiana. To the south they are overlaid by the
Marine beds and altogether cover an area equal to at least one-third
of the whole Eocene tertiary in the State.

The dip of these beds appears to be gently towards the southeast,
but the undulations referred to in the Marine beds also occur in the
lignitic, making many instances of apparent return or northwesterly
dips, and thereby making an effort to arrive at the actual thickness
of the beds through the measurement of the dip difficult and of only
doubtful accuracy. Fortunately, however, many deep borings have
been made at various points and from these we are enabled' to obtain
a fairly accurate measurement of the thickness.

The topography of the country is simple. In the east the higher
elevations are those points capped by the lower beds of the overlying
Marine and which give the country a somewhat broken appearace.
Near the centre and westward the country becomes of a more uni-
form level. It is mostly covered with heavy growths of pine and
oak with mesquite bushes along the Brazos and through Robertson

73 For connection between these beds and the Cretaceous see Science, Vol.
XXII, No. 565, Dec. 1st, 1893, p. 300.

144 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

County. Prairie conditions prevail over some areas but only to an
inconsiderable extent.

Basal Beds or Wills Point Clays.

These beds form the lowest deposits of Eocene age in Texas and
rest directly upon the marls of the Cretaceous. They correspond in
time with the Mathews Landing, Black Bluff and Midway sections
of the Alabama lignitic and Harris' Midway stage of the lower
Eocene.

In Texas these beds are represented by a series of yellowish brown,
brown and bluish gray sands, yellow and blue laminated clays and
massive clays containing numerous boulders of silicious limestone
and two beds of white fossiliferous limestone. The yellowish brown
sand contains numerous boulders of calcareous sandstones and lime-
stone veined and streaked with calcite and enclosing occasional fossils
and the sands themselves also carry a few broken shells. White,
limy concretions and crystals of selenite are also numerous in some
of the clays.

These beds have an aggregate thickness of about 260 feet and they
occupy a narrow strip of country lying between the Lignitic on the east
and the Cretaceous areas on the west. Their greatest width does not
exceed some 13 miles in the vicinity of Wills Point and gradually
narrowing to a point at each end. The greatest length from north
to south does not exceed 170 miles.

The detailed information regarding these beds is meagre from the
circumstances attending their condition and the time spent in making
examinations. Their immediate contact with the overlying lignitic
deposits has nowhere been seen. Near Wills Point the upper sands
of the lower lignitic overlap for more than a mile and a half and on
the Brazos the contact is obscured by wTide spreading deposits of river
alluvium and plistocene clays. The contact between the basal beds
and the Cretaceous marls appears about four miles west of Elmo.
In this region the dark blue laminated clays of the lowest Eocene
rests upon the bluish weathering yellow marls of the Cretaceous
Ponderosa beds. The section at this point shows :

1. Brownish gray sands containing boulders of
limestone with thin seams of calcite and
occasional broken shells 25 feet.

1895. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 145

2. Thinly laminated dark blue clays with broken

bivalve shells in the upper division and
occasional nodules of limestone 30 "

3. Yellow Ponderosa marls forming the highest

Cretaceous bed at this place —

The contact between these beds and the underlying Cretaceous as
seen in the Brazos river section presents a section of:

1. River alluvium 4 feet.

2. Gravel 1 foot.

3. Blue clay and sand breaking into nodules and

conchoidal pieces, weathering into a grayish
yellow and containing Cucullcea macrodonta
Whitf. , Yoldla eborea Conrad, Veneri-
cardia alticosta Con., var. , Calyptrophorus
retains Con., Cerithium ap.,iGrassatella sp.,
Apporhxm gracilis Aid., and Ostrea
puktsJcensia Harris74 5 feet.

4. Transitional blue clay 1 foot.

5. Massive blue clay with Baculites and other

Cretaceous fossils 14 feet.

About 90 feet above the base as seen at Elmo in Kaufman county
there are two beds of limestone, the upper one measuring eight feet
and the lower ten feet in thickness. These are separated by two feet
of brown sand. These limestones are highly fossiliferous containing
such fossils as Ououlkea macrodonta Whitf., Vevericardia alticosta
Con., var., Venericardin planicosta Lam., Grassatella (Midway sp.,)
Cytherea sp., Pyrula (Fnsoficnht) var. Pseadolira unicarinata Aid.,
Pleurotoma (JPleurotomella) anacona Harris, n. sp. , Ostrea palash-
ensis Harris and Turritella sp.

These two beds are seen about a mile north of Elmo in the follow-
ing section :

1. White fossiliferous limestone 8 feet.

2. Brown sand 2 "

3. Limestone same as No. 1 10"

4. Dark bluish gray sand 30 "

At Rocky Cedar only the upper bed is seen and is here 20 feet
thick.

" Harris MSS.

146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Whether these limestones form a connected bed throughout the
whole length of the area is not known. They occur about twelve
miles further south at Kemp where they contain Cucullcea macro-
donta Whitf, Cytherea sp., Turritella alabamensis var. prealaba
Con., and Mesalia alabamensis Whitf.75

In the vicinity of Tehuacana, Limestone county, these limestone
beds again make their appearance with an increased thickness. Here
the beds form the surface over considerable areas and are underlaid
by a brownish gray sand presenting the following section :

1. Whitish to grayish white limestone containing

Ostrea alabamensis Lea., Vol uti tithes sp.,
Venericardia, planicosta Lam., Cytherea sp. ,
Mesalia alabamensis var. medvia n. v.
Harris, Turritella multilira Whitf, and
T. alabamensis var 40 feet.

2. Brownish gray sand changing to a brown near

base —

3. Black shaly clay (Cretaceous) —

These limestones are again seen at Hornhill in the same county
where they carry practically the same fauna and the Brazos section
is seen in the following :

(a.) Section at Oyster Bluff (Penrose), Two Miles Above Mouth of
Pond Creek : —

1. River alluvium 4 feet.

2. Conglomerate 2 "

3. Coarse conglomerate with boulders l£to2 "

4. Thinly stratified yellowish gray clay, sand and

blue clay with occasional rounded boulders

of calcareous sandstone 10 "

5. Blue laminated clay, fossiliferous 4 "

6. Thin bed of nodules and hard fossiliferous lime-

stone 1 foot.

7. Thinly laminated gray clay and sand .... 3 feet.

8. Bluish gray sand 1 foot.

9. Thinly laminated dark blue clay and sand . . 3 feet.
10. Dark blue laminated and fossiliferous sand . . 2 "

The fauna belonging to this section comprise Ostrea prcecomjpressiros-

75 Harris MSS.

1895.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 147

tra Har., Cytherea, Natica, Cerithium whitfieldi Heilprin, Pseudoliva
ostrarupis Harris, n. sp. P. ostrarupis Harris, n. var., iusus
ostrarupis, Harris, n. sp., Pleurotoma (Pleurotomella) anaeona
Harris n. sp., PI. (Surcula) ostrarupis Harris n. sp., Cerithium
penrosei Harris, n. sp. , Tellina (Leda) milamensis Harris large variety,
n. sp., and Leda milamensis Harris.76 These fossils occur almost
altogether in the beds of blue clay.

The section shown at this place is probably the uppermost beds
belonging to the Basal clays and No. 4 may represent a transition
bed between these and the overlying lignitic, as it partakes of some
of the character of both stages. The nearest known lignitic beds in
the river section are at the mouth of Pond Creek, two miles below,
but occur away from the river on both sides much nearer than this,
although no actual contact can be seen :

'6J

(b. ) Section on C. Cribbs League, Between Two and Three Miles
Above (a.) : —

1. Brown sand and gravel 2 feet.

2. Yellow clay 4

3. Ledge of silicious limestone, fossiliferous . . 2

4. Yellow clay same as No. 2 . * 5

5. Limestone same as No. 3 2 "

6. Dark blue laminated clay showing lines of

lamination on weathering 30 to 35 "

< <

1 1

■&■

The fossils obtained from this locality embrace Cucullaia macro-
donta Whitf. , Yoldia chorea Conrad, Volutilithes rugata Conrad,
Venericardia altieosta var. Conrad, Cakjptrophorus velatus Conrad,
Nucula magnifica Conrad, Crassatella kennedyi Harris, n. sp., Fvsus
odrarupis Harris, n. sp., Dentalium sp., Turritella mortoni Conrad,
var., Ostrea pulashensis Harris, and Lucina.1" These fossils mostly
occur in the limestone ledges which here, although much altered in
texture and appearance, evidently represent the two beds found at
Elmo and on Rocky Cedar. The limestones here and at the next
section above are soft and easily broken, of a brownish gray appear-
ance on the outside but are grayish blue in the interior. They have
a tendency to break up and assume a nodular form.

™ Harris MSS. 71 Harris MSS.

148 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Half a mile below the contact of the Cretaceous and at the foot of
Blue Shoals we have another section :

(c.) Section at foot of Blue Shoals Half a Mile Below Tertiary —
Cretaceous Contact on Brazos River : —

1. Brown sand river alluvium 10 feet.

2. Blue indurated clay with boulders of limestone

containing Ostrea pulaskensis Harris, and

other fossils 5 "

3. Laminated blue almost black fossiliferous clay

with thin seam of indurated clay on top . . 4 " +

The fossils obtained here with the addition of Turritella
alabamensis Whitf, Pecten alabamensis Aldr. , and a species of
Cerithium are the same as those occurring in (b.) a few miles down
the river and most of them occur at the Tertiary-Cretaceous contact
half a mile farther up. These have already been shown.

These beds as shown in the river section undulate to such a degree
that many of them dip sharply and pass beneath the river level only
to rise again in some small exposures farther down. These undula-
tions are not uniform in their length as the usual condition appears
to be a long gentle slope, succeeded by a sharply abrupt descent
which is repi'esented in a much slower rise where the same beds
appear again. On this account we have two different rates of dip
towards the southeast with one towards the northwest, although the
whole series has a gentle slope or lowering towards the southeast;
That is, the farther we go up the river the longer and higher the
folds become.

These beds have been traced westward in Falls and Milam counties
for some distance by Messrs. Taff and Stone of the Texas Geological
Survey. They do not, however, appear to occur anywhere along the
Cretaceous border east of Hopkins county. At least they are not
known in that region nor do they appear to be known anywhere east
as far as Rockport near Malvern and near Alexander Station on the
St. Louis and Iron Mountain Railroad in Arkansas, where a small
outcrop of the limestone belonging to them appears carrying Osbrea
I'u/askensis Harris, and some other fossils of the same age.

Whether these beds ever formed a continuous belt along the
cretaceous border through this region and that this belt has long

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OK PHILADELPHIA. 149

since been eroded arid carried off, or whether they are covered up by
the overlapping of the later beds we have as yet no evidence to offer,
but if they occupy the same relative position here as in the west, then
the presumption is that they never existed and that they occupy a
very minor position in the Tertiary scale and were only laid down
in isolated positions, and, while differing materially from the great
body of the lignitic, should be considered as the equivalent in time at
least, to a portion of the basal deposits of that stage. No lignites
occur in them and they appear to be at least partly of marine origin.

Mr. Harris bus classed the Matthews Landing marls, Black Bluff
clays aud Midway clay and Limestone of the Alabama Lignitic
under the single title 01 " Midway." In this the Texas Survey has
followed Mr. Harris and whether the Texas beds will admit of the
threefold division made in Alabama, or, if so, where the lines of
separation are to be drawn our present information will not allow a
definite settlement of the question. As it appears at present these
beds can be correlated only with the last two, Black Bluff and
Midway. The clays and limestones with their contained fossils as
found on the Brazos and in the neighborhood of Elmo and Wills
Point correspond closely to these divisions but whether the gray
sands and sandy clays with their boulders of calcareous sandstones
can be correlated with the Mathews Landing, the proof is at present
deficient.

These beds, unlike the lignitic, cannot be traced continuously
across the intervening States. They are not continuous in Texas
and only appear as isolated deposits of generally small extent in
Arkansas, and Smith seems to think the " Flatwood " in Mississippi
belong to the same age.

The country occupied by the Basal beds in Texas is generally
undulating, and prairie-like conditions prevail throughout the
northern portion. Towards the south the prairies are broken by
growths of dwarf mesquite which is fast covering the whole area.

r r

Resume of History.

The close of the Cretaceous in the East Texas region found the
physiographic conditions of the coast line much the same as we find
them along the present shore. The coastal plain comprised a series
of clays in places, giving place to sauds in others. Nowhere were
any of the harder limestones of the upper cretaceous seen. This

150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

cretaceous shore line undoubtedly stood at a slightly higher elevation
and extended many miles to the southward of where we now find its
outcroppings. The "islands" or isolated patches of beds belonging
to that age, found in the salines of Smith, Vanzandt and Anderson
Counties then formed an integral portion of the uppermost cretace-
ous beds. In front of this line and extending from 75 to 100 miles
still farther south and seaward, there was a subcoastal plain or sub-
merged plateau lying at no great depth below the waters of the gulf
and probably more or less subject to exposure at low tide.

With the exception of the Brazos and Trinity Rivers no large
streams broke the coast line but numerous smaller water courses, cor-
responding to such streams as the Angelina, Nelus, San Jacinto and
others, in times of freshets, poured their torrents of muddy debris-
laden waters into the shallow sea, covered the subcoastal plain with
a varied assortment of sand, mud, leaves, branches and trunks of
trees and quantities of other vegetation and probably animal remains,
and in periods of dry weather dwindled down to shallow7 pools and
sluggish bayous in which their waters scarcely moved.

Although the land stood higher than at present this was essentially
a period of subsidence and denudation. So far as we can see, the
currents must have set in from the southwest and the waters along
the western side of the tertiary areas were deeper and stronger than
those along the northern coast. A deep channel from 15 to 20 miles
wide appears to have been excavated along the eastern cretaceous
shore, cutting off the cretaceous islands now found, and in place of
the deposits removed, left behind the 260 feet of laminated clays,
sands and limestones now known as the "Wills Point" or "Basal
Beds."

The presence of this channel and the subsequent deposition of
these basal beds is indicated by the existence of the same character oi'
deposit showing a return, or northwestern dip at several points along
the eastern side of the channel. This is clearly shown at Grand
Saline, in Kaufman and in Anderson County.

The materials forming the new deposits were largely derived from
the destruction of the old. This is shown in the chemical composi-
tion of the two78 and besides the new or basal Eocene sands^contain
many rounded boulders of limestone containing cretaceous fossils.

7" Science, Vol. XXII, No. 565, Dec. 1st., 1893, pp. 2<J7-300.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 151

The sea then had free access to this portion of the shore, at least,
and the clear marine water meeting- the mud-laden fresh water of
creeks and rivers caused the latter to drop their burdens with the
result of a deposition of a great depth of laminated clays and sands,™
Marine and fresh, or brackish water conditions alternately prevailed.
The subsideuce continued and the marine conditions becoming
stronger many of the marine forms of life gradually crept up aloug
the shore and we have a solid eight feet of limestone. A slight
change takes place and two feet of sand are laid down, again to be
succeeded by another bed of limestone of the same character as
before, this time ten feet in thickness.

Following this upper limestone we have 120 feet of clay and
finally 30 feet of sand with calcareous boulders and a few fossils and
then another change takes place. The old channel with its sands,
clays and limestones is completely obliterated and a shallow, brackish
water condition of affairs takes place, covering the whole area from
west to east with a totally different set of deposits. These form the
great liguitic series of this region.

The changes that ushered in the liguitic stage brought about the
final destruction of the glauconitic sandy portion of the upper cre-
taceous, completed the isolation of the cretaceous islands and laid
down great beds of sand along the whole coast. Owiug to ex-
tensive overlapping of the newer members of the series, the base of
these beds is seldom seen but wherever sufficiently deep exposures
occur the basal portion of these liguitic deposits are found to be
made up of coarse bluish-gray, to gray, sand with occasional in-
terstratified strata of indurated sand or soft sandstone, more or less
calcareous, and at wide intervals these deposits are interstratified
with thin strata of laminated clay. In the Brazos River section
these deposits have a thickness of about 300 feet, but they become
thinner as they extend eastward and westward from this line. In
the northeastern portion of the State these sands rest directly upon
the cretaceous and are very much thinner and have a thickness of
probably not more than 50 feet. .

The conditions brought about by these changes appear to have
been inimical to animal life, or at least to the preservation of its
remains. Nowhere within the whole region has a solitary individual

79 Geikie's Text Book of Geology, Second edition, p. 355.

152 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

fossil been found and even the lignite so plentiful in the upper clayey
portion of the lignitic appears to be wanting altogether or is ex-
tremely scarce. From this condition we might infer that the coast
line was for a long time faced by a broad expanse of littoral sands,
over which the sea flowed intermittently and at irregular periods,
and at different depths, carrying with its waves enormous, although
irregular quantities of sand. The fresh water streams, with the ex-
ception of the two rivers, the Brazos and Trinity, having no fixed
channels spread their deposits over the sands to be afterwards re-ar-
ranged by the succeeding tidal waters.

The marine action being intermittent the sandy shores would
necessarily be exposed to atmospheric agencies for frequent and
probably considerable periods of time, while the fresh water deposits
would be thin and widely spread, and disturbed if not altogether
destroyed, by every inundation of the sea. Under these conditions
the irregular thickness of the beds and their indurated portions may
readily be accounted for while at the same time they would be ex-
tremely inhospitable for molluscan life and any stray shell that might
find its way into the region would surfer desiccation and be almost
immediately broken to a fine powder. Many of the bays along the
southern coast of Scotland present the same features at the present
day. There we have a series of deposits of sands and clays forming
the immediate shore line elevated from 7 to 10 feet above a broad
foreshore of sand, over which the sea only tlows at periods of ex-
treme high water or during storms. Immediately in front of othis,
to the seaward, lies a belt of sand covered but lightly during
"spring " tides and dry during the periods of "neap" or low tides,
while again in front of this, we find the life zone or region of niol-
lusks. This is covered by every tide that flows. The higher grounds
are under cultivation and the fore shore is covered with a scanty
vegetation of samphire and other salt-loving plants. This strip
forms the well-known "links" of that coast. The two outer
zones are totally devoid of vegetation. The same condition of
affairs also prevails at the head. of the Bay of Fundy, in Nova
Scotia and throughout many other portions of this continent.

The fauna of this period must be looked for much farther to the
south and southwest where marine conditions prevailed altogether,
and when the sea was gradually raising up a barrier of sand be-
tween itself and the shore. This barrier, by closing out the sea, or

1895.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 153

the greater portion of its water and at the same time damming back
the rivers allowed the fresh water to gradually spread over the whole
area and form a fresh water lagoon into which the rivers and streams
in time of floods carried great quantities of mud and fine sand. The
deposition of these in the still waters of the lagoons gradually formed
the sandy clays found sparingly distributed among the sanely de-
posits. But as the whole work of the sea is an incessant building up
and tearing down, a period of storms or extra high water would
eventually destroy the sandy barriers and again the whole flat would
be subject to marine influences and the deposition of marine deposits.
Probably the rivers themselves, by the washing out of the bars at
their mouths aided in the work.

Although the land had gradually subsided, the subsidence scarcely
kept pace with the upbuilding of the sea and each succeeding inroad
would have less influence than the preceding, until a time would be
reached when the rivers and streams gained the ascendancy and then
would commence a time of heavier and more extensive clayey de-
posits. Most of "these clayey deposits are laminated and* from this
we may infer that they were never absolutely beyond marine influence,
however weak it may have been at times.

At that time, we may reasonably suppose, the sea had formed a
broad bar of sufficient strength to prevent the ingress of salt water
except on very exceptional occasions or at low points in much the
same manner as along the present coast. No doubt there were some
differences but these we are unable to point out as all evidences have
long since been covered up by overlying deposits or erosion.

It was to this time we may ascribe the beginning of the deposition
of the vast beds of lignite so prominent throughout the greater por-
tion of the area. Prior to this no lignite appears to have been
formed and none have been found in the lower sands. It must be
remembered that throughout the whole lignite field the lignites rest
upon clays and that these clays contain great quantities of carbo-
naceous matter in the forms of leaves and stems of delicate plants,
none of which could bear transportation to any great distance.

Many conditions of origin have been ascribed to these lignitic de-
posits. Some writers assert " that these beds were formed as off-shore
deposits and the beds of lignite are accumulations of land vegeta-
tion carried out to sea and becoming water-logged, sunk in heaps in
much the same manner as beds are forming in the bed of the present
11

154 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

gulf. "80 Others, again, ascribe to the lignites a swamp or lagoon
formation aud favor the theory that the greater portion of the neces-
sary vegetation grew where the lignite is now found. Dr. Penrose
attributes their origin in Texas to bayous and lagoons on the coast
and says: "Such places were probably heavily timbered and year
after year the trees dropped their leaves and dead branches on the
moist ground. Here they collected and were mixed with dead reeds,
moss, grass, etc. As the trees themselves died, they also lay down
in the same grave and rotted in the same boggy waters as their
leaves and branches, until often a great thickness of decayed veget-
able matter had been collected."81 Another theory might be added.
These lignite beds grew upon the exact spots iu which they are now
found and are due to the swampy condition of the region, but the
material contributing to their structure did not consist of large trees
but rather of the growth of small marsh plants such as are found in
the underlying clays, that the presence of tree trunks in these beds
is largely adventitious and brought in during periods of inundation.
When the plant growth became strong enough to support arboreal
vegetation small trees undoubtedly did grow in some portions of the
lagoon but never to such an extent that they could contribute much
toward the formation of the great lignite deposits as we now find
them.

To the first of these theories, that the beds of lignite are due to
accumulations of land vegetation carried out to sea, there are many
and serious objections. In the first place, we have the wide, almost
universal distribution of these lignite beds, their great thickness in
many places, their exact superposition one above the other for at
least six times, their general purity and the utter absence of fossils.
Passing over the question of the enormous amount of vegetation
necessary to be carried out to sea to form these beds we are con-
founded with the question of their superposition. In order to ob-
tain this we have to suppose a series of undulations of uniform eleva-
tion and subsidence with a uniform series of currents having equal
powers of transportation, extending through an enormous length of
time. It will also be necessary to suppose long periods of cessation
in the deposition of vegetable matter and during which great thick-

80 Geol. Survey of Ark., Vol. II, of 1888, p. 60.

31 Geol. Survey of Texas, First Annual Report, 1889, p. 91.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 155

ness of sands and clays were laid down. Another point not satis-
factorily explained by this theory is the general homogeneity of
structure exhibited by these beds and their freedom from interlami-
nations of or interstitial clays. Vegetable deposits due to drift ma-
terial would naturally contain more or less clay intermixed with the
deposit. And again we can hardly suppose the sea to have been
devoid of either vegetable or animal life.

The theory that these lignite beds were formed from materials
growing in situ while probably it does not explain all the difficulties
attached to the question comes much nearer doing so than any other.
As far back as 1828 A. Bronghiart held the opinion that coal was
formed of plants growing in situ and in 1853 Le Conte taught that
coal was formed as in the peat swamps of the present day, but these
swamps occurred at the mouths of large rivers and were subject to
overflows by the rivers and occasional inundations by the sea.82 The
absence of river mud he ascribes to a straining operation of the
plants along the margins of the swamp and quotes Mr. Lyell as the
authority for the statement that "although the peat swarnps of the
Mississippi are annually flooded by river water they are entirely un-
touched by river mud. These favored spots are surrounded, par-
tially on the side next the river, by dense vegetation, which, acting
as a sieve, completely strains the water of its mud before it reaches
the peat swamp. The water of these swamps is, therefore, pure,
and pure peat has been quietly depositing there for ages.

According to Giimbel coal should be considered an inland deposit
formed in wide, flat depressions of continents and also on low grounds
along the sea coast. Undisturbed growth of marsh vegetation
alternated with floods during a long continued subsidence might reach
locally a thickness of several thousand yards of successive beds of
coal, sandstone and shale.83

As already suggested the sea had reached to a considerable dis-
tance south of the lignitic areas and a broad but low sand bar,
broken in places, protected the sandy plains from marine invasion.
Erosion had begun work on this sandy waste and the different streams
were being gathered into the courses they were subsequently to
occupy. This cause of destruction operated rapidly, as it does now,

82 Smithsonian Institution Report of 1853, pp. 136-137.

83 Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Texturverhiilt d. Mineralkohlen, 1883.

156 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

and iu a comparatively short period the chief drainage outlets such
as the Sabine, Sulphur, Neches and the other smaller rivers had out-
lined their main channels and drainage areas. The Brazos and
Trinity rivers being already formed, enlarged their scope of opera-
tions, and here, we have also to consider the influences of the Red
River and Mississippi drainage systems on the coast. Fresh water
gradually spread over the greater portion of the regions and by the
deposition of the loads of mud brought down by the different streams
covered the flat, sandy country with a soft clayey soil. Irregularities
of deposition, accentuated by the irregularities of erosion and the
eternally changing conditions of the sand bars in the rivers and the
periodical flooding and low water changes in the rivers led to the
formation of irregular ridges of sand and the lenticular deposits of
clay we now find throughout the whole area.

The damming of broad valleys of erosion by the sand bars at
their mouths formed wide tracts of marshy lands or lagoons and
these gradually acquiring a vegetation fitted for such localities
became the birth places of our extensive lignite beds.

This condition went on year after year, periodical floods brought
into the marshes additional supplies of fresh water. There is no
reason to suppose there was a greater absence of the straining influ-
ences of the plants along the outer edges then, than now, and every
one can see this operation being carried on in marshy regions at the
present day. The presence of small trees occasionally found in the
lignite beds may be accounted for by the fact that during the course
of time these marshes acquired a suface soil of sufficient density to
support a growth of such swamp loving trees as cypress, gum, etc.
These grew, flourished and eventually dying, their trunks fell and
were buried in the soft vegetation of' the marsh. Some of them
appear to have left their stumps standing where they grew.

During the course of time iu which these marshes and swamps
were growing it is reasonable to suppose that many of the uplands
and ridges between them acquired a vegetation. Marshy plants and
bushes fringed the pools and shed their leaves and branches into
them. Stronger trees grew on the higher grounds and the whole
country presented a forest clad appearance. Such a condition is seen
to-day along many of the rivers. Sloughs, ponds and "cut offs '
are common along the Sulphur and other streams in the northeastern
portions.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 157

This vast growth of vegetation implies several conditions of exist-
ence. The climate must have been moderately warm, very moist and
the whole surface of the land slowly subsiding. The whole territory
lay at a very small elevation above the sea and but a slight oscilla-
tion of the land was necessary to place the whole again within the
grasp of the sea.

How many times these conditions were repeated we do not know.
That would depend upon the number of lignite beds, but as these
have not been correlated with each other, if indeed they ever can
be, over any more than small areas, even these cannot be taken
absolutely as a chronometer reliable enough to indicate the number
of oscillations that may have taken place.

Towards the close of this stage there came a time, however, in
which the sea began to assert its right of domain and to again cover
the face of the country with sand and sandy clay. This time is
represented in the beautifully striped or banded beds of the Queen
City deposits. The time of lignite making had come to an end and
a new order of things commenced. These beds represent a period of
comparative quiescence, and from the uniform thickness of the lamina-
tion and alternate banding of red and white sands and clays, appear
to have been a beach formation. How far these beds covered the lig-
nites is not known; they are only found as remnants of what probably
was a very widely extended series of deposits. Their northern boundary
shows signs of extensive erosion and their southern margin has never
been seen.

The relative time of deposition of these beds could not have been
very long as the greatest thickness found anywhere does not exceed
65 feet. They probably represent a period in which the land lay
very low and open to a long sweep of tidal waters.

A slight change in the relative positions of land and sea again
brought deeper water along the Texan coast and heavy beds of sand
were heaped up and spread along the shore. A few of the marine
forms of life began to appear. Amoug them we find some such as
Veriericardia planicosta, Tiirritella sp., and which had survived
the changes from the basal beds up. This condition continued
until nearly 300 feet of sands and sandy clays had been deposited.
The faunal life increased somewhat during that time but did not, so
far as our evidence shows, reach the quantity of richness of the
latter half of this period.

158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

About this time a change clue to some extraneous causes occurred.
Whatever the cause of this change may have been it induced a
flexing, or gentle undulation, involving the whole series from the
middle of the Marine beds backward to and including a portion of
the upper Cretaceous. This flexing apparently brought the long
period of subsidence to an end. The whole of the lower Marine
beds were brought to the surface and a period of elevation began.
During this stage the last 250 feet of the Marine beds were deposited
in comparatively shallow water and along a sandy floor sloping
gently seaward.

With the close of the Marine beds the elevation ceased, and for a
long period the land remained stationary. During that time erosion
was working actively. The sea to the southward was cutting the
sloping shores and carving them in many places into steep cliffs ; the
rivers were widening and deepening their channels, carrying their
burdens of debris seaward and depositing them in the shallow waters
of the Gulf. Here these materials were sorted and arranged into
banks of sand with muddy intervals, gradually filling up the
shallow shore waters. Again we find the marine waters being
gradually closed out, the streams gathered into sluggish bayous
and the whole drainage system disarranged. Fresh and salt waters
met and mingled in the bayous and occasional inundations covered
the whole region. Marsh plants, grasses, reeds and palmettos
gradually overspread the wide domain now occupied by the Yegua
clays. Again we have a period of slow subsidence and a return to
very similar conditions of life as those of lignitic times. The bayous
were probably wider, deeper and clearer than those of the lignitic
stage and life appears to have been more plentiful. The alligator
lived in the marshes and marine shells such as Tellina mooreana Gb.
Turritella nasuta var. houstonia Harris, Natica recurva Aid., and
Nucula magnified Con., found a means of surviving in some of the
sandy deposits along the lines of the greater water courses.

The time of depression continued long enough to deposit extensive
beds of lignite clays and sands to a total thickness of 1,000 feet.

If we might suppose a slight uplifting of the land areas to the
north and consequent tilting of these beds towards the sea we would
then find a considerable portion of these marshy areas submerged by
deeper and clearer water, a deposition of sands and clays going on
and :i partial return to marine conditions of life. The newer

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 159

deposits would be somewhat unconformable to the lower and
submerged ones and would have an appreciable quantity of shore
debris mixed with the cleaner marine sands.

This is the condition in which we find the lower deposits of the
Fayette sands. These beds are irregular in form, wedge-shaped(
cross-bedded and often lenticular, the whole indicating a deposition
in very shallow water subject to a strong sweep of the tide and often
affected by storms. The life of the time as represented in these beds
shows leaves, stems and trunks of trees belonging to low- lying,
marshy lands. Palm wood is plentiful while the stems and leaves
of the palmetto, , rushes and marsh grass may be found in some
localities in abundance, showing that when these beds were being
deposited the marshy tracts of the Yegua clays to the northward
were still the home of such growths. None of these are indigenous
to the Fayette sands and exist there only in the form of drift material
cast up by the sea. Near the top of the Fayette sands we find
trunks and limbs of trees of large size, many of them even now
showing diametrie measurements of over three feet, and although some
show a length of 25 or 30 feet the greater portion of the logs do not
exceed ten or twelve feet in length. Occasionally a stump with the
larger roots attached may be found, but this exceedingly rare. A
peculiarity regarding these trees is that they are every one in the
form of wood opal or in an opalized condition, vitreous and clear
when broken, breaking with sharp cutting edges and retaining every
mark and line of growth as it appeared in the tree. The outside of
these woods is generally a dull white showing a process of decay.
This form of wood is peculiar to the Fayette sands and occurs
nowhere else within the Texan regions.

The faunal life connects these beds with the whole series of the
Eocene stages as shown in the Texan section and is decidedly marine
in every phase. Venericardia planicosta Lam., CalyptrophoruS
velatus Con., Mactra sp., Dentalium minutistriatum Gabb, var.
dumblei Harris and Corbula alabamensis Lea, as well as many others
represent the inhabitants of this portion of the sea at that time.

To the southward the land was sinking and the sea creeping
farther up over the Fayette shores. A deposit of clay was being
laid down which within a short time was destined to become the last
representative of Eocene times in this portion of the world. These

160 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

were the Frio clays. With the deposition of these clays the Eocene
of Texas came to an end.

Towards the close of the Fayette time there began a series of earth
movements the initial causes, or full effects of which, cannot be indi-
cated or understood by what we may observe within the East Texas
areas. Only a few of the results, and these are small, may be seen
there. Hot springs with an abundance of silica in solution appear
to have formed a predominant feature and silicious sinters form
extensive deposits through several counties occupied by beds of
Fayette time. To these solutions of silica we may possibly ascribe
the transformation of the fossil wood into the condition it is now
found as well as the many deposits of quartzite found in the same
portions of the State.

These earth movements and the deposition of the sinter continued
through the deposition of the Frio clays with which many of the
deposits are interstratified and while we need not discuss the causes
of these movements here it may be said that the ultimate effect was,
at least in Texas, to elevate the whole of the Eocene beds into dry
land and this condition continued far into Miocene times.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 161

AN ARRANGEMENT OF THE RETINAL CELLS IN THE EYES OF FISHES
PARTIALLY SIMULATING COMPOUND EYES.

BY JOHN A. RYDER.

The peculiar structure of the compound eyes of the Arthropods
has attracted a large share of atteutiou from such investigators as
Grenadier, Lankester, Watase, Patten, Carriere and others. The
peculiarities of structure of compound eyes are so marked that it
would be strange if they failed to attract the notice of students of
morphology. In the vertebrates the structure of the retina is
universally regarded as differing so widely from that of the com-
pound type of eye found iu the Arthropods, that few authors have
been tempted to institute any very close morphological comparison
between them. • I should not attempt such a comparison were
it not that I have recently found that in the eye of the larval
salmon, Salmo salar, there is an arrangement of the sensory cells of
the retinal epithelium that is so regularly and definitely repeated
throughout the whole extent of the retina as to admit of no question.

The observations . upon which my statements rest were made
upon certain very thin sections of recently hatched salmon larvae.
These sections were prepared for an entirely different purpose, and
it was only upon casual observation that the peculiarities I am about
to describe were first noticed.

These sections ranged from 2. 5 to 5 mikrons in thickness, and no
doubt can be thrown upon my observations on the score of faulty
technique. The specimens had been splendidly fixed and preserved
and were stained in toto in an alcoholic solution of hematoxylin,
and differentiated in toto in a one per cent, solution of potassium
bichromate. This method leaves but little to be desired for clear-
ness of histological differentiation and sharpness of detail. Unfor-
tunately, it is only a very few sections out of a complete series that
reveal the details that are to be described. These few sections are
the first three or four that were cut tangentially to the surface of the
retina, and that which is cut just through the ends of the rods and cones
and cone- cells, at about the level of the inner or under side of the

162 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

layer of retinal pigment. One, therefore, only obtains six to eight
sections in sectioning an entire eye; that is, three or four just as the
surface of the retina is reached by the knife, and again just as it
leaves off cutting through the retina at the opposite side of the eye-
ball. In other words, very superficial tangential sections only, or
such as are cut in a plane very nearly coincident with the bacillary
or Jacob's layer will show the regular repetition of structure that
impels me to make a comparison between the compound eyes of
Arthropods and the retinal structure of the larval salmon.

The first thing that strikes the observer in examining such sections
is the extraordinary regularity with which the bacillary portions of
the retinal elements are arranged. One notices that the rods and
cones form together a pattern of the most astonishing regularity.
That the rods are in groups of four or five, but that the cones are
much larger across and always in pairs, or of the nature of Han-
nover's double cones and united together closely at their apices.
These double cones are arranged in rows in two ways at right
angles to each other, like the squares on a chess-board, Fig. 1. If

Fig. 1.

one now imagines the rows of double cones to represent the
black squares of a chess-board, the groups of rods, which are
much smaller in cross-section, may be regarded as occupying the
intervening red squares. This is the appearance of a section taken
at the outermost level. Pigment from the pigmented layer extends
in between the rods and cones, and the distinctness of the regular
retinal pattern is thus greatly heightened. In the next section,
only 2. 5 to 5 mikrons below the level at which the extreme regu-
larity of pattern just described appears, there is another pattern
formed by the rods and cones, which shows that the bodies of the
pairs have slightly separated from one another. The continuations
of the double cones of Hannover are now also seen to be less

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 163

densely stained, and while still showing a paired condition are no
longer in contact, and no longer have their adjacent faces flattened
as when united, as in the preceding section. One may now count
eight cone cells arranged in four groups, of two each, around a
single very distinct rod, Fig. 2. This arrangement is at first some-

Fig. 2.

what difficult to make out, but it requires only a short time for the
observer to convince himself that a regular arrangement of the rods
and cones also obtains at this lower level. This evidence conclu-
sively establishes the fact that every one to five rod- cells in the eye
of a larval salmon are surrounded by eight cone-cells that are
closely opposed or united at their apices into four pairs of two each.
At a slightly deeper level the bodies of the pairs of cones separate
still more, but traces of a regular pattern can still be made out at
a third level.

I have stated in the title of this paper that there is an arrange-
ment of retinal cells of fishes that partially simulates that of the
retinal elements in the compound eyes of Arthropods. This definite
proviso is necessary because the comparison between the groups
consisting of four or five rod-cells and four double cones in the
retina of the salmon cannot be exactly homologized with the cell-
groups known as ommatidia in the Arthropod eye. In the latter each
ommatidium is distinct from its adjacent fellows and none of its cellu-
lar elements enter into the formation of the contiguous ommatidia by
which it is encircled. In the retina of the larval salmon the case is
very different and quite peculiar. Of any one group consisting of
five central rod-cells and four double cone- cells, the latter also enter
into the formation and form part of eight adjacent similar groups of
cells. Into four of the eight adjacent groups two double cone-cells
enter, and, alternating with these are four other groups into which
only a single pair of the double cone-cells of the central group enters.
The comparison is therefore only a partial one. It is obviously absurd

164 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894.

to suggest the complete homology of a group consisting of the five
central rod- cells and their four surrounding double cones in the
retina of the salmon with a single ommatidium of the Arthropod eye.

To what extent a similar condition holds in the arrangement of the
bacillary retinal elements in other groups of vertebrates I am not
prepared to say. But this remarkable regularity and repetition of
arrangement of cellular elements in the retina of a fish is at least
very suggestive. Blaue has shown that the olfactory organ of fishes
is made up in some cases of very small discrete sense-organs simula-
ting the structure of taste-buds and the small circular sensory buds
found in the lateral line organs of fishes. Ayers has traced the
probable origin of the complex sensory structures found in the cochlea
of vertebrates to a multiplication and subsequent coalescence of
originally discrete sense- buds or end-organs, that arose in a way
similar to the discrete end-organs of the lateral line. The detection
of regularly repeated groups of sense-cells in the retina of one of the
lower vertebrates thus becomes highly significant. Is it possible,
after all, that the retina of vertebrates has been evolved by the
coalescence of very small groups of sense-cells that were at one time
separate and simple sense-organs, just as the complex olfactory and
auditory sensory epithelia of vertebrates appear to have so arisen ?
The arrangement that has been described appears to extend through-
out the whole of the functional part of the retina of the larval
salmon, so that the grouping of the cells is at least uniform in this
type during the early stage of its existence. This is a feature that
is in strong contrast with that met with in the retinre of mammals,
in which the distribution of rods and cones is not uniform over the
whole functional surface of the organ. If, however, there is any
truth in the suggestion that the retina of the higher vertebrates has
arisen in the same way as the sensory epithelia of the olfactory and
auditory organs, namely by the coalescence of originally distinct
but repeated, similar sense-organs, then the arrangement that we
actually find in the retina of the salmon approximates such a primi-
tive condition of structure, though by no means as perfectly as is
seen in the compound eyes of Arthropods.

It may be added that the reason that I assume such a regularly
repeated structure recurs throughout the whole of the retina of the
young salmon, is because it is found that whenever the planes of
meridional sections coincide with rows of double cones, the latter

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 165

alternate, in vertical sections of the retina also, and with the utmost
regularity with the single central rod elements. Such alternating rods
and double cones are met with only in sectious cut through the
greatest diameter of the eye and exactly vertical to the maximum
thickness of the retina, as should be expected from the manner of
arrangement of the rods and cones, as seen in sections that are cut
horizontally through the bacillary layer and parallel to a plane
tangent to its convex surface.

Max Schultze has figured portions of the bacillary layer of the
retina of mammals, as seen from the surface, and one sees in such
figures that the cones are repeated at regular intervals, the more
numerous rods surrounding the cones. In the retina of the salmon
this arrangement is reversed, or at least is not so obvious unless one
assumes that every double cone in this form is supposed to be
encircled by eight rods. In the salmon the cone elements are most
numerous; in mammals they are less numerous than the rods over a
very large portion of the retinal surface. The$e facts together with
the rest of what has preceded do not conflict, however, with the view
that the groups of cells met with in the retina of the young salmon
are fairly to be regarded as having arisen from a condition in which
such groups of rods and cones were more or less distinct and separate
as in the compound eyes of Arthropods. On morphological grounds
alone, it seems to me, that we are driven to some such conclusion.
No matter what convictions one may hold as to the utter untenability
of any hypothesis that seeks to derive the vertebrates from the Arthro-
pods or vice versa, it seems probable from the evidence now at hand,
that highly complex and specialized sense-organs of all kinds, includ-
ing, possibly, the retina of vertebrates; have arisen by the coalescence
of simpler, smaller and more numerous sensory organs. That the
sense-organs of both vertebrates and Arthropods have pursued
parallel paths in the course of their evolution seems highly probable.
The frequency with which specialization, reduction and even appar-
ent simplification, in some respects, of organs, in the course of
organic evolution, is associated with a process of coalescence of more
numerous structures having the same function, is very strongly in
favor of such a conclusion.

The single groups of retinal elements in the retina of Salmo, com-
prising, as we have seen above, thirteen cells, I propose to call
retinidia in contradistinction to what is met with in the Arthropod

166 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

eye, where the single visual organs are known as ornmatidia. This
distinction is a necessary one in view of the fact that it is obviously
impossible to assert, in the face of the morphological evidence, that
there is an exact homology between what are known as ornmatidia and
the cell-groups in Salmo that I have called retinidia. I have found
it difficult to determine the exact number of rod-cells in the center
of the groups. As nearly as can be made out with an immer-
sion y, there are five. At first when this regularity of structure of
the salmon's retina was noticed with low powers it was supposed that
there was only one rod- cell in the centre of each retinidial group.
The overlapping or blending of these groups with one another in
Salmo is shown in both Figs. 1 and 2, and this is the one feature that
makes it impossible to homologize them exactly with the ornmatidia
of the compound eyes of Arthropods.

1895.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 167

THE TRUE NATURE OF THE SO-CALLED "NETTLE-THREADS" OF

PARAMECIUM.

BY JOHN A. RYDER.

It is well known that if Paramcecium aurelia is hurt or irritated
in any way that it will discharge from its cuticle what appear to be
filaments. This has been known for more than a century, for Elliot
in the Philos. Transactions of the Royal Society for 1769, pi. VI,
p. 150, gives a very good figure of a P. aurelia with these threads
projecting from its surface produced by the juice of the horse-shoe
geranium. Dr. G. J. Allmau in Vol. Ill of the Quar. Journ. of
Microscop. Science (1855), nearly a century later, upon reinvestiga-
ting this subject, comes to the conclusion that these discharged
threads are of the nature of nettling or defensive organs and that
they are discharged from minute oval or elongate cysts that are
closely imbedded in the ectosarc just beneath the cuticle of these
organisms. Allman also concludes that they are not identical with
the cilia which thickly clothe the organism. Various reagents are
known to cause this discharge of thread-like processes from the cuticle
or surface of Paramcecium, but no reagent that I know of does this
so effectually as tannic acid, the peculiar poteucy of which, for this
purpose, was first pointed out by H. Warrington (Journ. Roy.
Microscop. Soc, 1884).

Most naturalists who have written in recent years upon the
structure of the Protozoa have accepted Allman' s statement that the
threads discharged by Paramcecium are not ciliary in nature.
Lankester, among others, makes such a statement very positively.
Fortunately there are two ways in which to test the truth of this
statement.

1. It so happens that if a pretty strong solution of tannic acid is
used these threads are entirely detached from the body of Para-
moeciiim, if the reagent is allowed to act long enough. Endosmotic
action is also thus set up so that the cuticle is lifted off of the under-
lying ectosarc, which, together with the endosarc, now shrivels into a
disorganized, granular mass. The cuticle is seen to be thin and to

168 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

be very faintly striated in optic section the strire extending through it,
and closely approximated to one another. The cuticle is smooth and
entirely without cilia in this condition, so that a tannic acid solution
enables one to completely remove the cilia and also to separate the
cuticle from the underlying plasma. The tannic acid acts, in short, as
a sort of "depilatory," removing, apparently, every vestage of cilia
from the creature. The "threads" thus removed are very long
and of nearly the same thickness throughout. They are not much
shorter than the short diameter of the body of the creature, but do
not taper as do the cilia.

This singular behavior of tannic acid in removing all trace of the
presence of cilia from the body of Paramcecium has led me to doubt
the non- ciliary nature of the threads thrown oft' by the body of this
infusorian. If these threads are not cilia why should there be no
trace of cilia left on the cuticle after the prolonged action of a
solution of tannic acid ? These threads form a dense mat of tangled
fibres in the midst of which lie the shriveled remains of its sarcode
covered by the cuticle that is now lifted up and everywhere freed
from contact with the ectosarc if the creature is subjected to prolonged
treatment with tannic acid solution. On Euplotes, Stylonchia and
Halteria tannic acid has no such action, proving that these organisms
in some way differ very widely in their reaction toward that reagent
as compared with the slipper-animalcule. This singular power of
tannic acid gives rise to grave suspicions as to the truth of the state-
ment that the "threads" developed by tannic acid on the surface of
Paramcecium are something different from the cilia. In order to test
this suspicion it was necessary to resort to sections of the infusorian
in question to see if there really was any ground for the very positive
statement of E. R. Lankester and T. J. Parker as to the existence
of a fundamental difference between these so-called " nettle- threads"
and the cilia of Paramcecium.

2. By the aid of a method of entrapping, killing and embedding
infusoria and other very small objects in paraffine invented by me
and fully described in the American Naturalist, XXIX, 1895, pp.
194-198, it has been possible to obtain serial sections of Paramcecium,
in quantity, of a thickness not exceeding 2.5 mikrons, ,()'lino inch.
These sections so fully reveal the true structure of the ecto-
sarc that nothing further is needed to show how completely this
agrees with the view that the "nettle-threads" are nothing but

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 169

greatly stretched cilia, that are probably exteuded by some physical
action exerted upou them by the tannic acid that has both stretched
and swollen them.

The ectosarc of Paramecium is composed entirely of a system of
vertical rods of a plasmic substance that stains somewhat more deeply
than the endosarc. These rods are cylindrical and densely packed
together with but little clear plasma between them. They extend
throughout the whole thickness of the ectosarc and compose more
than four- fifths of its substance. They are so closely packed together
that their arrangement can very readily be made out to correspond
to the origins of the cilia from the cuticle. The arrangement of the
cilia is quincuncial, that is, in rows in at least two if not in three
directions, which correspond with the mode of arrangement or pack-
ing together of the rods of denser plasma of the ectosarc just beneath
the cuticle.

The sections show that where the cuticle is intact and where
reagents like osmic acid or corrosive sublimate have provoked the
discharge of the "nettle- threads " there are no cilia; where, on the
other hand, there has been no discharge of "nettle-thread" there
are cilia present. Intermediate stages can also be sometimes dis-
covered, that is, partially discharged " nettle- threads " may be
observed. These facts seem to me to most distinctly prove that the
" nettle- threads " and cilia of Paramecium are identical. No one
has yet seen these threads discharged except under abnormal con-
ditions. Though I have watched these organisms feeding by the
hour I have yet to see that they showed the slightest tendency to
throw off the "nettle-threads" except when crushed, roughly
handled or brought under the influence of reagents. The fact that
few other infusorians have such a distinctly roddecl ectosarc, taken
together with the fact that other forms are not affected in the same
way by tannic acid leads me to conclude in consideration also of
the great number of these rods in the ectosarc of Paramecium that
they are connected with the cilia individually and are probably only
the expression of the same thing as is seen in the rodded or striated
ends of many epithelial cells that bear cilia in multicellular animals.
At any rate, whatever else can be established by a reinvestigation of
this subject by the aid of the methods I have used, one thing is
certain, that tannic acid in solutions of almost any strength will
finally remove all of the cilia and leave the cuticle smooth especially
12

170 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

if allowed to act for half an hour or more. My sections also con-
clusively prove the ectosarc to be quite thick and composed of
uniform, deeply staining rods that are packed as densely in one place
as another. The form of these rods as figured by several authors is
wholly inaccurate and misleading. For example, they are not fusi-
form or oval as figured by Lankester in his article Protozoa in the
ninth edition of the Encyclopedia Britannica, but cylindrical with
bluntly rounded ends. Where the collapsing vesicles ("contractile
vesicles ' ' of authors) are placed there appears to be a peculiar
separation of these rods at their inner ends to admit of the approxi-
mation of the vesicles to the under surface of the cuticle.

For killing and fixing my material I found that osmic acid and
corrosive sublimate gave good results, both these reagents acting with
such rapidity ae to exclude in a large measure the production of
artifacts. Staining was done on the slide with hsematoxylin and
Biondi-Heidenhain mixture. Nuclei and food vacuoles are apt to
stain strongly if the staining on the slide is attempted with hsema-
toxylin- Very good results can also be got by staining the objects
in toto, as directed in the paper cited above describing my method of
handling such very minute objects.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 171

March 5.
Dr. Samuel G. Dixon in the Chair.

Twenty- five persons present.

Papers under the following titles were presented for publication :
"On an Arrangement of the Retinal Cells in the Eyes of Fishes
Partially Simulating Compound Eyes," by John A. Ryder. "The
True Nature of the so-called 'Nettle Threads' of Paramoecium,"
by John A. Ryder.

The death of John H. Redfield, a member, on the 27th ult., in his
eightieth yeai", was announced. The following minute was unani"
mously adopted :

JOHN H. REDFIELD.

The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia has heard with
deep sorrow the announcement of the death of John H. Redfield who,
in his unselfish devotion to its interests, has long been one of its most
active benefactors.

Always an earnest student of nature, his last years of deserved
freedom from business engagements were devoted to his favorite
studies in connection with the Academy and to the arrangement and
care of the herbarium.

The steady growth and admirable condition of the botanical col-
lection constitute it an enduring monument. to his industry and zeal.

As Chairman of the Publication Committee and member of the
Council, the same fidelity and discretion characterized the discharge
of his duties.

He was a man of strong but tender character ; firm in his support
of the right, but tolerant of all honest difference of opinion ; cheerful,
gentle, modest and cultured. Time was to him one of his most
precious possessions, yet he was ever gladly at the service of those
requiring advice or assistance.

He was an earnest student, a wise counsellor and a steadfast
friend. His encouragement and loving sympathy endeared him to
his associates who felt for him a personal affection which enables

172 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

them to appreciate the irreparable loss sustained by his family, to
whom they would offer their heartfelt sympathy.

Mr. Thomas Meehan was appointed to prepare a biographical
notice of Mr. Redfield.

March 12.

The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the Chair.

Thirty-three persons present.

The death of Geo. N. Lawrence, a correspondent, was announced.

Papers under the following titles were presented for publication :
" A Study of the Systematic and Geographic Distribution of the
Decapod Family Crangonidte Bate," by Arnold E. Ortmann.
"Does the Delaware Water Gap Consist of Two River Gorges?"
by Emma Walter.

Dr. Harrison Allen was elected to fill the vacancy in the Council
caused by the death of Mr. Redfield.

March 19.

The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the Chair.

Twenty-six persons present.

The deaths of Passmore Williamson and Dr. Elmore C. Hine,
members, were announced.

March 26.

The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the Chair.

Thirty-seven persons present.

The death of Dr. W. S. W. Ruschenberger, on the 24th inst., in his
eighty-eighth year, was announced, and also that of John A. Ryder,
on the 26th inst., aged forty -three years.

The Council reported that Dr. Harrison Allen had been appointed
on the Publication Committee to fill the vacancy caused by the
death of Mr. John H. Redfield.

The following were elected members: Edwin S. Dixon, Willed
E. Rotzell, M. D., J. W. Horter, Harry Blake Tyler and Charles L.
Brown.

The following were ordered to be priuted :

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 173

A STUDY OF THE SYSTEMATIC AND GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF
THE DECAPOD FAMILY CRANGONIDJE BATE.

BY ARNOLD E. CtftTMANN.

In a former paper1 I gave in general terms the limits of the Indo-
Pacific literal region, to which I added a study of the origin of the
recent literal regions of the world. As these considerations, founded
upon the geographical distribution of the Decapoda, contain but a
few detailed investigations, it is necessary to go more into detail when
a separate group of Decapoda is examined and to state the relations
to the principles given in the paper quoted. In 1891 I revised the
genera Palaemon and Bithyms2 and gave an account of their
geographical distribution. In 1894 I published an account of the
family Atyidre!3 These groups of fresh water Crustacea are wholly
unlike each other in respect to their geographical range and agree
only in that they are true tropical animals. Whilst the Palcemon
and Bithynis group of the Palsemonida; is a very recent one, related
in its distribution, without doubt, to the limits of the recent marine
literal regions, the family Atyida? is comparatively an ancient one,
showing in no way relations to the former.

In the present paper I will treat of a true marine group, the
family of Crangonidse, which is characterized by the adaptation of
most of its members to the cold waters of the Arctic and deep sea
regions.

Fossil remains of Crangonid?e are unknown. In all species referred
with more or less doubt to this family, the typical characters are not
evident. The absence of Crangonidoe from the Tertiary deposits
agrees with their morphological characters and their supposed recent
development. They form the most extreme end of one of the two
main branches of the Eucyphidea.4 The principal character is the
more or less reduced condition of the second pair of pereiopoda. The

1 Jenaische Denkschrift. VIII, 1894, p. 68 P. Crustaceen in Seinon, Zoolog.
Forschungsreisen in Australien und dem malayischeu Archipel.

2 Zoologische Jahrbiicher, V, 1891, p. 693-750.

3 Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1894, p. 397-416.

4 Ortmann, Zoolog. Jahrb., V, 1890, pp. 462, 463.

174 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Crangonidse are connected with the Nikichc by the genus Glypho-
crangon, but this connection is not a close one — there are some
gaps.

Among the Crangonidse, the genus Pontocaris is no doubt the most
primitive in regard to the sculpture of the carapace; the number of
gills and the shape of the second pair of pereiopoda. From P<»ito-
caris arise two divergent branches: the one through the subgenus
Sclerocmngon to Crangon, ending in Nectocrangon, characterized by
no shortening of the second pair of pereiopoda, by the reduction of
the number of gills, and by the surface of the body becoming grad-
ually smoother. The other branch is represented by the genera
Pontophilus, Sabinea, Paracrangon, characterized by the reduction of
the second pair of pereiopoda in length, by retaining the primitive
number of gills and the sculpture of the body. In Pontophilus some
species have the body more or less smooth. The genus Prionocrangon
is an aberrant one, without eyes, but related probably to the genera
Pontophilus and Sabinea of the second branch.

CRANGONIDSE Bate, 1888.

Crangonincz Kingsley, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1879, p. 411.
Crangonid<z Bate, Challenger Macrur., 1888, p. 481, Ortiuaim, Zoolog. Jahrb.,
V, 1890, p. 462.

Mandibles simple, slender, incurved, not dilate or bifid, without a
synaphipod. First pair of legs stouter than the second, hand sub-
chelate, the dactylus closing on the margin of the palm, the pollex
being spiniform. Second pair of legs very feeble, chelate, often
shortened, not chelate, or wholly reduced. External maxillipeds
pediform. Maxilla with more or less reduced innermost parts.
Rostrum mostly short.

a, . Second pair of legs present.
by. Eyes present.
Cj. Second legs not remarkably shortened (carpal joh*t and hand
together longer than the merus). Gills seven on each side.
Carapace with dentate longitudinal keels .... Pontocaris.
<',. Second legs not shortened. Gills five on each side.
dY. Eyes free. Dactyli of the two posterior pairs of legs not

dilated Crangon.

d2. Eyes nearly hidden by the frontal part of the carapace.
Dactyli of the two posterior pairs of legs dilated, natatorial.
Nectoceangon.

1985.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 175

c3. Second legs remarkably shortened (carpal joint and hand to-
gether not longer than the merus). Gills seven.5

dl. Second legs chelate . . Pontophilus.

d2. Second legs not chelate Sabinea.

62. Eyes wanting. Second legs not chelate, rather robust, with
fringes of long, plumose seta} A spiny median crest on the cara-
pace Prionocrangon.

'/.,. Several pairs of legs wholly obsolete. Rostrum elongated.

Paracrangon.

PONTOCARIS Bate, 1888.
Bate, Challenger Macrur. 1888, p. 495.

Very nearly allied to Crangon, especially to Sclerocrangon.
Second periopoda not remarkably shortened, carpus and pal ma
together longer than the merus. Six pleurobranchise (i-o) and one
podobranchia (h) present (see Bate, 1. c, p. 496). Carapace with
seven keels, the five uppermost dentate. Abdomen sculptured.

Oy. Anterior lateral angles of carapace projecting forward. Rostrum
acuminate P. propensalata.

a.,. Anterior lateral angles of carapace obliquely directed outward and
forward. Rostrum bidentate P.pennata.

1. Pontocaris propensalata Bate, 1888.

Bate, Challenger Macrur. 1888. p. 496, pi. 90, figs. 2, 3, pi. 85, fig. 5.

Geographical distribution: Ki Island, near New Guinea, 140
fath. (Bate).

2. Pontocaris pennata Bate, 1888.
Bate, ibid., p. 499, pi. 91.

Geographical distribution: Arafura Sea, 49 fath. (Bate).

CRANGON Fahricius 1798 (restrict).

Fabricius, Suppl. Entomol. Syst., 1798, p. 409 (pr. part). Kingsley, Proceed.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1879, p. 412.

Second perciopoda not remarkably shortened, with chehe. Eyes
present, free. Five gills present: four pleurobranchise (1. m. n. o.),
one arthrobranchia (k.).fi

5 The number of gills has not been examined in all species. I found five
gills in: Crangon boreas, salebrosus. intermedins, typicus, ajfinis. francis-
corum, Nectocrdngon lav, and seven in Pontophilus norvegicus, Sabinea
septemcarinata. By other authors ( Bate, Smith) are recorded five in Crangon
agassizi, and seven in Pontocaris propensalata, pennata, Pontophilus bre-
virostris, abyssi, challengeri, Sabinea hystrix.

6 Smith records in Cr. agassizi a pleurobranchia on k, but no arthro
branchia. The branchial formula given by Bate (1. c, p. 482)
wrong.

is certainly

176 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

G. O. Sars creates for some species the genus Sclerocrangon. I
can not adopt this genus, but I retain it as a subgenus.

a1. Carapace strongly sculptured, at least two spines in the median
line. Abdomen mostly strongly sculptured, seldom nearly smooth.

• Subgenus: Sclerocrangon.

bt. Median keel of carapace with three or four spines. Lateral
keels of carapace partly granulate or rugose. Abdomen sculp-
tured by longitudinal keels and transverse furrows.
cx. Epimera of the abdominal segments provided with spines.
Carapace with more than three keels. Spines not excessively
developed. Sternum with a sharply serrated keel.
dx. Keels of the carapace sharply granulated, keels of the ab-
domen sharp, epimera of the abdominal segments with
one to three spines.

ex. The rostrum is simple Cr. salcbrosus (l)7.

e2. A long acute tooth is given off from the lower side of ros-
trum, which reaches as far forward as the tip of the ros-
trum Or. atrox.

d... Keels of the carapace somewhat rugose, keels of the abdo-
men not sharp, epimera of the abdominal segments only with

one spine each Or. boreas (14).

c2. Epimera of the abdominal segments without spines. Cara-
pace with three keels, the median one with four very long

spines. Sternum with a dentated keel Cr. sharpi (2).

62. Median keel of carapace with two spines. Lateral keels of
carapace smooth, ending in front in the usual spines. Abdomen
smooth, or with smooth longitudinal keels.
Cj. Epimera of the first and second abdominal segments with
small spinules. Abdomen with longitudinal keels. Often a
rudimentary third median spine in the median line of carapace
between the two well-developed ones.

Cr. agassizi.

Cr. procax.

c2. Epimera of abdomen without spinules. Median spines of
carapace small.
dx. Abdomen with longitudinal median keels.
ex. Sixth abdominal segment with two sharp keels.

Or. intermedins (2).

e2. Keel of the sixth abdominal segment behind the middle

finely furrowed Cr. angusticauda (4) .

(/,. Abdomen not sculptured Cr. munitus.

a.,. Carapace not sculptured, only with one median, and mostly with
one lateral spine on each side (the latter being absent in Cr. capen-
sis). Abdomen nearly smooth Subgenus: Crangon.

7 I put in parentheses, following each species, the number of specimens 1
have examined myself.

1895.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 177

bx. Carapace with three spines: one in the median line, and two
laterals.
c:. Fifth segment of the abdomen on the posterior margin with-
out spines. Hand more stout, about three times as long as
broad Or. orangon.

SUBSPECIES.

dx. All segments of the abdomen rounded dorsal ly.

Cr. orangon (many).

d.2. Some of the posterior segments of the abdomen sculptured.

e,. Fourth and fifth segments (seldom also the third) with a

feeble longitudinal keel, sixth and seventh feebly furrowed.

Or. orangon affinis (many).

e2. Third to fifth segment without keels, sixth with two dis-
tinct keels, seventh furrowed . . Cr. orangon allmanni (1).
c2. Fifth segment of the abdomen on the posterior margin, near
the median line, with a posteriorly projecting spine on each
side.

dx. Hand more slender, about four times as long as broad. Ab-
dominal segments rounded above . Or. franciscorum (many).
d2. Hand more stout, about three times as long as broad. Sixth
and seventh segment of abdomen furrowed.

Cr. antarcticus.

l>2. Carapace only with a spine in the median line, the lateral ones
wanting Cr. oaperms.

Subgenus SCLEROCRANGON G. O. Sarr, 1885.
G. O. Sars, Den Norsk. Nordhavs Exped., Zool., Crust. I, 1885, p. 14.

1. Crangon (Sclerocrangon) salebrosus Owen, 1839.

Crci)iffon salebrosus Owen, Crust. Zool. Beechey's Voy. Blor,soni, 1839. p. 88,

pi. 27, fig. 1. Stimpsou, Proc. Acad. Nat, Sci. Philadelphia, 1860, p. 25.

Kingsley, Bull. Essex Iustit., 14, 1S82, p. 129. Stuxberg, Vega. Exped. Y,

1887, p. 53.
Cheraphilus ferox G. O. Sars, Arch. Mathem. Naturvid. II, 1877, p. 339.
Sclerocrangon salebrosus (Ow.) G. O. Sars, Den Norsk. Nordb. Exped., Zool.,

Crust. I, 1885, p. 15, pi. 2.

Geographical distribution: Northern circumpolar. — Kamschatka
(Owen): Avatska Bay, 10 fath. (Stimpson), Spitsbergen, Jan.
Mayen; off Norway, 100-459 fath. (G. O. Sars), Kara Sea, 55-60
fath. (Stuxberg).

2. Crangon (Solerocrangon) atox Faxon, 1893.
Faxon, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 24, 1893, p. 199.

Geographical distribution: Western coast of Mexico, 660-676
fath. (Faxon).

178 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

3. Crangon (Sclerocrangon) boreas (Phipps) 1774.

Cancer boreas Phipps, Voy. North Pole, 1774, p. 100, pi. 12 fig. 1.

Cancer homaroides Fabricius, Faun. Gronland, 1780, p. 241.

Astacus boreas (Ph.) Fabricius, Entomol. Syst, II, 1703. p. 483.

Crangon boreas {Ph.) Fabricius, Suppl. Ent. Syst. 1708, p. 400. Sabiue, Suppl.

Append. Parry's first Voy. 1824, 235. Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. II,

1837, p. 342. Kroyer, Naturh. Tidsskr., IV, 1842, p. 218, pi. 4, figs. 1-14.

Milne-Edwards, Atlas. ■ Cuvier, Regn. Anim. pi. 51, fig. 2, (no date).

Brandt, Krebse, in Middendorff's Siber. Reis., II, Zool. 1851, p. 114.

Danielssen, Beretn. Zool. Reise, 1859, p. 4. Stimpson, Proceed. Acad. Nat.

Sci. Philadelphia, 1860, p. 25. Buchholz, Zweite Deutsch. Nordpol. II,

1874, Crust, p. 271. Kingsley, Bull. Essex Inst. X, 1878, page 54. Smith

Trans. Conn. Acad., V, 1879, p. 56. Stuxberg, Vega Exped., V, 1887,

p. 53.
Cheraphilus boreas {Ph.) Miers, Annal.Magaz. Nat. His. (4) XX, 1877, p. 57.

Hoek, Niederl, Arch. Zool , Suppl. 1, 7, Crust. 1882, p. 10. Murdoch, Rep.

Pol. Exped. Point Barrow, 1885, p. 139.
Crangon (Cheraphilus) boreas (Ph.) Miers, Jour. Linn. Soc, Zool. XV, 1881,

p. 60.
Sclerocrangon boreas (Ph.) G. O. Sars, Christiania Vid. Selsk. Forh. 1882, p,

7. G. 6. Sars, Den Norsk. Nordh. Exp. Zool. Crust. II. 1886, p. 6. Koelbel,

Die Oesterr. Polarst, Jan Mayen, III, 1886, Zool. E. p. 51. Ortmann, Zool.

Jahrb. V, 1890, p. 532.

Geographical distribution: Northern circumpolar. Norway
(Danielssen, G. O. Sars) Barents Sea and Nowaja Semlja, 25-140
fath. (Hoek); Franz Joseph Land (Miers); Beeren Island (G. O.
Sars); Spitsbergen, shallow water (Hoek, G. O. Sars) Jan Mayen
(K(ilbel); Iceland (Kroyer); east coast of Greenland, 4-27 fath.
(Buchholz); west coast of Greenland, to 87° 44v lat. northward
(Miers); Davis Strait and Melville Island (Sabine); N. E. coast of
America, from Labrador to Massachusetts Bay, 5-33 fath. (Smith);
northern coast of America to Berings Strait, 10-26 fath. (Stimpson);
Alaska: Point Franklin, 13 fath. and Port Clarence (Murdoch);
Siberia (Brandt, Stuxberg).

4, Crangon (Sclerocrangon) sharpi nov. spec.8

Paracranq-on echinatus Sharp (non Dana), Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila-
delphia, 1893, p. 126.

8 Description: Carapace with three keels, the median one with four long
spines, the first longest and placed on the upper margin of rostrum, which
extends a little beyond the eyes; the second spine nearly as long as the first,
placed immediately behind the base of the rostrum. The spines are directed
obliquely forward and upward. Lateral keels formed by four spines, the fore-
most, on the anterior margin of carapace near the base of antenna?, is the longest,
and directed obliquely forward and outward, more than half as long as the cara-
pace; the three others are smaller, but sharp. Abdomen sculptured, first to sixth
segment with a median keel, that of the third arched and produced somewhat
posteriorly, that ofthesixth finely furrowed and ending in twospines posteriorly.
Two other spines are placed at the posterior margin of this segment, one on each
side. Fifth segment, on the posterior margin, near the median line, with a sharp
spine on each side. Lateral faces of the first to fifth segment sculptured by two
irregular transverse furrows, sixth segment laterally with an indistinct longi-
tudinal ridge. EpimeTa of the first to fourth segment triangular, inferior angles
blunt, without spines. Keel of sternum dentate, but not spinoso-serrate.

Two specimens are in the Museum of the Academy of Natural Science of
Philadelphia.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 179

Geographical distribution : Alaska, Kodiac Archip.: Marmot Isle,
4.3 lath. (Sharp).

5. Crangon (Sclerocrangon) agassizi (Smith), 1882.

Cheraphilus agassizi Smith, Bull. Mus. Compar. Zool.. Cambridge, X, 1882, p.
32, pi. 7, fig. 4, 5. Rep. U. S. Fish Conim. for 1882, 1884, p. 362.

Geographical distribution: Atlantic, eastern coast of United States,
31-41° N. Lat., 65-78° W. Long., 263-959 fath. (Smith).

6. Crangon (Sclerocrangon) procax Faxon, 1893.

Faxon, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Cambridge, XXIV, 1893, p. 199.

Geographical distribution: Western coast of Central America:
Gulf of California to Panama Bay, 660 to 905 fath. (Faxon.)

7. Crangon (Sclerocrangon) intermedins Stimpson, 1860.

Crangon intermedins Stimpson, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1860,

p. 25.
Crangon tenuifrons Kingsley, Bull. Essex lust., 14, 1882, p. 128, pi. 1, fig. 10.

Geographical distribution : Bering Sea, Cape Chepoonski, 40 fath.
(Stimpson); Alaska: Marmot Isl. (Kingsley).

8. Crangon (Sclerocrangon) angusticauda de Haan, 1849.

Crangon angusticauda de Haan, Faun. Japon. Crust. Dec, 6, 1849, p. 183, pi.

45, fig. 15. Stimpson, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1860, p. 25.

Sclerocrangon angusticauda (d. H.) Ortmann, Zoolog. Jahrb., V, 1890, p. 533.

Geographical distribution: Japan, (de Haan): Simoda and
Hakodati, sublitoral (Stimpson), Kadsiyama (Ortmann).

9. Crangon (Sclerocrangon) munitus Dana, 1852.

Crangon munitus Dana, U. S. Explor. Exped. Crust., 1852, p. 536, pi. 33, fig. 5.
Stimpson, Boston Jour. Nat. Hist., VI, 1S57, p. 497. Kiugsley, Bull. Essex
Inst. X. 1S78, p. 54. Lockington, ibid. p. 159.

Geographical distribution: Puget Sound (Dana); Lower Cali-
fornia: Magdalena Bay (Lockington).

Subgenus CRANGON.

10a. Crangon crangon (Linnaeus), 1758.

Cancer crangon Linnaeus, Syst. Xat., 10 ed., 1758, p. 032.

Astacus crangon (L. ) Fabricius, Entoniol. Syst.. II. 1793, p. 486.

Cancer ( Astacus) crangon L. Herbst, Krabb. a. Krebse, II, 1796, p. 75, pi. 29,
fig. 3,4.

Crangon vulgaris Fabricius, Suppl. Ent. Syst. 1798, p. 410. Leach, Malac.
Podophth. Brit. 1815, pi. 37 B. Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. II, 1837,
p. 341 and Atlas in Cuvier. Regn. Anim. pi. 51, tig. 1, (no date). Kroyer,
Naturh. Tidsskr., IV, 1842, p. 239, pi. 4, fig. 29-33. Bell, Brit. Crust. 1853,
p. 256. Kinahan, Proceed. R. I. Acad. Dublin, 1862, p. 68, 71, pi. 4.
Heller, Crust, siidl. Europ. 1*63. p. 226, pi. 7, fig. 89. Meinert, Naturh.
Tidsskr. (3) XI, 1877. p. 198. Kingsley. Bull. Essex Inst., X, 1878, p. 53.
Kingsley, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1878, p. 89, ibid. 1879, p.
411. Smith, Trans. Connecticut Acad. V, 1879, p. 55. Kingsley, Bull. Essex

180 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Inst. XIV, 1882, p. 129, pi. 1, fig. 5. Cams, Prodrom. faun, mediterr. I.

1884, p. 482. Henderson, Decap. and Schizop. Crust. Firth of Clyde, 1886,

p. 32. Bate, Challenger Macrur. 1888, p. 484. Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. V,

1890, p. 530.
Crangon rubropunctatns Eisso, Hist. Nat. Crust. Nice, 1816, p. 83. Eisso,

Hist. Nat. Europ. merid. V, 1826, p. 65.
Crangon septemspinosus Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, I, 2, 1818,

p. 246. Dekay, Zool. New York, Crust. 1844, p. 25, pi. 8, fig. 24.
Crangon maculosa s Eathke, Mem. Acad. St. Petersburg, Sav. etr., III. 1837,

p'. 366.

Geographical distribution: Northern circumpolar (?), but more
boreal than arctic, extending considerably southward. Northern
Atlantic: European coasts, northward to Iceland, and northeastern
coast of America, southward to Virginia and N. Carolina. Northern
Pacific: Japan, Yokosuka (Bate) and Bay of Tokio (Ortmann).
Litoral, very shallow water.

10b. Crangon crangon affmis de Haan, 1849.

Crangon vulgaris Owen, Crust. Zool. Beechey's Voy. Blossom, 1839, p. 87.

Dana, U. S. Explor. Exped. Crust. 1852, p. 536. Murdoch, Eep. Pol. Exped.

Point Barrow, 1885, p. 138.
Crangon affinis de Haan, Faun. Japon. Crust. Dec. 6,' 1849, p. 183. Bate,

Challenger Macrur. 1888, p. 484, pi. 86, fig. 1-3. Ortmann, Zoolog. Jahrb.

V, 1890, p. 531.
Crangon nigricauda Stimpson, Proceed. Calif. Acad. Sci., I, 2, 1856, p. 89.

Stimpson, Boston Jour. Nat. Hist. VI, 1857, p. 490, pi. 22, fig. 6., Stimpson

Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1860, p. 25. Kingsley, Bull. Essex

Inst. X, 1878, p. 54. Lockington, ibid. p. 159.
Crangon propinquus Stimpson, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1860,

p. 25.
Crangon nigromaculata Lockington, Proceed. Calif. Acad. Sci., 111,1876, p.

34.
Crangon alaskensis Lockington, ibid.

Geographical distribution : Northern Pacific, somewhat deeper
water. Japan (de Haan): Kobe Bay and Inland Sea, 15-50 fath.
(Bate), Maizuru (Ortmann), northern Japan, 4-20 fath. (Stimp-
son); Alaska: Mutiny Bay (Lockington), Norton Sound, 5 fath.
(Murdoch); Puget Sound (Dana); Mouth of Columbia river
(Stimpson); California, in deeper water than Or. franciscorum
(Stimpson): Tomales Bay (Stimpson), San Francisco (Dana, Stimp-
son), Monterey (Owen), San Diego (Lockington).

10c. Crangon crangon allmanni Kinahan, 1862.

Crangon allmanni Kinahan, Proceed. E. I. Acad., Dublin, VIII, 1S62, pp. 68,
71, pi. 4. Kinahan, Trans. E. I. Acad. Vol. 24, 1871, p. 64. Metzger,
Jahresber. Commiss. TJnters. deutsch. Meere. II, III, 1875, p. 290. Meinert,
Naturh. Tidsskr. (3) XI, 1877, p. 198. G. O. Sars, Arch. Math. Naturv.
II, 1877, p. 339. G. O. Sars, Christiania Vid. Selsk. Forh. 1882, p. 44. G.
O. Sars, Den Norsk. Nordh. Exp., Zool., Crust II, 1886, p. 6. Henderson,
Decap. Schiz. Crust. Firth of Clyde, 1886, p. 33. Ortmann, Zoolog. Jahrb.
V. 1890, p. 532. Scott, Annal. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) XIII, 1894, p. 413.

Geographical distribution,: Northern Europe, somewhat deeper

1895.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 181

water. England and Ireland (Kinahan); Scotland, 24-69 lath.
(Metzger); Shetland Isl. (Kinahan); North Sea, 9-20 lath.
(Metzger, Scott) ; Skagerrak and Kattegat, 6-49 fath. (Metzger,
Meinert); Norway (G. O. Sars); Iceland, 20-30 fath. (G. O.

Sars).

11. Crangon franciscorum Stimpson, 1856.

Stimpson, Proceed. Calif. Acad. Sci., I, 2, 1856. 89. Stimpson, Boston Journ.
Nat. Hist. VI, 1857, p. 495, pi. 22, fig. 5. Stimpson, Proceed. Acad. Nat.
Sci., Philadelphia, I860, p. 25. Kingsley, Bull. Essex Inst. X, 1878, p. 54.

Geographical distribution: W. coast of N. America, shallow
water. Puget Sound, Shoal water Bay, Tomales Bay, San Fran-
cisco, Monterey (Stimpson).

12. Crangon antarcticusPfeffer, 1887.

Pfeffer, Naturh. Mus. Jahrb., Hamburg, wiss. Anstalt. IV. 1887, p. 45, pi. 1,
fig. 1-21.

Geographical distribution : South Georgia, (Pfeffer).

13. Crangon capensis Stimpson, 1860.

Stimpson, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1860, p. 24.

Geographical distribution : Cape of Good Hope, Simons Bay, 12
fath. (Stimpson).

NECTOCEANGON Brandt, 1837.

Argis Kroyer, Naturh. Tidsskr, IV, 1842, p. 267 (nomen prseoccupatum).
Nectocrangon Brandt, Krebse in: Middendorff's Siber. Beis. II, Zool. I, 1851,
p. 114. Kingsley, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1879, p. 412.

Second pereiopoda not shortened, with chela. Five branchiae, like
Crangon. Eyes partly concealed by the frontal margin. Posterior
pereiopoda with lanceolate dactyli with fringes of hair.

a:. Behind the rostrum two spines in the median line of carapace.
N. lar (4).

a2. Behind the rostrum three well developed spines in the median line
of carapace, between the rostrum and the first spine a rudimentary
one " N. alaskensis (1).

1. Nectocrangon lar (Owen) 1839.

Crangon lar Owen, Zool. Beechey's Voy. Blossom, 1839, p. 88, pi. 28, fig. 1.

Argis lar (Ow. ) Kroyer, Naturh. Tidsskr. IV, 1S42, p. 255, pi. 5. fig. 45-62.

Nectocrangon lar (Ow. ) Stimpson, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia,
1860, p. 25. Stimpson, Annal. Lye. New York, X, 1874, p. 125. Kingsley,
Bull. Essex lust. X, 1878, p. 55. Smith, Trans. Connect. Acad. V, 1879,
p. 61. Murdoch, Rep. Pol. Exped. Point Barrow, 1885, p. 139.

Geographical distribution: Northern circumpolar. — Arctic Ocean

182 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

(Owen, Stimpson); Northern Alaska: Point Barrow (Murdoch);
Bering Strait : Avatska Bay, 10-20 fath. (Stimpson); Greenland:
Godthaab (Kroyer); Labrador, (Smith); Gulf of St. Lawrence
(Smith); New Foimdland : St. Johns (Stimpson); Nova Scotia, 59
fath. ; Halifax, 26-52 fath. (Smith).

2. Nectocrangon alaskensis Kingsley, 1882.
Kingsley, Bull. Essex Inst. XIV, 1882, p. 128.

Geographical distribution: Alaska, Kodiac Arch.: Marmot
Island (Kingsley).

PONTOPHILUS Leach, 1815.

PontophiluM Leach, Melacostr. Podophth. Brit. 1815, pi. ?u A.

Egeon Kisso (pr. part.) Hist. Nat. Europe merid., V. 1820, p. 58.

Cheraphilus and Aegeon Kinahan, Proceed. B. I. Acad., Dublin, VIII, 1862,

p. 68, 69.

Second periopoda shortened, carpal joint and hand together not
longer than merus, chelae present. Eyes present, free. Gills seven
on each side: six pleurobranchise (i. k. 1. m. n. o. ) and one (rudi-
mentary) podobrauchia (h. ).

a,. Median keel of carapace with more than three spines. Seven
keels on the carapace, with numerous teeth. Abdomen strongly
sculptured.

&,. Rostrum emarginate P. cataphractus (4).

b... Rostrum acute, with lateral teeth P. bengalensis,

P. andamanensis.8
a2. Median keel of carapace with three spines. Abdomen smooth or
only the posterior segments with longitudinal keels.
&,. Carapace with more than two lateral spines. Abdominal seg-
ments with distinct keels.
cx Three denticulate lateral keels on each side. Fifth segment of
abdomen with a keel. Rostrum acute, simple . P. echinutatus.
c2. Two lateral keels on each side, the upper with three, the lower
with two spines. Third and fourth segment of abdomen witb
a simple keel, fifth with four, sixth with two keels. Rostrum

with lateral teeth P. spinosus (3).

(%. Two lateral keels, the upper with two, the lower with one
spine.
dx. Sixth segment of abdomen with a double keel. Rostrum

without lateral teeth P. norvegicus (-i).

d2. Fifth segment of abdomen with four, sixth with two keels.
Rostrum with lateral teeth P. brevirostris.

11 I am not sure whether these two species (bengalensis and andamanensis)
really belong to Pontophilus. <

1895.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 183

62- Carapace with two lateral spines and a third very small one be-
hind the supraorbital fissure. Rostrum with two minute lateral
teeth on each side. Abdomen smooth. Eyes colorless . P. abyss/.

P. Occident alls.
&3. Carapace with two indistinct lateral keels, each with a spine.
Sixth and seventb segments of abdomen feebly furrowed. Ros-
trum acute, with a lateral tooth on each side . J*, challengeri (2).
bt. Carapace with one lateral spine and a series of small spinules.
Fifth segment of abdomen sculptured, sixth and seventh fur-
rowed. Rostrum obtuse P. pattersoni.

a3. Median keel of carapace with two spines.
bx. Abdomen strongly longitudinally and transversely sculptured.
Carapace with a two-spined median keel, and two many-spined
lateral ones on each side. Rostrum emarginate ... P. sculptus.
&.,. Abdomen smooth or only with a few longitudinal Keels,
c,. Carapace with distinct and denticulate lateral keels.
d\. Three lateral keels, the upper with two, the lower with one,
the middle without teeth. Rostrum truncate . P. bidentatw.
d... Two lateral keels, the upper with five, the lower with three

teeth P. australis.

c2. Carapace .with two lateral spines. Rostrum acute, slender.
Abdomen without keels.

dx. Rostrum without lateral teeth P. junceus.

d.,. Rostrum with one lateral tooth on each side. Spines of the

lateral faces of carapace in an oblique plane . . . P. gracilis.

d3. Rostrum with two lateral teeth on each side. Spines of the

lateral faces of carapace in the same level . . . P. profundus.

c3. Carapace without lateral spines and without distinct keels.

Rostrum short, obtuse, fifth and sixth segments of abdomen

with two longitudinal keels P. bisjtinosus (1).

«4. Median keel of carapace with one spine. Abdomen smooth.
6,. Carapace with three lateral spines and a longitudinal series of

small spinules P. intermedins.

b2. Carapace with one spine on each side . . . . P. trispinosus (1).
63. Carapace without lateral spines.
Cj. Rostrum broadly truncate. Telson furrowed . P.fasciatus (5).
c2. Rostrum short, obtuse. Telson rounded dorsally.

P. negleetus.

ab. Median line of carapace without spines. Carapace with seven
keels, keels smooth, the upper and lower lateral keel with a spine
each. Abdomen sculptured by transverse furrows. .P. carinicauda.
1. Pontophilus cataphractus (Olivi) 1792. 10

Cancer cataphractus Olivi, Zool. Adriat., 1792, p. 50, pi. 3, fig. 1.

10 Recently there has been described a species by Henderson (Trans. Linn.
Soc. London, Zool. (2) V. part Id, 1893, p. 446, pi. 40, fig. 16, 17) from the Bur-
mese coast named Aegeon orientalis, which is said to be nearly related to the
Mediterranean P. cataphraclas.

184 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Egeon loricatus Risso, Hist. Nat. Europ. mend.. V. 1826, p. r>s.

Crangon cataphractus (Oliv.) Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., II, 1837, p.

343, and Atlas in Cuvier, Eegn, anini. pi. 51, fig. 3 (no date). Heller,

Crust, siidl. Europ., 1863, p. 230, pi. 7, fig. 12-15. Miers, Annal. Mag.

Nat. Hist. (5) VIII, 1881, p. 365. Carus, Prodrom. faun, medit,, I, 1884, p.

482.
Aegeon cataphractus (Oliv.) Ortmann, Zoolog. Jahrb., V, 1890, p. 535.

Geographical distribution: Mediterranean Sea (Kisso, Milne- Ed-
wards, Heller, Carus); Senegambia (Miers).

2. Pontophilus bengalensis (Wood-Mason and Alcock) 1891.

Crangon bengalensis Wood-Mason and Alcock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6)
VIII, 1891, p. 360. Alcock and Anderson, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol.
63, 2, 1894, p. 152.

Geographical distribution: Indian Seas, 107-276 fath. (Wood-
Mason, Alcofck, Anderson).

3. Pontophilus andamanensis (Wood- Mason and Alcock) 1891.
Crangon andamanensis Wood-Mason and Alcock, ibid.

Geographical distribution: Indian Seas, 188-220 fath. (Wood-
Mason and Alcock).

*

4. Pontophilus echinulatus (M. Sars) 1861.

Crangon echinulatus M. Sars, Forh. Vid. Selsk., Christiana, 1861, p. 29, pi. 3,

fig. 48-64. G. O. Sars, Arch. Math. Naturv., II, 1877, p. 339. Henderson,

Decap. Schiz. Firth of Clyde, 1886, p. 33.
Crangon serratus Norman. Eep. Brit. Assoc, 31 meet., 1862, p. 151. Norman,

ibid., 38 meet., 1869, p. 265.
Cheraphilus echinulatus (M. Sars). G. O. Sars, Forh. Vid. Selsk., Christiana,

1887, No. 18, p. 44. G. O. Sars, Den Norsk. Nordh. Exped., Zool., Crust.,

II, 1886, p. 7.

Geographical distribution : Norway, 80-150 fath. (M. Sars, G.

0. Sars); Shetland Islands (Norman); Scotland: Loch Fyne, 105
fath. (Henderson).

5. Pontophilus spinosus Leach, 1815.

Tontophilus spinosus Leach, Malacostr. Podophth. Brit., 1815, pi. 37, A.
Ortmann, Zoolog. Jahrb., V, 1890, p. 534.

Crangon catapractus Milne-Edwards. Hist. Nat. Crust,, II, 1S37. p. 313 (pro
parte).

Crangon spinosus (Lch.). Bell, Brit. Crust., 1853, p. 261. Heller, Crust,
siidl. Europ., 1863, p. 229, pi. 7, fig. 16. Carus. Prodrom. faun, medit,, I,
1884, p. 482. Henderson, Decap. Schiz. Firth of Clyde, 1S86, p. 32.

Geographical distribution : European Seas. — From Norway and
Sweden to the Mediterranean Sea, to about fifty fath. (see Ortmann,

1. a).

6. Pontophilus norvegicus (M. Sars) 1861.

Crangon norvegicus M. Sars, Forh. Vid. Selsk., Christiania, 1861, p. 183.

M. Sars, Nyt. Magaz. f. Naturvid. 1861, p. 248. does, Ot'v. K. Vet. Akad.
Forh., 1863, p. 173.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 185

Pontophilus norvegicus (M. S. ) Meinert, Naturh. Tidsskr. (3) XI, 1877, p.
200. Smith, Trans Connects. Acad., V, 1879, p. 60. G. O. Sars, Forh.
Vid. Selsk., Christiana, 1882, No. 18, p. 7. Smith, Bull. Mas. Compar. Zool.,
Cambridge, X, 1882, p. 34. G. O. Sars, Den Norsk. Nordh. Exp. Zool.
Crust., II, 1886, p. 7. Ortmann, Zoolog. Jahrb., V, 1890. p. 534.

Geographical distribution : Northern Atlantic. — Sweden: Bolms-
lan (Goes); Skagerrak, 320 fath. (Meinert); Norway, 30-500 fath.
(M. Sars, G. O. Sars); Spitzbergen Sea (G. O. Sars); N. E. coast
of America: Nova Scotia, 101-110 fath., Gulf of Maine, 115 fath.,
off Cape Cod, 105-524 fath. (Smith).

7. Pontophilus brevirostris Smith, 1881.

Smith, Proceed. U. S. Nation. Mas., Ill, 1881, p. 435. Smith, Bull. Mus. Corn-
par. Zool. X, 1882, p. 35, pi. 7. fig. 1. Smith, Eep. U. S. Fish Com. for 1882-
1884, p. 362.

Geograjihiad distribution : Atlantic, eastern coast of United States,
51-155 fath. (Smith).

8. Pontophilus abyssi Smith, 1884.

Smith, Eep. U. S. Fish Com. for 1882-1884, p. 363. Wood-Mason and Alcock,
Annal. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) VIII, 1891, p. 361.

Geographical distribution: Atlantic, off the coast of United
States, 37° N. Lat., 70° W. Long., 1917-2221 fath. (Smith); Bay
of Bengal, 1748-1997 fath. (Wood-Mason and Alcock).

9. Pontophilus occidentalis Faxon, 1893.

Faxon, Bull. Mus. Compar. Zool., XXIV, 1893, p. 200.

Geographical distribution: Off the western coast of Central
America, 978-2232 fath. (Faxon).

10. Pontophilus challengeri Ortmann, 1893.

Pontophilus gracilis Bate, Challenger Macrur., 1888, p. 487, pi. 87 (nomen

pneoccupatum).
Pontophilus batei Faxon, Bull. Mus. Compar. Zool., XXIV, August, 1893, p.

200, footnote (nomen prseoccupatum).
Pontophilus challengeri ''Ortniann, Decapod. Schizop. Plankton Exped., 1893,

(September) p. 49.

Geographical distribution : Atlantic, near Tristan da Cunha, 1900
fath. (Bate) ; Cape Verde Islands, ca. 2700 fath. (Ortmann); Pacific:
New Zealand, 1100 fath. (Bate); near Torres Strait, 1400 fath.
(Bate); near Philippine Islands, 2150 fath. (Bate).

11. Pontiphilus pattersoni (Kinahan) 1862.

Cheraphilus pattersoni Kinahan, Proceed. E. I. Acad., Dublin, VIII, 1862,
p. 69, 73, pi. 7.

Geographical distribution : Northern England and Ireland

(Kinahan).

1 Q
1'J

186 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

12. PontopMlus sculptus (Bell) 1853.

Crangon sculptus Bell, Hist. Brit. Crust., 1853, p. 263 (fig.). Henderson,
Decapod. Schizop., Firth of Clyde, 1886, p. 32.

Geographical distribution England : Weymouth (Bell), Firth of
Clyde, 20 fath. (Henderson).

13. Pontophilus bidentatus (de Haan) 1849.

Cranzon bidentatus de Haan, Faun. Japon. Crust., Dec. 6, 1849, p. 1S3, pi. 44,
fig. 14.

Geographical distribution: Japan (de Haan).

14. Pontophilus australis (Thomson) 1878.

Crangon australis Thomson, Trans. Proceed. New Zealand Inst., XI, 1878,
p'. 231, pi. 10, fig. A. 1. Filhol, Passage Venus., Miss. Campbell, III, 2, 1885,
p. 430.

Geographical distribution: New Zealand : Cook Straits, Dunedin,
Stewart Isl. (Thomson), from Napier to Stewart Isl. (Filhol).

15. Pontophilus junceus Bate, 1888.

Bate, Challenger Macrur. 18S8, p. 491, pi. 88, fig. 2-4.

Geographical distribution: Between Philippine Islands and
Borneo, 250 fath. (Bate.)

16. Pontophilus gracilis Smith, 1882.

Smith, Bull. Mus. Comparative Zool., X, 1882, p. 36, pi. 7, fig. 2-3. Wood-
Mason andAlcock, Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist. (0) VIII, 1891, p. 361.

Geographical distribution : Atlantic, eastern coast of United
States, 225-458 fath. (Smith); Bay of Bengal, 561-683 fath.
(Wood- Mason and Alcock).

17. Pontophilus profundus Bate, 1888.

Bate, Challenger Macrur. 1888, p. 490, pi. 88, fig. 1.

Geographical distribution: Off Sydney, 2600 fath. (Bate).

18. Pontophilus bispinosus Hailstone, 1835.

Pontophilus bispinosus Hailstone (nee Westwood), Mag. Nat. Hist., VIII,

1835, p. 271, fig. 30.
Crangon nanus Kroyer, Naturh. Tidsskr., IV, 1812. p. 231, pi. 4, fig. 15-28.

Metzger, Jahresber. Comm. Unters. Deutsch. Meer., II, III, 1875, p. 201.

Meinert. Naturh. Tidsskr. (3) XI, 1877, p. 199. Henderson, Decap. Schiz.

Firth of Clyde, 1886, p. 33. Scott, Anual. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) XIII, 1894,

p. 413.
Crangon bispinosus (Hailst. ) Bell, Brit. Crust., 1853, p. 268.
Cheraphilus bispinosus (Hailst.) Kinahan, Proceed. R. I. Acad., Dublin,

VI 11, 1S62, p. 68, 72, pi. 5.

Geographical distribution: Northern Europe. — Sund (Meinert);
Kattegat (Kroyer); Skagerrak, 10-110 fath. (Meinert); Norway (G.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 187

O.Sars); North Sea (Metzger, Scott); England (Bell, Kinahan, Hen-
derson).

19. Pontophilus intermedius (Bate) 1863.

Crangon intermedius Bate, Proceed. Zool. Soc., London, 1863, p. 503, pi. 41,

fig. 6. llaswell, Catal. Austral. Crust., 1882, p. 181.
Crangon batei Kingsley, Bull. Essex lust., 14, 1882, p. 129.

Geographical distribution: Australia, Gulf St. Vincent (Bate).

20. Pontophilus trispinosus Hailstone, 1835.

Pontophilus trispinosus Hailstone, Mag. Nat. Hist., VIII, 1S35, p. 261, fig.

25. Ortmann, Zoolog. Jabrb., IV, 1890, p. 533.
Crangon trispinosus (Hailst. ) Bell, Brit. Crust-, 1853, p. 265. Metzger,

Jabresb. Comm. Unters. Deutscb. Meer., II, III, 1875, p. 291. Carus, Pro-

drom. faun. Medit., I, 1884, p. 482.
Cheraphilus trispinosus (Hailst.) Kinahan, Proceed. R.I. Acad., Dublin,

VIII, 1862, p. 69, 72, pi. 6.

Geographical distribution: North Sea, 10-22 fath. (Metzger);
England and Ireland (Kinahan); Marseille (Gourret); Azores
(Barrois).

21. Pontophilus fasciatus (Eisso) 1816.

Crangon fasciatus Risso, Hist. Nat. Crust., Nice, 1816, p. 82, pi. 3, fig. 5.

Eisso, Hist. Nat. Europ. merid., V, 1826, p. 64. Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat.

Crust,, II, 1837, p. 342. Bell. Lrit. Crust., 1853, p. 259. Heller,

Crust, siidl. Europ., 1863, p. 228, pi. 7, fig. 10. Carus, Prodrom. faun.

Medit,, 1, 1884, p. 483. Norman, Annal. Magaz. Nat. Hist. (5) XIX, 1887,

p. 90.
Aegeon fasciatus (Riss. ) Kinahan, Proceed. E. I. Acad., Dublin, VIII, 1862,

p. 69, 74, pi. 9. Ortmann. Zoolog. Jabrb., IV, 1890, p. 535.

Geographical distribution: European Seas (Northern Europe,
Mediterranean Sea) and Azores. (See Ortmann, 1. c. ).

22. Pontophilus neglectus (G. O. Sars) 1882.

Cheraphilus neglectus G. O. Sars, Forh. Vid. Selsk., ChiAstiania, 1882, No. 18,
p. 45, PI. 1, fig. 7. G. O. Sars, Den Norsk. Nordh. Exp., Zool., Crust., II,
1886, p. 6.

Geographical distribution : Norway, 2-6 fath. (G. O. Sars).

23. Pontophilus carinicauda (Stimpson) 1S60.

Crangon carinicauda Stimpson, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1860,
p. 25.

Geographical distribution: Hong Koug (Stimpson).

SABINEA Owen, 1835.

Owen, Append. Voy. Capt. Ross, 1835, p. 82. Kingsley, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Philadelphia, 1879, p. 412.

Second pereiopoda very short, without chela. Gills seven, like
Pontophilus, or five pleurobranchise and two arthrobranchne (see
Smith, Sabinea hystrix). Eyes present, free.

188 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

a,. Rostrum short, scarcely longer than the eyes.

bj. Rostrum and telson blunt &\ septemcarinata (6).

b,. Rostrum and telson more acute S. sarsi.

a2. Rostrum long, about as long as the antennale scale . . S. hystrix.

1. Sabinea septemcarinata (Sabine), 1824.

Crangon septemcarinatus Sabine, Suppl. Append. Parry's Voy. 1824, p. 236,

pi. 2, tig. 11-13. Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. II, 1837, p. 343.
Sabinea septemcarinata (Sab.) Kroyer, Naturh. Tidsskr. IV, 1842, p. 244, pi.

4, fig. 34-40, pi. 5, fig. 41-44. Metzger, Jahresb. Comm. TJnters. deutsch.

Meer. II, III, 1875, p. 291. Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) XX, 1877, p.

58. Kingsley, Bull. Essex Inst. X. 1878, p. 55. Smith, Trans. Connect.

Acad., V, 1879, p. 57, pi. 11, tig. 5, 9. 13. Hoek, Niederl. Arch. Zoo'l., Suppl.

I, 7, Crust. 1882, p. 12. G. O. Sars, Den Norsk. Nordh. Exp. Zool. Crust.

II, 1886, p. 7. Stuxberg, Vega Exped., V, 1887, p. 54. Bate, Challenger
Macrur. 1888, p. 493, pi. 89, fig. 2, pi. 90, fig. 1. Ortmann. Zoolog. Jahrb.,
V, 1890, p. 536.

Geographical distribution : Arctic seas extending southward into
boreal seas. — Norway, to 106 fath. (M. Sars, Metzger); Barents
Sea aud Nowaja Semlja, 37-160 fath. (Hoek); Spitzbergen (Kroyer,
G. O. Sars); Iceland (Kroyer); Greenland (Reinhardt, Liitten);
Davis Strait (Sabine); Grinnell Land (Miers); N. E. coast of
America: from Gulf of St. Lawrence to Massachusetts Bay, 25-85
fath. (Smith, Bate); Arctic coast of Siberia (Stimpson, Stuxberg).

2. Sabinea sarsi Smith, 1879.

Smith, Trans. Connect. Acad., V, 1879, p. 59, pi. 11, fig. 6, 7, 8. G. O. Sars,
Forh. Vidensk. Selsk. Christiania, 1882, No. 18, p. 46. Smith, Eep. U. S.
Fish Comm. f. 1882, 1884, p. 364.

Geographical distribution: Northeastern coast of America, 60-150
fath. (Smith); Norway: Lofoten (Smith), Christianssund and
Stavanger (G. O. Sars).

3. Sabinea hystrix* A. Milne-Edwards), 1881.

Paracrangon hystrix A Milne-Edwards, Annal. Sci. Natur. (6) Zool. XI,

1881, p. 6.
Sabinea princeps Smith, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. X, 1882, p. 38, pi. 8, fig. 1.
Smith, Rep. TJ. S. Fish Comm. f. 1882, 1884, p. 364.

Geographical distribution : Atlantic: eastern coast of United States,
464-888 fath. (Smith); Guadeloupe, 734 fath. (A. Milne-
Edwards).

PRI0N0CRANG0N Wood-Mason and Alcock, 1891.
Wood-Mason and Alcock, Annal. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) VIII, 1891, p. 361.
Second pereiopoda present, without chela, rather robust with a
fringe of long hairs. Eyes and eye-stalks wanting. Carapace with
a spiny median keel. — Gills unknown.
Only one species known.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 189

1. Prionocrangon ommatosteres Wood-Mason and Alcock, 1891.

Wood-Mason and Alcock 1. c. p. 362. Alcock and Anderson. Jour. Asiat. Soc.
Bengal, Vol. 63. 2. 1894, p. 152.

Geographical distribution : Bay of Bengal, 200-405 fath. (Wood-
Mason, Alcock, and Anderson).

PARACRANGON Dana, 1852.

Dana, U. S. Explor. Exped. Crust. 1852, p. 537. Kingsley, Proceed. Acad.
Nat Sci., Philadelphia, 1879, p. 412.

Second pereiopoda wanting. Eyes present, free. Carapace with
long spines. — Gills unknown.

aj. Branchial regions not areolate, five — spinous . . P. eehinatus.

a2. Brauchial regions traversed by anastomosing ridges, dividing
these regions into cells of different sizes; they are armed with three
small spines P. areolatus.

1. Paracrangon eehinatus Dana, 1852.

Dana, TJ. S. Explor. Exped. Crust. 1853, p. 538, pi. 33, fig. 6. Stimpson, Boston
Jour. Nat. Hist. VI, 1857, p. 497. Kingsley, Bull. Essex Instit. X, 1878,
p. 55.

Geographical distribution: W. coast of North America: Puget

Sound, Oregon (Dana).

2. Paracrangon areolatus Faxon, 1893.

Paracrangon arcolata Faxon, Bull. Mus. Couip. Zool. XXIV, 1893, p. 200.

Geographical distribution : Western coast of Mexico: Tres Marias
Islands, 676-680 fath. (Faxon).

Considerations concerning the geographical distribution of the

Crangoiiidn .

The geographical distribution of the Crangoiida shows that only
one genus, Pontocaris, no doubt the most primitive, is a true inhab-
itant of the lesser depths of the tropics, the two species known being
found in 49 and 140 fathoms in the Indo- Malaysian seas. All the
other genera are partly confined to the seas of temperate or cold
climates, partly there is the main range, and only a few species are
present in the litoral of warmer climates. Pontocarix, I believe,
must be regarded as a survival in the tropics, and its occurrence in
somewhat deeper water, but within the limits of the litoral, shows
already the tendency to descend into greater depths developed in
many species of the other Crangonidce. None of the other species
present in the tropical parts of the world can be regarded as sur-
vivals ; they immigrated thither from the more northern localities.

190 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

The main range of the genus Crangon comprises the cooler seas of
the northern hemisphere both in the Atlantic and Pacific. There
are three species showing a true circumpolar distribution: Or.
salebrosus, boreas and crangon. The two first named must be
regarded as true arctic animals, extending southward, it is true, in
more temperate climates, but preferring considerable depths, from
about 100 to 400 fathoms. Crangon crangon lives in very shal-
low water, extending not as far northward as Or. salebrosus and
bonus, and a connection between the Atlantic and Pacific (Japanese)
localities is not known. Perhaps such a connection was only present
in former times, and this species can not be counted among
the circumpolar ones, but is a survival of a formerly more
extended distribution. The two varieties of Crangon crangon
described above prefer deeper water, 50 and 60 fathoms, and they
are restricted to one of the northern parts of the two great
oceans, affinis being found in the northern Pacific from Japan to
California, allmanni in northern Europe. Of the other species of
Crangon eight show a distribution similar to the two last varieties.
Five are litoral and restricted to the northern part of the Pacific,
especially Or. sharpi and intermedins to the most northern parts
(Berings Sea and Alaska), Cr. angusticauda to Japan, and Or.
in a n it us and franciscorum to the western coast of United States.
The latter replaces the typical Or. crangon on this coast. A
sixth species, Or. agassizi, is found in the Atlantic near the eastern
coast of United States, and must be regarded as a true deep sea
animal, being recorded from about 200 to 900 fathoms. It is
replaced on the western side of America by a nearly allied abyssal
species, Or. procax, 660-900 fathoms. On the western coast of
Central America is found a second abyssal species, Or. atrox, between
600 and 700 fathoms, being closely related to the northern circum-
polar Or. salebrosus. The presence of these three abyssal species on
both sides of the American continent indicate a relation to the
northern circumpolar seas, according to their affinities with the north-
ern circumpolar species of the subgenus Sclerocravgon, but I do not
believe that this demonstrates the connection of the western and
eastern American seas in the tertiary period within the litoral, as
held to-day generally by authors.

Finally there are two antarctic species: Cr. ,capensis from the Cape
of Good Hope, and Cr. antarctieus from South Georgia. The latter

1895.] NATURAL. SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 191

is regarded by Pfeffer11 as a proof of the bipolar distribution of
Orangon. I have doubted the correctness of Pfeffer's opinion in
this view,12 and have pointed out that the examples of bipolar
distribution of Crustacea enumerated by him do not correspond exactly
to the facts known, except in the case of Or. antarcticus. But
neither in this species, is, I believe, a bi polarity of the genus
probable. Or. antarcticus is the nearest allied to Or. franeiscorum
and this fact induces me to suppose that a connection between the
northern and southern range of Orangon is present along the west
coast of America from California to Chili, and in the same manner,
I believe, there is a connection from the European seas along the
western coast of Africa to the Cape of Good Hope, the locality of
Or. capensis. Literal species of Orangon have not yet been recorded
from the western coasts of America and Africa, but I hope that
further investigation will demonstrate the presence of this genus in
both localities, and thus strengthen my theory.

Supposing my theory to be correct, the range of Orangon
would be a northern circumpolar one, partly containing circum-
polar species, partly species confined to the northern parts either
of Pacific or of Atlantic. Some species descended into the deep
sea to a depth of about 900 fathoms and -could propagate more
southward. Along the west coasts of Africa and America, owing
to the cooler temperature of the seas on these coasts, the range of
Orangon could extend to the southern hemisphere, crossing the
tropics.

The range of the genus Neetocrangon, the nearest allied of Orangon,
agrees wholly with that of the northern species of Orangon: one
species, Neetocrangon lar, is a true arctic-circumpolar one extending
very little southward (the most southern locality recorded is Nova
Scotia), the other, Neetocrangon alaskensis, is restricted, as we know,
at present to Alaska.

The genus Pontophilus, the first of the series, representing the second
branch of development arising from Pontocaris, has a nearly cosmo-
politan horizontal distribution, but the several species are wholly dif-
ferent from each other. The greatest number of species, like Orangon,
is found in the litoral of the cooler seas of the northern hemisphere,

11 Pfeffer, Die niedere Thierwelt des antarctischeii Ufergehietes. — Internat.
Polarf. Deutsch. Exped. 11,1890, p. 520-572.

12 Ortmaim, Jenaisclie Denkschriften, VIII, 1894, p. 77.

192 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

but their range does not extend very far northward. Accordingly,
arctic circumpolar species are not known, the northern literal species
being restricted to comparatively narrow districts, each to one side of
the great oceans. Only one species, P. norvegicus, in the northern
Atlantic, is found on both the European and American shores.
Eight species are found in the European seas: P. echinulatus,
spinosus, pattersoni, sculptus, bispinosus, trispinosus, fasciatus,
neglectus; one on the east coast of United States : P. brevirostris. As
the cooler waters of the western African coast allow a more south-
ward extension, a mediterranean specie's, P. cataphractus, ranges
southward to the Senegambia. In the Pacific northern species
are not known, but two having a more southward range: P.
bidentatus in Japan, P. carinicauda in China. The presence of the
latter in the tropics is due, I believe, to a more recent immigration.
Of the northern litoral species some show a very large bathymetri-
cal range, descending to considerable depths, especially P. echinu-
latus, brevirostris to 150 fathoms, P. norvegicus to 500 fathoms. The
next to the latter species, as regards the depth inhabited, are P.
bengalensis, andamanensis, junceus, being found in the tropical seas
of India and Indo-Malaysia in depths of about 100 to 300 fathoms,
and, farther, five species are true deep sea animals. One of these,
P. profundus, is only found near Sydney in 2,600 fathoms, another,
P. occidentalis, off the west coast of Central America in 900-2,200
fathoms. The three others show the characteristic wide range of the
true abyssal animals, Pont, gracilis being found in the Atlantic and
Indian oceans from 200 to 700 fathoms, P. abyssi in the North
Atlantic and Indian oceans from 1700 to 2,200 fathoms, and P.
ch alien geri in the Atlantic and Pacific oceans from 1,100 to 2,700
fathoms. Lastly, two litoral species are known from the cooler seas
of the southern hemisphere: P. australis from New Zealand, and P.
intermedins from Southern Australia.

The horizontal and vertical range of Pontophilus may be sum-
marized as follows: The main distribution of the genus is in the
litoral of the northern hemisphere, especially in the temperate seas,
a circumpolar rangeof none of the species is proven; a few litoral
species extend more southward. A great number of species have
a tendency to descend into deeper water, and, accordingly, sonic
species are found in the deeper water even of the tropics, and have
occupied a large area of the deep sea. In the cooler parts of the

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 193

southern hemisphere is given the possibility to re-ascend into the
litoral, and two litoral species are, in fact, found in Australia and
New Zealand.

The genus Sabinea contains two northern species, one of which, S.
septemearinata, is a true arctic circumpolar one, the other, S. sarsi,
is found on both sides of the northern Atlantic. Both descend into
greater depths, to about 150 fathoms. The third species, S. hystrix,
is an abyssal one, found in 400 to nearly 900 fathoms, and its range
extends more southward, from the eastern coast of United States to
Guadeloupe in the West Indies.

The two known species of the most extreme genus of the second
branch of Crangonidre, Paracrangon, live on the western coasts of
America, probably in greater depths; at least P. areolatus is recorded
from over 600 fathoms.

The last genus, Prionocrangon, is very peculiar and its affinities
are not certainly known. It probably is allied to Pontophilus, and
then its habitat, in the deep sea of the Indian ocean, 200-400
fathoms, would not be strange, since Pontophilus contains also
tropical species living in deeper water.

The distribution of Crangonidce may be thus summarized:
The "regions of life"13 in which Crangonidse are found, are the
litoral and the abyssal. Regarding the "fades,"14 the Crangoniclre
are principally, as we know, benthonic15 in sand and mud. These
habits admit a universal distribution of the family, but the genera
and species are more restricted.

The litoral species especially are not cosmopolitan, but are con-
fined by barriers. Except the tropical genus Pontocaris,, which
must be regarded as a survival, the litoral Crangonidse are almost
exclusively limited to the northern hemisphere, and the seas of
tropical temperature must be considered as the climatic barrier pre-
venting the distribution of Crangonidie southward. Only a few
species are adapted to the warmer seas, especially Crangon catapkractus
in Senegambia and Pontophilus carinicauda in China, Generally,
the Crangonida3, originating in the cooler northern hemisphere, were

13 "Lebensbezirke," J. Walther, Bionomie des Meeres, 1893, p. 13-15, p. 87-
176. — Walther does not give a satisfactory and correct definition of* this word, on
account of wbicb his detailed discussion concerning this term is wholly out of
place. Notwithstanding, the idea of '" regions of life " is a very good one.

14 Walther, ibid. p. 25-34.

15 See Haeckel, Planktonstudien, 1890, p. 18ff.

194 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

separated from the cooler parts of the southern by the broad belt of
the warm circumtropical seas. This zone, however, is not a con-
tinuous one, but is interrupted within the litoral on two tracts, on the
western coasts of Africa and America. At these two localities there
are two causes producing a lower temperature of the litoral seas than is
usual in the tropics. On the one hand, there are cold currents run-
ning from the southern cold seas along both shores northward as far
as the equator and even beyond ; on the other hand, on these coasts
arises cold water from the sea-bottom, the equatorial currents directed
from the coast to the west carrying away the surface water. A
cooling of the litoral waters of the west coasts of Africa and America
is thus produced, and although the most superficial layers of water
may be warmed by the sun, in greater depths within the litoral
there may prevail a low temperature. Thus, on the west coasts of
Africa and America, it may be possible that northern litoral forms
penetrate into the tropics and beyond, and may reach the litoral of
the cooler antartic hemisphere. The presence of Grangon capensis
and C. antarcticus may be thus explained.

By adaption to a cooler temperature a large number of Cran-
gonidse are able to descend to greater depths,"'' and by this habit
they may enter and cross the tropics in the deep sea. The species
adapted to the greater depths show, as usually in deep sea animals,
a very large horizontal range, and, therefore, they can reach
the southern hemisphere, while a re- ascending into the litoral
of the antarctic regions is possible. We know of the genus Pon-
tophilus, which is the only one containing true deep sea species of wide
distribution, two species in southern Australia and New7 Zealand, the
presence of which is probably due to this cause.

Other barriers against the distribution of the species of Cran-
gonidse are of a topographical character. At first, the great conti-
nents of northern Eurasia and North America cause a complete
separation of the northern temperate parts of the Atlantic and
Pacific, and, therefore, these oceans contain distinct species.
Farther, the Crangonidse, living mostly benthonic, can not pass over
great oceans, and, accordingly, the eastern and western shores both

16 The cold temperature is the main cause favoring immigration in the
deep seas, and in the arctics the deep sea and the litoral are closely connected.
See Monaco, Zur Erforschung der Meere, etc., translated into German by
Marenzeller, Wien, 1891, p. 135, and Pfeffer, Versuch iiber dor erdgeschichtliche
Entwickelung der jetzigen Verbreitungsverh'iltnisseunsererTiervvolt, Hamburg,
1891.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 195

of the Pacific and Atlantic are inhabited by different species. Only
the true arctic species being able to live along the most northern
shores of America and Asia show a circumpolar distribution, no
topographic barriers of the kind mentioned there being present.
The species not living in the arctic, but in the boreal17 seas, are re-
stricted by such topographic barriers.

It is evident, therefore, that the means of dispersal of the
Crangonidse, except Pontocaris and a few species of Pontophilus, do
not act against the climatic barriers and mostly also not against the
topographic. Only a few known species are present on both shores
of the Atlantic: Pontophilus norvegicus (100-150 fath.) and
Sabinea sarsi (60-150 fath.). Whether these species can pass over
the barrier formed by the northern Atlantic as adult animals or as
larva1, or whether this distribution is due to other causes, we can not
say at present.

On the shores of the Atlantic and Pacific very nearly allied species
are sometimes found. These must be derived from common ancestors
living when the arctic ocean was not as cold as at present, and when
a circumpolar connection was present for these species as in the case
of the circumpolar forms now living. Later these species retreated
more southward, and by the topographic separation of the range,
the morphological characters could change, and distinct forms could
develop.

The geographical distribution of the Crangonidse is a very char-
acteristic one and important as limiting the northern zoo-geographical
regions of the litoral. Apart from a few species living in the tropics,
in the antarctic and in the deep sea, the family of Crangonidre char-
acterizes the northern circumpolar region, as defined by me formerly.18
This region is characterized by the genera Nectocrangon and Sabinea.
Among the northern species we can distinguish true arctic species
showing a circumpolar range, especially Crangon salebrosus, boreas,
Nectocrangon lar, Sabinea septemcarinata, and boreal species. The
latter are not circumpolar, but more restricted. Crangon crangon
affinis is restricted to the Pacific, Pontophilus norvegicus and Sabinea
sarsi to the Atlantic. The other species are more localized and char-
acterize each a separate local fauna, and we can distinguish a Japan-
ese fauna, a fauna of the Berings Sea, a fauna of the western coast of

17 Regarding the distribution of "arctic" and "boreal" seas see Pfeffer,
Versuch, etc., 1891.

18 Jenaiscbe Denkschriften, VIII, 1804, p. 78.

196 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

America. Characteristic of the first is Grangon angusticanda ; Pon-
tophilus bidentatus; of the second, Grangon sharpi, C. intermedins,
Nedocrangon alaskensis ; of the third, Grangon munitus, G. francis-
corum, Paraerangon echinatus.19 In the Atlantic, we have species
peculiar to the European coasts: Grangon crangon allmanni, Povto-
philus echinatus, P. spinosus, P. pattersoni, P. seulptus, P. bispinosus,
P. trispinosus, P. fasciatus, P. neglectus, and one peculiar to the east
coast of America: Pontophilus breviorostris.

Accordingly, within the limits of the arctic region we can dis-
tinguish three sub-regions: 1. The arctie-eircumpolcvr; 2. the Aflai die-
boreal; 3. the Pacific-boreal, The two latter are divided into local
faunas, the Atlantic into the northern European and the fauna of the
east coast of United States; the Pacific into the local faunas of the
Berings Sea, of Japan, and of the west coast of North America.

The arctic litoral region is the centre of origin of the family of
Crangonidfe, and the centre of its development. The geographical
distribution of the species not living within the arctic litoral may
be characterized and classified as follows:

1. Survivors of a more cosmopolitan distribution in the tropics of
Indo-Malaysia: Pontocaris propensalata., P. pennata.

2. Immigrants into the litoral of warmer seas from the northern
litoral : Pontophilus cataphractus , P. carinicauda.

3. Immigrants into the deep sea.

a. Localized species.20 North Atlantic: Crangon agassizi, 200-900
fath., Sabinea hystrix, 400-900 fath.; Indo-Malaysia: Pontophilus
bengalensis, 107-270 fath., P. andamanensis, 180-^20 fath., P.
junceus, 250 fath., Prionocrangon ommatosteres, 200-400 fath.; off
Australia: Pontophilus profundus, 2600 fath.; off western coast of
Central America': Crangon atrox, 600-700 fath., Cr. procax, 600-
900 fath., Pontophilus occidentalis, 900-2200 fath., Paraerangon
areolatus, 670-680 fath.
b. Widely distributed abyssal species: Pontophilus gracitis, 200-
700 fath., Pontophilus abyssi, 1700-2200 fath., Pontophilus cha/-
lengeri, 1100-2700 fath.

4. Immigrants into the litoral of the antarctic region.

Crangon antareticus, Cr. capensis, Pontophilus auslralis, P. inter-
medin*.

'•' Paraerangon echinatus is perhaps an abyssal species, judging from tlie
depth recorded for Paraerangon areolatus.

20 Some of these species maybe more widely distributed.

1895.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 197

The occurrence of the recently described Aegean orientalis
Henderson, from the litoral of the Burmese coast (Gulf of Marta-
bem) is remarkable, because this species is said to be related to the
Mediterranean Pontophilus cataphraebus. It may, however, belong
to the genus Pontecaris, and the description and figure given by
Henderson do not refute this supposition.

198 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

DOES THE DELAWARE WATER GAP CONSIST OF TWO
RIVER GORGES 1

BY EMMA WALTER.

The Delaware River passes through the Kittatinny or Blue
Mountaiu by a cleft nearly at right' angles to the axis of that range.
The entire length of the cut is a little over two miles, but only to
the part where it is narrowest or its walls highest and steepest is the
term "Water Gap" locally applied. In the following paper, when
the Gap is mentioned the entire two miles is included.

It is clear this remarkable breach in the mountain has been made
by river water, and that it is still being deepened by the Delaware,
as is stated in the Reports of the Pennsylvania Geological Survey.

But a study of the marked features of the Water Gap has con-
vinced me the Delaware once flowed through it from the south to-
wards the north, or in a direction directly opposite to the present
flow of the river; also that this north-flowing river was preglacial
and that much the larger part, both of the length and depth of
of the Gap, was cut by this old river, the remainder being the work
of the present south-flowing river since the Ice Age, the Delaware
Water Gap being thus composed of two united river gorges, which
have been cut from opposite directions.

If we examine the work of streams which are now forcing their
way through hills or mountains, we will see all do their work upon
much the same pattern ; that is, a gorge with a funnel-shaped en-
trance opening down stream and contracting to a passage with more
or less precipitous sides that suddenly expand into an amphitheatre
with very precipitous walls. The curve of this amphitheatre always
points up the stream, and over the centre the waters tumble into a
pool, the depth of which, at the foot of the fall is often very great,
even when the stream is quite shallow in all the rest of its course.

The upper portion of the Delaware Water Gap is just such a
gorge, but its funnel-shaped entrance points up stream and not down,
as it should if it was the work of the present river. Its amphitheatre
rounds down stream instead of up as it would if it had been cut by

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 199

our Delaware. Near the northern entrance to the Water Gap are
low rapids, over the Clinton rocks; just after the river accomplishes
its passage through the mountain it falls in a succession of low
rapids over the Hudson River slates.

For many miles both above and below these two sets of rapids the
average depth of the water is only six feet, according to the Geolog-
ical Survey, but between them, about a mile and three-quarters be-
low the upper, and a quarter of a mile above the lower rapids, is a
spot where the river has a surprising depth; no two authorities agree
concerning the number of feet. In 1892 the engineer of the little
launch which plies to and fro in the Gap, said: "It is 35 feet
deep." L. W. Brodhead writes me: "We took soundings about
forty years ago and made it 45 feet;" and he adds, "a sounding
some years previous reached 60 feet, while a century earlier it was
thought to be unfathomable." In Penna. Geol. Sur. Rept's. ,
Vol. G6, the depth is given as 51 feet, while a local Guide Book
gives 70 feet.

Two agencies" are, no doubt, slowly lessening this remarkable
depth. The gradual cutting down of the whole river bed from this
point to sea level and the slow filling of the pool, by the debris
dropped into its quiet waters in times of freshet.

At the north entrance of the Water Gap the bed of the river is
nearly 1,500 feet wide; in half a mile it has contracted to 400 feet
and in the next mile reaches its narrowest, 350 feet. This portion
;s nearly a quarter of a mile in length, its walls, 1,000 feet high,
rise at an average angle of 45°. From 350 feet the channel
suddenly widens to an oblong pool 500 feet wide and about 900 feet
long. This pool is bounded by nearly 900 feet of Pennsylvania
shore which rises, steeply, to a height of 1,100 feet. The New
Jersey side stretches in a beautiful curve, 2,100 feet long, and rises
in part a sheer precipice of 1,000 feet, with 200 feet of steep rock
still above that. This great curve rounds to the south and ends
suddenly at the Point of Rocks. It is just opposite this point and
not far from the New Jersey shore, the extraordinary, deep water
before described is found. Here, I believe, is the centre of the
amphitheatre of the gorge of the north-flowing Delaware and this
deep pool marks the spot where the waters of the great river plunged
into the chasm. But the solid rock wall over which they fell has
been breached by a channel 400 feet wide. Through this opening

200 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

the Delaware enters that portion of the Water Gap that I believe
is the work of the present south-flowing river.

Nor is the character of the part of the Gap just described the
only evidence that the Delaware River in pre-glacial times flowed to
the northward.

In Vol. G6, page 53, we read, "finding an old buried valley bed
from Port Jervis northeastward to the Hudson River at Rondout,
* * * the suggestion seemed not unreasonable that the Delaware
turned northeastward at Port Jervis and, receiving a large tributary
from the south, kept along this old buried valley to the Hudson River.
"But," the report continues, " subsequent study of the Delaware
Valley, southward * * * seemed to render this view uncertain,
.since the Delaware appears to have flowed through the Kittatinny
Mountain, at the Water Gap, during its entire history."

I think it is clear "the Delaware has flowed through the Gap
during its entire history," but that the direction of the flow of the
river through the Gap in pre-glacial times was exactly the reverse of
its direction since the glacier disappeared.

In Vol. D3, of Penn. Geol. Sur. Rept's., two remarkable patches of
gravel are described. One is at West Bethlehem, the other at
Easton. Both lie at a height of 170 feet above the present level of
the water in the Delaware at Easton. Upon this gravel rests a
boulder clay which contains scratched stones, gravel and clay, to-
gether having a thickness of from 25 to 30 feet. The irregularities
of the upper line of the gravel are great and show it was worn into
hollows before the clay was deposited. " This gravel," says the
report, "is unquestionably a river deposit, a fragment of an ancient
river terrace, and could only have been formed by the damming
back of descending waters; but there is no evidence of such a dam
and no known means for producing it below Easton."

If the Delaware, at the time it was depositing this gravel was
"descending" towards the north, then it is above Easton and not
below that we must look for the means for producing such a dam.

I think we can find both the "means" and the place, and that
they explain not only the gravel but also the boulder clay which
li<s on top of it. The "means" is the great Ice Sheet, moving
southward ; the place, where this Ice Sheet effectually blocked the
northward flow of the Delaware. This, undoubtedly, would be at the
Water Gap. But, manifestly, a great river flowing far to the north-

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 201

ward would meet the glacier long before the ice reached the Gap.
Possibly the river migbt rind, for a time, a side escape for its waters,
without turning back upon itself. As Prof. J. P. Lesley says, on page
1,203 of Summary, Final Report, Penn. Geol. Sur. "the Dela-
ware River seems to have flowed in different ages along different
lines." When the ice at length rilled the Gap, which is about twenty-
three miles above Easton, then the river waters would be ponded
back upon themselves and all the debris carried by the stream, still
flowing from the south, would be dropped where the currents meet.
When the ice finally reached its southern limit, marked by the
terminal moraine which lies 12 miles above Easton, then, what H.
( arvill Lewis, in his "Glacial Geology of Great Britain and Ireland,"
styles an "extra- moraine lake" would be formed. For he says:
" when glacier or moraine obstructs a stream flowing from outside
towards the glacier a lake may be formed in the non-glaciated area
bordering the moraine. Such lakes are only temporary and are
drained when the river has established its new channel." "At first
thought," Mr. Lewis continues, "it seems a remarkable feat for a
river to suddenly begin flowing backward and up stream ; but
I can show that this feat was actually accomplished in many
cases, both in America and England," and farther, "a river having
begun to flow backward while the ice barred its forward progress, con-
tinued to do so after theice-wall had retreated and the terminal moraine
took its place." On another page we read in the same work, "when
a stream was dammed back by the front of the ice, there boulder
clay full of scratched erratics accumulated, filling the old river
valley."

The change in the direction of the flow of the Delaware was no
doubt accelerated by the general change in the level of the land
which we know accompanied the Ice Age, an elevation at the north
and a depression at the south. In "Glacial Geol. G. Brit, and Ire."
before quoted, it is stated, "there was in Pennsylvania a subsidence
of 1*0 feet at tide-water. The rivers then emptied much further
inland and their channels were much shorter and relatively steeper
than now and thus their cutting power would be largely increased."
The great volume of water loaded with debris which must have
issued from the melting ice sheet would also add greatly to the
rapidity with which a new channel would be cut.

In a note in 2d Geol. Surv. Penna. Rep't, Vol. L, Prof. J. P.
14

202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Lesley calls attention to the curious fact that the gravel deposit at
Easton stands nearly upon the same level with the highest of the
Upper Delaware terraces above that river.

The terraces of the Upper Delaware are a marked and beautiful
feature of its scenery. They are found between Port Jervis and the
Water Gap, often as four regular steps. The first or lowest is from
20 to 25 feet above the river, while the fourth or highest terrace
stands at 150 feet above the present river level. Five terraces are
all well marked along Brodhead's Creek, the principal tributary of
the Delaware between Port Jervis and the Water Gap. They can
also be traced up the "great buried valley" in which the sluggish
stream known as Cherry Creek flows to enter the Delaware just be-
low the mouth of Brodhead's Creek and just above the northern
entrance to the Gap.

In Report L, Prof. Lewis says, " these terraces of the Upper
Delaware may be due to an ancient obstruction in the Gap backing
up the water from the melting glacier to form a lake of considerable
size." That these terraces are of later formation than the glacial
deposits is proved on Brodhead's Creek, where a railroad cutting shows
kames partly covered by terrace material.

Now it will be remembered their positions are directly reversed at
Easton ; there the glacial material lies on the top of the river terrace,
showing that the terrace there is the older deposit of the two.

If the rock in the centre of the amphitheatre of the pre-glacial
gorge had not been cut down to present river level, when the glacier
retreated this rock-wall would certainly stand as "an ancient obstruc-
tion in the Gap, damming back the waters to form a lake of con-
siderable size," or from Port Jervis to the Water Gap. In this lake
the waters would rise until they reached the top of the rock-wall and
pouring over it the draining of the lake would begin. So the highest
terrace of the new river would come to stand nearly upon the same
level as the lowest or last of the old river, the new standing at 150
feet and the old at 170 feet above the present water level in the
river. Does this difference of 20 feet represent the sum of the
fall of the bed of the old river between Easton and the Water Gap
and the amount of the erosion by the ice between the same points?

In Vol. L, page 58, H. Carvil Lewis says, "it was a surprising and
unexpected fact to find no tongue of ice was projected through the
Gap, which was, as it were, ignored by the glacier. It filled the

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 203

Gap up with ice but moved diagonally across it." Glacial stria' all
pointing in a direction obliquely across the mountain and the Gap,
occur at various heights and on the top of the mountain, but no
striae were noted below the Kittatinny House. This hotel stands
upon the 120 foot contour line of Chance's map, though according to
Mr. Erodhead it is 180 feet above the river and is situated just be-
low the north entrance to the Gap.

Above the carriage road, on the Pennsylvania side, not far from
the narrowest part of the gorge, a series of beautiful, polished, hori-
zontal grooves of considerable size may be seen ; on the perpendicular
face of the sand-stone rock, Mr. L. W. Brodhead gives the height
of these grooves above river as 150 feet. Their course is nearly at
right angles to the direction of the glacial stria? on the mountain.

Whether these are glacial grooves, or whether they are, as seems*
to me most probable, the result of a swift current of water carrying
much debris, they certainly show that a powerfully erosive agent of
some kind passed through the Gap at about the height of 150 feet.
Now at this same height stands the upper terrace of the present river,
while not far above the same elevation lies the old river gravel, and
glacial striae appear to be absent below a nearly equal level. The
position of grooves, terrace, old river gravel and absence of glacial
stria?, so nearly on the same line, is explained, if the rock wall of
the centre of the amphitheatre stood somewhere near a height of 150
feet at the end of the Ice Age.

When the water commenced to tlow over this rock-wall it would
begin the cutting of the short lower, or south portion of the Gap.
Its walls are very precipitious for a short distance and the gorge
ends rather suddenly, as the southeastern face of the Kittatinny
Mountain is exceedingly bold. This lower gorge extends from the
Point of Rocks to the head of the rapids over the Hudson River
slates. The width of the channel where the river passes from the
upper gorge to the lower, as before stated, is 400 feet, but it increases
to 800 feet at its wide- spreading mouth. This very rapid curving
outward of the walls of the lower gorge, on both sides of the river
so nearly alike, seems to indicate the impetuous rush of an immense
body of water.

The difference in the character of the bed of the present river
from Port Jervis to the beginning of the Hudson River slates
and from the beginning of the Hudson River slates to the

204

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1895.

Jtmccp oftkc

TteducecLJTHjTR.

Chance's
Contour Map.

o Ho hot goo
J L_

J

JiUe

fi

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 205

moraine at Belvidere, I think offers further proof that the first
mentioned portion was cut before the coming of the ice sheet, and the
last since the melting of the ice ; for from Port Jervis to the
slates the Delaware flows in a deep, ancient river valley or valleys.
Its bed, except at a few points where there is a rock bottom for a
short distance, is in the glacial drift which still fills the old water
course to an unknown depth, even the deepest portion of the Gap
itself being so filled, while from the beginning of the slates to
Belvidere, the river has a rock bed, its channel is broad, the valley
wide, with hills rising only one or two hundred feet above the river.

Looking southward from the top of Mt. Minsi, on the Pennsylvania
side of the southern entrance to the Gap, from a height of 1,100
feet, the country has the appearance of a gently sloping plain nearly
to Belvidere, 13 miles away. The fall in the river in this distance
is 4] feet per mile, while in the unglaciated area between Belvidere
and Easton the descent is 61 feet per mile. This fell, with the vast
volume of water which must have continually poured through the
Gap during the melting of the ice, would certainly, I think, give a
torrent of sufficient force to accomplish the work which I have assumed
has been done since the melting of the ice sheet.

If I have proven that the gorge from the Point of Rocks to the
northern entrance of the Gap was the work of a north-flowing river,
and the gorge from the Point of Rocks to the southern entrance of the
Gap is the work of the south-flowing Delaware, it follows that the
Delaware Water Gap doe* consist of two river gorges united, eroded
from different directions and in different geological epochs.

206 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

NEW SPECIES OF THE GENUS CERION.
BY H. A. PILSBRY AND E. G. YANATTA.

Mr. C. J. Maynard has lately made known certain characters of
the internal teeth or lamella? of the species of the genus Cerion
found by cutting the shell open. By this means, many species con-
siderably alike externally are found to he well distinguished when
their interiors are examined. Mr. E. G. Vanatta having engaged
to make the necessary sections, a considerahle portion of the Cerious
of the Academy's collection has been thus reviewed, and various new
species brought to light, some of which may be briefly diagnosed
as folloAvs, further information and figures being reserved for a
future communication : —

Cerion ( Paracerion | tridentatum Pilsbry and Yauatta.

Shell similar externally to C. incanum, but aperture long, ovate,
much higher than wide ; cone of spire longer, several whorls following
the nepionic ones densely striate. Parietal lamina small, short, cen-
tral, with a smaller accessory denticle to the left of and beyond its
inner end, and another lamina slightly to the right and deeper
within. Alt. 25- 27^; diam. 9-10 mm. Cuba, R. Swift,

The section Paracerion P. and V. is proposed for forms having
the tooth arrangement described above.

Cerion (Paracerion) basistriatum P. and V.

Shell allied to C. striatellum in form and tooth arrangement, but
lacking riblets on the intermediate whorls, basal whorl costulate ;
substance much thinner. Alt. 16*-18; diam. 8-9 mm. Cabo
Cruz, Cuba.

Cerion (Maynardia) felis P. and V.

Shell short, stout, cylindrical, with short but straight and rather
acute cone; strongly costate throughout (except nepionic whorls), the
ribs curved, 16 on penult, and on next earlier whorls, widely spaced.
Entire surface closely sculptured with unevenly spaced, (hep, incised
spiral strice. Whorls 10, slightly convex. Aperture ovate-cordate,
nearly as wide as high, over a third the shell's length. Lip

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 207

refiexed, thin; parietal lamina strong, short; axial lamina incon-
spicuous in front. Alt. 28; diam. 12 mm. Cat Island, Bahamas.
This species and the next are peculiarly unlike all others known
in being densely, conspicuously spirally striated.

Cerion (Maynardia) Johnsoni I'. and V.

Shell turreted , elongate, the last ichor/ widest, the others forming a
tapering spire, the earlier whorls of the form seen in a young Euca-
lodium. Surface densely spirally striate, and hearing very stout,
distant ribs; 11 on penult., one or two fewer on earlier whorls.
Whorls 111, very convex. Aperture about one-third the alt., oval-
cordate; parietal lamina small. Color cream- white. Alt. 82 ; diam.
11 mm. Locality unknown ; one specimen from coll. C. W. Johnson.

This is really the most remarkable form of Cerion yet discovered,
allied to C. felis in sculpture, but in the tapering contour wholly
unlike anything known hitherto in the genus, with the exception of
Phjxi scalarina Gundl. , which is much smaller, with less attenuated
earlier whorls.

Cerion (Maynardia) columna 1'. and V.

Shell thick, strong, cylindrical or column-shaped, the latter 4-5
whorls of equal diameter, those preceding forming a cone of one-
fourth the shell's length; bluish-white, flesh- tinged on cone, some
whorls of which are finely, closely striate ; the stria? then either
disappear, leaving the median whorls smooth, or become coarse,
wide- spaced, irregular costa1 on median whorls, stronger on last whorl.
Whorls 18, hardly convex. Aperture small, less than one-third the
alt., long-ovate, gothic- angular above ; interior deep purple-brown,
often becoming red-brown toward the wdiite lip, which is everywhere
revolutely refiexed, but not thickened. Parietal tooth strong and
(for a Maynardia) long. Axial lamina moderate. Alt. 46i ; diam.
12 \ mm. Inagua.

Differs from the closely allied G. infanda in the smaller and colored
aperture, less compressed body-whorl, etc. ; from G. reginu it differs
in the more elongate form, colored mouth and less excavated umbil-
ical tract ; from ( '. regium in the more slender contour, etc. It
resembles in shape, Pupa cretacea Pfr.; but that species is far more
obtuse than any of the dozen specimens of this before us. A variety
which may be called v. valida is smaller, strongly and subregularlv
costate throughout. Inagua. Alt. 34; diam. 10* mm.

208 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Cerion (Maynardia) regina P. and V.

Shell like C. regium Bens, in form, color, and the expanded, ex-
cavated umbilical area; lip narrower ; ribless except on the last
whorl, which has few irregularly spaced ribs, or in some specimens
uneven, sparse ribs are found throughout the cylindrical portion.
Parietal tooth short. Alt. 30-331; diam. 12 mm. Turk's Island
(Swift, Gabb).

This species has affinities with C. columna of Inagua, G. regium
of Castle Island, C. lentiginosum and G. album of Rum Cay. The
first is more elongated and pillar-like, with very dark mouth ; the
second is stouter, heavier, with far wider, thicker lip — in fact, a lip
of quite Ethiopian characteristics; and the two forms from Rum Cay
are distinguished from all the preceding by the close, even micro-
scopic costulation of their earlier whorls.

C. regina percostatum P. and V.

Form of shell and mouth as in G. regina; but whole surface except
nepionic apex, regularly ribbed, as in Strophia alba Mayn. , except
that the ribs on cylindrical portion are wider spaced. White, much
mottled and clouded with brown. Holds the same relation to ( '.
regina that album holds toward lentiginosum. Alt. 35'.; diam. 13
mm.; often smaller in the same proportions or comparatively wider.
Mouth longer than in C. album Mayn. Turk's Island.

Cerion regina comes P. and V.

Shell with the form, size and sculpture of G. regina, but coloring
of C. lentiginosum Mayn.; heavily streaked and blotched with chest-
nut brown, on the cone finely speckled and zigzagged. Turk's
Island. ( Swift, Gabb, et al.)

Cerion regina Swiftii P. and V.

Shell with the elongated form and large, excavated umbilical
tract of C. regina, but smaller, thinner, distinctly tapering from the
body- whorl upward; parietal callus very heavy in adults, parietal
lamina low, deep-seated. Color varying from white to chestnut,
streaked and speckled with white. Alt. 26; diam. 10 mm. Turk's
Island. (C. Blume, in Robert Swift collection, A. N. S.)
Cerion regina eucosmium P. and V.

Shell with the form and size of regina, but smooth, glossy, rib-
less, or with a few irregular ribs on body-whorl ; livid, pinkish-
brown, streaked and speckled with white.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 209

Cerion regina brevispira P. and V.

Shell short, pupiform, compact ; lower two whorls of equal diam-
eter, those above tapering to form a short cone. Whorls 8-9, all
but the last one smooth, the last more or less ribbed ; umbilical
chink deep, the area below it excavated. Aperture much exceed-
ing one-third the length of shell, ovate, purple within; peristome
narrowly reflexed, not thickened, white; parietal callus impercep-
tible; parietal lamina small, rather short, deep-seated. Axial
lamina small. White, boldly streaked and blotched with rich
brown. Alt. 22, diam. 10 mm. or smaller. Apert., alt. 9.5; width
8.3 mm. Turk's Island. (W. M. Gabb.)

This form looks very distinct from C. regina, and we have no
intermediate specimens; but it occurs on the same small island, and
may prove to be only a sub-species of that form.

Cerion (Maynardia) maritimum var. sublaevigatum (Pfr.) P. and V.

Similar to maritima, but lacking costulse. Matanzas, etc., Cuba.
(Strophia maritima Maynard, Monogr. p. 127, seems to be this,
rather than the typical maritima.)

Cerion (Maynardia) abacoensis P. and V.

Shell like Cerion album Maynard in form, sculpture and color,
or rather shorter; differing in the more closed, shallower, far shorter
umbilical rimation and very much smaller umbilical area behind •
columellar lip, and in the thicker lip. Alt. 32; diam. 12| mm.;
alt. 27i; diam. 13 mm. Abaco I. (Bland.).

Cerion (Maynardia) incanoides P. and V.

Shell resembling C. incanum in general aspect. Very thin;
cylindrical, the lower three whorls of equal diameter, those above
forming a convex, obtuse cone. Surface nearly smooth, as in S.
incana; white or fleshy-white, the two nepionic whorls corneous
brown, the following whorls of cone finely variegated with zigzag
brown marking and speckling. Whorls 10, almost flat. Aperture
ovate-truncate, brown inside; parietal lamina low and rather short;
axial lamina sharp, strong within last whorl, but not over a whorl
long ; peristome narrowly reflexed, white, thin ; parietal callus rather
thin ; umbilical rimation deep, sometimes perforate, the area below
it broad, excavated, flaring. Alt. 30; diam. 11 mm.; alt. of apert.
11; diam. 9 mm. Turk's Island.

15

210 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

This species belongs clearly to the group of ('. regina, lentiginomm,
etc., but it is a very thin shell, smooth like incana, with which it
has probably been confused in collections.

Cerion (Maynardia) Maynardi P. and V.

Shell large, strong, cylindrical, white or fleshy in the intervals
between strong, slightly curved ribs, separated by three times their
width on the cylindrical portion, which consists of 3 to 4 whorls;
those above forming a short cone on which the ribs are much closer.
Whorls 111, flat, the last ascending, becoming attenuated down-
ward, but with well rounded base, upon which the ribs are obsolete,
but replaced by fine costuhe. Umbilical rimation very deep, the
area below it rather wide, bounded by a spiral groove well within
the basal margin of umbilical tract. Aperture ovate-truncate, brown
within; parietal lamina very strong, thick but short; axial lamina
small, one whorl long. Peristome stout, broadly reflexed, its face
convexly thickened but not "duplicate;" broadly vaulted over the
umbilical region; parietal callus varying from thin to heavy. Alt.
35; diam. 15 mm.; apert. alt. 14; width 12 mm. Some specimens
fall under, some exceed these dimensions. Abaco, Bahamas. (Robert
Swift. ) Larger and coarser than G. abacoensis, and with far deeper
umbilical rimation and distant ribs.

Cerion (Maynardia) yumaensis P. and V.

Shell cylindrical, the lower three whorls of equal diameter, those above
tapering rapidly to form a short coue; white, mottled with fleshy-corneous
above, or having this color appear in sparse streaks, or in most or
all the intervals between the opaque white riblets throughout the
shell. Surface evenly, regularly and closely ribbed, the ribs sep-
arated by intervals slightly greater than their own width, about 29
on penult, whorl. Whorls 9?, the earlier two corneous, first one
smooth, next very minutely radially striate. Last whorl rounded
below. Umbilical chink much compressed, the tract below it semi-
lunar, defined by a groove. Aperture truncate-ovate, brown within;
parietal lamina small, short. Columella truncated obliquely; lip
expanded, not thickened; the parietal callus light. Alt, 24'. ; diam.
!'] mm. Yuma River, Hayti (Henry Prime) ; San Domingo (Gabb;
Salle). While superficially like C. striatellum, the different arma-
ture of the parietal wall at once distinguishes this species. The
parietal lamina is much reduced, almost absent in some specimens.

Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1895.

Plate I.

6

9c

9

9a

9b

10a

HARRIS, TERTIARY MOLLUSCA OF TEXAS.

Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1S95.

Plate II

HARRIS, TERTIARY MOLLUSCA OF TEXAS.

Proc. Acad. Nat. Scl Phila. 1895.

Plate III.

IT

HARRIS, TERTIARY MOLLUSCA OF TEXAS.

Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phi I a. 1895.

Plate IV.

HARRIS, TERTIARY MOLLUSCA OF TEXAS.

Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phi la. 1895.

Plate V.

HARRIS, TERTIARY MOLLUSCA OF TEXAS.

Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1895.

Plate VI.

12a

11

13a

HARRIS, TERTIARY MOLLUSCA OF TEXAS.

Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1895.

Plate VII.

HARRIS, TERTIARY MOLLUSCA OF TEXAS.

Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1895.

Plate VIM

HARRIS, TERTIARY MOLLUSCA OF TEXAS.

Proc. Acad Nat Sci. Phila. 1895

Plate IX.

HARRIS, TERTIARY MOLLUSCA OF TEXAS.

1895.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 2fll

April 2, 1895.

The President, General Wistar, in the Chair.

Forty-six persons present.

Mr. Henry A. Pilsbry was elected a Curator for the unexpired
term of the late Dr. W. S. W. Ruschenberger.

April 9.

The President, General Wistar, in the Chair.

Twenty-four persons present.

The following minute was presented from the Biological and Mi-
croscopical Section and unanimously adopted :

JOHN A. RYDER, Ph. D.

In view of the death of our colleague, Dr. John A. Ryder, it is
the sense of the Biological and Microscopical Section of the Academy
of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia that a minute be recorded to
express the great regret of the Section and its deep appreciation of
the loss it has sustained in his untimely decease.

Dr. Ryder was elected a member of the Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia January 29, 1878, and shortly after that date began to
attend the meetings of the Section and frequently made interesting com-
munications. He became a member of the Section November 15, 1886,
and at the annual meeting in the same year he was chosen Director,
which office he held until the close of. 1888. Many of his commu-
nications made before the Section were verbal and were, to a large
extent, a resume or report of his own current work, and also of that
of other investigators at home and abroad, who were working in
lines similar to his own. The subjects treated in these communica-
tions included myology, embryology, histology, microscopic tech-
nique, malacology, comparative anatomy and kindred biological
studies. Most of these communications afterward appeared in print
in the Proceedings of the Academy or elsewhere.
16

212 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Dr. Ryder's earnestness of purpose and intense interest in his
studies could not fail to impress and stimulate his fellow members,
while his wonderful memory and obliging disposition were often
appealed to by them, and it was very rarely that he could not fur-
nish the desired information. Especially was this true of his knowl-
edge and recollection of scientific literature ; on many subjects he
could give an almost complete bibliography from memory.

In deeply deploring the early death of Dr. Ryder, which occurred
at the height of his scientific vigor, the Section but voices the senti-
ment of the entire biological world.

(Signed)

Harold Wingate, ]

Amos P. Brown, [committee.

H. F. Moore, J

April 16.

The President, General Wistar, in the Chair.

Thirty-four persons present*

The deaths of the following Correspondents were announced : —

John Whitaker Hulke, of London, G. B. ; Gaston de Saporta, of

Aix, Germany, and James Dwight Dana, of New Haven, Conn.
The following papers were presented for publication :- —
New species of the genus Cerion. By Henry A. Pilsbry and

E. G. Vanatta.

Notes on Varying Hares of Washington and British Columbia,

with description of a new subspecies. By Samuel N. Rhoads.

April 23.
The President, General Wistar, in the Chair.

Thirty-one persons present.

A paper entitled " Distribution of the American Bison in Penn-
sylvania, with remarks on a new fossil species," by Samuel N.
Rhoads, was presented for publication.

April 30.
The President, General Wistar, in the chair.
Twenty-seven persons present.

1895.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 213

A paper entitled "On the Priority of the nanus Calliste, Aglaia
and Calospiza and their use in Ornithology," by Witmer Stone,
was presented for publication.

Mr. Thomas Meehan was appointed Chairman of the Publication
Committee to succeed the late Mr. Redfield.

Dr. Samuel G. Dixon was appointed a member of the Library
Committee to succeed the late Dr. Ruschenberger.

Messrs. Persifor Frazer, Augelo Heilprin, J. P. Lesley, P>enj.
Smith Lyman and Theodore D. Rand were appointed members of
the Hayden Memorial Geological Committee.

Mr. William W. Jefteris was appointed Curator of the William
S. Vaux Collections.

The following were ordered to be printed :

214 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF ACHATINELLIDJE FROM THE

HAWAIIAN ISLANDS.

BY D. D. BALDWIN.

At the present time the total number of described species of Acha-
tinella, after eliminating the Auriculella and Leptackatina, is about
330. Of these 102 are manifest synonyms or varieties. Some of
the remaining species are closely allied, and nearly all exceedingly
variable.

In the past twenty years only five species have been added to the
list, though during this period several new regions have been explored
and many new forms discovered. Strange as it may appear, large
districts remain yet to be explored. These will require much re-
search, as well as considerable time before the molluscan life and its
exact distribution can be fully ascertained, for the habitats of the
Achatinella are our lofty and rugged mountains, covered with almost
impenetrable forest jungles, and furrowed by deep gorges, often diffi-
cult of access, a species being often restricted to a single isolated
mountain ridge or gorge.

The inconstant and variable characters which many of the species
of Achatinella exhibit, the uncertainty of some of the species already
published, and the somewhat confused synonymy of the group, all
contribute to render difficult the matter of affirming new species.
Of great importance is the geographical position or distribution of a
species. Differences in the external appearance and color of the
animals furnish specific tests of essential value. Peculiarities in the
sculpturing and color of the earlier or embryonic whorls have proved
of value in determining some of the species. An experience also of
over forty years in collecting and studying the habitats and distribu-
tion of Achatinella may be to some extent a guarantee for the
validity of the new species herewith presented.

We are indebted to Rev. Prof. Gwatkin, of Cambridge, England,
and Mr. H. Suter, of New Zealand, for notes regarding the lingual
dentition of the species of Achatinella. They indicate two very dis-
tinct divisions of the genus, as founded on the structure of the radula.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 215

Section first. No jaw ; only a chitinous, transparent membrane
covering the lips. Radula broad, oblong. Teeth of the radula very
numerous, en chevron, rows sloping obliquely backward ; the central
tooth long and slender, often obsolete; the laterals and marginals all
of the same type, base narrow, head rather broad, the denticles
varying in number from five to seven, in the last marginal from four
to two.

To this section belong the following subgenera of Aehatinella, viz. :
Ichatinellastrum Pfr. ; Bulimella Pfr; Apex von Martens ; Ptatii-
lina Pfr.; Newcombia Pfr.; and Ebumella and Perdicella of Pease.
The species of these subgenera are all arboreal in their habit, and
their dentition is practically indistinguishable, except that in some
species the central tooth is absent or slightly varied.

Section second. Jaw present; arcuate, strong, not ribbed. Radula
oblong, not wide. Teeth quadrate, in nearly straight rows; centrals
small, narrow, sometimes faintly tricuspid; laterals larger, bicuspid;
marginals bicuspid .or multicuspid.

To this section belong the subgenera Amastra H. & A. Ad., and
Laminella Pfr. The species of the former are terrestrial, and those
of the latter either terrestrial or living on low shrubs. The differences
in the number of teeth are small, and the variations of shape trifling.

It thus appears that in the majority of the generally accepted
subgenera of Aehatinella there is no possibility of separating the
sections by differences in the form of dentition. The terrestrial
species, or those tending to terrestrial habits, are characterized by
the presence of a jaw; the arboreal species, by its absence. The
group Amastra, including perhaps Laminella, are entitled to separate
generic rank.

Section ACHATINELLASTRUM Pfeiffer.

Aehatinella multizonata, n. sp. PI. X, figs. 1, 2.

Shell dextral, imperforate, moderately solid, elongately conical,
apex subacute, surface shining, striated with fine lines of growth,
under a strong lens showing very numerous, extremely minute de-
cussating stria?; apical whorls smooth, scarcely decussated. Color
white, variously striped with numerous dark brown lines and bands,
some on the base and others spiral. Whorls 6, lightly marginate
above, convex ; suture lightly impressed. Aperture oblique, oval,
white, the dark bands of the exterior visible within ; peristome

'2 16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

acute, thickened within, slightly expanded, white, the dark lines of
the exterior marked on the inner edge ; columella purplish brown,
terminating in a strong, oblique, tortuous fold.

Length, 18 ; diam. , 10 mm.

Habitat, Nuuanu Valley, Oahu.

Animal, when extended in motion, longer than the shell. Mantle
brown, lighter on the outer edge. Foot above and below light
brown; posterior portion tapering. Tentacles long and slender; these,
with the head above, slate color.

A great variety of transition forms occur between this species and
A. belhda Smith, which is found on the neighboring mountain
ridges of Nuuanu Valley, and is a much larger shell. The animals
of the two extremes are specifically different. The mantle of the
latter is black, whereas that of the former is brown, and that of the
intermediate forms varies from black to brown.
Achatinella Juddii, n. sp. PI. X, figs. 3, 4.

Shell dextral, imperforate, solid, pyramidally conical, apex ob-
tuse ; surface shining, covered with very delicate incremental lines ;
the nuclear whorls smooth. Color light gray, shading into light
chestnut on the apical whorls, the gray more intense under the
cuticle ; with two black lines, one below and one at the periphery,
the latter faint and continued on the soire ; between the lines a white
hand which revolves on the suture to the very tip of the apex.
Whorls 6, margined above, slightly convex ; suture lightly im-
pressed. Aperture oblique, oval, white, the light gray of the ex-
terior surface exhibiting a darker shade within; peristome acute,
slightly thickened within, a little expanded, columellar margin very
slightly reflected, white, the coloring of the exterior dark lines reap-
pearing rather more intense on the inner edge ; columella white,
terminating in a moderately developed flexuous fold.

Length, 15; diam., 9' mm.

Habitat, Halawa, Island of Oahu.

No opportunity for an examination of the animal has yet occurred.
The shell is typically very distinct from any other known species. The
light chestnut band on the apical whorls is a characteristic and in-
variable feature. The basal portion of the shell sometimes has a
yellowish hue. In immature shells the colors are more intense.

Named in honor of Hon. A. F. Judd, Chief Justice of the Re-
public of Hawaii, by whose son the shell was discovered.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 217

Aohatinella Ernestina, n. sp. PI. X, figs. 5, 6.

Shell sinistral, subperforate, moderately solid, ovately conical;
apex subacute ; surface shining, obliquely striated with delicate
growth lines, under a strong lens exhibiting numerous, very close,
and minute decussating stride ; apical whorls smooth, scarcely decus-
sated. Color yellow, lighter above ; variously striped with trans-
verse, dark chestnut bands, the more constant being one bordering
the suture, one at the periphery, spiral above, and one encircling the
base. Whorls 6, narrowly margined above, somewhat convex :
suture moderately impressed. Aperture oblique, oval, faintly ex-
hibiting the dark bands of the exterior; peristome acute, somewliat
thickened within, slightly expanded, white, the coloi'ing of the ex-
terior bands appearing on the inner edge ; columella white, termi-
nating in a prominent, oblique, tortuous fold.

Length, 21 ; diam. , 12 mm.

Habitat, Nuuanu Valley, Islaud of Oahu.

The animal, when extended in motion, as long as the shell. Man-
tle light brown, sprinkled with black and margined on the outer edge
with an interrupted reddish-yellow line. Superior portion of foot
light brown, thickly studded with small slate spots ; under portion
of foot light brown with a slate tinge. Tentacles dark slate.

This species is found near the mountain ridge separating the
habitats of J., castanea Rve. and A. fuscolineata Smith ; and in
general appearance and characters it is intermediate between these
species. It is much smaller than the former and rather larger than
the latter, and differs from them both in the arrangement of colors.
Transition forms between it and both of them are numerous. An item
of specific value is the difference in the exterior appearance and color
of the animals.

Section BULIMELLA Pfeiffer.
Achatinella luteostoma, n. sp. PI. X, figs. 7, 8.

Shell sinistral, imperforate, solid, ovate, spire convexly conical,
apex obtuse ; surface shining, marked with fine growth lines, under
a strong lens seen to be decussated by close, extremely minute
spiral striae, apical whorls smooth. Color white, with a reddish-
yellow lip. Whorls bh, margined above, slightly convex. Suture
moderately impressed.

Aperture oblique, sinuately oval, white within. Lip obtuse,

218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

thickened within, columellar margin very slightly reflexed, extremi-
ties united by a very thin yellowish callus. Columella reddish
yellow, terminating in a strong tortuous fold.

Length, 15? ; diam., 9J mm.

Habitat, Palolo to Niu, Island of Oahu.

It is Bulimella rosea Swains, var. Hartman, Proceedings Acad-
emy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, Jan. 31, 1888, p. 30.

In occasional examples the basal portion below the periphery is
light brown, and sometimes a bright chestnut spiral band encircles
the periphery.

Dr. Hartman, in his valuable Synonymic Catalogue of Acha-
tinella, has noted this species as a small variety of A. rosea Swains.
When we sent him the shell we were unacquainted with the animal.
This proves very different from that of A. rosea; and further, the
habitats of the two species are separated by a forty mile range of
wild mountain ridges and valleys which do not contain any species
intermediate or connecting the two.

Achatinella Lyonsiana, n. sp. PI. X, figs. 9, 10, 11.

Shell sinistral, imperforate, solid, ovate; spire convexly conical,
apex obtuse ; surface shining, striated with delicate growth lines ;
apical whorls smooth. Color white, with two reddish-brown bands,
one encircling the base, the other passing around the periphery and
revolving on the spire just above the suture ; the two bands are
sometimes confluent, and often the shell is uniform white, without
bands. Whorls 6, narrowly margined above, somewhat convex ;
suture moderately impressed. Aperture oblique, white within, sinu-
ately oval ; peristome white, rather obtuse, thickened within, basal
and columellar margins slightly expanded, extremities united by a
very thin callus ; columella terminating in a strong, tortuous, white
fold.

Length, 17 ; diam., 11 2 mm.

Habitat, Konahuanui Mt. , Island of Oahu ; at an altitude of
about 3, 000 feet above sea level.

Animal : Mantle black, sometimes mottled with white, margined
with a narrow line of lighter shade. Superior and under portion of
foot light brown. Tentacles, tentacular sheath, and front above
very dark brown.

The form of dentition of this and the other arboreal species of

1895.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 219

Achatinella is given in the preface to this article. The species has
a central tooth which is long and slender, with a small reflection and
two minute cutting points. (H. Suter.)

This distinct species is dedicated to Prof. A. B. Lyons, of Oahu
College, who has done much to stimulate the study of the Hawaiian
laud fauna.

Aohatinella Lymaniana, n. sp. PI. X, figs. 12, 13.

Shell sinistral, very minutely perforated, solid, ovate; spire con-
vexly conical, apex subacute; surface shining, covered with fine
incremental lines, under a strong lens showing minute decussating
stripe ; apical whorls smooth, when not eroded. Color dark purplish
brown, sometimes with longitudinal or transverse white flecks or
zigzag lines ; a white line traversing the suture ; apex light chestnut.
Whorls 6, very lightly margined above, somewhat convex ; suture
moderately impressed. Aperture oblique, white within, sublimate ;
peristome acute, thickened within, expanded, the columellar margin
slightly reflexed and covering the small perforation, color white on
both face and the reverse ; columella white, terminating in a slightly
developed flexuous fold.

Length, 20} ; diam., 11 £ mm.

Habitat, Waianae Mts., Island of Oahu.

No opportunity for an examination of the animal has yet occurred.

This species is typically very distinct from any other known species
of the bulimoid section of Achutinella.

Named in honor of Mr. Ernest Lyman, to whom science is in-
debted for many additions to Hawaiian land shells.

Section APEX von Martens.
Aohatinella vespertina, n. sp. PI. X, fig. 14.

Shell dextral, minutely perforated, solid, globose, with the spire coni-
cal, lateral outlines slightly concave, apex subacute; surface shin-
ing, striated with delicate growth lines; apical whorls smooth. Of
a uniform delicate cream color, lighter on the upper whorls and
sutures ; sometimes with a few faint, white transverse lines on the
lower whorl. Whorls 6, narrowly margined above, the first three
plain, the rest slightly convex, the last somewhat inflated; suture
lightly impressed. Aperture very oblique, oval, white within; peris-
tome white, acute, thickened within, somewhat expanded, the basal

220 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

margin slightly reflected, the columellar margin forming a sinuous
ridge around the umbilicus, extremities united by a very thin cal-
losity; columella terminating in a strong, round, white tubercle.

Length, 21 ; diam. 14? mm.

Habitat, Kawailoa, Island of Oahu.

Animal when extended in motion, longer than the shell. Mantle
and tentacles brown, the latter with the head above, of darker shade.
Foot light yellow, the superior portion of darker hue.

The nearest allied species is A. SwiftiilH ewe; but the shape
and color of the shell, separate habitat, and difference of animal,
entitle it to rank as a distinct species.

The native Hawaiians firmly believe in the power of Achatinelh,
to produce musical sounds. Hence the Hawaiian name, "pupu
kanioe," singing shells. Their legends ascribe to them a vesper
song.

Acliatinella Cookei, n. sp. PI. X, fig. 15.

Shell dextral, su Imperforate, solid, globose, with spire regularly
conical, apex subacute; surface shining, marked with fine incre-
mental lines; the apical whorls smooth. Color, basal portion below
the periphery jet black or sometimes brownish black, the apex
white, rest of the shell very light brown, darker on the sutural mar-
gin. Whorls 6, margined above, the first three plain, the rest con-
vex, the last inflated ; suture well impressed. Aperture very
oblique, oval, white within ; peristome obtuse, slightly thickened
within, narrowly reflexed, the columellar margin forming an obtuse,
sinuous ridge, with the small umbilical cleft almost covered by it;
extremities united by a thin callus; color purplish brown on both
face and the reflexed portion; columella terminating in a strong,
flexuous tubercle, tinged with purplish brown.

Length, 21; diam. 15 mm.

Habitat, Waiau, Ewa, Island of Oahu.

Animal: Mantle dark slate with a narroAV brown band encircling
the outer edge. Superior portion of foot light brown, mottled with
slate, under surface dingy white.

This species is rare and very local in its distribution. It has
affinities with A. turgida Newc. , which is found in the same dis-
trict, but differs somewhat in form and in the peristome. We are
unacquainted with the animal of A. turgida. If it proves identi-

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 22]

cal with that of A. Cookei, the latter must rank as a variety of the
former.

Named in honor of Hon. C. M. Cooke, by whose sons the shell
was discovered.

Section PARTULINA Pfeitfer.
Achatinella Dolei, u. sp. PI. X, figs. 17, 18.

Shell sinistral, minutely perforated, somewhat solid, acuminately
ovate conic, apex acute ; surface shining, marked with delicate incre-
mental striae, under a lens exhibiting extremely close, minute, de-
cussating spiral striae ; nuclear whorls faintly cross-lined. Color
white, encircled below the periphery with a brownish black band,
and at the periphery and above with more or less numerous, deli-
cate, chestnut, spiral lines, which become fainter on the middle
whorls and obsolete above. Whorls 6-V, narrowly margined above,
convex ; the last somewhat inflated, roundly angulated at the peri-
phery and flattened on the base ; suture deeply impressed. Aper-
ture oblique, roundly ovate, flattened on the basal margin, white,
exhibiting the brown markings of the exterior ; peristome acute,
angled at the periphery, slightly thickened within, expanded, basal
and columellar margins narrowly reflexed ; columella terminating
in a long, flexuous, white plait.

Length, 24 2 ; diam. 14 mm.

Habitat, Honomanu, Island of Maui.

Animal when extended in motion longer than the shell. Mantle
intensely black with a broad outer margin of yellow and a conspicu-
ous orange spot in the center of the margin. Foot tapering behind,
above and below light yellow. Tentacles long and slender, light
slate. Head above lightly granulated.

The dentition of this and the preceding species, as observed by
Mr. Suter, does not differ materially from that of the arboreal Acha-
tinellas generally. In both of these species a long and slender cen-
tral tooth is present.

We found this species very plentiful at the above locality, in the
humid forests of the exterior slope of Haleakala crater, at an alti-
tude of 7,000 feet above sea level. The dark band below the peri-
phery is a constant feature. The nearest allied species is A.
splmdida Newc. , of West Maui. It differs, however, from this in
the sub-angulated periphery, flattened base, and uutessellated upper

222 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

whorls. The animals are also different, and the habitats widely
separated.

We take pleasure in dedicating this beautiful shell to His Ex-
cellency S. B. Dole, First President of the Republic of Hawaii, a
gentleman noted for attainments in natural as well as political science.

Achatinella nivea, n. sp. PI. X, fig. 19.

Shell sinistral, subperforate, somewhat solid, acuminately ovate
conic, apex acute ; surface highly polished, obliquely striated with
fine lines of growth, and under a lens showing very close and
delicate decussating spiral stme ; nuclear whorls faintly decussated.
Color white, encircled with a narrow, pale chestnut band on or a
little below the periphery. Whorls 7, slightly marginate above,
flatly convex, the last with a somewhat angular periphery and
flattened base. Suture slightly impressed.

Aperture oblique, roundly oval, white, the chestnut band of the
exterior visible within. Peristome white, acute, thickened within,
expanded, basal and columellar margins narrowly reflexed, extrem-
ities joined by a very thin white callus. Columella white, ter-
minating in a moderately developed, flexuous plait.

Length, 24 ; diam. 14 mm.

Habitat, Makawao to Huelo, Island of Maui.

Animal when extended in motion longer than the shell. Mantle
densely black with minute brown flecks and a broad }Tellowish band
encircling the outer edge. Tentacles and superior portion of foot
brown with a slight slate tinge; under portion of foot light brown.
Front above covered with light granulations.

I have before me over 500 examples of this species, which are
without variety in color or shape. The peripheral chestnut band
is a constant feature. It may be readily distinguished from
Achatinella Tappaniana Adams, by its more slender form and
convex spire, by the sub-angulated periphery, flattened base, and
more polished surface. The color of the animals is also very dif-
ferent ; and the habitats are separated by a twenty-five mile ex-
panse of low dry land, which is destitute of forests and molluscan
life. In character of shell and animal it has some affinity with *
the preceding species ; and, considering the remote habitats, the
two may be regarded as distinct, but allied species.

Achatinella mucida, n. sp. PI. X, fig. 23.

Shell sinistral, very minutely perforated, solid, acuminately ovate

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 223

conic, apex rather acute; surface shining, marked with fine growth
lines, and under a lens decussated hy very delicate, close, spiral
striae. The shell of an ashy gray color, irregularly distributed
over the surface, giving it a mucid appearance; with a dark brown
baud at the periphery which becomes sutural, extending both above
and below the suture, and a small patch of the same color around
the umbilicus ; also with a few inconspicuous brown lines on the
base and above the periphery, the latter continued above ; apical
whorls generally denuded of cuticle, and then of a light chestnut
color. Whorls 7, slightly convex; suture moderately impressed.
Aperture oblique, oval, livid white within; peristome acute, slightly
thickened within, expanded, basal and columellar margins nar-
rowly reflexed, light brown on both face and the reverse ; colu-
mella tinged with brown, terminating in a strong, plaited, project-
ing tooth.

Length, 21 2 ; diam. 11 2 mm.

Habitat, Makakupaia, Island of Molokai.

This species is found in the region intervening between the habi-
tats of A. Redfieldii Newc. and A. compta Pse. ; and it has char-
acteristics connecting it with each of these species. It is smaller
than either, and differs from both in the coloration, particularly
from the former in the absence of the white sutural band.

Aohatinella Anceyana, n. sp. PI. X, fig. 16.

Shell dextral, imperforate, rather thin, ovately conical, apex ob-
tuse; surface shining, striated with fine growth lines, under
a lens exhibiting a beautiful pattern of close, delicate, decussating,
spiral striae, which extend to the very apex. Color reddish brown,
becoming paler towards the summit ; with two yellow bauds, a
broad one encircling the umbilical region, a narrow one at the
periphery, the latter margined above with a delicate white line,
which is continued on the spire just above the suture and becomes
lost on the third whorl; also with £ narrow white line revolving
below the suture to the very tip of the apex. Whorls 5, convex,
not marginate ; suture distinctly impressed. Aperture a little
oblique, oval, white, distinctly exhibiting the dark coloring of the
exterior; peristome acute, slightly thickened within, the coloring of
the outside appearing on the inner edge; columella brown, termi-
nating iu a well developed, flexuous fold.

224 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Length, 14*; diarn. 9 mm.

Habitat, Makawao, Island of Maui.

Animal when extended in motion longer than the shell. Mantle
light brown mottled with black, outer edge encircled with an in-
terrupted orange band. Foot above and below a very light brown,
superior portion witb a slate tinge, posterior portion tapering and
sometimes with a yellowish tinge. Tentacles long, light slate.
Head above minutely granulated.

This species was collected in the forests of the exterior slope of
the extinct Haleakala crater, at an altitude of 4,000 feet above sea
level. Owing to its peculiar habit of living on the foliage near
the tops of trees, it has escaped previous observation.

The species has no known congeners. It is remarkable for the
constancy of its delicate color lines. Over 200 examples before
me show only trifling divergence in this respect.

Named in honor of Mr. C. F. Ancey, whose publications have
contributed largely to our knowledge of Hawaiian land shells.

Achatinella Horneri, n. sp. PI. X, figs. 20, 21, 22.

Shell sinistral, minutely perforated, thin, globose with a short
acutely conical spire, apex acute ; surface shining, striated with fine
incremental lines, and under a lens exhibiting very close and deli-
cate decussating spiral stria;; embryonic whorls faintly crossdined.
Color dull white, encircled at the periphery with a faint brown zone
which is continued on the suture, also with a very small patch of
same color around the umbilicus. Whorls 6, the upper five slightly
convex, the last very much inflated, forming the greater part of the
shell; suture distinctly impressed. Aperture oblique, sub-rotund,
very large, white within, distinctly showing the external peripheral
bund ; peristome margined with light brown, rather thin, very
slightly thickened within, expanded, basal and columellar margins
narrowly rerlexed, extremities slightly converging and united by a
thin callus; columella light brown, very slightly developed, plain
and smooth.

Length, 24; diam. 18 mm.

Habitat, Hamakua, Island of Hawaii.

Animal in motion longer than the shell. Mantle black, margined
with gray. Fool above and below gray, the superior portions
lightly granulated. Tentacles light gray.

1895.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 225

There occurs also a pure white form of the shell without the
peripheral band, and a form white with a light chestnut band on the
apical whorls. The animals of these varieties vary only a trifle
from that of the typical form.

This species belongs to the group of A. physa Newc, but is
easily distinguished by its much more inflated body whorl and
smaller spire, its smoother and polished surface. The habitats of
the two species are widely separated, and the animals are entirely
different. The animal of A. physa, mantle and fuot, is a dingy
white with a greenish yellow tinge.

We dedicate the species to Mr. J. Lewis Horner, the young natural-
ist to whom science is indebted for the discovery of this and the fol-
lowing species. They are valuable additions to the shells of the
Island of Hawaii, which has heretofore furnished only one described
arboreal species of Achatinella.

Aohatinella Hawaiiensis, n. sp. PI. X, figs. 24, 25, 26.

Shell sinistral, minutely perforated, very thin, acutely conical,
apex acute ; surface rather lusterless, covered with fine lines of
growth, and under a lens showing extremely close and delicate de-
cussating spiral lines ; nuclear whorls faintly decussated. Color
very variable, plain brown or dingy white, sometimes irregularly
striped or mottled with brown and white, the base generally uniform
brown, but sometimes with undulating markings of brown and
white ; the only constant characters being a brown, sometimes inter-
rupted, line at the periphery, bordered below with a broader white
line. Whorls 6, slightly convex, the last inflated. Suture lightly
impressed.

Aperture oblique, oval, brown, the peripheral brown and white
bands distinctly marked within. Peristome acute, not thickened
within, external margin straight, basal expanded, the expanded
portion being very thin and fragile, the columella margin reflexed
over the minute perforation ; color white on both face and the
reverse. Columella white, very slightly developed, plain and
smooth.

Length, 18 ; diam. IO2 mm.

Habitat, Hamakua, Island of Hawaii.

Animal when extended in motion longer than the shell. Mantle
almost white, margin of a darker shade. Foot above and below

226 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

dingy white, superior portion sometimes flecked with gray. Ten-
tacles of darker shade.

The dentition is the same as that of the arboreal Achatinellas
generally. A central tooth is present ; and the formula of dentition
is 125-1-125x120=30,120. (Prof. Gwatkin.)

This species also belongs to the group of A. physa Newc. , but
is readily distinguished by its much smaller size, smoother surface,
delicate lip, and arrangement of colors. The habitats are also
widely separated and the animals different.

Achatinella Tlieodorei, n. sp. PI. X, fig. 27.

Shell sinistral, subperforate, rather thin, elongately conical, apex
subacute ; surface shining, sculptured with somewhat irregular
incremental stride, and under a lens exhibiting extremely close and
minute decussating spiral stria) ; nuclear whorls smooth. Color
dingy white, striped and mottled irregularly with longitudinal dark
brown streaks. Whorls 7, lightly marginate above, slightly convex;
suture moderately impressed. Aperture oblique, oval, purplish
brown within ; peristome acute, margined with brown, very lightly
thickened within, columellar margin slightly reflexed ; columella
terminating in a slight, flexuous, brown fold.

Length, 18 J ; diam. 9 mm.

Habitat, Kawela, Island of Molokai.

The animal has not as yet been observed. The shell belongs to
the group of small elongately conical Partulina for which Mr. Har-
per Pease proposed the name Perdicella as a subgeneric title.

The nearest allied species is A. ornata Newc, which is of
much smaller size, more delicate markings, has a peripheral dark
band, and inhabits a different island.

Seotion NEWCOMBIA Pfeiffer.

Achatinella canalioulata, n. sp. PI. X, figs. 28 29.

Shell sinistral, very minutely perforated, somewhat solid, acu-
minately turreted, apex subacute; surface sculptured throughout
with numerous acute, spiral keels, which become blunter as they
approach the apex, the interstices between the keels exhibiting
under a lens very delicate growth stria;. Color brown, upper
whorls tessellated with brown and white. Whorls 6, slightly con-
vex, lower one somewhat flattened at the base ; suture lightly
impressed. Aperture oblique, oval, iivid white or light brown

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 227

wit hiu ; peristome acute, very lightly thickened within, expanded,
columellar margin reflexed over the small perforation, margined
with light brown on both face and the reverse ; columella very
slightly developed, plain and smooth.

Length, 14 ; diam. 65 mm.

Habitat, Halawa, Island of Molokai.

Animal when extended in motion as long as the shell. Mantle
slate color, margined with brown. Foot light slate, studded on the
sides and head above with spots of deeper shade. Tentacles short
and slender, dark slate.

The nearest allied species is A. sulcata Pfr., from which it may
be distinguished by its smaller size and more acute keels ; the
animals also differ and the habitats are widely separated.

Section LAMINELLA Pfeiffer.
Laminella helvina, a. sp. PI. XI, fig. 30.

Shell sinistral, imperforate or subperforate, sometimes narrowly
and deeply perforated, rather thin, elougately conical, apex rather
acute; surface scarcely shining, covered with very fine incremental
stria; ; nuclear whorls smooth. Color uniform light or dingy yellow,
with a few black markings on the upper whorls. ^Vhorls 6£,
lightly margined above, convex ; suture deeply impressed. Aper-
ture a little oblique, oval, white, with the tint of the outside ; peri-
stome simple, thin, margins connected by a thin, orange-yellow
callus; columella biplicate, the terminal plication a thin, oblique
lamellar plait, the inner one less prominent, tortuous, of an orange
yellow color. *

Length, 18; diam. 10 mm.

Habitat, Ohia valley, near Kaluaaha, Island of Molokai.

Animal extended in motion as long as the shell. Mantle and
foot above and below very light brown. Tentacles dark slate, with
a sprinkling of slate on the sides of the foot. Posterior portion
of foot very tapering and thickly studded with minute red spots.
A remarkably prolific species ; 4 or 5 embryonic shells in successive
stages of growth often observed in the oviducts. A jaw is present
and the dentition is the same as that of the Amastra species. The
tooth formula of this species is 32.1.32 x 108 = 7,020. The central
tooth is a little wider than usual. (Prof. Gwatkiu.)

This shell differs from all its congeners in its strongly biplicate
17

228 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

columella, and the peculiar soft parts of the animal. The typical
forms are found in the small valley of Ohia on Molokai. Departing
from this locality on either side, modified forms without the hiplicate
columella are somewhat common.

Laminella depicta, n. sp. Pi. XI, figs. 33, 34, 35.

Shell sinistral, sometimes slightly perforated, rather thin, elong-
ately conical, apex subacute; surface shining, striated with very
delicate growth lines ; nuclear whorls smooth. Color light yellow
or reddish yellow, plain, or marked with numerous black, anastom-
osing veins ; apex almost black in some examples. Whorls 7,
faintly margined above, somewhat convex, suture distinctly im-
pressed. Aperture a little oblique, oval, white or pinkish, the
outside markings visible within ; peristome simple, very thin ; colu-
mella white, sub-biplicate, tortuous, abruptly terminating in a thin
lamellar plait.

Length, 15$ ; diam. 6i mm.

Habitat, Kamalo, Island of Molokai.

Auimal extended in motion shorter than the shell. Mantle very
light brown. Foot above and below almost white. Tentacles short,
light brown.

This species is allied, to A. Alexandri N ewe, from the Island
of Maui, and to A. Remyi Newc, from the Island of Lanai,
but differs from both in the color and habits of the animal.

Section AM ASTRA H. & A. Adams.
Amastra pullata, u. sp. PI. XI, figs. 31, 32.

Shell dextral, imperforate, solid, elongately ovate ; surface luster-
less, covered with rather close, irregular, growth striae ; the embry-
onic whorls finely radiately sulcated. Color light brown ; covered
with a black fugacious epidermis, dense on the last whorl, more
sparsely distributed on the upper whorls, worn oft' in front of the
aperture ; apex dark brown. Whorls 7, convex ; suture well
impressed. Aperture oval, a trifle oblique, white within with a pur-
plish tinge ; peristome acute, slightly thickened within, edge dark
purple; columella purplish white, flexuous, abruptly terminating in
a broad, thin, slightly arched lamellar plait.

Length, 23 ; diam. 11 >V mm.

Habitat, Waikolu, Island of Molokai.

Animal extended in motion a trifle longer than the shell. Mantle

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 229

almost white with a slate tinge. Foot above and below almost
white, the posterior portion and edges densely studded with very
minute pink spots. Tentacles short, light slate, with a few spots
of the same color on the head above.

All the Amastra species are terrestrial in their habits ; their form
of dentition is given in the preface to this article. The formula for
this species is L's. 1.28 X 99=5,645. (Prof. Gwatkin.)

Unlike most of the Amastra, which generally have dark dingy
colored animals, this species has a beautiful, almost white animal.
The after portion and edges of the foot under a lens are seen to be
closely studded with minute pink spots which give these parts
a delicate pink hue.

Amastra umbrosa, n. sp. PL XT. figs. 36, :57.

Shell dextral, imperforate, solid, globosely ovate-conic ; surface
lustreless, covered with close, rather regular growth stria? ; the
lower whorls spirally malleated ; the embryonic whorls finely radi-
ately sulcated. Color white, apex dark chestnut ; nearly the whole
surface covered with irregular streaks of a black, fugacious epider-
mis, worn off in front of the aperture. Whorls 6, slightly convex,
the last somewhat inflated. Aperture ovate, a little oblique, white
within ; peristome acute, thickened within, expanded ; columella
white, fiexuous, abruptly terminating in a somewhat thick lamellar
plait.

Length, 21 ; diam. 12£ mm.

Habitat, Kamalo, Island of Molokai.

Animal extended in motion longer than the shell. Mantle dark
brown with a margin of lighter shade. Foot light brown, the
superior portion and sides studded with large spots of deeper shade.
Tentacles short, stout, very dark brown.

The formula of dentition is 28.1.28. The marginals take a pecu-
liar form. (Prof. Gwatkin. )

Amastra rubicunda, n. sp. PL XI, fig. 38.

Shell dextral, imperforate, rather solid, elongately ovate-conic ;
surface lustreless, striated with irregular growth striae ; embryonic
whorls smooth. Color reddish, with traces of a deciduous, thin,
brown epidermis. Whorls 7, slightly convex ; suture well im-
pressed. Aperture elongately oval, a trifle oblique, rather small,
purplish red within ; peristome simple, thin, margined with dark

230 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

purple ; columella white with a purple tinge, fiexuous, abruptly
terminating in a thin, slightly curved lamellar plait.

Length, 19 ; diam. 9 nun.

Habitat ; Konahuanui Mt., Island of Oahu.

Animal, mantle brown, margin of a deeper shade. Foot brown,
the superior portion almost black. The formula of the dentition is
18.10.1.10.18. (H. Suter. )

In form and general appearance this species resembles Amastra
variegata Pfr., which inhabits a different station, and is readily
distinguished by its less ruddy color, sulcated apex, and essential
difference of animal.

Amastra undata, n. sp. PI. XI. fig, 39.

Shell dextral, imperforate, solid, ovate, spire convexly conical,
apex rather acute, base somewhat attenuated ; surface lustreless,
closely and rather evenly ribbed in the direction of the growth
lines, the rib-stria? being slightly interrupted by several coarse,
transverse spiral lines, the nuclear whorls finely radiately sulcated.
Color light brown and dark chestnut, alternating in irregular longi-
tudinal undulations. Whorls 6, slightly convex ; suture moder-
ately impressed. Aperture a trifle oblique, sublimate, rather small,
white within ; peristome acute, slightly thickened within ; columella
white flexuous, abruptly terminating in a thin, slightly arched,
lamellar plait.

Length, 17 ; diam. 12 mm.

Habitat ; Nuuanu, Island of Oahu.

This species is very rare and local in its distribution. Its princi-
pal features are the prominent rib-striae and the beautiful undulat-
ing markings of light and dark chestnut brown.

Amastra badia, n. sp. PL XI, fig. 4i».

Shell dextral, imperforate, rather thin, elongately ovate-conic;
surface shining, sculptured with delicate, rather close thread-like
rib-striae in the direction of the growth lines; embryonic whorls
radiately sulcated. Color dark chestnut-brown with light brown
zigzag or undulating lines and markings. Whorls 6£, slightly con-
vex; suture moderately impressed. Aperture oval, a trifle oblique,
livid white within, exhibiting the brown color of the exterior; peris-
tome acute, very lightly thickened within; columella white, flex-
uous, abruptly terminating in a thin, slightly arched lamellar plait.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHIJjAESE.LP.HIA. 231

Length, 202 ; diam. 10] mm.

Habitat, Ewa, Island of Oahu.

The distribution of this species, as far as observed, is quite limited.
We do not know of any species approaching it in form or specific
characteristics. Its somewhat smooth and polished surface dis-
tinguishes it from most of the species of the Amastra section.

Amastra pellucida, n. sp. PI. XI. figs. 41, 42.

Shell dextral, imperforate, very fragile, thin, translucent, glo
hosely conic, apex rather acute; surface lusterless, sculptured with
fine incremental lines, apical whorls smooth. Color light-brown,
apex darker; destitute of epidermis. Whorls 5£, somewhat convex;
suture moderately impressed. Aperture oval, a trifle oblique,
livid-white within; peristome simple, thin; columella white, ilexuous,
abruptly terminating in a thin lamellar plait.

Length, 12]; diam. 8 mm.

•Habitat, Waianae Valley, Island of Oahu.

Animal of a uniform brown color; the head above and tentacles
of a darker shade. The action of the heart is plainly visible
through the thin texture of the shell. When first collected the
pulsations were about fifty per minute, growing slower and fainter
from day to day until the animal died.

This species is well characterized by its thin pellucid texture,
globose form, abbreviated spire, and light brown color.

Amastra breviata, n. sp. PI. XI, figs. 45. 4t;.

Shell dextral, very minutely perforated, rather thin, globosely
conical, apex rather acute ; surface not polished, covered with fine
incremental lines, the nuclear whorls smooth. Color corneous- brown,
destitute of an epidermis. Whorls 6, slightly convex; suture well
impressed. Aperture a trifle oblique, oval, livid-white within,
showing the color of the exterior; peristome simple, thin, extremities
joined by a thin white or brown callosity; columella white, flexuous,
abruptly terminating in a thin lamellar plait.

Length, 12?; diam. 1\ mm.

Habitat, Palolo and Halawa, Island of Oahu.

This shell approaches the preceding species in its form; but may
be readily distinguished by its thicker texture and darker color.
The habitats are also widely separated and the animals differ.

232 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Amastra tenuispira, n. sp. PI. XI, fig. 51.

Shell dextral, imperforate, solid, acuminately turreted, spire
conical, apex subacute; surface lustreless, covered with somewhat
rude, irregular incremental striae; the embryonic whorls very finely,
radiately sulcated. Color light-brown, upper whorls darker ;
covered with an earthy brown, fugacious epidermis. Whorls 7,
somewhat convex, in some examples slightly margined above; suture
well impressed. Aperture oval, oblique, rather small, light-brown
within; peristome simple, acute, extremities united with a thin cal-
losity; columella sub-biplicate, light-brown, tortuous, abruptly
terminating in an oblique, dentiform plait.

Length, 17; diam. 6' mm.

Habitat, Kaala Mr., Island of Oahu.

This species is very local in its habitat. Its only congeners are
the elongate forms Amastra Hidchinsonii Pse., which inhabits East
Maui, and Amastra moesta Newc. from the island of Lanai. The
former is remarkable as the only known sinistral species of the
Amastra section, and is also distinguished by its invariably white
aperture and columella fold. The latter species is characterized by
its more obese form and peculiar columella.

Amastra nana, n. sp. PI. XI, figs. 48, 49.

Shell dextral, imperforate, rather thin, ovately conical, apex sub-
acute ; surface lustreless, striated with fine incremental lines, the
2-V embryonic whorls finely, radiately sulcated. The color varies
from light to dark brown, the basal half of the body whorl some-
times of lighter shade than the upper portion ; covered with a black
or earthy- brown, fugacious epidermis, often laid on with alternating
undulations, or zigzag markings. Whorls 6, somewhat convex ;
suture well impressed. Aperture oval, a little oblique, white with
a purplish tinge ; peristome simple, very thin ; columella purplish-
white, rlexuous, abruptly terminating in a thin lamellar plait.

Length, 111; diam. 6] mm.

Habitat, Makawao, Island of Maui.

Animal when extended in motion as long as the shell. Mantle
light brown. Foot above and below brown with spots of deeper
shade on the sides. Tentacles and front above almost black.

This is one of the smaller of the Amastra forms. It is about the
size of Amastra petricolor Newc. from Molokai, and Amastra umbili-

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 283

eata Pfr. from Oahu; species* possessing entirely different charac-
teristics.

Common, but very local in its distribution, in a belt of forest land
about 4,000 feet above sea level.

Amastra antiqua, n. sp. PI. XI, fig. 47.

Shell fossil, dextral, narrowly but deeply perforated, the perfora-
tion penetrating almost to the apex; solid, elongately ovate, apex
subacute ; surface sculptured with rude, irregular lines of growth,
I he apical whorls smooth. Color of the Hying shell unknown.
Whorls 6, convex ; suture well impressed. Aperture a trifle oblique,
sublimate; peristome thickened within, columellar margin adnate,
slightly expanded over the umbilicus, extremities somewhat converg-
ing and united by a thick parietal callosity; columella rlexuous,
terminating in a narrow plait.

Length, 20; diam. 12 mm.

Habitat, Ewa, Island of Oahu.

We received this- species from Prof. A. B. Lyons, of Oahu Col-
lege. He reports that he found at Ewa a singular accumulation of
these and other fossil land shells, huddled together in one spot in a
bed of soft tufa-like material, at an altitude not far above sea level.
The existence of living examples of this and the following species
now, or within any recent period, is highly improbable.

Amasta vetusta, n. sp. Pi. XI. fig. 50.

Shell fossil, dextral, imperforate, solid, ovately conical, apex rather
acute; surface sculptured with somewhat regular, close rib-strise in
the direction of the growth lines, with a few faint cross lines ; the
embryonic whorls radiately sulcated. Color of living shell unknown.
Whorls 6i, very slightly convex; suture lightly impressed. Aper-
ture siuuately oval, a little oblique ; peristome flatly blunt, thickened
on the inner edge, margins united with a thick callosity ; columella
flexuous, abruptly terminating in a small, thin plait.

Length, 13; diam. 7 2 mm.

Habitat, near Honolulu, Island of Oahu.

This species was also discovered by Prof. Lyons. It occurs near
the base of Punchbowl Hill, at an altitude of twenty or thirty feet
above sea level, in a conglomerate of volcanic tufa and sand cemented
together with carbonate of lime. Prof. Lyons thinks the shells
must have lived near the spot where they are now found embedded

'234 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

in the rock, as there is no satisfactory way to account for their
transportation from any distance. If so, the conditions of climate
when the shells flourished in that locality, must have been quite
different from those of the present time.
Amastra cyclostoma, n. sp. PI. XT, fig. 53.

Shell dextral, narrowly but deeply perforated, the perforation
penetrating to the apex, somewhat solid, oblately globular with a
short conical spire, apex acute ; surface lustreless, sculptured with
close, obliquely descending, flexuous growth lines, which become con-
centric around the umbilicus ; the embryonic whorls smooth or with
delicate, radiating suleations. Color brown, darker on the spire.
Whorls 6, the upper ones rather flat, rapidly increasing; the last
one large, forming the greater part of the shell, strongly angled at
the periphery, the angle becoming almost obsolete towards the aper-
ture, deflexed in front a trifle below the carina, surface above the
angle flat, slightly convex towards the aperture, and rounded below
the, angle ; suture well impressed. Aperture very oblique, sinuately
circular, a small segment cut off by the penultimate whorl, livid-
white within, exhibiting the exterior coloring through its substance:
peristome rather obtuse, slightly thickened within, unreflected, ex-
tremities slightly converging and united by a very thin callosity;
columella livid-white, broad and flat, terminating in a slight, flexu- '
ous plait.

Altitude, 15; diam. 18 mm.

Habitat, Makaweli, Island of Kauai.

Animal when extended in motion. 95 inch in length; posterior
portion of foot tapering and very short, front portion long; head
elongated, ocular and labial tentacles widely separated. Mantle
dingy-white with streaks of black. Foot very light brown, superior
portion and sides thickly studded with regular, dark brown granula-
tions. Tentacles long, dark brown.

This species belongs to the same group as Amastra sphavrica Pse.
and Amastra heliciformis Anc. , but may be readily distinguished from
both by its much larger size and more inflated body whorl.

Amastra Knudsenii, n. sp. PI. XI, figs. 13, 14.

Shell dextral, imperforate, solid, elongately ovate, spire conical,
apex subacute ; surface lustreless, coarsely and irregularly wrinkled
by growth striae ; embryonic whorls very finely radiately sulcated.

1 895. ]

NATURAL SCIENCES OE PHILADELPHIA. 235

Color very dark brown, tending to a lighter shade on the elevated por-
tions of the lower whorl. Whorls 7, the three lower ones strongly
angulated a little below the suture, the last one with a cord-like keel
at the periphery and numerous coarse cross striae above and below
die periphery; suture well impressed. Aperture oblique, elongately
oval, dark purple inside with a satin-like lustre; peristome acute,
not thickened within; columella terminating in a long, narrow,
Hexuous, pearly-white plait.

Length 33; diam. 17 mm.

Habitat: Halemanu, Island of Kauai.

Both this species and Amastra Kauaiensis Newc. are characterized
by the long, flexuous thread-like columellar plait which is peculiar
to the genus ( 'arelia of Kauai. Examination of the animals may
prove them both aberrant forms of that genus.

The species is very rare. We dedicate it to Mr. A. Knudsen," the
young naturalist who discovered it. He writes that, it is of very
limited distribution, being found far up the mountain only in an
isolated tract of wood land which escaped the forest fires of twenty
years ago. In three days' diligent search he found only twelve
living examples.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

The figured types are, with the exceptions noted below, in the col-
lection of the Academy of Natural Sciences, bearing the numbers
quoted in parenthesis.

Plate X.

Figures.

Figs. 1, 2. Achatinella multizonata Baldwin (65,703)

" 3, 4. Achatinella Juddii Baldwin (65,709)

" 5, 6. Achatinella Ernestina Baldwin (65,706)

" 7,8. Achatinella luteostoma Baldwin (65,704,65,70"),

" 9. Achatinella Lyonsiana Baldwin (65,693)

" 10. Achatinella Lyonsiana var. (coll. Baldwin)

" 11. Achatinella Lyonsiana var. (65,694)

" 12, 13. Achatinella Lymaniana Baldwin (coll. Baldwin)

" 14. Achatinella vespertina Baldwin (65,699)

" 15. Achatinella Cookei Baldwin (65,692)

286 proceedings of the academy of [1895.

Figures.

16. Achatinella Anceyana Baldwin (65,707)

17, 18. Achatiuella Dolei Baldwin (65,690)

19. Achatinella nivea Baldwin (65,691)

20. Achatinella Horneri Baldwin (65,702)

21. Achatinella Horneri var. (65,700)

22. Achatinella Horneri var. (65,701)

23. Achatinella mucida Baldwin (65,708)

24. Achatinella Hawaiiensis Baldwin (65,695)

25. Achatinella Hawaiiensis var. (65,696)

26. Achatinella Hawaiiensis var. (65,698)

27. Achatinella Theodorei Baldwin (65,710)

28. 29. Achatinella canaliculata Baldwin (65,713)

Plate XI.
Figures.

30. Laminella helvina Baldwin (65,712)

31, 32. Araastra pullata Baldwin (65,715)
33, 34, 35. Laminella depicta Baldwin (65,711)
36, 37. Amastra unihrosa Baldwin (65,714)

38. Amastra ruhicuuda Baldwin (65,719)

39. Amastra uudata Baldwin (65,722)

40. Amastra badia Baldwin (coll. Baldwin)

41. 42. Amastra pellucida Baldwin (65.721)
43, 44. Amastra Knudseni Baldwin (65,725)
45, 46. Amastra breviata Baldwin (65,723)
47. Amastra antiqua Baldwin (65,716)
4.8, 49. Amastra nana Baldwin (65,718)

50. Amastra vetusta Baldwin (65,717)

51. Amastra tenuispira Baldwin (65,720)

52. Achatinella Lyonsiaiia Baldwin. Rhachidian tooth with
two adjacent lateral teeth.

53. Amastra cyelostoma Baldwin (65,724)

54. Amastra rubicunda Baldwin jaw.

55. Achatinella Dolei Baldwin, a chitinous membrane,
and b radula, as obtained after treatment with
caustic potash.

56. Amastra rubicunda Baldwin. Rachidian teeth,
with 1st, 2d and 10th lateral teeth, and mar-
ginals 14, 25 and 28.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 237

OBSERVATIONS ON THE DENTITION OF ACHATINELLIDiE.

3Y H. M. GWATKIN AND HENRY SUTER, WITH PREFATORY NOTE

BY II. A. PILSBRY.

The dentition of the Ackatinellidce has already heen investigated
by Heyneraann1 and by W. G. Binney. The latter author, in
co-operation with Thomas Bland,2 has published several papers
upon the subject, and to him is due the credit of discovering that
within the group commonly known as Achatinella, two extremely
different types of dentition exist.

The first, including Achatinella s. dr., Partulina and Tornatellina
is characterized by an excessively delicate jaw (which is completely
lost in potash preparations), and teeth arranged en chevron, in very
oblique transverse rows, all of the peculiar form shown in Plate XI,
fig. 52, and found also in Athoracophorus, etc. The shells of this
group are glossy or brilliant, and the animal is arboreal.

The second type is seen in the groups Amastra, Labiella, New-
combia, Laminella and Leptachatina. Here the jaw is stronger,
arched, and smooth or striate. The teeth are arranged in nearly
straight transverse rows, and are of the type found in Achatina and
Rumina, differing from the teeth of Helicidse in the narrowness of
the rhachidian row (see PI. XI, fig. 56). The shell is dull in the
majority of the species of this group, and the animal is in most
cases terrestrial in habit.

Allied to the last in dentition, but distinct in its strongly .ribbed
jaw, is the genus Carelia, which thus constitutes a third primary
group of Achatinellidse.

These three groups are, there can be no reasonable doubt, of
generic rank, and will bear the following names:

1. Genus Achatinella Swainson, 1828. Contains the sectional
divisions mentioned above, with some others. Of this generic term,
Helicter of Pease and Fischer is a synonym. There is no reason -

1 Malak. BL, 1869. A. bulimoides.

2 Annals of the Lyceum of Nat. Hist of New York, X, p. 331, 1873; Ibid.
XI, p. 190; Annals of the N. Y. Acad. Sciences, III, pp. 96, 103.

238 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

able excuse for reviving Ferussac's term Helicteres, for it was not
intended as a generic or sub-generic name by Ferussac, and is
improper in form. Its use would open the door to an endless series
of vagaries in nomenclature, as any one who examines Ferussac's
original publication may see.

2. Genus Leptacnatina Gould, 1848. Contains Amastra, New-
combia, etc.

3. Genus Carelia H. and A. Ad., 1855.

The relationships of these genera and their subgenera will prob-
ably be decided by a study of their genitalia, which the writer hopes
to undertake later; and these data will also aid in deciding whether
the Achatinellidse constitute a separate family, or are merely a
division of Achatinidse.

The following notes materially increase the list of species of which
the dentition is known, and tend to strengthen the views advanced
by Binney in the publications noticed above.

The Dentition of the Achatinella. By H. M. Gwatkin.

Molluscous radulse are in general fairly uniform in the species of a
genus, and form a very trustworthy character. The chief anomalies
are in a few families like the Buccinichv, where the individual varia-
tion is greater than the specific, and in a few species where radulse of
two or more types are found, like Phasianella and Calliostoma among
the marine genera, B'ulimidus and Cylindrella among the terrestrial.

Achatinella is a conspicuous instance of the latter class. We find
in it two well-marked and very distinct types of radula, viz.:

(a). Jaw missing, radula broad, oblong, teeth very numerous,
en chevron (rows sloping obliquely backward). Centrals (if present),
laterals and marginals, all of the same type: Base narrow, head
rather* broad, with four, five, six or seven small tentacles (exactly as
in Janella and Tornatellina and the marginals only of Siicchiea).

To this section belong :

Achatinella *nivea Bald.

A. *Anceyana Bald.

A. *bella Rve.

A. *canaliculata Bald.

A . cinnamomea Pfr.

A. Dwightii Newc.

A. eburnca ( Jul.

.1. *JHawaiiensis Bald. Formula.

l23—l2-r> x. 120=30,120
A. Hbrneri Bald.
A. marmorata Gld.

A. *Mighelsiana Pfr.

A. Natti Bald, and Hartm.

A. perdix Rve.

A. proxima Pse.

A. *pulcherrima Swains.

A. Bedfieldii Newc.

.1. rhodoraphe Sin.

A. silica hi Pfr.

A. Hessellata Newc.

A. *virgulata Migh.

Auriculella brunnea Smith.

1<S95.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 239

All these are practically indistinguishable, except that those
marked with an asterisk seem to have a central tooth.

(I)). Jaw arcuate, strong,, not ribbed. Radula oblong, not wide.
Teeth quadrate, in nearly straight rows. Centrals small, narrow,
sometimes faintly tricuspid; laterals larger, bicuspid; marginals
bicuspid or multicuspid as in Helix.

To this section belong:

Achatinella assimilis Xewc,

27.1.27X98 5,390
A. h( Ivina Bald. ■;._>. i..;j x 108=7,020
A. labiata Newc.
. 1. Masti rsi Newc.

A. nana Bald.

A . pullata Bald . 28. i.js x 99=5,643

A . si m ih iris Hartm.

A. umbrosa Bald.

Here again, though there are small differeuces in the number of
teeth, the varieties of shape are very trifling. The central tooth of
A. helvina is a little wider than usual, and the marginals of .4.
umbrosa take a peculiar form; but neither of these variations seems
important.

On the Dentition of some new Species of Heeicter. By

Henry Suter.

Some time ago Mr. D. D. Baldwin kindly sent me the animals of
some species of Reliefer for examination of their dentition, and I
herewith give a short report.

Helicter (Apext Cookei Baldwin.
Helicter iBulimella) Lyonsiana Baldwin.
Helicter (Partulina) Dolei Baldwin.

These three species perfectly agree in the peculiarity of their
dentition. There is no jaw, only a chitiuous, transparent membrane
PI. XI, fig. 55, a, covering the lips. The radula, PI. XI, tig. 55, b,
forms a tube, compressed sidewise, with numerous folds; part of it
»> bent backward anteriorly, forming a collar. The teeth of the
radula PI. XI, fig. 52, oc 1 oo, form oblique rows at an angle of
about 80°. The rhachiclian tooth is long and slender, with a small
reflection and two minute cutting points in II. Lyonsiana, no reflec-
tion could be seen in the two other species. The laterals and mar-
ginals are all alike, the denticles varying in number from five to
six, in the last marginals from four to two; these teeth very much
resemble the marginals of Succinea. The dentition is the same in

240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

all the three species, though they belong to different sections of
Helicter, all of which are arboreal.
Helicter (Amastra) rubicunda Baldwin. ,

Helicter (Amastra), n. sp.

These two species, belonging to the same section; differ very
much in dentition from the foregoing species. The jaw, PI. XI,
tig. 54, is solid, dark brown, horse-shoe-shaped, and beautifully
finely striated vertically. The radula is tongue-shaped, the teeth
arranged in almost straight transverse rows, and they are very
much the same in both species, varying only in their number. Thus
Amastra rubicunda has the formula 18.10. 1.10. 18 and Amastra
n. sp. 22.12.1.12.22. It is hardly necessary to give a description
of the raduhe, fig. 56, showing the most characteristic teeth of A.
rubicunda. It niay, however, be mentioned that the rhachidiau and
the laterals resemble somewhat those of Achatina, but the marginals
are pectinate. The species of Amastra are not arboreal, but live
on the earth.

Christchurch, New Zealand, August 8, 1894.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 241

NOTES ON THE VARYING HARES OF WASHINGTON AND BRITISH
COLUMBIA WITH DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SUB-SPECIES.

BY SAMUEL N. RHOADS.

In the determination of the relationships of the Varying Hare, Le-
pus americanus, of interior British Columbia it became necessary to
handle a larger number of specimens of this group from west of the
Rocky Mountains than has hitherto been available for study. This
material includes typical specimens of L. washingtoni from near
Puget Sound, four winter skins and ten skulls from near the Suoqual-
mie Pass, Washington, and four skins and six skulls from Hope, B. ( '.,
kindly loaned me by Mr. Outram Bangs. It is to be regretted that
summer specimens of the Cascade Mountain form from Washing-
ton were not available as it is impossible to establish their relations
to typical washingtoni in any other way. On this account these
notes may be considered as merely preliminary to a more thorough
investigation of material now being collected in these regions.

A comparison of a large series of skulls from the Cascades and
lowlands of Washington convinces me that washingtoni is specifi-
cally distinct from americanus and it is probable that the form of
washingtoni found in the higher Cascades is a well-marked race.
The cranial characters, taken from average adult skulls from Maine
and Puget Sound, which separate americanus and washingtoni, may
be thus stated.

Ij. americanus L. washingtoni

Postorbital processes wide, and Postorbital processes slender,
flaring their internal posterior J the posterior margins straight or

margins curved outwardly, their incurved, their points directed

points directed outwardly and within the lateral sutures of the

widely separated from frontal frontals, and in older specimens

bones. Supraorbital processes of nearly touching them. Supraor-

frontals strongly developed into bital margins of frontals serrate,

a spur directed outwardly for- sometimes with a single rounded

ward and forming, with the post- notch.

orbital process — an anvil-shaped Incisive foramina jointly form-
promontory on each side the Iron- inga hastate figure with rounded
tals. apex and basally narrower than

Incisive foramina, together at its median diameter. Great-
forming a regular isosceles trian- est triturating width of molars
gle the double creuate base being 4.2 mm; basilar length of skull

242

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1895.

L. washingtoni.

56; zygomatic width 87; greatest
distance between outer alveoli of
right and left maxiliaries 20.7.

L. americanus.

the widest part of their expansion,

and the apex acutely pointed.
Greatest triturating width of
molars 5 mm; basilar length of
skull 58; zygomatic width 37;
greatest outer distance between
alveolar walls of right and left
maxiliaries 24.5.

It will be seen that the molar and incisor dentition of washing-
toni is relatively much weaker than in skulls of americanus of the
same size, with a corresponding narrowing of the palatal and rostral
area and a corresponding change in the shape of the incisive fora-
mina, the constancy of which, coupled with the peculiarity of the
frontal process, is to my mind quite sufficient for a specific separation
of the Pacific and Atlantic coast representatives of this group.

The following diagnosis is of a hare whose cranial characters are
distinctly the same as those of skulls of americanus from Maine:

Lepus americanus columbiensis sub sp. nov. Type, ad 9 , No. 462, Col. of S. N.
Rhoads, Vernon, B. Columbia. Col. by S. N. Bhoads, July 29, 1892

Description. Size of average L. americanus. Summer pelage,
above, light tawny gray, blackish on rump, tail and anterior border
terminal of ears; anterior base of ears, crown, cheeks, upper fore leg
sides of hams and upper surfaces of feet light rusty, soles of feet
sooty. Inner fore and hind legs, lower head, lips, breast, fore part
of abdomen and spot in forehead, white. Lower neck like back.
Lower abdomen and tail bluish gray, suffused with rusty. Fur of
back with basal half plumbeous, median fourth light rusty, term-
inal fourth black, a few of the hairs wholly black and many with
minute black tip, and proportionally wider rusty median zone.

Measurements. Total length 4G5 mm.; tail vertebrae 43 ; hind foot
L 40; ear (inner anterior border of dry skin), 72. Skull; total
length (occipito-nasal), 79; basilar length, 62; length of nasals, 32.5;
posterior interorbital constriction, 10.2; zygomatic expansion, 38;
greatest length of mandible, 58; greatest width of same, 35.5.

This strongly marked race of the Varying Hare is represented by
the type and another adult female taken by me in June on the
Caribou Road, between Ashcroft and Clinton, B. C. It represents
the faunal peculiarities of the arid interior basin of southern British
Columbia, and may at once be distinguished from any of the vari-

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 243

.it ions of americanus east of the Rocky Mountains by its grayness
and almost total lack of rufous above. From the Kooky Mountain
and east Cascade form which, for present purposes, may be called
bairdi, the color of the feet is a distinguishing character, while, as
compared with washingtoni, the differences in color and size are ob-
vious enough to need no comment.

18

244 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895

DISTRIBUTION OF THE AMERICAN BISON IN PENNSYLVANIA, "WITH
REMARKS ON A NEW FOSSIL SPECIES.

BY SAMUEL N. RHOADS.

Pennsylvania enjoys the distinction of being the scene of the most
easterly range of the buffalo, Bison bison, in North America. Dr.
J. A. Allen, whose excellent memoir on the American Bisons fur-
nishes the best data on this subject, has conclusively proved its ex-
istence up to the beginning of this century as far east us Buffalo
Valley, near Lewisburg, in Union County. The last buffalo killed
in that region was shot by Col. John Kelly, "about 1790 or 1<S00,"
on the McClister farm adjoining his own, and situate in Kelly town-
ship, about live miles from Lewisburg. Col. Kelly stated that an
old Indian mimed Logan informed him of the former abundance of
buffaloes in this valley. In the map of its distribution, Dr. Allen
practically limits the range of the buffalo in the Keystone State to
the country drained by the Alleghany and Monongahela rivers,
which includes the region west of the Alleghany ridge on the south,
and on the north, from a point in Clearfield county to the eastern
shore of Lake Erie, westward. The movement east of this area is
supposed to have been limited to the mountain passes extending
along the west branch of the Susquehanna, to the forks below Lewis-
burg.

Prof. Baird mentions, in the Patent Office Report of„1851, the ex-
istence of bones of this species in Pennsylvania caves and alluvial
deposits. Dr. Allen took the pains to search for the reported remains
taken by Prof. Baird in caves near Carlisle, but was unable to find
them, and on inquiry the Professor wrote Dr. Allen that a re-exami-
nation would be necessary in order to determine whether they are of
the bison, and if so of which species. The uncertainty of the
matter justly led Dr. Allen to ignore it and make the Lewisburg
record stand as the most easterly authenticated one for North
America. In 1873 Dr. Joseph Leidy described and figured1 the

1 Contrib. Ext. Vert. Fauna. Washington Terr., p. 255, pi. XXVIII.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 245

«

second upper molar of a bison found at Pittston, Luzerne Co., Penn-
sylvania, in association with the remains of the mastodon and fossil
horse. This he identified as belonging to the extinct Bison latifrons.
Dr. Allien1 contends that this tooth not only lacks the accessory
column characteristic of the genus Bison but "it is in any case too
small for a tooth of Bison latifrons," and thinks it "undoubtedly
referable to the extinct musk-ox." Having examined the speci-
men in question and compared it with corresponding teeth of
Bison-bison and the types of extinct muskox in the museum of the
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia I find that this
Pittston specimen is very much worn, the triturating surface hav-
ing reached to the alveolar base of the enamel on the anterior and pos-
terior sides. The roots of the tooth are intact, and comparison with
a corresponding molar removed from the jaw of an adult Bison bison
from Utah shows that the Pittston specimen is not materially larger
than the one from Utah. Owing to the wearing of these molar
teeth their triturating surface changes from an oblong, twice as long
as wide, to a nearly square figure of nearly twice the triturating area
seen in the teeth of a younger adult animal of same size. Dr. Leidy's
oversight of this fact was probably the reason for his identification of
the tooth as that of Bison latifrons, to which species, it may be re-
marked, he had referred larger specimens of the smaller B. antiquus.

In this respect Dr. Allen's position is sound; the tooth is too small
to belong to latifrons.

( )n the other hand it is impossible that the tooth belongs to the ex-
tinct musk-ox, the corresponding molar in that animal being nearly
twice as large in the type specimens preserved in the Museum of the
Academy. The accessory cusp of the molars of Ovibos cavifrons is
even more prominent than in Bison, so that the lack of this cusp in
the Pittston specimen as effectually removes it from one genus as from
the other, and I am inclined to consider the oval median islet in the
specimen as representing an abnormal displacement of the accessory
cusp of the genus Bison. If this is granted the other characters in-
dicate it to belong to Bison bison.

Of interest in this connection are the Hist and third lower molars
of an adult bison, evidently from the same individual, which were
found in the collection of the Academy. These are mounted together

The American Bisons, p. 1:2.

246 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

>

on a card with the name "Bison Americanus DeKay, Luzerne Co.,
Pa." Accompanying them is a small card in Dr. Leidy's writing,
which reads: "With the fossil teeth from Luzerne Co., but appar-
ently more recent. Bison Americanus." I have compared these with
specimens of the recent animal and find them to be specifically iden-
tical.

Waiving the question of the real status of the tooth figured by
Leidy from this locality, we may safely rest the eastward extension
of the habitat of Bison bison from Lewisburg sixty miles along the
north branch of the Susquehanna on the two lower molars.

In the report of the Pennsylvania Geological Survey for 1887,
Dr. Leidy, in a paper on limestone cave fossils of the State, makes
the following statement in relation to certain bones found in Hart-
man's cave, Monroe County: — "With the remains of existing ani-
mals are those of a few species which no longer live in Pennsylvania
* -l- * represented by a few jaw fragments and teeth of the wood-
land reindeer, Rangifer caribou, and a lower jaw fragment with the
last molar tooth of the bison, B. Americanus." This jaw fragment
and its accompanying tooth are in the collection of the Academy.
They belonged to a full grown animal in its early prime. The crown
of the tooth has apparently been charred and crumbled by tire in
the same manner as other bones from this cave which surrounded
and lay within the site of an ancient fire place in the superficial
layers of the cave floor. The mandible, which is about, four inches
long and two inches wide and contains the alveoli of the three true
molars, is uuburnt and is apparently of the same recent age as the
remains of the fox, wolf and deer associated therewith. 1 have no
hesitation in considering Dr. Leidy's identification correct, and from
the character of the ethnological remains found in the same cave
and the appearance of the bone itself, would judge it had formed
part of the feast of a Delaware Indian in comparatively recent times.
This record extends the wanderings of Bison bison to the Delaware
Valhy.

There is in the Academy's collection the basal portion of a horn-
core of a fossil bison taken from a closed limestone crevice in Dur-
ham cave on the bank of the Delaware near Riegelsville, Pucks
County. This specimen is of evident antiquity and apparently be-
longs to the leftside of the skull, having attached to the core a frag-
ment of the frontal bone, two and one-half inches square. The core

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 247

portion is five inches long superiorly and presents an unbroken up-
per surface three inches wide at base. The greater portion of the
posterior surface at the base is also intact but the anterior and in-
ferior surfaces have been destroyed.

The greatest vertical diameter of the core may be approxi-
mated at three and one-half inches, the horizontal being slightly less.
From the disposition of the deep longitudinal grooves on its unin-
jured surface this core was probably eight or ten inches long.

These measurements indicate an animal much larger than
the largest existing bison in America and approximate the size
of the smaller extinct bison, Bison antiquus of Leidy and
Allen. A remarkable character of the Durham cave specimen is
found in its curvature and the relative position to the frontal plate.
The superior longitudinal profile of the core is regularly convex
throughout, forming the arc of a circle whose radius is about twelve
inches; the posterior profile viewed from above is slightly concave,
the anterior is broken, but the direction of the grooves show it to
have been convex." The superior frontal arch viewed from behind
is slightly depressed from the base of core towards the median line of
the skull, but at a distance of one and one-half inches it rises to
a point which would touch the continued arc of the superior profile
of the core. The superior base surface of the core is very flat,
describing in a breadth of three inches when viewed along a line
at right angles to the skull, a regular arc whose radius is six inches.
The line of division between the base of core and frontal bone
lacks in a remarkable degree the osseous rugosity and prominence
seen in the other members of this genus. It this core belongs to
the left side of the skull, it very closely resembles the style of horn
seen in Bubalus buffelus (Blum.) in which the drop of the horn
is uniformly downward and backward from base to apex, the
skull and horn cores forming, when viewed from behind, a regular,
obtusely parabolic arch. Should it prove, however, that the speci-
men belongs to the right side, the drop is a forward one. There
is a suggestion of the genus Ovibos in the flatness and downward
growth of this horn, but a comparison of it with O. moschatus, 0.
eavifrons, and 0. bombifrons shows a radical difference. From
moschatus it is at once distinguishable by its narrowness and smooth-
ness at base of core, by its greater convexity and by the width of
intercorneal diameter of frontal bones; from eavifrons by the lack

248 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

of any marked depression of the intercorneal plate; from bombifrons
by its much greater size and by the flatness of horn core at superior
base, which, in bombifrons, is highly arched as in Bison bison.
The horn is also less abruptly depressed than in bombifrons, in this
character being intermediate between the lop horned type of Ovibos
and the erect type of bison, B. patifrons being in turn an inter-
mediate type between the Durham cave specimen and B. antiquus
which forms the last step toward the now existing B. bison, the
apical portion of whose horn cores is vertical when the skull is
poised at the normal facial angle of forty-five degrees. The striking
peculiarities of this fossil appear to me sufficient to warrant a new
specific name. I would propose Bison Appalachicolus sp. nov.,
Type, No. 29, Col. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Phila., Durham Cave,
near Riegelsvslle, Bucks Co., Pa. Postpliocene.

Regarding the question of the existence of B. bison in the valleys
of eastern Pennsylvania since the advent of the white man in
America, it is probable that it had been effectually driven from the
Delaware Valley long before that date.

Indeed, from the scarcity of its remains and the absence of reliable
tradition of its presence in this locality, it is unlikely that this species
was ever more than a straggler in the regions east of the Susque-
hanna River drainage. It is not unlikely that the Carlisle cave
specimens will be found to belong to the same species, as originally
identified by Prof. Baird.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 249

May 7.

The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the Chair.
Thirty-one persons present.

May 14.

The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the Chair.
Thirty-five persons present.

The death of Eckley B. Coxe, a member, was announced.
Dr. Vickera Oberholtzer read a paper on the geology of the
Island of GEland. (No abstract).

May 21.

The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the Chair.

Fifty-five persons present.

The death of Henry John Carter, of London, Eng. , a correspon-
dent, was announced.

The following papers were presented for publication :

"The Extinction of Species." By Charles Morris.

"Synopsis of the Stizini of Boreal America." By Wm. J. Fox.

"Protoptychus Hatcheri, a New Rodent from the Uinta Eocene."
By Win. B. Scott.

"The Jelly-like Secretion of the Fruit of Peltandra undulata."
By Ida A. Keller.

May 28.
The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the Chair.
Thirty-one persons present.

250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

A memoir of John Howard Redfield, by Thomas Meehan, was
presented for publication.

Wra. J. Gillespie, M.D. and H. G. Griffith, M.D., were elected
members.

The following were ordered to lie printed:

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF- PHILADELPHIA. 251

THE PRIORITY OF THE NAMES CALLISTE, AGLAIA AND CALOSPIZA
AND THEIR USE IN ORNITHOLOGY.

BY WITMER STONE

Although the name Collide has long been in general use for a
large genus of South American tanagers, a careful examination into
its history seems to show that it is untenable in this connection and
that we must adopt in its stead the name Calospiza proposed by G.
R. Gray in 1840.

The birds which constitute this genus were separated from the old
genus Tanagra almost, simultaneously by two authors, Boie proposing
for them the name Calliste (Isis, 1K26, p. 974) and Swainson the
name Aglaia (Zool. .lour, iii, 1827, p. M47).

In 1840 G. R.' Gray established another name for the same
groups: Calospiza, (List of Genera of Birds, p. 44) stating that
both the previous names were preoccupied by Callistus Bonelli, 1813,
in Coleoptera and Atjlaen Loureiro, 1 7>S(), in Botany. Cabanis
adopted Gray's name emending it into Callospiza but subsequent
writers have continued to use Calliste though several of them have
subdivided the genus and proposed several additional names for their
groups which are generally considered as synonyms. However we
may regard the reasons which influenced Gray in proposing the
name ( 'alospiza there is certainly no question but that there are other
facts in the case which compel us to adopt his name.

Some time ago Mr. T. S. Palmer called my attention to the fact
that the name Callista had been proposed by Poli in 1791, for a
genus of mollusks and asked me to examine the reference in Poli's
work to which he had not access.

With the assistance of Prof. H. A. Pilsbry, Conservator of the
Conchological Section of the Academy, I have carefully studied
the history of this name. It was based by Poli (Testacea utriusque
Sicilian, Vol. I, Introduction, p. o0) upon the animals of several
species of Venus, Mactra, etc., and was subsequently restricted by
Moerck who fixed Venus chloue as the type. Subsequent concholo-
gists have used the name in a variety of ways but according to the

252 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

present rules of nomenclature it seems that it mu?t be adopted for
the genus now known as Cytherea and in any case it precludes the
use of ( 'attiste in ornithology.

As regards Aglaia, while its previous use in botany does not, ac-
cording to our present canons of nomenclature, preclude its use in
ornithology, I find, nevertheless, that it is equally as untenable as
< 'alliste.

In 1804 Renier (Prospetto della Classe dei Vermi, p. 16) proposed
Aglaja for a genus of mollusks now generally known as Doridium,
hut for which Aglaia must be revived as recently pointed out by
Prof. Pilsbry.

In 1825 Escholtz proposed Aglaia for a genus of Siphonophora,
and as these authors both antedate Swainson's publication, the name,
of course, cannot be used in ornithology.

Subsequently Aglaia has been proposed in 1850, by Albers, for
another genus of mollusks and in 1869, by Brady, for a genus of
Crustacea, in both of which connections it is obviously untenable.

In view of these facts ornithologists will, I think, be compelled to
adopt Gray's name for the genus of tanagers, the synonymy of which
will stand as follows :

CALOSPIZA G. R. Gray 1840.
List of Genera of Birds, p. 44, type (J. tricolor fGm. ).

1820. Calliste Boie, Isis, p. 974 (uec Callista Poli, 1791).

L827. Aglaia Swain., Zool. Jour, iii, p. 347 (nee Aglaja Renier,
1804).

1850. Callispiza Caban. , Mus. Hein., p. 26.
L850. Gyrola Reichenb., A v. Syst. Nat., lxxvii.

1851. Tatao Bonap., C. R. , xxxii, p. 80.
1851. Callospim Bonap., C. R., xxxii, p. 80.
1851. Chrysothraupis Bonap., Rev. Zool., p. 142.
1851. Txothraupis Bonap., Rev. Zool., p. 143.
1851. Ghalcothraupis Bonap., Rev. Zool., p. 144,
1851. Eusehemon Sol., Contr. Ornith., p. 95.
1851. Euprepiste Scl., Contr. Ornith., 95.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 253

THE EXTINCTION OF SPECIES.
BY CHARLES MORRIS.

The story of the disappearance of species of animals and plants
during the geological period, and their replacement by new species,
is much too obscure to attempt to solve except to a very partial
extent. Since life began upon the earth the process of extinction
has been seemingly incessant, and still continues so, Man being per-
haps the most efficient of all the many agents that have taken part
in this process. As a rule, the extinction of forms would appear to
have been gradual, and the simultaneous sweeping out of great
numbers of species, which is claimed occasionally to have taken
place, is open to question, from our lack of knowledge of the
length of time really involved. There are, however, two instances
in which such an extinction of numerous species within a com-
paratively brief interval appears certainly to have taken place, and
it is these which I propose particularly to consider. These are the
apparently sudden disappearance of great numbers of giant reptilian
forms at the close of the Cretaceous epoch, and their replacement in
the early Tertiary by numerous large mammals; and the similar
sudden disappearance of a considerable number of large mammals in
the Post-pliocene or the early Recent period, including the mammoth,
the American horse, the giant sloths, etc. Although no other than
general causes can be adduced for extinction as a whole, it may be
that some particular causes can be suggested in connection with
these two special instances.

As an important preliminary to this investigation, some considera-
tion of the general causes of the disappearance of species is desirable.
In the first place it is improbable that many, if any, species have
ceased to exist in consequence of the direct assaults of other animals,
except in the case of Man's destructive agency. A species, whose
individuals are numbered by millions and whose range is ordinarily
very extended, is not easily to be disposed of. Animal hostility,
even when unrelenting and effective, is never governed by a fixed
purpose of destruction. Its aims are minor and individual; food,

254 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

not destruction, being its purpose. The only animals which act
largely together in the work of destruction are the ants, yet with all
their intelligent combination for this purpose it is almost certain that
no species of insect owes its extinction to ant aggression. Among exist-
ing animals there are certain carnivorous fishes whose destruction of
other, helplessspecies is annually enormous, yet these depleted species
far from disappearing, return each year in vast multitudes to their
feeding grounds. 80 far as existing evidence goes, then, it seems
probable that hostile aggression, while it may have occasionally been
an indirect, has rarely been the direct cause of the extinction of
species.

It is equally doubtful if extinction has been due, as a general
rule, to lack of suitable food. This may have been the case with
certain invertebrates adapted to very narrow food conditions, and
with some highly specialized vertebrates, confined to a transitory
condition of the food-supply. But ordinarily the food-supply, at least
of vertebrates, is wide- spread and persistent, while most of the higher
animals have some power of variation in this respect, and can adapt
themselves to new kinds of food. It would seem most probable, on
the whole, that extinction of species has been generally due to indirect
rather than to direct influences. Species of animals and plants have
rarely, if ever, disappeared through their destruction by other species
as food, and rarely through a natural insufficiency of food. Most
probably the usual causes of destruction have been adverse con-
ditions of nature, and the competition of other species in the struggle
for food.

Nature undoubtedly has been active in this work, her adverse
influences being violent ami wide-spread; storms, sudden and severe
changes in temperature, long- continued floods, extensive droughts,
and occasionally highly destructive volcanic or other convulsions.
To such influences entire species may in some instances have
succumbed, particularly where the adverse conditions were of long
continuance, while other species may have been so greatly reduced in
numbers and energy as to become incapable of sustaining themselves
against the competition of more vigorous rivals. Among recent
instances of this kind may be classed the destruction of large
numbers of cattle and other domestic animals on the western plains
iu winters of great severity and deep snow-fall. This destruction
takes place despite all the efforts of Man to prevent it, and would be

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 255

much greater but for human aid. On the other hand it must he
said that these animals have been removed from their native habitat,
and that their special exposure to danger is a result of Mans inter-
ference with nature's adaptations.

Organic competition takes various forms. An indirect struggle
between species is constantly going on. The food supply is in every
case limited, and is the object of an increasing contest between the
individuals of a species and separate species, in which the most
vigorous individuals or the best adapted species are likely to win.
In this contest size and strength of a species are rarely assurance of
success. Size may be detrimental, as necessitating more food, while
strength is of little avail where the contest ants are not directly
pitted against each other. The mastodon, for example, needing
great quantities of herbage for its food supply, might, in cases of
severe drought, succumb to the food competition of the rabbit, or
some still more insignificant creature, which, spreading in vast
numbers over the country, devoured the sparse herbage and left its
huge competitor to starve. An army of locusts has more than once
! nought great numbers of men to the verge of starvation, despite
Man's intelligent and combined resistance. The potato bug is
capable of depriving a nation of its food, and a blighting fungus may
destroy the crop upon which a whole people relies. It needs all
Man's care and prevision to prevent insect foes from destroying his
food supply. The lower mammalia have no modes of defence
against such assaults and no power of providing granaries of food
against times of need. Thus hosts of herbivora may have frequently
perished in consequence of an insect assault upon their food; and
numerous carnivora, thus deprived of their food, may have similarly
perished. Yet on the other hand, the lower plant-eating mammalia
an' much less exposed than Man to this special danger, from the
fact that few of them feed, like him, on fruits and seeds, their
general food supply being the abundant grasses, and the leaves and
twigs of trees, a supply which is much less likely to fail.

An adverse influence, of the nature of direct assault, and one
which at times may have been enormously destructive, remains to
be mentioned. Tins is the aggressive action of the minute organisms
known as bacteria, of which the disease- producing species have at
times proved the most dangerous of all the known enemies of Man.
At present, however, the indications are that they are much less

256 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

destructive to the lower animals than to Man, the difference being
due to difference of life habits. Though bacteria and other disease-
producing agents may at times in the past have attacked species of
animals destructively, it is probable that they have played but a
minor part in the extinction of species.

There is still another interesting natural condition to consider in
our review of the general causes of the extinction of species. One
tendency, which has particularly manifested itself in herbivorous
animals, has frequently led directly to their destruction. This is the
tendency to increase in size through the double influence of abund-
ance of food and little waste of tissue through exertion. In the
sluggish grass-eaters, dwelling on plains covered with rich herbage,
or leaf and twig eaters in tropical forests, the nutritive agencies are
in excess of those of waste, and these animals seem always to have
tended to an increase in size, until those of least exertion and
greatesl powers of obtaining food became enormous in dimensions.
An example of the same kind among the carnivora is the Green-
land whale, which, while feeding on minute forms, obtains them in
enormous quantities with little muscular exertion, and has in conse-
quence become of extraordinary dimensions.

In the case of the herbivora this increase in size has exposed them
to increasing danger of starvation in cases of great drought, and from
the food competition of smaller but more numerous animals, and
many species may have became extinct through this cause. It is
probable that a struggle has long gone on between the two organic
tendencies — on the one hand to increase in bulk; on the other to
increase in activity — the victory finally falling to the smaller, more
active, and more mentally energetic forms, through their ability to
survive on less food and their superior powers of resistance to nature's
adverse influences. ft is perhaps mainly due to this that the bulky,
sluggish and mentally dull creatures of the past have given way to
the smaller but more active and intelligent animals of the present.

This leads us directly to the problem of the disappearance of the
great Cretaceous reptiles — the first of the two special cases to be con-
sidered. The influences described may have had something to do with
this event, but are far from sufficient to explain the sudden dis-
appearance of so many species of animals of varied habitat, food and
conditions of life. However far land animals may have been
thus affected, the great ocean reptiles could hardly have succumbed

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 257

to these influences. Nature lias been frequently credited with this
destructive work, some world-wide convulsion being called in to do
duty as an efficient agent. But this cataclysmic theory has been
largely over-employed, and could hardly have confined its ravages to
the larger reptiles, of sea and 'land alike, while leaving the smaller
reptiles and the contemporary mammals unharmed.

In seeking to discover some adequate cause for so great a natural
event, one destructive agency, not as yet" mentioned, offers itself as a
not improbable explanation. It is one neither of inorganic action, of
food competition nor of direct assault. On the contrary it is a kind
of indirect assault — an assault not on the animals themselves, but on
their eggs and young. This destructive influence is one that is very
prevalent in the animal world. It is efficient in keeping down the
numbers of prolific forms at present, and may have had much to do
with the extinction of species in the past. It is a danger to which
the mammalia are exposed only in the case of their young, and in
this case only to a minor degree, from their vigilant care of their
young; but to which the fish, reptiles and birds are exposed in the
case of their eggs as well. The evolution of instinct has taught
birds to care for their eggs and young, and thus in great measure to
escape this peril. In reptiles this instinct of carefulness is very
little developed, and in fishes scarcely at all. Fish species, indeed,
eseape annihilation mainly through fecundity. Though myriads of
their eggs and young are devoured, enough escape to ensure the con-
tinuance of the species. The reptiles are intermediate between the
birds and the fishes in these particulars, less prolific than the latter,
less careful than the former. Existing reptiles take little or no care
of their young and rarely any special care of their eggs. The
turtles conceal theirs very skilfully in the sand and leave them t<>
chance and secrecy for safety; the young, when hatched, being very
agile in their escape to the water. But eggs and young alike have
their enemies. The former are often discovered and devoured; the
latter have numerous foes in and out of the water. Only a mere
fraction of the brood escapes to keep alive the species. The crocodile
lays its eggs in the warm sand, or in a heap of mud or decaying
vegetation, and pays no further attention to them. The alligator is
more careful, keeping some measure of watch and ward over its eggs.
The existing laud reptiles — the snakes, lizards and land turtles — as
a rule, pay but little attention to the fate of their eggs and young,

258 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

and in many cases leave them largely to chance, their sole trust
being in concealment.

The degree of care paid by existing reptiles to the fate of their
eggs, small as it is, may have been the result of a long-continued
struggle for existence. As the activity and ingenuity of their foes
increased, so may have increased reptilian care and fecundity.
Probably ages ago both less heed was given to the security of the
eggs than now and the peril was less imminent. There has very
likely been a campaign of education on both sides. Yet it may be
that the continued existence of the modern reptilian families is in a
measure due to some degree of care always exercised over their eggs.
And it is possible that little care may have been taken by the giant
Mesozoic reptiles, and that their extinction was largely due to this
cause.

The views here expressed certainly lead us to a fuller compre-
hension of the situation in which the Cretaceous reptiles were placed.
These creatures, large and small alike, were egg layers, and their
eggs and young were exposed to the peculiar dangers above indi-
cated. To what extent they took care of their eggs we cannot know,
but to judge from the habits of existing reptiles their care was not
great. \Ve are aware that these huge creatures possessed very
small brains, and must conceive that they possessed little or no
intelligence, being governed in great measure by the instincts
acquired during past ages of slow development. These instincts
were gained at an early period in which the eggs were little exposed
to danger and stood in no great need of protection. They were likely
to be of little avail in an age in which the growing intelligence ol the
smaller animals may have greatly increased the danger in this
direction.

As regards the great ocean reptiles of the period in question, their
vulnerable point was undoubtedly in their habit of egg-laying, since,
like their modern representatives, the turtles, they must have laid
their eggs on the shores — perhaps with some effort at concealment in
the sand — and left them to nature and fortune. The great land
reptiles were probably little if any more heedful, if we may judge
from the habits of existing land reptiles, whose small degree of care
is in part an outcome of later evolution. Again, those huge creatures
probably laid hut lew eggs certainly much fewer than the smaller
animals whose continued existence may be largely due to their

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 259

fecundity. In consequence their danger of extinction through the
destruction of their eggs was correspondingly increased.

In review of what is above said, it may be remarked that in the
early days of reptilian dominance, and of general lack of animal
activity and intelligence, the reptilian lords of the earth were exposed
to little danger of being devoured in the egg by hungry enemies, and
needed little care for eggs and young; the result being that no very
marked instinct of concealment or personal supervision became de-
veloped. But during the later Mesozoic period, an important change
took place in the situation. Ages before the reptiles lost their domi-
nance a new order of beings, the mammals, had come into existence.
The ancestors of the mammalia — typified by the modern Ornithorhyn-
chus — were themselves egg-layers. Marsupial mammals followed,
and continued throughout most of the Mesozoic age. Insignificant
in size, and probably as lacking in intelligence as their reptilian
competitors, these creatures long contented themselves with gleaning
after the great reptiles, with no evidence of ability to compete with
them. Finally appeared the placental mammals, whose young were
at birth able to take care of themselves. And, with the coming of
this animal type the prevailing stupidity began to yield to a mental
condition a step nearer intelligence.

The reptiles had hitherto occupied the field, the mammals being
helpless against them by any direct methods of assault, while the
greater activity of the latter, and the consumption of the bulk of the
food supply by the great reptiles, checked any disposition in the
mammals to increase in size. It is not unlikely that the newcomers
gained the victory at length by the indirect methods indicated, an
assault upon the eggs, and perhaps the young, of their powerful rivals.

It is highly probable that the placental mammals, with slowly de-
veloping intelligence, adopted, from time to time, new methods of
attack; while the reptiles, depending mainly upon previously ac-
quired instincts, were very much slower in developing new methods
of defence. The reptiles, therefore, eventually found themselves at
a serious disadvantage in competition with their small, active', and
more cunning opponents. Contemporaneous with the great reptiles
were multitudes of prowling creatures, small and agile, whose grow-
ing mental powers gradually made them aware that reptilian eggs
were full of savory nutriment, and in time taught them the simple
arts of concealment of the sea monsters, and how to circumvent the
19

260 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

watchfulness, if any existed, of the small- brained laud giants. The
reptilian stream of life, in short, may have been thus assailed with in-
creasing pertinacity and intelligence at its source, the eggs devoured, the
young perhaps destroyed, and the numbers of these lords of land and
sea rapidly reduced. As Achilles had his only vulnerable spot in
the heel, these giant reptiles had theirs in the nest. The egg-destroy-
ing mammals had a double advantage. Laying no eggs themselves,
and caring for their young, they could only be destroyed when in the
mature stage, while their assault upon their foes was by the safer and
more effective process of devouring them in the egg — a method which
may well have caused rapid reduction in numbers and final extinc-
tion. The reptilian forms which continued to exist were likely to be
the smaller and more prolific ones, and perhaps those which had
developed somewhat efficacious methods of caring for their eggs —
methods which may have continued to improve as the mental
acuteness of their foes increased.

The ground once cleared by the disappearance of the larger
reptiles, the subsequent rapid development of the mammalia is
readily comprehensible. They now became the dominant class, and
in all ages of geological history each new dominant class has ex-
panded rapidly in numbers, in variety of species, and in life of
individuals. They were no longer forced to glean after the harvest
of powerful competitors, but had the earth's stores of food for their
own, and developed accordingly, the remaining reptiles becoming in
their turn the gleaners after the harvest. Not only the land, but
the ocean, had lost its masters and become an open field for compe-
tition. Its reptilian dynasties, impregnable by direct assault, and
having no powerful enemies in their liquid domain, had yielded to
indirect attack, and mammalian life quickly overflowed into this
great reservoir of food in the form of seals, cetacea, and other air
breathing swimmers. The axe had been laid to the root of monster
reptilian life, and a new race of lords of the earth succeeded.

To come now to the second instance of extinction alluded to, that
of the Post- pliocene, or Recent period, it is one that is, in some of its
features, very difficult of explanation. The only general cause that
has been adduced for it, that of the intense chill and deep snow-fall
■of the Glacial Age, in all probability had much to do with it, though
certainly not all. As regards the mammoth and the woolly rhinoceros
of Europe and Asia, there seems much reason to believe that they

1895.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 261

perished from the cold. This seems probable from their high
northern range, and the immense store of their remains now existing
in northern Siberia, and in the ice-bound Liakhow or New Siberian
Islands. A similiar fate may have overtaken the Irish elk, the
urus, the mastodon, and other animals, but such was certainty not
the case with the American horse, nor with the giant sloths and the
glvptodon of South America, animals which became extinct during
the same period.

The disappearance of the horse, in America, is an unsolved mys-
tery. This animal extended in range through a double continent,
and has left its remains from Alaska to Patagonia. The horse, it is
true, is one of the most highly specialized of animals, and thus be-
longs to the class that is most liable to sudden extinction. But its
specialization is not one that confines it within narrow or local limits
or to a temporary phase of conditions. It is at home on the firm,
grassy uplands, and is unsuited to forest, mountain, or moist low-
lands. In the eastern hemisphere the natural habitat of the horse
is on the steppes of Asia, while other species of the genus inhabit
the plains of southern Asia and of Africa. In the western hemi-
sphere it was probably most abundant on the open plains of
central and western North America, and on the great grassy plains
of the southern continent. As regards the habitat of the North
American horse, it is one that is exposed to snows, frequently severe
ones, in the winter season. The same may have been the case in
Asia, if the habit of scraping with the fore- feet, which is possessed by
the horse, arose, as has been supposed, from an instinct of scraping
away the snows to get at the herbage beneath. Despite this instinct,
in abnormal winters, many horses must have perished through the
depth and persistance of the snows, as many cattle and sheep do now.
During the glacial period this condition existed in an exaggerated
degree, and may have caused the extinction of the North American
horse. Most of its original range was buried under mountains of
ice, which persisted for many centuries. South of the ice limit very
frigid conditions must have existed, and deep and persistant snows
each winter probably covered all the southern regions of the United
States and the plateau of Mexico.

Under such conditions the horse might well have become extinct.
Many contemporaries, such as the bison, the antelope, etc., could
have taken refuge in the forest and swampy regions of the semi-

262 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

tropical lowlands; but these were not suitable habitats for the horse,
which could only thrive on the firm and grassy uplands, and which
may in consequence have become extinct at this time in North
America.

This explanation, however, fails to account for the disappearance
of the South American horse, or of its huge contemporaries, the
megatherium, megalonyx,, mylodon and glyptodon. The disap-
pearance of the last named animals, in view of their sluggishness and
stupidity, is not inexplicable, since it may have been due to a cause
similiar to that we have adduced in the case of the cretaceous reptiles—
the destruction of their young by more agile and cunning animals.
To this it may be objected that in such a case they would probably
have disappeared early, and never attained their wide distribution.
But this by no means follows. Intelligent animals may rapidly
develop new methods of attack. Unintelligent animals are not
likely to develop new methods of defence with similar rapidity. If
some active carnivorous animal, therefore, began to attack and
destroy the young of the giant sloths in a new and covert manner, the
parents may have proved quite incapable of guarding against this
suddenly developed danger, and the coming generations of these
creatures may have been fatally reduced.

We must, however, in considering the problem of the disappear-
ance of the animals in question, take into account a hostile agency
which did not exist at any earlier period — that of Man. A new
lord of the earth had appeared, and one with powers of destruction
never before possessed in the animal world. Within quite recent
times several species of animals have become extinct through human
aggression. Others may have become extinct in the past. We know
that the early savages of Europe killed the horse and other large
animals for food, and the early Americans may have done the same.
Man may have played an active part in the extinction of the giant
sloths and the glyptodon — it they persisted till the human period —
by destroying their young, even if he did not attack the mature
animals — and have thus cut off these specially dull and slothful
species.

Such an explanation will not account for the extinction of the
South American horse, nor does any hypothesis — even of an unsatis-
factory character — suggest itself. It is true that some entertain
the idea that the South American horse did not become extinct.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 263

Not many years after the horse had been introduced into South
America by the Spaniards, the crew of a vessel, sailing along the
coast, saw a number of horses at a point several hundred miles
distant from the small settlements to which horses bad been
brought from Europe. It is considered questionable that horses
which may have escaped from these settlements could have increased
in a few years sufficiently to extend several hundred miles away.
That the horses thus seen were native animals is possible, though
very doubtful, since it seems probable that the native American
horse, though of the same species with the European, may have
presented some varietal differences in appearance. All that we
can say is that this incident leaves the question of the extinction
of the South American horse open to some, though a very slight,
degree of doubt. If, as is probable, it became extinct, the cause of
its extinction must remain an unsolved mystery. In short, the
whole subject of animal extinction is one that is rife with difficulties.
The best that can be done is to offer some suggestion of causes that
may have aided in the disappearance of species: It is quite probable,
however, that many influences were at work of which we are ignor-
ant, and most of which will always remain beyond the scope of
human investigation or conjecture.

264 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

SYNOPSIS OF THE STIZINI OF BOREAL AMERICA.
BY WILLIAM J. FOX.

In working over the fossorial wasps belonging to the genera in-
cluded in Handlirsch's monograph1 it seemed to me that, inasmuch
as the latter's work is probably inaccessible to most American
entomologists, the publication of synoptical tables of those genera
elsewhere, together with such notes as may be available, and the
description of new species should there be any, would be of service
to those interested in the subject. It is my hope to work gradu-
ally over the genera monographed by the above author, and to
prepare from time to time synoptical tables for publication.
Therefore, this paper may be considered the first of a series, which
I trust will be concluded in the near future.

The two genera composing the Stizini maybe separated as follows:

Marginal cell about twice as long as the first submarginal ; spurs of
hind tibise enlarged in £ aud the pygidium well developed ;
abdomen ( $ ) with a single spine at apex. Sphecius.

Marginal cell much shorter than the first submarginal ; spurs of

hind tibipe short in both sexes, not enlarged ; no well-developed

pygidium, at theimost with a short ridge on each side of the

last dorsal abdominal segment ; abdomen {$ ) with three spines

at apex. Stizus.

SPHECIUS Dhlb.

Sphex Drurv (in pt.) Ins. II, PI. 38, fig. 1. p. 71, 1773.
Stizus Latreille, Tab. Encycl. et Method, pi. 382, fig. 6, 1809.
Sphecius Dahlbohin, Hym. Eur., p. 154, 1845.
Hogardia Lepeletier de St. Fargeau. Hym. Ill, p. 288, 1845.

Stizus, various authors. For full synonymy see Handlirsch, Sitzb. Akad.
Wissensch. Wien. XCVIII, Bd., Abth. 1, p. 441.

FEMALES.

Abdomen with segments 1-3 only of abdomen spotted with yellow.

Black, legs rufous ; punctuation of second dorsal abdominal seg-
ment rather close speciosus.

Entirely rufous, excepting of course the abdominal and face mark-
ings; punctuation of second dorsal abdominal segment very
sparse convallis.

1 Sitzungsberichte der K. Akademie der Wissensehaften. Mathematisch-
naturwissenschaftliche (lasse. XXXV — LI.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 265

Abdomen with segments 1-6 spotted with yellow. Color varying

from black to rufous, with intermediate forms grandis.

Abdomen rod and black, not spotted Hbgardii.

MALES.

Joints of flagellum not strongly rounded out beneath.

Black, legs rufous speciosus.

Rufous in greater part.

Abdomen rufous, the iirst three segments maculated with yel-
low convallis.

Abdomen rufous and black Hbgardii.

Joints of flagellum strongly rounded out beneath; abdominal markings
not confined to the iirst three segments, all the dorsal segments

being maculated. Color varying from black to rufous

grandis.

1. Sphecius speciosus Dr.

Sphex speciosus Drury, 1. c.

Vespa tricincta Fabricius, Syst. Ent., p. 363.

Stizus vespiformis Latreille. I.e.

Stizus speciosus Lepeletier do St. Fargeau et Serville, Encycl. Method.

pi. 382, fig. 6.
Hogdrdia speciosa Lepeletier <le St. Fargeau, 1. c.
Sphecius speciosus Dahlbohm, 1. c.
Stizus speciosus Packard, Proc. Ent. Soc., Phila., VI, p. 442.

Common in the Eastern United States ; Texas: Mexico (Hand-
lirsch).

2. Sphecius convallis Patt.

Stizus grandis Packard (non Say) 1. c, p. 44-.'.

Sphecius speciosus var. convallis Pattern, Bull. IT. S. Geol. Survey,

p. 343, 1879, $ 2 .
Sphecius rap/or Handlirsch, 1. c, p. 461. $ 9 .
Sphecius convallis Fox. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., [2] IV, p. 103.

Kansas ; Texas ; California ; Lower California. The second ab-
dominal segment in $ is not sparsely punctured like the 9 , but is
about the same as in the $ of speciosus.

3. Sphecius Hogardii Latr.

S/i~us Hbgardii Latreille, Genera Crust et Ins., IV, p. 100, Plate XIII.

f.12, 9.
Hogardia rufescens Lepeletier de St. Fargeau, Hym. Ill, p. 289.
Stizus Hogardii Smith, Cat. Hym. Brit. Mus., IV, p. 336, Plate. VIII. f. 4.

This is a West Indian species, but has been recorded from Key
West and the Bahamas, and must therefore be added to our lists.

4. Sphecius grandis Say.

Stizus grandis Say, West. Quart. Pep. II. p. 77.

Stizus fervidus Cresson, Tr. Amer. Ent. Soc. IV, p. 223, 2

Stizus nevadensis Cresson. ibid, V, p. 99. $

266 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Tennessee (Handlirsch) ; Arkansas (Say); Missouri (Riley);
Texas; New Mexico (Cockerell); Utah; Nevada; Washington.
Handlirsch considers grandis and fervidus as distinct species, hut the
distinguishing characters given by him, (the coloration and sculpture
of thorax ahove) are shown to he variable by a series of twenty-three
examples before me, and the color of the wings is not constant.

STIZUS Latr.

Stizus Latreille, Histoire naturelle, III, 344, 1802.
Bicyrtes Lepeletier de St. Fargeau, Hym., Ill, p. 53, 1845.
Bembecinus Costa, Fauna del Regno di Napoli, 4, 1859.
Larra Smith (non Fabr.) Cat. Hym. B. M., IV, p. 337.
Megastizus Patton, Bull. IT. S. Geol. Survey, V, p. 334, 1879.

FEMALES.

Middle segment emargiuate posteriorly at the sides; females . 2

Middle segment not emargiuate, the postero-lateral angles

rounded 4

2 — Second submarginal cell distinctly petiolate 3

Second submarginal cell not petiolate, but the first and second
transverso-cubital nervures touch at the marginal cell; space
between hind ocelli slightly greater than that between them
and nearest eye margin; antennae placed at a distinctly greater
distance from the clypeus than from the eyes; black, with yel-
low maculatious, the greater part of coxa?, trochanters, tibise
and the tarsi entirely, yellow; legs robust neglect us.

3 — Antenme placed at about the same distance from clypeus as from
the eyes; space between hind ocelli just about equal to that be-
tween them and nearest eye margin ; not densely hirsute; tibia?
only in part yellow; hind tarsi entirely black . . . Godmani.
Antenna? placed somewhat farther away from the clypeus than
from eye margin; space between hind ocelli greater than that
between them and nearest eye margin; rather densely hirsute;
tibise and tarsi entirely yellow nanus.

4 — First and second transverso-cubital nervures widely separated

above. Size very large 5

First and second transverso-cubital nervures narrowly separated
or meeting at the marginal cell; deep black, the second dorsal
abdominal segment with a broad, reddish fascia, sometimes in-
terrupted medially, but rarely absent; wings blue-black, the
apical margin of anteriors whitish unicinctus.

5 — Yellowish spots on dorsal abdominal segments 3 and 4 extended
so that they nearly meet internally; clypeus hardly as broad as
the combined length of the first three antennal joints united,
its anterior margin rather strongly incurved; lateral ridges of
pygidial area fully twice as long as the latter is broad at apex.
brevipennis.

189;").] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 267

Yellowish spots on dorsal abdominal segments 3 and 4 distinctly
separated internally; clypeus about as broad as the three first
joints of antennae united are long, its anterior margin not
strongly incurved, subtruncate; lateral ridges of pygidial area
short, not twice as long as the latter is broad at apex . texanus.

MALES.

1 — Middle segment emarginate posteriorly at the sides; twelfth an-
tenual joint spinose beneath 2

Middle segment not emarginate, the postero-lateral angles
rounded; twelfth antenual joint not spinose -5

2 — Black, with paler markings . 3

Yellow, with black markings 4

3 — Seventh ventral segment slightly carinated down the middle;
space between eyes at base of clypeus distinctly less than the
combined length of joints 1 and 2 of flagellum; spine at apex
of eleventh antenual joint straight, rather short and indistinct;

tibia? in part black Godmani.

Seventh ventral segment flat, not carinated; space between the
eyes at base of clypeus about equal, or nearly so, to the com-
bined length of joints 1 and 2 of the flagellum; spine at apex
of eleventh antenual joint curved, long and prominent; tibiae
entirely yellow nanus.

4 — Second submargiual cell distinctly petiolate flavus.

Second submargiual cell not petiolate xanthochrous.

5 — First and second transverso-cubital uervures widely separated

above. Size large 6

First and second transverso-cubital uervures narrowly separated
above or melting. Size medium; entirely deep black, the
second dorsal abdominal segment with a reddish fascia; wings
blue-black, the apical margin whitish unicinctus.

6 — Yellowish spots on dorsal abdominal segments 3 and 4 extended,
so that they nearly meet internally; last dorsal segment

rounded at apex brevipennis.

Yellowish spots on dorsal abdominal' segments 3 and 4 widely
separated internally; last dorsal segment with a small, but dis-
tinct emargination at apex texanus.

1. Stizus Godmani Cameron.

Stizus Godmani Cam., Biol. Centr. Amer., Hym., PI. V, fig. 8, a. b. c, 9 $ ■
Stiz?<s agilis Cam. (non S. agilis Sm.), ibid., p. 102.

Mexico (Cameron) ; Lower California ; Santa Fe and Las Cruces,

New Mexico (Cockerell); Colorado.

2. Stizus nanus Hdl.

Stizus nanus Handlirsch,Sitzb. Akad. Wissensch., Wien., LI, Bd., Abtli., I, p.
61, $ O.

Georgia.

268 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

3. Stizus flavus Cam.

Stizus flavus Cameron, I.e., p. 103, PI. V, fig. 9, a. b. c, $ .

Mexico (Carnerou); Lower California ; New Mexico (Cockerell ):
Colorado (Gillette).

4. Stizus servilli St. F;irg.

Bicyrtes Servilli St. Fargeau. Hym., Ill, p. 53, 1845.
Stizus Servillii Handlirsch, I.e., p. 65.

Philadelphia (St. Fargeau). Unknown to me.

5. Stizus xantliochrous Hdl.

Stizus xanthochrous Handlirsch, I.e., p. 69, PI. I, tigs. 19, 10.
Texas: Cypress Mills (Coll. Ashmead). Resembles flavus, but
the second submarginal cell is not petiolate.

6. Stizus moueduloides Sm.

Larra moueduloides Smith, Cat. Hyni. B. M., IV, p. 436, $ 9 •
Bembecinus moueduloides Cresson, Synopsis, p. 278.
Stizus moueduloides Handlirsch, I.e., p. 69.

Florida (Smith); Mexico (Cameron). Unknown to me. Hand-
lirsch regards his nanus as possibly identical with this species, but
Smith's description is not sufficiently clear to decide it, as he does not
say whether the second submarginal cell is petiolate, or not ; accord-
ing to Cameron who reports the species from Mexico, this cell is not
petiolate, which fact would indicate that nanus is distinct from it.

7. Stizus neglectus Cress.

Monedula neglecta Cresson, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc, IV, p. 222, $ .
Stizus neglectus Handlirsch, I.e., p. 70.

Comal Co., Texas.

8. Stizus unicinctus Say.

Stizus unicinctus Say, West. Quart. Rep., II, p. 77.

Larra unicincta Cresson, Proc, Ent. Soc, Phila., IV, p. 47:2.

Stizus unicinctus Cresson, Synopsis, p. 27s.

Occurs throughout the Western States.

9. Stizus brevipenuis Walsh.

Stizus brevipenuis Walsh, Amer. Entoni., I, p. 16:2, g .

Larra Brendeli Taschenberg, Zeitsch., f. d. g, Naturw., p. 361, 1875.

Megastizus brevipennis Patton, Bull. I". S. Geol. Survey, V, p. 345, J1 J .

Texas and Illinois.

10. Stizus texanus Cress.

Stizus texanus Cresson, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc., IV, p. 222, $ £.
Megastizus brevipennis Cresson (in pt. ), Synopsis, p. 278.

Stizus texanus Handlirsch. I.e.. p. 176, PI. 1. figs. 6, 14, 15; PI. II, tig. 29; PI.
Ill, fig. 10.

1 uxas.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 269

PROTOPTYCHUS HATCHERI, A NEW RODENT FROM THE UINTA EOCENE.

BY W. B. SCOTT.

[Investigation aided by a grant from the Elizabeth Thompson Fund of the
A. A. A.S.]

Mr. J. B. Hatcher, Curator of vertebrate palaeontology in the
Princeton Museum, who is at present (April, 1895) collecting in
the Uinta beds, (upper Eocene) of Utah, has lately discovered a
small rodent-skull of a previously unknown type, and recognizing its
importance, has sent it in to me for examination and description.
The skull proves to be of unusual interest and brings to light some
very unexpected facts, which I hasten to bring to the attention
of students of the rodents.

The Dentition. — Only the teeth of the upper jaw (fig. 3) are repre-
sented in the specimen, the mandible having been lost. The dental
formula is: II CO PI M3. As the front end of the rostrum is broken
away, only a transverse section of the incisors is visible in the specimen
and here they are seen to be rather small and laterally compressed;
there is nothing to indicate that these teeth were sulcate. The pre-
molar, p4, is of only moderate size, not quite so large as ml. Owing
to its somewhat abraded condition, the pattern of this tooth is rather
difficult to make out and all that can be clearly seen is a narrow
invagination of enamel from the external side, which extends across
about half the transverse width of the crown, and on the inner side
is an extremely shallow enamel indentation. The first molar a little
exceeds in size any of the other cheek-teeth, though there is not
much difference between any of the series in this respect. In its
present condition of wear, this tooth displays a deep invagination of
enamel from the outer side of the crown, and a very shallow one from
the inner side, which, however, is distinctly better marked than in
the premolar. The second molar is slightly smaller than the first,
but of similiar conformation. The third molar, perhaps in conse-
quence of the fact that it is less worn than the others, is of a some-
what different pattern. In addition to the enamel invagination from
the inner and outer sides, it has two low transverse crests, with a

270

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1895.

shallow depression in front of the anterior one and behind the pos-
terior one. These teeth are all very brachyodont, with transversely
oval crowns, and form a slightly curved series with the convexity
outward, so that those of the two sides converge at both ends and are
most widely separated in the middle.

It is difficult to find among modern rodents any type of dentition
which altogether corresponds to the one here described. The trans-
verse crests visible on mo of Protoptychus (and doubtless in the unworn
state of the other teeth, also) have a certain resemblance to the teeth of
the squirrels and spermophiles, but the fundamental character of the
tooth- pattern is given by the enamel invaginations, which tend to
divide it into two prisms. This arrangement is most like that found
in Pedetes, the Heteromyidce and Geomi/idtr. The resemblance of
the Uinta form to the John Day genera, Entoptyehus and Pleuroli-

Fig. 1. Protoptychus Hateheri;
Skull from left side: natural
size.

Fig. 2. Protoptychus Hateheri;
Skull from above ; natural size.

cits, especially to the latter which is brachyodont, is decidedly
marked.

The Skull. — It will be3t serve the purposes of this description to
consider first the skull as a whole, and then the individual elements
which make it up. Its general aspect suggests various affinities : on
the one hand, it has very marked resemblances to the skull of Dipus,
especially in the anterior portion, while the posterior portion strongly
recalls the corresponding region in Perognatlms, Crieetodipvs, and even
Dipodomys. The skull is quite depressed and elongate and broadens
less abruptly toward the hinder end than in those existing genera of
Dipodidce and Heteromyidce in which the mastoids are largely in-
flated. Seen from above, the outline of the skull has considerable
resemblance to that of Heteromys, though with much more prominent
mastoid bulhe than in the latter. In front of the orbits the face is
deeply constricted to form the rostrum, which, so far as it is pre-
served, is not unlike that of Heteromys in shape, but the proportions

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 271

of the different bones which compose it resemble more the arrange-
ment which obtains in LHpus. The rostrum is also less tapering
and acuminate than in the recent Heteromyidce. The transverse
width of the skull is greatest in the mastoid region, though these
bones project but slightly beyond the line of the zygomatic arches
and thus the width is nearly uniform from the front of the orbits to
the occiput. In all of the existing Dipodidce the skull is widest across
the zygomatic arches. In Protoptychus the skull is long and narrow-
as compared with that of Dipus, though not far removed from the
proportions of Zap us. The interorbital constriction is very slight,
much as in Heteromys, and thus decidedly less than in Zapus.
Aside from the inflated mastoids, the broadest part of the cranium
is across the parietals and behind the orbits. The hinder part of the
cranium displays very large, rounded and swollen mastoids, such as
occur in the recent Dipodidce and Heteromyidce, though their shape
and construction are more like what we find in the latter family than
in the former. The mastoids encroach more upon the roof of the
skull and the occipital plane than in Perognathus or Cricetodipus,
and quite as much as in Dipus, though in a somewhat different way
and with a different effect upon the surrounding cranial bones from
the latter.

In spite of the great size which the mastoids have already
attained, small, but distinct temporal fossae are preserved, such as
persist in Heteromys, but in no other member of that family. More of
the squamosal is retained on the walls of the cranium in the existing
Dipodidce than in Protoptychus, but not such distinctly marked
temporal fossie. The consistency of the bones of the skull, their
ridges and angles are much as in Dipus and have not that exces-
sively thin and papery appearance which characterizes Zapus and the
recent Heteromyidce. There is no indication of a sagittal crest.
Viewed in profile, the highest point of the skull is behind the orbits,
at the slightly swollen and gently convex parietals, as is also true of
Zapus and Perognathus] from this point the upper contour descends
gradually in front to the rostrum and behind to the occiput, though
the curvature of this surface is but slight. The inferior sur-
face of the cranium is rendered different in appearance from that of
any of the Heteromyidce by the larger size and more spherical form
of the tympanic bullae, which have much the same shape as in
Dipus, but the bullae are not separated from the neighboring cranial

272 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

bones by such fissures as occur in the latter and in Pedetes, as well as
in Dipodoniys, conforming more in this respect to the condition of
Zapus. The large incisive foramina constitute another point of
resemblance to Dipus.

Taking up the structure of the skull more in detail, we find that
the rostrum is narrow, decidelv more so than the interorbital space,
and quite deep vertically, its diameter in this dimension exceeding
the transverse. The nasals are considerably broader than in Heter-
omys or Perognatlius and have more the relative width found in
Dipus, but they extend much farther back than in any living genus
of either family, reaching along their external borders to the mid-
dle of the orbits, slightly behind the termination of the ascending
processes of the premaxillaries. In the Dipodidce the nasals cease
in front of the orbits and they extend but little more backward in the
Heteromyidce. The hinder ends of the nasals are deeply emarginated
to receive the long nasal processes of the frontals, which are far
more conspicuous than in either of the modern families named.
Posteriorly the nasals are slightly concave transversely; farther for-
ward they become strongly convex in the same direction and together
form a semicylinder. This anterior convexity is more pronounced
than in Dipus and it may indicate a tubular prolongation of the
rostrum in front of the incisors, such as occurs in the Heteromyidw.
The nasals are accompanied for nearly their entire length by ascend-
ing processes of the premaxillaries, which articulate suturally with
the frontals. On the top of the skull these processes are, as in the
Dipodidce, very narrow strips, much narrower than in the Hetero-
myidce. Their extension backward is more prolonged than in either
family, as they reach almost to the middle of the orbits.

The frontals are short, shorter than in Zapus or Heteromys, except
in the median line, where the nasal processes add materially to their
length ; they have, however, attained no such degree of shortening
as is found in Dijmx. The interorbital space has about the same
relative width as is found in Heteromys, but the supraorbital
margin has not the bead- like thickening which occurs in that
genus. Postorbital processes are entirely wanting. The parie-
tals are not altogether like those of any of the modern genera which
have been mentioned; they are longer than in Perognatlius and have
not the nearly regular pentagonal shape characteristic of that genus;
they are somewhat shorter than in Heteromys and have, as also in the

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 273

latter, a distinct ridge or angulation running along their external
margins, which form small temporal fossa1, more distinctly marked
than iu any other member of the family. In Dipus and Pedetes the
parietals are very short and wide, while in Zapus they retain much
the same proportions as occur in Protoptychus, though they have not
the external angulation, nor the concave temporal fossa? found in
the latter. In the fossil the parietals are slightly swollen and
gently convex in both directions, with a shallow depression in the
median line.

The interparietal is very large and of a somewhat different shape
from that of any 'of the recent genera of the two families. In the
Heteromyinoe this bone is very wide and of varying shapes in the
different genera. Thus, it is elliptical in Perognathus, pentagonal in
Cricetodipus, and in Heteromys broadly cordate. In the Dipodo-
myinae this bone has become very small and is longer than wide, a
condition due to the great encroachments made upon the cranial
walls by the enormously inflated mastoids. Dipus has a broad

Fig. 3. Protoptychus Hatcheri; Skull Fig. 4. Protoptychus Hatcheri;

from below; natural size. Skull, occipital surface; natural

size.

shield-shaped interparietal, Pedetes one which is very short and wide
and of peculiar shape, while in Zapus it is a wide ellipse. The inter-
parietal of Protoptychus differs from that of all the genera named,
being very large and of nearly square outline, though the breadth
slightly exceeds the length; the latter diameter is, however, much
greater relatively than in any of the recent genera, while the narrow-
ing is obviously due to the expansion of the mastoids. The external
ridges of the parietals are continued over upon the borders of the
interparietal, which otherwise is nearly plane, but is thus made
slightly concave.

The occipital surface is almost flat, except for the protuberances
formed by the mastoids, and is considerably higher than wide, the
inflated mastoid bulla? having greatly narrowed it, In general

274 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

appearance the occiput is quite like that of Pleurolicus diplophysus of
the John Day; (see Cope, Tertiary Vertehrata, PI. LXIV,
fig. 9C ), but in the latter the mastoids are not so much enlarged and
the occiput is, consequently, wider than high. The su preoccipital
of Protoptych us most resembles that of the Heteromyidce ; it appears on
the top of the skull only as a very narrow strip and, so far as can be
judged from the specimen, it does not send out spurs which embrace
the interparietal between them, such as are found in Perognathus and
( 'ricetodipus. On the plane of the occiput the su preoccipital occu-
pies a little more space, but even here it is very narrow from above
downward, nearly the whole of this surface being formed by the large
exoccipitals. In Dipus the spurs which enclose the interparietal are
very peculiarly shaped, for they are produced downward over the
mastoid bullae and articulate with narrow processes given off from the
squamosals. In Pedetes there are no such spurs from the supraocci-
pital and so far there is a resemblance to the fossil, but the dis-
tinct angle made by the occipital plane with the top of the skull
in the latter is heteromyine rather than dipodine in character.
In the Uinta genus the foramen magnum is very large in proportion
and of subcircular shape, while the occipital condyles are exceed-
ingly small, widely separated from each other and so closely
applied to the great bulla?, that it is difficult to see how they
could conveniently articulate with the cotyles of the atlas. No
distinct paroccipital processes are observable. Such processes
are distinct in Dipus and still more so in Pedetes, but in Zapus, as
in the Heteromyidir, they are exceedingly minute. The basioccipital
and basisphenoid are reduced to excessively narrow, slender rods,
which are more attenuated than in any of the Heteromyidce, not even
excepting Dipodomys. In Dipus these two bones form together a
wedge-shaped piece, which narrows rapidly forward; the basisphenoid
is thus as slender as in Protoptyehus, but the basioccipital is broader.
Much the same statement will apply to Perognathus. This difference
is due to the fact that in the fossil the largely inflated tympanic
bulke are of a different shape, and in particular, have a greater
transverse diameter proportionately than have any of the modern
forms mentioned.

The mastoids are very greatly inflated and form large portions of
the auditory bullae, which ai-e the most conspicuous and striking
features of the skull. The shape of these structures has resemblance

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 275

both to the Heteromyidas and the Dipodidce. The relative size of
the mastoids is about the same as in Dipus and Pedetes, but they have
a less extension vertically and a greater one antero-posteriorly than
in those genera. In Zapus the mastoids are but moderately inflated,
and in Heteromys they are in much the same condition, so as not to
form conspicuous parts of the cranial walls. In Perognathus these
bones are much more swollen and conspicuous, but they form com-
paratively little of the top of the cranium, do not bulge out strongly
from the sides of the skull and project but slightly behind the plane of
the occiput. In this genus the mastoid articulates extensively with
the parietal and helps to give it its' characteristic pentagonal shape.
In Oricetodipus the mastoids are still more swollen and project so
decidedly backward that the proper occipital surface appears like an
emargination. In the Difiodomyince the mastoids are inflated to a
most extraordinary degree, reducing all the other cranial bones of
that region to mere strips. In Protoptych us these bones are dilated
much more than in either Perognathus or Oricetodipus, though not
approximating the enormous size which they attain in Dipodomi/s,
and form very conspicuous prominences, which project both
laterally and posteriorly. They do not, however, articulate with the
parietals, from which they appear to be separated by the narrow
prolongations of the squamosals which form the temporal foss:e. The
parieto- mastoid articulation occurs in the modern forms of both the
Dipodidce and the Heteromyidce, even in those genera in which the
mastoid is only moderately inflated. The construction of the mas-
toid bulhe in the fossil has most resemblance to that of the lletero-
myidce. In Dipus and Pedetes this structure, is high vertically, not
much elongated antero-posteriorly and not so divided into chambers
that the division is clearly visible from the outer side. In the fossil,
as in Oricetodipus, the mastoid bulla is laterally compressed and
more extended antero-posteriorly than laterally; it is divided by
partial septa into chambers, two of which are plainly shown, even
externally, being bounded by deep grooves. Of these two chambers,
the hinder one is short, high and narrow and lies behind the audi-
tory meatus, while the anterior one is longer, lower and broader and
lies above the auditory meatus, the two divisions meeting at nearly a
right angle. In Dipodomys the arrangement is similiar, but the
anterior chamber is much more strongly inflated and, in particular,
is very much wider.
20

276 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

The tympanic portion of the auditory bulla is more swollen and
of a different shape from that of any of the recent Heteromyidoe and
more resembles that of Dlpus. It is relatively very large and of
hemispherical form, with nearly equal transverse, an tero- posterior
and vertical diameters, and differs markedly from the elongate,
somewhat depressed and flask- like form characteristic of the pocket-
mice. The front ends of the two bulla? are quite near together, but
they have not the narrow prolongations, corresponding to the neck of
the flask, which are found not only in the pocket-mice, but also in
the lower Miocene genus Entoptychus, which I regard as one of the
forerunners of the Qeomyidce. The tympanies are in close apposi-
tion to the hasi-occipital and hasi-sphenoid, as in Zapus and Pero-
gnathus, not isolated by the fissures which occur in Dip us and Dij»>-
ilomi/s. The opening of the auditory n/eatus is nearly circular and
forms even less of a tube than in Zapus or Perognathus.

The crowding and displacement of the cranial bones which result
from the great development of the mastoid bullae has already in
Protoptychus attained a remarkable degree, more advanced than in
several of the existing genera. Compared with the skull of Dipus,
in the fossil we find that the elements which lie in front of the mas-
toid are more reduced. This is due to the much greater relative size
of the brain in the modern genus, which has broadened the f'rontals and
parietals in a very striking way, and probably even the greater
width of the basi-occipital is due to the same factor. The Hetero-
myidce exhibit many differences among themselves in this respect, the
displacement being extreme in the Dipodomyince and very moderate
in the Heteromyince. Having reference to this feature only, Pro-
toptychus stands midway between the two sections of the family.

The squamosal is pushed almost entirely into the orbit, but, as has
already been mentioned, it appears to send out a process between the
parietal and the mastoid, which articulates with the interparietal. The
sutures in this region are, however, so far obliterated as to render
this somewhat uncertain, but, at all events, there is at this point a
narrow, perfectly distinct and slightly concave temporal fossa, such
as exists in Heteromys and in no other member of either of the
modern families. In both the Dipodidce and the Heteromyidte a long
spur of the squamosal extends back over the auditory meatus, along
the line of suture between the mastoid and the tympanic. In the
fossil this spur is not shown, but as this region has suffered slightly

1895.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 277

from weathering, it may have been present originally. If so, it must
have been exceedingly tine and thread-like, as it is in Dipodomys.
There is no postorbital ridge or plate, such as is found in Dipus,
though not in Zapus. The zygomatic process is longer and in every
way better developed than in the Heteromyidce, hut it does not pro-
ject out so far from the sides of the skull as in Dipus or Pedetes, but
has about the same degree of proportionate development as in
Zapus. It is separated by a considerable interval from the tym-
panic.

The jugal has been largely weathered away from the specimen,
but the anterior portion remains, as well as the imprint of the entire
hone on the matrix tilling the orbit of the left side, which allows its
shape and connections to be determined with a fair degree of ac-
curacy. The horizontal portion is longer than in the recent genera
of Dipodidce or Heteromyidce, and though very thin and compressed,
forming a vertical plate, it is stouter than in any of the modern forms,
except Pedetes. The ascending portion is decidedly broader and is
continued up along the anterior edge of the orbit and forms a suture
with the lachrymal, as in the recent jumping-m ice. The form of this
process is most like that of Zapus, among the existing genera; it is
a wide plate, with recurved external border, convex externally and
concave internally, somewhat as in Zapus, though owing to the
smaller size of the infraorbital foramen, it is less attenuated. In
Dipus the edge of the plate is not recurved, hut projects directly out-
ward and helps to give the extraordinary breadth which the face has
at this point — the widest part of the skull. The anterior portion of
the zygomatic arch is at a lower level than in the recent jumping-
mice and here the arch is less horizontal; nor has it the decided
downward curvature found in Dipus; in front the arch is not so
widely separated from the alveolar portion of the maxillary as in the
recent genera. The zygomatic process of the maxillary is much like
that of Zapus. The infraorbital foramen is a large aperture per-
forating the zygomatic process; in shape it is high, narrow and some-
what pyriform, resembling that of the typical Muridce, except that
its position is reversed, being narrower above than below. There is
no separate canal, or even notch, for the nerve, such as is found in
the recent jumping-mice. The zygomatic process arises a little in
advance of the premolar, as it does also in Zapus; in Dipus it is
shifted somewhat farther forward, while in Pedetes it extends so far

278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

anteriorly that the ascending process of the jugal appears to rise out
of the middle of the zygomatic arch. The zygomatic process of the
maxillary is thus merely a slender frame-work enclosing the infra-
orbital foramen and strengthened on the outer side by the ascending
process of the jugal. This is quite different from the perforated
plate of the true mice and still more from the imperforate plate of
the Heteromyidce and Geomyidce. The lachrymal is a very small
bone, which is placed at the antero- superior angle of the orbit and
articulates with the frontal and the jugal.

The premaxillaries are large and quite heavy bones, very narrow,
but of considerable vertical extent; their palatal surface is reduced
to two narrow rods, one on each side of the very large incisive
foramina. The maxillo-premaxillary suture is just in advance of the
zygomatic process, as is also the case in Dipus and Zapus, and thus
the sides of the rostrum are formed almost entirely by the premaxil-
lse. The incisive foramina are very large, though the apparent size
is increased by the loss of the premaxillary spines; they deeply
emarginate the palatal processes of the maxillaries and extend back
as far as ml. The John Day genus Paciculus and several of the
recent Dipodidce, such as Zapus, Dipus, Alactaga, etc., have a similar
conformation of the incisive foramina, but in the latter they do not
cut so deeply into the maxillaries. This appears to be due to the
growth of the part of the maxillaries in front of the premolar which
accompanies the forward shifting of the zygomatic process, in Pedetes,
in which this shifting has attained its maximum, the foramina have
become quite small.

The maxillaries form singularly little of the facial region. The
alveolar portion is low, but quite dense and heavy and forms
posteriorly a broad, shelf-like floor of the orbit, which is much larger
and heavier than in the recent genera, The bony palate is short
from before backward, quite broad and gently arched from side to
side. The limits of the palatine bones cannot be made out in the
specimen. The posterior nares have much the same shape and
position as in Zapus, being broad and extending forward to the
middle of mo. The pterygoids abut against the tympanies and
there are quite large pterygoid fossa1.

The cranial foramina are not satisfactorily displayed in the speci-
men. A large sphenoid tissure is visible in the orbit, but the
alisphenoid canal, if originally present, has been destroyed.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 279

The new genus and species may he defined as follows:

PKOTOPTYCHUS.
Gen. nov. p : , in L, cheek-teeth brachyodont, in the worn
condition with deep enamel invagination from outer side and
shallow depression on inner side of crown. Infraorbital foramen
large, pyriform, perforating zygomatic process of maxillary. Jngal
articulating with lachrymal (?). Mastoids much inflated, in degree
intermediate between those of Cricetodipus and Dipodomys; tym-
panies much inflated and hemispherical. Interparietal nearly square.
Incisive foramina very large.

P. Hatcheri n. sp.

Length of skull about as in Perodipus Ordi. Internal enamel
invagination of p i much less marked than in m grinding teeth
of nearly equal size, m _L slightly larger than the others. Nasals
wide. Occiput higher than wide.

This species is dedicated to its discoverer, Mr. J. B. Hatcher,
whose long and arduous labors in behalf of palaeontology have
been crowned with such brilliant success.

Length of skull from inion
to zyg. proc. of max.

Breadth of skull at mas-
toids

Breadth of skull across
zygomatic arches

Breadth of skull at inter-
orbital space

Width of rostrum at base .007

The Affinities of Protoptychus.

It has been remarked that fossils do not aid materially in clearing
away morphological difficulties, because they raise as many problems
as they solve. Such a stricture, while not justified in the case of a
nearly complete phylogenetic series, is only too applicable to isolated
genera, such as Eloiheriwn, or in the case of a few scattered and
widely separated links in a phyletic chain. To the latter class, un-
fortunately Protoptychus belongs and there is much about it that is
extremely puzzling. It is, in the first place, altogether unexpected
to find that the curious and highly specialized family of the Dipodidoe
should extend back with so little change to the upper Eocene. This

Measurements.

M.M.

M.M.

Height of'rostrum at base

.009

0.027

Interparietal, length

.007

Interparietal, width

.009

.020

Occiput, height

.0095

Occiput, width

.008

.0175

M/)lar - premolar series,

length

.008

.010

Molar series, length

.0055

280 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

is, however, only another instance of the continuity of the American
rodent fauna, which, scanty as it is, pursues a much more unbroken
course than that of Europe. Still more surprising is it to find that
one of the peculiarities which especially mark this family, namely,
the inflation of the temporal region and the concomitant reduction of
the adjoining cranial bones, have already attained such an advanced
degree. Finally, to add to the confusion, we observe that with
features characteristic of the Dipodidce are combined certain struc-
tures resembling those of the Heteromyidce, such as the dentition and
the shape and divisions of the mastoid bullae, while the infraorbital
foramen is like that of the Muridce.

That Protoptychus is an ancestral form of the Dipodidce seems
abundantly clear. The long, narrow and incapacious cranium,
though in strong contrast with that of Dipus, is not very unlike the
cranium of Zapus, and these differences are just what the analogy
of other mammalian groups would lead us to expect. The character
of the infraorbital foramen offers no difficulty to this view, for its
gi-eat size in the modern jumping- mice cannot be a primitive feature
and the condition found in Protoptychus is a starting point
from which the modern character of the family could easily be
derived. The teeth are, it is true, quite different from those of any
of the recent genera, and yet the amount and kind of change neces-
sary to produce the latter are not greater than have demonstrably
occurred in many other families. Among the existing jumping-
mice there is great diversity in, the structure of the molars, which it
is difficult to reduce to any common plan.

As yet no member of the family has been detected in the White
River formation, but in the succeeding John Day beds the line is
carried forward by Paciculus. This genus cannot well be directly
ancestral to any of the recent genera, because it has lost all the
premolars; but in all other respects, in which its structure is known,
it stands in an intermediate position between Protoptychus and
Dipus. The molar pattern is already very similar to that of Dipus;
the infraorbital foramen has become very large and its lower portion
Conns a distinct notch for the passage of the nerve. The interorbital
constriction is much deeper than in Dipus, but the cranium has
commenced to widen much more markedly than in Pnotoptychus.
The incisive foramina and posterior nares remain very much as in

189.").] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 281

the Uinta genus. The posterior part of the cranium in the only
known skull is so much injured that the character of the mastoids
cannot he made out, though they could not have been as large as in
Protoptychus, but the tympanies are seen to form large, hemispheri-
cal bullae, with very large mental openings, which do not form tubes.
The lateral view of the skull bears considerable resemblance to
that of Neotoma, as an ancestor of which Padculus is regarded by
( 'ope.

If the view as to the systematic position of Protoptychus which is
here advocated be correct, it follows that the Dipodidce were separ-
ated from the true mice at a very early period, and that they form
a very distinct line. It offers, however, no objection to the inclusion
of the jumping-mice among the Myomorpha, tor the special peculi-
arities of the infraorbital canal in the former are shown to be deriva-
tive from the murine type. The articulation of the jugal with the
lachrymal is probably a primitive feature, which the Dipodidce have
retained; this articulation is not only usual among the mammals
generally, but is also found in the earliest rodents, such as Paramys.
Another conclusion which follows from the reference of Protoptychus
to the ancestors of the Dipodidce is in regard to the position which
should be assigned to Zapus. This genus displays the skull character-
istics of the Dipodidce in a much less extreme degree than the other
existing members of the family. This is especially true of the audi-
tory bulla, the mastoid portion of which is very small and but little
inflated. If Protoptychus be really ancestral to the Dipodidce, then
Zapus either must have suffered a degradation and reduction of the
mastoid elements, or it is not related to the jumping-mice at all.
The first alternative is much the more probable one. This mode
of development, namely, the advance of a certain structure up to a
maximum, followed by a decline in that structure, is not an uncom-
mon occurrence, and is so familiar that it would be superfluous to
cite examples here. Such an alternation in the development of one
or more parts is compatible with the continually advancing ditiereu-
tiation of the organism as a whole. If this conclusion be well
founded, then Zapus is not, in any sense, a connecting link between
the Muridce and the Dipodidce, but a simplified member of the lat-
ter. We have, as yet, no means of determining how far the foot-
structure of Zapus retains its primitive characters, but judging from
the analogy of other groups, it is probable that the foot is primitive

282 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

rather than retrograde. In very many, perhaps the majority of
cases, the skull is modernized earlier than the feet.

A very much more difficult problem is to determine what
relation, if any, exists between Protoptychus and the Heteromyidce.
In most schemes of classification this family and the Geomyidce are
referred to the Myomorpha, but several authorities deny the pro-
priety of such a reference. Winge/in particular, rejects the division
of the simplicidentate rodents into three sections, and founds his
arrangement of the order principally upon the characters of the mas-
ticatory muscles and upon the modifications of the skull which
accompany these characters. On account of the anterior position of
the infraorbital foramen and the imperforate zygomatic process of the
maxillary, the "Sacomyidce" (which include both families) are
brought into relation with the beavers, marmots and squirrels. The
obvious objection to this method of classification is that it ignores the
possibility of the independent acquisition of similiar structures in
widely separated series, through convergent or parallel development,
processes, the reality and frequency of which are not open to question.
All available evidence goes to show that in the primitive rodent type
the zygomatic process of the maxillary was perforated by a large
opening, and that the jngal extended up along the anterior edge of
the orbit to the lachrymal. There is nothing impossible in the sug-
gestion that the condition of these parts found in the Geomyidce and
Heteromyidce may have been derived from some such arrangement
as that which occurs in Protoptychus. In the latter the dentition and
the structure of the cranium also suggest a relationship with the
Heteromyidce. It is, however, not at all probable that the Uinta
genus is directly ancestral to any of the latter family, because the
condition of the incisive foramina is so totally different. Until the
connecting links are recovered, it will not be possible to decide
whether the suggestive resemblances between Protoptychus and the
pocket-mice are due to any actual relationship, or are merely
instances of convergence.

As a contribution to this question, it may be of use to consider the
relationship between the Geomyidce and the Heteromyidce. In con-
trasting these two families, Cones2 has enumerated the following points

1 Winge, If. Rongeurs fossiles et vivants tie Lagoa Santa, Miuas Geraes,
Bresil. E Museo Lundii. I. Copenhagen, 1888.

2 Cones, /'.. and J. A. Allen, Monographs of North American Kodenls.
U. S. Geolog. Survey of the Territories, Vol. XI, pp. 492-3.

1895.] NATURAL SCTENCKS OF PHILADELPHIA. '->S;>'

of difference between them. Certain of his categories are here omitted,
as not hearing upon the points to he discussed and some verbal changes
have been made to render the nomenclature consistent with that used
in the body of this paper.

GEOMYIDiE.

1. Skull massive, angular, in 1.

general of an arvicoline su-
perficies.

2. [nterorbital space narrower

than rostrum.

:;. Skull widest across zygomatic :'•.
arches.

4 Palate sloping strongly down- 4.
ward, far below level of zygo-
mata.

5. Nasals not produced beyond 5.

incisors, rostrum broad,
blunt, parallel sided.

6. Frontals compressed. 6.

7. Parietals compressed, irregu- 7.

larly linear, remote from
orbits.

8. Squamosal roofing most of

cerebral cavity, from roof of
which mastoids are ex-
cluded.
'K Auditory meatus contracted, 9.
tubular.

10. Tympanic bullae widely dis-

crete.

11. Supraoccipital broad, forming 11

most of occipital plane, but
not mounting on top of
skull.

12. Molars rootless. 12.

13. Large, erect, falcate corouoid, 13.

ovei topping condyle.

14. Lower jaw large and strong. 14.

15. Fore-limbs highly fossorial; 15.

claws much enlarged, fitted
for digging.

16. Eyes and ears minute. 16.

17. Habits completely subter- 17.

raneau.

HETEROMYIDjE.

( excl. Heteromys. )

Skull delicate, with rounded
oil angles and slight ridges,
if any.

Luterorbital space much
wider than rostrum.

Skull widest across mastoids.

Palate nearly horizontal, lit-
tle, if any, below level of
zygomata.

Nasals produced beyond in-
cisors, rostrum compressed,
tapering, acute.

Frontals very broad.

Parietals broad, triangular or
pentagonal, coming to edge
of orbits.

Squamosals mostly or wholly
restricted to orbits; mastoids
roofing much of cerebral
cavity.

Meatus inflated, vestibular.

Tympanies approximated or

in contact at apices.

Supraoccipital contracted,
scarcely or not entering occi-
pital plane, but mounting
to top of skull to there em-
brace interparietal between
its forks.

Molars rooted (except in
Dipodomyince).

Small, sloping, prickle-shaped

corouoid, below condyle.

Lower jaw small and weak.

Hind-limbs saltatorial. Fore-
claws not enlarged or spe-
cially fossorial.

Eyes and ears large.

Habits exposed.

The two families agree in the following respects: (1) The mastoids
are much inflated (except in Heteromys) and occupy much of the
superior or occipital surfaces of the skull, or both. (2) The infra-

284

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1895.

orbital foramen is small and perforates the maxillary far in front of
the zygomatic process, which is expanded and imperforate, much as
in the Sciuromorphs. (3) The hinder end of the incisor makes a
protuberance on the mandible below the condyle. (4) There are
large fur-lined cheek-pouches, opening externally.

That the Geomyidce and the Heteromyidce are closely related to
one another is admitted by all who have studied them, almost the
only difference of opinion on the subject being as to whether they
should be grouped in one family or in two. Just wherein this
relationship consists is another and less simple question and it may
be answered in one of three ways: (1) The Geomyidce have
descended from the Heteromyidce; or (2) the latter have descended
from the former; or (3) both should be derived from a common
ancestor which was not sufficiently differentiated to be properly
referred to either family. Improbable as it may appear, the evi-
dence distinctly favors the first of these three alternatives. To
regard the manifold resembhmces between the two groups as due to
parallelism or convergence is a mere assumption which is without
any evidence to sustain it. The belief that the Geomyidce have
descended from the Heteromyidce involves the inference that the com-
paratively small size of the mastoid in the former is the result of
reduction from a more exaggerated development. The John Day
genera Entoptychtis and Pleurolicus, which differ from each other

Fig. 5. Pleurolu us diplophysus ; cranium,
from above: natural size. From Cope.

Fig. C. Pleurolicus diplophysus ;
occiput, from behind; natural
size. From Cope.

only in the fact that the latter has rooted and the former rootless
molars, throw much light on this question. In skull structure they
arc so nearly intermediate between the two families, that the
reference of them to either seems somewhat arbitrary, though, on
the whole, they incline distinctly to the Geomyidce, as is shown in the
following points of resemblance: (1) The interorbital space is
narrower than the rostrum; (2) the palate is sloping and below the
level of the zygomatic arches; (3) the nasals are not produced

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 285

beyond the incisors and the rostrum is broad, blunt and parallel-
sided; (4) the frontals are very narrow; (5) the parietals are nar-
row, linear and do not extend to the orbits: (6) the supraoecipital
does not extend upon the top of the skull; (7) the lower jaw is large
and strong; (8) the skull is massive and angular, with well defined
ridges and in some species with a sagittal crest. On the other hand,
the resemblances to the Heteromyidoe are confined to the. temporal and
occipital regions. (1) The greatest width of the skull is across the
mastoids; (2) the auditory meatus is inflated and in some species
vestibular; (3) the tympanies form large bullae and have the anterior
flask-like prolongation found in most of the recent Heteromyidoe, but
their apices are more widely separated; (4) the mastoids are largely
inflated and appear on the top of the skull, but roof in less of the
cranial cavity than iu most of the recent genera; (5) the occiput is
almost square and much narrowed by the encroachment of the
mastoids. The shape and position of the infraorbital and incisive
foramina and the protuberance on the mandible formed by the end
of the incisor are as in the modern members of both families. The
coronoid process of the mandible is intermediate in character, being
larger and higher than in the recent Heteromyidce, smaller and
lower than in the Geomyidce. A difference from both is in the shape
of the mandibular angle, which is large, falciform and but little
• verted. The limb-bones, so far as they are known, resemble those of
Thomomys, except for the presence of the third trochanter on the femur.
These John Day genera are quite inexplicable except upon the
hypothesis that they are ancestral to the Geomyidce ; to regard them
as an offshoot of the Geomyidce which have in some respects paralleled
the Heteromyidce is a purely gratuitous assumption unsupported by
any evidence. The existing Geomyidce are all exclusively subter-
ranean and fossorial in their habits, with very small eyes and ears,
and in them any extreme delicacy of hearing would be out of
place. Further, the inflated mastoids of the existing pocket-gophers
are intelligible enough as a character acquired under different cir-
cumstances of life and retained now in a reduced degree, while it
is difficult to see how such a character should ever be acquired by
burrowing animals. Another fact pointing to the same conclusion
is that, as Merriam3 has shown in his admirable monograph, the

;1 Merriam. C. H. Monographic Revision <>f the Pocket Gophers, etc. U. S.
Dep't of Agriculture, North American Fauna, No. 8, Washington, 1895.

286 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

mastoid bullae are filled with cancellous bone, which there is rea-
son to believe is a sign of degeneracy. Similar reductions of the
tympanic bullae are not infrequent. To give but one example out
of many, iu the recent peccaries the tympanies form small bullae filled
with cancellous hone, while in the White River ancestor of the
group, Perchcerus, the bullae are hollow and largely inflated. It
is altogether unlikely, on the other hand, that Entoptychus and
Pleurolicus can be ancestral to the Heteromyidce, because, in the
first place, the skull and skeleton are too fur advanced on the line
of the pocket-gophers and indicate that the burrowing habit had
already been more or less perfectly acquired, and, in the second
place, because in the imperfectly known White River genera Gym-
noptychus and Heliscomys we seem to find distinctly marked fore-
runners of the pocket-mice.

SUMMARY.

(I ) Protoptychus, a now rodent from the Uinta Eocene, is an unex-
pectedly modernized form, which has already acquired very large
mastoid bullae, a rostrum, incisive foramina and posterior nares
greatly resembling those of the jumping-mice, and, as in that
family, the articulation of the jugal with the lachrymal is retained.
The infraorbital foramen is of the murine type. The dentition and
the shape and construction of the mastoid and surrounding parts
of the cranium most resemble those of the Heteromyidce.

i 2) The genus is probably to be regarded as the ancestral type
of the Dipodidce and indicates an American origin for this family,
being much more ancient than any known representative of the
group in the Old World, which it appears to have reached by a
comparatively late migration. Paciculus of the John Day beds is a
somewhat aberrant number of the same line.

(3) It is not improbable that the Heteromyidce were derived from
some form related to Protoptychus, though not from that genus itself.

( I ) The Geomyidce are descended from early forms which may
West he referred to the Heteromyidce and in which the tympanies
and the mastoids were already greatly inflated. The assumption of
subterranean habits of life brought about a reduction in this region
of the skull and led to the acquisition of the many peculiarities
which characterize the recent pocket-gophers. Pleurolicus and
Entoptychus represent stages in this change and are more or less
directly ancestral to the modern Geomyidce.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 287

THE JELLY-LIKE SECRETION OF THE FRUIT OF PELTANDRA

UNDULATA Raf.

*

BY IDA A. KELLER.

Having some time ago determined the origin of the thick coating
of jelly investing the younger parts of Brasenia peltata, Pursh,1 I
was curious to seek the cause of a similiar secretion found in the
fruit of Peltandra undulata Raf., a plant widely separated from the
former so far as its natural relationship is concerned.

The stage of development which first attracted my attention to
the voluminous secretion of this plant is represented in fig. 1, PI.
XII, where a, b, and e show three different views of the same plantlet.
Above may be seen the first leaf, I, thick, green and cotyledon-like.
Within this, and partly protruding beyond it, the second leaf, I. b.
The portion circumscribed by a rather wavy outline, /. is the jelly-
like mass in question. Roots are also beginning to emerge, as indi-
cated by r.

The question naturally arose, from what portion of the fruit does
the jelly originate? Is it produced from special glandular organs as
in the case of Brasenia peltata Pursh, or is it the result of a meta-
morphosis of certain cells into this peculiar gelatinous mass without
the intervention of glands? Before proceeding to answer these
questions I will briefly outline the, anatomy of the fruit of this
plant. The fruit of the members of the Aracese family is, as we
are told, usually a berry. It appears to me, however, that the most
essential characteristic of this type of fruit, the well developed meso-
carp, enclosing the seed as a fleshy mass, is here conspicuously
reduced. The whole mass of tissue representing the pericarp, con-
sists of a few layers of cells, represented in fig. 2. It has the
appearance of a thin integument such as we find in a caryopsis or
utricle rather than that of a pulpy envelope. The material which I
had at command was, as a rule, one, or rarely two-seeded. Fig. 3
shows such a one-seeded fruit cut through lengthwise. The spheri-
cal embryo is represented by e. ; below e. is an empty space, v. Be-

1 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., March 28, 1893.

288 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

tvveeu the seed and the pericarp is found a mass of jelly, which, it
should he noted, is present before germination.

In my search for the origin of this jelly-like secretion, I observed
that it adhered firmly to the seed-coat, and I was inclined to believe
that possibly the latter might in some way give rise to this substance.
On examination I found no trace of glandular organs upon the
episperm nor did the outer cells themselves indicate gelatinatiou.
I continued my search, however. Fig. 2 sufficiently indicates that
we find neither special glands nor metamorphosed cells in the portion
of the pericarp represented in the drawing. It represents almost any
part of the pericarp, except that which I shall now describe. My
attention was next directed to the thickening, 11., fig. 3, which corre-
sponds to the point of attachment of the fruit to the spadix. This
is brown in color and quite rugose. On making sections I found
that the wrinkles or folds are thickly heset with trichomes, shown
in fig. 4. They are more or less club shaped, of a brownish color,
especially en mussc, and of a varying size. In general appearance
there is a striking resemblance to the glandular hairs producing
the gelatinous coating on the young leaves of Braserda peltata
Pursh, and I have no doubt that the jelly-like secretion of the fruit
of Peltandra undulata Raf. owes its origin to those glandular
trichomes situated in the basal thickening of the pericarp. This
view was confirmed by subsequent observations, especially during
the process of germination. The first indication of germination
is probably the swelling of the jelly-like mass, thereby ruptur-
ing the pericarp, which is thrown otf, maintaining, however, its
attachment to the secretion, wlfere this, according to the view just
expressed, originates from it. Peculiar striae may be observed in
the jelly, all tending toward the point of attachment, fig. 6, n.

That the formation of the secretion is not in any way connected
with the development of the embryo, was proven conclusively upon
opening imperfectfruits, fig. 7, /./'., in which the ovules were either
abortive or not fertilized, there being no embryo and the whole
cavity being completely filled with jelly. The function of producing
the jelly must therefore devolve upon the pericarp, and of this the
only portion which seems adapted to this kind of activity is the
thickening at the base, above referred to.

In my paper on Braserda peltata Pursh I have called attention
to the fact that the great quantity of water which is the principal

1895.] NATUKAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADEXjPHIA. 289

constituent of every gelatinous secretion, is in this particular ease, in
all probability, derived directly from the water surrounding the plant
than that which is carried through the tissue of the plant to the
glandular organs. The secretion in the fruit of Peltandra undulata
Waf. is not in close contact with an aqueous medium, and it appears to
me a significant fact that the tissue upon which the glands of this plant
are supported is traversed by spiral vessels, being thereby well sup-
plied with water-conducting tissue. The water in this case must of
necessity be carried through the plant to the interior of the fruit.

A few more observations deserve a passing notice: When I col-
lected my material for study October 7, 1894, I observed that
some of the fruits had left, the spadix while others still crowded
anmnd it surrounded by the tough spathe. About a dozen of the
seeds I threw into a jar containing water. Of these only three sur-
vived and germinated in March of this year. Figs. 8 and 9
are drawings of seedlings as they appeared on April 15, and
the plants continued to live until the beginning of May, although
they had no soil to root in.

On April 18, of this year, Mr. MacElwee showed me a locality
near Gray's Ferry Station where Peltandra grows. Although the
seeds which I had collected last year had germinated a month ago, we
found that most of the seeds at this locality just barely showed the
protruding tip of the first leaf, and some showed no siinis whatever
of sprouting. It cannot be said that the appearance of the jelly is
invariably the first indication of activity in the seed, since I noticed
repeatedly that the bud may appear while the secretion is still
encased in the pericarp. The plantlet represented in fig. 8, did
not throw back the pericarp either during germination or after-
ward.

Some of the fruits were placed on very wet sand and in a few days
there were signs of vigorous growth, fig. 10. Others were thrown on
water, and, although development took place, fig. 11, it did not
seem as healthy as when the fruits were allowed to rest upon a solid,
although thoroughly wet, substratum. The difference may be ap-
preciated on comparing figs. 10 and 11, and this difference
became more marked later on.

So far I have not found any satisfactory explanation for the de-
velopment of this peculiar jelly-like secretion in the fruits of Pel-
tandra undulata Raf. , its persistence during germination, and its

290 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

disappearance afterwards. It is probable that its function is protection,
but the problem as to the special protection needed in this particular
case, cau be best solved by observing the germination of the seed
in its natural environment.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 291

June 4.

Rev. Henry C. McCook, D. D., Vice-Presideut, in the Chair.
Thirty-seven persons present.

June 11.

Rev. Henry C. McCook, D. D., Vice-President, in the Chair.
Nineteen persons present.

June 18.

Mr. Charles Morris in the Chair.
Fifty-four persons present.

June 25.
Rev. Henry C. McCook, D. D., Vice-President, in the Chair.
Eighteen persons present.

A paper entitled " Diptera of Florida, by C. W. Johnson; with
additional descriptions of new genera and species," by D. W.
Coquillett, was presented for publication.

The following was ordered to be printed :

21

292 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

MEMOIR OF JOHN HOWARD REDFIELD.
BY THOMAS MEEHAN.

The task assigned to me by the Academy of preparing a suitable
memoir of our late fellow-member, John Howard Redfield, is not an
easy one. To make famous one who sought not fame; and to tell to
the world of science the story of the life of one whose modesty and
self-abnegation scarcely allowed him to appreciate the value of
his own work, is surely a difficult undertaking. It has been my
fortune to have an acquaintance with mankind to an extent enjoyed
by few; with men and women famous in many walks of life; but I
have rarely known one who worked with such an earnest purpose
to be useful, and who was at the same time so indifferent as to
whether the world knew of it or not, or whether he received credit
for the work which he had done. Associated with him as I have
been in the botanical work of the Academy since the early sixties,
and I may say closely connected with him in that work for the past
twenty years, I am amazed, now that he is gone, when I think of
how little I know of the man beyond his own beloved personality in
connection with that work. Once only did he stop to tell me of his
early life-struggle in the pursuit of knowledge. Referring to an early
incident in my own life occasioned by a little fern we were examin-
ing, it moved him to say how similar were our experiences. Though
but four years of age he could remember going with his father to
visit his mother's grave, and how much he became interested in the
flowers which grew there; of his being told that one was the
"yarrow," and of his remembering the plant by this name forever
after; how his father, like himself, had no early advantages but
with an insatiable curiosity and such scientific books as chance threw
in his way, was continually talking to him, as he grew in years, of
the cause and eflect of natural phenomena as he understood them;
how his father and he took a wagon ride to his wife's relations
through a storm-torn forest; while the son was looking for flowers,
minerals, shells and anything that was curious, the father was noting
the different directions in which the trees had been prostrated, and

1895.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 293

was thus led ultimately to discover the rotary motion of storms
and tornadoes; how the simplest elements of knowledge only were
taught in the district school by peripatetic teachers who boarded
around, and taught during the terms, Lindley's English Reader,
Milton's Paradise Lost, the Bible and Cook's Voyages being nearly
all the books within reach. Amoug all these varied teachers he
remembered two women, to whom he was especially indebted for his
love of flowers and nature. They fixed in him his earlier tendencies
and he was emphatic in his belief that for boys under ten years of
age good women, all other things being equal, rather than men,
make the best teachers. His father brought him from New York a
Latin grammar and reader, and he tried in a measure to teach him-
self. He was now at an age — ten years — -to appreciate the value
of knowledge, and would recite his lesson to the minister of their
church. A literary society was founded in the vicinity, encouraged
mainly by his father, and it was, he thought, this little institution
which made a man of him, though there were not over three hundred
volumes in the library. One of these books was Thornton's Grammar
of Botany. He felt himself something of a botanist from that time.
His father subsequently moved to New York. Here a school on
the Lancasterian system was established, a system in which the
advanced boys, as monitors, aided in teaching the classes; but instead
of the mere elementary studies in the general Lancasterian system,
a higher school was established in which mathematics, drawing,
bookkeeping, the ancient and modern languages, and something
of a business collegiate course was attempted. His father having
met with financial reverses, the boy had to leave school when four-
teen years of age and help to support himself by entering as a clerk
in a dry goods store, his work being to clean, dust and deliver
parcels. Thus he passed three years, keeping up, however, his early
habit of self-culture in all his spare time. The story was so interest-
ing that I made a note of it, and this is all our good friend ever said
to me of himself.

I was elected a member of the Academy in 1860, and at once
applied myself to assist Mr. Elias Durand, who alone seemed in-
terested in the herbarium at that time. Mr. Redfield, a few years
later, though actively engaged in business, made a practice of drop-
ping in for a short time at noon, daily, to give encouragement by
his presence at least. This was my first acquaintance with him.

294 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OK [1895.

Mr. Durand died soon after. The collection was in a deplorable
condition. Mr. Durand had been very generous of his time and
abilities, but all he could do was in connection with the North
American herbarium. The building was on the line of a dusty
street, and the dust-covered packages of genera or natural orders
were quite repel lant. Mr. Redfield's cheering calls were bright
spots in my lonely task. I tried, however, to interest some of my
correspondents in behalf of the herbarium. Dr. Gray's reply was
suggestive. "What is the use of throwing valuable material into a
dust bin ? ' I was pondering over the note when Mr. Redfield
made his daily call. "Never mind that," said he, in his cheery
manner, " I shall have more time soon, and the new building is to go
up near my residence. We will show them what sort of a 'dustbin'
we shall have after a while." From this time he began active work
on the herbarium, looking at first into the few collections, and com-
menced the great task he imposed on himself, resulting in giving us
a herbarium of which botanical science everywhere is proud. His
intelligent earnestness made friends for the Academy everywhere,
and it is pleasant to note that among all these friends no one was
more liberal or generous than the author of the "dust bin" note.
With the exception of the three summer months when he took a
vacation to northern sea shores, every day was given to herbarium
work, while many of his evenings were devoted to correspondence
with botanical friends all over the world. At his death he had
catalogued and indexed so that any specimen can be examined in a
few seconds, the whole collection numbering some thirty-five thou-
sand species of flowering plants and ferns. He had, with the aid of
an assistant, verified and fastened one-half of the specimens.

The Academy is indebted to John H. Redfield not only for his
great labors in behalf of the herbarium, but for the influence of his
personal character. His amiable qualities endeared him to every
one with whom he came in contact; his generous helpfulness, espe-
cially to younger botanists, carried gratitude to many distant re-
gions; eminent men from all parts of the world honored him and
nave him pleasure by calling on him and enjoying his hospitality
when passing through the city. The Academy profited by the many
gifts of plants made as a tribute to'his worth. It is probable no one
ever heard Mr. Redfield make an ill-natured remark of another even
under temptation. Always full of good humor, he would even in a

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 295

controversy incline by some pleasant remark to allow the verdict to
go against himself. In this connection he was fond of repeating an
anecdote. A Scotchman returning to his native village inquired of the
sexton the state of affairs. The sexton sadly reported the decadence
of religion. In his opinion the only adherents of the true faith were
himself and the dominie, and sometimes he had "doots" about the
minister himself. He would suggest that perhaps he might be as
critical of the views of his friends as Sandy was. Loving appropri-
ate stories to illustrate his points, he enjoyed them when used by
others. He often quoted from Dr. Gray, who, like himself, was
overflowing with good nature. Mr. Redfield had asked him to let
him have some duplicates if there were any. It happened that
there was but a single set, and no duplicates. Dr. Gray's pleasant
response was: " As the boy said when the other hoped for a bite of
the apple, and modestly asked for the core, ' Billy, there ain't goin'
to be no core in this apple." Such humorous stories usually came
in when it was evident further discussion was hopeless of results.

There were, however, a few topics on which his exceptional good
nature would admit of no compromise, even in the way of a plea-
sant remark of no great consequence either way. One of these
was the well-meaning effort of some botanists to strictly enforce
the rule of priority in botanical nomenclature. To him, Conser-
vator of a great herbarium, the effort admitted of no joke. The
older names to replace those long adopted were so numerous, that
the revolution meant to him the comparative uselessness of his
life-long work. There must be new numbers, new lists, new names
on the sheets, new alphabetical indexes. He could not begin that
great work of change at his time of life, nor could he see anyone
in prospect who would. He vigorously contended that there must
be something wrong in an effort that would render such life-work
as his comparatively useless. Commendations for the stand he
had taken in this matter were among the greatest pleasures of his
latter days.

Since his active connection with the Academy, he seems not
to have taken many long botanical excursions. One, however,
the pleasure of which he loved to recall, was made in the summer
of 1876, in company with Mr. W. M. Canby, Dr. Asa Gray, Dr.
Eugelmann and Prof. C. S. Sargent, through the mountains of
North Carolina, the result of which considerably enriched the

296 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

herbarium of the Academy. In 1879 he made another journey
to North Carolina with Dr. Gray to see where Shortia grew. One
may see from the scrupulous care with which every fact of import-
ance is noted on the labels attached to the plants collected on
these journeys how well trained to conscientious accuracy his
mind had been. His work for the day would be finished and
cleared up as if he never expected to resume it again ; and when
he undertook a task his mind dwelt on it until the end had been
reached. Happening, while penning these lines, to open a volume
on my table treating of the Celastracese, I find a letter between
the pages which well illustrates this finished character. We had
together been working up an unnamed collection from Tabasco in
Mexico. Leaving in the afternoon, I expected to be again in the
herbarium the next or at most the day after. But he could not
wait, and the lettertcame the next morning: "Phila., March 3rd,
1893. My Dear Meehan : I enclose you two or three softened
flowers of our last adversarium for you to examine. As /see them,
they have five rounded imbricate sepals, five strongly reflexed petals,
five stamens alternate tvith the petals, filaments conical, no style, but
stigma sessile on the ovary. The ovary is too small for my poor
eyes to dissect.

Try every way I can, I am driven back to Celastrinse, and I
have a suspicion that our plant may be Zinowieivia integerrima
Turcz. B. & H. I, 364. B. & H. description says "stylus brevis,"
but the original description says "stigma sessile on the ovary."
B, & H. say "folia opposita, " but if I recollect right, the origi-
nal description says "leaves alternate." But there are some diffi-
culties about this view. Yours, J. H. R. "

On some other occasion, when we would feel the "nut too hard
to crack,' ' I would hardly be home before there would be a
brief note, "Eureka!" and the name following as he had deter-
mined it. It must be to this habit of beginning and finishing at
once if possible, that we must ascribe the wonderful amount of
work accomplished. He commenced the work of putting the herba-
rium in order in 1870. In addition to the preparation for fastening
down the specimens and the accompanying label, on which work he
was engaged at the time of his death, he had previously arranged
in genus-covers the whole collection, writing on each the genus
and the numbers to correspond with Bentham and Hooker's work,

1*95.] NATURAL. SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 297

aud made :i corresponding index of classes and orders, so that any
genus could be found in a few seconds. All the species had
been alphabetically arranged in the genus covers, and an alpha-
betical list of the named species pasted inside. Anyone can see
at a glance whether the plant he is looking for is in the collec-
tion. Besides this, in the section of ferns, the whole collection
is written up in a handsome bound volume, with an index that
not only enables one to find at once the plant desired but also its
geographical range and many other facts of importance to the
student of pteridology. By reason of this careful cataloguing he
was able to tell exactly the number of species the herbarium con-
tained, information few care-takers of herbariums can give. A
careful record was kept of every donation, and the donors' names,
like the names of the plants themselves, could soon be given to
any inquirer. And yet he never seemed unduly hurried. In, ad-
dition to this he had formed a great herbarium of his own, and
had made extensive collections in other fields of natural history.
Moreover, he maintained to the last an interest in many other
branches of science and in the many fields of general intelligence
that commanded the attention of public spirited citizens. He was
fond of looking up facts in the lives of useful men, placing them
on record, and getting in shape for reference any go>d work
that they had done. He prepared for his family a full gene-
alogy of their ancestry. Another valuable task that he accom-
plished was the collection and arranging of the botanical correspon-
dence of Zaccheus Collins, which precious volume is kept for safety
in the fireproof of the Academy. The work is invaluable for the
light it sheds on the lives and labors of our early botanists. When
Michaux's Journal was discovered among the archives of the Ameri-
can Philosophical Society and Prof Sargent decided to translate
it from French to English, and have copies printed, he aided the
Professor in overseeing its issue from the press. He was always
ready for every such call.

It seems but yesterday that I heard his last remark to me: " I
must lay these aside now, as I will attend the Forestry Convention
at 4 o'clock," and even the last letter he wrote to me on his death
bed was full of his work. "I felt chillier than I ought to be when
I was in the herbarium room on Friday, and went home. I am
resting in bed now, and the Botanical Section meeting to-night must

298 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

take care of itself." To many who have since paused to reflect on
the wonderful amount of work accomplished, his methodical and
systematic habits furnish the only explanation. Frequently he has
been approached by friends to allow the use of his name for the
higher honors of the Academy. This he always declined. He
could never be induced, even in the Botanical Section, to accept any
higher position than Conservator of the herbarium. He served
many years as Councillor, in which position his business training
rendered eminent service, and he succeeded Dr. Joseph Leidy as
Chairman of the Publication Committee of the Academy.

Aside from his services to science in the Academy, the outer
scientific world is largely his debtor. When the American Society
of Geologists became the American Association for the Advance-
ment of Science, the father, W. C. Redfield, suggested the change
and' was the first President of the new body, the son being a
member. The Lyceum of Natural History of New York had
the benefit of his able services before his removal to Philadelphia,
in 1861, to be associated in the business of Asa Whitney & Sons
— the senior member of the firm being his father-in-law. At the
request of his family he penned for them an account of his early
history and of his connection with the New York Lyceum, which I
have been kindly permitted to examine, and from which I gather
the following facts. In the preface to this little family task he con-
cludes : ' ' Moreover ought I not to leave some expression of grati-
tude to my Heavenly Father for a life which has been so full of
mercies, which has flowed so evenly and so smoothly, disturbed by
few storms and tempests, and of which the few sharp afflictions have
been tempered with mercies, calling for thanksgiving."

He traces the American family to Win, Redfin, of English
birth, who settled near Cambridge, Mass., in 1639, and who subse.
quently moved to New London, Connecticut. The form Redfield was
assumed before 1662. His only son, James Redfield, was a tanner.
His son, Theophilus Redfield, married a descendent of John Alden,
of Mayflower celebrity. Peleg, the grandson of Theophilus, the
grandfather of John Howard Redfield, was born at Middletown,
Connecticut, January 22, 1762. He entered a privateer during the
war of Independence, was captured by a British frigate, but escaped;
he died in 1802. Win. C. Redfield was Peleg's eldest son. He
was born at South Farms, Connecticut, March, 26, 1789. He was

1895.] NAT URAL. SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 299

apprenticed to a saddler, joined a village debating society, and,
under the inspiration of his mother, spent all his spare time in self-
instruction.

J. H. Redfield was born at Middletown, Conn., July 10, 1815.
His mother died when he was but four years old. His father at this
time had a saddler's shop and country store. His early education
has been already told. In this account Mr. Redfield notes that
every country store sold liquor, but in 1830 his father refused, as a
matter of conscience, to sell any more. About 1825 his father be-
coming interested in steam barge traffic on the Hudson, spent most
of his time in New York, and in 1827 took his family there. John
was sent to a Laucasterian school. It furnished good, although cheap,
education — ($51.50 a year). The principal teacher, Rev. Samuel U.
Barnes, originally a Baptist clergyman, gave natural history lessons
on the blackboard. He gave J. H. Redfield and six other boys
extra lessons in mineralogy, taking them on excursions on Saturdays.
Barnes was one of the founders of the New York Lyceum. He used
to join in the sports of the boys as well as their studies, and for the
first time in his life young Redfield loved school.

The father took every means to advance the son's education
as opportunity afforded. Though personal assiduity did much, he
owed much to the teachers employed by his father for him. He
had this help in the several languages he acquired, the Italian,
which he mastered late in life, being the only one he learned wholly
by himself. In 1853 he left school finally and became a clerk in the
"Swift Sure Line" of steamboats. His father died in 1858, but he
continued in the office three years longer, till removing to Phila-
delphia.

The New York Lyceum was organized April 24, 1817, and be-
came the New York Academy of Sciences in 1876. As a new mem-
ber of the Lyceum young Redfield thought a tyro had made a mistake
in venturing among great men, but he found them all so child-like
and genial that his agitation was soon dispelled. Dr. Asa Gray, the
librarian, was especially cordial. Young Redfield had his first
scientific appointment as one of a committee to rent a room. It was
thought wonderful that twenty-four members assembled to receive
the committee's report. His father gave occasional addresses on
meteorology and geology. Dr. John C. Jay first made conchology
interesting in the Lvceum and Redfield became charmed with that

300 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

study. His father was second Vice-President of the Lyceum of
Natural History from 1847 to 1851, and first Vice-President from
1852 to 1863, and the son was Corresponding Secretary from 1859
to 1860 and previously, from 1857 to 1858, Recording Secretary. He
notes Dr. Asa Gray, at that time 26 years old, as coming into the
Lyceum about 1853. Dr. Torrey was an early friend of W. C.
Redfield, so the son knew him before he joined the Lyceum. Though
botany was the son's early love, threatened impairment of eye-sight
diverted him to couchology. He soon became again warmly in-
terested in botany, rising for collecting excursions at four in the
morning.

Passing now to his labors with us, it may be noted that he rarely
missed a meeting of the Academy, and was one of the most regular
in throwing into the general fund such knowledge as he possessed on
the subjects discussed. He may be regarded as the chief founder of
the Botanical Section, and he gave freely of his knowledge in most of
the discussions before the Section. Reports of many of his verbal
communications have been published in the Proceedings of the
Academy.

His first contribution to scientific literature was in 1860, when he
described a new shell — a species of Marginella. He furnished the
notes on the genus Marginella as described in Reave's Conchologia
Icouica and in Tryon's American Journal of Couchology in 1869'
and 1870. His nine earlier papers in the Annals of the New York
Lyceum, relate wholly to conchological subjects. The "Bulletin
of the Torrey Botanical Club" contains a number of articles by
him on botanical topics, one of which, " The Geographical Dis-
tribution of the Ferns of North America," in the volume for
1875, is of standard value, as is also the paper on " Insular Flora"
in the volume for 1886. His greatest and last contribution is the
" Preliminary Catalogue of the Plants growing on Mt. Desert and
adjacent islands," by Edward L. Rand and John H. Redfield, which
was issued in 1894. The work, though with characteristic modesty
styled a '•preliminary catalogue," ranks among the best of local
floras, and will long aid in keeping the name of the associate
author fresh in the memory of working botanists. Tributes to his
memory from many correspondents all speak of the unselfish good-
ness of the man. Our highly veuerated colleague, Dr. Ruschen-
berger, who has also recently passed away from us, in a letter

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 301

written on March 18, but a short time before his own death,
remarked on the peculiar modesty of Mr. Redfield: "He never,
within my hearing, made his own acts a subject of conversation or
reference." Mr. E. L. Rand, his colleague in the preparation of
the "Preliminary Catalogue," sums up briefly what so many
have expressed more in detail: "Circumstances threw us into
the most intimate correspondence and association during the last
seven or eight years and made me familiar with his beautiful
character. He was always high-principled, simple-hearted,
charitable, kind and helpful, an affectionate friend, a wise counsel-
lor, an upright judge. I can hardly realize that he is really gone
from this earth, and that I am left alone in the work that we pur-
sued so long together."

February the 27ch, 1895, the day on which he passed away, will
long be remembered in the annals of the Academy as the
anniversary of the loss of one of its most valuable and devoted
associates.

302 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

July 2.
Mr. Charles Morris in the Chair.
Fourteen persons present.

The deaths of H. H. Houston, a member, June 21, 1895, and of
Thomas Henry Huxley, a correspondent, June 29, 1895, were
announced.

July 9.
Dr. Geo. H. Horn in the Chair,
Twelve persons present.

July 16.

Mr. Charles Morris in the Chair.
Twelve persons present.

July 23.

Dr. C. N. Peirce in the Chair.

Nine persons present.

A paper entitled "Notes on American Enchytraeidse. — I, New
Species of Fridericia from the vicinity of Philadelphia," by J. Percy
Moore, was presented for publication.

July 30.

Dr. Geo. H. Horn in the Chair.

Eleven persons present.

The following were ordered to be printed: —

1895.] NATUBAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 303

DIPTEKA OF FLOKIDA.

by C. W. Johnson.
With Additional Descriptions of New Genera and Species.

BY D. W. COQUILLETT.

This paper is based upon material collected during a residence in
St. Augustine from 1880-88 (although then not especially interested
in Diptera); a visit in March, 1891, and again in Ma)', 1894; a
collection made by Mrs. Annie T. Slosson during her winter visits;
the collection of Mr. Chas. Robertson, of Carlinville, 111.; an
interesting lot received from Mr. Frank H. Genung of St.
Augustine, and the collection of the U. S. National Museum. The
trip of May, 1894, was a conchological one, made in company with
Prof. ' H. A. Pilsbry, through the kindness of Mr. Clarence B.
Moore, Diptera being an incidental feature. The localities Welakn,
Georgetown, Drayton Island, Juniper Creek, Volusia, Astor, and
Tick Island are all in the vicinity of Lake George and Lake Wood-
ruff. Considering the few species that have actually been recorded
from Florida the following list seems a large one, but there is little
doubt that this number (504) can be increased more than three
times if collections were made in all sections of the State and at differ-
ent seasons of the year. A number of West Indian species are here
recorded from Florida for the first time as well as the most southern
distribution of many northern species. A collection from the Florida
Keys would undoubtedly increase the percentage of WTest Indian
species, while the western part of the State would add many more
species of the Mississippi Valley, Texas, and Mexico.

While a resident of Florida I was interested in Coleoptera, and the
valuable paper, "The Coleoptera of Florida," by Mr. E. A.
Schwarz, suggested this list. I only regret that it is not a more
complete representation of the fauna, but hope that it will lead to a
better knowledge of the Diptera of Florida.

I am under great obligations to Mr. D. W. Coquillett of Wash-
ington, D. C. Without his generous aid this list could not have

304 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

been made. To Mrs. Slosson for the generous loan of specimens.
To Prof. J. M. Aldrich for the determination of the Dolichopodidse.
To Prof. Riley for the privilege of looking over the collection of the
U. S. National Museum, and to Mr. Chas. Robertson, Mr. W. A.
Snow, Dr. S. W. Williston, Mr. W. D. Hunter, and others, for
kind assistance.

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES.

BY C. W. JOHNSON.

Nemotelus immaculatus n. sp.

Length 4 mm. , $ . Face and vertical triangle blackish ; eyes of
a dull brown color (probably much lighter than in the living speci-
men); antenna? yellow; proboscis red, unusually long, with an acute
angle, the two portions thus formed being of almost equal length, the
outer half is curved downward and the basal part of the other is some-
what enlarged. Thorax black, with sparse whitish pubescence most
prominent on the pleura?; scutellum black; abdomen greenish white,
immaculate. Legs light yellow ; wings hyaline, whitish. One speci-
men, St. Augustine (F. H. Genung). .

Nemotelus slossonae n. sp.

Length 3 mm. , S . Face and vertical triangle black, shining;
facial protuberance very prominent, conical ; frontal triangle brown.
The upper portion of the eye with large facets brown, the lower
third with small facets blackish; antenna? dark brown. Thorax and
scutellum black, shining; a narrow light yellow lateral line extends
from the humerus to the posterior angle. Abdomen yellowish white;
a central mark on the first segment below the scutellum, a dorsal
triangle and a small spot near the lateral margin of the fourth, and
the fifth except a narrow lateral and posterior margin black; in one
specimen there is a minute brown dot near the anterior augle of the
third segment. Venter whitish. Legs black; tip of the femora,
base and tip of the tibia?, and the tarsi whitish; wings hyaline, whit-
ish; discal cell emits four veins.

Two specimens, Charlotte Harbor, March. To Mrs. Annie T.
Slosson, who has done so much to further our knowledge of the
Diptera of Florida, this species is dedicated.

Leptogaster cbscuripennis n. sp.

Length 13 and 14 mm., $ 9 . Head brown; face, front, inferior
orbits and occiput covered with a dense grayish pubescence; pro-

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 305

boscis black, base yellow; antennae yellow, terminal joint and style
black. Thorax brown, dorsum shining; lateral margins, pleurae,
posterior angles, and scutellum covered with a grayish pubescence.
Abdomen: first segment blackish with a prominent row of bristles at
the posterior margin, second and third segments brown, the remain-
ing segments blackish with more or less brown at the anterior and
posterior margins, and covered with a grayish pubescence. Venter
brownish. Legs reddish, thickly covered with minute yellow hairs,
and dark brown spine-like bristles on the tarsi; claws black, bristles
on the tibiae yellow; wings of a uniform dark brown, veins black.
Two specimens, St. Augustine.

Asilus auratus n. sp.

Length $ 12 9 15 mm. Face and front light yellow pollinose;
facial protuberance with long whitish bristles; occiput light yellow
pollinose, and long white pile, which in some specimens is brownish
near the vertex; a row of black hairs extends along the frontal
orbits; ocelli black; proboscis black; antenna? reddish, first and
second joint with numerous black hairs, third joint and arista brown.
Thorax golden yellow pollinose, with a wide dorsal stripe that is
attenuated and obsolete (in certain lights) towards the scutellum,
some specimens show an obsolete linear interval of a lighter color,
thus dividing the stripe into two parts; the entire dorsum with short
black hairs; a few long, black and yellow bristles are arranged as
follows: four on the side just before the suture, the others in a lateral
and two subdorsal rows on the posterior half of the thorax, scutellum
yellow pollinose, with black hairs, and two yellow bristles; pleurae,
and coxa?, yellowish white pollinose. Abdomen yellow pollinose;
covered (except at the base of the first, and a wide basal and posterior
margin on the second, third and fourth segments) with black hairs; the
smooth basal bands on the second, third and fourth, have two trans-
verse rows of punctulate spots, one of the rows is often covered on
the third and fourth by the preceding segment; near the posterior
margins of the segments is a row of black and yellow bristles;
hypopygium red, shining, with whitish hairs, ovipositor black,
shining. Legs red; with close-lying whitish hairs and prominent
black and yellow bristles, tip of the femora with a spot on each
side, tip of the posterior tibiae, and tip of all the tarsal joints black-
ish; claws black, pulvilli red. The base, and discal portion of the
wing clear hyaline, leaving the tip and a wide posterior border of a

306 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

brownish tint. Seven specimens, Palatka, May 19, St. Augustine,
May 21, 1894.
Calobata varipes n. sp.

Length 14 mm., $ . Head bluish-black, shining, opaque with
black pile above and below the antennae; vertex, in a depression
surrounding the ocelli with dense yellowish pubescence, vertex with
eight prominent bristles; occiput with black pile; antennae red, setae
black, first and second joints covered with short black hairs; proboscis
black. Thorax black, posterior angles brownish, d< »rsum with a grayish
pubescence, leaving two narrow black stripes which become obsolete
beyond the sutures, pleurae black, shining, metapleurse and metano-
tum covered, with whitish pubescence. Scutellum blackish above,
brown beneath. Abdomen black, shining. Coxae and femora red;
tip, and a baud a little beyond the middle of the posterior and middle
femora and the apical third of the anterior femora black, anterior
and posterior tibiae black, middle tibiae brown, first and second joints
of the anterior and posterior tarsi white, the remainder of the an-
terior and posterior tarsi, and the entire middle tarsi black; the legs
are covered throughout with short, black hairs, with some bristles on
the tibiae. Wings tinged with brown, which is more conspicuous
along the anterior margin, tip and cross veins.

One specimen, Jacksonville, May 22, 1894.
Heterochroa ornata n. sp.

Length 1\ mm., 9 . Face, front and occiput yellow, with yellow
pubescence; a row of black bristles extends from the base of the
antenme along the frontal and vertical orbits and around the occiput,
four bristles are arranged in a quadrangle around the ocelli; ocelli
whitish; antenme yellow, aristae and a prominent row of hairs on the
second joint black, aristae with minute hairs. Thorax and scutellum
yellow, with yellow pubescence, and black hairs and bristles. Ab-
domen brownish black, irregularly mottled with whitish pubescence
with a few scattering black hairs, which gives the white portions a
punctated appearance. Legs yellow, with black hairs and bristles.
The basal portion of the wing, including the costal cell, a small angle
of the marginal, submarginal, and half of the basal cell, anal angle,
and alar appendage, hyaline; the remainder of the wing clouded
with black, and having the following whitish hyaline markings: mar-
ginal cell with three spots, the middle one quadrate, and three or
four times the size of the others; submarginal cell with three spots,

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 307

two below the large quadrate spot of the marginal cell, and one at
the end of the second longitudinal vein; first posterior cell with four,
one at the posterior cross vein, two smaller ones midway between the
first and the large one at the tips of the wing, the latter occupying
the entire width of the cell; second posterior cell with four occupy-
ing the central portion, the larger ones coalescent ; third posterior
cell with three spots, the large middle one triangular; discal cell
with two, the outer one three or four times the size of the others.
One specimen, Drayton Island, May 9, 1894.

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW GENERA AND SPECIES.
BY D. W. COQUILLETT.

Platyura elegans n. sp., $ 9 .

Head black, lower part of front and the face yellow; antennse
black, the two basal joints yellow; proboscis yellow, its apex and
the palpi black. Dorsum of thorax opaque brownish black, the
sides, pleura and scutellum, yellow; metanotum brown, this color
extending upon the pleura to the middle coxre. Abdomen shining
brownish- black, the first segment, both ends of the second, apices of
the third and fourth, and the whole of the fifth, yellow; first five
ventral segments also yellow. Halteres and legs yellow, tibia? desti-
tute of bristles. Wings grayish hyaline, marked with two irregular
brown crossbands and with two brown spots; the first band begins at
the first vein before its tip, is interrupted between the branches of
the fifth vein, and stops before reaching the hind margin of the wing,
its posterior portion scarcely half as wide as the costal part; the second
band starts from the tip of the third vein and stops at the anterior
branch of the fifth a short distance before its tip, where the band is
scarcely one- fifth as wide as at the costa; midway between these two
bands is a large brown spot reaching from the anterior branch of
the fifth vein to the hind margin of the wing at the tip of the pos-
terior branch ; a brown cloud on anterior branch of third vein, this
branch terminating at twice its length beyond the tip of the first
vein. Length 3.5 mm.

Georgetown, Florida, May 10, 1894 (C. W. Johnson); North
Carolina. A single specimen of each sex.

The specimen from the latter locality is from Dr. Riley's collec-
tion, now in the National Museum.
22

308 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Neoglaphyroptera cincta n. sp., $ .

Head, including the mouth parts, yellow, each ocellus situated on
a black spot, the median very small ; antennae yellow on the six
basal joints, the remainder blackish. Thorax, pleura and scutellum
yellow, a large black vitta at base of each wing extending across
the metanotum. Abdomen shining black, base of each segment
and the whole of the sixth and seventh, yellow. Legs yellow,
bristles of front tibise minute, those of the others large. Wings
yellowish hyaline, unmarked ; third vein issuing from the first
slightly beyond the forking of the fourth. Length 4.5 mm.

Tick Island, Florida, May 12, 1894. C. W. Johnson. A single
specimen.

Ceratopogon albaria n. sp., 9.

Head black, the face and mouth parts yellowish ; antennae brown,
the basal joints yellow. Thorax, pleura and scutellum black, densely
opaque white pollinose. Abdomen black, subshining. Legs yellow,
both ends of the femora and tibiae, apices of first three tarsal joints,
and the whole of the last two joints, brown ; last tarsal joint ciliate
on the under side with rather long setae, the claws subequal in
length, slightly over half as long as the last tarsal joint. Wings
whitish hyaline, vein sconcolorous excepting the small cross vein and
base of third vein, which are narrowly clouded with brown; sub-
marginal cell divided near its first fourth by a cross vein situated
nearly three times its length before the tip of the first vein; fourth
vein branching the length of the small cross vein before the latter,
at a point slightly beyond the branching of the fifth. Halteres yel-
low, the knobs each marked with a black spot. Length 3 mm.

Drayton Island, Florida, May 9, 1894. C. W. Johnson. A
single specimen.

Tanypus concinnus n. sp., 9-

Light yellow, three vittae on the thorax reddish yellow, the middle
one bordered each side with black, the lateral ones changing into
black posteriorly; a dot at each front angle of the scutellum, middle
of metanotum, a fascia at base of each abdominal segment except
the first, apices of tibiae, of metatarsi, of the second joint of the
middle and hind tarsi, the whole of the remaining joints and the last
four of the front tarsi, black. Penultimate joint of hind tarsi ob-
cordate, as broad as long. Wings naked, whitish hyaline, veins

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 309

pale yellowish, small cross vein clouded with brown ; first vein forked
before its apex, the fifth forking slightly beyond the cross vein.
Length 3 mm.

Tick Island, Florida, (May 12, 1892 ; C. W. Johnson). A single
specimen in Mr. Johnson's collection.

Masiphya aurigera u. sp. c? .

Black, the second antenna! joint, base of the third, the palpi, and
fourth abdominal segment except its base, yellow. Front at vertex
hardly two-fifths as wide as either eye, vittanext the antennse nearly
as wide as either side of the front, the latter and the face golden
pollinose; frontal bristles descending to tip of second antennal joint,
four in each row curving backward; antenna? nearly two-thirds as
long as the face, the third joint slightly over twice as long as the
second; arista thickened on the basal fourth; vibrissa? at a point
twice the length of the second antennal joint above the oral margin,
ridges bristly on the lower fourth; proboscis robust, the portion
between the basal articulation and the large labella scarcely longer
than the latter. Thorax gray pollinose, marked with four black
vitta?; four postsutural and three mesopleural macrocha?ta?; scutellum
bearing six pairs of long marginal macrocha?ta?. Abdomen gray
pollinose, with brownish reflecting spots, genitalia only slightly pro-
truding; first and second segment bearing a marginal pair of macro-
chsetse, third with a marginal row, the fourth with scattered macro-
cha?ta? on the apical two-thirds. Hind tibia? not ciliate, destitute of
long hairs on the inner side, pulvilli as long as the last tarsal joint.
Wings hyaline, slightly tinged with gray basally, third vein bearing
four bristles at the base, the others bare; bend of fourth vein
destitute of an appendage. Length 11 mm. Florida. Mrs. A. T.
Slosson. A single specimen.

TACHININJE.
PSEUDOCHiETA n. gen.

Anterior pair of ocellar bristles wanting, two pairs of backwardly
curving orbital bristles in both sexes and an additional pair of
forwardly directed ones in the female; the upper pair of frontal
bristles is on a line with the backwardly curving orbitals and con-
siderably removed from the other frontals which are much smaller
and decussate, extending from the lowest ocellus to the arista;
antenna? as long as the face, the third joint in the male five

310 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

times, in the female three times as loug as the second; arista bare,
the penultimate joint not longer than broad; head at insertion of
vibrissa half as long as at base of .antennae, face in profile convex,
the sides bare, each at the narrowest part one-eighth as wide as the
median depression, ridges bristly on the lower four-fifths; vibrissa?
widely separated, inserted on the oral margin; cheeks one-seventh
as broad as the eye- height, the lower half covered with short bristly
hairs, the usual row of macrochaetae on the lower border; eyes micro-
scopically pubescent; proboscis robust, the portion beyond the basal
articulation not half as long as height of head, labella very large;
palpi clavate, well-developed. Abdomen oblong-oval, of four seg-
ments which are subequal in length. Hind tibia? outwardly ciliate
with short bristles intermixed with two or three longer ones. Third
vein bearing a few bristles at the base, the others bare; apical cell
open, ending at four-fifths of the distance betwwen the second vein
and the extreme wing-tip; bend of fourth vein obtuse, destitute of
an appendage; hind cross vein slightly nearer to the bend than to
the small cross vein, its posterior end nearer to the wing-margin
than to the small cross vein. Type, the following species:

Pseudochaeta argentifrons n. sp. $ <? •

Black, including the mouth parts. Front at vertex about as wide
as either eye, vitta next the antennae two-thirds as wide as either
side of the front, the latter and the face densely silvery pollinose,
antennal arista thickened on the basal third. Thorax gray polli-
nose; marked with four black vittae; four postsutural and two sterno-
pleural macrocbaetae; scutellum bearing three pairs of long marginal
and a pair of short apical macrocbaetae. Abdomen shining except
the grayish pollinose bases of the last three segments; first two
segments each with a marginal pair of macrochaetae, third with a
marginal row, the fourth with scattered macrochaetae except on the
basal fourth; genitalia not projecting. Pulvilli scarcely half as
long as the last tarsal joint. Wings hyaline, calypteres grayish
white. Length 5 mm. Charlotte Harbor, Florida (Mrs. A. T.
Slosson), and Los Angeles, California (D. W. Coquillett). Four
males and three females.

Achsetoneura rubentis n. sp. 9 .

Front at vertex three-fourths as wide as either eye, the vitta
blackish, next the antennae slightly narrower than either side of

1895.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 311

front, the latter gray pollinose; frontal bristles descending to base of
third antennal joint, three in each row directed backward; two pairs
of orbitals; face in profile slightly convex, retreating below, the
sides bare; ridges bristly on lower half; antenna; four-fifths as long
as the face, black, the base of the third joint yellowish, this joint
two and one- half times as long as the second; arista thickened on the
basal fourth, its penultimate joint broader than long; proboscis
black, palpi yellow. Thorax black, gray pollinose and with four
black vitta?; three postsutural and three sternopleural macrocha?ta? ;
scutellum grayish black, bearing three long marginal pairs of
macrochsetse. Abdomen yellow, base of first segment and a dorsal
vitta extending to the third black, the third segment irregularly
tinged with blackish; first segment destitute of dorsal macrochsetse,
the second with a small discal and marginal pair, the third with a
discal pair and marginal row, fourth with a marginal row; venter
appearing as if longitudinally incised in the middle, the second and
third segments lobately produced, the lobes of the third segment
studded with short black spines on their terminal half. Legs black,
hind tibia? rather sparsely ciliate with short bristles, with a longer
one at the first fourth and one nearly twice as long at the middle.
Wings hyaline, third vein bearing four bristles at its base, the others
bare; apical cross vein straight, ending close to the third at last
fourth of distance from second to tip of wing; hind cross vein strongly
curved. Length 7 mm. Jacksonville, Florida. W. H. Ashmead.
A single specimen.
Acemyia dentata n. sp. 9-

Black, the palpi (usually) and labella of proboscis yellow, face
and cheeks tinged with yellow. Front at vertex almost as wide as
either eye, the sides yellowish or gray pollinose, the vitta black,
next the antennae slightly narrower than either side of the front;
three pairs of forwardly directed orbital bristles; frontal bristles
descending nearly to middle of second antennal joint, three in each
row curving backward; sides of face bare, each at narrowest part
one-sixth as wide as the facial depression ; two or three bristles above
each vibrissa ; cheeks less than one-fifth as wide as the eye- height,
bare except on the lower half; antenna? two-thirds as long as the
face, the third joint nearly twice as long as the second, the apical
front angle produced in the form of a tooth; arista thickened on the
basal third. Thorax grayish pollinose, marked with four black

312 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

vitta?, three postsutural macrochpetre and two sternopleural ; scutel-
lum bearing three pairs of long marginal macrochreta?, the posterior
pair cruciate. Abdomen gray pollinose and with black reflecting
spots, first segment destitute of dorsal macrochseta?, the second with
a marginal pair, the third and fourth each with a marginal row.
Hind tibia unequally bristly, not ciliate. Wings hyaline, a single
bristle at the base of third vein, the others bare; apical crossvein
slightly concave, joining the third a short distance before its tip, the
bend destitute of a stump or wrinkle ; hind cross vein nearly straight.
Length 6.5 mm. Georgetown, Florida, May 10, 1894, and Mobile,
Alabama, October 22, 1894 (C. W. Johnson); also Los Angeles Co..
California, in February and September (D. W. Coquillett). Four
specimens.

Belvosia slossonae n. sp. 9 •

Black, the frontal vitta, face, palpi and scutellum yellow. Front
at vertex one and one-half times as wide as either eye, frontal vitta
next the antenna? subequal in width to either side of the front, the
latter shining yellowish gray ; two pairs of orbital bristles; frontal
bristles descending almost to tip of second antennal joint, the upper-
most in each row curving backward, the next one directed backward
and inward, the two outside of these curving backward; anterior pair
of ocellar bristles wanting; antenna? four-fifths as long as the face,
the third joint slightly over twice as long as the second; arista
thickened its entire length, the penultimate joint slightly longer than
broad; sides of face bare, at the narrowest part one- third as wide as
the median depression; ridges bristly on the lower two- thirds,
several yellow bristly hairs outside of them on the lower half of the
ridges; cheeks one-third as wide as the eye-height, covered with
short yellowish bristles. Thorax grayish pollinose, and with four
black vitta?; four postsutural macrocha?ta?, and four sternopleural;
scutellum bearing four pairs of long marginal macroch?eta? and a
short apical pair. Abdomen on bases of last three segments yellow-
ish gray pollinose, most extended on the third and fourth; first and
second segments each bearing a marginal pair of macrocha?ta\ the
third and fourth each with a marginal row. Hind tibia? rather
sparsely ciliate with somewhat long bristles. Wings grayish brown,
tinged with yellow along the veins of the basal and costal portions;
third vein bearing four bristles at its base, the others bare. Length

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 313

11 mm. Charlotte Harbor, Florida. Mrs. A. T. Slosson, to whom
this fine species is respectfully dedicated. A single specimen.

Hypostena maculosa n. sp. 9 •

Black, the front angles of the second and third abdominal
segments broadly yellow. Front at vertex two-thirds as wide as
either eye, vitta brownish, next the antennae one and one-fourth
times as wide as either side of the front, the latter light gray polli-
Qose; two pairs of orbital bristles; frontal bristles descending to base
of third antennal joint; antenna? seven-eighths as long as the face,
the third joint nearly tbree times as long as the second, three times
as long as wide; arista thickened on the basal third; sides of face
bare, each at the narrowest part one-tenth as wide as the median
depression, face in profile convex; ridges bare; cheeks one-seventh
as wide as the eye-height. Thorax bearing only three postsutural
macrocha?ta?, two sternopleural ; scutellum bearing two pairs of long
marginal macrocha?ta?. Abdomen bearing a marginal pair of
macrochreta? on each of the first two segments and a marginal row
on the third and fourth. Hind tibia? not ciliate. Wings hyaline,
third vein bearing three bristles at the base, the others bare, small
cross vein slightly before the middle of the discal cell, hind cross vein
midway between the latter and the bend which is rounded, apical
cross vein slightly arcuate, ending close to the third at a point less
than the length of the small cross vein before the tip of the wing.
Length 3.5 mm. St. Augustine, Florida. C. W. Johnson. A
single specimen.

Myiobia depile n. sp. $ .

Front at vertex less than half as wide as either eye, the vitta
brownish black, next the antenna? two-thirds as wide as either side of
the front, the latter golden pollinose; no orbital bristles; frontal
bristles descending to base of second antennal joint, only one in each
row directed backward; antenna? four-fifths as long as the face,
yellow, the third joint, except at base, black, two and one-half times
as long as the second; arista short pilose, thickened on its basal fifth;
sides of face and the ridges bare; cheeks slightly over one-fourth as
wide as the eye-height, bare except on lower half; palpi yellow;
clavate, one-fourth longer than the antenna?; proboscis yellow, in the
middle brown, slender, rigid, the portion beyond the basal articula-
tion nearly as long as height of head, labella well developed.

314 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Thorax black, yellowish pollinose, not distinctly black vittae; three
postsntural macrochaetae and three sternoplenral ; scutellum yellow,
bearing two long marginal pairs of macroehaetae. Abdomen shining
yellow, a black spot below the hind angles of the third and fourth
segments; a dorsal vitta and the apex tinged with reddish; first
segment destitute of dorsal macroehaetae, the second with a marginal
pair, third and fourth each with a marginal row. Legs yellow,
tarsi black, pulvilli as long as the last tarsal joint. Wings yellowish
hyaline, third vein bearing about five bristles at the base, the others
bare; hind cross vein at two- thirds the distance from the small cross-
vein to the bend, which is rounded; costal spine minute.

9 same as the $ with these exceptions: Front three-fourths as
wide as either eye, vitta scarcely half as wide as either side of the
front, two pairs of orbital bristles, three frontal bristles in each row
directed backward, antennae three-fourths as long as the face, the third
joint twice as long as the second, palpi nearly one and one- half times
as long as the antennae, pulvilli scarcely half as long as the last
tarsal joint.

Length 6.5 mm. Jacksonville (W. H. Ashmead), and Juniper
Creek (C. W. Johnson), Florida; and Ithaca, N. Y. (F. H. Chit-
tenden). One male and three females. One of the latter has a
dorsal black spot at the apex of the second and third abdominal
segments.
Prosenoides flavipes u. sp. 9 •

Black, the antennae except at apex, palpi, femora and tibiae
yellow. Front at vertex nearly as broad as either eye, vitta dark
brown, next the antennae yellowish-gray, at this point three-fourths
as wide as either side of the front, the latter light gray pollinose;
two pairs of orbital bristles; frontal bristles descending to insertion
of antennae, two in each row curving backward; antennae three-
fourths as long as the face, third joint three times as long as the
second; sides of face and the ridges bare, keel in middle of the
depression one-half higher than width of third autenual joint;
cheeks scarcely one-fifth as broad as the eye-height, bare except
on lower edge; proboscis slender, rigid, beyond the basal
articulation slightly longer than the head and thorax united,
labella scarcely thicker than the proboscis, palpi clavate,
slightly shorter than the antennae. Thorax marked with
three broad, brownish black vittae; three postsutnral macroehaetae,

1895.] ■ NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 315

and three sternopleural ; scutellum hearing two pairs of long marginal
macrochsetse and a short cruciate apical pair. Abdomen wholly
gray pollinose, with light and olive gray reflections; first segment
destitute of dorsal macrochsetse, second with a marginal pair, the
third and fourth each with a marginal row. Wings hyaline, third
vein with a few bristles at base, the others bare; costal spine minute,
bend of fourth vein with a rounded angle, apical cross vein nearly
straight, apical cell open. Pulvilli less than half as long as the last
tarsal joint.

$ same as the 9 with the following exceptions: Entire antennae,
sides of first two abdominal segments and front angles of the third,
yellow. Front one-third as broad as either eye, no orbital bristles,
only one frontal bristle in each row curving backward, antenna?
three-fifths as long as the face, the third joint two and one-half times
as long as the second.

Length 6 to 7.5 mm. Lake Worth and Charlotte Harbor,
Florida, Mrs. A. T. Slosson. One male and three females.
Gymnodexia zonata n. §p. 9 .

Black, the antenna?, anterior portion of the cheeks, palpi, labella,
knees and abdomen, yellowish, the latter on sides of first three
segments and a dorsal vitta on the same, black. Front at vertex
four-fifths as wide as either eye, vitta next the antenna? three-fourths
as wide as either side of the front, the latter and the face whitish
pollinose; two pairs of orbital bristles; frontal bristles descending
almost to insertion of antenna?, three in each row curving backward;
sides of face bare; vibrissa? inserted almost on- the oral margin, two
or three short bristles above each; antenna? six-sevenths as long as
the face, the third joint four times as long as the second, arista long-
plumose; cheeks nearly as broad as the eye-height; proboscis robust,
the portion beyond the basal articulation slightly over half as long
as height of head. Thorax gray pollinose and marked with four
black vitta?; three postsutural and two sternopleural macrocha?ta?;
scutellum bearing three long marginal pairs. Abdomen shining
except the bases of the last three segments which are gray pollinose,
most extended on the second, where it reaches slightly beyond the
middle: first segment destitute of dorsal macrocha?ta?, second with a
marginal pair, third with a marginal row, the fourth with scattered
macrocrneta?. Wings hyaline, slightly smoky along the costa and
bordering the veins; third vein bearing four bristles at the base, the

816 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF • [1895.

others bare; costal spine minute; calypteres white. Length 9.5 mm.
Jacksonville, Florida, May 22, 1894, C. W. Johnson. A single
specimen.

SARCOPHAG1DJE.

JOHNSONIA n. gen.

First, third and fifth veins bristly, hind cross vein perpendicular^
at two-fifths the distance from the small cross vein to the bend, the
latter rectangular and bearing a long appendage, apical cell short
petiolate. Antennae nearly as long as the face, arista long plumose
on the basal three-fifths, the remainder naked ; sides of face bearing
short bristly hairs, at narrowest part nearly half as wide as the
median depression, the latter not carinate ; ridges bare, straight,
diverging below, vibrissa strong, widely separated, on the oral mar-
gin ; cheeks one-sixth as broad as the eye- height, eyes bare ; proboscis
much shorter than height of head, labella large, palpi well-developed.
Type, the following species :

Johnsonia elegans n. sp. 9

Head black, gray pollinose ; front at vertex slightly wider than
either eye ; vitta brownish black, next the antenna? half as wide as
either side of the front ; only one pair of orbital bristles ; frontal
bristles descending to insertion of antenna?, two in each row curving
backward ; antenna? dark brown, more than the basal half of the
third joint yellow, this joint twice as long as the second : longest
hairs of arista over twice as long as its greatest diameter ; proboscis
brown, the labella and palpi yellow. Thorax black, gray pollinose,
marked with two broad, brownish black vitta?; three postsutural
and three sternopleural macrochfeta?; scutellum grayish-black, bearing
two pairs of long marginal macrocha?ta?. Abdomen shining yellow-
ish, the first three segments tinged in the middle with brown and
lightly whitish pollinose ; first segment destitute of dorsal macrocha?ta?,
the second with a marginal pair, the third and fourth each with a
marginal row ; genitalia yellow, withdrawn into the fourth abdo-
minal segment. Legs, including the coxa?, yellow, the tarsi black ;
pulvilli scarcely half as long as the last tarsal joint, the claws only
slightly longer than the pulvilli. Wings grayish hyaline ; first vein
bristly to beyond the branching of the second and third, the latter
bristly to the small cross vein, fifth vein bristly to beyond base of
discal cell ; costal spine nearly as long as the small cross vein.

1895.] NATCH AL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 317

Length 6 mm. St. Augustine, Florida. C. W. Johnson, after
whom it gives me pleasure to name this interesting genus. Described
from a single specimen.

HELICOBIA n. gen.

First and third veins bristly, the others hare, apical cell open, end-
ing at three-fifths the distance from second vein to the wing-tip ; bend
of fourth vein rectangular and bearing a long appendage; hind cross-
vein much less oblique than the apical, terminating at last third of
distance between the small and the bend, its posterior end much
nearer the wing-margin than to the small cross vein. Head at the
vibrissa? nearly as long as at insertion of antenna', its lower margin
convex ; frontal bristles descending to middle of second autenual
joint.; sides of face each bearing a row of short maerochsetse ; antenna?
three-fourths as long as the face, the third joint twice as long as the
second ; arista long plumose on the basal three-fifths, the remainder
bare; vibrissa? inserted slightly above the oral margin, a few short
bristles above each ; cheeks one- third as broad as the eye- height, the
eyes bare. Abdomen' oval, consisting of four segments, densely gray
pollinose. Type: Sarcophaya helicis Townsend (Psyche, February,
1892, pages 2.20, 221). Charlotte Harbor, Florida (Mrs. A. T.
Slossou). Mississippi (H. E. Weed). Illinois (Dr. W. A. Nason).
District of Columbia and Los Angeles, Cal. (D. W. Coquillett).
Ohio (H. A. Surface).

Drosophila maculosa n. sp. $ .

Head, including the antenna? and mouth parts, yellow, an ocellar
dot and transverse pair of spots above the centre of the occiput, black.
Thorax, pleura and scutellum opaque yellow, unmarked. Abdomen
shining blackish-brown, the first segment, front corners of the second,
and a spot near each front corner of the third and fourth, yellow.
Legs, including the tarsi, yellowish white. Wings hyaline, marked
with four brown spots, one at tips of the first and second veins and
one on the small and hind cross veins, that on the small cross vein less
than one-fourth as large as either of the others; the costal vein only
reaches the apex of the third. Length 3 mm. Charlotte Harbor
(Mrs. A. T. SlossonJ, and Archer, Florida. Two specimens ; the
one from the latter locality is contained in the National Museum
collection.

318 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895

Drosophila vittata n. sp. $ .

Head yellowish white, frontal triangle dark yellow, an ocellar dot
and spot in center of occiput, black; antennae and proboscis pale
yellow, the palpi black. Thorax and scutellum opaque light grayish
yellow, marked with three dark yellow vittae ; pleura brown on
nearly the upper half, the remainder yellow; metanotum yellow, a
median vitta and the sides brown. Abdomen shining, yellow, gradu-
ally passing into dark brown at the tip; a dorsal yellow vitta; hind
margin of each segment whitish. Legs, including the coxte and
tarsi, yellow. Wings hyaline; the costal vein reaches the apex of
the fourth, first vein ending at first fourth of length of wing, small
cross vein before the first third of distance from the branching of the
second and third veins to the hind cross vein. Length 1.5 mm.
Charlotte Harbor, Florida. Mrs. A. T. Slosson. A single
specimen.

Chlorops abdominalis n. sp. $ .

Head yellow, face and cheeks usually a lighter yellow, an ocellar
dot and two large spots on upper part of the occiput, black; frontal
triangle at vertex almost in contact with each eye, the sides converg-
ing to lower end of front, indications of a longitudinal median sulcus;
antenme reddish yellow, the third joint orbicular, black, except at
its base; arista black; clypeus unmarked; proboscis yellow, palpi
black. Thorax subshining black, unmarked ; pleura reddish yellow,
marked with four black spots; scutellum black, convex; metanotum
black medially, the sides broadly reddish yellow. Abdomen shining
reddish yellow, indications of a black dot near each front corner of
the second segment. Legs, including the coxte and tarsi, reddish
yellow. Halteres bright yellow, the peduncles dusky. Wings
hyaline, hind cross vein nearly twice its length beyond the small
cross vein. Length 2.4 to 3 mm. Charlotte Harbor, Florida.
Mrs. A. T. Slosson. Two specimens.

Agromyza terminalis n. sp. $ .

Head black, the broad frontal vitta opaque velvety, a silvery
white dot above the antennae, the latter and the palpi black, pro-
boscis yellow. Thorax subshining black, no dorsal macrochsetse in
front of the suture; a narrow yellow vitta in front of and below each
wing; pleura and scutellum black. Abdomen black, the fifth and
following segments, and sometimes the sides and hind margin of the

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 319

fourth, grayish yellow. Legs black, the knees narrowly yellow.
Halteres light yellow. Wings hyaline, third and fourth veins slightly
diverging toward their apices. Length 2.4 mm. Welaka, Florida,
May 9, 1894; and Delaware County, Pa., July 23, 1893. C. W.
Johnson. Two specimens.

LIST OF SPECIES.
BY C. W. JOHNSON.

CECIDOMYID^E.

Diplosis sp. On Oak, Georgiana, Jan. 24.
Diplosis sp. Charlotte Harbor (Mrs. Slosson).

MYCETOPHILIDJE.

Platyura ELEGANS-Coq. Georgetown, May 9.
Neoglaphyroptera cincta Coq. Tick Island, May 12.
Sciara sp. (U. S. Nat. Mus.)

BIBXONTD.&3.

Bibio rufithorax Wied. St. Augustine. The thorax of the $
is black.

Bibio thoracica Say. East Florida (Say).

Dilophus orbatus Say. St. Augustine; Juniper Co., May 15;
Inverness, Mar. 27 (Robertson); Charlotte Harbor — exceed-
ingly common from February to the end of March (Mrs. Slos-
son).

Plecta ruficollis Fabr. St. Augustine ; Charlotte Harbor, Mar.
(Mrs. Slosson) ; Lake Harney (Messrs. Hubbard and Schwarz).

Plecta sp. St. Augustine ; Drayton Island, May 9.

CULICIDiE.

Culex t.eniorhynchus Wied. St. Augustine; Tick Island, Vo-
lusia Co., May 12; Charlotte Harbor (Mrs. Slosson).
Culex ciliatus, Fabr. St. Augustine.

Culex fasciatus, Fabr. Charlotte Harbor, Mar. (Mrs. Slosson).
Anopheles crucians Wied. Troublesome, Tick Island, May 12.

320 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895

C'HIRONOMIDJE.

Chironomus niveipennis, Fabr. Charlotte Harbor (Mrs. Slos-

SOll).

Chironomus riparius Macq. Charlotte Harbor (Mrs. Slosson).
Chironomus viridis Macq. Charlotte Harbor (Mrs. Slosson).
Chironomus sp. Georgiana (Whitfeld). U. S. Nat. Mus.
Tanypus thoracicus Loew. Tick Island, May 12.
Tanypus scapularis Loew. Tick Island, May 12.
Tanypus concinnus Coq. Tick Island, May 12.
Ceratopogon argentatus Loew. Welaka, May 9.
Ceratopogon albiaria Coq. Drayton Island, May 9.

TIPULIDJE.

Dicranomyia floridana O. S. Spring of 1858 (Osten Sacken).

Dicranomyia distans O. S. March, 1858 (Osten Sacken).

Rhipidia domestica 0. S. Drayton Island, May 10; Ormond
(Mrs. Slosson).

Erioptera yespertina O. S.

Gnophomyia luotuosa O. S. March (Osten Sacken) ; Jackson-
ville, May 22.

Limnophila luteipennis O. S. March (Osten Sacken).

Limnophila macrocera Say. March (Osten Sacken).

Limnophila sp. (Mrs. Slosson.)

Bittacomorpha clavipes Fabr. March (Osten Sacken).

Tipula costalis Say. Charlotte Harbor, January (Mrs. Slosson).

Tipula filipes Walk. Jacksonville, May 22; Tick Island, May
12; Charlotte Harbor (Mrs. Slosson).

Pachyrrhina ferruginea Fabr. St. Augustine, March; Char-
lotte Harbor ( Mrs. Slosson).

Pachyrrhina nobilis Loew. Jacksonville, May 22.

Pachyrrhina suturalis Loew.

XYLOPHAGID.S].
Rhachicerus fulvicollis Haliday. Tick Island, May 12.

STRATIOMYIDJ3.

Sargus decorus Say. St. Augustine, March 15-

Sargus tricolor Loew. St. Augustine; Tick Island, March 15.

Sargus elegans Loew.

Ptecticus sackenii Williston. (Pergande.)

1895.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 321

Hermetia illucens Linne. St. Augustine; Fernandina, pupa,
March 23, imago issued May 23 (U. S. Nat. Mus.); Lake
Worth (Mrs. Slosson).

Hermetia sexmaculata Macq. (Mus. Coinp. Zool.)

Odontomyia cincta Oliv. St. Augustine, March 15.

Odontomyia trivittata Say. St. Augustine (F. H. Genung) ;
Astor, May 11; Ormond, April (Mrs. Slosson).

Odontomyia obscura Oliv. St. Augustine ; Charlotte Harbor
(Mrs. Slosson).

Odontomyia flayicornis Oliv. (U. S. Nat. Mus.)

Stratiomyia senaria Loew. St. Augustine.

Nemotelus acutirostris Loew. St. Augustine (F. H. Genung).

Nemotelus carboxarius Loew. St. Augustine, March ; Char-
lotte Harbor (Mrs. Slosson).

Nemotelus immaculatus Johnsou. St. Augustine (F. H. Geuung).

Nemotelus slossox.e Johnson. Charlotte Harbor, March (Mrs.
Slosson).

TABANIDiE.

Chrysops atropos O. S. St. Augustine; Crescent City (Hub-
bard); Eagle Lake (U. S. Nat, Mus. )

Chrysops callidus O. S. St. Augustine.

Chrysops flavidus Wied. St. Augustine; Putnam Co., June
(U. S. Nat. Mus.); Georgiana (Whitfeld).

Chrysops morosus 0. S. Common St. Augustine, March 15 ;
Georgiana (Whitfeld), July 17.

Chrysops univittatus Macq. (U. S. Nat. Mus.)

Chrysops plangens Wied. (Osten Sacken.)

Chrysops vittatus Wied. Palatka, May 19 ; Horse Landing, St.
John's River, May 17.

Diachlorus ferrugatus, Fabr. St. Augustine ; Horse Landing,
St. John's River, May 17; Biscayne ; Enterprise, May 25
(Schwarz), U. S. Nat. Mus.

Tabanus americanus Forster. St. Augustine; Astor, May 11;
Indian River (U. S. Nat. Mus.) ; Tick Island, May 13; Or-
mond, April (Mrs. Slosson).

Tabanus atratus Fabr. St. Augustine ; Key West, February 7 ;
Ft. Capron, July 9. (U. S. Nat. Mus.)

Tabanus nigrovittatus Macq. St. Augustine.

322 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Tabanus fuscopunctatus Macq. St. Augustine, March; Tick

Island, May 12; Georgiana ; Sand Point, March 21. (U. S.

Nat, Mus.)
Tabanus fronto, O. S. St. Augustine ; Charlotte Harbor, March

(Mrs. Slosson).
Tabanus lineola Fabr. St. Augustine; Georgiana; Alachua Co.

(U. S. Nat. Mus.) ; Ormond (Mrs. Slosson).
Tabanus wiedemanni 0. S. St. Augustine ; Ormond (Mrs. Slos-
son); Enterprise, May 17 (Schwarz & Hubbard).
Tabanus megerlei Wied. St. Augustine ; Eagle Lake (U. S.

Nat. Mus.) ; Palatka (Mrs. Slosson).
Tabanus melanocerus Wied. St. Augustine.
Tabanus mexicanus Linn. St. Augustine ; Georgetown, May 16 ;

Tick Island, May 13; Indian River (Whitfeld) ; Ormond

(Mrs. Slosson).
Tabanus pumilus Macq. St. Augustine ; Ormond (Mrs. Slosson).

Enterprise, May 11-13 (Schwarz & Hubbard).
Tabanus rufus Pal.-Beauv. St. Augustine ; Tick Island May 12;

Lake Harney, May 4 (Schwarz & Hubbard).
Tabanus tener O. S. Ormond (Mrs. Slosson). Indian River

(E. Palmer).
Tabanus trijunctus Walker. St. Augustine ; Ft. Capron, April

24 ; Georgiana (Whitfeld). U. S. Nat, Mus.
Tabanus costalis Wied. (Mrs. Slosson). Lake Harney, May 5

(Schwarz & Hubbard).
Tabanus molestus, Say. Tick Island, May 12 ; Juniper Creek,

May 15.
Tabanus giganteus Degeer. (Williston).
Tabanus fur Will. (Williston).

Tabanus proximus Walk. "Probably described from an unrecog-
nizable specimen of some well known species" (Osten Sacken).
Tabanus gracilis Wied. (Williston.)
Tabanus turbidus Wied. = ? T. fusconervosus Macq. Walker

records the latter from Florida.
Tabanus pygm^eus Will. (Williston).
Tabanus coffeatus Macq. Waldo, June 2 (Messrs. Schwarz &

Hubbard).
Tabanus recedens Walker.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 323

Tabanus psammophilus 0. S. Lake Worth (Mrs. Slosson). Ft.
Capron, April 10 (Messrs. Schwarz & Hubbard).

Tabanus longus O. S. Georgiana (Whitfeld). U. S.Nat. Mus.;
Ft. Capron, March 26 (Messrs. Schwarz & Hubbard).

Tabanus stygius, Say. Georgiana, July (Whitfeld). U. S. Nat.
Mus.

Tabanus sparus Whitney. Inverness, March 18-24 (Robertson).

Tabanus abdominalis Fabr. St. Augustine.

Tabanus sp. St. Augustine (F. H. Genung).

Tabanus sp. Georgiana (Whitfeld). U. S. Nat. Mus.

Haematopota Americana 0. S. ? Crescent City, June (Hub-
bard). U. S. Nat. Mus.

LEPTID.E5.

Chrysopila velutina Loew. St. Augustine, March 15.
Chrysopila basalaris Say. St. Augustine, March 15 ; Char-
lotte Harbor (Mrs. Slosson).
Leptis albicornis Say. St. Augustine, March 15.
Leptis vertebrata Say.

ASILIDJE.

Leptogaster obscuripennis Johnson. St. Augustine.

Ceraturgus cruciatus Say. Ormond, April (Mrs. Slosson).

Dizonias tristis Walker. (D. bicincta Loew.) St. Augustine ;
Georgiana (Whitfeld) ; Enterprise, May 15. (U. S. Nat. Mus.)

Anisopogon senilis Bigot. (Morrison). Coquillett.

Laphystia sexfasciata Say. St. Augustine. Common along
the seashore, June, July.

Cyrtopogon chrysopogon Loew. (Morrison). Coquillett.

Holcocephala abdominalis Say. Common St. Augustine; Juni-
per Creek, May 15.

Holcocephala calva Loew. Seven specimens. Juniper Creek
May 15.

Taracticus octopunctatus Say. (Morrison). Coquillett.

Holopogon philadelphicus Schin. Ormond, April (Mrs. Slos-
son).

Nicocles pictus Loew. St. Augustine.

Atomosia puella Wied. Palntka, May 19.

Deromyia ternatus Loew. St. Augustine.
23

324 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Deromyia bigotii Bellardi. St, Augustine; Ormond, June (Mrs

Slosson).
Deromyia winthemi Wied. (D. rnisellus Loew. ) (U. S. Nat.

Mus.)
Deromyia sp. (U. S. Nat. Mus.)
Deromyia sp. (U. S. Nat. Mus.)

Dasyllis tergissa Say. Tampa, March (Mrs. Slosson).
Dasyllis posticata Say. Jacksonville, April (Mrs. Slosson).
Laphria saffrana Fabr. St. Augustine ; Sand Point, May 3.

(U. S. Nat. Mus.) Charlotte Harbor, March, and Pensacola,

April (Mrs. Slosson).
Lampria bicolor Wied. Ormond (Mrs. Slosson).
Promachus fitchii O. S. St. Augustine.
Andrenosoma pyrrhacra Wied. (U.S.Nat. Mus.) Georgiana

(Whitfeld) ; Ormond, June (Mrs. Slosson).
Mallophora bomboides. St. Augustine.
Mallophora nigra Will. St. Augustine.
Mallophora orcina Wied. St. Augustine, May 20 ; Palatka,

May 19; Crescent City (Hubbard).
Mallophora laphroides Wied. St. Augustine (F. H. Genung).
Erax cinerascens Bell. St. Augustine. Lake Worth, on the

white sand of the ocean beach (Mrs. Slosson).
Erax lateralis Macq. St. Augustine, May 20; Volusia, May

11 and 14.
Erax bastardi Macq. (U. S. Nat. Mus.)
Erax sp. St. Augustine.

Proctacanthus heros Wied. St. Augustine; Georgiana (Whit-
feld) U. S. Nat. Mus.
Proctacanthus brevipennis Wied. Common St. Augustine ; Or-
mond, Charlotte Harbor and Pensacola (Mrs. Slosson); Cedar

Keys, June 7 (U. S. Nat. Mus.)
Proctacanthus fulviventris Macq. Georgiana (U. S. Nat.

Mus.)
Proctacanthus philadelphicus Macq. Georgiana (U. S. Nat.

Mus.)
Asilus nov^e-scoti^e Macq. Charlotte Harbor (Mrs. Slosson.)
Asilus auratus Johnson. St. Augustine, May 21 ; Palatka, May 19.
Ommatius tibialis Say. St. Augustine, May 21 ; Georgetown,

May 15; Georgiana, July 15 (Whitfeld.)

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 325

MIDAIDJE.

Midas clavatus Drury. St. Augustine; Astor, May 11.

Midas incisus Macq. St. Augustine ( $ ), Crescent City (Hub-
bard), U. S. Nat. Mus.

Midas pachygaster Westwood. St. Augustine ( 9 ). This is
probably the 9 of M. incisus.

Midas parvulus Westwood. Georgia (Westwood), Florida
(Walker).

Midas sp. (U. S. Nat. Museum.)

Midas sp. (U. S. Nat. Museum.)

Midas sp. (U. S. Nat. Museum.)

Midas sp. (U. S. Nat. Museum.)

Dolichogaster BREVicoRNis Wied., var. iopterus (Wied. ) O.
S. "St. John's Bluff, Doubleday" (Walker.)

K"EMESTRI3SriD^E.
Rhynchocephalus volaticus Williston. St. Augustine.

HlRMONEURA FLAVIPES WillistOU.

BOMBYLID^!.

Exoprosopa eremita O. S. St. Augustine (F. H. Genung); Lake

Worth (Mrs. Slosson.)
Exoprosopa fascipennis Say. St. Augustine; Mt. Royal, May

17; Lake Worth (Mrs. Slosson.)
Exoprosopa fasciata Macq. St. Augustine; Ormond, June

(Mrs. Slosson.)
Exoprosopa emarginata Macq. Lake Worth (Mrs. Slosson).
Argyramceba analis Say. St. Augustine, May 21.
Argyramceba cephus Fabr. Two specimens, St. Augustine.
Argyramceba simson Fabr. St. Augustine (F. H. Genung.)
Argyramceba limatula Say. Lake Worth (Mrs. Slosson. )
Argyramceba albofasciata Macq. Lake Worth (Mrs. Slosson.)
Argyramceba latilimbata Bigot. St. Augustine.
Argyramceba cedipus Fabr. (U. S. Nat. Mus.); (Mrs. Slosson);

Orlando, March 20 (Robertson.)
Argyramceba argyropyga Wied. (U. S. Nat. Mus.)
Anthrax (Dipalta) serpentina O. S; St. Augustine.
Anthrax (Hemipenthes) sinuosa Wied. St. Augustine.
Anthrax (Hemipenthes) morio Linne. Suwannee (Mrs. Slosson.)

326 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Anthrax alternata Say. (Mrs. Slosson. )

Anthrax lateralis Say. St. Augustine: Inverness, February

11-March 31 (Robertson.)
Anthrax agrippina 0. S. Suwannee (Mrs. Slosson.)
Anthrax faunus Fabr. St. Augustine.
Anthrax tegminipennis Say. Ormond ; Jacksonville, April

(Mrs. Slosson.)
Anthrax dispar Coq. St. Augustine (F. H. Genung.)
Anthrax fulvohirta Wied. St. Augustine, May 20; Lake

Wortb (Mrs. Slosson.)
Anthrax celer Wied. St. Augustine. Syn., A. floridana Macq.

(Coquillett.)
Anthrax lucifer Fabr. Suwannee (Mrs. Slosson); Key West

(U. S. Nat. Mus.); Inverness, March 2-April 4 (Robertson.)
Anthrax mira Coq. St. Augustine (F. H. Genung.)
Anthrax ceyx Loew. (Syn.? A. demogorgon Walker.)
Oncodocera leucoprocta Wied. Suwannee (Mrs. Slosson.)
Bombylius mexicanus Wied. (Mrs. Slosson.)
Bombylius varius Fabr. (Morrison) Coquillett.
Bombylius atriceps Loew. Charlotte Harbor (Mrs. Slosson) ;

Inverness, March 10-27 (Robertson.)
Bombylius lancifer O. S. (Morrison) Coquillett.
Bombylius fratellus Wied. (B. major Linne) (U. S. Nat. Mus.)
Bombylius pygmaeus Fabr. (Morrison) Coquillett.
Systozchus solitus Walk. St. Augustine, common, May 21;

Suwannee, April; Lake Worth (Mrs. Slosson.)
Toxophora amphitea Walker. St. Augustine; Ormond (Mrs.

Slosson); Georgiana, July (Whitfeld); Inverness, March 5-26;

Orlando, February 17 (Robertson.)
Toxophora fulva O. S. (U. S. Nat. Mus.)
Toxophora virgata 0. S. Inverness, March 22 (Robertson.)
Phthiria punctipennis Walker. St. Augustine.
Phthiria sulphurea Loew. St. Augustine (F. H. Genung) ;

Georgetown, May 16; Crescent City (Hubbard.)
Systropus macer Loew. Georgiana (Whitfeld.)
Geron sp. (U. S. Nat. Mus. )
Lepidophora ^geriiformis Westw. Georgiana (Whitfeld) U.

S. Nat. Mus.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 327

THEREVID.S3.

Psilocephala HiEMORRHOiDALis Macq. Ormoud, April (Mrs.
Slosson.)

Psilocephala festina Coq. St. Augustine, March 15; Drayton
Island, May 9; Ormond (Mrs. Slosson); Georgiana, July
(Whitfeld.)

Psilocephala notata Wied. St. Augustine, March 14; Ormond,
April (Mrs. Slosson.)

Psilocephala tergissa Say. St. Augustine, March 15 ; Or-
mond, April (Mrs. Slosson.)

Psilocephala johnsoni Coq. St. Augustine, March 15; Or-
mond, April (Mrs. Slosson.)

Psilocephala obscura Coq. Key West, February 5 (U. S. Nat.
Mus. )

Psilocephala pictipennis Wied. St. Augustine ; Drayton, Island
and Welaka, May 9 ; Crescent City (Hubbard) U. S. Nat. Mus.

Psilocephala placida Coq. (U. S. Nat. Mus.)

Psilocephala marmorata Coq. St. Augustine.

Psilocephala marcida Coq. (U. S. Nat. Mus.)

Thereva diversa Coq. (U. S. Mat. Mus.)

SCENOPINIDJE.

Scenopinus nubilipes Say. (Loew. )

EMPIDjE.

Hybos triplex AValker. Charlotte Harbor, March (Mrs. Slos-
son.)
Euhybus subjectus Walker. St. Augustine; Charlotte Harbor

(Mrs. Slosson.)
Syneohes simplex Walker. Charlotte Harbor (Mrs. Slosson.)
Syneches pusillus Loew. Charlotte Harbor (Mrs. Slosson.)
Hilara leucoptera Loew. Charlotte Harbor (Mrs. Slosson.)
Hemerodromia superstitiosa Say. Drayton Island, May 9.

DOLICHOPODID^.*

Dolichopus longipennis Loew. (Aldrich.)
Dolichopus irrasus Walker.

* The new and undetermined species of this family will be described later
by Prof. J. M. Aldrich.

328 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Dolichopus laticornis Loew. Lake Worth, March (Mrs. Slos-
son.)

Dolichopus sp. 9 St. Augustine (Aldrich, Kan. Univ. Quar-
terly, II, 8. )

Gymnopternus debilis Loew. (Aldrich.)

Gymnopternus difficilis Loew. St. Augustine.

Paraclinus sp. Lake Worth (Mrs. Slosson. )

Paraclinus sp, Charlotte Harbor (Mrs. Slosson.)

Pelastoneurus cognatus Loew. St. Augustine, March 14.

Pelastoneurus abbreviatus Loew. St. Augustine, March.

Pelastoneurus n. sp. St. Augustine, March 15.

Pelastoneurus sp. St. Augustine; Ormond (Mrs. Slosson.)-

Pelastoneurus sp. St. Augustine ; Charlotte Harbor (Mrs. Slos-
son.)

Tachytrechus n. sp. (Aldrich. )

Diostracus sp. St. Augustine, May 21.

Argyra n. sp. (Aldrich.)

Diaphorus mundus Loew. Drayton Island, May 10; Charlotte
Harbor (Mrs. Slosson.)

Diaphorus leucostomus Loew. Charlotte Harbor, February
(Mrs. Slosson.)

Asyndetus n. sp. Charlotte Harbor (Mrs. Slosson.)

Chrysotus costalis Loew. (Loew. )

Chrysotus sp. Juniper Creek, May 15.

Chrysotus sp. Juniper Creek, May 15.

Campsicnemus hirtipes Loew. St. Augustine.

Plagioneurus univittatus Loew. Lake Worth (Mrs. Slosson.)

Medeterus nigripes Loew. Charlotte Harbor (Mrs. Slosson,)

Medeterus veles Loew. (Loew. )

Saucropus dimidiatus Loew. (Loew. )

Saucropus superbiens Loew. (Loew.)

Psilopus ciliatus Loew. St. Augustine ; Lake Worth and Char-
lotte Harbor (Mrs. Slosson.)

Psilopus chrysoprasius Walker. Charlotte Harbor (Mrs. Slos-
son.)

Psilopus caudatulus Loew. Volusia, May 11, Palatka, May 15>
Charlotte Harbor (Mrs. Slosson.)

Psilopus comatus Loew. Volusia, May 11.

Psilopus sipho Say. Volusia, May 11; Palatka, May 19.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 329

Psilopus n. sp. Lake Worth (Mrs. Slosson.)

Gnamptopsilopus variegatus Loew. St. Augustine; Welaka,

May 9; Palatka, May 19.
Gnamptopsilopus psittacinus Loew. St. Augustine; Lake

Worth, January (Mrs. Slosson.)
Dactylomyia gracilipes Aldr.

SYRPHIDJE.

Microdon pachystylum Will. St. Augustine.

Microdon fulgens Wied. St. Augustine, pupse found in decayed

pine logs; Suwannee (Mrs. Slosson).
Microdon fuscipennis Macq. Georgiana, July 17 (Whitfeld).
Microdon limbus Will. (U. S. Nat. Mus.)
Microdon scitulus Will. (U. S. Nat. Mus.)
Omegasyrphus baliopterus Loew. Charlotte Harbor (Mrs.

Slosson).
Omegasyrphus coarctatus Loew. Orlando, March 16 (Robert-
son ) .
Paragus tibialis Fallen. St. Augustine, May 21 ; Palatka,

May 19.
Pipiza pulchella Will. St. Augustine, March 15; Lake Worth

(Mrs. Slosson).
Psilota baccata Macq. Inverness, Feb. 8-12 (Robertson).
Chrysogaster nitida Wied. St. Augustine; Tick Island, May

12; Orlando, May 16; Inverness, Feb. 14 (Robertson).
Mesogramma politum Say. St. Augustine.
Mesogramma parvula Loew. St. Augustine, May 20.
Mesogramma marginatum Say. St. Augustine, May 2; Orlando,

Feb. 21; Inverness, March 9 (Robertson).
Mesogramma boscii Macq. St. Augustine; Charlotte Harbor, Feb.

(Mrs. Slosson); Orlando, March 15; Inverness, Feb. 29

(Robertson).
Mesogramma planiventris Loew. St. Augustine, May 20.
Allograpta obliqua Say. Inverness, Feb. 12, March 12

(Robertson).
Xanthogramma emarginata Say.
Syrphus americanus Wied. Lake Worth (Mrs. Slosson);

Orlando, Feb. 21; Inverness, Feb. 12 (Robertson).

330 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Baccha clavata Fabr. St. Augustine, May 21; Lake Worth

(Mrs. Slosson); Crescent City (Hubbard); Orlando, Feb. 17

(Robertson).
Baccha notata Loew. Charlotte Harbor (Mrs. Slosson).
Baccha tarchetius Walker. Orlando, March 16; Inverness,

March 26 (Robertson).
Baccha lugens Loew. Crescent City (Hubbard). U. S. Nat. Mus.
Ocyptamus fuscipennis Say. St. Augustine, March 15, May 20;

Palatka and Crescent City (U. S. Nat: Mus.).
Volucella esurians Fabr. St. Augustine ; Georgiana (Whit-

feld); Lake Worth and Charlotte Harbor, Feb. -Apr. (Mrs.

Slosson); Key West, Feb. 7 (U. S. Nat. Mus.).
Volucella pallens Wied. ( V. sexpitnctata Lw.) St. Augustine,

March 15; Georgiana, July (Whitfeld); Lake Worth (U. S.

Nat. Mus.); Charlotte Harbor (Mrs. Slosson); Inverness,

February 12 (Robertson).
Volucella pusilla Macq. Common, St. Augustine, March 15,

May 21; Georgiana, July (Whitfeld).
Volucella fasciata Macq. (Mrs. Slosson), Inverness, February

3, March 24 (Robertson).
Volucella eugenia Will. (Williston.)
Volucella vesiculosa Fabr. (Williston). Inverness, March

19 (Robertson).
Volucella obesa Fabr. ( Osten Sacken. )
Eristalis dimidiatus Wied. St. Augustine.
Eristalis transversus Wied. St. Augustine, March 15;

Inverness, March 14 (Robertson.
Eristalis vinetorum Fabr. St. Augustine; Lake Worth (Mrs.

Slosson).
Eristalis albifrons Wied. (E. albiceps Macq. ) St. Augustine.

(F. H. Genung); Orlando, February 21 (Robertson); Lake

Worth and Charlotte Harbor (Mrs. Slosson); Georgiana

(Whitfeld).
Meromacrus crucigerus Wied. St. Augustine; Juniper Creek,

May 15; Charlotte Harbor (Mrs. Slosson).
Mallota cimbiciformis Fall. Inverness, February 12 (Robert-
son).
Helophilus similis Macq. St. Augustine; Inverness, February

12 (Robertson).

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 331

Helophilus divisus Loew. Orlando, February 22 (Robertson).
Tropidia albistylum Macq. Lake Worth and Charlotte Harbor

(Mrs. Slossou); Inverness, February 5 (Robertson).
Xylota ejuncida Say. St. Augustine; Charlotte Harbor, March

(Mrs. Slosson).
Xylota pigra Fabr. (Mrs. Slosson); Inverness, February 8,

March 25 (Robertson).
Spilomyia hamifera Loew. St. Augustine; Inverness, March 5

(Robertson).
Milesia ornata Fabr. St. Augustine; Jacksonville, May 22;

Juniper Creek, May 15; Inverness, March 12, April 5

(Robertson); Ormond (Mrs. Slosson); Georgiana (Whitfeld).
Ceria abbreviata Loew.
Ceria signifera Loew. Inverness, February 12, 14 (Robertson).

CONOPIDjE.

Conops bulbirostris Loew. St. Augustine.

Conors brachyrhynchus Macq. (C. obscuripennis Will.) St.

Augustine.
Physocephala exctsus Wied. St. Augustine; Crescent City, July

2 (Hubbard); Inverness, March 18 (Robertson); Charlotte

Harbor and Pensacola, March and April (Mrs. Slosson).
Physocephala castanoptera Loew. St. Augustine.
Physocephala sagittaria Say. (U. S. Nat. Mus. ); Inverness,

February 8 (Robertson).
Physocephala tibialis Say. (Morrison ) Coquillett.
Zodion fulvifrons Say. Lake Worth and Ormond, March (Mrs.

Slosson ).
Zodion nanellum Loew. Inverness, February 9 (Robertson).
Dalmania vitiosa Coq. Inverness, March 25 (Robertson).

PIPUNCULIDjE.
Prothechus lateralis Walk. St. Augustine.

OESTRID^.

Cuterebra buccata Fabr. St. Augustine.
Cuterebra cuniculi Clark? St. Augustine.

TACHINID^J.
Trichopoda ciliata Fabr. (T. pennipes Fabr. 2 ) St. Augustine;
Charlotte Harbor (Mrs. Slosson i.

332 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Trichopoda Formosa Wied. St. Augustine.

Trichopoda lanipes Fabr. St. Augustine.

Trichopoda pyrrhogaster Wied. Georgiana, July (Whitfeld).

Tkichopoda histrio Walker. (T. trifasciata Loew. ) Inverness,
March 18 (Robertson).

Xanthomelana atripennis Say. St. Augustiue; Inverness,
February 11 (Robertson).

Ooyptera euchenor Walker. Inverness, March 18 (Robertson).

Jurinia smaragdina Macq. Lake Worth (Mrs. Slosson) ; Inver-
ness, February 8, March 22 (Robertson).

Jurinia flavifrons Jaennick. (Mrs. Slosson).

Jurinia hystrix Fabr. Lake Worth (Mrs. Slosson).

Archytas boscii Desv. St. Augustine.

Archytas aterrima Desv. St. Augustine.

Belvosia bifasciata Fabr. St. Augustine.

Belvosia slosson^e Coq. Charlotte Harbor (Mrs. Slosson).

Thysanomyia inermis Bigot. Charlotte Harbor (Mrs. Slosson).

Gonia sp. Inverness, March 9-29 (Robertson).

Miltogramma cinerascens Town. ? Inverness, March 20
(Robertson).

Miltogramma decisa Town. Inverness, March 10-16 (Robert-
son).

Miltogramma argentifrons Town. O.rlando, March 16; Inver-
ness, March 18 (Robertson).

Miltogramma trilineata v. d. Wulp. Inverness, February 16,
March 10 (Robertson).

Masicera protoparcis Town. ? Inverness, March 20 (Robertson).

Masicera sodalis v. d. Wulp. Ormond (Mrs. Slosson).

Masicera demylus Walk. (Mrs. Slosson).

Gymnoprosopa polita Town. Inverness, March 1-22 (Robert-
son ,).

Gymnoprosopa argentifrons Town. Inverness, March 1-22
(Robertson).

Brachycoma sp. Inverness, February 12, March 24 (Robertson).

Phorocera edwardsii Will. Inverness, March 13 (Robertson).

Phorocera sp. Inverness, March 24 (Robertson).

Plagiprospherysa floridensis Town. Inverness, February 12,
March 21 (Robertson).

Exorista sp. Orlando, March 16 (Robertson).

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 333

Clist.v Americana Town. St. Augustiue, May 21.

Cabcelia leucani^i Kirk. St. Augustine; Georgetown, May 10.

CEstrophasia CLADSA B. & B. Ormond (Mrs. Slosson).

Phasiopteryx bilimeki B. & B. Georgiana (U. S. Nat. Mus. i.

Psecdocii.eta argentifrons Coq. Charlotte Harbor (Mrs.
Slosson ).

Tachina orgyi^e Town. (Mrs. Slosson.)

Tachina melobosis Walk. (Walker.)

Masiphya aurigera Coq. (Mrs. Slosson. )

Clytiomyia punctata Coq. Charlotte Harbor (Mrs. Slosson).

Ach.etoxeura rubentis Coq. Jacksonville (W. H. Ashmead).

AcHffiTONEURA armigera Coq. Ormond (Mrs. Slosson.)

Ch;etoglossa viOLiE Towu. Inverness, February 16 to March 26
(Robertson ).

Ch^etoglossa picticornis Town. Inverness, Febuary 16 to April
4 (Robertson).

Ch^etoglossa nigripalpis Town. Inverness, February 23 (Rob-
ertson ).

Acroglossa hesperidarum Will. Inverness, March 10, 22
(Robertson).

Siphon a illinoensis Town. Inverness, February 12, March 22
(Robertson).

Phasioclista metallica Town. Orlando, Inverness, March 15-22
(Robertson).

Siphoclytia robertsonii Town. Inverness, March 13-27 (Robert-
son).

Atrophopoda singularis Town. Inverness, March 1 (Robert-
son).

Loewia globosa Town. Inverness, March 3-20 (Robertson).

Siphophyto floridensis Town. Inverness. March 1-29 (Robert-
son).

Tachinophyto floridensis Town. Inverness, March 1-27
(Robertson ) .

Atrophopalpus angusticorxis Town. Inverness, March 3-19
(Robertson ).

Pseudomyothyria indecisa Town. Inverness, March 3-to 5
(Robertson).

Myothyria vanderwulpi Town. Inverness, February 12 (Rob-
ertson).

334 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Pachyophthalmus floridensis Town. (Robertson). •

Pachyophthalmus trypoxylonis Town. Ormond (Mrs. Slosson).
Tachinomyia floridensis Town. St. Augustine.
Ptiloch^eta sp. (Mrs. Slosson. )
Sarcotachinella intermedia Town. Charlotte Harbor (Mrs.

Slosson).
Spallanzania pansa Snow. St. Augustine.
Degeeria leucocycla v. d. Wulp. St. Augustine ; Tick Island,

May 12.
Acemyia dentata Coq. Georgetown, May 10.
Sarcomacronychia floridensis Town. Inverness, March 1-19

(Robertson).
Hypostena maculosa Coq. St. Augustine.

DEXID^E.

Gymnodexia triangularis v. d. Wulp. Juniper Cr., May 15.

Gymnodexia zonata Coq. Jacksonville, May 22.

Leptoda vertebrata Say. Ormond ; Tampa (Mrs. Slosson).

Euantha dives Wied. St. Augustine.

Prosenoides flavipes Coq. Lake Worth ; Charlotte Harbor
(Mrs. Slosson).

Myobia depile Coq. Juniper Creek, May 15 ; Jacksonville (Ash-
mead).

SARCOPHAGIDJE. ■

Sarcophaga fulvipes Walker. St. Augustine.
Sarcophaga ^gra Walker. Lake Worth (Mrs. Slosson).
Sarcophaga anxia Walker. (Mrs. Slosson.)
Sarcophaga cimbicis Town. Lake Worth (Mrs. Slosson).
Sarcophaga sarraceni^e Riley. Ormond ; Charlotte Harbor

(Mrs. Slosson).
Sarcophaga assidua Walker. St. Augustine, March ; Palatka>

May 19.
Sarcophaga, sp. Charlotte Harbor (Mrs. Slosson).
Sarothromyia femoralis Schin. Lake Worth.
Johnsonia elegans Coq. St. Augustine.
Microch^etina ciNEREA v. d. Wulp. Ormond (Mrs. Slosson).
Helicobia helicis, Town. Charlotte Harbor (Mrs. Slosson).
Helicobia sp. Charlotte Harbor (Mrs. Slosson).

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 335

MUSCID.ffi.

Stomoxys calcitrans Linne. St. Augustine; Lake Worth (Mrs.
Slosson).

Calliphora erythrocephala Meig. St. Augustine.

Calliphora viridescens R. Desv. (Walker.)

Musca domestica Linne. St. Augustine ; Inverness (Robertson).

Lucilia c^esar Linne. St. Augustine ; Orraond, March, April
(Mrs. Slosson).

Lucilia cornicina Fabr. St. Augustine; Ormond, March, April
(Mrs. Slosson) ; Orlando, March 15 (Robertson).

Lucilia sericata Meig. Orlando, March 16 (Robertson).

Chrysomyia certima Walker.

Compsomyia macellaria Fabr. St. Augustine ; Orlando and In-
verness, March 10-16 (Robertson).

Synthesiomyia brasiliana B. & B. In a cave, Citrus Co. (H.
G. Hubbard).

ANTHOMYID.ffil.

Ophyra aenescens Wied. St. Augustine, March; Charlotte Har-
bor (Mrs. Slosson) ; Volusia and Juniper Creek, May 14, 15.

Leucomelina garkfla Giglio-Tos. St. Augustine, March ; Inver-
ness, February 29 (Robertson) ; Charlotte Harbor (Mrs. Slos-
son).

Limxophora sp. Orlando, March 15 (Robertson).

Homalomyia femorata Loew. St. John's River, May. These
were bred in large numbers from the dead fresh water shells
after my return home.

Lispe uliginosa Fallen. St. Augustine, March; Georgetown^May
9 ; Ormond (Mrs. Slosson ).

Caricea antica Walk. St. Augustine, March ; Drayton Island,
May 9; Inverness, February (Robertson).

Caricea solita Walk. St. Augustine, March. Ormond (Mrs.
Slosson).

Caricea fuscopunctata Macq. St. Augustine, March; Inverness,
February (Robertson); St. John's River, May 17; Charlotte
Harbor (Mrs. Slosson).

Caricea nivea Loew. St. Augustine, March; Inverness, February
fRobertson).

Ccenosia lata Walk. (Mrs. Slosson).

336 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Ccenosia sp. Charlotte Harbor (Mrs. Slosson).
Chortophila sp. Inverness, February 14 (Robertson).
Chortophila sp. Inverness, February 12 (Robertson).
Phorbia fusciceps Zett. St. Augustine ; Orlando, March (Robert-
son ).
Anthomyia narona Walk.

CORDYLURID^ffi.

Cleigastra capillata Leow. St. Augustine.
Fucellia fucorum Fallen. St, Augustine, March ; Charlotte
Harbor, February (Mrs. Slosson).

SCIOMYZIDJE.

Sctomyza nana Fallen. St. Augustine ; Ormond, January (Mrs.
Slosson).

Sciomyza humilis Loew. St. Augustine, March 15.

Tetanocera spinicornis Loew. St. Augustine, March 15; Or-
mond, January (Mrs. Slosson).

MICROPEZIDJE.

Calobata nebulosa Loew. St. Augustine ; Juniper Creek, May
15 ; Charlotte Harbor, February (Mrs. Slosson).

Calobata lasciva Fabr. St. Augustine, March 15 ; Juniper
Creek, May 15; Jacksonville, April (Mrs. Slosson); Crescent
City (Hubbard).

Calobata fasciata Fabr. February 7 (U. S. Nat. Mus.).

Calobata varipes Johnson. Jacksonville, May 22.

OKTALIDJE.1

Pyrgota filiola Loew. Ormond, April (Mrs. Slosson).

Pyrgota sp. Jacksonville (Ashmead).

Amphicnephes pulla Wied. (A. pertusus Loew. ) Georgetown,
May 15; Ormond (Mrs. Slosson).

Rivellia pallida Loew. St. Augustine, May 20 ; Georgiana,
July (Whitfeld).

Rivellia variabilis, Loew. Volusia ; Drayton Island and Juni-
per Creek, May ; Ormond (Mrs. Slosson).

1 The new genus and species of this family will be described by Mr. W. A.
Snow in a paper in course of preparation.

1895.1 NATURAL SCIEN0H6 OF PHILADELPHIA. 337

Rivellia quadrifasciata Macq. Volusia and Drayton Island,

May; Ormond, March (Mrs. Slossonj.
Rivellia n. sp. Drayton Island, May 9.
Stenopterina n. sp. St. Augustine.
Camptoneura picta Fabr. St. Augustine, May 20 ; Cedar Keys,

February 14 (U. S. Nat. Mus.); Lake Worth (Mrs. Slosson).
Tephronota humilis Loew. St. Augustine, March 15; Orlando,

March 16 (Robertson).
Acrosticta n. sp. Charlotte Harbor (Mrs. Slosson).
Euxesta notata Wied. Inverness, February 10 (Robertson).
Euxesta quaternaria Loew. Lake Worth, March, on cocoanut

palm (Mrs. Slosson).
Euxesta scoriacea Loew. Charlotte Harbor (Mrs. Slosson).
Euxesta nitidivextris Loew. Charlotte Harbor, March (Mrs.

Slosson).
Euxesta annon^e Fabr. St. Augustine, March 15.
Celetopsis yENEA Wied. St. Augustine.

Ch^etopsis n. sp. St. Augustine, March; Orruond (Mrs. Slosson).
Gen. nov. n. sp. St. Augustine, March 15.

TRYPETIDJE.

Acrotoxa ? acidusa (Walker) Loew.

Spilographa electa Say.

Aoiura insecta Loew. Lake Worth, January (Mrs. Slosson).

Carphotriciia culta Wied. St. Augustine, May, on Thistle ;

Ormond, April (Mrs. Slosson).
Eurosta solidaoixis Fitch. Charlotte Harbor, March (Mrs

Slosson).
Neospilota vernoni.e Loew. Inverness, March 19 (Robertson).
Ensina humilis Loew. Key West, January 29 (U. S. Nat. Mus.).
Tephritis fucata Fabr. St. Augustine.
Euaresta bella Loew. Drayton Island, May 9 ; Tick Island

May 12.
Urellia abstersa Loew. Key West, February 3 (U. S. Nat.

Mus.).
Urellia Solaris Loew. Lake Worth, March (Mrs. Slosson) ;

Inverness, March 9-22 (Robertson).

338 PROCEEDINGS OF 1HE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Urellia mevarna (Walker) Loew. "The specimen in the British
Museum seems very like T. Solaris. Trypeta narytia Walker.
There are four specimens in the British Museum, two of them
are Chaiopsis aenea, and one of these bears Walker's label
'narytia,' the two other marked 'Florida Doubleday' seem to
be Tephronota humilis." Osten Sacken.

LONCEUEID.3S.
Lonch^ea glaberrima Wied. Lake Worth (Mrs. Slosson).

SAPROMYZIDJ1.

Sapromyza resinosa Wied. Collected by Mrs. Slosson (Coquil-
lett).

Sapromyza umbrosa Loew. Ormond (Mrs. Slosson).

Pachycerina verticalis Loew. St. Augustine March ; Lake
Worth, January (Mrs. Slosson ) ; Inverness, March (Robertson).

Lauxania opaca Loew. St. Augustine ; Palatka, May 19 ; Juni-
per Creek, May 15.

Lauxania trivittata Loew. Georgetown, May 16.

SEPSIDJE.

Sepsis vicaria Walker. St. Augustine ; Inverness, February 10
(Robertson).

PIOPHILID./E.
Piophila casei Linne. Charlotte Harbor (Mrs. Slosson).

EPHYDPIDJE.

Dich^eta brevicauda Loew. St. Augustine.

Notiphila sp. Orlando, February 23 (Robertson).

Notiphila sp. Inverness, April 6 (Robertson).

Paralimna appendiculata Loew. St. Augustine.

Psilopa sp. Charlotte Harbor (Mrs. Slosson).

Hydrellia sp. St. Augustine, March.

Ochthera tuberculata Loew. St. Augustine, March.

Ochthera exculpta Loew. St. Augustine ; Inverness, March

(Robertson).
Brachydeutera dimidiata Loew. Charlotte Harbor (Mrs.

Slosson).
Parydra quadrituberculata Loew. Ormond, January (Mrs.

Slosson).

J 895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 339

Parydra sp. Charlotte Harbor (Mrs. Slosson).

Ephydra subopaca Loew. Charlotte Harbor, February (Mrs.

Slosson).
Ephydra nana Walk. Orraond (Mrs. Slosson).
Scatella lugens Loew. Ormond (Mrs. Slosson).
C^enia spinosa Loew. .St. Augustine.

GEOMYSID^J.
Heterochroa ornata Johnson. Drayton Island, May 9.

DROSOPHILID.ffi.

Drosophila ampelophila Loew. St. Augustine ; Ormond ;

Charlotte Harbor (Mrs. Slosson).
Drosophila quadrimaculata Walk. Charlotte Harbor (Mrs.

Slosson).
Drosophila punctulata Loew. St. Augustine, March.
Drosophila maculosa Coq. Charlotte Harbor (Mrs. Slosson).
Drosophila vittata Coq. Charlotte Harbor (Mrs. Slosson).
Drosophila guttifera Walk. (Walker.)

OSCINIDJE.

Crassiseta Formosa Loew. Ormond (Mrs. Slosson).

Crassiseta costata Loew. St. Augustine, March.

Hippelates convexus Loew. St. Augustine, March.

Oscinis, sp. Charlotte Harbor (Mrs. Slosson).

Meromyza Americana Fitch. St. Augustine.

Siphonella cinerea Loew. Charlotte Harbor (Mrs. Slosson).

Chlorops pubescens Loew. St. Augustine ; Orlando, March 16

( Robertson ).
Chlorops grata Loew. St. Augustine.
Chlorops trivialis Loew. St. Augustine.
Chlorops abdominalis Coq. Charlotte Harbor (Mrs. Slosson).

AGROMYZIDJE.

Lobioptera arcuata Loew. (Robertson); Ormond (Mrs. Slos-
son).

Lobioptera indecora Loew. (Robertson).

Lobioptera lacteipennis Loew. Charlotte Harbor (Mrs. Slosson).

Leucopis bella Loew. Horse Landing, St. John's River, May
17 ; Crescent City (Hubbard).
24

340 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Ac4romyza jucunda v. d. Wulp. Georgetown, May 9.
Agromyza setosa Loew. Palatka, May 19.
Agromyza terminalis Coq. Welaka, May 9.

BORBORID.S3.

Limosina fontinalis Fall. St. Augustine, March.

PHORIDJE.

Phora inscisuralis Loew. 9 " Loew described the $ the sexes
vary in the color of the thorax, which is black dorsally in the
$ and wholly yellow in the 9 as in the European bicolor."
(Coquillett. ) Charlotte Harbor (Mrs. Slosson). Tick
Island, May 12.

Phora fasciata Fall. Charlotte Harbor (Mrs. Slosson.;

HIPPOBOSCXD.SJ.

Olfersia Americana Leach. St. Augustine, on the Screech Owl.
Olfersia sp. St. Augustine, on the White Heron, November 8.
Olfersia sp. St. Augustine, on the Fish Hawk (F. H. Genung).
Olfersia sp. St. Augustine, on the Chuck Will's Widow (F. H.

Genung).
Olfersia sp. St. Augustine.

1<^95. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 341

NOTES ON AMERICAN ENCHYTRAEIDiE. I— NEW SPECIES OF FRIDERI-
CIA FROM THE VICINITY OF PHILADELPHIA.

BY J. PERCY MOORE.

Five species of Friderida have been collected in the neighborhood
of Philadelphia, of which one is as yet insufficiently studied. Brief
descriptions of the remaining four follow:

Fritiericia longa n. s.

Length, 25-30 mm. Number of somites, 60-69.

Anterior to the clitellum the seta? number four to the bundle, the
inner pair being two-thirds the length of the outer. Posterior to the
clitellum the bundles are constituted of a single pair.

The spermathecse (Plate XIII, figs. 4 and 5), are provided with
from five to eight accessory sacs or diverticula. These are much*
smaller than the central sac, around the base of which they are
arranged in a single whorl, and, in the younger worms at least,
approximated in pairs. The central or primary sac is more or less
cylindrical, with concave, (as in fig. 4) or convex sides, in which
latter case it may be nearly spherical. The stalk or duct is slender,
and two or three times the length of the expanded portion of the
spermatheca; a few small unicellular glands cluster about its mouth.

A pair of simple salivary glands (pepto-nephridia) open into the
oesophagus in the fifth somite. In the examples studied they were
quite unbranched (Plate XIII, fig. 6).

Supra- oesophageal ganglion two-thirds as broad as long, convex
behind.

The nephridia and heart were not studied.

F. longa has been met with in only one locality, where it was ex-
ceedingly plentiful during the month of April of this year. This spot
is on a very dry bank by a roadside ; the surface soil, in which the
worms were found, is a thin layer of wood mould with a few
scattered leaves which were not sufficient to prevent the ground from
baking hard and dry. A later visit ( in July) found the worms in
very much reduced numbers and of smaller size. In movement and

342 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

somewhat in form this species recalls the nematodes. It possesses a
greater number of somites than is usual in the genus, and reaches a
larger size than any other Fridericia yet found in this region. The
sides of the somites, and especially the whole surface of the prostom-
ium, are plentifully studded with little rounded glandular knobs.

Fridericia agricola n. s.

This species has a length of 20-25 mm., and the mature worm
65 somites.

The setse are normally arranged in fascicles of four to the thirtieth
somite, posterior to which only two persist. Sometimes the number
is respectively five or three owing to the retention of one seta of the
larger outer pair for a greater length of time than its fellow. This
occurs most frequently in the ventral bundles, and in the outer half
of a bundle. The seta of the lateral bundles average about one-
tenth longer than those of the ventral. In normal bundles the seta?
of the inner pair have a length of nearly two-thirds the outer.

The spermathecffi (Plate XIII, figs. 1, 2 and 3) are quite different
#from those of F. longa. The long, slender stalks are from six to seven
times the length of the sacculated portion, and the whole organ propor-
tionately much larger than in the other species herein described.
The enlarged portion consists of a central thick- walled cylindrical
region, capped by a thinner- walled, more or less conical piece, which
at its apex opens into the oesophageal lumen. A single pair of
accessory sacs arise opposite to each other from the base of the thick-
walled region. These are of sub-spherical or sometimes more or less
flattened shape, and when fully developed quite as large as the
primary sac. They open into the latter by constricted mouths, and
being thin- walled, have spacious cavities which are usually filled
with spermatozoa, a bunch of which is likewise to be frequently found
projecting into the lumen of the oesophagus. .No glands are present
at the mouth of the spermatheca.

The salivary glands (Plate XIII, fig. 7) are conspicuous, and each is
divided into from five to seven slender tubular branches, which may
themselves be simple or provided with one or two lateral twigs.
The tubes are of very irregular diameter.

The supra-oesophageal ganglion is as in the last species.

The ante-septal portion of the nephridia is ovate; the post-septal
slender, with a dorsal lobe about equaling in size the ante-septal.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 343

The terminal duct passes forward nearly to the septum and then
bends sharply backward to its external pore.

Prominent transverse slit-like dorsal pores begin on the somite VII.

These worms are slow and sluggish in movement, and rest most of
the time coiled up more or less tightly. They are very plentiful
in early spring about the lawns and meadows at Wayne, Delaware
County, Pennsylvania, where they are found most frequently coiled up
among the bulbous underground stems of garlic. Later during the
summer they become very scarce, apparently dying off, as almost none
could be found on digging to a depth of eighteen inches, and they
did not reappear even when the ground was soaked by prolonged
rains.

A variety of this species has the terminal portion of the sper-
matheca for a short distance from the mouth glandularly thickened,
and one or two solid outgrowths alternating with the accessory sacs
(Plate XIII, Fig. 3.)

Fridericia parva n. s.

This is the smallest species that I have found. Its length is
12-15 mm., and the number of somites 46.

Four setae constitute a bundle as far as the twenty-fifth somite,
behind which there are only two.

The spermathecre (Plate XIII, fig. 10) are simple, the stalk being
about four times the length of the sacs, with glandular aggregations
at its base. There are no diverticula to the saccular region, which
is broadly pyriform, and attached to the stalk by its broad end, the
narrow end opening into the oesophagus.

Salivary glands ( Plate XIII, fig. 9) simple and unbranched, with
a bulbous dilatation at the mouth.

The dorsal vessel arises from the peri-enteric sinus in somite XVII.

The supra-oesophageal ganglion is oblong ovate, about three- fifths
as broad as long, with its greatest width a little posterior to the
middle of its length, and the posterior border very slightly emargi-
nated. Ante-septal portion of nephridia about as long as principal
part of post- septal (minus the terminal duct) and about one-half
as thick.

Funnel of vas deferens broadly ovoidal, with a constricted mouth;
duct much coiled and about 9—10 times the length of the funnel.
Prostate gland flattened globoid.

344 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

The dorsal pores begin on somite VII, and are placed in each
succeeding somite one-third of its length from the anterior end.

The larger peritoneal corpuscles are elliptical, with a few small
oil drops of very regular size confined to a single circle close to the
periphery.

F. parva is opaline white in color, and the prostomjum is conspicu-
ously roughened with rounded glandular nodules.

This species is rather common between fallen leaves in damp spots
in the woods. July.

Fridericia alba u. s.

Length, 15-22 mm. Number of somites, 56-58.

Setae usually four per bundle, with the exception of two or three
terminal somites, which have two. In certain of the ante-clitellar
somites five, six, or even seven, seta? are sometimes present. The
setae of the inner pair in a bundle of four are about three-fourths, or
over, the length of the outer. All setae are rather long and slender.

The spermatheca? (Plate XIII, fig. 11) are almost exactly like
those of the last species, the sac being simple, but rather more
spherical, the stalk about four to five times its length, and without
glands at its mouth.

The salivary glands (Plate XIII, fig. 8) are very slightly branched,
with only two or three branches, and may possibly be sometimes simple.

The dorsal vessel arises in the twenty-second somite. The brain is
nearly oblong and slightly emargiuate behind. Dorsal pores begin
on somite VI.

The nephridia have uot been studied.

This is the most nearly aquatic of the four species, being found
most plentifully in the wet moss and leaves along streams in the
woods. Common at all seasons and the most generally distributed
species.

The four species above described are easily distinguished from one
another by the characters of the spermatheca and salivary gland
alone, as follows:

alba longa

parva Spermatheca Salivary gland i

simple simple

agricola Salivary gland Spermatheca

branched with diverticula.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 345

Description of Plate XIII.

All figures are magnified 112 diameters.

Figs. 1-3. Spermathecse of Fridericia agricola; 1, in optical
section, showing at s a bundle of spermatozoa projecting into the
oesophageal lumen; 2, a view of the base of the saccular region, and
3, the entire organ of a specimen of the variety mentioned in
the text.

Figs. 4 and 5. Spermathectie of two individuals of F. long a in
lateral and basal views.

Fig. 6. Salivary gland of F. longa.

Fig. 7. " " " F. agricola.

Fig. 8. " " " F. alba.

Fig. 9. " " " F. parva.

Fig. 10. Spermatheca of F. parva.

Fig. 11. " " F. alba.

346 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

August 6.
Mr. Charles Morris in the Chair.

Nine persons present.

August 13.
Mr. Charles Morris in the Chair.
, Eight persons present.

A paper entitled " On the Status of the Names Aplysia and
Tethys," by H. A. Pilsbry, was presented for publication.

August 20.
Mr. C. Few Seiss in the Chair.
Seven persons present.

A paper entitled " Synopsis of the Bembicini of Boreal America, '
by William J. Fox, was presented for publication.

August 27.
Adolph W. Miller, M. D. , in the Chair.
Fourteen persons present.

Papers under the following titles were presented for publication: —
"Contributions to the Zoology of Tennessee. No. 1. Reptiles
and Amphibians, " by Samuel N. Rhoads.

"Preliminary Note on a New Alkali Mineral," by Warren M.

Foote.

Dr. Charles W. Burr was elected a member.
The following were ordered to be printed: —

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 347

ON THE STATUS OF THE NAMES APLYSIA AND TETHYS.
BY HENRY A PILSBRY.

In the course of my studies on the " Sea Hares," preliminary to
the preparation of a monograph of this group of Teotibranch Mol-
lusks for the Manual of Conchology, my attention was early forced
to the fact that in Linnaeus' Tenth Edition of the Systema Naturae
the genus Tethys was proposed for the animal now known as Aphjsia,
and included nothing else. Moreover, by the terms of the generic
diagnosis, such creatures as that known as Tethys in modern times
are excluded.

In the Twelfth Edition of the Systema, Tethys is given a completely
different meaning ; and the new term Aphjsia ( Laplysia) is brought
forward to include the species of tbe earlier Tethys. This later-
usage has been accepted by zoologists until the present day.

The question then arises, shall we apply to Linnaeus himself the
canons of nomenclature which would be rigorously enforced were
the claims of his successors in question ? It is with a view to obtain-
ing the opinions of those who are expert in these matters that we
present below a full synopsis of the literature bearing upon the
questions at issue.

The facts in this case have doubtless been fully unearthed by
many investigators; but probably believing it best to " let sleeping
dogs rest" no one1 has to my knowledge seriously raised the ques-
tions to which I desire now to direct attention.

The genus Tethys was founded by Linne in the tenth edition of the
Systema Naturae, p. 653, for two species, thus:

" 254. Tethys. I 'orpus oblougum, bilabiarum : corpusculo
medio cartilagineo oblougo. Tentacula duo, cuneiforma. Foramina
duo, spirantia.
" limacina 1. T. auriculis quatuor.

Habitat in Oceano Aastrali.

1ExceptE. Leigh, who in Mai. Unters. I. p. 33, in Semper's Keisen, 2ter Theil,
has made the bald statement that Linnaeus' earlier Tethys was an Aplysia, but
who continues to use Tethys for the Nudibranch.

348 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Corpus oblongum, antiee quasi 4 auriculis acutis instructum.
" leporina. 2. T. corpore rubro, margine membranaceo, auriculis
duobus.

[a] Bund. pise. 1. p. 520. Lepus mariuus.

[b] Bell, aquat. 437. Lepus mariuus.

[c] Gesn. aquat. 475. Lepus mariuus. Aldr. exsangu. 78.
Lepus mariuus 1.

Habitat in M. Mediterraneo.

Conf. Column, aqu. t. 26, f. 2, 3."

It will be noticed that the above description of limadna contains
nothing diagnostic of a species, though the genus is clearly indicated.
As Linne gives us no reference to earlier writers, we have absolutely
no means of learning what Teihys limaciria is, and the name must be
dropped.

In the case of leporina, Linne gives ample references to the
sources whence his information was derived. These we analyze as
follows: [a] Gulielmi Rondeletii, etc., Libri de Piscibus Marinis,
etc. (1554), Liber xvii. p. 520, figures an Aplysia which seems to be
the A. fasciata of authors (for it lacks the conspicuous shell-foramen
of depilans, and the broadly united parapodia of punctata), [b] La
Nature & diversity des poissons, avec leurs pourtraicts, represented
au plus pres du naturel, par Pierre Belon du Mans (Paris, 1555),
p. 437, seems to be an undeterminable species of " Lievre Marin"
from the Cyclades, known to Belon through the ancient authors only,
[c] Conradi Gesneri medici Tigurini Historic Animalium, Liber
III I. qui est de Piscium & Aquatilium Animantium natura (1558),
p. 561 (Linne wrongly gives 475 as the page). A reversed copy of
Rondelet's figure is given, Gesner's information being wholly second
hand, [d] Ulyssis Aldrovandi etc., De Reliquis Animalibus exan-
guibus, libri quatuor, post mortem eius editi Nempe De Mollibus,
Crustaceis Testaceis, et Zoophytis (1606), De Mollibus, liber I, p.
78. In this work, which is purely a compilation, all of Rondelet's
figures again do service, and Linnaeus' reference will naturally be
confined to the first of these. Aldrovandus also figures (p. 82) a
couple of species of Doris as " Lepori? marini alia species," and (p.
83) two other figures possibly representing Aclesia. Linne's " conf.
Columna " refers us to figures of the Nudibranch commonly known
as Tethys fimbria; but this figure is merely cited for comparison,
not as a representation of the species T. leporina.

1895.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 349

It would therefore seem that Linne originally intended Tethys for
the Aplysia species, his generic diagnosis and references unmistaka-
bly indicating the " Lepus inarinus " of the early zoological re-
naissance authors.

In the Twelfth Edition of the Systema, p. 1089, Linne wholly
alters the diagnosis of Tetliys as follows:

"289. Tethys. Corpus liberum, oblongiusculum, carnosum,
apodum. Os proboseide terminal e, cylindrica, sub labis explicate.
Foramina 2 ad latis colli sinistrum.
" leporin. 1. T. labro ciliato. f

Column, aquat. 27. t. 26. Lepus inarinus major.

Rondel, pise. 526. Leporis marini tertia species.

Habitat in Mari Mediterraneo.
"fimbria. 2. T. labro crenulato.

Bohads. mar. 54 t. 5. /. 1, 2. Fimbria.

Habitat in mari adritico.

Videtur « prazcedenti distincti species.'"

All of these references belong to the one Mediterranean species
(see Bergh in Semper's Reisen, 2ter Theil, ii, p. 348), known as
Tethys fimbria or leporina.1

On page 1,082 of the Twelfth Edition, the new genus Aplysia or
Laph/sia2 is proposed, thus:

" 283. Laplyssia. Corpus repens, obvelatum membranis reflexis.

( 'lypeo dorsali, membranaceo, pulmones obtegente.

Foramen laterale, dextrum, pro genitalibus.

Amis supra extremitatem dorsi.

1 The specific name of this Nudibranch must stand fimbria Linn.; the
binomial combination Tethys leporina being preoccupied by Linnseus 1758.
The synonymy of the genus is as follows:

1761. Fimbria Bohadsch, 1761. (a mononym).

1767. Tethvs L. 1767, not Tethys L. 1758.

1801. Tethis Lam., 8vst. An. s. Vert. p. 63.

1808. Thethys Cuvier, Ann. du Mus. d'Hist, Nat. XII, p. 257.

1808. Thetis Meckel. Beytr. zu vergleicb. Anat. I. i, p. 9, not Thetis J. Sowb.

Min. Conch. 1826.
1817'?. Thetrs Fir., Tabl. Syst. p. 28.

1819. Phoenicjtnis Rudolphi, Entozoorum Synopsis, p. 573.
1823. Vertumnus Otto. Nov. A. Ac. C. Leop". Nat. Cur. XI, pp. 294-300.

Of these names the first was not distinctly proposed as a genus, Bohadsch's
nomenclature being strictly mononymic. The seventh and eighth were founded
on minute appendages of the animal, supposed to be parasitic worms, and
certainly the genus could not be identified by these descriptions. The other
names are variants on Linnaeus' original Tethys.

2 The spelling " Laplysia" is evidently a typographical error or oversight,
for the first use of the word, on page 1,072 of the Syst. Nat. 12, is in the correct
form " Aplysia." The generic diagnosis given on this page is brief, but sufficient:
" 283. Aplysia Tentacula 4. Anus supra postica."

350 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Tentacuta quatuor, anterius sita.
'• depilans. 1. Laplysia.

Syst. Nat. 10. p. 653. Tethys limacina.

RoniL pise. 1. p. 520. Lepus marinus.

Gesn. aquat. 475. Lepus marinus Rondeletii.

Bohads. mar. 3. t. 1, 2, 3. Lernea graphice.

Seb. mm. 3. t. 1,/. 8, 9.

Habitat in M. Mediterraneo; sanie depilans tactu.

(B. 51. J foetidissima ad nauseam usque."

The description of the genus is implied for the species depilans,
and it is also said to be the Tethys limacina of the Tenth Edition.1
The second reference is to the same figure of Rondelet formerly
cited for Tethys leporina. The third reference repeats the earlier
citation to Gesner, with the same mistake as to the page. The fourth
reference is to the excellent figure of Bohadsch's Lernea, represent-
ing unmistakably the Aplysia depilans of authors. The reference to
Seba is less happy, the figures being too ambiguous for certain
determination. It is perfectly evident that Linineus' generic char-
acters of Laplysia were derived from Bohadsch's work; and as the
best figures are from the same source, the traditional identification
of depilans is fully sustained.

Summary. — From the foregoing facts it would appear that ( 1)
the generic name Tethys Linn. 1758, must replace Aplysia and
Laplysia Linn. 1767. And (2) as a substitute for TethysL>mn. 1767
not 1758, we will probably be compelled to adopt either one of the
new spellings of this name proposed in the early part of the century
or an entirely new generic term.

1 We would not replace the specific name defiilanshy limacina, because the
latter was not recognizably defined in Linnpeus' earlier edition.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 351

SYNOPSIS OF THE BEMBICINI OF BOREAL AMERICA.
BY WILLIAM J. FOX.

The genera composing this Tribe may be separated as follows: —

Anterior ocellus linear, transversely arcuate.

Maxillary palpi six-jointed, labial palpi four-jointed. Middle seg-
ment excavated posteriorly, compressed laterally ; last ventral seg-
ment ( $ ) with three spines ; mandibles dentate

Bembidula Burm.

Maxillary palpi four-jointed, labial palpi two-jointed ; metathorax
flat or convex behind, not compressed laterally ; last ventral seg-
ment ( $ ) with a single spine; mandibles dentate . Bembex Fabr.

Maxillary palpi, three-jointed, labial palpi one-jointed ; metathorax
and last ventral segment ( $ ) as in Bembex ; mandibles not den-
tate MlCROBEMBEX Patt.

Anterior ocellus elliptic, round or reniform.
Maxillary palpi six-jointed, labial palpi four-jointed; anterior ocel-
lus round or reniform ; maxillae short Monedula Latr.

Maxillary palpi three-jointed, labial palpi one-jointed ; anterior
ocellus longitudinally elliptic; maxilhe long, reaching the hind

coxae Steniolia Say.

In the above table I have considered Microbembex as a genus,
notwithstanding my former views. In the respective three-and one-
jointed palpi it differs from Bembex about as much as that genus
does from Monedula.

BEMBIDULA Burm.

Bembex Olivier (in pt.), Encycl. method., IV, p. 288, 1789.
Bembidula Burmeister, Bol.. Acad. Cordova. I, p. 122, 1874.
Monedula Cresson (in pt.), Synopsis, p. 116, 1887.

fema les.

Posterior coxae unarmed 2

Posterior coxae strongly dentate beneath (wings smoky) . . jodiens.

2. Last dorsal abdominal segment without a strongly marked pygidial

area, the lateral ridge feeble, if present ; wings scarcely smoky 3

Last dorsal abdominal segment with a strongly marked pygidial

area' the lateral ridges strong 4

3. Last dorsal segment of abdomen with the lateral ridge present,

but weak and short 5

Last dorsal segment of abdomen without any trace of ridges . . 6

Si)2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

4. Legs ferruginous ; wings tolerably smoky ; abdominal marks not

very broad and widely separated internally ; rnesopleurae black

capnoptera.

Legs yellow ; wings scarcely smoky ; abdominal marks broad,
forming bauds; rnesopleurae more or less yellow parata.

5. Two lines on dorsulum, scutellum anteriorly, metanotum (postscu-

tellum), curved line on middle-segment above, and a broad line
on each side of all the dorsal abdominal segments, yellowish ;
hind tibia? striped with black above ; wings clear . . variegaia.
The dorsulum, scutellum, metanotum, and middle segment (except
latero-posterior angles) black, in rare cases only are these parts
spotted, and then only in a slight degree ; fifth and sixth dorsal
abdominal segments black, the former sometimes spotted in which
case the spots are widely separated ; hind tibia? not striped with
black; wings dusky, paler at base and apex . . . quadrifasciata.

6. Legs, antennae in part, labrum and tip of abdomen ferruginous ;

clypeus yellow insidiatrix.

Legs black and yellow, the tibiae in part and the tarsi ferruginous ;

antennae, labrum and the tip of abdomen not at all ferruginous ;

clypeus black entirely, or with the base more or less whitish

• . . . ventralis.

MALES.

1. Posterior coxae unarmed 2

" Posterior coxae armed with a t< oth beneath." fodiens.

2. Intermediate femora beneath at the base drawn out into a promi-

nent tooth 3

Intermediate femora not dentate beneath at base, at the most angu-
lar 5

3. Joints seven to ten of antennae strongly rounded out beneath . . 4
" Joints seven to ten of antennae not rounded out beneath (legs fer-
ruginous) " insidiatrix.

4. Clypeus entirely, dorsulum laterally, greater part of femora, the

tibiae and tarsi entirely, bright yellow; markings of abdomen
sometimes united within, broader than in ventralis; wings clear

parata.

Clypeus black, or whitish at base only ; dorsulum not yellowish
laterally, the greater part of femora and the tibiae in part, black ;
fasciae of abdomen always separated internally, those on first seg-
ment variable in size ; wings a little infuscated . . . ventralis.

5. Legs not ferruginous in part; wings, if dusky, but slightly so ;

medial femora beneath not distinctly keeled, or angular at base . 6
Legs ferruginous and yellow, wings dusky; medial femora beneath

distinctly keeled and angulate at base . capnoptera.

(>. Greater part of clypeus, two lines on dorsulum (rarely absent),
scutellum anteriorly, metanotum, curved line on middle seg-
ment above, and a broad line on each side of all the dorsal abdomi-

1895.] NATURAL, SCIENCES <)K PHILADELPHIA. 353

nal segments, yellowish ; hind tibise striped with black above ;

wings clear variegata.

Clypeus (rarely maculated), dorsulum, Bcutellum, metanotum and
niiddle-segment (except latero-posterinr angles) black, in rare
cases only are these parts spotted, and then only to a slight degree;
last two or three dorsal abdominal segments black, sometimes the
fifth, or fifth and sixth spotted, in which case the spots are widely
separated ; hind tarsi not striped with black, wings a little dusky,
paler at base and apex quadrifasciata.

1. Bembidula variegata Oliv.

Bembex variegata Olivier, Encycl. Method., IV, p. 292.
Monedula dissecta Dahlbom, Hym. Eur., I. p. 186.
Monedula sericea Spinola (in pt. ), Cay's Hist. Chile, VI, p. 315.
Bembidula variegata Handlirsh, Site., Akad. Wissen, Wien, Math.-naturw.
Classe, XCVIII, Abt'h. 1, p. 488.

Lower California ; Albuquerque, New Mexico (Coll. Ashmea<l);

found also in Brazil. ,

2. Bembidula quadrifasciata Say.

Monedula 4-fasciata Say, Exped. St. Peter's River, II. p. 33(5, $ 9
Monedula Sal lei, Cuerin, Icon, du Regne Anim., III. 437.
Bembidula quadrifasciata Handlirsch, 1. c, p. 492.

Occurs from Pennsylvania to Florida, westward to Texas.

3. Bembidula insidiatrix'Hdl.

1 Monedula ventralis Cresson (in pt.), Tr. Am. Ent. Soc, IV, p. 220.
Bembidula insidiatrix Handlirsch, 1. c, p. 494, 9 $

Texas and Kentucky (Handlirsch). I have received a 9 from
the Rev. G. Birkman, of Lee County, Texas. The S I have not
seen. Handlirsch is probably right in assuming that Cresson con-
fused ventralis, insidiatrix and capnoptera, in his "Hymenoptera
Texana."

4. Bembidula parata Prov.

Monedula parata Provancher, Add. Hym. Quebec, p. 416.

California (Provancher): Los Angeles (Coquillett) ; Utah;
Nevada. The maculation of this species is a much richer yellow
than in ventralis, and the 9 , which has been heretofore unnoticed,
is very much like the S , and has a well developed pygidium.

5. Bembidula ventralis Say.
Monedula ventralis Say, 1. c, p. 336. $ .
Monedula ventralis Cresson (in. pt. ). 1. a., p. 220.
Monedula ventralis Provancher, Faun. Ent. Can., p. 629. 9 <J .
Bembidula ventralis Handlirsch, 1. c, p. 495.

Our most abundant and widely distributed species. It is reported

from Canada (Provancher), and I have before me specimens from

Massachusetts, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Virginia, Georgia, Texas,

Colorado, California, Oregon and other localities.

354 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

6. Bembidula capnoptera Hdl.

? Monedula vent rails Cresson (iu pt. ), 1. c, p. 220.

Bembidula capnoptera Handlirsch, 1. c, p. 497, PI. II, f. 7, 12. 9 $ ,

Georgia, Kentucky and Texas ( Handlirsch). Specimens in col-
lection from Georgia and Texas. The Rev. G. Birkman has sent
specimens from Lee county, Texas.

7. Bembidula fodiens Hdl.

Bembidula fodiens Handlirsch. 1. c, p. 497. PI. II, f. 14.^ 9 .

Georgia and Texas (Handlirsch): Lee county (Birkman). I have
not seen the $ .

BEMBEX Fabr.

Bembyx Fabricius, Syst. Ent., p. 361, 1775.
Bembex Olivier, Ency. method., IV. p. 288, 1789.

Bembex Handlirsch. Sitzb. Akad. Wissen., Wien, Math -naturw. Classe. CII,
A,bth. I, p. 659, 1893. •

FEMALES.

Labrum basally with a distinct transverse impression; sixth dorsal
segment coarsely wrinkled longitudinally 2

Labrum not impressed basally; sixth dorsal segment more or less
punctured, rarely wrinkled 3

2. Mandibles, tubercles and fore part of second dorsal segment not

yellow Belfragei.

Mandibles medially, spot on tubercles and anterior portion of second
dorsal segment, yellow insignia.

3. Wings distinctly infuscated medially 4

Wings clear throughout • 5

4. Greater part of pro- and mesopleurae and sides of middle segment,

clypeus entirely, sides of dorsulum, scutellum and metanotum in
part and semicircular line on upper surface of middle segment,
bright yellow; markings of abdomen dorsally, broad, all united
internally and covering the greater portion of dorsal surface;

wings very strongly infumated medially nubilipennis.

Mesopleurae and sides of middle segment black in greater part;
base of clypeus with two black spots ; no yellow on dorsulum,
metanotum, or middle segment above, the scutellum with a dot
on each wide only ; markings of abdomen narrow, strongly sinu-
ous and more or less separated, particularly those on first seg-
ment ; wings not strongly infumated texana.

5. Middle segment above not at all yellow 6

Middle segment above with a semi-circular yellow line .... 18

B. Thorax above entirely black, except perhaps a line on pronotum or

a very small lateral spot on scutellum 7

Thorax above distinctly spotted with yellow 11

1895.] NATUBAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 355

7. Thorax entirely black, including the sides; abdominal spots small,
widely separated, the fifth and sixth segments not spotted.

cinerea.

Thorax more or less yellow on the sides 8

8. Mesopleime spotted 9

Mesopleune not spotted Spiuolce.

9. Clypeus entirely yellow ; form elongate 10

Clypeus with two black spots basally ; form shorter and
more robust texana.

10. Markings of abdomen narrow, separated within ; mesopleurse

with two small spots amoena.

Markings of abdomen broad, united within; mesopleurse with

a large spot covering about half its area connexus.

11. Thorax at the most clothed with a thin, pale pubescence,

more or less yellow on the sides 12

Thorax densely pruinose, not spotted on sides; markings of
abdomen broad, united internally, greenish-white . . pruinosa.

12. Dorsulum and abdomen densely clothed with pale pubes-
cence, that on abdomen shortest troglodytes-

Dorsulum clothed with pubescence on anterior portion only, that
on abdomen not dense, but rather indistinct similans.

13. Clypeus with two black spots basally texana 1

Clypeus entirely yellowish 14

14. Yellow on dorsulam forming a U, as in Monedulaformosa; sixth

dorsal segment somewhat wrinkled TJ-scripta.

Yellow on dorsulum, if present, in the shape of short, parallel
lines or spots; sixth dorsal segment punctured 15

15. Markings of ventral abdominal segments forming broad, non-
interrupted bands; eyes strongly diverging beneath.

oecidentalis.

Markings, of ventral abdominal segments small, widely inter-
rupted, or connected by a narrow apical line 16

16. Thorax densely pruinose, not spotted on the sides; markings of
of abdomen broad, united internally, greenish white . pruinosa.
Thorax at the most clothed with a thin, pale pubescence, more
or less yellow on the sides 17

17. Fore coxse and greater part of sides of thorax, black,

troglodytes.

Fore coxae and greater part of sides of thorax, yellow .... Sayi.2

1 This form of texana, having the middle segment maculated above is
unknown to me.

2 According to Handirsch's description, the dorsulum of troglodytes is
spotted medially. The specimens before me do not show this character, differ-
ing in that respect from Sayi, which has two central and a posterior yellow spot.

25

356 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

MALES.

Labrum basally with a distinct, transverse impression 2

Labrum not impressed basally 8

2. Clypeus entirely or in greater part black; sixth dorsal segment

spotted Belfragei.

Clypeus entirely yellow; sixth dorsal segment rarely spotted.

insignia

3. Intermediate tarsi short, not longer than their tibia?; thorax en-
tirely black; dorsal segments 1-3 with a small lateral spot only.

cinerea.

Intermediate tarsi longer than their tibia?; thorax more or less yel-
low ; abdomen usually with prominent maculations 4

4. Seventh ventral segment apically produced into a spine (intermedi-
ate tibia? not serrate) 5

Seventh ventral segment otherwise formed (3

5. Markings bright yellow, those on ventral segments of abdomen
broad, continuous; spine of seventh ventral segment pointed at

apex occidentalis.

Markings greeuish-white those on ventral abdominal segments
broad at the sides only, connected by a narrow apical line ; spine
of seventh ventral segment bifurcate at apex pruinosa.

6. Antennal joints not dentate or spinose beneath 7

Antenna! joints more or less dentate or spinose 8

7. Intermediate femora serrate beneath; middle-segmeut never yel-
low above; mesopleura? with a small yellowish spot; abdomen

tolerably hairy texana.

Intermediate femora unarmed ; middle-segment usually with a
semicircular yellow line above, and the mesopleura? generally
with a large spot ; abdomen very hairy troglodytes.

8. Prominence of sixth ventral segment bifid ; stipes of genitalia

very broad, broadly truncate at apex . . ainoena.

Prominence of sixth ventral segment simple; stipes of genitalia
otherwise formed 9

9. Dorsuluni spotted medially 10

Dorsulurn not spotted medially 11

10. Dorsulum with two spots anteriorly in the middle; second and
seventh ventral segments with a large prominence medially ;
stipes of genitalia as in Plate XIV, fig. 4 ; first joint of medial

taM normal Sayi.

Dorsulum with the yellow forming a U ; second ventral segment
smooth, the seventh bearing two converging ridges ; stipes of
genitalia as in Plate XIV, tig. 5 ; first joint of medial tarsi
strongly curved U-scripia.

11. Second ventral segment with a huge prominence in the middle . 12
Second ventral segment at the most with a ridge in the middle.

13

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 357

12. Thorax rather densely clothed with long cinereous pubescence ;
femora about equally black and yellow ; markings of abdomen

usually greenish-white or pale yellow Spinolce.

Thorax not densely clothed with pubescence ; femora entirely
yellow, more rarely black at extreme base ; markings bright
yellow (markings of thorax variable) nubUipennis.

13. Flagellum entirely black ; form large and robust . . nubUipennis.
Flagellum pale beneath ; form smaller and less robust ; stipes of
genitalia as in fig. 1, Plate XIV similans.

1. Bembex amoena Hdl.

Bembex amoena Handlirsch, Sitz. Akad. Wien., Math.-naturw. Classe, Abth.
I, CII, p. 769. $ J , PL I, f. 32; PL VI, f. 31.

Illinois (Handlirsch); Colorado; British Columbia (Handlirsch);
California; Nevada; Utah and Lower California.

This species is the lucce of Cresson, which was never described.
The abdominal markings are extremely variable, in some specimens
being almost entirely wanting.

2. Bembex Belfragei Cress.

Bembex Belfragei Cresson, (in pt.), Pr. Am. Ent. Soc, IV, p. 220, $ .
Bembex Cressonis Handlirsch, 1. c, p. 792, $ £> , PL V, f. 6.

Texas. Cresson confused two species in his description of this
species and Handlirsch, unable to decide from it which form should
be called Belfragei, gives them both a new name. I have Cresson's
types before me and find that the specimen on the original label to be
Cressonis Handlirsch. Judging from this and from the fact that all
the Cressonis are from Texas, while on the contrary the other form
is from Georgia and Florida, I would place Cressonis as a synonym
of Belfragei. There is, of course some doubt whether this is the
proper course to pursue in the matter, but I think the facts cited
above are sumcent to justify this action.

3. Bembex insignis Hdl.

Bembex Belfragei Cresson (in pt.), 1. c, p. 220. $ .

Bembex insignis Handlirsch, 1. c, p. 793, $ O , PL II, f. 7; PL VI, f. 32.

Georgia, Florida (C. W. Johnson).

4. Bembex Spinolae St. Farg.

? Bembex fasciata Fabricius, Syst. Piez., 224, 1804.
Bembex Spinolce Lepeletier, de St. Fargeau, Hym. , III, 277.
Bembex fasciata Dahlbom, Hym. Eur., I, 487, 9 •
Bembex Spinolce Handlirsch, 1. c, p. 825.

Occurs throughout the United States and has been known to
American students as fasciata Fabr., but as Handlirsch points out
Fabricius' description applies equally well to other species of the

358 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

genus and therefore it is impossible to identify the true fasciata, with-
out comparison with the type. Cresson's texana fits Fabricius' des-
cription as well as does Spinoke. As I have pointed out elsewhere, it
would have been better to have retained our common species, for years
known to American students as fasciata, as that species than to have
changed it at so late a date. This, of course, is only a matter of
opinion, and some day the name will be set right, provided the type
of Fabricius' species is in existence; otherwise we will have another
name to add to the list of unidentified species.

The amount of yellow on the prothorax varies in Spinolce. I have
seen no £ 's (in a series of specimens) having the stipes of genitalia
as figured by Handlirsch. While the form varies, as is stated by
that author, it is, as a rule, but little different from that shown in fig.
2, Plate XIV. The description of fasciata Fabr., is as follows:

" B. clypeus integro, abdomine atro fasciis glaucis lunatis. Hab. in
Carolina, Mus. Dom. Bosc.

Summa affinitas B. rostratw. Antenme nigra?, primo articulo
subtus flavo. Caput nigrum, cinereo villosum, clypeo conico, flavo,
integro. Thorax niger, cinereo tomentosus margine antico tenuis-
sime, puncto sub alis alioque pone alas glaucis. Abdomen atrum
segmento primo fascia interrupta, reliquis fascia e lunulis duabus
connatis glaucis. Pedes flavi femoribus basi nigris."

5. Bembex similans n. sp. Plate XIV, f. 1.

9 . — Black; head, thorax, dorsulum and scutellum excepted, and
abdomen with cinereous pubescence, shortest on the abdomen ; inner
and posterior orbits, clypeus, labrum, mandibles except apex, spot
between the antennre drawn out into a narrow line which
reaches the fore ocellus and may be interrupted medially,
scape beneath, spot on first joint of flagellum beneath, prothorax
particularly on the sides, tubercles, line at each side of dorsulum,
tegular in part, spot on scutellum laterally, greater part of meso-and
metapleurpe, sides of middle-segment almost entirely, spot on anterior
and medial coxa3, femora except base and a line above on fore and hind
pairs, tibia except line on fore pair within, tarsi except claws, two
large spots on first dorsal segment separated internally and a strongly
sinuous, non-interrupted band on segments 2-5, and a spot at each
side of ventrals 2-4, yellow; flagellum yellowish-testaceous beneath;
sculptured as in Spinoke, but the upper surface of middle segment

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 359

more strongly punctured; wings hyaline, nervures pale testaceous.
Length 14 mm.

$ . — Colored and marked as in the 9 ; joints 5-8 of flagellum
dentate beneath; medial femora serrate beneath; second ventral
segment carinated down the middle, the sixth armed with a strong
tooth; stipes of genitalia as in fig. 1, PI. XIV. Length 14 mm.

Las Cruces, New Mexico (Cockerell) August 14. Resembles
Spinohe but differs in the thoracic markings, not hairy dorsulum, etc.

6. Bembex Sayi Cress. Plate XIV, f. 4.

Bembex Sayi Cresson, Proc. Ent. Soc, Phila. IV, p. 467, 9 > Handlirsch,
1 c, p. 877.

Colorado; Kansas (Snow); Cypress Mills, Texas (Ashmead); Illi-
nois. Resembles texana but differs by having the dorsulum and mid-
dle-segment above maculated and by clearer wings. The £ is as
follows : $ . — - Inner and posterior orbits, clypeus, labrum, spot
between antennae, and another before the anterior ocellus, scape be-
neath, mandibles except apex, prothorax particularly on the sides,
large irregular spot on mesopleurse and another on the metapleurse and
sides of middle-segment, two short parallel spots on dorsulum ante-
riorly, a line at the sides near the tegulre, sometimes a lateral spot
on the scutellum, spot on fore and medial coxa?, femora except at
base and a line on hind pair, tibise except a line on anterior pair,
tarsi except claws, two spots, widely separated on first dorsal seg-
ment, broader spots, narrowly separated and sometimes each in-
cluding a black spot on second, strongly sinuated, narrowly separ-
ated marks on segments 3-6, spot on seventh, large lateral spots on
second ventral sometimes united into a band, and smaller spots on the
remaining segments, yellow; flagellum yellowish testaceous beneath;
head, thorax, and abdomen with cinereous pubescence, short and
rather sparse on abdomen; wings hyaline, nervures pale testaceous;
joints 6-8, or 9, of flagellum dentate beneath ; middle femora
beneath serrate; middle segment strongly impressed down the
middle; second ventral segment with a large, strongly curved tooth
or hook ; sixth ventral with a strong tooth ; stipes of genitalia as in
fig. 4, PI. XIV. Length, 13 mm. The three males before me
have no yellow on the upper surface of middle segment and a female
from the same locality has but a slight trace of yellow on the part
mentioned.

360 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

7. Bembex texana Cress.

Bembex texana Cresson, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. , IV. p. 219, 9
Bembex texana Handlirsch, 1. c, p. 730, PI. II, f. 30, PI. VII, f. 21, 9 $

Texas; Geoi'gia; Florida; Carolina and Kentucky (Handlirsch).

8. Bembex troglodytes Hdl.

Bembex troglodytes Handlirsch, 1. c, p. 829, PL II, f. 29, 9 $

Mexico (Handlirsch); Texas; Jacksonville, Florida (Ashmead).
The $ of this species resembles that of the Sayi to some extent,
but abdomen is more hairy and the antenna? not dentate. In his
description of this species Handlirsch states that the antennse are not
dentate, while in the synoptic table at the end of his work they are
stated to be just the contrary.

9. Bembex connexus n. sp. Plate XIV, f. 3.

9 . — Black; head and thorax with cinereous pubescence, that on
dorsulum short; with exception -of the first dorsal segment the
abdomen is almost naked, being very sparsely clothed with a short
pubescence; inner and posterior orbits, spot between antennse and
another before the anterior ocellus, clypeus, labrum, mandibles
except apex, scape and flagellum beneath, sides of prothorax, large
spot on mesopleurse anteriorly, metapleurse, greater part of sides of
middle segment, tegulse more or less, spot on fore and medial coxse,
femora except a line above, tibiae except small spot within on
anteriors, tarsi except claws, large spots on first segment, interrupted
internally, broad bands or segments 2-5, whose anterior margin is
strongly sinuated, that on segment 5 slightly interrupted medially,
spot on segment 6, large spot on each side of ventrals 2-5, which
spots are connected by a narrow transverse line, this being enlarged
medially, and two longitudinal spots on sixth segment, yellowish;
wings hyaline, nervures dark testaceous ; punctures of second
ventral segment strongly and sparsely punctured medially. Length
20 mm.

$ . — Marked and colored like the 9 , except in the following
points: line on pronotum, a spot on each side of scutellum, line on
metanotum yellow; the yellow on sides of thorax is more extended,
while the spots on ventral abdominal segments are not connected; no
black line on medial femora above, and that on the fore and hind fem-
ora is less than in the 9 ; joints 6-8, or 9 of flagellum dentate; medial
femora beneath serrate; second ventral segment armed with a large
tooth, and the sixth with a smaller one which is strongly furrowed

1895.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 361

on apical portion; stipes of genitalia as in fig. 3, Plate XIV. Length
16 mm.

Utah. Its large size, thoracic markings, and broad markings
of abdomen serve to distinguish this species. The stipes of the S
genitalia is different from that of the other species.

10. Bembex cinerea Hell.

Bembex cinerea Handlirsch, 1. c. p. 837, PI. II, f. 34, PI. Ill, f. 29, £ $ .

I have only seen this species from Georgia, the type locality.
When viewed from above the males appear to have the abdomen
entirely black, but when held a little on the side the small lateral
spots are seen.

11. Bembex nubilipennis Cress.

Bembex nubilipennis Cresson, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. IV, p. 218, $ £ ; Hand
lirsch, 1. c, PI. II, f, 38, PI. VII, f. 25.

Texas; Louisiana; Illinois, and Missouri (Handlirsch); Kansas;
Nebraska; Colorado.
10. Bembex pruinosa n. sp. Plate XIV, f. 6.

9 . — Black, the- head, thorax and first segment of abdomen
densely clothed with a pale grayish pubescence, the abdomen with a
thin, appressed pubescence; inner and posterior orbits, spot between
antenna?, scape and flagellum beneath, clypeus, labrum, mandibles
except apex, narrow line on pro- and metanotum, line on hind
margin of scutellum, sometimes wanting or represented by a lateral
spot only, curved line on upper surface, and a spot on sides of
middle segment, either of which or both may be absent, sides of pro-
thorax, in part, rarely, femora except heavy line above and some-
times the base beneath, tibia? entirely or with a dark spot internally,
and tarsi yellowish; dorsal segments 1-5 of abdomen with a broad,
uninterrupted band, and a spot at each side of ventrals 2-5, greenish-
white; wings hyaline; eyes diverging beneath. Length 17-18 mm.

$. — Similar in coloration to the 9> except that the last dorsal
segment is spotted; joints 6 and 7 of flagellum slightly dentate;
medial femora not serrate, entire; second ventral segment not dentate
or tuberculate, the seventh with two short, somewhat parallel
carina?, eighth produced into a bifurcated spine at apex; stipes of
genitalia as in fig. 6, Plate XIV. Length 17-18 mm.

Oregon; Kansas; Texas; Camden county, New Jersey (July 22).
This is easily distinguished by its markings and male characters.

362 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

13. Bembex occidentalis Fox.

Bembex occidentalis Fox, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. (2), IV, p, 10, 9 $ \ Hand-
lirsch, 1. c, p. 868, pi. Ill, f. 13; pi. VII. f. 38.

Lower California ; California, Nevada, Las Cruces, New Mexico
(Cockerell). The ventral abdominal segments in this species are
broadly banded with yellow.

14. Bembex TJ-scripta n. sp. Plate XIV , f. 5, 9.

9 . Black ; head and thorax clothed with a tolerably dense, long,
yellowish pubescence ; abdomen with a short, sparse pubescence ;
inner and posterior orbits broadly, spot between antenna?, scape and
flagellum beneath, elypeus except a large central spot, labrum
mandibles except apex, prothorax, meso-and metapleurae and sides
of middle-segment entirely, large U-shaped mark and lateral line on
dorsulum, line on scutellum and metanotum, curved line on middle-
segment, posterior face of the latter toward the sides, all the coxae
more or less, femora except a stripe above, tibiae except an internal
spot tarsi, two large sinuated spots on dorsal segments 1-4, almost
united within, three spots on segment 5, segment 6, and all the ven-
tral abdominal segments more or less, the spots on segments 3—5
smallest, yellow; wings hyaline, nervures and stigma dark testaceous;
eyes diverging a little beneath ; second ventral segment finely and
closely punctured throughout ; first transverso-cubital nervure but
slightly bent. Length 18 mm.

£ . — Colored and marked like the 9 except that the front of the
head, thorax except above, legs and the first four ventral abdominal
segment are almost entirely yellow; scape of antennae short and
broad, the flagellum with the joints rather flattened, the sixth to
tenth being more or less dentate, the apical joint rather strongly
curved; medial femora margined beneath with unusually long teeth
or spines; apex of medial tibiae drawn out into a prominence; first
joint of medial tarsi strongly curved ; second ventral segment
smooth, not dentate or tuberculate; the seventh with two carinae
which diverge basally; eighth ventral produced into a spine at apex;
stipes of genitalia, as in fig. 5, plate XIV. Length 18-19 mm.

California ; Tucson, Arizona (coll. Ashmead). Remarkable
for its male characters. The shape of the medial first tarsal joint
in S is very like that of Monedula formosa, and the markings are
very similar to that species.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 36o

MICROBEMBEX Patton.

Microbembex Patton, Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey, V, 364, 1879.
Bembcx (in pt.) Handlirsch, 1. c. p. 660, 1893: Fox, Proc. A. N. S. Phila.
1894, p. 303.

Microbembex inonodonta Say.

Bembex monodonlaS&y, Exp. St. Peter's River, Appendix, p. 335.
Bembex filial a Lepeletier de St. Fargeau, Hym., Ill, 379, $ .
Bembex argentifrotis Cresson, Proc. Ent. Soc, Phila., IV, p. 141, O g .
Microbembex monodonta Patton, 1. c, p. 364.
Bembex monodonta Handlirsch, 1. c, p. 882.

Occurs throughout the United States and extends' to Guatemala.
In the S the markings of the abdomen are extremely variable ;
and I have a specimen before me in which the abdomen is entirely
yellow.

MONEDTJLA Latreille.

Monedula Latreille, Hist. Nat. des Insects, III, 345. 1802.
Stictia Illiger, Faun. Etrusca, Ed. 2, 285, 1806.

Monedula Handlirsch, Sitz. d. k. Akad. Wissensch. Wien. Math.-naturw.
Classe, XCIX, Abth. I, 77. 1890.

Females.

Second ventral abdominal segment a little prominent aud truncate
basally; anterior ocellus round, not placed in a pit 2

Second ventral abdominal segment not prominent, fiat; anterior
ocellus reniform, placed in a strong pit 3

2. Sides of thorax almost entirely, four longitudinal stripes on dorsu-

lum, line on scutellum and metanotum and a curved one on
middle segment, yellowish; femora yellow with a dark stripe

above signata.

Sides of thorax except tubercles and lateral angles of middle seg-
ment, black; dorsulum with a yellow spot near the tegulaj only,
the scutellum with a small lateral spot; middle segment with
or without a curved yellow line Carolina.

3. Dorsulum with a U-shaped yellow mark (pulvilli large and dis-

tinct) 4

Dorsulum at the most with two longitudinal yellow marks ... 5

4. Length 16-22 mm.; eyes converging above; abdomen about equally

yellowr and black speciosa.

Length 10 mm.; eyes not converging above; abdomen almost
entirely yellow scitula_

5. Pulvilli large and distinct 6

Pulvilli small, indistinct 10

6. Head small, narrower than thorax (head and thorax more hairy

than usual; no marks on dorsulum or mesopleuree; markings

pale yellow ' emarginata.

Head as usual, as wide as thorax 7

364 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

7. Anterior wings reaching beyond the third abdominal segment . 8
Anterior wings not reaching beyond the third abdominal segment

9

8. Thorax on sides and beneath almost entirely yellow, the greater

part of abdomen of that color; median and hind tarsi as usual;
thorax not much narrowed posteriorly. Length 18 mm.

temiieornis.

Thorax on sides and beneath more or less black; the segments of
abdomen about equally yellow and black; median and hind
tarsi somewhat flattened, the last joint larger than usual;
thorax distinctly narrowed posteriorly. Length 11-12 mm.

pulla.

9. Length 12-15 mm.; mesosternum in greater part black; front and

vertex clothed with long, pale grayish hair; punctuation of
dorsulum very dense, almost granular; fasciae of abdomen

deeply emarginate anteriorly pictifrons.

Length 9 mm.; mesosternum almost entirely yellow; front and
vertex with sparse, rather short, pale hair; punctuation of dor-
sulum distinct; fasciae of abdomen, the first excepted, scarcely
emarginate exigua.

10. No yellow on dorsulum medially or on middle segment; first

dorsal abdominal segment with a lateral spot, the fasciae on the
following segments interrupted medially; wings fusco-hyaline.

serrata.

Dorsulum medially and middle segment above spotted; all the
dorsal abdominal segments (except the last in one species) with
a continuous fascia; wings hyaline 11

11. Clypeus entirely and a large spot on mesopleurse as well as greater

part of femora, the tibiae and tarsi entirely and a fascia on all
the ventral segments and apex of last dorsal, yellow.

pulchella.

Clypeus basally, mesopleurae, femora, except apically, tibiae with-
in, black; tarsi dark testaceous; at the most the second ventral
with a small lateral spot; last dorsal entirely black . . usitata.

Males.

Seventh dorsal segment with a distinct lateral spine; eighth ven-
tral terminating in one spine 2

Seventh dorsal segment not spinose; eighth ventral with three

spines 3

2. Lateral spine of seventh dorsal segment acuminate at tip; thorax
maculated; maculation of first dorsal segment in form of CD
that on the following segments not broken into spots . signata.

Lateral spine of seventh dorsal segment truucate or obtuse at apex ;
maculation of first dorsal segment consisting of two large spots,
that on third segment of four spots Carolina.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 365

3. First joint of medial tarsi curved 4

First joint of medial tarsi not curved 12

4. .Medial femora serrate or carinate beneath, or broadly emarginate 5
Medial femora smooth beneath 11

5. Eighth ventral, with a discal spine 6

Eighth ventral, without a discal spine 8

6. Apical joint of fore tarsi greatly enlarged ; fore femora flattened

(second ventral segment unarmed) speciosa.

Apical joint of fore tarsi not enlarged ; fore femora not flat-
tened 7

7. " Second ventral segment flat and unarmed ; pulvilli scarcely dis-

cernible." serrata.

Second ventral segment with two approximate tubercles near
posterior margin ; pulvilli distinct < marginata.*

8. Second ventral segment tuberculate 9

Secoud ventral flat, not tuberculate (mesopleura? and middle-seg-
ment not at all yellow) plana.

9. Intermediate and posterior femora broadly emarginate or strongly

incurved (second ventral segment bituberculate ; pulvilli dis-
tinct) femorata.

Intermediate and hind femorara not emarginate or incurved . 10

10. Second ventral segment with two small tubercles ; femora above

black at base only ; pulvilli small, indistinct .... pulchella.

Second ventral segment with a single large tubercle; femora above

with a black stripe ; pulvilli distinct tuberculata.

11. Second ventral segment flat, not tuberculate ; antenna? as usual,

not long. Length, 12-13 mm pictifrons.

Second ventral segment with two large acute tubercles ; antenna?
unusually long and slender. Length 18 mm. . . . tenuicornis.

12. Fore legs with the tarsal comb but feebly developed ; second ven-

tal segment bituberculate 13

Fore legs with an extremely long and distinct tarsal comb ; second
ventral segment flat, not tuberculate ; front narrow . . . pulla.

13. Head and thorax rather densely clothed with long hair ; dorsulum

with two central yellow spots vttlosa.

Head and thorax not densely pubescent, sparsely so ; dorsulum
without central yellow spots usitata.

1. Monedula signata Linne.

Vespa signata'Linne, Systema Nat., Ed. X, Vol. I, p. 574.
Bembex signata Fabricius, Syst. Ent., p. 3(31.
Apis vespiformis De Geer, Meinoires, III, p. 570, PL 28. f. 3.
Bembex vespiformis Olivier, Encycl. Meth., IV, p. 290, PI. 106. f. 18.
Vespa diadema Christ. Naturg. d. Ins., p. 223, PI. 19, f. 7.
Jfouedu/a signata Lepeletier de St. Fargeau, Hym. Ill, p. 283.

This is the commonest tropical species and is recorded from Mex-

*M. mamillata Handl., which I have not seen, may be identical with emar-
ginata.

866 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

ico and the West Indies as far south as the Argentine Republic. I
have a specimen before me, the property of the U. S. National
Museum, from Napa County, California, collected by D. W.
Coquillett.

2. Monedula Carolina Fabr.

Bembex Carolina Fabricius, Ent. Syst., II, p. 249.
Monedula Carolina Latreille, Hist. Nat., XIII, PI. 102, f. 3.

Occurs from Pennsylvania and New Jersey to Florida and Texas;
Illinois.

3. Monedula speciosa Cress.

Monedula speciosa Cresson, Proc. Ent. Soc, Philadelphia, IV, p. 470, 2 ■
Monedulaformosa Cresson, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, IV, p. 221, $ 9 •
Monedula speciosa Patton, Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey, V, p. 361.

Colorado; Kansas; Texas.

4. Monedula serrata Hdl.

Monedula serrata Handlirsch, Sitzb. Akad. Wissen, Wien, Math.-naturw.
Classe, Abth. I, XCIX. p. 143, $ .

Georgia. I have not seen the $ , the sex described by Hand-
lirsch, but a 2 specimen before me evidently belongs to this species.
It agrees with the description of the $ , except of course lacking the
$ sexual characters, and the base of clypeus is black. This latter
character may vary, however.

5. Monedula pulchella Cress.

Monedula pulchella Cresson, Proc. Ent. Soc, Pbila., IV, p. 471, $ O •
Monedula minutula Handlirscb, 1. c, p. 148, J .

Colorado; Texas; Kansas; Utah; California. A slenderer species
than pictifrons which it resembles but the wings longer. Judging
from the description, minutula is identical with pulchella.

6. Monedula tuberculata n. sp. Plate XIV, f. 8.

$. — Similar to pulchella. Black; inner and posterior orbits,
inferior portion of front, clypeus except narrow line at base, labrum,
mandibles except apex, line on pronotum including the tubercles,
sides of prothorax, spot on mesopleurse, postero-lateral angles of
dorsulum, large spot on each side of scutellum narrowed internally,
metanotum, middle segment above and on sides more or less, legs, the
coxse, trochanters and femora variegated with black, however, large
spot on each side of the first dorsal segment, a band on the remaining
dorsals, that on the second broadest and deeply emarginate anteriorly
in the middle, the others rather sinuated, and all the ventrals with

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 367

a band, bright yellow; head and thorax more hirsute than in pul-
chella; wings hyaline, nearly twice the length of thorax. Antennae
black, the scape and following three or four joints beneath, yellow,
apical joints of flagellum somewhat curved, particularly the last;
eyes, if anything, diverging above; dorsulum and scutelluni closely
and confluently punctured, the middle segment above and behind
somewhat more coarsely; last joint of fore tarsi broadly dilated;
pulvilli small, though discernible; medial femora serrate beneath;
first joint of medial tarsi strougly curved, and within near base with
four stout spines; second ventral segment with a single, large,
prominence, which is hirsute; sixth and seventh segments somewhat
carinated down the middle; eighth ventral without a discal spine;
last dorsal shaped as in fig. 8, Plate XIV. Length 14 mm.

Nevada. Easily distinguished by the armature of second ventral
and shape of last dorsal segment.
7. Monedula plana u. sp. Plate XIV, f. 7.

S . — Black ; inner and posterior orbits, spot before anterior
ocellus, inferior portion of front, clypeus, labrum mandibles except
apex, scape and following two joints beneath, narrow line on pro-
notum, tubercles, spot on each side of scutellum, metanotum, legs,
the coxa?, trochanters, and femora variegated with black, however,
spot on each side of first dorsal segment, a band on the following
dorsals except the last which is spotted, that on segment 2 broadest
and all emarginate anteriorly in the middle, the second most
deeply, and a spot on each side of ventral segment 2, yellowish ;
flagellum pale testaceous beneath; head and thorax sparsely hirsute;
wings hyaline, less than twice longer than the thorax. Apical
antennal joints more or less curved but not as strongly as in tuber-
culoid; eyes, if anything diverging above; dorsulum and scutellum
coriaceous, subtilely and indistinctly punctured, the middle segment
more strongly ; last joint of fore tarsi not broadly dilated ; pulvilli
indistinct; medial femora strongly serrate beneath; first joint of
medial tarsi curved, with several strong spines within near the base;
second ventral segment flat, unarmed; sixth and seventh not armed;
eighth without a discal spine ; last dorsal as in fig. 7, Plate XIV.
Length, 14 mm.

Custer, South Dakota (Aldrich).

368 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

8. Monedula emarginata Cress.

Moiiedula emarginata Cresson, Proc. Ent. Soc, Phila., IV, p. 468, $ £

Colorado. The head in this species is small, narrower than the
thorax, while in the other species it is usually somewhat broader
than the thorax. In the £ the medial femora has a sharp carina
beneath , which is sometimes more or less serrate.

9. Monedula femorata u. sp. Plate XIV, fig. 10.

$. — Black; inner and posterior orbits, spot before anterior ocel-
lus, inferior portion of the front, clypeus, labrum, mandibles except
apex, scape in front, line on pronotum, tubercles, small spot near
tegula? on dorsulum, lateral spot on scutellum, metanotum, irregular
spot on mesopleurse extending on the sternum, postero-lateral
angles of middle-segment, legs, the coxre, trochanters and femora
variegated with black, however, a fascia, narrowly interrupted, on
dorsal abdominal segments 1-6, the seventh at apex, and a fascia on
ventrals 1-6, yellowish; flagellum, except basal joints which are
yellowish testaceous beneath, above black, wings hyaline, not more
than one-third longer than the thorax. Eyes diverging a little
above ; dorsulum, scutellum and base of middle segment with even,
distinct punctures, those beyond base of middle segment coarser;
pulvilli distinct ; medial and hind femora strongly emarginate
beneath (see fig.) particularly the former; first joint of medial
tarsi curved, much broader than usual, not spinose basally; second
ventral abdominal segment bituberculate. Length, 12 mm.
Jacksonville, Florida (coll. Ashmead).

10. Monedula pictifrons Sm.

Monedula pictifrons Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M., IV, p. 335, £

Monedula Inermis Handlirsch, 1. c, p. 144, $

Virginia; North Carolina; Texas; Missouri; Illinois; Lower
California (Handlirsch). I consider Handlirsch's inermis to be the
$ of this species. .

11. Monedula tenuicornis n. sp.

9 . — Resembles speciosa, but without the U-shaped mark on dor-
sulum and the wings nearly one- third longer than in that species.
Black; inner and posterior orbits, inferior portion of front, spot
before anterior ocellus, clypeus, labrum, mandibles except apex,
scape entirely, and the following six or seven joints beneath, pro-
thorax almost entirely, tubercles, thorax on sides and beneath, two
parallel, longitudinal spots and a transverse one, posteriorly on

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 369

dorsulum, line on scutellum, nietanotum and on middle-segment
above, legs except a small spot on trochanters and a short line on
femora, a broad band on dorsal segments of abdomen 1-5 that on
first segment strongly emarginate anteriorly in the middle, those on
second and third enclosing two approximate black spots, those on
fourth and fifth with four emargiuations anteriorly, the posterior
margin of all these bands is more or less sinuate, sixth segment
yellow apically, ventrals 1-3 entirely and 4-6 with a band, bright
yellow ; head and thorax with short, pale pubescence ; wings hya-
line, not twice the length of the thorax. Eyes slightly converging
above; dorsulum with shallow, confluent punctures, those of the
middle segment coarser. Length, 18 mm.

$ . — Colored like the 9 , but has a greater extent of black on
trochanters and femora and thorax, only a lateral spot on dorsulum,
the scutellum with two spots, the marks of abdomen separated inter-
nally on dorsals 1-6, and those on 1—3 broken into four spots the
outer of which are the larger. Antennae long, setaceous, much
longer than in any of the other species, the apical joints, especially
the last somewhat curved; apical joint of fore tarsi not broadly di-
lated; pulvilli distinct; intermediate femora smooth beneath; first
joint of intermediate tarsi curved, but not spinose within near the
base; second ventral segment with two approximate, elongate
tubercles near posterior margin; eighth ventral with a discal spine;
last dorsal emarginate at apex. Length 17 mm.

San Bernardino County, California (Coquillett). Both specimens
belong to the U. S. National Museum. The species is remarkable
for the long antennas of the male.

12. Monedula scitula n. sp.

9 . — Entirely yellow except as follows : a transverse black
stripe above and beneath the ocelli ; three longitudinal stripes on
dorsulum, the inner of which broadest, largest apically (the dorsu-
lum may be described as having a U-shaped, yellow spot), a dark
stripe on scutellum anteriorly, one on the middle segment anteriorly
and in the middle, and a dark spot anteriorly in the middle on the
first and second dorsal abdominal segments, the size of which is
variable, that on the second segment being most transverse; antennae
(except scape) testaceous above; wings hyaline, long, reaching be-
yond apex of abdomen; head and thorax with tolerably sparse, pale

370 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

hair. Inner eye margins almost parallel; dorsulum and scutellum
rather strongly punctured, the punctures separated; punctuation of
middle segment closer and confluent; pulvilli large and distinct.
Length 10 ram.

Tucson, Arizona (coll. Ashmead). Three specimens, two of
which lack heads. The coloration, size and length of wings will dis-
tinguish this species. In shape it reminds one of the bee-genus
Epeolus, being short and robust.

13. Monedula exigua n. sp.

9 . — Black; inner and posterior orbits, that on the latter extend-
ing across the vertex, semicircular spot before anterior ocellus, in-
ferior portion of front, clypeus, labrum, mandibles except apex,
scape entirely, the following three or four joints beneath, line on
pronotum, sides of prothorax more or less, tubercles, a lateral line
and two medial longitudino- parallel lines on dorsulum, irregular
spot posteriorly on same, line on scutellum posteriorly, broadest at
sides, line on metanotum, another on middle segment, mesopleurse
and sternum almost entirely, spot on metapleura?, another larger one
at posterolateral angles of middle segment, legs, except spot above
on coxse, trochanters and base of femora, a broad band on dorsal
abdominal segments 1-5, the first deeply emarginate anteriorly in
middle, the others much less deeply, but more broadly, last segment
apically, and all the ventrals more or less, the third entirely, the
second nearly so, bright yellowT; head and thorax sparsely pubescent,
wings hyaline, very short, not one- third longer than thorax; flagel-
lum testaceous above. Eyes slightly diverging above; vertex with
the depressions less marked than usual; dorsulum and scutellum
rather closely, though distinctly punctured, the middle segment more
strongly; pulvilli distinct. Length 9 mm.

Montana.

14. Monedula villosa n. sp.

Monedjtla mamillata Fox (non Handlirsch), Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. (2) IV,
p. 10.

$ . — Head and thorax with very dense and shaggy, pale pubes-
cence; first dorsal and ventrals 1 and 2 witli similar but sparser
pubescence, the remaining abdominal segments with short semi-erect
pubescence. Black; inner and posterior orbits, spot on each side of
fore ocellus, clypeus, labrum, mandibles except apex, scape beneath,
line on pronotum, sides of prothorax in part, tubercles, two spots,

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 371

diverging posteriorly on dorsulum and another near tegulae, lateral
spot on scutellum, line on metanotum, spot on mesopleurae, attenu-
ated beneath and extending in the form of a narrow lirTe on the
anterior part of the mesosternum, then extending down the medial
furrow to the medial coxa?, spot on metapleurae and sides of mid-
dle segment, legs except spot on coxae and trochanters, a stripe above
on femora and an internal spot on fore and medial tibiae, a band on
dorsal segments 1-5, narrow medially and greatly expanded at sides,
last segment except a narrow, longitudinal, central line, and the
ventrals entirely, yellow; flagellum black, testaceous beneath, the
first joint yellow basally; wings hyaline, about twice the length of
the thorax. Inner eye-margins parallel; apical antennal joints not
curved; dorsulum and scutellum rather strongly punctured, the
middle segment more coarsely; first joint of fore tarsi a little dilated,
but not so much as in speciosa and tuberculata; pulvilli distinct;
medial femora not serrate or dentate beneath; first joint of medial
tarsi not at all curved; second ventral segment with two rather
large, approximate tubercles near posterior margin, seventh
apparently smooth; eighth with a discal spine. Length 11 mm.

Lower Purissima, Lower California (Chas. D. Haines), April,
1889. This is the species doubtfully referred by me to mamillata
Hdl., in my first paper on Lower California Hymenoptera. There
are besides the specimen before me, two others in the collection of
the California Academy of Sciences. ■

15. Monedula usitata n. sp.

9 . — Black; inner and posterior orbits, inferior portion of front,
spot before anterior ocellus, clypeus except basal half, labrum,
mandibles except apex, scape and following two joints beneath, line
on pronotum, tubercles in part, two small longitudinal central spots
and a line near tegulae on dorsulum, lateral spots on scutellum
almost united internally, line on pronotum and a curved one some-
times interrupted on middle segment, postero-lateral angles of
middle segment and sometimes a spot on sides, femora except apic-
ally and tibiae except within and a facia on dorsal abdominal seg-
ments 1-5, yellowish, the fasciae on first three segments broadest and
deeply emarginate anteriorly in the middle, the others sinuated,
second ventral sometimes with a small lateral spot; last dorsal
entirely black; antennae dark testaceous above; head and thorax
26

372 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

very sparsely hirsute, the latter almost nude; wings subhyaline
about twice the length of thorax. Inner eye-margins almost
parallel; thorax and scutellum coriaceous, indistinctly punctured, the
middle segment distinctly though not very strongly so; pulvilli
indistinct. Length 12 mm.

$ . — -Similar to 9 but slenderer and differing in the following
points as to coloration: clypeus except narrow anterior margin,
black; front rarely spotted before the anterior ocellus; the first five
or six joints of flagellum yellowish beneath; yellow of the orbits less
prominent; no central spots on dorsulum and no line on middle seg-
ment; a narrow yellow spot on the mesopleurse; the coxse and
trochanters are more or less yellow, the tarsi entirely so; all the
ventral segments are fasciated, and the last dorsal has an apical
spot. Apical antennal joints not curved; dorsulum and scutellum
strongly and closely punctured, the middle segment a little more
strongly; pulvilli large and distinct; medial femora smooth beneath;
first joint of medial tarsi not at all curved; second ventral segment
with two approximate tubercles near posterior margin, seventh
smooth; eighth with a discal spine. Length 10-12 mm.

Montana; Nevada; Southern California (O. B. Johnson and D.

W. Coquillett). Resembles very much the 9 of Bembex monodonta.

16. Monedula pulla Hdl.

Monedala pulla Handlirsch, 1. c, p. 149, J.

Southern California (O. B. Johnson and D. W. Coquillett).
Whereas usitata resembles the 9 of Bembex monodonta, this
species is peculiar for its striking superficial resemblance to the $
of that species.

The S of pulla is smaller than the 9 (length 10 mm.); apical
antennal joints, not at all curved; fore legs with a long tarsal comb
as in the 9 ; pulvilli large and prominent; medial femora smooth
beneath; first joint of medial tarsi not curved; second ventral seg-
ment smooth; not tuberculate; seventh and eighth segments ?

This species is remarkable for the narrow front, and long tarsal
comb of $ . The type of this species has, according to Handlirsch,
the clypeus black basally; in the five specimens before me none pre-
sents this characteristic, the clypeus being entirely yellow. One speci-
men is labelled Georgia, probably erroneously.1

1 M. mamillata Hdl., which I have not seen, has been inadvertently
omitted from this paper. It seems to be near cmarginata.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 373

STENIOLIA Say.

Steniolia Say, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., I, p. 366. 1837.
Monedula Cressou (in pt.), Proc. Ent. Soc, Phila., IV. p. 469. 1865.
Steniolia Patton, Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey, V, p. 364. 1879.

Females.

Middle tibiae dilated 2

Middle tibiae not dilated (markings luteous) duplicata.

2. Markings of body whitish obliqua.

" Markings of body luteous." tibialis.

Males.

Tibia and first joint of tarsi of medial legs not dilated (markings

luteous) duplicata.

Tibia and first joint of tarsi of medial legs distinctly dilated ... 2

3. Markings of body whitish as is also the pubescence of dorsulum

and vertex obliqua.

Markings of body luteous, the pubescence of dorsulum and vertex
brownish tibialis.

1. Steniolia duplicata Prov.

Steniolia duplicata Proyancher, Add. Hym. Quebec, p. 414, f $ .

Steniolia scolopacea Handlirsch, Sitzb. Akad. Wissen., Wien., Math.-naturw.

Classe. Bd. XCVIII, Abth. 1, p. 510, £ $ .
Steniolia duplicata Fox, Entom. News, II, p. 195.

This is, perhaps, our commonest and most variable species. New
Mexico (Cockerell); Nevada; Utah; California; Oregon; and Lower
California. The spots on the dorsulum may be absent, or enlarged,
the curved line on upper surface of middle often broken into spots,
or absent entirely; there is frequently a small spot on dorsulum just
anterior to the scutellum and the extent of black on femora is vari-
able. The markings of the abdomen are tolerably constant, but are
subject to some variation and the flagellum varies by having the
basal joint beneath only, or all the joints yellowish.

From Lower California are three males and one female which are
on the whole larger than usual and the eyes slightly though dis-
tinctly converge to the top; otherwise they agree exactly with scolo-
pacea. They may represent a distinct species.

2. Steniolia obliqua Cress.

Monedula obliqua Cresson, Proc. Ent. Soc, Pbila., IV, p. 469, O .
Steniolia obliqua Cresson, Synopsis, p. 278; Handlirsch, 1. c, p. 511, PL I, f.
16, £?.

Colorado; British Columbia (Handlirsch).

374

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1895.

3. Steniolia tibialis Hdl.

Steniolia tibialis Handlirsch, 1. c, p. 513, PL II, f. 1, $ £ .

Nevada; California (Handlirsch;. I have not seen the female,
but three males from Nevada are before me.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV.

Fig. 1. Stipes of Genitalia, Bembex similans, 8.

2. " " " Bembex Spinolce, 8 .

3. " " " Bembex connexus, 8 .

4. " " " Bembex Sayi, 8 .

5. " " " Bembex U-scripta, 8 .

6. " " " Bembex pruinosa, 8 .

7. Last dorsal segment, Monedula plana, 8 .

8. " " " Monedula tuberculata, 8

9. Intermediate femora, Bembex U-scripta, 8 .
10. " " Monedula femorata, 8 .

1895.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 375

September 3.
Mr. Charles Morris in the Chair.

Sixteen persons present.

Papers under the following titles were presented for publication: —

' ' Description of a new Genus and Species of Cottoid Fishes from
Paget Sound," by Edwin Chapiu Starks.

" New Species of Fungi from various localities," by J. B. Ellis
and B. M. Everhart.

September 10.
George H. Horn, M.D., in the Chair.
Thirteen persons preseut.

September 17.
Mr. Charles Morris in the Chair.
Twenty-three persons present.

September 24.

Mr. Charles Morris in the Chair.

Twenty-one persons present.

A paper entitled "Contributions to the Zoology of Tennessee, No.
2, Birds," by S. N. Rhoads, was pi-esented for publication.
The following were ordered to be printed : —

376 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ! 1895.

CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE ZOOLOGY OF TENNESSEE.
No. 1, REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS.

BY SAMUEL N. RHOADS.

The following is the first of a series of papers treating of the
collections of Mammals, Birds, Reptiles and Mollusks made for
the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia by the writer
during a trip through Tennessee, in the months of May and June,
1895.

Entering the northwestern corner of the State April 29th, collect-
ing was carried on at the following stations in order of sequence.

1. Samburg (Wheeling), Obion County; April 30th to May 6th,
a small village on the eastern shore of Reelfoot Lake, at the mouth
of Indian Creek. This region lies at the foot of the Mississippi
Bluff, which makes its nearest approach to the lake at this point,
the strip of intervening land on which the village is built being
about a quarter of a mile wide. The bluff is precipitous, rising
more than 100 feet above the lake in this vicinity, and clothed with
fine forests of beech, oak and chestnut, the first largely predominat-
ing.

The bottom lands surrounding the lake increase in extent both
north and south of the Indian Creek confluence, and their whole
extent, to within a few rods of the bluff, is annually flooded
during high water in the Mississippi River. The flora of these
bottoms is of the most luxuriant description, immense growths of
of cypress, cottonwood, gum and maple fringing the shores and
extending in unbroken areas back to the deforested crests of the
escarpment. Beneath these is an undergrowth of vines and cane
which is almost impenetrable except where the annual brush firing
by the farmers and woodsmen has opened a passage way, or the
grazing of sheep and cattle and the rooting of swine have destroyed
the underbrush. The lake itself is eighteen miles long, its width
varying from one-half to three miles, the greatest breadth being
directly along a line passing a little north of west through Samburg.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 377

It covers a region which, prior to the earthquakes of 1811-12, was
a heavily timbered swamp traversed by Reelfoot Creek which
flowed south into the Mississippi, and was interspersed with numer-
ous ponds and bayous. Owing to the convulsions at that period this
tract was submerged, partly by the subsidence of the swamp, partly
by the filling up of the outlet of the creek, and thousands of acres
of forested land were permanently flooded from one to ten feet in
depth. The original vigor of this splendid growth is still evidenced
by the innumerable stumps and blasted tree trunks which stand in
and out of the water in every direction and which render the navi-
gation and fishing of these waters so vexatious to a novice, and
combiue to make the most weird and impressive bit of scenery to be
found along the Mississippi Valley. In such an environment we
are not surprised to find animal life abounding in a remarkable
degree.

Collecting at Samburg was confined to the immediate vicinity,
but observations and records were made on the route between the
lake and Obion and Union City.

2. Raleigh, Shelby County; April 8th to 14th. A post village
located on the banks of Wolf River, nine miles east of Memphis.
The hilly uplands which surround the village rise above the allu-
vial bottoms and bayous of the river much as the same formation
(Bluff Loam or Loess) does at Samburg, and the faunal and floral
peculiarities of the two regions are very nearly identical, with per-
haps a more obvious austral commingling than is presented at Reel-
foot Lake. Short bicycle expeditions of five to ten miles were made
into the surrounding country east and west of Raleigh.

3. Bellevue, Davidson County; May 17th to 24th. A post
village on Big Harpeth River, twelve miles south of Nashville. The
vicinity of Bellevue lies within the western edge of the fertile
central basin of middle Tennessee, the country between it and
Nashville closely resembling in soil, topography and faunal and
floral features the blue-grass region of Kentucky. The soil is a
disintegrated limestone with abundant rocky outcrop of the same
and supports fine growths of poplar, walnut, ash, oak, hickory and
chestnut. A range of high hills runs east and west between Belle-
vue and Nashville separating the two branches of the Harpeth. The
mean elevation of this region is from 600 to 700 feet above sea level,
its mean depression below the Highland Rim lands lying westward

378 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

between the central basin and the Tennessee River is from 300 to
400 feet.

Trips were made from Bellevue to Nashville and southward into
adjoining parts of Williamson county.

4. Chattanooga and Sawyer's Springs, Hamilton County; May
24th to June 2nd.

Owing to their proximity, and the fact that my visit to Sawyer's
Springs lay within the above dates (May 28th, 29th aud 30th), I
include both localities under one division.

Chattanooga lies between the southern base of Walden's Ridge,
belonging to the Cumberland Mountain system, and the northern
base of the Lookout Mountain range, on the eastern bank of the
Tennessee River. Its elevation above the sea is about 800 feet ; the
elevation of Lookout Mountain being 1,600 feet higher, and that of
Walden's Ridge about 1,800 feet above the sea. The Tennessee
Valley at Chattanooga is much narrowed and circumscribed by the
mountains. The bottom lands are very fertile, supporting formerly
a heavy growth of poplar, oak, gum, ash and walnut ; among the
foothills pines and chestnut oaks are abundant.

The valley formation is limestone ; that of the mountains lime-
stone overlaid by horizontal strata of the coal measures, and topped
by the sandstone table-lands which form the Cumberland plateau.

Sawyer's Springs is a health resort on Walden's ridge, about
twelve miles north of Chattanooga.

Its elevation and sandy soil present us with a marked change in
climatic conditions as contrasted with the Tennessee Valley immedi-
ately below it. Laurels, rhododendrons and hemlocks fringe the
streams; oak, chestnut, holly, juniper and short-leafed pines give
the mountains much the aspect of such elevations in northeastern
Pennsylvania, and the fauna is of a similar character.

Walden's Ridge bounds the Tennessee Valley from Chattanooga
northwest to and beyond Harrimau, its precipitous walls formiug the
eastern escarpment of the Cumberland plateau, its width ranging
from five to fifteen miles. Collecting around Chattanooga was
greatly facilitated by the use of a bicycle, trips being made to the
Georgia line, up the Tennessee, and up the valley on the western side
of the river.

5. Harrimau, Roane County; June 2nd to 5th.

A town on the east bank of Emory River, near its junction with

1895.] NAT URAL. SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 379

Clinch River, situate among; the foothills: vt' the northern extension
of Wahlen's Ridge at an elevation of 1,200 feet. The climate and
natural productions of this region are much the same as those of the
higher hills around Chattanooga. The country around Harrinian is
well wooded and some of the highest elevations of the Cumberland
range in Tennessee are found to the north and west in Scott and
Cumberland counties, Cross Mountain being 3, 300 feet above the sea.
A day's trip was made to Clinch River, near Kingston, at the junc-
tion of the Clinch and Tennessee rivers.

6. Allardt, Fentress County ; June 5th to 8th.

A village on the Cumberland plateau, five miles east of James-
town, the county seat. The table land for many miles around
Allardt is remarkably level, and divides at this point the drainage
north and south into the Cumberland and Tennessee rivers. The
soil is rather poor, supporting a growth of oak, chestnut and pine,
the latter often monopolizing large tracts. The elevation may be
estimated at an average of 1,800 feet. Records were made and
some specimens taken on the bicycle trip from Sunbright, Morgan
County, to Allardt, and on the return journey from Allardt to Rugby
Road, in Scott County.

7. Kuoxville, Knox County ; June 9th to 14th.

On the north bank of the Tennessee River, three miles below the
junction of the French Broad and Holston Rivers. Owing to its
elevation above the sea the mean temperature at Kuoxville is about
the same as that of Philadelphia, but the summers are cooler and
winters milder.

The region is very similar to that of parts of the valley of East
Tennessee already described, the fauna and flora partaking more
decidedly of the Alleghenian elements found in the outlying spurs
of the Chilhowee and Bay Mountain ranges on the southwest.
Most of the region about Knoxville is fertile, rolling, limestone farm
land, with occasional barren outcrops and ridges covered with wood.
Several trips to the Holston River, and one up the east bank of that
river, in the direction of Swampond Creek, were made.

8. Johnson City, Washington County; June 15th to 17th.

A picturesque town among the outlying ridges and foothills of the
Great Smoky Mountains, at the junction of the E. T. & W. N. C.
Narrow Gauge Railway, leading up into the Smoky Range, with
the Southern Railway System. Animal and plant life show a decided

380 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

admixture of species which abound on the distant mountain sides
1,000 feet higher, and some common eastern species not hitherto met
with in the State, are recorded. Deciduous forests are the rule,
but lowland clearings are often covered with a dense growth of pines.
The elevation of Johnson City is not given in any work accessible to
me, but approximates 1,400 feet.

9. Roan Mountain, Carter County; June 18th to 23rd.

The Tennessee and North Carolina State line forms an acute angle
on the summit of Roan Mountain, the northwestern third of the
peak belonging to Tennessee. The elevation of the peak above
Roan Mountain Station at is base is 3,000 feet — the total elevation
being 6,394 feet. Roan Mountain Station is twelve miles from the
top of the mountain, and the country lying between these points
along the valley and canon of the Doe River formed the field of
investigation in this region. On the return journey a walk of
thirty miles was taken, down the headwaters of Rock Creek twelve
miles, and thence across to the Doe River Valley and Roan Moun-
tain Station. This ended the Tennessee trip so far as it related to
field work in natural history.

On the summit of Roan Mountain we have a reproduction, with
local variations, of the fauna and flora of the Canadian zone.

This gives place, at a lower elevation of 4,500 feet to 5,000 feet
above the sea, to the deciduous flora of the Alleghenian region with
a corresponding change in animal life, and this gradation from the
biological conditions of the north to those of the Carolinian fauna is
illustrated in a wonderful manner as one descends the mountain and
proceeds along the Doe River and valley to Johnson City. The
climatic conditions found on the summits of the Appalachian system
in this region differ markedly from those found in New England and
the Middle States in their greater humidity, due to the frequent pre-
cipitation and presence of clouds and fog. To a person who has
visited both mountain systems there is a marked resemblance in this
respect between the climatic conditions of the southern Alleghenies
and those of the Cascade Range in Washington and British Colum-
bia, and the fauna and flora of the two show a like differentiation.
Another factor which probably has much to do with the peculiar
biological features of this region is the equability of temperature.
Roan Mountain, for example, being always cool, often cold, but
never hot in the sense of the extreme heat to be found in summer

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 381

among the White Mountains, neither are its plants and animals
subjected to those frigid winter temperatures which their New Eng-
land congeners must suffer. In consequence there is a correlation in
the animal and plant life of these distant localities without identity.
In some cases this variation amounts to specific values, in others only
subspecific, but in all, owing to their isolation, the habitat is clearly
definable.

Tennessee comprises within its limits an unusually varied topog-
raphy, and owing to its proximity in the west to the influence of the
Gulf of Mexico by way of the Mississippi, and in the east to the lofty
mountain ranges, the State presents a fauna and flora of great diver-
sity and unusual interest to the biologist. The greater pait of what
is popularly known as West Tennessee is in the Louisianian* fauna,
including all the country lying west of a line running north from
Lawrenceburg, Lawrence County, to the intersection of the Ken-
tucky state line by the Tennessee River. Animals characteristic of
this fauna, which rarely, if ever, are found in Middle Tennessee are
the two Marsh Hares, Lepus aquations and L. palustris ; a Cotton
Rat? Sigmodon ; a small Mole Shrew, Blarina; a large Deer Mouse,
Peromyseus; the Swallow-tailed Kite, Eleanoides forficatus ; Missis-
sippi Kite, Ictinia mississippiensis ; Snake Bird, Anhinga anhinga ;
Prothonotary Warbler, Protonotaria citrea ; Louisiana Tree-frog,
Hyla cinerea semifasciata ; Say's Chain Snake, Ophibolus getulus
sayi ; Louisiana Triton, Diemyctylus viridescens m&ridionalis ;
Cyclops Water Snake, Natrix eyclopion and the Alligator Snapper,
Macroclemys lacertina.

From the western boundary of the Louisianian fauna, as above
defined, the whole of Middle and East Tennessee, below an altitude
of 3,0U0 feet, is included in the Carolinian fauna. Characteristic
animals of this fauna in Tennessee are the Opossum, Didelphys mar-
supialis ; Pine Mouse, Microtus pinetorum ; Least Mole Shrew,

Blarina ? and typical forms of the eastern Deer Mouse, Gray

Squirrel, Wood Rabbit, and the Gray Fox; also the Acadian
Flycatcher, Empidonax acadicus ; Yellow- breasted Chat, Icteria
wrens; Kentucky Warbler, Geothlypis formosa ; Blue-winged War-
bler, Helminthophila pinus, and Bewick's Wren, Thryothorus

*Zoogeographic nomenclature used is that of Dr. J. A. Allen. Bull. Amer.
Mus. N. Hist., IV, Art. XIV, 1892.

382 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

beivickii. Among reptiles may be mentioned the Pine-tree Lizard,

Sceloporus undulatus ; Nebulous Toad, Engy stoma corolinense ; Pilot

Snake, Coluber obsoletiis, and Box Tortoise, Terrapene Carolina.
Many of these are found in the Louisianian fauna, but attain their

maximum development and numbers in the Carolinian.

Elevations between 3,000 and 5,000 feet in the Cumberland
Plateau and the Unaka and Great Smoky Mountain systems of East
Tennessee, are in the Alleghenian fauna. Some of the representa-
tive animals of this area are the Red Squirrel, Seiurus hudsonius ;
Mole Shrew, Blarina talpoides ; Brown Shrew, Sorex personatus ;
Canadian Warbler, Sylvania canadensis; Least Fly- catcher, Emp/i-
donax minimus ; Wilson's Thrush, Turdus fuscescens ; Dusky Sala-
mander, Amblystoma jejfersonianum ; Black Salamander, Desmog-
nathus nigra, and northern Spring Frog, Rana clamitans melanota.

On the highest mountain tops, in the evergreen timber belt, above
5,000 feet elevation, are found a few animals whose position belongs
more strictly to the Canadian than the Alleghenian fauna. These

are the Mountain Deer Mouse, Peromyscus 1 Great Red-backed

Vole, Evotomys carolinensis; Bog Vole, Synaptomys t ; Winter

Wren, Troglodytes hiemalis ; Golden- crowned Kinglet, Regulus
satrapa, and Common Crossbill, Loxia c. minor. A few of the Alle-
ghenian reptiles extend into the Canadian fauna to the very summit
of Roan Mountain.

The following annotated list of the reptiles and amphibians of Ten-
nessee includes only those species collected by me during the recent
trip.

To this is added a list of twenty-five species, not observed by me,
of which there exist authentic records as having been observed or
taken in the State. I have also appended a l*et of twenty-nine spe-
cies of which we have no Tennessee record, but which are likely
to be found there.

There is no area of similar extent in the eastern United States,
whose zoology is so little known as that of Tennessee. State geo-
logical surveys, with the exception of those of Gerard Troost, pub-
lished between the years 1835 and 1838, have made no attempt to
treat of the fauna and flora of Tennessee, nor can we find in zoolog-
ical literature anything which can be said to have reference to
the State in a faunal sense. I have been aided in making out the
list of additional recorded species of reptiles and amphibians by

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 383

reference to Dr. Holbrook's Herpetology, and to the check- lists of
Yarrow and Cope of the collections in the National Museum.

I have largely adopted the nomenclature and sequence of orders
and genera used by Professor Garman in his valuable Synopsis of the
Reptiles and Amphibians of Illinois. The code of nomenclature of
the American Ornithologist's Union is responsible for any apparent
idiosyucracies of names or spelling that may appear.

The collection numbers 270 specimens, classed as follows : Che-
Ionia, 45; Sauria, 27; Ophidia, 46; Anura, 63; Urodela, 89.

So far as I have been able to discover, the whole number of
species and subspecies of Reptilia and Amphibia recorded from
Tennessee is 77, of which 52 are represented in the collection; besides
these there are about 30 species which are likely to be found in the
State limits, making the approximate number of Tennessee species
and subspecies 107.

REPTILIA.
■ Order CHELONIA.
Family EMYIDJE.

Genus TEBRAPENE Menem.
1. Terrapene Carolina (L.). Box Tortoise.

Not observed in west Tennessee but found in the middle and
eastern districts and abounding among the foothills of the Cumber-
laud and Great Smoky mountain ranges.

Mr. W. E. Taylor bus recently1 suggested that Kentucky and
Tennessee specimens of this animal may possibly be entitled to rank
as a variety of T. Carolina.

If by "variety" a geographic race or subspecies is meant, the
five specimens recorded below show that such a conclusion would be
untenable, the individual variations of Tennessee Box Tortoises being
as numerous and undefinable as those of a like series from the

Middle States.

A large specimen from Chattanooga has an ebony black plastron;
the unkeeled carapace is of the same ground, with numerous spots
and small irregular figures of gold scattered over each plate; mar-
ginal plates each with a large orange spot; top of head and anterior
surfaces of fore legs yellow spotted. Two younger specimens from

1 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XVII 1895, p. 578-9.

384 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Bellevue are of the orange and black type with yellow and black
plastron and strongly marked keel, typical of eastern examples of
same age, and the same color pattern is exhibited by the adult
specimens from Johnson City, in which the keel has almost disap-
peared. Specimens — Bellevue, 2; Chattanooga, 1; Johnson City, 2.

Genus PSETJDEMYS Gray.

2. Pseudemy3 elegans (Maxim. Wied). Wied's Turtle.

Very abundant at Reelfoot Lake as attested by numerous shells
lying about the marshes. The young, from one to two inches in
diameter, were swarming in the tributaries of the lake. In all of
these the red neck-stripe was strongly marked. Of numerous large
turtles seen in the Wolf River bottoms near Raleigh some were
probably of this species. Specimens — Samburg, 2 ad. ; 15juv.

3. Pseudemys concinna (Le C. ). Le Conte's Turtle.

A specimen from the Wolf River has remarkably long, slender
nails on the three inner toes of the fore feet, the fourth being quite
short.

Specimens — Raleigh, 1 ad.; Samburg, 1 juv.

Family KINOSTERWIDJE.
Genus KINOSTERNON Spix.

4. Kinosternon pensylvanicum (Gmel.). Mud Turtle.

One adult specimen from Reelfoot Lake is not distinguishable
from the typical eastern examples of this species.
Specimen — Samburg, 1.

Genus AROMOCHELYS Gray.

5. Aromochelys odoratus (Latr. ). Musk Turtle.
Specimens — Samburg, 1; Chattanooga, 1.

6.1? Aromochelys carinatus (Gray). Carinated Musk Turtle.

A Musk Turtle collected in Emory River, at Harriman, Roane
County, is very doubtfully referred to this species.

Description — Carapace strongly keeled, convex, rounded and
serrate posteriorly, and covered throughout with imbricated plates.
Posterior borders of marginal and dorsal plates acute, strongly pro-
duced, forming a serrate dorsal and posterior outline. Plastron
subtriangular, widely truncate anteriorly, narrowed and ernarginate
ventrally. Minute gular plate scarcely projecting beyond an-
terior margins of postgulars, the latter squarely cut in front,

1895.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 385

their lateral apices each forming the apex of an ohtuse angle
whose anterior side is formed by the transverse anterior face
of the postgular and the oblique lateral face of the pectoral plate.
Pectoral plates rhomboidal, their median suture longer than the
anterior (pecto-gular) suture and their posterior (pecto- abdominal)
suture equalling the length of the lateral margin of the plate.
Abdominal plates rhomboidal, transversely elongate, their lateral
margins slightly convex, posterior margins truncate. Upper man-
dible emarginate with a well defined hook. A triangular emargi-
nate rostral shield reaches median line of orbits. A pair of barbels
at symphysis of lower jaw; the cervical folds and tubercles nearly
obsolete. Crown and rostrum olive; black-spotted; rest of dermal
surface bluish- white; the upper head and neck streaked and spotted
with irregular black lines. Two black bands pass back from the
eye across and above tympanum and join on foreneck, reachiug
thence to forearm; continuous black stripes above and below this
reach from the temples and base of mandibles to base of neck. Su-
perior surface of legs and feet and tail irregularly marbled with
black. Plastron, mandibles and claws olive yellow. Plates of
carapace olive, with black margins. The skull, viewed laterally,
shows a depressed interorbital, convex frontal and depressed occipital
profile.

Measurements: Length of plastron (median) 41 mm.; greatest
width of bridge (interaxillar width), 35.5; width of carapace
between anterior margins of seventh pair of marginal plates, 53.
Greatest length of skull, 23; greatest width of skull, 14.5.

The specimen above described was found dead in the Emory
river, and had evidently just been thrown there by one of the nu-
merous urchins who were fishing near the place. The anterior half of
the carapace was missing. The animal was apparently two-thirds
grown.

A comparison with several alcoholic specimens of A. odoratui of
the same age, taken near Philadelphia by Dr. Jos. Leidy, shows so
many decided peculiarities in the Tennessee example that I have been
almost induced to give it a new name.

The most prominent of these is the truncated shape of the plas-
tron and the rhombic outlines of the abdominal and pectoral plates,
the former wholly lacking the deeply cleft emargination of the axil-
lary border. The shape of the skull is quite different, and the

386 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

carinated and serrate carapace and peculiar coloration very marked.

From A. carinatus it is distinguished by its dermal coloration,
though it resembles it in the imbrication of the carapace.

Not having specimens of carinatus I am unable to make the
necessary comparisons, but I find Professor Boulenger's diagnosis of
that species, taken from Gray's types, to correspond too closely to the
Harriman specimen to warrant naming it anything else. Professor
Garman states that carinatus has no stripes on sides of head, which
my specimen has. The southwestern habitat of carinatus is another
reason for suspicion that the Harriman turtle is distinct.

Family CHELYDRIME.

Genus CHELYDRA Schweigger.

7. Chelydra serpentina (L.). Snapping Turtle.

This species abounds at low altitudes throughout the State.
Specimeus — Samburg, 6juv. ; Johnson City, 1 ad.

Family TRIONYCHID^J.

Genus ASPIDONECTES Wagler.

8. Aspidonectes spiniferus (LeS. ). Soft Shelled Turtle.
Very abundant in West Tennessee.
Specimens — Samburg, 1 half-grown; lOjuv.

Order SAURIA.

Family IGXJAjSTIDJE.
Genus SCELOFORUS Wiegmann.

9. Sceloporus undulatus (Bosc. Daud.). Brown Swift, Tree Lizard.
Represented all over the State below an elevation of 3,000 feet.
Specimens — Samburg, 3 ad; Raleigh, 3 ad; Sawyer's Springs, 4

ad ; Harriman, 1 ad ; Allardt, 1 ad; Knoxville, 1 ad.

Family TEIDJE.
Genus CNEMIDOPHORUS Wagler.

10. Cnemidophorus sexlineatus (L. ). Six-lined Lizard.

This active lizard was numerous in the suburbs of Chattanooga
along railroad embankments.

I saw none elsewhere and was unable to capture any.

Family SCINCIDJE.
Genus EUMECES Wiegmann.

11. Eumeces fasciatus (L>). Blue-tailed Lizard, Scorpion.

I found this species in the western lowlands only.

Proc.Acad.Nal Sci.Phila.1895.

PI ate X.

WHO Slieppard.de] ■-- Lit]

BALDWIN ON ACHATINELLA.

Proc Acad Nat .Sci.Phila 1895.

Plate X

4

41

%

42

51

33

34

35

NtfS ^

^3

2 i r

0\7

56

oheppard, del e.t Lith

BALDWIN ON ACHATINELLA.

Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. I895.

Plate XI

i

□DDDDDDDg

KELLER ON PELTANDRA.

Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phi la. , 1895.

Plate XIII

MOORE ON FRIDERICIA.

Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1895.

Piate XIV.

FOX ON BEMBICINI,

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 387

All the color variations defined by Professor Garman1 are found
in the series collected. The " Scorpion " is well known and much
dreaded by the people of Tennessee.

Specimens — Samburg, 4 juv., 1 ad; Raleigh, 3 juv. , 2 ad.

Genus OLIGOSOMA Girard.

12. Oligosoma laterale (Say). Ground Swift.

Distribution identical with that of Sceleporus undulatus. Abun-
dant.

Specimens- — Raleigh, 3 ad; Sawyer's Springs, 1 juv. ad.

Order OPHIDIA.

Family COLUBRIDJE.

Genus THAMNOPHIS Fitzinger.

13. Thamnophis ordinatus (L.). Common Garter Snake.

Very few specimens of this genus were met with. A specimen
of typical (?) ordinatus was taken on the Cumberland plateau near
Clear Fork Creek in the northern corner of Morgan County, but it
escaped from my pocket. A small ii^ividual in bad state of pre-
servation was examined at Samburg and thrown away.

Specimens — Samburg, 1 juv. ad.

14. Thamnophis ordinatus obscurus (Cope). Plain Garter Snake.

A large garter snake which I found in a mutilated condition on
the road from Cloudland to Roan Mountain Station is doubtfully
referred to this variety. It has nineteen rows of scales and seven
labials, and was originally about 30 inches long and an inch in
diameter at the thickest part. The color of the back is a uniform
greenish bronze without spots or lines saving a yellowish vertebral
stripe covering the median row and half of each of the two adjoining
rows of dorsal scales. The gastrostegal scales are of a uniform
deep greenish azure hue. The head is dark bronze without mark-
ings.

Specimen: Base of Roan Mt. (3,500 ft.), Carter Co., 1 ad.

Genus NATRIX Laurenti.

15. Natrix sipedon (L.). Spotted Water Snake.

The series of smaller water snakes from Reelfoot Lake plainlv
demonstrates that the so-called " varieties" fasciatus and rhombifer

1 Kept. & Amphib. of Ills. p. 258-9.

27

388 PBOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

have no correlation with faunal or geographic conditions, but are the
result of individual variation, of age, and, in some instances, of sex
and season. No specimens of "variety" erythrogaster were taken
but the same remarks are undoubtedly applicable to that phase also.
Strictly speaking, these names have no place in nomenclature save as
pure synonyms of sipedon, the first name applied by Linnaeus to this
species. As trinomials they are inapplicable, for the same reason,
and the sooner herpetologists are willing to confine the use of trino-
mials to geographic races of constant and definable characters the
better it will be for that branch of science. In the case of N. sipedon
the use of these varietal names even in the liberal sense of a color
phase is objectionable, as there are innumerable intermediate varia-
tions between the forms so designated which defy classification and
which are as fully entitled to varietal rank as those already pro-
posed. An instance of this is exhibited by one of the Samburg
specimens which so closely resembled a blacksnake that I had origi-
nally put it in the same jar with a Bascanion from that locality. This
specimen, apart from its color, is a typical N. sipedon. In life it
was dull black over the whole upper surface, below clear white with
fine mottling and shading of steel blue across the bases of the
gastrosteges. There are no traces of spots or bands above, either on
the outer dermal covering or on the portions of the underlying skin
which have been exposed by handling. Prof. Garman mentions that
sometimes the upper colors are uniform, from which I infer he means
without spots, but Prof. Cope1 makes no mention of such a phase.
The whiteness of the lower parts in the Samburg specimen seems in-
inconsistent with the idea suggested to me by Mr. A. E. Brown, that
it is an example of melanism. It may be stated in this connection that
Mr. Brown, who has perhaps seen and handled more of these snakes
than any one in America, had never seen a black one before. See,
however, Tropidonotus niger of Holbrook.

Of the specimens from middle and east Tennessee all belong to the
sipedon- fasciatus types, some with the dorsal bauds continuous on the
sides. In one from Walden's Ridge some of the dorsal bands are
continuous, interspersed by large quadrate lateral blotches alter-
nately distributed on either side with their upper corners meeting
along the vertebral line.

1 Chars. & Vars. Snakes N. A., Proc. N. Mus., XIV, 1892.

1895.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 3K9

Two specimens from the Nolachucky and Tennessee Rivers are
alike in their rusty olive upper shades and orange- yellow bellies
finely spotted with sparse black dots. In one of these the dark
dorsal blotches are rhombiform and confluent; in the other they are
square, separated by light, transverse bands and alternated along the
sides by smaller squares of the same color. In another specimen
from the Nolachucky the general appearance is similar to these but
the belly is white, nearly spotless anteriorly but darkly blotched and
tesselated with black, distally. The dorsal pattern is a curious mix-
ture of those exhibited by the two specimens described in the pre-
ceding paragraph. Young specimens from Bellevue and Roan
Mountain show similar inconsistencies with any popular or scientific
classification.

Specimens: Samburg, 6 ad. ; Bellevue, 2 juv. ; Sawyer's Springs,
2 ad.; Harriman, 1 juv.; Knoxville, 1 ad.; near Greeneville,
(Nolachucky Riv.), 2 ad. ; Doe River (4,000 ft.), 1 juv.

16. Natrix cyclopion (Dum. Bibr.). Cyclops Water Snake.

Four specimens of this huge water snake from Samburg are
remarkably uniform in coloration. The upjier ground is dark olive.
Beginning at the base of the skull irregular squarish blotches of
black alternating with patches of the ground color extend almost to
the end of the tail and occupy the middle eight rows of dorsal scutes.
On the sides, opposite the olive dorsal squares and touching the
corner of the black dorsal squares are squares of the same size and
color reaching to and invading the abdominal scutes. The whole
effect is a regular checker-board pattern. The lower head and neck
are yellow, unspotted. Remainder of lower parts becoming paler
yellow distally and increasingly blotched with alternating double
and treble rows of rounded spots on the bases of the gastrosteges
until at the ventral region they assume a checker-work pattern
similar to that of the back. The three largest specimens have
twenty- seven dorsal scale rows, the smallest, twenty-five. The largest
specimen was nearly five feet long and contained two cat-fish, one of
which would weigh a pound and a half and whose pectoral spines
protruded through the skin of the snake nearly an inch on either
side of the abdomen.

This species was abundant on the shores of Reelfoot Lake and
its large, triangular head, thick body and similar color pattern

390 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

prevent its being distinguished by the natives of that locality from
the deadly moccasin, with which they almost invariably confound it.
The original spelling of the specific name for this species, cyclopion,
should be adhered to.

Specimens: Samburg, 3 ad.; 1 juv.

17. Natrix leberis (L.). Seven-striped Water Snake.

Not seen except in the central basin. In a large specimen from
Bellevue there are no black dorsal stripes. The back is uniform
olive brown with a pale whitish stripe along margins of outer dorsal
scutes, succeeded by a blackish stripe on edges of abdominal scutes
which is distinct from the next yellow stripe anteriorly, but is
merged ventrally with the inner black stripe of belly. The median,
yellow, inferior stripe disappears on the abdomen, and wholly fades
in the black of the ventral and caudal regions. This results in the
diminution of the pectoral pattern of five light and four dark stripes
to an abdominal striation of two obscure light lateral lines, and an
unbroken intervening dark area formed by the confluence of the
seven light and dark median stripes of the pectoral region into a
single band of black. Two young, taken with this specimen,
show faint vertebral and costal stripes, and in all other respects
are normal. The above description seems to show an approach to
grahami, but its nineteen dorsal scale rows and color pattern are
nearer leberis. Its peculiarities lend some color to the idea that
grahami is not specifically separable from leberis, and Prof. Cope's
diagnosis of the two (Proc. Nat. Mus., XIV, p. 667) shows, when
compared with that of Prof. Garman (Rept. & Amphib. Ills., p.
272), that their characters are quite variable, and this, too, in the
direction of each other."

Specimens — Bellevue, 1 ad., 2 juv. ; Richland Creek near Nash-
ville, 1 juv.

Genus OPHEODRYS Fitzinger.

18. Opheodrys aestivus (L.). Green Summer Snake.

Reported from all over the State, but only seen by me on the
Cumberland plateau in Scott and Fentress counties. It is probable
most of the "Green Snakes" of east Tennessee are Liopeltis
vernalis (De Kay-Harl.), none of which were taken.

Specimens — 3 m. W. Rugby Road, Scott County, 1 juv.; 8 m. E.
Allardt, 1 ad.

1895.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 391

Genus BASC ANION Baird, Girard.

19. Bascanion constrictor (L.). Black Snake.
Fairly abundant in sparsely settled districts.
Specimens — Sam burg, 1 ad. ; Bellevue, 1 ad.

Genus COLUBER Linnaeus.

20. Coluber obsoletus Say. Pilot Snake.

I found this the most abundant snake throughout the State. The
large specimen from Fentress County has only twenty- three rows of
dorsal scales, all the others have twenty-five, bringing the average
far below the normal number for this species, which is never les-s
than twenty- five, and often reaches twenty-nine rows. In the twent) -
five-rowed specimen the prevailing color is black, with slight
marbling of gray above. The supralabials and anterior lower
scutes are white, becoming heavily blotched with alternating
quadrate spots of black on the belly. The lower caudal region is
quite black. The dorsal color pattern is rhomboidal, and there is a
tendency to striation in the gray lateral markings of the fore part of
the body. The specimen was nearly five feet long. It is plainly
referable to the form described by Holbrook as Coluber alleghani-
ensis. A young specimen from the same locality has the same color
pattern, but is much lighter.

Three specimens from Samburg exhibit very instructive char-
acters. The smallest, a half grown specimen, has a gray -black
ground with a black dorsal row of separated rhomboid blotches
and a similar row of blotches on each side which are alternate
to the dorsal ones, but do not touch them. The belly is white,
with alternating tesserae of black spots on either side in short long-
itudinal rows from three to five scutes in length, and one-eighth to
one-sixteenth of an inch in width. Another large specimen is
similar, but darker, the dorsal blotches less defined, and the lateral
ones merged into a dark longitudinal band with a superior narrower
band of gray traversing almost the entire length. The under side
is white mottled with dusky anteriorly, but with a continuous
median light stripe to tip of tail. It is intermediate between alle-
gheniensis and quadrivittatus. A large Chattanooga specimen is
intermediate between the Allardt and Samburg examples. No speci-
mens of the very dark form of typical obsoletus were seen, though I
examined several other Samburg specimens which were not pre-

392 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

served. A study of Professor Boulenger's diagnosis of this species1
corroborates my own observations and belief that individuals which
may be severally classed under the varietal synonyms alleghenien-
sis, lindheimeri, and spiloides may be found associated in both Caro-
linian and Austroriparian districts. As in the case of Natrix sipedon
these facts defy any attempt to define geographical races of obsoletus
or to apply names to them in the trinomial sense.

Ophidians are not subservient to the same fixed laws of geographic
variation which apply to birds and mammals, and which have
enabled us to define with scientific exactness the faunal areas over
which they are distributed, to designate these races by trino-
mials, and even to predict the character of sub- specific variations in
a given area upon our knowledge of the physiographic and climatic
conditions there obtaining. Though recent attempts to classify the
North American Reptilia and Batrachia by the code of trinomial
nomenclature adopted by the American Ornithologists' Union has
in many cases been a failure, it is not improbable that when reptiles
are collected in large series, and at different seasons from continu-
ous areas of country we may be able in most cases to define geogra-
phic races on structural characters quite as constant as the superficial
ones afforded us by sub-species of birds and mammals.

Specimens — Samburg, 2 ad., 1 juv. ; Chattanooga, 1 ad.; Allardt,
1 juv.; 1 ad.

Genus OPHIBOLUS Baird, Girard.

21. Ophibolus triangulus (Daud.). King Snake, Milk Snake.

The only specimen taken has twenty- one dorsal scales and, in
nearly all minutiae, corresponds to Boulenger's description of trian-
gulus. It seems desirable and proper that these characters should
be considered sufficient to specifically separate this snake from the
doliatus of Linnaeus. In doing this Prof. Garman has made the
curious blunder of using the name doliatus of Baird and Girard
for a variety of triangulus.

Specimen: Bellevue, 1 ad.

22. Ophibolus getulus sayi (Holbr. ). Chain Snake.

The only specimen is the dark phase of sayi with minute dots
on a black ground and a heavily blotched yellowish belly. The
distinctions between typical getulus of the east Carolinian district

1 Cat. Snakes B. Mus., II, 1894, pp. 50, 51.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 393

and sayi of the west are so constant as to deserve trinomial recog-
nition.

Specimen: Samburg, 1 ad.

Genus HETERODON Beauvais, Latreille.

23. Heterodon platyrhinus Latr. Hog-nosed Snake.

Of the three Samburg specimens one adult is noteworthy in hav-
ing the body and tail a uniform grayish olive above and ashy
white below, without markings. The head and neck have the nor-
mal black markings.

Specimens: Samburg, 2 ad. , 1 juv.

Genus CARPHOPHIS Gervais. D'Orbigny.

24. Carphophis amoenus (Say). Ground Snake.

In the Raleigh specimen there are no internasal scutes. In one
from Sawyer's Springs the right internasal is partly developed
and in the other both internasals are present.

Specimens: Raleigh, 1 ad.; Sawyer's Springs, 2 ad.

Family CROTALID^ffi.
Genus CROTALUS Linnaeus.

25. Crotalus horridus L. Timber Rattlesnake.

I did not actually meet with this snake, but secured the rattle
of a specimen killed near Samburg during my stay. They are nu-
merous in West Tennesseee.

Genus AGKISTRODON Beauvais.

26. Agkistrodon contortrix (L. ). Copperhead.

This snake is abundant in the western half of the State. Two
specimens were caught in the runways of mice in the small
"Cyclone" traps which were used for trapping mammals. This
would indicate that small rodents are a favorite food of the Cop-
perhead and are systematically pursued in their burrows.

Specimens: Samburg, 2 ad.; Raleigh, 1 ad.; Sawyer's Springs,
1 juv.

27. Agkistrodon piscivorus (Lacep.). Water Moccasin.

Though the Moccasin is accounted abundant by the people of
Reelfoot Lake, I did not secure or positively recognize more than
one specimen.

Specimen : 1, half-grown.

394 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895-

AMPHIBIA.

Order ANURA.

Family BANID^.

Genus RANA Linnseus.

28. Rana pipiens Sclireber. Leopard Frog.

The small series at my disposal prevents any discussion of the
supposed characters of the subspecies recognized by Prof. Cope in
his Batrachia of North America. The inconstancy of some of
these characters, however, is patent enough and the multiplication
of new trinomials quite unwarranted.

Specimens: Saraburg, 1 ad.; Raleigh, 2 ad.; Chattanooga, 1 juv.

29. Bana palustris LeC. Pickerel Frog.
Only found in east Tennessee.

Specimens: Harriman, 1 ad. ; 1 juv. ; Roan Mt., (3,500 ft.) 1 ad. ;

1 juv.

30. Rana olami tans Bosc Mss., Sonn., Latr. Southern Spring Frog.

The most abundant of the genus throughout the State.
Specimens: near Bellevue, 3 juv. ad.; Chattanooga, 1 ad. ; Har-
riman, 1 ad.

31. Rana clamitans melanota (Eaf. ). Northern Spring Frog.

Two large frogs from a spring on the summit of Roan Moun-
tain and within a few yards of the Tennessee State line, in Mitchell
County, North Carolina, showed such striking differences from
clamitans of western Tennessee that I was inclined to consider them
a distinct species. Similar specimens were seen on the banks of Doe
River during the ascent of the mountain, but none were secured.
The Roan Mountain specimens are almost precisely in color and
measurements like Holbrook's figure of Rana horiconensis from
Lake George and without doubt represent the same phase of vari-
ation from the typical southern clamitans1 which we find in that
species in the northern States and Canada.

Dr. Holbrook compares his horiconensis with fontinalis
{clamitans) remarking on its size and color, and then says it cannot
be the Rana melanota, " as it wants the 'yellow streak on the sides
of the head.'"

1 The type locality is Charleston, South Carolina.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 395

Rafinesque's description (Annals of Nature, 1820, p. 5) is as
follows :

" 25. Ranaria (Rana L) melanota. Back olivaceous black, a yellow
streak on the sides of the head, chin, throat and inside of the legs
whitish, with black spots; belly white, without spots. A pretty
frog, living in Lake Champlain and Lake George; vulgar name
Black Frog : total length two and a half inches. Eyes large, iris
gilt violet. The anterior feet have four free toes, and the hind feet
five palmated ones."

There is little doubt that Rafinesque had in hand the same large,
dark variety of clamitans which Holbrook had ; the yellow streak
on the side of the head (which is faintly developed in the figure of
horiconensis and which is seen in the Roan Mountain frogs as an
irregular whitish yellow stripe from the nostril under the eye to the
angle of the mouth) is not a valid objection to this view. The fact
that Holbrook' s type also came from Lake George, and that the
name of "Black Frog" is applicable to it, is further proof of their
identity. The same frog from Lake Superior was named Rana
nigricans by Agassiz in 1850. Professor Cope does not think the
variation of the northern form of clamitans constant, and he cites a
a dark Louisiana example. I am inclined to believe, however,
that we have in eastern North America a light colored smooth-
skinned, medium-sized Spring-frog in the Carolinian fauna, and a large
dark, shagreened Spring-frog peculiar to the Canadian fauna. The
name and description of fontinalis of Le Conte is not more appli-
cable to the northern form than the southern, and he gives no
habitat. The name clamitans was first given to this species in Son-
niui and Latreille's Natural History of Reptiles, in 1802. Daudin,
who generally gets the credit of this name, spelt it clamata in his
Natural History of Reptiles in 1803, and gives himself the credit
of naming it in Latreille's work above cited. Bosc would appear to
have sent this name when he sent the types and description to La-
treille and Daudin from South Carolina, and so far as I can discover,
he has a right to some credit for the name. To accord this to him,
and at the same time indicate the publishing author, I have adopted
the formula, "Bosc Mss., Sonu., Latr."

The spelling "clamitans" will have to be adopted, as it has
priority.

It is not only bad form, but unscientific and misleading to indicate

396 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1895.

the authorship of published manuscript names by only giving the
name of the manuscript author, and it is to be hoped that a proper
formula for such names will be proposed by the A. O. U.

32. Rana catesbiana Shaw. Bull Frog.

Abundant in all lowlands throughout the State.

A very large Samburg example is remarkably dark beneath, the
entire lower parts being coarsely ocellated and vermiculated with
black on a white ground ; the head quite black above, the body
sooty black. A smaller specimen from the same locality is light
olive above, and nearly immaculate below.

Specimens : Samburg, 2 ad. ; Nolachucky River, Greene County,
1 juv.

Family ENGYSTOMIDJE.
Genus ENGYSTOMA Fitzinger.

33. Engystoma carolinense Holbr. Nebulous Toad.

The specimens taken were found under logs in woodland, near
running water.

Specimens: Raleigh, 1 ad.; near Chattanooga, 1 ad.

Family BUFONIDJE.
Genus BUFO Laurenti.

34. Bufo lentiginosus (Shaw). Southern Toad.

Specimens from southern Tennessee approach nearly to those
found in the Gulf States, but the majority are intermediates.
Specimens: Bellevue, 1 ad.; Sawyer's Springs, 2 ad.

35. Bufo lentiginosus americanus (Le C, Mss. Holbr.). Northern Toad.
Two typical examples were taken on Roan Mountain. They par-
take of the characters found in so many of the animals of this
humid "Canadian " environment, viz., the large size and saturated
coloration. One was found on the summit.

Specimens: Roan Mountain (6,300 ft.), 1 ad.; (5,000 ft.), 1 ad.

Family HYLIDJE.
Genus ACRIS Dumeril, Bibron.

36. Acris gryllus (Le C. ). Cricket Frog.

Examination of nearly forty specimens, from widely separated
localities in Tennessee and Kentucky fails to reveal any constant
distinctions between gryllus and crepitant, if both forms are found in

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 397

the State. Prof. H. Garman considers the size of gryllus (1.4 in.)
as given by Le Conte as the only reliable difference. This is much
larger than any in my series, and as the Samburg specimens are
smaller and more slender than those from the Cumberland plateau,
the theory that the southwestern frogs are larger than northeastern
ones is contradicted. Le Conte defines the habitat of gryllus in the
south Atlantic States, and that of crepitans in the remainder of the
eastern United States, but Prof. Cope's identification of the Smith-
sonian series allots specimens of both forms to both sides of the Alle-
gheny Mountains in such a way that faunal definitions lose their
significance. Such being the case I have lumped the entire Ten-
nessee series under the original specific name.

Specimens: Samburg, 10 ad.; Chattanooga, 2 ad.; Sawyer's
Springs, 12 ad. ; Greeneville, 4 ad., 4 juv.

Genus CHOROPHILUS Baird.

37. Chorophilus triseriatus (Wiedni.). Chorus Frog.

A male and female were taken together in a pool on the'Chicka-
mauga battle field, eight miles from Chattanooga. I heard the
voice of this species in other parts of the State but do not remember
it west of the central basin.

The specimens have been mislaid.

Genus HYLA Laurenti.

38. Hyla cinerea semifasciata (Hallow.). Hallowell's Tree Frog.

The name of the typical eastern form of this species has a rather
peculiar history. Later authors have adopted the name carolinensis
of Gunther, (Cat. Bat. Sal., B. M., 1858, p. 105). Giinther in his
synonymy quotes a "Calamita carolinensis, Penn., Zool. Arct. II, p.
331," and, contrary to good rules, our most noted writers in this
branch of science have used the name binomially as " Hyla carolin-
ensis Pennant."

Reference to the Arctic Zoology shows us that Pennant not only
never imposed original binomials or polynomials on previously
unnamed species but that the "Calamita carolinensis" of Gunther is
mythical. The entire reference to it by Pennant is as follows:

"Fr.[og] with the back gibbous, ciuereous, and smooth: belly
yellow and granulated; on each side from the nose to the rump is a
line; the same on the outside of the thighs and legs; toes bullated

398 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

at their ends. Inhabits Carolina." On the margin of the same
page he gives the number "13" and the English specific name
"Cinereous," belonging to the description. He gives no synonymy
nor reference to Catesby as in the description of frogs immediately
preceding this one, and there is little doubt that he based this
Cinereous Frog on a specimen in his possession preserved in spirits
and sent him from "Carolina." On a preceding page he considers
the same frog as figured by Catesby, viz.: the "Green Tree Frog,
Catesby II, 71," to be identical with the " Rana arborea^ of
Linnaeus.

How Giinther could have imposed such a forgery as " Calamita
carolinensis Pennant," on himself seems inexplicable and that this
nomen spurium should have been perpetuated to the present day as
a valid name is scarcely less astonishing. Professors S. and H.
Garman seem to have had doubts about the name carolinensk and
the former in his work on the Herpetology of Illinois rightly adopts
the name einerea of Schneider (Calamita cinerea Schn., Hist. Amph.
1799, p." 174) for this species.

On examining Schneider's description the mystery is largely
explained. Under the division "XI, Oinereus'n of his genus "Cala-
mitce " it begins with the following sentence: " In Pennanti Zoologia
Arctica II, p. 331, edit. sec. Calamita Carolinensis describitur sub-
eodem nomine veluti species nova." The remainder of Schneider's
description is a latinized version of the one given by Pennant above
quoted. Giinther mistook Schneider to mean that Pennant had
given the Cinereous Frog a binomial and, without verifying the
reference ' ' Calamita Carolinensis " gave it precedence over
Schneider's name cinerea !

Prof. Garman, in trying to correct Giinther' s error has committed
a precisely similar one by construing Schneider to mean by the
phrase "describitur sub-eodem nomine " that Pennant had used the
name "Cinereous" in a binomial sense, so he makes it (Synop.
Rept. Amph., Ills., p. 346), " Hyla cinerea Pennant."

I found this species abundant on the margins of Reelfoot Lake.
The specimens taken strongly emphasize the validity of the western
semifasciata form, described by Hallowell, as compared with Caro-
lina and Florida examples of cinerea. Among the more constant
distinguishing characters shown by my series, is the large size, robust
form, obtuse snout, relatively short hind leg (heel not reaching end

1895.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 399

of nose), short, wide, black-bordered costal stripe, no femoral
stripe, back yellow-spotted. Should a larger series from the Missis-
sippi Valley and the Gulf States show no intergradation, semifasciata
is a good species and, in any event, has evident sub-specific claims
.to a place in nomenclature.

Specimens: Samburg; 3 ad., 1 juv.

39. Hyla pickeringi (Storer). Pickering's Tree Frog.

Storer's description and name (Rept. of Mass., 1839, p. 240), of
this species are the first published ones. He was indebted to the
manuscript Journal of the Essex County Natural History Society
for the description. This journal was afterward published in 1852,
and the manuscript referred to is given in the table of contents as
"Remarks on Hyla (Femoralis) Pickeringii observed in the North
Parish of Dan vers. By Andrew Nichols. ... p. 593."

Storer was a good friend of Holbrook. He does not seem to have
published his " Hy lodes pickeringi " as new, as he omits the "nobis"
used after such species. He also omits giving any author's name,
but gives the synonymatic reference, "N. A. Herpet. , Vol. III."
This refers to the first edition of Holbrook's work which probably
had not been issued from the press when Storer wrote his description.
This accounts for Storer not giving the page reference. Holbrook's
Herpetology came out in 1838, one year before the date of Storer's
work, but it contains no reference to H. pickeringi. In the second
edition published in 1842 the description and plate appear but there
is no reference to Storer.

The whole thing is difficult to interpret, but so far as our evidence
goes Storer has the best of it and sole claim to the name. It is
probable, however, that Holbrook had suggested to Storer that the
animal would be named after Dr. Pickering in his forthcoming third
volume of the N. A. Herpetology and Storer innocently so used the
name in his manuscript and inadvertently allowed it to get into
print in that form before Holbrook had published it. Holbrook's
disregard of Storer's previous use qf. the name is inexplicable.

Only heard in the mountains of the eastern region.

Specimen: Roan Mt. (6,300) ft., Mitchell Co., N. Car., (200yds.
east of Tennessee line), 1 ad. $ .

400 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Order URODELA.

Family PLEURODELIDJE.

Genus DIEMYCTYLUS Eaflnesque.

40. Diemyctylus viridescens meridionalis (Cope). Spotted Triton.
About forty of these Newts were brought alive to me by a boy

who had takeu them in a stream flowing into Reelfoot Lake. They
were the only specimens observed by me in Tennessee. The series
is remarkably uniform in size, averaging about three inches in
length. The coloration is likewise remarkably constant; dark olive
above with round dots of black evenly distributed, becoming clouded
on the tail. Lower parts clear, light yellow, dotted with black. Tail
strongly keeled above and below. The entire series lacks any indi-
cation of the lateral, red, black- ringed ocelli so uniformly present in
viridescens.

The name miniatus given by Rafmesque to this species in the
same issue of the Annals of Nature containing his description of
viridescens, must give place to the latter name, which was the first
in the order of sequence.

The occurrence of the meridionalis type of this species in the
Mississippi bottoms of Tennessee is of much interest and seems
quite parallel to that of Hyla cinerea semifasciata above men-
tioned, both cases showing the close faunal relationship of this re-
gion with eastern and southeastern Texas.

Specimens: Samburg, 14.

Family DESMOGNATHIDJE.
Genus DESMOGNATHUS Baird.

41. Desmognathus nigra (Green). Black Salamander.
Found only in the eastern part of the State.

Specimens: Sawyer's Springs, 8 juv.; Roan Mountain (3,500 to
5,000 feet), 2 ad. '

42. Desmognathus fusca (Raf. ). Dusky Salamander.

Specimens: Roan Mountain ($500 feet), 1 ad.; ditto (6,300 feet),
1 ad.

43. Desmognathus ochrophaea Cope. Gray Salamander.
I doubtfully refer two specimens to this species.
Specimens: Harriman, 2 ad.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 401

Family PLETHODONTIDJE.

Genus SPELERPES Rafinesque.

44. Spelerpes ruber (Sonn. Latr.). Red Salamander.

The large specimens from Sawyer's Springs were found under
logs in dry woodland. The color in life was light brownish red,
darkly and thickly spotted with black. The larval Roan Moun-
tain specimen was taken in a quiet pool of water. A well defined
slender black vertebral line reaches from the shoulders to end of
tail. In other respects it is like Prof. Cope's diagnosis of S. r.
montanus, to which variety (subspecies?) it undoubtedly should be
referred. A specimen was seen in a spring on the summit of Roan
Mountain.

Specimens: Sawyer's Springs, 3 ad. ; Roan Mountain (4,000 feet)
1 juv.

45. Spelerpes bislineatus (Green). Two-striped Salamander.

Very abundant under logs just below the fir belt on Roan Moun-
tain.

Specimens: Roan Mountain (4,500 to 5,000 feet), 7 ad.

Genus GYRINOPHILUS Cope.

46. Gyrinophilus porphyriticus (Green). Porphyritic Salamander.

The only specimen coming to notice was taken under the upper
bark of a huge hemlock log in the deciduous belt of Roan Moun-
tain at about 4,000 feet elevation. Its length is not quite five
inches. A thread-like, black, vertebral line extends from shoulders
to root of tail. The dorsal spotting is minute, the lower parts
immaculate save the border of the lower jaw. A dark line from
nostril to eye. Color above, in life, pale salmon. This species
is not essentially an aquatic animal, as the above capture proves,
the nearest stream of water being fifty yards from the tree on
which I found the specimen.

Specimen: Roan Mountain, near Rock Creek, 1 ad.

Genus PLETHODON Tschudi.

47. Plethodon glutinosus (Green). Viscid Salamander.

This is the most abundant and uniformly distributed salamander
in Tennessee. None were found on Roan Mountain.

Specimens: Samburg, 1 ad., 1 juv.; Raleigh, 7 ad.; Sawyer's
Springs, 5 ad., 5 juv.; Knoxville, 1 juv.

402 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

48. Plethodon aeneus Cope. Web-footed Salamander.

This species was found associating with glutinosus on the Cum-
berland table land near Chattanooga, which is in the type region.
The specimens were taken under the bark of rotten tree stumps
about three feet from the ground. Prof. Cope states "the terminal
phalanges are truncate and slightly expanded at the tips, as in the
P. glutinosus" In my specimens this truncation and expansion is
greatly exaggerated, especially on the hind feet, the tips of the toes
being nearly twice the diameter of the phalanges ; the latter are dis-
tinctly webbed and the soles and palms wider than long. The inner
toes of both hind and fore feet do not stand out from the plantar
circumference save as a right-angled border, being practically non-
functional as compared with the same members in glutinosus. In
other characters, including measurements, my adult specimen is a
duplicate of the type. The young individual is twenty-five milli-
meters long, but in all respects, except size, corresponds to the adult.

Specimens: Sawyer's Springs, 1 ad., 1 juv.

49. Plethodon erythronotus (Green). Red-backed Salamander.

So far as I can identify the specimens on hand, this species is found
in both middle and west Tennessee. The series appears to confirm
the belief, based on collections from Pennsylvania, that the form
einereus is not a geographic but an individual variation which may
often be found in direct association with erythronotus in a single
colony. Erythronotus, on account of its precedence over einereus in
Dr. Green's original descriptions, should stand for the species, eine-
reus becoming a synonym.

Specimens: Bellevue, 1 juv.; Roan Mountain (3,000 to 5,000
feet), 14 ad. and juv.

Family AMBLYSTOMIDjE.

Genus AMBLYSTOMA Tschudi.

50. Amblystoma jeffersonianum (Green). Plumbeous Salamander.

These sluggish salamanders are very numerous under logs below
the fir belt on Roan Mountain and a few even wander to a greater
elevation. They seem to replace P. glutinosus in this locality. The
series is very constant in coloration, bluish black above, dusky below,
with a brownish yellow chin and throat. There is no spotting, but
a close examination shows a light blue pitting along the sides and
tail and over the chest and abdomen.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 403

Specimens: Roan Mountain (4,000 to 5,200 ft.), 13 ad.

51. Amblystoma opaoum Gravenhorst. Ladder-back Salamander.
Specimen: Raleigh, 1 ad.

Family CRYPTOBRANCHID^.
Genus CRYPTOBRANCHTTS Leuckart.

52. Cryptobranohus allegheniensis (Latr.). Hellbender.

A specimen was taken from the interior of a water snake, Natrix
sipedon. The anterior half of the body is much macerated, but the
remainder is in good condition. The animal is about two-thirds
grown; the ground color a greenish olive, spotted, in strong contrast
with irregular transverse bands and blotches of black. The abdomen
is sparingly spotted with the same shade. In all other specimens I
have examined the general shade was leaden and the marbling
obscure or absent altogether.

Specimen: Tennessee River, near Knoxville, 1 juv. ad.

List of Reptiles and Amphibians Recorded from Tennessee not
Mentioned in the Preceding Annotated List.

Order CROCODILIA.

1. Alligator mississippiensis (Daud.). Alligator.

I was assured by Mr. J. A. Craig, of Sam burg, that he had seen
Alligators in the Mississippi near Memphis.

Order CHELONIA.

2. Pseudemys troosti (Holbr.). Troost's Terrapin.

The type was sent to Dr. Holbrook from the Cumberland river,
probably near Nashville. Troost mentions this species in his list of
Tennessee reptiles.1

3. Pseudemys hieroglyphica (Holbr.). Hieroglyphic Ter-
rapin.

The above remarks also apply to this species. The type of hiero-
glyphica is in the Museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia.

4. Malaclemys geographica (Le Sueur). Map Terrapin,
Holbrook and Troost record it, the former from the Cumberland

river.

1 7th Geol. Rep. Ten «., 1844, p. 39.
28

404 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

5. Macroclemys lacertina (Schweig. ). Alligator Snapper.
Numerous in Reelfoot Lake. This is the " Chelonura Tem-

minekii" of Troost's list. It is probably found throughout west
Tennessee in the larger streams.

6. Amyda mutica (Xe S. ). Leather Back Turtle.

This is Troost's " Trionyx milieus' ' in the list of Tennessee
reptiles.

7. Aspidonectes nuchalis Agass. Tennessee Soft-shelled Turtle.
The types of this species came from the Cumberland river near

Nashville and young of the same are recorded by Agassiz from the
headwaters of the Tennessee River. I observed an Aspidonectes,
perhaps this species, in the Tennessee River at the junction of the
Holston and French Broad.

The validity of this species is not well established.

The "Trionyx ferox" of Troost's list refers chiefly to A. spinifervs
which was then confounded with ferox.

Order SAURIA.

8. Ophisaurus ventralis (L.). Joint Snake.

Recorded by Troost, and likely to be found in Tennessee anywhere,
west of the higher mountains.

9. ?Phrynosoma cornutum (Hark). Horned Toad.

This is given on the authority of Troost' s list. I am not aware of
any record east of the Mississippi River. Troost's record may have
been based on a specimen escaped from captivity, as it is impossible
he could have mistaken some other Tennessee reptile for this char-
acteristic species.
10. Anolis carolinensis (Dum. Bibr. ). Carolina Chameleon.

I was frequently told of the presence of this species in western,
middle and southeastern Tennessee. Troost records it. After con-
siderable search through the literature I am best satisfied to discard
Linnaeus's name principalis which Dumeril and Bibron have gone
to considerable pains to prove was probably applied to this animal.
Cuvier did not apply a binomial to it, as is implied by Dumeril and
Bibron.

1895.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 405

Order OPHIDIA.

11. Storeria dekayi (Holbr.). De Kay's Snake.

Recorded from Tyree Springs in Dr. Yarrow's list of Reptilia and
Batrachia in the U. S. National Museum.

12. Diadophis punctatus (L. ). Ring Snake.

Yarrow (1. c.) records it from Tyree Springs and Troost includes
it in his list.

13. Virginia valeric Bd. Gir. Valeria's Snake.
Yarrow's list names a specimen from Tyree Springs.

14. ? Agkistrodon atrofuscus (Troost). Highland Moccasin.
So far, the specific peculiarities of this snake depend solely on the

statements of its describer. I saw or heard nothing of such a snake
that did not apply to A. contortrix. It is not impossible that the
animal may be rediscovered but the probabilities are strongly against
it. The type came from Maury County, Tenn.

15. Crotalophorus catenatus (Raf.). Massasauga Rattlesnake.
Troost includes the " Crotalus miliarius Lin.," in his list of Ten-
nessee Reptiles, undoubtedly referring to this species, which repre-
sents miliarius in the Mississippi Valley.

Order ANURA.

16. Scaphiopus holbrooki (Harlan). Spadefoot Toad.
This is the 8. solitarius of Troost's list.

17. Hyla versicolor Le C. Common Tree Frog.
Specimens from Roane, Claiborne, and Shelby counties are recorded

in Yarrow's list. Troost also gives it.

Order URODELA.

18. Diemyctylus viridescens (Raf. ) Spotted Triton.
This is the " Triton dorsalis Harl." of Troost's list,

Typical viridescens undoubtedly replaces the race meridionalis in
middle and east Tennessee and is the form referred to by Troost,
whose researches were chiefly devoted to the region around Nash-
ville.

19. Spelerpes longicaudus (Green). Long-tailed Salamander.
The "Salamandra longe caudata" of Troost's catalogue refers to

this species. See also, Batr. N. Amer. 1889, p. 170.

20. Spelerpes guttolineatus (Holbr. ). Holbrook's Triton.
Another species admitted on Troost's authority.

406 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

21. Amblystoma punctatum (L. ). Spotted Salamander.

The " Salamandra venenosa" of Troost's list is this species. A
specimen from Knoxville is in the National Museum.

22. Cryptobranchus fuscus (Holbr.). Brown Hellbender.
The type of this species was taken by Prof. Mitchell in the Ten-
nessee River near Knoxville. Yarrow records a specimen from
Nolackijcky River.

23. Amphiuma means (Garden;. Congo Snake.
Listed by Troost. The most northerly record I can find.

24. Necturus maculatus (Raf. ). Mud Puppy.

Specimens from Tyree Springs are listed. Troost also gives it a
place in his list under the name "Menobranchus lateralis Say."

Order TRACHYSTOMATA.

25. Siren lacertina L. Siren.
This species is given in Troost's list,

List of Reptiles and Amphibians likely to occur in the State, but
not yet recorded therefrom.

Order CHELONIA.

1. Onychotria triunguis (Agass.). Three- toed Tortoise.

2. Chrysemys picta Herrmann. Painted Turtle.

3. Chrysemys marginata (Agass.). Western Painted Turtle.

4. Malaclemys lesueuri (Gray). Le Sueur's Terrapin.

5. Aromociielys carinatus (Gray. ). Carinated Musk Turtle.

6. Aspidonectes ferox (Wagler.). Southern Soft-shelled

Turtle.

Order OPHIDIA.

7. Thamnophis saurita (L.). Riband Snake.

8. Thamnophis ordinatus (L.). Variations going under the
names sirtalis, parietalis, obscura and graminea.

9. Thamnophis radix (Bd. Gir. ). Transition Garter Snake.

10. Natrix sipedon (L. ). Variations erythrogaster ancP rhombifer.

11. Natrix taxispilota (Holbr.). Great Water Snake.

12. Natrix grahami (Bd., Gir.). Graham's Leather Snake.

13. Tropidoclonion lineatum (Hallow.). Lined Snake.

14. Storeria occipitomaculata (Storer). Storer's Snake.

1890. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 407

15. Abastor erythrogrammus (Daud.). Red-lined Snake,
Hoop Snake.

16. Farancia abacura (Holbr.). Red-bellied Horn Snake.1

17. ^Liopeltis2 vernalis (De Kay). Green Snake. Spring
Snake.

18. Pituophis catenifer sayi (Schl.). Bull Snake.

19. Coluber guttatus L. Corn Snake.

20. Heterodon simus (L.). Hognose Snake.

21. Haldea striatula (L.). Little Striped Snake.

22. Virginia elegans (Kenn. ). Kennicott's Brown Snake.

Order ANURA.

23. Ran a sylvatica Le C. Wood Frog.

24. Hyla squirella Bosc. mss., Sonn. , Latr. Squirrel Frog.

Order URODELA.

25. Hemidactylium scutatum (Schl.). Four-toed Salamander.

26. Chondrotus microstomus (Cope). Small-headed Salaman-
der.

27. Amblystoma tigrinum (Green). Tiger Salamander.

28. Amblystoma conspersum (Cope). Sprinkled Salamander.

29. Amblystoma talpoideum (Holbr.). Mole Salamander.

Order TRACHYSTOMATA.

30. Pseudobranchus striatus (Le C. ). Striated Siren.

1 Mr. B. C. Miles, of Brownsville, Tennessee, writes me that he has taken
this snake in the bottoms.

2 1 here adopt Fitzinger's genus in good faith. He made Herpetodryas
tricolor of Schlegel the type of this genus. Should it prove that Prof. Cope's
assertion (Proc. A. N. Sci., Phila.. 1860, p. 560), that this species is generically
similar to our vernalis, is incorrect, there seems to be no other generic name
strictly applicable to it. Prof. Cope's appropriation of Fitzinger's genus Liopel-
tis as his own (Proc. N. Mus., Vol. XIV, p. 620) is not only inconsistent with his
well-known views on the " catalogue names " of that author, but is in plain
violation of the " Code.''

408

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1895.

PRELIMINARY NOTE ON A NEW ALKALI MINERAL.
BY WARREN M. FOOTE.

While searching recently at Borax Lake, California, for the rare
species Sulphohalite, Mr. C. H. Northup discovered what he con-
sidered to be a new form of that mineral.

The crystals were found during a laborious working of the tailings
which came from an exploratory boring known as the "New Well,"
made by the Borax Lake Mining Company, and were formed in a
clay which was reached at a depth of about 450 feet. They were
at once forwarded to Dr. A. E. Foote, to whom the writer is indebted
for the material used in this examination.

Crystallization, etc. — The mineral crystallizes in bright and
perfect octahedrons of a diameter rarely exceeding one centimeter.
Fractured crystals show in the interior a cross formed of faint lines
running perpendicular to the octahedral faces. Dark planes (which
were sharply defined in the interior of every specimen examined), lie
parallel to cubic symmetry thus passing through the angles of the
octahedron and dividing it into eight parts, each part containing a
distinct group of striae.

The same thing is noticeable in the clearest of the complete
crystals, a bundle of lines coming from the central nucleus to the

centre of each face. The accompanying sketch will give an idea of
the interior structure as appearing in a broken crystal.

This remarkable phenomenon is strikingly similar to that observed
in Boleite cubes (figured by Bombicci in a memoir on Mimetical

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 409

Pyrite, Bologna 1893). Again, triangular markings on the surface
and a frequent parallel grouping of the octahedrons suggest a form
of interpenetration twinning, where the twinning axis is cubic as in
diamond.

Color, varying from milky, pale yellow and greenish gray to
brown. Cleavage, imperfect. Fracture, brittle and uneven. Lustre,
vitreous. Hardness, 3.5 to 4.

Chemical Examination. — Easily fusible. In a closed tube decrepi-
tates violently and gives off water, finally fusing to a gray mass.
Fragments and powdered mineral are almost unchanged by long
standing in water and the powder soluble with difficulty on boiling.
Readily soluble with effervescence in cold dilute hydrochloric acid.
Qualitative tests made on clear crystals, showed the presence of
carbon dioxide, chlorine and sodium with slight traces of calcium
and potassium, making it essentially a chlorocarbonate of sodium, a
composition quite as remarkable as that of other species peculiar
to this locality.

Though found sparingly, it is hoped that material can be obtained
for a further and more complete investigation than the writer is at
present able to give.

The name Northupite is proposed for this new species, since it was
entirely due to Mr. Northup's indefatigable zeal in collecting, that
the mineral was brought to light.

410 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF COTTOID FISHES

FROM PUGET SOUND.

BY EDWIN CHAPIN STARKS.

COTTIDJE.
JORDANIA, new genus.

Allied, but not closely, to Triglops and Chitonotus.

Body elongate, not greatly compressed ; head moderate, partly
scaled, with dermal flaps above. Mouth moderate, with bands of
villiform teeth on jaws, vomer and palatines. Body above lateral
line closely covered with strongly ctenoid scales ; lower half of
body with narrow, parallel plate-like folds of skin, running obliquely
downward and backward from lateral line to within *a short distance
of anal fin, the posterior edge of each fold finely and sharply ser-
rate. Gill-membranes united, free from isthmus; a slit behind last
gill. Spinous dorsal with very long base, of about 17 spines, longer
than the soft dorsal; anal long; ventrals 1 + 5, inserted behind base
of pectorals by a distance equal to snout and half eye.

I take pleasure in naming this remarkable genus for my teacher
in ichthyology, David Starr Jordan.

Jordania zonope n. sp.

Head 3? in length of body; depth 5 J. Dorsal xvii-15; Anal
22 ; lateral line with 50 pores. Orbit 3f in head ; maxillary 3 J ;
longest dorsal spine If; longest dorsal ray 2i; longest anal ray 2i;
length of ventrals If; pectorals £ longer than head; caudal 1|-.

Body rather elongate, compressed posteriorly, not much anteriorly;
the back not elevated; dorsal and ventral outlines almost straight
from head to caudal peduncle.

Head not large, profile from front of dorsal to eyes nearly hori-
zontal and straight, then abruptly turning steeply downward to end
of snout ; lower profile gently curved from chin to ventral fins.

Mouth small, the maxillary not reaching the vertical from front
of orbit; jaws about equal, or the lower slightly projecting; teeth in

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 411

villiform bands on jaws, vomer and palatines; eyes large, set high
in head, a little shorter than snout; interorbital space deeply con-
cave, half as wide as eye; a slip of skin, half as long as the diam-
eter of the eye, over the anterior edge of each eye, and a longer
one over the posterior edge; a few minute fleshy slips on nape; nasal
spines long and sharp, somewhat curved backward; spine on pre-
opercle simple, hooked upward, a minute spine above it, and a
blunt spine below; posterior end of interopercle prominent, forming
a blunt spine; opercle produced posteriorly in a flap, which lies in
a shallow groove in the shoulder-girdle; no opercular spine; gill-
membranes united, but not joined to the isthmus; a distinct slit
behind fourth gill arch; branchiostegals 5.

Top of head to middle of eyes, opercles and upper part of pre-
opercles, closely covered with small rough scales; head otherwise
naked; body above lateral line completely covered with ctenoid
scales, not very regular in size, arranged in about 67 series; lower
half of body covered to within a short distance of anal with about
50 oblique plate- like folds of skin, the posterior edges of which are
finely and sharply serrate; the pores of lateral line are situated in
the upper ends of these folds; base of pectoral, belly and a narrow
space along base of anal, naked; fins, all naked, with the exception
of pectoral, which has a few rough scales on the rays; vent situated
at anterior end of anal fin.

Dorsal spines slender, the first one inserted in advance of base of
pectoral, directly over the upper end of gill-opening; the fin some-
what rounded in outline, the spines not varying greatly in length,
with the exception of two or three on each side, which are shortened ;
soft dorsal a little lower than spinous, the rays sub- equal; the base is
a little shorter than the base of first dorsal, and slightly longer than
the length of head; ventral fins, long, inserted behind base of pec-
torals, by a distance equal to snout and half eye, their tips reaching
past front of anal fin, their length equal to the distance from snout
to edge of preopercle; the pubic bone very prominent; pectoral fins
long and curved upward, the middle rays the longest, reaching far
past tips of ventrals and front of anal to the space between dorsals,
the ends of lower rays free; the width of the fin at its base contained
3 times in the length of the head; caudal rounded.

Color in spirits blackish, with traces of 4 or 5 darker cross bars
on back; sides below lateral line mottled, faint dark spots along

412 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

lateral line, more conspicuous posteriorly; a dark bar half as wide
as eye, running from eye downward across cheek to anterior end of
interopercle; bordered on each side by a light streak, a similar
bordered bar running across top of head, slightly turning around
posterior margin of orbit, downward along margin of preopercle,
and ending on posterior end of interopercle; snout abruptly black,
lips dark; fins all dark and slightly mottled; tips of ventral, anal
and caudal rays a little lighter; caudal and pectoral dark at base;
slips on top of head black; belly very finely dusted with minute
dark points.

This species is not uncommon in Puget Sound ; the types are three
specimens taken on channel rocks at Point Orchard, near Seattle, by
Miss Maud Parker and Mr. Adam Hubbart, members of the Young
Naturalists' Club of Seattle. The largest of them is 4 inches in
length. The types are in the Museum of the Leland Stanford
Junior University. Unfortunately the life colors of this brilliant
species were not taken. There is, in life, much red on the lateral
plates and elsewhere on the body and fins. This disappears at once
in alcohol.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OK PHILADELPHIA. 413

NEW SPECIES OF FUNGI FROM VARIOUS LOCALITIES.
BY J. B. ELLrS AND B. M. EVERHART.
Fomes alboluteus E. & E.

On charred trunks of Abies subalpina Eng. Mountains of
Colorado, 10,000 ft. alt. July 1894. Prof. C. S. Crandall.

Effused and laterally connate for several centimeters, about 1 cm.
thick and 5-6 cm. broad, immarginate and entirely resupinate or,
in some specc. with a very slight, reflexed margin, of soft, spongy
texture and light orange color within and without, Pores large*
1-2 mm. diam., with a thin, membranaceous, white, toothed margin.
The spores perhaps from immaturity could not be satisfactorily
made out.

Grandinia fuscolutea E. & E.

On underside of rotten logs and limbs lying on the ground,
Newfield, N. J., Oct. 1894.

Membranaceous, soft, 1-10 cm. diam., bright- yellow, lutea, at
first and tuberculose-granulose, becoming darker and smoother in
drying; margin white, cottony or arachnoid; granules small, whitish
at the apex. Spores, elliptical, dull yellow, 5 — 6x 3 //. On clavate-
cylindrical basidia about 15x6 //, with 2 — 4 short, 4 — 5 //., sporo-
phores. The hymenium at length becomes rimose, exposing the
white subiculum.

Peniophora trachytricha E. & E.

On bark of decaying oak limbs, Newfield, N. J., Oct. 1894.

Thin, milk-white at first, becoming yellowish and thicker as the
hymenium forms, extending along for 6 inches or more, surface at
first minutely granular, at length floccose- tubercular, resembling
Kneiffia. Margin thin granular-cottony. Cystidia subcylindrical,
coarsely tubercular-roughened, or sometimes with the upper part
smooth and the tip swollen. 100-120x10-12 //, the free projecting
ends about 40-50 <>. long, basidia clavate- cylindrical 12-15 x 3 j-
4J //. Spores oblong, obtuse, 7-8x3-35 /;., hyaline.

Apparently allied to P. hydnoides Cke. and Massee.

414 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895

Bovista cellulosa E. & E.

Beneath the surface of the ground. Fort Collins, Colorado,
August 1894. C. F. Baker, No. 302.

Inner peridium depressed- globose, 1-1£ cm. diam. , coriaceous,
tough, grayish outside, clothed around the sides with a honey-
colored, favose-cellulose coat 1-2 mm. thick, and this again clothed
with a thin, grayish-yellow membrane to which the soil adheres ex-
ternally forming with this membrane, an outer peridium 1—1* mm.
thick and separating from the cellular layer with a clean, smooth
surface. Capillitium homogeneous, filling the inner peridium,
olivaceous, composed of simple or sparingly branched threads 3—4 /j.
thick and yellowish-hyaline, with abundant, globose, slightly rough-
ened or wrinkled, olivaceous spores 3-4 ;j. diam.

This is closely allied to Bovista circumscissa B. & C. from which
it differs in its cellular coat and smaller, not so distinctly roughened
spores. B. circumscissa has spores 5 %— 6 £ <i. diam.

Lycoperdon alpigenum E. & E.

On the ground at the timber line, above, Cameron Pass, N. W.
Colorado, alt. 11,500 ft., July 1894. Prof. C. S. Crandall. No. 17.

About 2 cm. diam. Peridium coriaceous, about 1 mm. thick,
brown outside and rimose-squamulose above. Capillitium rudimen-
tary, consisting of a few coarse, 6-10 //. diam., sparingly branched
or entirely disconnected, yellowish brown threads without any
attachment. Sterile base occupying about \ part of the cavity,
pale yellowish. Spores globose, nearly smooth 32// diam., with a
short pedicel.
Capnodium Lygodesmiae E. & E.

On living stems of Lygodesmia juncea. Fort Collins, Colorado,
Oct. 1894. C. F. Baker, No. 293.

Mycelium, consisting of closely septate threads 4-6 ,u. thick, loosely
interwoven, forming a thin, dirty drabcolored coating enveloping
the stems. Perithecia numerous, globose, ovate, or oblong-elliptical
20-90 x 20-40 n, obtuse at the apex, with coarsely cellular, olive-
brown walls. Sporules not abundant, oblong-elliptical, 5-8 X 3 //,
hyaline. The specc. show only the pycnidial stage of growth, no
asci being observed.
Acanthostigma scopulorum E. & E.

On dead stems of Ligusticum scopulorum. Mts. west of ' ' Steam-
boat Springs," Colo., July 1894. Prof. C. S. Crandall, No. 123.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 415

Perithecia gregarious, erurapent-superficial, globose, 75-110 //
diam. surrounded by a crooked, branching, creeping mycelium
which blackens the surface of the stem, and clothed with straight,
black, 3-4— septate, spreading, bristles, 75-110// long and 6-7//
thick at base, tapering above to an obtuse point. Asci
clavate-cylindrical, sessile, 55-65x10-12//, 8-spored. Paraphyses
obscure or wanting. Sporidia crowded fusoid, 4-septate, the next
to the upper cell swollen, 22-30 X 4-4 £ //, slightly curved, yellowish-
hyaline.

Distinguished from A. decastylum Cke., by its smaller perithecia,
with more abundant bristles and by the swollen joint of the sporidia.

Herpotrichia purpurea E. & E.

On dead culms and leaves of Deyeuxia Suksdorfii Scrib. Easton,
Wash., July, 1892. Prof. C. V. Piper, No. 344.

Perithecia scattered, superficial, hemispherical, \— f mm. diam.,
clothed with a dense coat of purple hair 90-140 X 3-3? //, continuous
or sparingly septate, soon deciduous above, leaving the apex of the
perithecium and the papilliform ostiolum bare.

Asci cylindrical, 40-50 x 3-7 //, short-stipitate, aparaphysate,
8-spored. Sporidia biseriate, fusoid-oblong, hyaline, becoming
faintly uniseptate, very slightly curved, subobtuse, 9— 14xl£— 2//.

Letendraea luteola E. & E.

On decayed wood. Ohio (Morgan No. 1,109.) Perithecia gre-
garious, superficial, thick- mem branaceo-carnose, i—§ mm. diam.,
yellow-farinose-pubescent above, mostly more or less collapsing.
Ostiolum short-cylindrical, stout. Asci cylindrical, 75-85x5-6//,
attenuated below into a stipe 30-35// long, indistinctly paraphysate,
6-8-spored. Sporidia, uniseriate, oblong, slightly narrowed at each
end, but obtuse, often slightly inequilateral, uniseptate, but not con-
stricted, pale-brown, 8-11 x3-3?//, lying end to end in the asci.

Rosellinia geasteroides E. & E.

On decaying stem of Arundinaria, St. Martinville, La., Julv,
1895. Rev. A. B. Langlois, 2,404.

Perithecia gregarious, superficial, depressed-globose, f mm. diam.,
with a distinct, papilliform ostiolum, wall of the perithecium double,
the outer coat membranaceous, soon splitting into about 5 reflexed
lobes, and resembling a minute Geaster. Asci cylindrical, 100-110

416 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

(p. sp. 75-80) x 6 ',)., paraphysate, 8-spored. Sporidia uniseriate,
inequilaterally-elliptical, soon opake, 10-12 x 5 //.

Rosellinia limoniispora E. & E.

Proc. Acad., Phil. 1894, p. 326. The habitat of this species was
erroneously given as on leaves of Fraxinus. It should be on dead
shoots or limbs of Fraxinus buried in the ground. Mr. B. also
finds it on dead limbs of Ailanihus and of Juglans dnerea in similar
situations, its entire growth and development being subterraneous.
In the specc. on Ailanthus there are traces of a ' thin, light colored
(cinereous) subiculum more or less distinct. The young perithecia
are ovate-globose, but become more or less flattened above.

Rosellinia muriculata E. & E.

On inner surface of bark of Populus monilifera, Rockport, Kansas,
Dec, 1894. E. Bartholomew, No. 1,613.

Perithecia superficial, ovate, slightly contracted below, 200-220
x 180-200 ,/, clothed with a short, white pubesence; ostiolum minute,
papilliform. Asci cylindrical, 75 x 6-7 <>. p. sp. 55-60 ,u. long.
Short-stipitate, paraphysate, 8-spored. Sporidia obliquely uniseri-
ate, oblong elliptical, pale brown, 8-10x4-5//.

The white pubescence soon disappears, leaving the perithecia black
and muriculate-roughened.

Melanopsamma borealis E. & E.

On inner surface of loosened bark of fir trees, Newfoundland.
Rev. A. C. Waghorne.

Perithecia gregarious, erumpent-superficial, ovate- globose, rough,
250-300 // diam., with a conic-papilliform ostiolum. Asci clavate-
cylindrical, 90-100 x 8-10//, with filiform, somewhat branched par-
aphyses. Sporidia uniseriate, oblong-ovate, uniseptate and con-
stricted, hyaline, 14-16 x 5;j-6j //..

Melanomma boreale E. & E.

On weather-beaten wood. Newfoundland, Dec. 1894. Rev.
A. C. Waghorne.

Perithecia erumpent-superficial, gregarious, ovate, about £ mm.
diam., subcarbonaceous, sometimes collapsing above. Ostiola at
first inconspicuous, at length conic-cylindrical, truncate. Asci clavate,
cylindrical, short-stipitate, paraphysate, 8-spored p. sp. 50-55x4-
5 /'. Sporidia obliquely uniseriate or subbiseriate above, oblong,

1895. J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 417

obtuse, 3-septate aud slightly constricted at the septa, sometimes
very slightly, curved, pale- olivaceous 9-11 x 3—3 -1 ;>.

Melanomma nigricans E. & E.

On rotten wood. Ohio. Morgan.

Perithecia densely crowded, forming a nearly continuous layer on
the surface of the blackened wood, small (150-200//), subglo-
bose, nearly glabrous; ostiolum papilliform. Asci clavate-cylindrical,
short-stipitate, paraphysate p. sp. about 55x12//. Sporidia
bi.seriate, oblong-fusoid, slightly curved, obtuse, mostly a little
narrower at one end, hyaline at first, soon pale-brown, 3-septate, 14-
17x41-51/*.

Some of the perithecia are smaller and contain oblong-elliptical,
brown, uniseptate and constricted spores 8-11x5-6//. Dipbdia.

M. fuscidulum Sacc. has the sporidia about the same but the
perithecia are rather larger, with a cylindric-conoid ostiolum, and
are scattered or only gregarious and do not blacken the wood.

Melanomma subcongrunm E. & E.

On outer bark of Cottonwood trees. Populus monilifera, Rock-
port, Kansas, Sept, 1894. E. Bartholomew No. 1,584.

Perithecia gregarious or erumpent-superncial, the base remaining
more or less sunk in the bark, ovate, slaty-black and muricuiately
roughened below, 1-f exceptionally 1 mm. diam. The conical
perforated ostiolum black and shining.

Asci clavate-cylindrical, 150-190x12-14//, p. sp. 114-120//
long, surrounded by abundant, filiform paraphyses, 8-spored. Spo-
ridia overlapping-uniseriate, oblong, a little narrower at the lower
end, obtuse, slightly curved, 3-5-septate, slightly constricted at the
septa, pale brown.

Allied to M. medium Sacc. and Speg. and to M. juniperinum Karst.
but differs from both in its much larger perithecia and longer asci,
and from the former in its 3-5-septate sporidia.

Ceratostoma melaspermum E. & E.

On rotten wood. Ohio, Morgan No. 1,041.

Perithecia gregarious, buried, depressed-globose, membranaceous,
1-f mm. diam., with a straight, black, erumpent beak about 1 mm.
long, obtuse and often expanded at the top into a small, horizontal,
circular disk, and surrounded at the base with spreading, light-
yellow hairs forming a loose, tomentose-pilose tuft. Asci cylindrical,

418 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

short-stipitate, 65-75 x 6-7 //, with faint paraphyses. Sporidia
uui seriate, navicular, 2-nucleate, 12—15x5-6//, hyaline at first,
becoming opake and nearly black.

One would expect this to be Sphaeria investita Schw. , Syn. N.
Am. 1,621, but the specc. of that species in Herb. Schw. are not
distinguishable from Ceratostomella eirrhosa (Pers.) except in having
a small patch of yellowish-brown tomeutum around the base
of the ostiola.

Ceratostoma albomaculans E. & E.

On rotten wood. Ohio. Morgan.

Perithecia entirely buried, large (1 mm. diam.), membranaceo-
coriaceous, 1-3 together. Ostiola erumpent, ovate-conical, black,
smooth. Asci cylindrical, p. sp. 75-80 x 7 //., paraphysate. Sporidia
uniseriate, inequilaterally elliptical, obtuse 1-2-nucleate, olive-
brown, 11-14 x 5-6 ,".

The ostiola are erumpent in a yellowish-white subelliptical spot
1-2 mm. in diameter.

C. avocetta C. & E. has the perithecia only half as large and
the sporidia smaller; the white spots also, under which the perithecia
are buried, seem to be characteristic.

Amphisphaeria confertissima E. & E.

On weatherbeateu wood, Ohio. Morgan.

Perithecia superficial, subglobose, 210-220// diam. slightly
papillate-roughened, black, densely crowded in oblong patches
\— 1 cm. long and 2-3 mm. wide or often by confluence of greater
extent. Ostiolum papilliform, black. Asci cylindrical, short-stipitate,
p. sp. 55-60x8//, paraphysate, 8-spored. Sporidia obliquely
uniseriate, ovate-elliptical, brown, uniseptate and constricted,
9-11x5-6//..

Comes near A. Spegazziniana Sacc. but that has larger, short-
fusoid, sporidia and (sec. fig. in F. Ital. 135), slightly swollen each
side of the septum.

Amphisphaeria pilosella E. & E.

On decaying wood of some deciduous tree. Ohio. Morgan, No.
1,103.

Perithecia gregarious, superficial, subcarbonaceous, minute, 200-
250 ,". diam., subglobose, slightly collapsing above, sparingly clothed
at first with short, pale, weak, spreading hairs. Ostiolum papilli-

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 419

form, minute, but distinct. Asci cylindrical, 65-70x6//, narrowed
below into a stipe 25-30 <>. long, p. sp. 55-60 //. long, indistinctly
paraphysate, 6-8-spored. Sporidia uniseriate, lying end to end in
the asci, oblong-elliptical, uniseptate, but not constricted, pale brown,
7-10x3i-4/<.

Differs from A. Oronoensis in its larger, pilose, sub-collapsed peri-
thecia and rather larger sporidia.

Teichospora nitida E. & E.

On dead stems of Rubus deliciosus, Rist Canon, Colo., April,
1894. Prof. C. S. Crandall, No. 108, and on Rubus villosus, Nut-
tallburg, West Va., May, 1895. L. W. Nuttall, No. 706.

Perithecia thickly scattered, ovate-globose, 350-400 //. diam., at
first covered by the epidermis which is raised and pierced by the
black, papilliform ostiola, at length, when the epidermis falls away,
superficial. Asci clavate-cylindrical, paraphysate, 8-spored, 90-
110x11-13//.. Sporidia uniseriate or subbiseriate above, oblong-
elliptical, obtusely pointed, 3-5-septate, with a longitudinal septum
running through part or all the cells, 15-20 x 8-10, a, pale, yellow-
ish-brown, slightly or not at all constricted in the middle.

The West Va. specc. have the perithecia rather smaller 250—
300 // diam.

Teichospora minima E. & E.

On a dry oak post, mixed with Rosellinia pulveracea Ehr. , var.
microspora, Rockport, Kansas, Oct., 1894. E. Bartholomew 1,591.

Perithecia scattered, small 100-110 //, collapsing, nearly smooth,
with a papilliform ostiolum. Asci clavate-oblong, short-stipitate, 50
x 12-15//. p. sp. 40-46//. long, paraphysate, 8-spored. Sporidia
crowded-biseriate, elliptical, about 5-septate, not constricted, 12-15
x 7-8 //., olive brown.

Differs from T. pygmaea E. & E. in its smaller, collapsed perithecia
and shorter asci.

Lophiostoma clavisporum E. & E.

On dead culms of Elymus Canadensis. Rooks Co., Kansas
March 18, 1895. Bartholomew, No. 1,694.

Perithecia scattered or gregarious, buried, except the erumpent,

thin, flattened ostiolum, 300x150//, culms mostly blackened on

the surface. Asci clavate-cylindrical. short-stipitate, paraphysate,

40-60x12//.. Sporidia crowded in the asci, clavate, 3-5-septate,

29

420 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

mostly constricted at the septa, yellow-brown, 20-27 x 5-6 p.,
slightly curved, obtusely rounded above, gradually narrowed below.

Differs from L. insidiosum in the sporidia being without appen-
dages.
Lophiostoma Dakotense E. & E.

On decorticated limbs of Cottonwood, Populus monilifera. Dakota
Oct., 1894. Prof. T. A. Williams, No. 151.

Perithecia gregarious, semi-immersed, subglobose, 200-250 //,
diam., black- brown, with a conical, slightly compressed ostiolum.
Asci clavate-cylindrical, short- stipitate, 65-75x10-12//, with
abundant, filiform paraphyses. Sporidia biseriate, oblong- fusoid,
uuiseptate at first, soon becoming 3-septate and constricted at the
septa, nearly straight, hyaline, or at length subolivaceous, 15-20 x
5-6 //. Accompanied by a Phoma with perithecia erumpent-super-
ficial, 100-120 ;/, diam., soon collapsed to almost cup-shaped, and
with oblong-elliptical sporules, 2-3 x 1-1} //., smoky-hyaline. Near
L. duplex Karst. but is smaller in all its parts.

Cucurbitaria stenocarpa E. & E.

On dead stems of Rhus diversiloba. Pasadena, Cala., Aug., 1884.
Prof. A. J. McClatchie, No. 766.

Perithecia in groups of 2-6 together, bursting out through short,
narrow-elliptical, longitudinal cracks in the epidermis and not rising
much above it, subglobose, 350-400 <>. diam. , brownish-black, rough,
collapsing, with a small, papilliform ostiolum. Asci cylindrical,
short-stipitate, 100-110x8-10//, paraphysate, 8-spored. Sporidia
uniseriate, oblong-elliptical, 3-5-septate, mostly constricted in the
middle, one or more of the inner cells divided by a longitudinal
septum, hyaline at first, tardily becoming pale yellow-brown, 15-20
x 6-8 [i.

Sphaerella Niootianae E. & E.

On living bark of Nicotiana. Hollister, Gala., Dec, 1894. W.
C. Blasdale.

Perithecia, mostly on light- colored spots, subcuticular, globose,
80-100 p. diam,, the papilliform ostiolum barely piercing the epi-
dermis, and soon deciduous, leaving the perithecia perforated above.
Asci oblong-obovate, sessile, aparaphysate, 35-45 x 15-20 //. Sporidia
crowded in the asci, oblong-obovate, uuiseptate, hyaline, obtuse,
scarcely constricted, 11-13 x 5-6 //.

1895.] NATUKAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 421

Accompanied by a Pleospora not distinguishable from P. Herba-
rum (Pers. ).

Sphserella vagans E. & E.

On dead stems of Valeriana sylvatied Gray and Castilleia
miniata Dougl.

On the slope of Mt. Richtophen, N. W. Colorado, 9,500 ft. alt.

Perithecia scattered, subcuticular, becoming superficial by the
peeling off of the epidermis, depressed-globose, or subelliptical, of
tough, coarse cellular structure, perforated above, 250-300// in the
longer diameter. Asci cylindrical, subsessile, p. sp. 55-60 x 7-8 //.
Sporidia biseriate, ovate, uniseptate, constricted at the septum,
hyaline, 12—16 x 5-7 p.. Mixed with the ascigerous perithecia were
spermogouial perithecia containing oblong-elliptical hyaline sporules
5-6 x 2 //, but whether belonging to the Sphairella or to Leptosphceria
concinna E. & E. found on the same stems, is uncertain.

Physalospora Corni E. & E.

On dead twigs of Comus. Fort Collins, Colorado, March 1895.
C. F. Baker, No. 329^

Perithecia thickly scattered, globose about 200// diam. white inside,
covered by the blackened-epidermis, which is raised into pustules
barely pierced by the papilliform ostiola. Asci clavate- cylindrical,
70-90x11-13//, short-stipitate, aparaphysate. Sporidia biseriate,
navicular-fusoid, continuous, hyaline, very slightly curved,
20-26 x 4-5 //.

Didymella Ricini E. & E.

On dead petioles of Ricinus communis, Louisiana. Langlois,
No. 2,414.

Perithecia gregarious, minute, 110-150//, subcuticular, raising
the epidermis into black, flattish pustules resembling a young
Vermicularia, scattered singly or sometimes 2-3 in the same pustule,
Ostiola inconspicuous. Asci oblong- clavate, very short stipitate,
45-55 x 8-10 ii. Sporidia biseriate, oblong, obscurely nucleate,
becoming uniseptate, not constricted, curved, obtuse, hyaline,
13-18x4-4^/7..

There is no stroma or any circumscribing line.

Didymosphaeria Celtidis E. & E.

On dead limbs of Celtis occidentalis. Rooks Co., Kansas, May,
1895. E. Bartholomew.

422 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Perithecia thickly scattered, globose, small, about 300 //. diameter,
covered by the epidermis which is raised into pustules pierced above
by the papilliform ostiolum. Asci ventricose- oblong, sessile, 55-60
x 18-25//, obscurely .paraphy sate, 8-spored. Sporidia crowded-biser-
iate, obovate, uniseptate and slightly constricted, brown, 20x10//,
or sometimes regularly elliptical, 20-25x10-12,//, both in the
same ascus.

The asci soon disappear and then the fungus may be mistaken
for a Diplodia.

Pleospora Coloradensis E. & E.

On dead stems of Polemonium conferfvm Gray. Cameron Pass,
N. W. Colo., above timber, July, 1894. C. F. Baker, No. 273.

Perithecia scattered, subcuticular, subglobose, 200-230//, diam.,
of coarse, dark cellular structure, with a scanty mycelial fringe
around the base. Ostiolum papilliform, or conic- papilliform, per-
forating the epidermis. Asci oblong, short-stipitate, 100-130 x 25-
30 /'., with paraphyses more or less distinctly branched. Sporidia
biseriate, oblong or ovate-elliptical, scarcely or often distinctly con-
stricted in the middle, yellow-brown, 6-8-septate and becoming
clathrate-muriform, ends mostly rounded and obtuse, 27-35x12-
15//., slightly compressed.

The sporidia much resemble those of P. juncicola E. & E., but are
not so much compressed, and the perithecia are smaller than in that
species, with walls of finer cellular, structure, having a reddish tinge
under the microscope.

Pleospora juncicola E. & E.

On dead culms of Juncus balticus, North Park, Colo., July, 1894,
alt. 9,000 ft. Prof. C. S. Crandall, No. 75.

Perithecia scattered or gregarious, depressed-globose, 110—150//.
diam., covered by the cuticle, then subemergent. Ostiolum slightly
papilliform, soon perforated. Asci oblong, short-stipitate, broadly
rounded above, obscurely paraphysate, 75-110x25-30//. Sporidia
biseriate, elliptical, compressed, mostly not much constricted in the
middle, 25-35 x 15-18 //, and 10-12 // thick, golden-yellow, about
7-septate, and when viewed on the flattened sides, densely clathrate-
muriform, with about 4 rows of cells 4//. diam., but when seen edge-
wise, simply 5— 7-septate.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 423

Leptosphaeria lethalis E. & E.

On dead stems of Pentstemon confertus. Latah Co., Idaho, July,
1894. Prof. C. V. Piper, No. 330.

Perithecia erumpent- superficial, gregarious, subglobose, l-l rum.
diam., with a papilliform ostiolum. Asci clavate-cylindrical, 50-60
x 7-8 //, with abuudaut paraphyses, 8-spored. Sporidia fusoid,
slightly curved, 3-septate not constricted, unless slightly so at the
middle septum, 50-60 x 3£-4 p.

The perithecia appear on the living stems which are soon black-
ened and killed.

Leptosphaeria concinna E. & E.

On dead stems of Castilleia miniata Doug. Mt. Richtophen, N.
W. Colo., July, 1894. C. F. Baker, No. 271, partly.

Perithecia scattered, subcuticular, subglobose, 200-300 (i diam.,
at length semiemergent, but still more or less covered by the black-
ened cuticle; ostiolum papilliform. Asci clavate-cylindrical, 70-80
x 7-10 fi, paraphysate, short-stipitate. Sporidia biseriate above,
fusoid, pale-yellow, 5-septate, slightly curved, one or two of the
middle cells slightly swollen, 20-27 x 3-4 //.

L. Ogilviensis R. Br., has the asci and sporidia larger; in L.
tenera Ell., they are smaller, and in L. agnita the sporidia are 6-
7- septate and larger.

Metasphaeria quercina E. & E.

On dead twigs of Quercus coccinea, var. tindoria. Newfield, N. J. ,
June, 1895.

Perithecia gregarious, buried, globose, 250-300 />. diam. , raising
the blackened epidermis into pustules pierced at the apex by the
papilliform ostiolum. Asci cylindrical, short-stipitate, 170-190 x
12 <>.. Paraphyses filiform, shorter than the asci. Sporidia uniseri-
ate, oblong, 3-septate, and constricted at the septa, hyaline, 20 x 7-

9 i±.

Differs from M. Fiedleri (Niessl), in its cylindrical asci and cyl-
indrical-oblong, not fusoid, straight sporidia.

Ophiobolus Helianthi E. & E.

On dead stems of Hellanthus Maximiliani. Rockport, Kansas,
March, 1895. Bartholomew, No. 1,681.

Perithecia scattered, erumpent-superficial, ovate-globose, about |
mm. diam. Asci clavate-cylindrical, p. sp. 40x7-8/7, paraphysate,

424 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

8-spored. Sporitlia fasciculate, elongated-fusoid, brownish in the
asci, nearly hyaline when free, 3-septate, not constricted, nearly
straight, about 40 x 3 £—4 //.

Ophiobolus purpureus E. & E.

On dead steins of some Umbelliferous plant, on Mt. Richtophen,
N. W. Colo., alt. 9,500 ft., Aug 1894. C. F. Baker, No. 277.

Perithecia gregarious, buried on parts of the stems stained purple-
red, ovate-globose, about 250 //. diam. , covered by the blackened
epidermis which is raised into slight pustules and pierced by the
prominent-papilliform ostiolum. Asci clavate-cylindrical, sessile,
paraphysate, obtuse, 80-100x12-15/-/.. Sporidia crowded, elon-
gated-fusoid, moderately curved, about 6-septate, 50-65 x 5-6 //, one
cell, near the middle, swollen, yellowish-brown.

Differs from O. porphyrogonus (Tode) and O. consimilis E. & E.
in its broader asci and sporidia. O. fulgidus C. & P. has the peri-
thecia emergent and no swollen joint in the sporidia.

Thyridium pallidum E. & E.

On dead limbs of Rhus glabra. Rooks Co., Kansas, May 1895.
Bartholomew No. 1,711.

Perithecia scattered, depressed-globose, about I mm. diam., sunk
in the surface of the inner bark, dirty white above, covered by the
epidermis which is perforated by the conic- papilliform, amber-colored
ostiola, but not raised into pustules. Asci cylindrical, 110-130 x
12//, short-stipitate, paraphysate. Sporidia uniseriate, oblong-
elliptical, 8-septate, constricted, in the middle, the cells mostly divided
by a longitudinal septum, yellow-brown, 20-22 x8-10//.

There is no outward indication of the fungus except the numerous,
small round perforations in the epidermis, but when this is stripped
off, the surface of the inner bark is seen to be dotted with the round,
pallid, slightly prominent apices of the perithecia.

Anthostomella albocincta E. & E.

On dead culms of Arundinaria, Louisiana. Langlois.

Perithecia sunk in the unaltered substance of the culm, without any
stroma or any circumscribing line, globose, 500-600// diam., with
thick, coriaceous walls. Ostiola erumpent, globose, often collapsing,
surrounded by the slightly raised, whitened epidermis. Asci cylin-
drical, stipitate, p. sp. 80-100x6-7//. Paraphyses evanescent.
Sporidia uniseriate, mostly overlapping, subfusoid- oblong, scarcely

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 425

curved, 13-16x35-4//., brown with a hyaline, minute, subglobose
appendage at the lower end. The perithecia are mostly scattered
singly, but here and there they are collected in groups of 3-4, with
their ostiola collected- in a fascicle.

This differs from A. stegophora (Mont. ) in its scattered or grouped
not, seriate, perithecia, and in its permanently oblong appendic-
ulate sporidia ; from A. Bambusce Lev. in the absence of any stroma.

Valsa leucopsis E. & E.

On bark of Fraxinus viridisl Cody, Nebraska, March 28, 1893.
Rev. J. M. Bates. Comm. Prof. Thos. A. Williams.

Stroma, depressed-conical, f-1 mm. diam., orbicular, consisting of
the nearly unaltered substance of the bark, the flattened apex erum-
pent and snow-white. Perithecia 6-12, circinate in the bottom of the
stroma, about 150 // diam., abruptly contracted above into slender
necks, their black, puuctiform ostiola, erumpent through the snow-
white disk but not exserted. Asci elavate-cylindrical, 22-27 x
5-6;/. Sporidia biseriate above, allantoic!, hyaline, slightly
curved, 5— 6Jxl— li^t

Has the outward appearance of Valsa leucostoma (Pers. ) or V.
nivea (Hoff. ), but the asci and sporidia are smaller and there is no
conceptacle enclosing the stroma, besides the different habitat.

Eutypella alpina E. & E.

On dead trunks of Alnus incana. Larimer Co., Colo., July 1895.
Alt. 7,000 ft. C. F. Baker, No. 363.

Stroma seated on the wood, depressed conical, orbicular or
elliptical, 3-4 mm. diam., white inside, enclosed in a stout, black,
subcarbonaceous shell, circumscribed by a black line penetrating the
wood. Perithecia 20-30 in a stroma, monostichous, crowded, ovate-
globose, i mm. diam., necks slender, rising through the white
substance of tbe stroma and terminating in a compact fascicle of
stout, subglobose, quadrisulcate ostiola erumpent through transverse
cracks in the epidermis or closely surrounded by it. Asci, p. sp. ,
22-24 x 4-5 ,»., long stipitate, with stout, nucleate paraphyses
exceeding them in length. Sporidia subbiseriate, allantoid, yellowish,
moderately curved, 7-10 x 1^-2 ,"..

Differs from E. similis (Karst.) in its larger sporidia from E.
alnifraga ( Wahl.) in the shorter spore-bearing part of the asci, and
from both in the much more numerous perithecia.

426 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Eutypella herbicola E. & E.

On dead stems of Aster cordifolius. Ohio. Morgan No. 1,122.

Stroma elongated, 5 or more cm. long, and 2-3 mm. wide, slaty-
black outside, circumscribed by a black line which penetrates deeply
into the substance of the stem. Perithecia globose, 300-450 // diam.
not deeply buried, lying either singly or 3-10 together in valsoid
groups. Ostiola erumpent, tuberculo-globose or short- cylindrical
with their tips swollen, quadrisulcate. Asci, p. sp., fusoid-clavate,
30-35 x 5-6 ,"., with a slender stipe. Paraphyses obscure or none.
Sporidia allantoid, yellowish, slightly curved, obtuse, 6-8 x lf-2 //.

Differs from E. cerviculata (Pers. ) in its partly scattered perithecia
and herbicolous growth, in which respect it approaches Cryptosphwria.

Diatrypella Fraxini E. & E.

On dead limbs of Fraxinus viridis. Rooks Co., Kansas, July,
1895. E. Bartholomew, No. 1,783.

Stroma cortical and convex, 2-3 mm. diam., formed of the
slightly altered substance of the bark, without any distinct circum-
scribing line. Perithecia 8-12 in a stroma, globose, 250-300//
diam., ostiola united in a brownish-black, erumpent disk, only
slightly projecting, becoming 4-cleft. Asci clavate, 110x12//,
long-stipitate, paraphysate, polysporous. Sporidia crowded, allant-
oid, yellowish-hyaline, curved, 6—8 x lf-2//.

The stromata raise the bark into distinct pustules, to the sides of
which the lobes of the ruptured epidermis closely adhere.

Melogramma boreale E. & E.

On bark of dead Abies, Newfoundland. Waghorue.

Stromata gregarious, erumpent, bordered by the lacerated, up-
turned epidermis, suborbicular or irregular, 1-2 mm. diam., or by
confluence subflexuous, black, roughened above by the prominent,
obtuse ostiola. Perithecia buried in the stroma, not numerous.
Asci clavate-cylindrical, 75-80x12//, with a short stipe, paraphy-
sate, 8-spored. Sporidia biseriate, clavate-oblong or ovate-oblong,
uniseptate and constricted in the middle, each cell finally becoming
uniseptate, slightly narrowed toward each end, but not acute, 1*0-
13x3J-4i //.

Resembles M. Hibisci ( Schw. ).

Hypoxylon Californicum E. & E.

On wood of Adenostylum fasdculatum, Pasadena, Cala., Aug.,
1894. Prof. A. J. McClatchie, No. 755.

1895.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 427

Stroma interruptedly effused continuous for 2-4 cm., or subro-
bicular, i-1 cm. across, about 1 mm. thick, margin abrupt, some-
times the upper edge slightly projecting, conidial layer rusty-red,
same color as in H. perforatum (Schw.) Perithecia monostichous,
ovate, %-i mm., the apices only slightly prominent, with small,
papilliform ostiolum, finally perforated. Asci cylindrical, rather
long-stipitate, abundantly paraphysate, 8-spored, p. sp. 90-110x7
-8 ix. Sporidia uniseriate, oblong-navicular, 14-18 x 6-7 ft, yellow-
ish at first, with a single large central nucleus, finally opake.

Distinguished from H. rubiginosum (Pers.), by its larger sporidia.

Phyllachora Plantaginis E. & E.

On leaves of Plantago Rugelii, Racine, Wis., Oct., 1894. Dr. J.
J. Davis, No. 943.

Kpiphyllous, gregarious, on dead areas of the leaf, convex-hemis-
pherical, black, \—i mm. diam., or 2-3 confluent and then larger,
base innate in the surface of the leaf, apex papilliform. Cells filled
with oblong, hyaline, 2-nucleate stylospores 6-8 x 2-2£ //. Asci not
yet formed.

Evidently the early stage of Phy/lachora.

Dothidella longissima (Pers.) E. & E.

Sphaeria longissima Pers., Syn. p. 31. Phoma longissima West.
Not. Ill, p. 13.

Perithecia densely gregarious, seated on a thin, black subiculum
forming long, narrow, black, ribbon-like strips 1-1 h mm. wide,
extending from node to node on the stems, minute, slightly prom-
inent, not confluent, covered at first by the blackened epidermis.
Ostiola inconspicuous, or minutely papilliform. Asci oblong, 40 x
7-9 p., nearly sessile, paraphysate. Sporidia biseriate, oblong, uni-
septate, but scarcely constricted, obtuse, hyaline, 12-15 x 3* p..

On dead stems of Chenopodi um album, Kansas. Bartholomew &
Shear.

Homostegia coscinodisca E. & E.

On bark of birch trees. Newfoundland. Waghorne.

Stromata erumpent-superficial, discoid- pulvinate, J-f mm. diam.,
pierced above with 6-8 small round openings but without any promi-
nent ostiola. Ascigerous cells about 75 p. diam. , with thin subhy-
aline walls so that they are not easily distinguished. Asci oblong,

428 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895-

subsessile, 55-60x12-15/;., aparaphysate, 4-8 spored. Sporidia
mostly biseriate, varying from elliptical to oblong and 8-22 x 8-1 0//.;
3-septate and constricted at the septa, especially at the middle one,
where they readily separate, obtuse at the ends, hyaline. Belongs in
Saccardo's subdivision Roumegueria and allied to, but apparently
different from H. durissima Berk.

Ciboria Liquidambaris E. & E.

On decaying capsules of IAquidambar. Naamans Creek, Delaware,
May 1895. A. Commons, No, 2,710.

Gregarious stipitate, 4-5 mm. high. Ascoma about 2 mm. broad,
orbicular, convex and brownish when dry, margin paler, Stipe,
white or dirty-white, puberulent. Asci clavate, stipitate, 75-80 x
7-8 ii, with filiform paraphyses. Sporidia subbiseriate, oblong,
hyaline, continuous, 8-11 x 3 //.

Mollisia Asolepiadis E. & E.

On dead stems of Asclepias. London, Canada, July, 1895.
DeamessNo. 2,283.

At first covered by the epidermis, then erumpent-superficial, orbic-
ular, f mm. diam., pale slate-color, margin coarsely toothed or sub-
entire, plano-convex, much shrunken when dry. Asci cylindrical,
short-stipitate, paraphysate, 8-spored, 55-60x6,".. Sporidia mostly
biseriate, subinequi laterally elliptical, 2-nucleate, hyaline,
8-10 x 3 ;•

Closely allied to Peziza abdita Ell. but disk darker, sporidia
broader and ascoma not as completely withdrawn beneath the epi-
dermis when dry.

Cenangium conglobatum E. & E.

On dead limbs of some deciduous tree or shrub. Bay of Islands,
West Coast of Newfoundland, July 1895. Rev. A. C. Waghorne,
No. 42.

Densely cespitose, forming compact tufts or balls 3-4 mm. diam.
Ascomata cup-shaped, stag-color or ferruginous inside and out,
margin light-colored and fringed with short, pale, smooth hairs,
outside granulose-pilose. Asci clavate-cylindrical, sessile, 8-spored,
30x5-6;/. Sporidia subbiseriate, allantoid, 2-nucleate, hyaline,
obtuse, slightly curved, 5-6] x 2-2J ,"• Paraphyses filiform, with
a knob-like thickening at the tips. Asci and paraphyses have a
ferruginous tint.

1895.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 429

Chlorosplenium striisporum Ell. & Dearness.

On decaying leaves. London, Canada, July 1<S95. Dearness
No. 2,281."

Sessile, hemispherical, 1-1 2 mm. diam., greenish-yellow, thin,
hemispherical, with the margin incurved and toothed, rough verru-
cose-squamose outside, pale yellow inside, substance soft-car nose.
Asci clavate-cylindrical, stipitate, p. sp. 70-75 x 15-20/*. Paraphy-
3es filiform, longer than the asci. Sporidia irregularly crowded in
the asci, elliptical, smooth and hyaline at first, pale-brown and
longitudinally striate when mature, 15-20 x 9-11 //..
Cenangella abietina E. & E.

On bark of dead Abies. Newfoundland. Waghorne.

Ascomata erumpent-superficial, gregarious, black, orbicular,
about ? mm. diam. with the margin thin and suberect. Asci
clavate-cyclindrical subsessile, 60-75 x 12 //, 8-spored. Sporidia
biseriate, ovate-elliptical, yellowish, becoming brown, 2-nucleate,
becoming uniseptate, 12—18 x 6-7 //..

Patellea hysteric-ides E. & E.

On weather-beaten pine lumber. Rooks Co., Kansas. E.
Bartholomew.

Ascomata erumpent-superficial, i-i mm. diam., black, the opposite
sides incurved, when dry, so as to give the appearance of a
Hysterium with an open disk. Asci obovate, 30-35 x 20 >>■, with
a short, nodular stipe. Paraphyses united above into a black or
purplish-black epithecium. Sporidia crowded, obovate, uniseptate
and constricted, 14-18 x 8-10 //., ends rounded and obtuse hyaline.

P. stygia (B. & C.) is said to have the sporidia subattenuated at
each end, which is not the case with this species.
Duplicaria acuminata E. & E.

On culms of Juncus Drummondii, Cameron Pass, Colo., July,
1894. Prof. C. S. Crandall, No. 83.

Ascomata scattered, shield-shaped, |-1 mm. diam. astomous, con-
vex when moist, collapsing and wrinkled or ridged when dry, black
and shining, manner of dehiscence not seen. Asci clavate-cylin-
drical, obtuse at the apex, gradually narrowed to the base, 80-110
x 11-12//, paraphyses none. Sporidia 8 in an ascus, irregularlv
crowded, bifusoid, i.e. consisting of two fusoid sporidia joined end to
end, 30-35 x 2J— 3 p., hyaline, acuminate at each end, but more dis-
tinctly so below.

430 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

D. Empetri Fckl. has the sporidia larger 58 x 6 p. and obtuse
at the ends. D. Cochinchinensis K. & H. has sporidia shorter and
broader.

Phyllosticta amicta E & E.

On leaves of Aretostaphylos viscida and A. Manzanita, Jackson,
Amador County, Cala., 1894. Geo. Hansen, Nos. 129 and 130.

Spots cinereous, with a narrow, reddish-purple border, orbicular,
3-4 mm. diam. Perithecia amphigenous, erurapent, depressed-
globose, 120-200 /j. diam. , overrun with a hyphomycetous growth,
Alfernaria, which also spreads more or less over the surface of the
leaf. Sporules ovate or elliptical, 7-10 x 5-6 p., light straw-yellow.

On A. Manzanita the perithecia are scattered over reddish-brown
dead parts of the leaf, mostly the upper half, without any definite
spots. The Alternaria has conidia composed of globose, brown cells
7-8 fi. diam. , joined in toruloid threads, or collected in irregular
shaped masses, or forming concatenate conidia 10-30 x 8-20 p.

Phyllosticta Trillii E & E.

On leaves of Trillium petiolatum, Pullman, Wash., June, 1894.
Prof. C. V. Piper, No. 341.

Spots small, 2—3 mm., round, dirty- brown, grayish in the center,
margin darker, with a yellowish- shaded border. Perithecia innate,
epiphyllous, globose, about 75 p diam. Sporules oblong, hyaline,
continuous, 10-14 x 2-2? p. On the same spots is a Cladosporium
C. Trillii E. & E. Tufts effused, slate-color. Hyphae septate,
brown, 60-70x5-6//. Conidia oblong, brown, 1-3-septate, 15-22
x 5-7 p.
Phyllosticta Rudbeckiae E & E.

On leaves of Rudbeckia laciniata, Kenosha Co., Wis., Sept., 1894.
Dr. J. J. Davis, No. 942.

Spots nearly black, irregular subelliptical or suborbicular, J-f
cm. diam., definite with the border dai*ker than the center. Peri-
thecia epiphyllous, scattered, black, small, hemispheric-prominent.
Sporules oblong-cylindrical, hyaline, straight or slightly curved,
obtuse, 8-12x2-21 a.

Phyllosticta solitaris E & E.

On leaves of Pirus coronaria, Crawfordsville, la., Oct., 1893.
Prof. L. M. Underwood.

Spots minute, 1 mm., round, pale-white, with a darker border.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 431

Perithecia epiphyllous, solitary, one in the center of each spot, 75 //.
diam. Sporules subglobose, hyaline, nucleate, 5-6// diam.

Phyllosticta castanicola E. & E.

On leaves of Castanea ehrysophylla, Sisson, Cala., July, 1894.
Prof. Marshall A. Howe, No. 122.

Spots epiphyllous, dark-brown, suborbicular, 2-5 mm. diam., with
a narrow, dark, subfimbriate border, scarcely visible on the lower
face of the leaf. Perithecia crowded on the spots, buried in the sub-
stance of the leaf, hard and tough, orbicular or elliptical, 80-100 >j.
diam., sometimes 2—3 confluent, the apex erumpent and broadly
perforated. Sporules abundant, minute, oblong, 3-3? x 1 \— 1? /<,
hyaline. The tough, almost sclerotioid perithecia indicate that this
may be the stylosporous stage of some Phyllachora, or other dothide-
aceous fungus. Very different from Ph. Castaneae E. & E.

Asteroma infuscans E & E. N. A. F. 3.361.

On dead stems of Iva xanthifoliit, Fort Collins, Colo., Feb., 1895.
C. F. Baker, No. 234.

Fibrils appressed, branched, radiate, at length often disappearing,
leaving the surface of the stem blackened for several 5-10 cm. in
extent, the blackened areas mostly surrounding the stem and more
or less distinctly limited. Perithecia abundant, pustuliform, per-
forated above, 90-150 p. diam. Sporules oblong-elliptical, hyaline,
continuous, 3-5 x 1-1 J fi.

Asteroma Parkinsoniae E. & E.

On pods of Parkinsonia Torreyana, Tucson, Arizona, Sept., 1893.
Prof. J. W. Tourney, No. 14.

Perithecia emergent-superficial, subdepressed, 150,". diam., at first
a single one seated in the center of an appressed, gray, radiating
mycelium, at length smaller perithecia appear along the radiating
arms of the hyphae. Sporules oblong, hyaline, 2-3-nucleate, 15—
20 x 5-7 ft, ends obtusely rounded.

Aposphaeria Ohiensis E. & E.

On rotten wood. Ohio. Morgan, No. 1,068. Perithecia gregar-
ious, depressed-globose, minute, 150//, papillate. Sporules oblong-
elliptical, continuous, hyaline, 2|-3 x 1 p., borne on stout, fascicu-
late basidia 10—12 x l?-2 <>. below, slightly tapering above.

Dothiorella fraxinicola E. & E.

On bark of dead Fraximis. Long Pine, Nebraska, June, 1895.
Rev. J. M. Bates.

432 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Perithecia erumpent-superficial, densely gregarious, or here and
there collected in botryoid clusters connected by an imperfect stroma,
i-J mm. diam., with a papilliform or short-cylindrical ostiolum,
finally collapsing above and broadly perforated. Sporules oblong-
fusoid, 18-30 x 6-7 //., hyaline, continuous, on slender basidia about
as long as the sporules.

Differs from D. Fraxini E. & E., and from D. fraxinea Sacc.
and Roum. in its larger perithecia and its differently shaped spor-
ules.

Dothiorella Crataegi E. & E.

On dead limbs of Crataegus oxyacantha, London, Canada, May,
1895. J. Dearness, 1,291 (b).

Stromata gregarious, erumpent, black; flattened pulvinate 2-I2
mm. or more in diameter. Perithecia small, 2-20 in a stroma.
Ostiola papilliform. Sporules elliptical, smoky or subolivaceous-
hyaline, 18-20 x 10-15//. on stout basidia, but soon deciduous.
Fusicoccum quercinum E. & E.

On dead limbs of Quercus coccinea, var. tinctoria, Newfield, N. J.,
March, 1895. .

Stromata numerous, scattered, subcuticular, tuberculo-convex,
seated on the surface of the inner bark, erumpent and loosely sur-
rounded by the ruptured epidermis, about 1 mm. diam,, white or
whitish inside, obscurely multilocular, enclosed in an outer, coriace-
ous coat, which is irregularly ruptured above. Sporules fusoid,
hyaline, continuous, mostly 2-nucleate, subobtuse, 10-15 x 3-3* //.
Associated with Botryosphaeria fuliginosa (M. & N.).

Diplodia oelastrina E. & E.

On dead stems of Celastrus scandens, Rockport, Kansas, Jan. 10,
1895. Bartholomew, No. 1,646.

Perithecia buried in the blackened substance of the inner bark
small li mm., either singly or in groups, raising and rupturing
the epidermis, but not erumpent, though visible, minutely papillose.
Sporules variable ; mostly oblong-cylindrical, or clavate- oblong,
uniseptate, but scarcely constricted, dark-brown, almost opake, 18-
22 x 7-8 //, others regularly elliptical, lighter brown, smaller 16-
20 x 7-8 fi, and deeply constricted.

The shape and size of the elongated sporules is almost the same
as figured by Starback for those of Cytopled propulfans Schw.,

1895.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 433

b<ut the arrangement of the perithecia is different and sporules

septate.

Diplodia Umbellulariae E. & E.

On dead twigs and limbs of Umbellularia Californica, Pasadena,
Gala., Aug., 1894. Prof. A. J. McClatchie.

Perithecia scattered singly or oftener in short series of 3-6, bedded
in the blackened, almost stromatic, substance of the inner bark and
raising and splitting the epidermis into short, longitudinal cracks,
through which their minute, papilliform ostiola are barely visible,
150-200 ,'/. diam., whitish inside. Sporules elliptical, broadly con-
stricted at the septum, dark-brown obtuse, 16-20 x 8-10, a, on pedi-
cels about as long as the sporules.

Similar but smaller perithecia on the same limbs produce, oblong-
elliptical, pale-brown, 8-1 Ox 4-5 // sporules Coniothecium Umbellu-
lariae E. & E. . Other perithecia contain oblong, 5-septate sporules
25-30x7-9//-, on hyaline pedicels 8-12 /j. long terminal; cells of
sporules hyaline, intermediate ones olive-brown. Hendersonia Um-
bellulariae E. & E.

Diplodia officinalis E. & E.

On dead limbs of Sassafras officinalis, New Brunswick, N. J.
Prof. B. D. Halsted. Michigan, G. H. Hicks.

Perithecia evenly but thickly scattered, subepidermal, depressed-
globose, 150-200// diam., covered by the blackened epidermis
which is raised into distinct pustules pierced at the apex by the
papilliform ostiola. Sporules oblong, dark-brown, septate in the
middle, but not constricted, 15-22 x 7-8 //..

Differs from D. Sassafras Tr. & E. in its larger sporules septate
in the middle, and in growing on dead, instead of living limbs.

Botryodiplodia ostiolata E. & E.

On bark of dead Quercus alba. Ohio. Morgan No. 1,051.

Perithecia fasciculate, 12-20 together, conic-cylindrical, 1-1 £
mm. long, white inside, joined at base in a black, subcuticular
stroma, erumpent through the thick epidermis, and when growing
on the side of a log or limb, curving upward. Sporules elliptical,
20-25 x 11-12 ix, uniseptate, brown.

Ascochyta zeicola E. & E.

On old stalks of Zea Mays, Newfield, N. J., May, 1895.
Perithecia gregarious, on slightly darker, irregular shaped or

334 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

subelongated areas of the stalk, suberumpent. pierced above, 10(i—
150// diam. Sporules oblong-cylindrical, hyaline, yellowish in the
mass, uniseptate, not constricted, obtuse, 6— 8 x 1J— 2 /v..

Very different from A. zeina Sacc. which is on the leaves and has
sporules 18x7 //.
Diplodina Coloradensis E. & E.

On dead stems of Gutierrezia Euthamiae, Fort Collins, Colo,
March, 1895. C. F. Baker, No. 333.

Perithecia subgregarious, often subseriate, erumpent-superficial,
small, about 200//., black and shining, subglbose, with a papilliform
ostiolum. Sporules oblong, obtuse, uniseptate, but mostly not con-
stricted, smoky-hyaline, 6-8 x 2?-3 ,«.

Near D. Galii Niessl, but apparently distinct; that species having
ovate, constricted sporules.
Septoria variegata E. & E.

On leaves of Rhamnus Purshiana, Shasta Springs, Siskyou Co.,
Cala., Aug., 1894. W. C. Blasdale.

Spots numerous, dark rusty-brown, becoming light rusty-brown,
2-8 mm. diam., with a small, white spot in the center, or in the
larger spots, with numerous white spots arranged so as to present a
zonate or marbled appearance, as in Septoria musiva Pk. Peri-
thecia epiphyllous, but often visible below, seated on the small white
spots, broadly open above, 100-110 /». diam. Sporules clavate-cyl-
indrical, irregularly curved, hyaline, nucleate, becoming 3-septate,
25-55 x 3-43 :>..

Seems to be quite distinct from all the other species on Rhamnus.
On account of the imperfectly developed perithecia, this approaches
Cy lindrosporium .
Septoria Asplenii E. & E.

On leaves- of Asplenium angustifolium, Mich. Ag. College, 1891.
G. H. Hicks. Comm., Mr. L. N. Johnson.

Spots dull dirty-white, with a broad reddish-brown border, 3-4
mm. wide, including border. Perithecia sparingly scattered on
the spots, small, 65-75 //, pale-brown, perforated above, only
slightly prominent. Sporules filiform, continuous, "several-sep-
tate" (sec. Mr. Hicks), curved, subequal, hyaline or greenish-hya-
line, 35-45 x 1] ,".
Septoria ourvispora E. & E., N.A.F., 3,270.

On leaves of Acer glabrum, Shasta Springs, Cala., Aug., 1894

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 435

W. C. Blasdale and Septoria macrophylli E. & E., MS., on leaves
of A'-cr macrophyllum, Seattle, Wash., Aug., 1894, Prof. C. V.
Piper, should be considered as mere varieties of Septoria circinata
E. & E., Proc. Phil. Acad., 1894, p. 367.
Amerosporium cinctum E. & E.

On dead stems of Gladiolus, Pasadena, Gala., Aug., 1894. Prof.
A. J. McClatchie, No. 793.

Perithecia superficial, applanate, 100-150;/ diam., membrana-
ceous, of cellular texture, broadly open above, fringed around the
base with spreading, smoky-hyaline, continuous, simple or sparingly
branched hairs, 80-120x3//. Sporules short-elliptical, smoky-
hyaline, obtuse, 3?-5 x 2-2? ,a.

Besides the subhyaline hairs that fringe the perithecia, other
branching brown threads creeping on the surface of the Gladiolus
stem, bear ovate, brown, conidia 1 -septate at first, then 2-3-septate
and submuriform, or sarcinuliform, 12-15 x 7-12 ;/.

Phleospora Californica E. & E.

On leaves of Acer Californicum, Contra Costa Co. Cala., July,
1895. W. C. Blasdale.

Acervuli on small, 2-3 mm., pale, indefinite spots thickly scat-
tered over the leaf, covered, especially on the upper side of the leaf,
by the black, subclypeate perithecia which are obsolete or unde-
veloped below. Sporules cylindrical, mostly straight, 1-3-septate,
20-35 x 3 ■> —4 ^ //, hyaline, not constricted, expelled in white filiform
cirrhi on both sides of the leaf.

Differs from Phi. Aceris (Lib.), in its black-capped acervuli and
white cirrhi.
Gloeosporium castanicolum E. & E.

On leaves of Castanea vesca, lying on the ground, Faulkland, Del.,
Aug., 1887. A. Commons.

Amphigenous but mostly hypophyllous, on light-colored spots or
areas of the leaf, also on and alongside of the midrib. Acervuli
numerous, minute, yellowish, erumpent. Conidia fusoid, subobtuse,
slightly curved, 20 x 2-2^ //..

On the one leaf examined was an abundance of Discosia artocreas
(Tode) forming conspicuous, suborbicular, black patches.
Cylindrosporium Khamni E. & E.

On leaves of Rhamnus, sp., Shasta Springs, Cala. W. C. Bias-
dale, No. 283.
30

436 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Spots small, 1 mm. , white, subconcentrically arranged on larger,
definite brown spots, 3-5 mm. diam. Acervuli epiphyllous, erumpent,
seated on the white spots, black, 150-200 // diam. Conidia cylin-
drical, curved, obtuse, nucleate, hyaline, 35-45 x 3s-4i fi.

Marsonia Rhamni E. & E.

On leaves of Rhamnus Purshiana, Renton, Wash., Aug. 9, 1894.
Prof. C. V. Piper, No. 59.

Spots suborbicular, \— 1 cm., whitish in the center, with a broad,
dark-purplish border. Acervuli epiphyllous, but also visible below,
flesh-colored, 200-250 ,a diam. Conidia oblong or elliptic-oblong,
uniseptate, hyaline, 6-8 x 2J— 3 /*, not constricted at the septum.

Marsonia rubiginosa E. & E.

On leaves of Salixt Idaho, 1802. A. J. Mulford.

Spots numerous, small, about 1 mm. diam., or by confluence
more, rusty-brown, without any distinct border, more clearly defined
on the upper side of the leaf.

Acervuli numerous, 100-150 ,u diam., amphigenous, but mostly
erumpent below. Conidia elongated-piriform, hyaline, uniseptate
near the lower end, often slightly curved, acute below, 11-13 x 2]-
4£ ;>.. Spores smaller and spots different from any of the other
species on willow leaves. Comes nearest M. salidcola Bres.

Melanconium crinigerum E. & E.

On bark of dead maple. Ohio, Morgan 1,130.

Ascervuli subcutaneous, convex, slate-color, 2-3 mm. diam.
Conidia, ovate, elliptical or subglobose 25-40 x 22-30 ,", loosely
fibrillose, issuing in black cirrhi which resemble tufts of black wool.
Found also on maple at Potsdam, N. Y.
Melanconium Alni C. & E.

Sphaeropsis Alni C. & E., Grev. V., p. 50.

On living bark of Alum serrulata, Newfield, N. J. and on Alnus
rhombifolia, Pasadena, Cala., August 1894. Prof. A. J.
McClatchie.

Acervuli perithecioid, minute, ' mm., buried in the inner bark,
subeircinate, filled at first with an abundance of subglobose, hyaline
sporules 3-4 a diam., and later on producing elliptical or oblong-
elliptical, obtuse, brown conidia resembling those of a Sphaeropsis,
and borne on stout basidia about 15//. long, 20-25 x 12-15 ,».

The conidia from each group of acervuli are discharged through a

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 437

common orifice and form heaps of spores resembling perithecia. The
Newfield specc. are younger and not as well matured but show the
same general characters as the California specc.

Sphaewpsls Alni C. & E. in Krieger's Saxon Fungi No. 847, is a
true Sphaeropsis and different from this.

Ovularia lotophaga E. & E.

Ou living leaves of Lotus Torreyi. Sissou, Cala. , July 1894;
W. C. Blasdale, No. 288.

Spots irregular or suborbicular, 2-3 mm. diam., grayish-brown,
with a narrow, darker border. Hyphae subfasciculate, hyaline, con-
tinuous, simple or sparingly branched 15-25 x 2£-3 /i, subgeniculate
above. Conidia subglobose or obovate-globose, 7-9 x 5-7 ;>..

Ramularia circumfusa E. & E.

On leaves of Rumex obtusifolius. Oberlin, Ohio, May, 1894.
Prof. F. D. Kelsey, No. 133. '

Amphigenous. Spots small, 1-2 mm., whitish, with a brown
border, thickly scattered over the leaf. Hyphae often issuing from
the stomata of the leaf, very long, 100-150 x 2i-3 //., vaguely and
loosely branched, distantly septate, hyaline, assurgent, subgeniculate
and toothed above, Conidia varying from ovate or oblong-elliptical,
5-10 x 2-2jj fi to cylindrical 10-15 x 2-2-2 ,", hyaline, continuous,
concatenate. Whether the conidia ever became septate we can
not say.

Differs from B. pratensis Sacc. in its smaller conidia and longer
hyphae, and its effused growth, spreading out around the spots so as
to form white, orbicular patches 2-3 mm. diam.

Ramularia cercosporoid.es E. & E.

On leaves of Epilobium epicatum. Seattle, Wash. August 1894.
Prof. C. V. Piper, No. 290.

Spots numerous, variable in size from 1-3 mm., often confluent in
irregular, subangular patches £-1 cm. diam., dark- purplish, with a
dull-whitish center. Hyphae hypophyllous, few in a tuft, arising
from a yellow-brown, stromatic base, subgeniculate, continuous or
faintly 1-2-septate, brownish-hyaline, nucleate, 30-60 x 3£ ,«.
Conidia terminal, oblong-fusoid, hyaline, at first continuous,
finally narrowed in the middle and 1, or more, septate, 15-
30 x 4-5 ;/-.

438 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Cercosporella Baccharidis E. & E.

On leaves of Baccharis Douglasii, Berkeley, Cala., June, 1894.
W. C. Blasdale.

Spots suborbicular, 3-4 mm. diam., dirty-brown, greenish at
first, mostly wrinkled. Hyphae hypophyllous, cespitose, hyaline,
simple, mostly straight and continuous, entire or faintly toothed
above, 25-40 x 4 //. Conidia cylindrical, obtuse at both ends, 1-3-
septate, hyaline, 40-60 x 4-4 h p..

Ceroosporella nivosa E. & E.

On leaves of Pentstemon Digitalis, Ohio. Morgan, No. 414, and
on P. ovatus, Idaho. Piper, No. 297.

Spots small, round, 1-2 mm., white, with a narrow slightly raised
margin surrounded by a purplish discoloration. Hyphae simple,
subattenuated above, nucleate, continuous, 12-15 x //, long hyaline
above, brownish and more or less swollen below, numerous, seated on
a hemispherical, cellular, brownish, sphaeriaform base and bearing at
their tips the cylindrical, hyaline conidia, 12-25x1^-2//., nucleate
and becoming 1-2-septate.

Differs from C. Pentstemonis E. & K., in its smaller hyaline
conidia and hyphae, white spots, and narrow, thread-like margin.

Cercospora hibiscina E. & E.

On leaves of Hibiscus tiliaceus, Mexico, 1895. Dr. E. Palmer,
No. 328.

Hypophyllous. Hyphae sparingly branched, septate, equal, 3] -4 //.
diam.. 300-400 \j. long, often undulate above, forming loosely inter-
woven, olive- black patches, 2-4 mm. diam. but not on any definite
spots. Couidia clavate-cylindrical, hyaline, about 3-septate, 30-50
x 3J— 4o ;>.. Apparently the conidial stage of some ascigerous fungus.

This is very distinct from C. Hibisci Tr. & Earle.

Cercospora stomatica Ell. & Davis.

On leaves of Solidcujo latifolia, Somers, Wis., June, 1894. Dr. J.
J. Davis.

Spots irregular, angular, black, with a yellow shade in the sur-
rounding green part of the leaf, 3-4 mm. diam. Hyphae hypophyl-
lous, issuing in loose tufts of 4-10 from the stomala of the leaf, 32-
70x4-7//, 2-3-septate, subgeniculate, nearly straight, pale- brown.
Conidia hyaline or yellowish-hyaline* attenuated above, 4-8, or
more, septate, straight or slightly curved, 50-150 x 5-6 [jl.

1895.] NATUKAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 439

Cercospora Grindeliae E. & E.

On leaves of Grindelia sp. Berkeley, Cala., June 1894. W. C.
Blasdale, No. 258.

Amphigenous, scattered in small, more or less confluent patches
over both sides of the leaf. Hyphae tufted, short, simple, continuous,
15-35 x 4 fj., subentire, or imperfectly toothed above, subhyaliue.
Conidia slender-clavate, yellowish-hyaline, granular and nucleate,
becoming faintly 3-6-or more-septate, sometimes constricted at one
or more of the septa, and often abruptly enlarged at one end,
50-140 x 4-7 ii.

Cladosporium aromaticum E. & E.

On living leaves of Rhus aromatica. Pasadena, Cala., August
1894. Prof. A. J. McClatchie, No. 779.

Epiphyllous, scattered, not on any definite spots. Sterile hyphae,
scanty, creeping, branched, fertile hyphae scarcely tufted, erect, pale
olivaceous, septate and constricted at the septa, subgeniculate, 30-70
x5//.. Conidia terminal, concatenate, olivaceous, oblong-cylindrical,
uniseptate, not constricted, 12-22', (mostly about 15) x 5//.

The hyphae thickly scattered over the surface of the leaf give it a
smutty appearance.

Macrosporium toruloides E. & E.

On dead stems of Urtiea Lyallii. Pullman, Wash., March 1894.
Prof. C. V. Piper, No. 320.

Effused, forming a thin, olive-black, velutiuous layer for several
cm. in extent. Hyphae toruloid, closely septate, branched. Conidia
variable, 15-40x10-15//, 3-6-septate arid rather sparingly muri-
forrn, the smaller ones sarcinuliform, the larger ones obovate, borne
on deciduous, closely septate pedicels 25-45 x 5-5 //, enlarged above
into the conidia.

Both the sterile and fertile hyphae are so closely septate as to
resemble threads of Torula.

Sporidesmium punctans E. & E.

On bark of living limbs of Planera aquatica. St. Laudry, Co.,
Louisiana, July 1894. Langlois, No. 2,392.

Punctiform, scattered, conidia cespitose, short stipitate, of various
shapes, subglobose, 20-30 //, diam. or often clavate or obpiriform,
clathrate-septate, brown, 25-75x12-20//, including the short, 12-
20//, septate pedicel.

440 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP [1895.

The tufts of conidia form little black specks, which at a casual
glance resemble minute perithecia.

Brachysporium pedunculatum E. & E.

On dead stems of Sambucus glauca, Pullman, Wash., March 1894.
Prof. C. V. Piper, No. 316.

Tufts punctiform, J-l mm. diam., erumpent and closely bordered
by the ruptured epidermis. Sterile hyphae coarse, 6-8 // thick,
branching, sparingly septate, crooked, hyaline, intricately inter-
woven. Conidia oblong, or the shorter ones ovate, biseptate, but
scarcely constricted, brown, borne on short, ovate, brownish basidia
2-15 x 6-8 // arising from the prostrate hyphae, but finally separat-
ing and remaining permanently attached to the conidia.

This agrees with the diagnosis of B. biseptatum Sacc. and Roum.
only that has dark hyphae ("intense fuligineis") and there is no
mention made of the permanent basidia so constantly seen in our
Washington species.

Macrosporium cuoumerinum E. & E.

On living leaves of Cucumis melo, Las Cruces, New Mexico, Aug.,
1895. Prof. E. O. Wooton.

Epiphyllous, on orbicular, subconfluent, rusty-brown spots, 3-4
mm. diam., becoming whitish in the center. Hyphae fasciculate or
solitary, few in a fascicle, subgeniculate, 1-3-septate, 35-50 x 5-6 //
Conidia clavate, sleuder-stipitate, 3-8-septate, scarcely constricted,
submuriform, 30-75x15-25,"., pedicel, 25-35 //. long. Nearly
allied to Macrosporium Solani E. & M., but differs in its slender-
pedicillate, mostly smaller conidia.

Stemphylium laxum E. & E.

On dead stems of Bigelovia graveolens, Grand .Junction, Colo.,
May, 1894. Prof. C. S. Crandall, No. 110.

Effused, extending for one or more cm. along the stem- and often
surrounding it, appearing like a thin, black pubescence. Hyphae
decumbent, hyaline, coarse, 8-10// diam., continuous. Conidia,
30-50 // diam., subglobose, sometimes two or three connate, made up
of globose brown cells, 8-10// diam., loosely compacted and borne
either terminally or laterally on the hyphae.

Differs from S. subradians E. & E. , in its coarser, hyaline hyphae
and larger, loosely compacted conidia.

1895.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 441

Stemphylium subradians E. & E.

On bark of dead limbs of Lonicera involuerata, "Coffee Pot
Springs," Colo., Aug., 1894. Alt. 9,500 ft. Prof. C. S. Crandall,
No. 93.

Hyphae decumbent, brown, continuous or faintly septate, 2£-3 ,".
diam., radiating from scattered points of attachment to the matrix
and forming a loose network. Conidia subglobose, 20-30 //. diam. ,
composed of globose, brown cells, 5-8;/ diam., and borne on short
lateral branches or pedicels, issuing at a right angle from the pros-
trate threads. To the naked eye the fungus appears like black, thin,
velvety patches indefinitely effused and from 2-10 mm. in extent,
often surrounding the limb or twig.

Stilbomyces n. gen. Fam. Stilbeae.

Sterile hyphae creeping, scanty, fertile hyphae united in an erect
stipe surmounted by a conidiiferous head composed of bundles of
rlagelliform, nucleate; conidia. Differs from Stilbum only in its
conidia.

Stilbomyces Berenice E. & E.

On living bark of Diospyros, Pointe Aux Loups, Acadia Co. ,
La., Sept., 1894. Langlois, No 2,396 and 2,400.

Stipe ciiierous-white, 1— 1§ mm. long and about 100// thick, mostly
a little curved, slightly attenuated above, and surmounted by a nar-
row-elliptical, acute head, a little thicker than the stipe. Conidia
rlagelliform, hyaline, about 60," long and 3A-4i >>. thick at the
moniliform-nucleate base, constricted between the nuclei, and finally
separating into ovate-elliptical, smoky-hyaline joints, 5-7x3-4//,
prolonged above into a continuous, hyaline bristle like crest which
constitutes about half the length of the conidia. These conidia are
united at the base so as to form tufts of 50-100 conidia with their
rlagelliform tips spreading out like the bristles of a paint-brush.
Fusarium acuminatum E. & E.

On living steins of Solatium tuberosum, Geneva, N. Y., July, 1895.
Prof. S. A. Beach, comm. F. C. Stewart.

Sporodochia gregarious, minute, white at first, then flesh-colored.
Conidia falcate, attenuate-acuminate at each end, 3-5, exceptionally
6 septate, not constricted, arising from slightly elongated cells of the
proligerous layer, in which respect it differs from the usual type of
Fusarium. Quite distinct from F. diplosporum C. & E. , which
also occurs on the same host.

442 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

October 1.
Mr. Charles Morris in the Chair.

Twenty-seven persons present.

A paper entitled " List of Birds collected in North Greenland by
the Peary Expedition of 1891-92," by Witmer Stone, was presented
for publication.

October 8.

Mr. Charles Morris in the Chair.

Nineteen persons present.

Papers under the following titles were presented for publication:

"Archaeological Work in Ohio." By Gerard Fouke.

" Certain River-mounds of Duval County, Florida." By Clarence
B. Moore.

"Two Mounds on Murphy Island, Florida." By Clarence B.
Moore.

"Certain Sand Mounds of the Ocklawaha River, Florida." By
Clarence B. Moore.

October 15.
Mr. Charles Morris in the Chair.
Twenty-seven persons present.

The deaths'of Dr. A. E. Foote, a member, the 11th inst. , and of
Rev. John G. Morris, Charles V. Riley, and Sir John Tomes, F.
R. S. , correspondents, were announced.

October 22.
Mr. Charles Morris in the Chair.

One hundred and ninety-one persons present.

The deaths of Joseph Grenville Norwood and Daniel Kirkwood,
correspondents, were announced.

Dr. Benjamin Sharp made a communication on a collecting
tour to Alaska, Bering Sea and the Artie Ocean on board the U.
S. Revenue Cutter, Bear, during the past summer. (No abstract.)

1895.] natural, sciences of philadelphia. 443

October 29.
Dr. C. Newlin Peirce in the Chair.

Ninety-one persons present.

A paper entitled, " Synopsis of the North American Species of
Gorytes Latr," by Win. J. Fox, was presented for publication.

The death of Louis A. Harlow, M. D., a member, was announced.

The Publication Committee reported in favor of the publication of
the following papers in the Journal of the Academy:

" Certain River-mounds of Duval County, Florida." By Clarence
B. Moore.

"Two Mounds on Murphy Island, Florida." By Clarence B.
Moore.

" Certain Sand Mounds of the Ocklawaha River, Florida." By
Clarence B. Moore.

A preliminary account of the Re-exploration in 1894. and 1895 of
the "Bone Hole," now known, as Irwins' Cave, at Port Kennedy, Mont-
gomery County, Pennsylvania. Mr. Henry C. Mercer remarked
that when Dr. Samuel G. Dixon of the Academy kindly put him in
charge of the excavation at Port Kennedy in November of last year,
(after Mr. D. N. McCadden, having found fossils in a dump heap,
had called attention to the deposit, and after Mr. S. N. Rhoads had
excavated there for some time) he, the speaker, soon learned that they
were once more at the old so-called " Bone Hole" of Port Kennedy.
This was the place referred to by Mr. C. M. Wheatley, who gives a
cut of it in the American Journal of Science and Arts for April,
1871, and where he collected the bones described by Prof. Cope in the
Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society for April, 1871.
A recent lowering of the quarry floor had brought the workmen to
the same soft place that they had reached twenty-five years before.
They were twelve feet deeper than Mr. Wheatley had been at the
previous time, in a gallery filled up with stratified rubbish, whose
roof, if it had a roof, had been blasted away, whose bottom had
never been reached and whose horizontal extent no one can guess.
They were not standing in the darkness under a rock arch, but in
the open quarry, forty-five feet below the original surface of the hill,
at the very bottom of the quarried area, and below its water level,
so deep that the drainage hole close by had to be pumped out day and
night to keep the floor dry. A great mass of red talus, unfortunately
dumped exactly upon the deposit, overhung them ready to fall as
the digging went on.

The explorer was confronted by a vertical bank about twenty-five
feet wide by twelve feet high and striped with colored bands of

444 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

stratification and it was the great number and variety of the bones of
animals that protruded from it in all directions that first astonished
him. The bones lay in the red clay and black earth with fragments
of limestone and bits of shale, broken, crushed, ground into a sort of
meal, or flattened by the down-settling of the earth, often ooziug full
of water like a soaked sponge, and falling to pieces when touched,
so that they had to be cased in shells of plaster of paris, to be
removed. All that was seen was scattered and dislocated; no skele-
ton lay together, nor had the marks of gnawing teeth been found
upon any of the bones to indicate a den of carnivorous beasts, while
the kind and proportion of the remains further dispel the latter idea.
The country, which for this reason they might infer was thickly
wooded, must have been thickly inhabited by sloths, judging from the
astonishing number of their bones, and as inferentially from modern
species neither this animal nor the tapir, buried with it, endured
cold, the climate was probably warm or temperate. Animals large
and small, fierce and gentle, lay together, the cumbrous mastodon
whose bones had been ground to powder, or dislocated and crushed,
at the bottom of the digging along with the rabbit and the turtle.
Professor Cope had shown that there were feline carnivores and
abundant bears, and they had found the saber- toothed tiger with the
bones of birds and the remains of the gentler horse, the beaver, and
the llama. What was the power that destroyed the creatures, and
what the event that brought toegther their bones and buried them
in one place?

Not to anticipate a description that ought to be very carefully
given of the position and contents of this remarkable deposit, of the
way the jaws and the teeth, the knuckles and the vertebras of these
inhabitants of land and water, earth and air lay together, of the
relation of all the bones to the stratified bands of clay and stones, and
of the position of the whole with reference to the surface of the hill,
and to the other galleries and chambers that had been continually
revealed by blasting, let it be said, that every blow of the pick-axe,
destroying as much as it saved in the thick mass, revealed the
action of water, which, it seems, must have overswept the hill- top
since it could not have crept up to do its work by seeking its level
through a longer ingress, and which, for other reasons to be explained,
must have worked upon a large scale. Was it an immense rising of
the river swollen by the down- washing from the glacier? Was it a
wider sinking of the whole eastern continental floor when the sea
invaded the land during the Champlain period ? If so, where were
the marine shells, which thus far the speaker had failed to find? Was
it a gradual thing or a sudden and terrible catastropbe, driving to-
gether beasts forgetful for the time of their animosities, toward some
common refuge. He might refer the carbonizing of the wood to vege-
table decomposition; should he appeal to the action of ice to account

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 445

for great thick blocks of wood, still uudecomposed, cut out of trees,
aud though rubbed and rounded in an inexplicable manner, still
retaining their bark? Aware that he was probably dealing with
a situation such as had never before been presented in the sea-
board region, and not certain what might be disclosed at any moment,
he had taken the most minute care of all the bones that could be
saved, labelling everything at once, according to a system of
numbered rectangles painted on the deposit with white- wash so
that the exact relative position of each specimen could be recorded
and a chart made, if need be, to show the whole series in place at
a glance.

Here was an immense deal of evidence sealed up, every item of
which should offer an important clue to the conditions of pleistocene
time. The matrixes sent in bulk in boxes, because they contained
too many small remains to be opened at the cave, should be studied
by a botanist. There were parts of trees, twigs, and possibly grasses,
leaves, vines, fibres, nuts and seeds, all as clearly a part of the
time and its climate as the animals.

Several suppositions were necessary to account for what was seen:

First. This diverse and uncongenial horde of animals must have
come together, whether to eat salt, feed, drink, cross a swamp and
perish in the mire, fall into a hole, or to take refuge at some point
of vantage from some terror of nature.

Second. They perished, but how? Should the entombment be
referred to wholesale destruction by lightning, carcasses dragged
into an open cavern by carnivores, or numbers of animals going to
one spot to die ? If it was drowning on a large scale, how account
for the birds and the turtles?

Third. The flesh decomposing had left the bones, and the bones
themselves had decayed in many instances before they were rede-
posited in the cave. This was certain from the fact that no skeletons
lay intact.

Fourth. Water had redeposited the already fleshless and weakened
bones in their present position, grinding many of the older and
more fragile into a sort of meal, imbedding others comparatively
intact in this meal, depositing all in hopeless confusion with clay and
stones in stratified bands, and destroying them still farther by the
down-settling of the debris after they had reached their present
position.

There seemed to be no mixing of epochs or down- washing of old
and new deposits into this deep chasm. Whatever else was inferred
from the debris they knew its geological date. They had gone back
one geological step, into different conditions of species, and a different
climate. If they were to find a paleolithic ape-like savage in
eastern North America this was the place to settle his antiquity
beyond all reasonable doubt. No trace of humanity had yet been

446 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

found, but if Man were living at this time they might suppose that
the waters which gathered together and poured into this tomb so
many living creatures seized him also, and that at some unexpected
moment, they should find a piece of his skeleton, or a fragment of
his handiwork to prove it. Fort Kennedy represented the meeting
ground between anthropology and paleontology, where perhaps from
the point of view of the latter larger science, it was sufficient to
gather the bones, and identify the species, but anthropology asked
for more. It must have everything measured and in place. On the
alert for the sudden apparition of Man, it must know how, when,
why, by whom, and under what circumstances all these objects were
found. No more of the doubt that beclouded the classic deposits at
Natchez, Miss. , or Trenton, N. J. , that perplexed the student who went
to Stockholm and tried to get at the real meaning of the bones that
Lund supposed he found associated with pleistocene fossils in the Minas-
Geraes Caverns in Brazil. No more of the uncertainty that ob-
scured at first the investigations at Gailenreuth, where pottery and
charcoal seemed to be mixed with the bones of the Cave Bear,
or at other caverns in Belgium, England and France, where for a
long time science concerned itself with the species of animals found,
and not with the human remains associated with them. If Homo
sapiens were found at Port Kennedy the fact and its significance
could well be established beyond all controversy, but since Dr. Dixon
and the speaker had begun excavation there a year ago, and after
working at the spot for more than a month last autumn, and during
several recent weeks, the latter felt that it would be safe to say that
not one- third of the deposit had been removed, though he himself had
dug out about 300 cubic yards, and Mr. Rhoads had removed as
much previously.

Thanks were due to Mr. Archibald Irwin, the owner of the
quarry, for the privilege accorded by him of exploring the deposit.
With his co-operation the work advanced. Meanwhile it was
eminently desirable that means should be furnished for the farther
exploration of this most important pleistocene record.

The Fossil Vertebrata from the fissure at Port Kennedy, Pa. Prof.
Edw. D. Cope made the following remarks on the contents of the
cave at Port Kennedy, and especially on the fossil remains of verte-
brata presented to the Academy by Dr. S. G. Dixon and Mr. H.
C. Mercer. The fissure was exposed in 1870 by the workmen
engaged in quarrying the Cambrian limestone (Calciferous epoch),
and Mr. C. M. Wheatley had published an account of it in the
American Journal of Science and Arts. He collected numerous
fossils, which were the subject of a paper by the speaker, which was
published in the Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society

1895.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 447

for 1871. The number of species determined at that time was
thirty- four.

The specimens now received were derived from another part of the
same fissure, which had been exposed by further excavations by the
quarrymen. The first to come to hand were obtained by Dr. Dixon
and Mr. S. N. Rhoads, but subsequently a large amount of
material had been taken from the deposit by Mr. H. C. Mercer, who
had carefully uoted the position of every specimen. The observations
now made by Prof. Cope were based on not more than half the
material obtained, and could be regarded as only preliminary to a full
report which he hoped to make at a future time.

The species obtained so far, including those of the collection of
1870, are as follows: Batraehia, undetermined, one sp., Testudinata,
three species; Ophidia, two species; Aves, two species; Mammalia,
Edentata, five species; Glires, twelve species; Inset ■tivora, one species;
Camivora, fourteen species; Proboscidia, one species; Diplarthra,
seven species; total, forty-eight species. Subtracting three species from
the list of 1871 as not well founded, we have an addition of seventeen
species made by the present exploration. Of these additions ten
species are Camivora.

Characteristic peculiarities of the association of species are the
following: The most abundant of the large mammals is the tapir,
Tapirus haysii Leidy. The next most abundant is the bear, Arcto-
therium pristinum Leidy. Probably the skunk, Mephitis mephitica
L. is the next most numerously represented. If we regard the sloths
of the genus Megalonyx as representing one species, they are the most
numerous in individuals, but there are several species. Equus
major Dek. and Mastodon amerieanus Cuv., in both young and adult
individuals, are not rare. The remains of Elephas have not been
found, and the first collection only contains Mylodon. Peccaries of
two species are not uncommon; while a few individuals of a deer
occur, and a single tooth of a rather large cameloid. The Glires of
the new collection had not been investigated, but there is a left ramus
mandibuli of a beaver which' is very near to, if not identical with,
the Castor fiber, a species not contained in the collection of 1870.
No fragments of opossum have been found, and raccoon is very rare.

More attention has been given to the Camivora of the collection.
The Arctotherium pristinum is of South American type, and is
widely different from the existing North American bears. Associated
with it are remains not distinguishable from the common black bear,
Ursus amerieanus. A few teeth and bones are not distinguishable
from those of the wolf, while two species of foxes are represented by
two molar teeth, one of which is not distinguishable from the corres-
ponding part of the gray fox, V. einereoargentatus. Fragments of
sectorials are closely similar to those of Eassariscus astutus, and
fragments represent a weasel, Mustela. The cats are represented

448 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

by four species, of which the most abundant is the red lynx, L. rufus.
There is a smaller cat represented by mandibular ramus, which
resembles in characters and in size the corresponding parts of the
eyra, with which it seems to be identical. There are three inferior
premolars, and perhaps a part of a superior sectorial of a cat of the
size of the jaguar, which appears to be new to science; and there are
several teeth and a part of the lower jaw with teeth, of the large
saber-tooth which has been called Smilodon gracilis Cope. Finally
a lower sectorial and a premolar indicate an ally of the hyaenas;
which is described below as Crocuta inexpectata. The following are
the descriptions of the new forms:

Uncia meroerii sp. nov. This species is represented by three
premolar teeth of the lower jaw which belong to two individuals.
The posterior part of a superior sectorial tooth accompanies these
remains, and may belong to the same species. These teeth belong
to an animal of the dimensions of the jaguar, and the inferior pre-
molars have the posterior heel and lobe, and anterior basal lobe, well
developed. The horizontal section of the principal cusp is lenticular,
without much difference in the degree of convexity of the outlines.
The teeth differ from those of both the jaguar and puma in the
greater .elevation of both the posterior heel and lobe, which are
separated from each other by deep incisions. The posterior part of
the crown is narrower posteriorly, especially in the anterior tooth,
which differs more in all the points mentioned than does the posterior
tooth. Enamel smooth. Length of crown of p. m. I, 21 mm ; width
of do. posteriorly 9 mm. ; elevation of do. 14 mm. Length of crown
of p. m. II, 16 mm.; width of do. 7.5 mm.; elevation of do. 8.5
mm. This species is smaller than the XTncia atrox Leidy, which
equals the lion, and which differs also in the much simpler character
of the second premolar. It is dedicated to Mr. Henry C. Mercer in
recognition of his indefatigable labors in cave exploration.

Smilodon gracilis Cope, American Naturalist, 1880, p. 857.
This saber-tooth is represented by a considerable part of a superior
canine tooth, from which more than half of the apex has been broken
off. At the same time and place wTere found an entire left superior
sectorial ; part of a second left superior sectorial; part of a right
mandibular ramus containing the sectorial and first premolar teeth;
the crown of a second left inferior sectorial, and three incisors.
There are several bones in the collection, including ungual pha-
langes, which probably belong to the same animal.

This is the largest feline discovered in the formation, equaling the
Machcerodus cvltridens of the European caves, but not reaching the
dimensions of the South American Smilodon neogaetis. The edges
of the crown of the canine, of which 20 mm. are preserved, are
not denticulate. The anterior lobe of the superior sectorial is large,
but the preanterior lobe is very small. The protocone forms an

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 449

angular process, but has no distinct apex; its base displays the origin
of a separate root. The inferior sectorial has no trace of heel. The
first premolar is short and robust, and has a short but well-defined
heel, and well-marked but not elevated posterior lobe. The principal
cusp is elevated and robust, with lenticular section with, outlines of
very unequal convexity. In a probable second specimen of this
tooth, the anterior lobe is distinct, acute edged, and little elevated.
Incisors short, hooked, and with basal lobe at one side only.

The length of the fragment of the superior canine measures 111
mm.; anteroposterior diameter at base of crown 27 mm.; do. at 30
mm. from base 24 mm.; transverse diameter at do. 11 mm. Antero-
posterior diameter of superior sectorial 31 mm; greatest width (at
protocone) 14 mm. Anteroposterior diameter of inferior sectorial,
23 mm. ; do. of p. m. I, 20 mm. (restored).

This species differs from the S. floridanus Liedy, in the much
greater compression of the superior canine tooth, while the general
dimensions are similar.

Crocuta inexpectata sp. nov. This species is represented by a
right inferior sectorial in good preservation. It resembles a good
deal that of Crocuta maculata, and agrees with it in the absence
of trace of metaconid. The cutting heel is rather longer than in that
species, and the cingillum which is so conspicuous in it is wanting in
the fossil tooth. The paracouid and protoconid are well elevated
and equal. Anteroposterior diameter of crown 24 mm. ; do. of do.
exclusive of heel 19 mm.; elevation of paraconid 10 mm.

The occurrence of a hyena in this collection is unlooked for, but was
rendered less incredible by the discovery of a species of this family,
Borophagus diversidens, in the pliocene bed of Texas. There is an
alternative to the identification of this species as Crocuta, and that is
that it might belong to the genus Nlmravus. As this genus belongs
to the middle Miocene, it is extremely improbable that it should
have a representative in the Pleistocene fauna, although the survival
of this form of sectorial tooth in connection with modern feline char-
acters in other respects is not an impossibility.

Of the forty-eight species contained in the collection eleven have
not been finally determined. Of the thirty-six determined species
nine, or twenty-five per cent., are still existing, and the remain-
ing twenty-seven are extinct. Of the existing species eight are
nearctic, and one, Felis eyra, is neotropical. Of the extinct spe-
cies ten ai*e of nearctic type, and ten are of neotropical type; the
remaining six species being indifferently one or the other, except
the Crocuta, which is of old world type. The presence of Equiis
major, and of the beaver, connects the fauna directly with that of the
Equus beds of the West and Southwest, with which the Megalonyx
fauna, as he had called this one, was probably contemporaneous.
These faunas were separated by a long interval of time from the

450 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

later ones whose remains, including those of Man, have heen
found in so many caves by Mr. H. C. Mercer. The speaker had
suggested1 that this interval was marked by the Champlain depres-
sion during which the Columbia gravels and other formations of
gravel and clay were deposited, and he had hence designated the
caves of the two ages as Prechamplain and Postchamplain.

As regards the mode of occurrence of the remains of this fauna
the following remarks were made. No single cave deposit has
been found as yet which contains so large a number of species as
the subject of this communication, although those of Brixham in
England and Gailenreuth in Bavaria, contained as many or more
numerous individual animals. As the majority of the species at
Port Kennedy are not cave-dwellers, and many of them, as the mas-
todons and sloths, cannot well have been dragged there by carnivo-
rous species, the question arises as to how the accumulation came
about. The bones show no signs of gnawing, nor of wear, as though
they had been transported. At the same time two bones have been
rarely found in their normal relations in the skeleton. The fissure
has been exposed for some twenty feet from the summit, but the
bottom has not been reached, chiefly on account of the quantity of
water present. The scattered and mixed relations of the bones are
identical with the conditions he had found to exist in caves contain-
ing the same fauna in Southwest Virginia and East Tennessee. No
local conditions will therefore account for a phenomenon so wide-
spread.

Without evidence of a conclusive character, the impression which
he had gathered from the facts is as follows: He suspected that the
larger animals at least fell into this fissure during a long period.
Many of the smaller ones may have entered it from entrances now
filled by debris. Animals frequently resort to caves to die. A gallery
of fifty feet in length which is large enough to admit a man standing
nearly erect, in the Marble cave in South West Missouri, was found
to be packed for a considerable part of its length by mummied rac-
coons who had apparently crawled in there. At the period of
submergence of the Champlain epoch, floods of water from melting
ice poured into the fissure, and filled it to the mouth with debris,
churning up the contents already there, and carrying in logs and
other vegetable matter. The stratification of the deposit may be
thus accounted for, as also the presence of worn and unworn stones.
In the lower part of the deposit vegetable debris and forest mold
predominate, which contain seeds and nuts. This deposit appar-
ently represents the long period during which the fissure was open.

1 American' Naturalist, 1895, p. 59S.

1895.] NATURAE SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 451

The Port Kennedy Deposit. Prof. Angelo Heilprin, com-
menting upon the evidence that had been submitted regarding the
age of the deposit, believed that special caution was necessary in as-
signing to the debris a definite geological position. To him the
large number of extinct or Neotropical forms indicated more nearly
a Pliocene rather than Post-Pliocene fauna — at all events a fauna
whose culmination preceded the Glacial Epoch — and he was hardly
prepared to accept them as a part of the fauna of the region which
survived the melting of the ice. The correspondence was with
the Pampeau fauna of the southern continent, and this he was also
inclined to believe to be ( as Prof. Cope himself had years before an-
nounced) Pliocene. Prof. Heilprin said that he was not yet a con-
vert to the Columbian gravel theory, regarding which far too much
uncertainty existed to permit it to be accepted as a broad chrono-
logical element in geological history. He thought it not unlikely
that the remains in question had been subjected to redistribution
by the glacial flood of the Delaware River Valley, the high back-
water of which must have penetrated far into the valley of the
Schuylkill, and into the very region of. Port Kennedy.

The Recording Secretary read the following: —

31

462 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

A BIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE OF W. S. W. RUSCHENBERGER, M. D.
BY EDWARD J. NOLAN, M. D.

Since the first recorded meeting of the founders of the Academy,
"friends of science and of rational disposal of leisure moments " at
the house of John Speakman, January 25, 1812, the society has
been served by a succession of devoted men who have given their
time, their means and their best thought to the promotion of its
interests. The membership at large, however, has been for the
most part composed of specialists in science who have had neither
time nor inclination to occupy themselves with administrative affairs,
and a much larger number who have been content to lend their sup-
port, moral and pecuniary, to an institution for the advancement of
learning without taking part intimately in the details of its work.

The services rendered by the subject of this notice during the last
twenty-six years of his life are of such character and magnitude that
they have secured for him a distinguished position among the bene-
factors of this society. He was intellectually in close sympathy
with the Academy's work, while the termination of his active con-
nection with the United States navy enabled him to devote himself
with tireless fidelity to the duties of the several executive positions in
which he was placed.

William Samuel Waithman Ruschenberger was the son of
Peter Ruschenberger, a sea captain, and Ann Waithman. His
mother, the third in a family of nine children, was born near
Bridgeton, Cumberland Co., N. J., June 18th, 1785. Her son was
also born there September 4, 1807. Prior to this, however, her
father and his family had moved to Philadelphia, the young couple
living with them, and here a daughter was born. Three months
before the birth of the son Captain Ruschenberger and all his crew
were lost at sea, leaving the wife and children in straitened circum-
stances, so that it became necessary to add to their income by literary
work. Sacrifices were made to secure a good education for the boy,
who co-operated earnestly with his mother to that end. The details
of his early training are not known, but he attended schools in TSew
York and Philadelphia, and studied Latin with an Irishman of
culture who had been compelled to leave the country of his birth

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 453

for political reasons. The pupil declared more than half a century
later that his teacher's hitter denunciation of English injustice had
permanently influenced his political opinions. Other particulars of
his earlv life are wanting:.

He was appointed to the United States navy from the State of
New Jersey, August 10, 1826, when not quite nineteen years of age.
He entered the service as surgeon's mate, his first cruise heing on
the U. S. S. Brandy wine of the Pacific Squadron. His fitness secured
for him the position of commodore's secretary, in which capacity he
served under Commodore Jacob Jones during 1828 and 1829. He
had, in the mean time, matriculated in the Medical Department of
the University of Pennsylvania from which institution he received
his degree of Doctor of Medicine. March 24, 1830.

He was commissioned as Surgeon in the Navy, April 4, 1831, .
and was assigned to the sloop Falmouth, also of the Pacific
Squadron, on which he served from June, 1831 to February, 1834.
As a result of this voyage he published in Silliman's Journal for
1831 and 1833 a translation of a paper by Dr. C. Bertero entitled,
"A List of the Plants of Chili." This appears to have been his
earliest contribution to science.

On his return home he published in 1834 his first important work
under the title, " Three Years iu the Pacific." In the prefatory note
the author states that he has "avoided obtruding himself upon the
attention of the reader and has indulged in but few reflections,
beiug content to present naked facts and allow each one to dress
them for himself and draw his own conclusions. " This statement
characterizes the work with a fair degree of accuracy. The social
and political life of Brazil, Chili, Bolivia and Peru are described
with animation, the style, especially in the earlier chapters, being
diffusive and somewhat florid, rather sharply coutrasting with the
somewhat sententious diction of his later work. There is a youthful
sparkle and sense of humor in his descriptions of persons and
incidents, which, in spite of the fidelity with which he adheres to the
promise of his preface, make the book a charming narrative of
adventure. The young surgeon, moreover, evidently regarded it as
his duty to convey as much solid information as possible, and
geographical, political and sociological notes, bearing the stamp of
accuracy, are not wanting. A characteristic abhorrence of sham
and pretence is manifest throughout the book, while the religious

454 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

opinions and practices of the people are referred to with respect
and courtesy, although, as was inevitable, with plainly expressed
dissent. The friends of the young author surely had reason to be
satisfied with his first literary offspring.

He was Fleet .Surgeon on -board the U. S. S. "Peacock" of the
East Indian Squadron from 1835 to 1837. This cruise resulted in
his second work, "A Voyage Round the World, including an
Embassy to Muscat and Siam in 1835, 1836 and 1837." The
volume bears the date 1838 and is dedicated to Dr. Samuel George
Morton, then Corresponding Secretary of the Academy, of which Dr.
Ruschenberger had been elected a correspondent in 1832. He was
transferred, in compliance with the By-Laws, to the class of active
members on his taking up his residence in the city.

The superb opportunity of acquiring a knowledge of portions of
the world not then known nearly as well as they are now had been
improved to the .utmost. Besides the journal of an embassy from
the Government of the United States to the courts of Muscat, Siam
and Cochin-China the work embraces sketches in Zanzibar, Arabia,
Hindostan, Ceylon, Java, Siam, Cochin-China, China, the Sand-
wich Islands, Mexico and California. The style, although matured,
is bright and animated, and the broad spirit of toleration and fair-
ness of the earlier work is maintained. A growing fondness for
natural history and an increased familiarity with the characters of
animals and plants are also evident.

The same year he published in Silliman's Journal a paper en-
titled " Remarks on the Barometer with a table of meteorological
observations made on board the U. S. Ship 'Peacock' from July 8
to August 17, 1837, during a passage from Peru to the United
States, by way of Cape Horn."

He was married to Miss Mary Bayuton Wister, the daughter of
Mr. Charles J. Wister, of Germantown, October 23, 1839. Four
children were born to them, three daughters and one son, of whom
the latter, Lieut. C. W. Ruschenberger, of the Navy, alone survives.
Mrs. Ruschenberger died November 1, 1893.

Dr. Ruschenberger was stationed at the Naval Rendevous in
Philadelphia from 1840 to 1842. He now placed himself in active
communication with the Academy, frequently attending the meet-
ings and contributing to the library and museum, his first recorded

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 455

contribution to the latter being specimens of Chiton, supposed to be
new species, from Chapman's Island.

It was probably during this period that he prepared the text-
books of natural history which subsequently appeared under the
following titles: —

Physiology and Animal Mechanism, 1841.

Mammalogy. Natural History of Mammiferous Animals. 2nd
Hook of Natural History, 1842.

Mollusca. Elements of Conchology, 1843.

These works were from the text of Milne Edwards and Achille
Compte, and were the first of a promised series which was not, how-
ever, continued.

A Lexicon of Terms in Natural History, 1850.

Elements of Natural History, embracing Zoology, Botany, and
Geology. Two volumes, 1850.

More than one member of the Academy has acknowledged his in-
debtedness to these text-books for his first knowledge of natural
history. They are purely technical and possess no literary grace
other than that of clearness and directness of statement.

He served at the Naval Hospital, Brooklyn, from 1<S43 to 1847,
and while there organized the Naval Laboratory for supplying the
service with pure drugs and reliable instruments. This establish-
ment is said by his contemporaries to have been much needed and
to have especially proven its usefulness during the trying period of
the civil war. About this time he published a number of pamphlets
on the relations of the medical corps to the United States Navy with
a view to securing proper definition of authority, rank, responsibility,
etc.

He was again Fleet Surgeon of the East India Squadron from
1847 to 1850. Some of his observations during this cruise were
embodied in a series of papers contributed to the Southern Literary
Messenger for 1852 and 1853. They were issued later in book-form
under the title " Notes and Commentaries during a Voyage to Brazil
and China in the year 1848." As might be expected from the
mode of publication, the work has not the sustained interest or value
of his other volumes of travel. It is discursive and disjointed,
although still bright and instructive.

On his return to America he was assigned to duty in Philadelphia,
and immediately resumed his active connection with the Academy.

456 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

He served as a member of the Publication Committee from 1851 to
1854, and in September of the earlier year, he was appointed to pre-
pare a new and extended notice of the Academy. That he lost no
time in the performance of the work assigned to him is evident, for
the notice was read to the meeting of February 10, 1852, a vote of
thanks being then adopted and communicated to the author through
a committee consisting of Messrs, Vaux, Bridges and Pearsall.
The paper was published under the title "A Notice of the Origin,
Progress, and Present Condition of the Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia." A second edition was issued in 1860.

He served as Fleet Surgeon of the Pacific Squadron from 1854 to
1857.

In January, 1858, a committee of Academicians was appointed to
confer with one from the Biological Society with a view to a union
of the two bodies. The report was evidently written by Dr. Rusch-
enberger. The question of Sections is carefully considered in view
of the character of the Academy's work, which up to that time, had
been almost entirely confined to the study of objective natural history,
the recording of specific differences and resemblances of form, classi-
fication, and geographical distribution, while the province of the
Biological Society was declared to be the discovery of the laws of
organic life, the forces which bring together the primary organic
cells and the results of their combination. The necessity of providing
for organized special work was insisted on, and the alteration of the
by-laws to permit of the erection of classes or departments was
recommended. It was argued that the existing divisions of objective
natural history would not lie curtailed or interfered with, the interest
of the meetings of the Academy would be enhanced and the necessity
for the organization of special societies would be avoided.

Dr. Ruschenberger lived long enough to be cognizant of the vast
advance of biological investigation from those days of cell-relations
to the present era of germinal selection, cytodes and microplasms.
He had occasion, it is believed, to acknowledge that the hopes of the
committee of conference were not well founded and that the existence
of Sections in the Academy, while detracting from the interest of the
general meetings, has not prevented the organization of special
societies which, it appears, are necessary to secure the sympathetic
association desired by those interested in distinct lines of investigation.

From August 1860 to July 1861 he was serving also as Fleet

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES <>F PHIIiADELPHl A. 457

Surgeon, in the Mediterranean. This was his last period of service
on ship- board. He never again had occasion to go abroad; indeed
even short trips from Philadelphia were hereafter of infrequent occur.
rence. During the summer vacations when nearly all his associates
were absent from the city he remained at home, declaring that the
shady side of Chestnut Street was the most desirable summer resort
known to him.

During a portion of the period of the civil war, from 1861 to 1864,
he was stationed at the Boston Navy Yard, where, in common with
everyone connected with the public service he found himself charged
with most engrossing duties.

He was on special duty again in Philadelphia during 1865 and
1866 when his attention was professionally occupied with the affairs
of the Naval Hospital. He also discharged the duties of President
of the Board of Examiners with which he had before been connected
as a member. In the American Journal of Medical Sciences for
July, 1867 he published a paper entitled "Contributions to the
Statistics of Human Growth" based on an examination of 21 7 candi-
dates for admission to the Naval Academy at Annapolis.

He was retired on age in 1869 with the rank of Surgeon, being
later promoted to the grade of Medical Director, with the relative
rank of Commodore, as a special recognition of long and efficient
service.

While relieved from the performance of professional work in
connection with the United States Navy he was far from availing
himself of the opportunity to rest, or acknowledging the necessity of
doing so. He found himself physically and mentally as vigorous as
he had been for the past twenty years with every prospect of a long
life. His mother lived until ninety-eight years old. It was now that
his active connection with the Academy, the American Philosophical
Society and the College of Physicians was productive of the most
lasting results.

On the organization of the Board of Trustees of the Building Fund
of the Academy in 1867 he had been chosen President thereof, and
from that time until his death, while the work of collecting subscrip-
tions was in progress and later during the erection of the buildings,
he was indefatigable in the discharge of the duties of this position.
The work accomplished is set forth in the fourteen elaborate pub-
lished reports prepared by him. They cover the operations of the

458 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895-

Board from 1867 to 1878 and during 1890, 1891 and 1892, the
history of the inactive intermediate years having heen left by him
fully recorded in manuscript. In support of this enterprise he
published in 1871 an address on the claims of the Academy to public-
favor, in the Penn Monthly for November 1873 an article on the
value of original scientific research and, on the occasion of the
removal of the Academy to the new building, a report to the contri-
butors on the condition of the society at that time, together with
numerous replies, statements and appeals in the newspapers. The
buildings of the Academy are, in truth, whether regarded as
meritorious or faulty, the visible evidence of Dr. Ruschenberger's
zeal, industry and perseverance and the memorial, if one were to be
assigned him, most consonant with his tastes and desires.

He was elected one of the Vice-Presidents of the Academy in
January, 1869, to fill the position rendered vacant by the death of
John Cassin. At the annual meeting of the same year he was
elected to the highest position in the gift of the society which he held
until 1881 when, having declined a renomination, he was succeeded
in the Presidency by Dr. Joseph Leidy.

From 1876 until the close of his service as President, Dr. Rusch-
enberger presented a series of reports at the annual meetings of the
Academy reviewing the work of the society. In the first report thus
presented he defines his attitude towards the department of instruction,
provision for which had been incorporated in the new code of by-laws
just then adopted. He gives emphatic endorsement to the idea of
providing support by endowment of positious for original investigators,
but deprecates the conferring of empty titles and points out the dis-
advantage of entrusting the control of departments of the museum to
those over whom, in the absence of compensation, there is no easily
administered method of control. He held that the Academy's
function was the encouragement of original research, its legitimate
work beginning where that of the University ceases, and that the
teaching of science could better be done by organizations having
instruction for their primary object. • His active co-operation was not,
however, interfered with when the opposite opinion was practically
sustained by the majority of his associates. While, therefore, he
was never in sympathy with the department of instruction, he acted
on the belief, as expressed by him to one of his Vice-Presidents about
this time, "that the institution will live and prosper long after we are

1895.] NATURAL SCIKNCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 459

gone, when we can no longer have a voice in its management, and
under theories of administration entirely different from ours, so that
it is wise to enforce our own views if we can, but if not, to help along
as far as practicable, the views of the dissenters."

A minute of appreciation and regret was adopted on his declining
a reuomination for the Presidency. His executive work in the
Academy did not, however, cease. He became a member of the
Council almost immediately and he was elected a Curator in 1882.
On the death of Dr. Leidy in April 1891, he became Chairman of
the Board of Curators, which position he held during the rest of his
life. His services as Councillor were invaluable because of his
retentive memory ami his accurate knowledge of Academy traditions
and history during nearly half a century.

He served on the Publication Committee from 1872 to 1878 and
on the Library Committee from 1873 until his death.

He was Director of the Conchological Section continuously from
1869, the year of its formation, and of the Botanical Section from
1876 to 1894. He also served terms as Director of the Biological and
Microscopical Section and as Vice- Director of the Mineralogical and
Geological Section. Until incapacitated by failing health he was
rarely or never absent from the meeting of these bodies while
officially connected with them.

Although he devoted the greater portion of his time to the affairs
of the Academy they did not absorb his entire attention. He became
a member of the College of Physicians »of Philadelphia in March
1836, was Vice-President from May 1875 to May 1879 and President
from May 5, 1879 until January, 1883.

He was elected a member of the American Philosophical Society
October 17, 1849. The high appreciation in which he was held by
his fellow-members is shown by the fact that he was annually re-elected
to the Vice-Presidency of that Society from January, 1885. His
services to these societies have been recounted in biographical notices
specially prepared for them and need not be dwelt on here.

The following is a list, probably incomplete, of other societies to
which Dr. Ruschenberger belonged, with the dates of his election:

County Medical Society of Philadelphia, March 24, 1831.

United States Naval Lyceum, New York, February 1, 1836.

Franklin Institute, April 15, 1840.

College of Physicians and Surgeons of New York, Feb. 22, 1845.

460 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

American Institute, New York, Juue 13, 1845.

Military Order of the Loyal Legion, October 20, 1836.

Pennsylvania Horticultural Society, March 16, 1886.

Pennsylvania Zoological Society, October 13, 1887.

Philadelphia College of Pharmacy (honorary), March 27, 1893.

In addition to the literary work heretofore noted he prepared and
published in connection with the Academy, the College of Physicians
and the American Philosophical Society biographical notices of the
following persons: —

Charles Pickering, M. D. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1878.

William S. Vaux. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1882.

Robert Bridges, M. D. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1882 and
Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, XXI, 1884.

Thomas Stewardson. Trans. Col. Phys. Phila., 1884.

George Fox, M. D. Trans. Col. of Phys. Phila., 1884.

Robert E. Rogers, M. D. Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, XXII, 1885.

George W. Tryou, Jr. Proc. Acad. Nat, Sci. Phila., 1888.

Caspar Wister, M. D. Trans. Col. Phys. Phila., 1890.

Gouverneur Emerson, M. D. Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, XXIX
1891.

Joseph Leidy, M. D. Proc Am. Phil. Soc, XXX, 1892.

William B. Rogers. Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, XXXI, 1893.

William V. Keating, M. D. Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, XXXIII,
1895.

These notices were all characterized by accuracy of detail and, for
the most part, sympathetic judgment and a generous acknowledgment
of merit. His last mouths were occupied in the congenial work of
collecting material for a history of the Academy. With much pains
and patience he had collected a mass of details from unexpected
sources regarding individuals long since dead and events almost
forgotten. No trouble was too great if it resulted in an addition to
knowledge or an increase of accuracy. It is related that on one
occasion he made a journey to Washington to verify a date, and the
amount of correspondence involved in his researches was such as to
discourage one not endowed with equal persistency or less enthusi-
astically devoted to the work. His manuscript notes are in the
possession of the Academy and will be of value to the future historian
of the society.

He was confined to his house during the winters of 1894 and 1895

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 461

by an annoying bronchial affection, which, added to the infirmities of
advanced age, rendered it imprudent for him to encounter variations
of temperature. While thus prevented from giving the usual at-
tention to his official duties, his time was congenially occupied in
correspondence, composition and study, no diminution of mental
clearness or activity being apparent to the friends whom he greeted
so cordially. During the late winter his vital powers gradually but
steadily failed, until after six hours of unconsciousness the close of his
busy and useful life was reached, calmly and without acute suffer-
ing, March 24th, in its eighty-eighth year.

Dr. Ruschenberger was a man of striking individuality. The
dominant notes of his character were loyalty to truth, as he under-
stood it, and unsparing devotion to duty. His prejudices were strong
and his affections warm. He was a strict disciplinarian, but he
never exacted from others what he was not prepared to render him-
self He was frequently severe in his criticisms, which were, how-
ever, in the main salutary. While assuming a stern demeanor to
those whom he thought deficient in a sense of duty, to the earnest
student he was always helpful and encouraging. To those who
knew him intimately, his innate gentleness was apparent, an affec-
tionate word or a kindly proffer of assistance, especially during his
later and less robust years, at once eliciting evidence of grateful
emotion. He was impatient of what he called "indirection," pre-
ferring on the part of others the frankness which he was not afraid
to employ himself.

His aesthetic tastes were austere in the extreme. He cared but
little about art as such, and the utter absence of ornamentation from
the interior of the museum and library of the Academy is due to
this peculiarity of the Chairman of the Board of Trustees of the
Building Fund rather than to economic necessity. He once re-
marked that had he his way he would pull down to a level with
the house tops, all the church steeples, as they were unsightly and
useless. Whether this feature of his character was due to inherit-
ance, to education or to long association with an environment where
the refinements of ornamentation would be out of place cannot be
determined. His attitude toward literature was equally severe.
He regarded the matter-of-fact narrative of "Robinson Crusoe" as
the ideal novel, while the glowing imagery of Pierre Loti's "An
Iceland Fisherman" was pronounced "unreadable stuff."

462 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

He had, however, that precious endowment, a well devolped sense
of humor. His conversation was frequently enlivened by the re-
lation of laughter- provoking incidents from his wide and varied
experience, while the good things related by others were heartily
enjoyed by him.

A friend having asked him shortly after his eighty-third birth-
day what he had learned of most value during his long life, he replied
after a moment's reflection, " Well, I believe I have learned not to
be too cock-sure of anything."

The official who endeavors to perform his duty without fear or
favor is certain to antagonize the ignorant, the selfish, and the un-
scrupulous as well as those holding honestly different opinions. This
is equally true of the officer of a society, the chairman of a committee
or a Metropolitan police commissioner. Dr. Ruschenberger was no
exception to the rule. When convinced that he was right he was,
notwithstanding his tolerant theories, but little disposed to make
concessions, sometimes holding tenaciously to his opinions even in the
face of an adverse decision by the majority. Hostile critics were
therefore not lacking, but he was probably consoled by the reflection
that " he who never had an enemy was never worthy of having a
friend." Friends, steadfast and warm, he had; friends to whom he
had endeared himself by his sterling qualities of heart and mind.

While he treated the religious opinions of others with toleration
and respect, he left his own to be inferred. He certainly was not
in visible union with any recognized form of orthodoxy, and would
probably not resent the assertion that he was in sympathy with
modern agnosticism in its negative and least aggressive sense. If
an upright life devoted during all its active years to the intellectual
advancement of mankind, and a reverent recognition of the Divine
Mind in Nature be taken as evidence, then may we believe that had
Dr. Ruschenberger lived when men cherished the same truths under
different formula? his motto would have been ad Majorem Dei
yloriam.

Messrs. Charles C. Harrison, John M. Justice and Howard W.
Dubois were elected members.

The following papers were ordered to be printed: —

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHIEADEEPHJ A. 463

CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE ZOOLOGY OF TENNESSEE,

No. 2. BIRDS.

BY SAMUEL N. RHOADS.

It has been thought desirable not only to include in the following
annotated list of the avifauna of Tennessee a synopsis of the species
observed during my recent trip, but to make it comprehend all the
birds of which we have any record as now inhabiting or formerly
occurring in the State.1

I have consulted, among others, the following references, which
constitute nearly all the literature relating to the birds of Tennessee
that has come under my notice.

Wilson, A.; American Ornithology, 1810-11.

Ord, G.; Sketch of Life of Alex. Wilson, 1828.

Fox, W. H. ; Stray Notes from Lookout Mountain, Tennessee;
Bull. Nutt. Orn. .Club, VII, 1882, p. 191.

Fox, W. H. ; Birds of Roane County, Tennessee. Auk, III,
1886, p. 315.

Lemoyne, ; Notes on Birds of the Great Smoky Mountains

Tennessee. Orn., Oologist XI, 1886, pp. 115, 131, 149, 163, 179.'

Langdon, F. W. ; August Birds of the Chilhowee Mountains,
Tennessee. Auk. IV, 1887, p. 133. .

Hasbrouck, E. M.; On the Ivory-billed Woodpecker and Caro-
lina Paroquet. Auk, VIII, 1891, pp. 183, 378.

Dr. C. Hart Merriam has generously given me free use of manu-
script notes on the birds observed by him in the valley of the Little
Tennessee, opposite Chilhowee Mountain, July 29, 1887; also his
notes on the birds observed at Athens, McMinn County, July 23
to 27, 1887.

In my quotations from these and from the papers listed above I
have only made use of such notes as would be of value in supple-

1 The reader is referred to the first paper of this series, pages 376 to 332 of the
Proceedings, for an itinerary of the author's trip through Tennessee and a brief
synopsis of the zoo-geography of the State.

464 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

meriting or confirming my own, not undertaking to make the refer-
ences compendious save for rare or little known species.

For a most valuable and interesting series of notes from West
Tennessee I am indebted, to my correspondent, Mr. Benjamin C.
Miles, of Brownsville, an old resident, acute observer of nature and
enthusiastic sportsman. Through his generous efforts I am able
to put on a satisfactory basis the status of several birds which must
otherwise have been omitted from this list, and can present several
facts relating to the history of bird extermination in that part of
the Mississippi Valley, which are of great interest. It is my hope
that this paper, the first attempt to give the public a resume of the
ornithology of a long neglected commonwealth, may inspire her
people to a desire for something better in this line of educational work.

The entire collection of Tennessee birds brought back to the
Academy only numbers sixty skins, no attempt being made to
secure any but the rarest species, or others for purposes of identifi-
cation. The names of species of which there are specimens in this
collection are preceded by an asterisk.

The whole number of species and subspecies given in the follow-
ing list is 214. Of these 10 are of doubtful record or identity,
although they all belong to the Tennessee fauna.

Dr. Fox's list records 116 species and subspecies of Tennessee
birds. To this add 10 species recorded by Lemoyne, viz. : Accipiier
velox, Aquila chrysaetos, Falco peregrinus anatum, Pandion halicetus
carolinensis, Syrnium nebulosum, Vireo solitarius alticola, Helmin-
thophila chrysoptera, Dendroica ccerulescens, Sylvania canadensis and
Parus atricapiUus, and to this again add four, viz.: Ampelis cedro-
rum, Dendroica pensylvanica, Dendroica cairulea and Dryobates rillo-
sus recorded in Langdon's list, and we have 180 species and sub-
species. To this may be added those recorded by Wilson, viz. :
Elanoides forficatus, Conurus carolinensis, Ilelminthophila ruficapilla
and Helminthophila peregrina, making the total number recorded
previous to the present list, 134.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 465

Order PYGOPODES.
Family PODICIPIDJE.

Genus COLYMBUS Linnaeus.

1. Colymbus holboelli (Eeinh.). Holb<ell's Grebe.

A bird which I found lying on a stump in Reelfoot Lake almost
certainly belonged to this species. It had evidently been laid there
by a gunner the previous winter and was in a badly decomposed
state, but the long, slender bill and large size were characteristic
enough for identification.

Genus PODILYMBUS Lesson.

2. Podilymbus podiceps (L.). Pied-billed Grebe.

Observed at Saruburg. It is not unlikely that they breed in that
region.

Family URINATOEIDiE.

Genus URINATOR Cnvier.

3. Urinator imber (Gunn. ). Loon.

Mounted specimens were seen on several occasions, some of which
were undoubtedly taken in the State, though I did not take pains
to verify the occurrence. Owing to the absence of lakes or ponds
in the loftier eastern mountains it is not probable that the Loon
breeds anywhere in Tennessee. Lauderdale and Haywood Coun-
ties, in winter, B. C. Miles.

4. Urinator lumme (Gunn.). Ked-throated Loon.

I am under the impression that a pair of this species, in the pos-
session of Mr. Schmidt of Memphis, were taken in the State, but as
a number of birds in his collection were brought from a locality in
Arkansas on the opposite side of the Mississippi, the record is
doubtful.

Order LONGIPENNES.

Family LARIDjE.

Genus LARUS Linnseus.

5. Larus argentatus smithsonianus Cones. Herring Gull.

Mounted specimens in Memphis. Reports of a large gull at
Reelfoot Lake during spring migration must refer to this bird.

It winters along the Mississippi below St. Louis. Mr. Miles
refers to a gull which he has seen on the Mississippi, "size of a

466 PROCEEDINC4S OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

pigeon with very long wings," which probably refers to the Ring-
billed Gull L. delawarensis.

Family RYNCHOPIDJE.

Genus RYNCHOPS Linnseus.
8. Rynohops nigra (L. ). Black Skinner.

A specimen was found dead in Obion County after a severe storm
by Mr. J. A. Craig, who gave me an account of it.

Order STEGANOPODES.

Family ANHINGIDJE.
Genus ANHINGA Brissou.

7. Anhinga anhinga (L. ). Snake Bird, Anhinga.

This bird is found about Memphis and it is probable that it
it occurs on Reelfoot Lake, though I was unable to identify
it among the numerous " Water-turkeys" frequenting the Lake,
that name being applied to both this species and the Cormo-
rant. There is a Cypress swamp about four miles from Samburg
across the lake in which a "Turkey Roost" has existed for a long
period, but which has been practically abandoned because of the
destruction of the young birds, for bait, by the fishermen. The
nests are built in the tops of the tallest cypresses and this fact seems
to prove pretty conclusively that the Anhinga bred there, though it is
not impossible that the Cormorants have adopted the same rookery and
nesting sites in preference to their usual habitations among the
brushes on the lake shore. Haywood and Lauderdale Counties,
nesting in Mississippi bottoms ; Miles.

Family PHALACROCORACIDJE.
Genus PHALACROCORAX Brisson.

8. Phalacrocorax dilophus floridanus (Aud.). Florida Cormorant.

9. ? Phalacrocorax mexicanus (Brandt). Mexican Cormorant.
Cormorants are quite abundant at Reelfoot Lake. Among the

commoner species ( P. d. floridanus) I observed a few, which, by
their solitary and seclusive habits, light coloration and smaller size
were probably the Mexican bird, and previous records of mexicanus
on the eastern shore of the Mississippi as far north as Cairo, Illinois,
give color to this supposition. Haywood and Lauderdale Coun-
ties ; Miles.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF FHILAUEEPHI A. 467

Family PELECANIDjE.
Genus PELECANUS.

10. Peleoanus erythrorhynobos (Gmel). White Pelican.

Seen occasionally along the valley. A mounted specimen shot
at Sam burg, in the possession of a hotel keeper in Union City,
was examined.

Order ANSEKES.

Family ANATID^I.

Genus MERGANSER Linnseus.

11. Merganser americanus (Cuss.). American Merganser.

Two were seen on the lake near Samburg. This and the Red-
breasted are probably included in Mr. Miles "Shelldrake" records
for Haywood and Lauderdale Counties.

Genus LOPHODYTES Reichenbach.

12. Lophodytes cucullatus (L. ). Hooded Merganser.

One seen on Tennessee River near Chattanooga. It most likely

breeds in the State. Probably one of the three kinds of "Summer

Ducks" mentioned by Mr. Miles as breeding in trees in Haywood

County is this species.

Genus ANAS Linnaeus.

13. Anas boschas L. Mallard.

Abounding in winter in the Mississippi Valley. Haywood and
Lauderdale Counties ; Miles. Memphis and Reelfoot Lake; gun-
ners.

14. Anas obscura Gmel. Black Duck.

Mounted specimens at Memphis. Haywood and Lauderdale
Counties; Miles.
15 Anas discors L. Blue-winged Teal.

A flock of eight fed regularly in a little slough near Samburg
during my sojourn there.

Other pairs were seen on the lake and it is possible they were
summer residents. Roane County, migrant, Dr. W. H. Fox.
Haywood and Lauderdale Counties; Miles.

16. Anas carolinensis (imel. Green-winged Teal.

Reported to me by the gunners. Stuffed specimens seen at Mem-
phis. Havwood and Lauderdale Counties; Miles.
32

468 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

17. Anas strepera L. Gad wall.

Mounted specimen at Memphis. This is evidently the duck
"No. 2," to which the following allusions are made by Mr. Miles:
"As to Summer Duck [there are] 1 Wood Duck; 2 [a duck] said
to nest on ground, seen here [Haywood County] at all seasons —
size of Teal; male and female very similar, marked like female
Mallard; heard them called young mallard — seen and shot them
myself for forty years; barely fit to eat."

18. Anas americana Gmel. Baldpate.

Mountain specimens examined, presumably from near Memphis.
Haywood County ; Miles. This name is also applied to the Buffle-
head. Mr. Miles does not think he ever saw the true Baldpate.

Genus SPATULA Boie.

19. Spatula clypeata (L.). Shoveller.

Specimen in Mr. Schmidt's collection. Remains of one at Sam-
burg. "Killed one several years ago," Miles.

Genus DAFILA Stephens.

20. Dafila acuta (L.). Pintail.

Likewise found in Mr. Schmidt's collection of mounted game.
Haywood and Lauderdale Counties; Miles. A female killed the
first week in March, 1887, by Mr. Miles, contained a fully devel-
oped egg.

Genus AIX Boie.

21. Aix sponsa (L. ). Wood Duck.

Noted all across the State, where it is a summer resident.

Genus AYTHYA Boie.

22. Aythya americana ( Eyt. ) Redhead.

Mounted specimens at Memphis. Haywood and Lauderdale
Counties; Miles.

23. Aythya vallisneria (Wils.). Canvas-back.

Haywood and Lauderdale Counties ; Miles. Called " Fall
Duck" in West Tennessee; "common twenty years ago, now not
seen."

24. Aythya marila nearctica Stejn. American Scaup Duck.

Mounted specimens at Memphis. "Have seen, I think, and
heard called Canvasback," Miles.

1895.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 469

25. Aythya affinis (Eyt. ). Lesser Scaup Duck.
One found dead at Samburg.

26. Aythya oollaris (Donov. ). Ring-necked Duck.

Under the name, "Fall Duck," Mr. Miles contributes the follow-
ing notes: "Only seen September to November or December; for
eating excelled by none save partridge [Duck]. In the fall of
1875 killed about thirty on different hunts — have not seen it in ten
years." The name "Fall Duck" is also applied to this bird in
Minnesota. I think Mr. Miles has confounded it somewhat with the
Canvasback.

Genus GLAUCIONETTA Stejneger.

27. Glaucionetta clangula americana (Bonap.). American Golden Eye-
Mr. Miles sent me a description of one of these Ducks, which he

killed several years ago near Brownsville. Since then he verified
his identification by the figure and description of this species in
Mr. Chapman's book, Birds of Eastern North America. It may be
stated that other species, whose identification rests on Mr. Miles'
authority, have been confirmed by him in the same manner.

Genus CHARITONETTA Stejneger.

28. Charitonetta albeola (L.). Buffle Head.

Specimens in mounted collection of Mr. Schmidt. This bird, Mr.
Miles informs me, is called "Baldpate" by the gunners in his region.

Genus CLANGULA Leach.

29. Clangula hyemalis (L. ). Old Squaw.

Respecting this species Mr. Miles says: "Have seen once."

Genus ERISMATTJRA Bonaparte.

30. Erismatura rubida (Wils. ). Ruddy Duck.

Mounted specimens examined. Mr. Miles describes the "Partridge
Duck," by which name alone it is known to the gunners
of West Tennessee. This name is not to be found in Trum-
bull's book. Mr. Miles has killed them in Haywood and Lauder-
dale Counties in February, November and December, and says:
" Not common here at any time, but always known." In a subse-
quent letter he fails to identify his "Partridge Duck" with this or
any other species described in Mr. Chapman's Ornithology. I con-
tinue to think, however, that it is the Ruddy Duck.

470 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Genus CHEN Boie.

31. Chen hyperborean Snow Goose.

A Snow Goose, presumably the lesser variety, was seen during

the winter of 1898-94, in Haywood County, by Mr. B. C. Miles.

It remained there all winter in the company of a flock of Canada

Geese.

Genus BEANTA Scopoli.

32. Branta canadensis (L. ). Canada Goose.

Soon after my arrival at Samburg I was surprised to hear the
honking of a flock of wild geese. The noise continuing I was im-
pressed by its resemblance to that made by the Canada Goose, and
asked my landlord what it meant, as it seemed to proceed from the
mainland instead of the lake. He told me it came from a flock of
Canada Geese, which had been raised some years previously from
a set of eggs taken on the lake.1 A few days later I came across
the birds in a little meadow behind the village and found them to
be exactly as represented. Long familiarity with man had com-
pletely reversed their natures. So far from showing alarm at my
approach they greeted me hoisterously, and, led by a large gander,
advanced to meet me with outstretched necks and a chorus of defiant
notes. This gave me a fine opportunity to determine that they were
typical canadensis, and at the same time test the strength of a wing-
shot from the enraged gander as he danced around for a flank move-
ment while I was making advances upon his family. Strange to
say, these geese never showed any disposition to wander beyond the
village limits, though they had free access to the lake, either by
walking or by swimming down Indian Creek. Mr. H. B. Young,
who has fished and trapped in this region for many years, gave me
some interesting notes on the habits of these birds. Old residents
agree that twenty years ago not a goose remained to breed in that
country. At the present time several pairs, perhaps as many as
twenty, nest there every season, and two or three sets of eggs are
yearly transferred from their care to that of domestic fowls.

At Reelfoot Lake the goose nearly always builds in the top of a
blasted tree over the water, sometimes nesting as high as fifty feet or
even higher. When the young are hatched the gander soon gets
notice of it and swims around the foot of the tree uttering loud cries.

1 See L. O. Pindar, Auk. III. 1886. p. 481, for a previous record.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 471

On a signal from mother goose he redoubles his outcries aud, describing
a large circle immediately beneath the nest, beats the water with his
wings, dives, paddles and slashes about with the greatest fury, mak-
ing such a terrible noise and commotion that he can be heard for
several miles. This effectually drives away from that spot every
catfish, spoonbill, loggerhead, hellbender, moccasin, water-snake,
eagle, mink and otter that might take a fancy to young goslings
and into the midst of the commotion, mother goose, by a few deft
thrusts of her bill, spills the whole nestful. But a few seconds
elapse ere the reunited family are noiselessly paddling for the shores
of some secluded cove with nothing to mark the scene of their ex-
ploits but a few feathers and upturned water-plants and above
them the huge white cypress with its deserted nest.

" Nearly every summer young geese were captured at Open Lake,
in Lauderdale County, but they never breed there now, I hear."
B. C. Miles.

33. TBranta nigricans (Lawr. ) Black Brant.

I have the following from Mr. Miles. "We have the Black-
breasted Brant, one of which I killed many years ago." Whether
this was nigricans or our eastern bernicla is uncertain. Judging
by the name used by Mr. Miles and the fact that nigricans is often
taken in the Mississippi Valley, it was very likely the former.

Genus OLOR Wagler.

34. Olor columbianus (Ord). Whistling Swan.

35. Olor buccinator (Rich. ). Trumpeter Swan.

Swans are now rather rare at Reelfoot Lake. A few were seen
the present (1895) spring, but which species it is difficult to state.
That both species are likely to pass along the Mississippi Valley is
sufficient reason for not omitting Columbian its, which is the rarer of
the two in that regidn.

Mr. Miles writes: "The Swan was formerly quite plentiful here,
though I doubt if one has been seen in this or Lauderdale County,
on the water, in ten years."

Order HERODIONES.

Family ARDEIDiE.

Genus BOTAURUS Stephens.

36. Botaurus lentiginosus ( Montag. ). American Bittern.

Two of these birds were killed (presumably in Haywood Co.) by

472 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Mr. B. C. Miles, "in broom sedge on a hill." Mr. Miles writes: —
" I am certain he does not breed here."

Genus ARDETTA Gray.

37. Ardetta exilis (Gmel.). Least Bittern.
Mounted specimens in Mr. Schmidt's collection.

Genus ARDEA Linnseus.

38. Ardea herodias L. Great Blue Heron.

Becoming a rare bird in Tennessee. A few mounted specimens
were seen. Living birds were noted at Sarnburg, Memphis, Raleigh
and Harriman. Dr. Merriam notes one July 29, 1887, in the
valley of the Little Tennessee. Haywood and Landerdale Counties;
Miles.

39. Ardea oandidissima Gmel. Snowy Heron.

Two or three mounted specimens examined. " Seen in flocks of
1 2 or 15, apparently on passage and again singly"; Miles.

40. Ardea virescens L. Green Heron.

Observed all across the State. Dr. Fox and Mr. Langdon both

record it.

Genus NYCTICORAX Stephens.

41. Nycticorax nycticorax naevius (Bodd.). Black-crowned Night Heron.

I did not see this species, but heard one at night at Greeneville.

Dr. Fox records it from Roane County. Its apparent absence from

western Tennessee is unaccountable to me. Mr. Miles never saw

one there.

Order PALUDICOL^.

Family GRUIDJE.
Genus GRTJS Pallas.

42. Grus americana (L. ). Whooping Crane.

43. Grus mexicana (Mull.). Sandhill Crane.

Respecting these Mr. Miles writes: — "All the cranes you describe,
save the red head, have seen in last 25 years, and my friends have
killed them up to ten years since. All are [were] on flight." The
words, "save the red head" apply to breeding males of G. mexicana
which Mr. Miles has evidently not seen. It is probable that his
remarks apply also to the little Brown Crane, G. canadensis.

Genus RALLUS Linnseus.

44. *Rallus elegans And. King Rail.

One was taken alive in the office of the Rossmore Hotel, Chatta-
nooga, during my stay there. It was apparently a breeding bird.

1895.] NATURAE SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 473

Genus PORZANA Vieillot.
4 5 *Porzana Carolina (L.). Sora Rail.

Abundant around Reelfoot Lake, where, by its noise and actions'
it seemed to be breeding.

A specimen was taken and another seen near Bellevue on the
20th of May in a small upland swamp.

Genus GALLINULA Brisson.

46. Gallinula galeata (Licht. ). Florida Gallinule.

This is without much doubt the "Lead-colored Dumpy Duck"
which Mr. Miles includes among the species which breed in his
region. He says it is ' 'rarely seen now, but common 20 years since —
not fit for table," etc. He does not confound this with the Coot,
which he describes (I.e. J as distinct.

Genus FTJLICA Linnasus.

47. Fulica americana Gmel. American Coot.

Abundant on Reelfoot Lake where they breed. Reported also
from the interior; Nashville. Several in the city park at Memphis.
Roane County; Fox. Under the name " Didopper," Mr. Miles
gives a careful and accurate description of this bird, stating it to be
common in all waters. He has killed them on flats several hundred
yards from water.

Order LIMICOL^.
Family SCOLOPACIDJE.

Genus PHILOHELA Gray.

48. Philohela minor (Gmel.). American Woodcock.

Reported from several points, and specimens examined, but not
seen in the flesh. Roane County; Fox. More numerous in mi-
grations in Haywood County. "Very scarce of late years, though
even now they nest with us." — Miles.

Genus GALLINAGO Leach.

49. Gallinago delicata (Ord). Wilson's Snipe.

Noted at Samburg and Memphis. Fox says they are abundant
in Roane County during spring migrations. "In large numbers
some years and in others not at all," in Haywood County. UA few,
I have heard, breed here, never saw a nest." — Miles.

Genus EREUNETES Illiger.

50. TEreunetes pusillus (L. ). Semipalmated Sandpiper.

Four or five sandpipers were seen on the shores of a rocky pond

474 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

on South Harpeth river in the northern corner of Williamson
County, They were very tame, heing gorged with the small mol-
lusks (Strepomatidte) abounding on the half-exposed rocks, and I
feel assured of the correctness of my identification. This is probably
the species seen in company with Wilson's plover in Haywood
County by Mr. Miles.

Genus TOTANUS Bechstein.

51. Totanus melanoleucus (Grnel.1. Greater Yellow Legs.

One was seen in company with the sandpipers above noted.
Another was heard at Samburg and stuffed specimens noted at
Memphis.

52. Totanus solitarius ( Wils. ). Solitary Sandpiper.

Observed at Samburg, Memphis, Raleigh, Nashville and Belle-
vue. Noted in spring in Roane County by Fox and in the Chilhowee
Mountains in late August by Langdon.

The late date at which I observed a pair near Bellevue (May

20th.) would indicate that they do not go far out of the State to

breed.

Genus BARTRAMIA Lesson.

53. Bartramia longicauda (Bechst. ). Bartraraian Sandpiper.

I did not observe this species, though I fancied I heard it passing
over in West Tennessee. It is doubtful that it breeds at all in the
exact localities I explored, but owing to its peculiarly local prefer-
ences, will no doubt be found to summer in'some of the country en
route. Dr. Merriam observed five plover flying over Athens,
McMinn Co., " which seemed to be this species."

Genus ACTITIS Boie.

54. Actitis macularia (L. ). Spotted Sandpiper.

Numerous all over the State below 3,000 feet elevation, but rarer
among the mountains.

Genus NUMENIUS Brisson.
56. ?Numenius longirostris Wils. Long-billed Curlew.
Stuffed specimens seen at Memphis.

Family CHARADRIIDJE.

Genus JEGIALITIS Boie.
56. JEgialitis vooifera (L. ). Kildeer.

Seen at Nashville, Bellevue, Chattanooga, and Johnson City.
Roane Co., Fox. Not noted in West Tennessee; Miles.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 475

57. TJEgialitis semipalmata Bonap. Ken ii pal mated Plover.

58. I-Egialitis meloda circumcincta Ridgw. Belted Piping Plover.

One or both of these species are alluded to by Mr. Miles as Ring-
neck Plovers, with a call note "Pee, Pee," which remain "a few
days in spring and fall," in company with another species without
the ring. The latter was probably a Sandpiper, Erewietes.

Order GALLING.

Genus COLINUS Lesson.

59. Colinus virginianus (L.). Bob White.

In no part of the United States have I seen our eastern Quail so
abundant as it was in West and Middle Tennessee. It was also
numerous in the mountains, a pair being seen on Roan Mountain
just below the fir belt at a height of nearly 5,000 feet.

Genus BONASA Stephens.

60. Bonasa umbellus (L. ). Ruffed Grouse.

Seen at Sawyer's Springs, Harriman, Allardt, Johnson City and
Roan Mountain. In my experience I would say this bird was rare
in all localities. Fox says ''rather common in the mountains" of
Roan Co. Langdon saw one on Mt. Nebo. Lookout Mountain; Fox

Genus MELEAGRIS Linnaeus.

61. Meleagris gallopavo L. Wild Turkey.

The Turkey exists in considerable numbers in secluded parts of
the Cumberland plateau and the Great Smoky Range. It was
reported to me at Sawyer's Springs, Allardt, and Roan Mountain,
but I did not see any. Roan Co., Fox. Chilhowee Mts., Langdon.

Mr. Miles informs me that in Haywood County it is a rather
scarce bird but in the last few years it seems to be "on the
increase." Continuing, he writes: "In 1891 saw a drove number-
ing at least forty, this in February, and know of at least ten broods
now ... in the county. Last year there were killed about forty
that I saw or heard of."

Genus ECTOPISTES Swainson.

62. Eotopistes migratorius (L.). Passenger Pigeon

The general verdict of Tennesseeans regarding this bird is in line
with that of other parts of the country. They are rarely seen, some
dating the last occurrence of the species in Tennessee back nine years.

476 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

For the best account of the disappearance of this celebrated bird in
Tennessee, I am again indebted to Mr. Miles; he says: "Wild
Pigeons last visited our section [Brownsville] in numbers in the
year 1881, but were not as numerous as about eight years before —
I remember that I remarked then they were depleted. In the
fall of 1893, Mr. Riddick of this town killed one of a flock of eight,
five miles from here — the last I know of being in the county. The
first I remember of them must have been in the year 1851, when I
was five years old. They roosted that fall ten miles from here and
about a mile from our home. Permission was given me to go with
the negroes to the roost, and I well remember one of them put me in
a cotton hamper and carried me on his shoulders, and how scared I
was at the noise when we arrived — however, we got our bags and
baskets full; killed them with poles — and got back early. That was
my first taste of sport and I have been a sportsman ever since. As
near as I can recall the dates, we had them in 1853-1855 — that
year I had a gun and shot them in Carroll County, this State. In
1856 I went to Virginia ... In 1863 in Virginia they were as
plenty as ever. In 1865 I was here [Brownsville] and that fall a
few came in scattering flocks and I was ready for them. In 1866
there were more than in '65, in '67 more still, though not in the
overwhelming numbers, and we feared their extermination then.
Thence till '81, while there were every year more or less to be
killed easily, we saw them no more in droves. That year they came
for the last time, and as though to take our farewell shot, every one,
black and white, turned out and the slaughter was fearful, and
months after they left, the wounded could be found . . . and I
heard and believe that in isolated cases they nested in our bottoms
— the only cases I heard of here in my day, though the negroes told
me of the time they used to nest here — as near as I could guess, in
the '40s."

Genus ZENAIDURA Bonaparte.

63. Zenaidura macroura (L.). Mourning Dove.

Very abundant everywhere, except in the mountains, where it
becomes rare at 3,000 feet elevation.

Genus COLUMBIGALLINA Boie.

64. Columbigallina passerina terrestris (Chapm.). Ground Dove.

I was greatly surprised while walking along the road from Harri-

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 477

man to Kingston, about a half mile from the former town, to see a
Ground Dove stepping along only fifty feet ahead of me. It flew
kito a tree by the roadside, and as I approached, flew away entirely
out of sight.

The small size and square cut tail, to say nothing of its color, so
positively showed it to be this species that I have little hesitation in
including it here. Had I not formerly made the acquaintance of
this bird in Florida, and become aware of its having been taken in
the District of Columbia and at Locke, Michigan, this occurrence
would have been passed over as a case of mistaken identity. There
is no probability that the Ground Dove is more than a straggler
across the eastern confines of the Appalachian system at this latitude.
It is more probable this bird came directly north from Georgia or
Alabama than from the Carolinas, and its casual occurrence in
Southwestern Tennessee would be far less extraordinary than the
one just recorded.

Order RAPTORES.

Family CATHARTIDJE.
Genus CATHARTES Illiger.

65. Cathartes aura (L.). Turkey Vulture.

I saw this useful and conspicuous bird wherever I remained long
enough to make any records. It was seen above Roan Mountain.
They breed in great numbers along the east escarpment of the
Cumberland Plateau.

Genus CATHARISTA Vieillot.

66. Cathari3ta atrata (Bartr.) Black Vulture.

The abundance of this species all over the State was a surprise to
me. It was not found, however, east of the Tennessee Valley, but
was observed at nearly every other station. It was nearly always
in company with the Turkey Vulture m the proportion of one atrata
to three nura, and they were evidently nesting together along the
rocky clifls east of Sawyer's Springs which overlook the wide valley
of East Tennessee. Fox records them in flocks in Roane County.
Monroe County, " breeds," Lemoyne. " Breeds in the Forked Deer
bottom, 10 miles N. E. of" Brownsville, B. C. Miles. Lookout
Mountain, " breeds," Fox.

478 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Family FALCONID.SJ.
Genus ELANOIDES Vieillot. .

67. Elanoides forficatus (L.). Swallow-tailed Kite.

Wilson's is the first arid only Tennessee record for this Kite
that I can discover. In the American Ornithology he says
(Vol. VI, 1812, p. 70); "I met these birds, in the early part of
May at a place called Duck Creek, in Tennessee."

From the known course of his route, this was in Hickman
County, about forty miles east of the Tennessee River, in the Duck
River bottoms near the east boundary of Maury County. The
Swallow-tailed Kite is likely to be found anywhere in west Tennes-
see in summer, where the bottom lands afford it congenial sur-
roundings and good nesting sites.

Of this species Mr. Miles writes: "I think I killed one fifteen
years since, and have seen one since, though very rare."

Genus ELANUS Savigny.

68. Elanus leucurus (Vieill.). White-tailed Kite.

Haywood and Lauderdale Counties; B. C. Miles. See note for
next species.

Genus ICTINIA Vieillot.

69. Ictinia mississippiensis (Wils. ). Mississippi Kite.

A Kite, whose appearance most closely resembled this species,
was seen soaring for a long time over a meadow near Raleigh.
From its actions I judged it to have a nest in the neighborhood.
Mr. Miles refers to this and the preceding species as follows: "Of
the hawk we call the Blue Darter we have two, one marked as
you describe [Elanus leucurus'] and one noticeably darker [Ictinia
mississippiensis'] have thought heretofore they were the sexes."

Genus CIRCUS Lacepede.

70. Circus hudsonius (L.). Marsh Hawk.

Single individuals seen at Samburg, Raleigh, Bellevue and Har-
riman. Messrs. Fox and Langdon do not record it.

Genus ACCIPITER Brisson

71. Accipiter velox (Wils.). Sharp-shinned Hawk.

Noted by Lemoyne along the Smoky Mountain range, where he
found it "not common."

1895.] NATUKAJ, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 479

Genus BUTEO Cuvier.

72. Buteo borealis (Gmel.). Red-tailed Hawk.

73. Buteo lineatus (Gmel. ). Red-shouldered Hawk.

My records of these are too confused to separate them. Both
species however were seen and identified both alive and stuffed.

Western records of borealis were made on hearing their notes,
but I afterwards found that the jays of that region imitated these
with such exactness that I could not rely on the records I had pre-
viously made.

Both of these hawks are rare summer residents in the parts
visited by me.

74. Buteo latissimus (Wils. ). Broad-winged Hawk.

In east Tennessee this is the most abundant hawk, especially so
among the mountains, where I found it at the loftiest elevations.

Genus AQTJILA Brisson.

75. Aquila chvysaetos (L.). Golden Eagle.

This eagle is occasionally seen at Roan Mountain, in which neigh-
borhood they are resident.

Set of eggs and nesting birds taken on Bald Mountain (Blount
County); Lemoyne. .

Genus HALIJEETUS Savigny.

76. Haliseetus leucocephalus (L. ). Bald Eagle.

Several mounted skins were noted. It is said to breed at Sam-
burg. I think I saw one from the top of Roan Mountain. Saw
one in a cage at Union City.

Genus FALCO Linnaeus.

77. Falco peregrinus anatum (Bonap.). Duck Hawk.

While watching a flock of vultures circle about me on the cliffs
near Sawyer's Springs a Duck Hawk suddenly dashed among them
with a shrill scream and in a few moments had scattered them far
away over the valley. It then returned to its eyrie near the cas-
cade of Falling Water. Breeding in the Great Smoky Mountains,
Lemoyne.

78. Falco sparverius L. Sparrow Hawk.

Noted at Samburg, Raleigh, Bellevue and Chattanooga, and at
intermediate points along the railroad lines. Not as common as in
the Middle States. Not seen in the mountains, but noted there by
Fox and Langdon and Lemoyne, the latter stating it is rare.

480 PROCEEDINGS OK THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Genus PANDION.

79. Pandion haliaetus carolinensis (G-niel. ). American Osprey.

Seen in Roan County in April by Fox. I did not see it at Sam-
l)ii rg but the fishermen there spoke of it. Great Smoky Range,
Lemoyne.

Family STRIGIDjE.

Genus STRIX Linnseus.

80. Strix pratincola Bonap. Barn Owl.

A pair of these in captivity were examined at Union City.

Genus SYRNIUM Savigny.

81. Syrnium nebulosum (Forst.). Barred Owl.

The unmistakable call of this owl was heard at Samburg, Raleigh
and Bel lev ue. Breeding at base of Bald Mountain (Blount
County); common at all altitudes in the Smokies; Lemoyne.

Genus MEGASCOPS Kaup.

82. Megascops asio (L.). Screech Owl.

Mounted specimens were the only ocular proof J had of the
presence of this bird in Tennessee. I did not even hear one during
the entire trip, but was assured of their being common enough for
the every day needs of the more superstitious natives. Chilhowee
Mountains; Laugdon. Roane County; Fox. Not common in the
Great Smoky Mountains; Lemoyne.

Genus BUBO Dumeril.

83. Bubo virginianus (Gmel. ). Great Horned Owl.

Noted from Samburg, Raleigh and Sawyer's Springs and mounted
specimens examined. Laugdon noted it at 4,000 feet in the mountains.
The most common owl in the Smokies; Lemoyne.

Order PSITTACI.

Family PSITTACID^E.
Genus CONURUS Kuhl.

84. Conurus carolinensis (L. ). Carolina Paroquet. .

The first notice of this bird in Tennessee was made by Alexander
Wilson in a letter written to Alexander Lawson, dated April 20th,
1810, in which he states: "As I entered the State of Tennessee, the
face of the country became hilly and even mountainous. After

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 481

descending an immense declivity and coursing along the rich valley
of Mansker's Creek, where I again met with large flocks of paroquets,
I stopped at a small tavern," etc. This was during his trip from
Lexington to Natchez. Again in his journal, dated April 25th of
the same year, is the following entry: — "Breakfasted at Walton's,
thirteen miles from Nashville. This place is a hue, rich hollow,
watered by a charming, clear creek, that never fails. Went up to
Madison's Lick, where I shot three paroquets and some small birds."

Mansker's Creek was north of Nashville, probably in Robertson
County. Madison's Lick is in the Cumberland Valley, Davidson
County. These records were not published until 1828, when George
Orel issued a more complete edition of his "Sketch" of Wilson,
containing many letters not in the first edition and among them the
one to Lawson containing the above notes.

In his Ornithology (1811) Wilson (Vol. Ill, p. 91) gives
Madison's Lick as the first place in Teuuessee in which he saw
Parrots, and continues: "In passing on I next met with them on the

banks and rich flats of the Tennessee River;" The latter

region, however, is the debatable one of the old " Natchez Trace"
road which here crossed the Tennessee line in the southwest corner
of Wayne County and the northwestern corner of Lauderdale County.
Alabama and thence south into Tishomingo County, Mississippi,
It is not unlikely that he saw paroquets in all of these counties;
certainly at least, in Alabama, a fact overlooked by Hasbrouck in
his paper in the Auk on this bird.

From what is known of the breeding habits, of the Carolina Paro-
quet in other localities there is no doubt that it was a summer resi-
dent in the river bottoms of west Tennessee in Wilson's day.

Mr. Miles communicates the following valuable note on the
Paroquet in a recent letter: — " In the early 50's a flock of Paroquets
came to our orchard [near Brownsville] and we chased them out and
killed them with sticks and apples; saw a flock at Ashport [Lauder-
dale County] on the Mississippi River 100 in number in 1874, and
saw one killed alone, within five miles of this [Brownsville] in 1876
— the last I have ever heard of."

482 PROCEEDINGS <>F THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Order COCCYGES.
Family CUCULIDJE.
Genus COCCYZUS Vieillot.

85. Coocyzus americanus (L.). Yellow-hilled (Cuckoo.

86. Coccyzus erythrophthalmus (Wils. ). Black-billed Cuckoo.

Cuckoos were noted at all points visited, except the top of Roan
Mountain. From the character of their notes, (by which alone the
Black-billed species was identified) I judge there were five times as
many of the former as of the latter. It is probable, however, that the
Black-billed Cuckoo is much less noisy and hence less often observed.
Dr. Merriam records, "Coccyzus. Heard several times;" at Athens.
Fox and Langdon make no mention of either species.

Family ALCEDLNTDJE.
Genus CERYLE Boie.

87. Ceryle alcyon (L.). Belted Kingfisher.

A common summer resident at all collecting stations except on
the tops of the higher mountains. Not seen at Allardt or Sawyer's
Springs, but going up the escarpment, they were noted nearly to
the plateau. Langdon found them in the coves of Little River. I
did not see any above 4,000 feet on Roan Mountain.

Order PICI.
Family PICIDJE.

Genus DRYOBATES Boie.

88. Dryobates villosus ( L. ). Hairy Woodpecker.

A common bird all across the State, from high mountain top to
the Mississippi bottoms. Typical villosus is undoubtedly the high
mountain form of the Great Smoky Range. It is so identified by
Mr. Ridgway from Langdon's Chilhowee specimens.

89. Dryobates villosus auduboni (Swaius. ). Southern Hah-y Woodpecker.

Mr. Ridgway identified Fox's Roane County specimens with this
form.

It is likely that the Hairy Woodpeckers at Memphis and Sam-
hurg will be found to be more typical of it.

90. Dryobates pubescens (L.). Downy Woodpecker.

Equally abundant and with the same distribution over the entire
State as the preceding, except in the higher elevations, where it is
less numerous than villosus.

1895.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OK PHILADELPHIA. 483

91. *Dryobates borealis ( Vieill. ). Red-cockaded Woodpecker.

This bird was found breeding on the Cumberland plateau at
Allardt and on the route from Allardt to Rugby Road in Morgan
and Scott Counties. I did not see it elsewhere. Two specimens
were secured. At Allardt the nests were excavated at a height
of thirty or forty feet in living pine trees. The young were nearly
fledged at that date, June 8th. Fox calls it a rare bird at Rock-
wood, in spring, where he took a specimen April 22nd.

Genus SPHYRAPICTJS Baird.

92. Sphyrapicus varius (L. ). Yellow-bellied Sapsucker.

A pair were seen along Doe River, Roan Mountain, at an eleva-
tion of about 4,000 feet. They acted as if they had a nest near by.

Fox records them as "not very common" in spring in Roan

County. These were probably migrants. It is doubtful if any

breed in the Cumberland Mountains of Tennessee. Langdon did

not find them.

Genus CEOPHL(EUS Cabani*.

93. Ceophloeus pileatus (L. ). Pileated Woodpecker.

Seen or heard at Samburg, Raleigh, Bellevue, Harriman, Al-
lardt and Greeneville. Reported by both Fox and Langdon. It
is found on Roan Mountain. Little Tennessee Valley; Merriam.

Genus MELANERPES Swainson.

94. Melanerpes erythroeephalus (L. ). Red-headed Woodpecker.

Very abundant in west and middle Tennessee, but rare at higher
altitudes in the east. I recorded it at Samburg, Raleigh, Bellevue,
Chattanooga, Harriman and Allardt. Fox records one spring
example; Langdon says it is "common about clearings in the foot-
hills" of the Chilhowee Mountains, but not found above 1,500 feet.
Abundant at Athens, Merriam.

95. *Melanerpes carolinus (L.). Red-bellied Woodpecker.

Very abundant at Samburg and Raleigh. Several seen at
Bellevue, Chattanooga, Sawyer's Springs and Harriman. Fox says
it was "rather common" in April, 1885, at Rockwood.

Genus COLAPTES Swainson.
95. Colaptes auratus ( L. ). Flicker.

Nowhere did I find this bird as abundant as in the Middle
States, but it was seen in all localities, from river bottom to moun-
33

484 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

tain peak, being one of the few lowland birds which makes its
home at Cloudlaud.

I am unable to include among the Woodpeckers of Tennessee
the Ivory- billed, Campephilus principalis, owing to absence of any
records. Mr. Hasbrouck (I.e. ) refers to it thus: "For Tennesssee
no records have been found, although it would seem highly probable
that the bird occurs in the bottom lands bordering the Mississippi
especially when we consider the records from Fulton County, Ken-
tucky . . . and also those directly south in Louisiana and west
in Arkansas."

Order MACROOHIRES.
Family CAPRIMULGIDjE.

Genus ANTROSTOMUS Gould.
97. Antrostomus carolinensis (Gmel.). Ohuck-will's widow.

Heard several every night of my stay at Raleigh. The Whip-
poorwill was not heard there. Fox doubtfully refers a Goatsucker
seen near Rockwood to this species. Wilson first encountered this
bird on the banks of the Cumberland near Nashville, in his jour-
ney from Lexington to Natchez.

97. Antrostomus vociferus ( Wils. ). Whippoorwill.

I have records of this species from Samburg, Bellevue, Chatta-
nooga and Allardt. At the last mentioned place it was very nu-
merous. Other observers do not mention it.

Genus CHORDEILES Swainson.

98. *Chordeiles virginianus (Gmel.). Nighthawk.

This bird was noted in the lowlands all across the State but not
in the mountains. Fox, Laugdon and Merriam record it from
their respective stations, Langdon having seen it on Scott Mountain.

It is likely that subspecies henryi will be taken in west Tennessee,
as it has been in Illinois.

Family MICROPODIDJE.

Genus CHJETURA Stephens

99. Chaetura pelagica (L. ). Chimney Swift.

Found everywhere. Nesting in chimneys of Cloudlaud Hotel.

1895.] NATURAL. SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 485

Family TROCHILIDJE.

Genus TROCHILTJS Linnseus.

100. Troohilus oolubris (L. ). Ruby-throated Humming-bird.

Not seen on top of Roan Mountain, but up to a high altitude, say
4,500 to 5,000 feet. Elsewhere in Tennessee it is a cosmopolite.
Langdon limits it to 3,000 feet in the Chilhowee regions.

Order PASSERES.

Family TYRANNID^.

Genus TYRANNUS Ouvier.

101. Tyrannus tyrannus (L.). King Bird.

The only locality where this abundant summer resident was not
seen was among the higher reaches of Roan Mountain. Not seeu,
but probably found, at Roan Mountain Station. Langdon did not
find it above the "coves."

Genus MYIARCHUS Cabanis.

102. Myiarchus crinitus (L.). Crested Fly-catcher.

My notes say "everywhere" for this flycatcher. The only possible
exception to this is the summit of Roan Mountain. It comes up
some distance into • the fir belt, nevertheless. Strange to say,
Lauo-don does not mention it, nor is it recorded by Dr. Merriam. It
is abundant in west and middle districts.

Genus SAYORNIS Bonaparte.

103. Sayornis phoebe ( Lath.). Phrebe.

Not observed west of the valley of east Tennessee. Recorded first
at Chattanooga, also at Sawyer's Springs, Harriman, Allardt, John-
son City and Roau Mountain Station. At Rockwood; "common,"
Fox. Athens, "not common;" Merriam. Not given by Langdon.
I saw very few anywhere.

Genus CONTOPUS Cabanis.

104. Contopus borealis (Swains.). Olive-sided Flycatcher.

Passing down Rock Creek valley on the northwest side of Roan
Mountain I heard the weird, striking cry of this species and my
search was soon rewarded by seeing the bird catching insects from
the top of a lofty dead hemlock along the roadside. The place was
a narrow cove and the altitude about 4,000 feet. About two miles

486 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

from this spot on the cross road to the Doe River valley I found
another in a similar environment. This flycatcher was found in the
mountains of western North Carolina by Mr. Brewster but is not
given in previous Tennessee records. It is a rare summer resident
in this region.

105. Contopus virens (L.). Wood Pewee.

This flycatcher was found all over the state, including the moun-
tains, up to the fir belt.

Genus EMPIDONAX Cabanis.

106. Empidonax aoadicus (Gmel.). Acadian Flycatcher.

The absence of all members of this genus from the lists of Fox
and Langdon is a surprise to me, as I found the Acadian everywhere
below 8,500 over the entire state. It was abundant in west and
middle Tennessee. Dr. Merriam lists it as common near Athens ;
also giving it in his list of Little Tennessee birds.

107. *Empidonax pusillus traillii (And.). Traill's Flycatcher.

A male, in full song, was shot near Bellevue. It was undoubt-
edly a migrant.

108. Empidonax minimus (Baird). Least Flycatcher.

As a migrant, I saw this species at Samburg and Raleigh. It
breeds at Roan Mountain Station and thence up the Doe River
Valley to near the limit of deciduous trees, say 4,500 feet.

Family CORVIDiE.

Genus CYAN0CITTA Strickland.

109. Cyanocitta cristata (L.). Blue Jay.

Everywhere present, but much more abundant in the lowlands,
especially in the Mississippi bottoms. I did not see it on the summit
of Roan Mountain but it probably reaches that elevation as a
straggler. Langdon sets the limit at 4,000 feet in the Chilhowee
Mountains.

Genus CORVUS Linnaeus.

110. Corvus corax sinuatus (Wagl.). Mexican Raven.

Pairs noted around the top of Roan Mountain. Fox observed
them near Rockwood. . Specimens of the Allegheny Mountain Raven
show that it is intermedite between the Arctic and Mexican forms.
Lookout Mountain, "common," Fox.

lK9f).] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 487

111. Corvus americanus (Aud.). American Crow.

The Crow was not abundant but everywhere represented, except
in the evergreen mountain belt. Langdon did not find it above
3,000 feet, but it attains a much greater elevation.

Family ICTERIDJE.

Genus DOLICHONYX Swainson.

112. Dolichonyx oryzivorus (L.). Bobolink.

Abundant as a migrant at Samburg and Raleigh. Also seen at
Bellevue and Chattanooga but I have no evidence that they breed in
those localities other than the late date of their presence there.

Genus MOLOTHRTJS Swainson.

113. Molothrus ater (Bodd.). Cow-bird.

Noted at Samburg and, questionably at Raleigh. I should say
this species was rare in summer in Tennessee. Fox says it is
not common in Roane County.

Genus AGELAITJS Vieillot.

114. Agelaius phoeniceus (L. ). Red-winged Blackbird.

Breeding all over the state, but less abundant than in the Middle
States. I did not observe it on Roan Mountain, nor does Langdon
record it.

Genus STURNELLA Vieillot.

115. Sturnella magna (L.). Meadowlark.

Distribution same as with the preceding species, but more uni-
formly abundant. It was noted around Roan Mountain Station.

Genus ICTERUS Brisson.

116. Icterus spurius (L.). Orchard Oriole.

117. Icterus galbula (L.). Baltimore Oriole.

Both species abundant and with the same distribution all over the
state, except above 3,500 to 4,000 feet in the Smoky Mountains.

Ot the two, the Baltimore was the most abundant, more numerous,
indeed, than I ever saw it elsewhere in the United States.

Genus SCOLECOPHAGUS Swainson.

118. Soolecophagus carolinus (Mull. ). Rusty Blackbird.

Migrating in flocks with Cow-birds and Redwings at Samburg.
Rockwood, Fox.

488 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP [1895.

Genus QUISCALUS Vieillot.

119. Quiscalus quiscula (L.). Purple Grackle.

Admitted on evidence of nine specimens procured by Dr. Fox in
Roane County and identified by Mr. Ridgway, who states (footnote)
that this appears to be the prevailing form in east Tennessee.

I observed Grackles at Chattanooga, Harriman, Knoxville,
Greeneville and Johnson City, but none were secured. Found at
Athens, Merriam.

120. *Quiscalus quiscula aeneus (Baird). Bronzed Grackle.

Four breeding birds shot at Samburg are typical emeus. In the
absence of contrary evidence, the Grackles noted at Raleigh and
Bellevue are likewise referable to this form.

Reelfoot Lake, with its ruined, half- submerged forest of decaying
trees affords ideal building sites for a large colony of these birds. In
that locality they appear to invariably select a cavity (either
natural, or one made by woodpeckers ) in dead trees standing in deep
water, in which to rear their young. Some of these are at a great
elevation, others were found in stubs only ten feet high. Two
specimens of this race were taken by Dr. Fox near Rockwood.

Family FRING-ILLIDJE.

Genus CARPODACUS Kaup.

121. Carpodacus purpureus (Gmel.). Purple Finch.

The only record known to me is that of Dr. Fox who secured
specimens in March in Roane County. I had expected to find it on
Roan Mountain but none were met with.

Genus LOXIA Linnaeus.

122. Loxia curvirostra minor ( Brehm. ). American Crossbill.

The peculiar flight notes of this species were heard near the
summit of Roan Mountain, where it undoubtedly breeds.

Genus ACANTHIS Bechstein.

123. Acanthis linaria (L. ). Kedpoll.

Mr. Miles records, January 9, 1884, large numbers of Redpolls in
his yard ten miles north of Brownsville. Two or three were seen on
another occasion.

Genus SPINUS Koch.

124. Spinus tristis (L. ). American Goldfinch.

My notes show this bird was seen all along the route from Sam-
burg up to about 3,500 feet on Roan Mountain.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 489

Genus PASSER Brisson.

125. Passer domesticus (L. ). European House Sparrow.
Abounding in all larger towns and villages and their suburbs.

Genus POOCJETES Baird.

126. Poooaetes gramineus (Gmel. ). Vesper Sparrow.

Not seen west of Johnson City, where I found it breeding, but not
abundantly. Fox notes it in April in Roane County but I did not
find it breeding there.

Genus AMMODRAMUS Swainson.

127. Ammodramus sandwichensis savanna (Wils. ). Savanna Sparrow.
Fox's record of this species in Roane County during March is the

only one known to me.

128. Ammodramus savannarum passerinus (Wils.). Grasshopper Sparrow.
Found at Samburg, Raleigh, Bellevue, Chattanooga, Knoxville,

Greeneville and Johnson City; certainly resident at the five latter
places in summer. Not found by Langdon or myself in the Great
Smoky Range.

129. Ammodramus henslowii ( And.). Henslow's Sparrow.

Two specimens (March and April), taken in Roane County by
Fox.

Genus CHONDESTES Swainson.

130. *Chondestes grammacus (Say.). Lark Sparrow.

A flock, probably migrant, was seen in a field near Samburg.
One of these was secured. A singing male gave me an unsuccessful
chase over the fields near Raleigh, and a pair, evidently mated, were
found near Bellevue, the male becoming a sacrifice to science.

It appears to be rather rare in any part of the state. Other
observers do not list it.

Genus ZONOTRICHIA Swainson.

131. Zonotrichia leucophrys (Forst. ). White-crowned Sparrow.
Numerous at Samburg, Raleigh and Bellevue. At the latter

place it was seen as late as May 22nd.

132. Zonotrichia albicollis (Gmel.). White-throated Sparrow.

Several seen at Samburg and Bellevue. Roane County, March
and April; Fox. Not known to breed.

490 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Genus SPIZELLA Bonaparte.

133. Spizella socialis (Wils. ). Chipping Sparrow.

With the exception of the summit of Roan Mountain, this bird
was always present in my rambles through Tennessee. Langdou
found it up to 4,000 feet in the mountains.

134. Spizella pusilla (Wils.). Field Sparrow.

The remarks for socialis equally apply to this species.

Genus JUNCO Wagler.

135. Junco hyemalis (L. ). Slate-colored Junco.

The birds referred to by Fox, the last of which were seen April
16th, around Rockwood, have been identified with this migrant
northern form.

136. *Junco hyemalis carolinensis (Brewst.). Carolina Junco.
Abundant on Roan Mountain in the fir belt. One heard singing

in the upper deciduous belt at about 4,500 feet. Eleven speci-
mens, including four half-fledged young, were taken.

Genus PEUCiEA Audubon.

137. "Peuoaea aestivalis bachmani (Aud.). Bachman's Sparrow.
Breeding numerously on the plateau in the parts of Fentress,

Scott and Morgan Counties traversed on the trip from Sunbright to
Allardt and returning to Rugby Road. Also noted near Sawyer's
Springs. Three specimens were taken at Allardt. Fox found it in
April in Roane County aud on Lookout Mountain.

Genus MELOSPIZA Baird.

138. Melospiza fasciata (Gmel.). Song Sparrow.

The absence of this homelike bird from the woodlands and door-
yards of West and Middle Tennessee was not only a source of sur-
prise, but of much regret, to me. Never before had I traveled so long
out of sight and hearing of some representative of the Song Sparrow
in my North American wanderings.

A few were seen at Johnson City. They became numerous at
Roan Mountain Station and were seen thence along the Doe River
to an elevation of 3, 500 feet. As a migrant, Fox notes them as
late as April 17th in Roane County, after which date they disap-
peared.

139. Melospiza georgiana (Lath.). Swamp Sparrow.

This bird escaped me, but is almost sure to be found breeding

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 491

along the foothills of the Great Smoky Range. It is included here
on the authority of Dr. Fox, who found it abundant in Roane
County during April. That it breeds there is doubtful.
110. *Melospiza lincolni (And.). Lincoln's Finch.

This bird was migrating during my stay in West Tennessee.
Several were seen near Samburg and Raleigh. It was also observed
at Bellevue. A male shot at Raleigh was very fat.

Genus PASSERELLA Swainson.

141. Passerella iliaca (Merr.). Fox Sparrow.

Not seen. Taken in spring migration in Roane County. ; Fox.

Genus P1PIL0 Vieillot.

142. Pipilo erythrophthalmus (L. ). Towhee.

Not seen in West Tennessee; not common in the middle districts.
Records at Bellevue, Chattanooga, Harriman, Allardt, Knoxville,
Johnson City and Roan Mountain Station. Rare at latter station,
which is its highest limit in the mountains. Taken at Athens; com-
mon; Merriam; and at 2,000 feet in Chilhowee Mountains, Lang-
don.

Genus CARDINALIS Bonaparte.

143. Cardinalis cardinalis (L.). Cardinal.

Very abundant everywhere, up to nearly 4,000 feet in the moun-
tains.

Genus HABIA Reichenbach.

144. Habia ludoviciana (L. ). Rose-breasted Grosbeak.

Migrating at Samburg, Raleigh and Bellevue. Seen at Chatta-
nooga and Sawyer's Springs. Breeds at Johnson City and thence up
to the fir belt of Roan Mountain, 4,800 feet.

It may be a rare breeder in the Cumberland Mountains, but I
have no proof of it.

145. Passerina cyanea (L. ). Indigo Bunting.

Very abundant over my entire route, and one of the few low-
land birds that breed at the summit of Roan Mountain.

146. *Spiza americana (Gruel.). Dickcissel.

Abundant in all cultivated uplands, from the Mississippi River to
the western escarpment of the Cumberland Plateau. Sparsely strag-
gling along the Tennessee Valley to Chattanooga, where one was
heard singing. Not seen at Knoxville. Four specimens taken.

492 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Family TANAGRIDJE.

Genus PIRANGA Vieillot,

147. Piranga erythromelas (Vieill.). Scarlet Tanager.

Over the entire State, and in the mountains up to 4,000 feet.
More abundant in East Tennessee.

148. *Piranga rubra (L.). Summer Tanager.

Noted at all visited localites, up to 2,500 feet. More abundant
in west and middle districts.

Family HIRUNDINIDJE.
Genus PROGNE Boie.

149. Progne subis (L.). Purple Martin.

Numerous everywhere except on the mountains. Not seen at
Sawyer's Springs, but at Allardt I saw some. Not seen at Roan
Mountain Station.

Genus PETROCHELIDON Cabanis.

150. Petrochelidon lunifrons (Say). Cliff Swallow.

Noted at Raleigh, Bellevue, Harriman and Johnson City. Not
elsewhere recorded nor by other observers.

Genus CHELIDON Forster.

151. Chelidon erythrogaster (Bodd. ). Barn Swallow.

Not abundant. Seen at Raleigh, Bellevue, Chattanooga, Knox-
ville, Greeneville and Johnson City. Athens; Merriam. Rock-
wood; Fox.

Genus TACHYCINETA Cabanis.

152. Taohycineta bioolor (Vieill. ). White-bellied Swallow.

Rarely seen in any numbers, but with much the same appar-
ent distribution as the preceding species.

Genus CLIVICOLA Forster.

153. Clivicola riparia fL.). Bank Swallow.

Breeds abundantly along the Mississippi bluffs. Noted all across
the State, but at times, perhaps, confounded with the next species.

Genus STELGIDOPTERYX Baird.

154. Stelgidopteryx serripennis (Aud.). Rough-winged Swallow.
From Samburg to Johnson City. Abundant everywhere.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 493

Family AMPELIDJE.
Genus AMPKLIS Linnaeus.

155. Apelis cedrorum ( Vieill. ). < 'edar Waxwing.

Quite universal in its State distribution. I did not find it on the
summit, but far up Roan Mountain. Langdon took a young one as
high as 3,000 feet.

Family LANIDJE.
Genus LANITJS Linnajus.

156. Lanius ludovicianus (L. ). Loggerhead Shrike.

Observed at Samburg and Raleigh, and breeding between the

latter place and Memphis. Roane County, March 18th and 20th;

Fox.

Family VIREONIDvE.

Genus VIREO Vieillot.

157. Vireo olivaoeus (L. ). Red-eyed Vireo.

Abounding in all localities visited, up to the fir-belt of Roan
Mountain.

158. Vireo gilvus ( Vieill. J . Warbling Vireo.

Several noted at all stops between Samburg and Johnson City,
inclusive. No other observer records them from Tennessee.

159. Vireo flavifrons (Vieill. ). Yellow-throated Vireo.

Same distribution as last. Pine Mountain at 1,500 feet; Langdon.
Abundant.

160. Vireo solitarius (Wils. ). Blue-headed Vireo.

Taken by Fox in Roane County (April 15th and 17th), during
migration.

161. Vireo solitarius alticola (Brevvst.). Mountain Solitary Vireo.

A few heard on Roan Mouutain, from just below fir belt down to
3,000 feet. Owing to their preference for the highest tree tops I
was unable to shoot any specimens with my caue-guu.

Specimens taken by Langdon on Pine aud Defeat Mountains
were pronounced to be typical of this race by Mr. Brewster.
Lemoyne took specimens in Blount and Monroe Counties, which he
thinks referable to both forms. As he gives no date for the one
from Monroe County, which he calls solitarius, one may infer that it
was only a migrant.

162. Vireo noveboraoensis ((irael. ). White-eyed Vireo.

Seen at all points between Roan Mountain Station and Samburg,

494 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895

inclusive. An abundant species everywhere. Chilhowee Moun-
tains; Laugdon.

Family MNTOTILTIDJE.
Genus MNIOTILTA Vieillot.

163. Mniotilta varia (L.). Black and White Warbler.

An abundant summer resident, with the same distribution as the
White-eyed Vireo, but ranging higher on Roan Mountain, viz., up
to 3,500 feet. Chilhowee Mountains, 3,000 feet, Langdon.

Genus PROTONOTARIA Baird.

164. *Protonotaria oitrea (Bodd.). Protkonotary Warbler.

Abounding in the Mississippi Bottoms and along the nearer tribu-
taries. Probably found nearly across west Tennessee. Breeding at
Hamburg, Memphis and Raleigh. Five specimens preserved and a
set of eggs.

Genus HELINAIA Audubon.

165. *Helinaia swainsonii (And.). Swainson's Warbler.

Several heard and a few seen in the cane bottoms of Wolf River
near Raleigh, where it was breeding. Two males, after the most
persistent and tiresome stalking, were brought down. From the
nature of the swamps and bayous of the Tennessee River it may
be safely predicted that this bird will be found in nearly every
county between its western valley and the Mississippi.

Genus HELMITHERUS Eafinesque.

166. Helmitherus vermivorus (Gruel.). Worm-eating Warbler.

Migrants noted at Samburg and Raleigh. Did not see it in the
east, but Langdon notes it in Blount County up to 4,000 feet,
breeding in the mountains. Fox's records for Roane County were
made during April.

Genus HELMINTHOPHILA Ridgway.

167. Helminthopkila pinus (L.). Blue-winged Warbler.

I saw this bird at Raleigh and thence eastward across the State
to, and including, Knoxville. It was not abundant anywhere.

168. Helmintbophila ckrysoptera (L. ). Golden -winged Warbler.
Breeding at Sawyer's Springs, Harriman and Allardt. Also

noted at Knoxville. Not common. Monroe, Blount, Cooke and
Roane Counties; Lemoyne.

1895.] NATUKAE SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 495

169. Helminthophila ruficapilla (VVils.). Nashville Warbler.
Alexander Wilson secured the types of this species near Nash-
ville. It was migrating at Samburg and Raleigh during my stay.

170. Helminthophila peregriua (Wils.). Tennessee Warbler.

Migrating through Samburg, Raleigh and Bellevue. Wilson's
types of this bird came from the hanks of the Cumberland River,
probably not far from Nashville.

Genus COMPSOTHLYPIS Cabanis.

171. Compsothlypis amerieana (L.). Parula Warbler.

Breeding abundantly at every locality, except above 4,000 feet in
the mountains.

Genus DENDROICA Gray.

172. Dendroica eestiva (Gmel. ). Yellow Warbler.

Not seen in west Tennessee; a few seen at Nashville. Numerous
in cast Tennessee up the mountains, to about 8,500 feet. On the
plateau- at Allardt.

173. Dendroica caeruleseens (Gmel.). Black -throated Blue Warbler.
Common from 3,500 to 4,500 feet on Roan Mountain. Head of

Little River, 4,000 feet, Langdon. Roane County, 4,300 feet(?);
May 16th, Lemoyne.

174. Dendroica coronata (L.). Myrtle Warbler.

Fox says this bird was common near the Tennessee River until
the last of April.

175. *Dendroica maculosa (Gmel.). Magnolia Warbler.

Seen migrating at Samburg and Raleigh, where one specimen
was shot.

176. Dendroica cserulea (Wils.). Cerulean Warbler.

Breeding at Samburg, Raleigh and Bellevue. Not certainly
identified elsewhere. Three specimens taken at Raleigh. Langdon
found them ''common" in spruce forests at the head of Little River,
4,000 feet.

177. Dendroica pensylvanica (L.). Chestnut-sided Warbler.

Breeding on Roan Mountain, 3,500 to 4,000 feet. From 2,000
to 2,500 feet " in oak woods ;" Langdon.

178. Dendroica striata (Forst). Black-poll Warbler.

An abundant migrant at Samburg and Raleigh and a few seen at
Bellevue.

496 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

179. Dendroica blackbumiae (Gmel.). Blackburnian Warbler.

Migrant at Samburg, Raleigh and Bellevue. Breeding on Roan
Mountain. Rockwood in April, Fox. Laugdon found it the "most
abundant speci.es of its family" between 2,000 to 4,000 feet in the
Chilhowee Mountains. One specimen at Raleigh. Walden's
Ridge, Roane County, 4,000 feet; breeding, Lemoyne.

180. *Bendroica dominica albilora (Baird.) Sycamore Warbler.

Records for Bellevue, Harritnan, Allardt, Kuoxville, Greeneville
and Johnson City. Two specimens taken. Breeding at all points
noted. Roane County; Fox. Athens; Merriam.

181. Dendroioa virens (Gmel.). Black-throated Green Warbler.

Found all across the State; but only as a migrant west of the
Cumberland Plateau. Breeding at Sawyer's Springs, Harriman,
Allardt, Kuoxville, Johnson City, and thence up Roan Moun-
tain to 3,000 feet or more. Spruce woods, 4,000 feet; Laugdon.
Lookout Mountain, Fox.

182. Dendroica vigorosii (And.). Pine Warbler.

Listed at Raleigh, Bellevue and Allardt. Fox found them in
full song March 28th, when they were "common" at Rockwood.
Pine Mountain, 1,500 feet, "one specimen only," Langdon. I did
not notice them on Roan Mountain. Not abundant anywhere.

183. Dendroica discolor (VieilL). Prairie Warbler.

Numerous in scrub openings at all points visited between Bellevue
and Kuoxville, inclusive. Two specimens taken. Rockwood,
"common" in April; Fox. Blount County; Lemoyne.

Genus SEIUKUS Swainson.

184. Seiurus aurocapillus (L.). Oven Bird.

I did not find the Oven-bird until I reached Chattanooga. After
that it was always present, reaching all the way up to the edge of
the fir belt on Roan Mountain. Langdon confines it to altitudes
ranging from 1,000 to 2,000 feet. Fox found them in Roan
County as early as April 15th.

185. *Seiurus motacilla (Vieill.). Louisiana Water Thrush.

This bird is a cosmopolite summer resident in Tennessee. It is as
numerous in one locality as another, and reaches some distance
along the Doe River above Roan Mountain Station. It is barely
possible that the birds observed in that locality were S. novebor-
acensis. Langdon fails to record any, but Fox found them common.

1 895. ]] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 497

Genus GEOTHLYPIS Cabanis.

186. *Geothlypis formosa (Wils.). Kentucky Warbler.

Abounding all across the State, from the Mississippi bhift to the
foothills of the Great Smoky Mountains. Not seen east of Johnson
City lmt numerous all over the Cumberland Plateau. Laugdon
did not set- ii. nor did Fox in 1885, though he records it "not
common" in L884. Nesting- in Blount County; June, 1881, and
seen in Monroe County; Lemoyne.

187. Geothlypis Philadelphia (Wils. ). Mourning Warbler.

Migrating at Sam burg, Raleigh and Bellevue. Heard one sing-
ing at latter place.

188. Geothlypis trichas (L.). Maryland Yellow Throat.

Below an altitude of 3,000 feet this familiar warbler abounds
throughout the State. Ridgway shows that the Mississippi Valley
birds are intermediate. Those from the Memphis bottoms may be
found to be closer to ocddentalis than to our eastern bird.

Genus ICTERIA Vieillot.

189. Icteria virens (L.). Yellow-breasted Chat.

'An abundant summer resident at all points along route as far
east as Johnson City. Langdon took one at the " base of Mount
Nebo."

Genus SYLVANIA Nuttall.

190. *Sylvania mitrata (Gruel.). Hooded Warbler.

This is the most thoroughly representative and evenly distributed
summer warbler of Tennessee; as much at home among the cane
brakes and bayous of the Mississippi as in the dark, cool ravines of
the Great Smoky Mountains. It ranges up to the fir belt on Roan
Mountain; '• 4,000 feet," Langdon. Great Smoky Mountain and
Monroe County, 2,500 to 4,5000 feet; Lemoyne.

191. ®Sylvania pusilla (Wils.). Wilson's Warbler.

Migrating at Raleigh and Bellevue. One specimen collected at
latter place.

192. Sylvania canadensis (L.). Canadian Warbler.

Migrant at Samburg and Raleigh. Breeding on Roan Mountain,
3,000 to 4,000 feet. Blount County, 2,000 feet; Langdon. Mon-
roe County, 2,500 to 4,000 feet; Lemoyne.

»

498 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Genus SETOPHAGA Swainson.

193. Setophaga ruticilla (L.). American Redstart.

In favorable localities throughout the entire route from Samburg
to Johnson City and Roan Mountain Station. That its breeds at
Samburg and Raleigh is not yet proven. Langdon found it up to
2,500 feet.

Family MOTACILLIDJE.

194. Anthus pennsilvanicus (Lath.). American Pipit.

Recorded in spring (March) by Fox, who found it common in
meadows during the last two weeks of that month. I thought J
heard a flock passing over Samburg.

Family TROGLODYTIDjE.

Genus MIMUS Boie.

195. Mimus polyglottos (L.). Mocking Bird.

Rather rare at Samburg, Raleigh, and Bellevue. Reported from
Chattanooga. A farmer from Harriman stated they were occasion-
ally heard there. Fox saw one near Rockwood April 6, 1885. I
could get no information of them on the Cumberland tableland. Jt
is a favorite and common cagebird all over Tennessee and this per-
haps, accounts for its rarity in a wild state at the present day.

Genus GALEOSCOPTES Cabanis.

196. Galeoscoptes carolinensis (L.). Catbird.

The only "thrush" which I found in every place on the entire
route. A pair were breeding near a little spring at the summit of
Roan Mountain and their mewing could often be heard from the
porch of Cloudland hotel. Langdon limits their wanderings in the
Chilhowee range to 2,000 feet.

Genus HARPORHYNCHUS Cabanis.

197. Harporhynohus rufus (L.). Brown Thrasber.

The Thrasher is not far behind the Cat Bird in its general distri-
bution over the State, but it is less numerous and I did not see any
above 3,000 feet on Roan Mountain.

Genus THRYOTHORUS Vieillot.

198. Thryothorus ludovicianus (Lath.). Carolina Wren.

Very abundant everywhere except in the loftier reaches of the
mountains above 3,500 to 4,000 feet.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 499

199. Thryothorus bewiokii (Aud.). Bewick's Wren.

Rather local, but found in every county visited. A iar more
entertaining singer and every way more of a genius than the House
Wren, which it replaces in Tennessee.

I heard the song of this bird in a "deadening " 4,000 feet up the
side of Roan Mountain.

Genus TROGLODYTES Vieillot.

200. Troglodytes hiemalis (Vieill.). Winter Wren.

A few heard in the fir belt of Roan Mountain; but none below it.
It is rare even thei-e. Langdon missed it altogether. Fox notes it
in the Tennessee valley as late as April 13th. It is quite possible
that the Roan Mountain birds will be found to represent a distinct
race, more nearly approaching padficus than hiemalis. No speci-
mens have yet been taken in these regions.

Family CERTHHIXaE.
Genus CERTHIA Linnseus.

201. Certhia familiaris araericana (Bonap.). Brown Creeper.

A few were breeding on the summit of Roan Mountain. Seen in
migration by Fox, in Roane County. Smoky Mountains in summer,
in the valleys in winter; Lemoyne.

Family PARID^l.
Genus SITTA Linnaeus.

202. Sitta oarolinensis (Lath.). White-breasted Nuthatch.

Sparingly distributed over the State. None seen on Roan Moun-
tain above the deciduous timber.

203. Sitta canadensis (L. ). Red-breasted Nuthatch.

One specimen was taken in the fir belt of Roan Mountain, to
which the birds seemed to be confined, one being heard near the
hotel at Cloudland. Lookout Mountain, March 29th, Fox.

Genus PARUS Linnseus.

204. Parus bicolor (L.). Tufted Titmouse.

Everywhere abundant. Ranging as high as 4,000 feet on Roan
Mountain.

205. Parus atricapillus (L.). Chickadee.

No Chickadees were seen in the balsam belt of Roan Mountain.
Langdon found no specimens of this form among the mountain tit-
34

500 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

mice of Blount County. Lemoyne records specimens from Blount
County and Great Smoky Mountain and agrees with Brewster as to
the difference in song, etc., between specimens above and below 4,000
feet on these mountains.

206. Parus atricapillus oarolinensis (Aud.). Carolina Chickadee.
Specimens from Sawyer's Springs and Raleigh are referable to

the southern form. I found Chickadees abundant all over the
Tennessee lowlands and up Roan Mountain to the evergreen
belt. I fail to appreciate the specific distinctions accorded to the
southern as contrasted with the northern Chickadee, living as I do in
a region where apparent intermediates of the two are found through-
out the year. Lemoyne records earolinensis from the valleys up to
4,000 feet in the Smoky Mountains of Monroe, Blount and

Sevier Counties.

Genus REGULUS Cuvier.

207. Regulus satrapa (Licht.). Golden-crowned Kinglet,

The only record known to me is that of Fox, who found them
in early spring in Roane County. It is rather surprising that
neither Laugdon nor myself observed them in the Smoky Moun-
tains, for Brewster found them abundant in the Black Moun-
tains of North Carolina.

208. Regulus calendula (L.). Ruby-crowned Kinglet.

Fox lists this bird as a migrant in Roane County. It was mi-
grating through Samburg during my stay.

Genus POLIOPTILA Sclater.

209. Polioptila caerulea (L.). Blue-gray Gnatcatcher.

Breeds all across the State and in the mountains, up to 3,500 feet.

Family TURDIDJE.
Genus TURDUS Linnaeus.

210. Turdus mustelinus (Gmel.). Wood Thrush.

Noted at Samburg, Raleigh, Bellevue, Chattanooga, Harriman,
Knoxville and Johnson City. Not on the Cumberland table land.
Specimens taken by Langdon in Blount County, at 2,000 and 4,000
feet.

211. Turdus fusoescens (Steph.). Wilson's Thrush.

Numerous in migrations at Samburg, Raleigh and Bellevue.
Breeding at Chattanooga (?) and on Roan Mountain, where it was

1895.] NATUBAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 501

abundant from 3, 000 to 5, 000 feet. I watched a pair building in
a maple on a large horizontal branch nearly forty feet from the
ground; an unusual position for the nest of this bird.

212. Turdus ustulatus swainsonii (Cab.). Olive-backed Thrush.

Migrant at Samburg, Raleigh and Bellevue. Fox saw one April
26th, 1885, in Roane County.

213. Turdus aonalaschkae pallasii (Cab.). Hermit Thrush.

Seen at Samburg. Fox found it an abundant migrant in Roane
County.

Genus MERTJLA Leach.

214. Merula migratoria (L.). American Robin.

A rare bird in west and middle Tennessee. None seen in the
Central Basin. Not abundant in east Tennessee, where it is found
from the western rim of the Cumberland Mountains to the top of
the Great Smoky range. It was breeding and singing in the bal-
sams near Cloudland Hotel. Langdon did not find it in the
Chilhowee Range.

Genus SI ALIA Swainson.

215. Sialia sialis (L.). Bluebird.

In many parts of "west and middle Tennessee the Bluebird was
frequently seen. I have records of it from every place visited up
to 4;000 feet on Roan Mountain. Fox found them very common
in early spring. Langdon notes a few " about deadenings in the
coves" of Blount County.

502 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

LIST OF BIRDS COLLECTED IN NORTH GREENLAND BY THE PEARY

EXPEDITION OF 1891-2 AND THE RELIEF

EXPEDITION OF 1892.

BY WITMER STONE.

In the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia for 1892, p. 145, I published an annotated list of the birds
collected by the West Greenland Expedition which accompanied
Lieut. R. E. Peary to Whale Sound in 1891.

Below will be found lists of the species obtained by tbe Pearv
party during their sojourn in North Greenland from July, 1891, to
August, 1892, and also of those collected by the Relief Expedition
of 1892.

The former collection was made almost entirely by Mr. Langdon
Gibson in the vicinity of the Peary winter quarters1 and the latter
by Mr. Charles E. Hite at about the same points visited by the
Expedition of 1891. All the specimens, numbering 122, are in the
collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. 2

The second Peary Expedition and the Relief Expedition of 1894,
so far as I am aware, made no collection of birds.

Gibson Collection.

1. Urinator lumme (Gunn.). Red-throated Loon.
One set of eggs collected on Whale Sound.

2. Cepphus mandtii (Licht.). Mandt's Guillemot.

3. Alle alle (Linn.). Little Auk.
A number of eggs were in the collection.

4. Stercorarius parasiticus (Linn.). Parasitic Jaeger.
Specimens obtained at Red-cliff House, the headquarters of* the

Expedition, and in Tuctoo Valley, representing both the dark and
light phases of plumage.

1 SeeProc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1892, p. 342.

% This paper has been delayed in the hope of obtaining field notes from some
of the members of the expedition, but failing in this I have thought best to pub-
lish it as it is.

1895.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 603

5. Stercorarius longicaudus Vieill. Long-tailed Jaeger.
Obtained in Tuctoo Valley.

6. Gavia alba (Gunn. ). Ivory Gull.

One obtained on McCormick Bay, July 17, 1892.

7. Rissa tridactyla (Linn.). Kittiwake.
One specimen in the collection.

8. Larus glaucus Briinn. Glaucous Gull.
One taken at McCormick Bay, July 17, 1892.

9. Clangula hyemalis (Linn. ). Old-squaw.

Males and females in perfect breeding plumage obtained in Tuctoo
and Glacier Valleys, June 16-21, 1892.

10. Somateria mollissima borealis Brehm. Greenland Eider.
One set of eggs collected June 30, on Whale Sound and several

birds secured.

11. Somateria spectabilis (Linn.). King Eider.

Found breeding in Tuctoo Valley, June 9, 1892, and birds were
obtained in the same locality as late as July 24.

1 2. Chen hyperboreus nivalis (Forst. ) Greater Snow Goose.
One adult female in worn plumage and one young gosling entirely

in down were secured on July 10, 1892, in Glacier Valley. So far
as I am aware this capture furnishes the first information that we
have regarding the breeding ground of this bird.

13. Tringa canutus Linn. Knot.

A series of specimens of the Knot were obtained in Tuctoo Valley,
June 22 to July 22, 1892, and Aug. 23, 1891. Most of these are in
breeding plumage and have lost entirely the gray borders to the
feathers of the back.

One young bird was obtained which is still in the down but has
the wings about half grown and the regular feathers appearing on
the breast and back.

14. Calidris arenaria (Linn. ). Sanderling.

One specimen was secured in Glacier Valley, June 14, in full
breeding dress.

15. Arenaria interpres (Linn.). Turnstone.

Two specimens were taken July 21 and 26, 1892, in Tuctoo
Valley.

16. Lagopus rupestris reinhardti (Brehm). Reinhardt's
Ptarmigan.

504 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

One specimen taken in Inglefield Gulf, April 21, 1892, was still
in the pure white plumage.

17. Falco islandus Bruun. White Gyr falcon.
One obtained on McCormick Bay.

18. Corvus corax principalis Ridgw. Northern Raven.
One specimen without data.

19. Plectrophenax nivalis (Linn.). Snow Bunting.
Several nests taken in Tuctoo Valley, June 19 and 21, each con-
taining five eggs, and one, June 21, containing seven.

Collection of the Relief Expedition.

1. Fratercula arctica (Linn.). Puffin.

Two puffins were secured at Godhavn, which I refer to this form.
The bills measure:

No. Length of culmen. Depth at base.

30.076 1.85 in. 1.45 in.

30.077 2.05 in. 1.60 in.

2. Cepphus mandtii (Licht.). Mandt's Guillemot.

All the specimens obtained at Nattik and in McCormick Bay
were of this species. None of C. grylle being found.

3. Uria lomvia (Linn.). Briinnich's Murre.

Specimens secured in McCormick Bay, July 22 and August 23.

4. Alle alle (Linn.). Little Auk.

A number secured at Cape York, July 22.

5. Stercorarius parasiticus (Linn.). Parasitic Jaeger.
Two Jaegers, the only ones obtained by the Relief Expedition

(McCormick Bay, Aug. 4, and Port Robinson Aug. 1), were clearly
referable to this species while curiously enough all but one of a con-
siderable series obtained by the West Greenland Expedition were S.
longicaudus.

6. Rissa tridactyla (Linn. ) Kittiwake.

One taken at Cape York, July 22, and another at Disko, Aug.
30. The latter specimen is remarkably dark in color, the whole
lower surface being suffused with pearl gray.

7. Larus glaucus Briinn. Glaucous Gull.

A number of specimens collected at Duck Island, Littleton Island,
Cape York and Itiblu.

8. Larus marinus Linn. Black-backed Gull.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 505

One immature specimen secured Sep. 3, 1892, at Gothaub.

9. Sterna paradisjea Briinn. Arctic Tern.
Several secured in McCormick Bay, August 1-4.

10. Somateria mollissima borealis Brehm. Greenland
Eider.

A large series of females is in the collection from Duck Island.

11. Tringa maritima Briinn. Purple Sandpiper.
Two secured at Disko, July 16.

12. iEoiALiTis hiaticula (Linn.). Ring Plover.
One from McCormick Bay, Aug. 4.

13. Lagopus rupestris reinhardti (Brehm). Reinhardt's
Ptarmigan.

Obtained at Disko, July 16.

14. Falco islandus Briinn. White Gyr falcon.
Two specimens obtained from natives.

15. Falco rusticolus Linn. Gray Gyr falcon.

One specimen obtained from natives. The one secured by the
West Greenland Expedition in 1891 was accidentally referred to F.
r. gyrfalco in my paper.

16. Corvus corax principalis Ridgw. Northern Raven.
A fine specimen shot on McCormick Bay, Aug. 4.

17. Plectrophenax nivalis (Linn.). Snow Bunting.
A number collected at Disko, July 16.

18. Calcarius lapponicus (Linn.). Lapland Longspur.
Several specimens taken with the above.

19. Saxicola cenanthe (Linn.). Wheatear.
One taken at Disko, July 16.

506 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

ARCHAEOLOGICAL WORK IN OHIO.

By Gerard Fowke.
Excavation of a Mound in Pike County, Ohio.1

On the farm of W. M. Volgainore, three and one half miles south
of Piketon, is the largest mound in the Scioto Valley between Chilli-
cothe and the Ohio River except one four miles south of the "High
Banks" in Ross County. It stands on the third of four terraces
bordering the river here, the first being regularly and the second
occasionally overflowed. A mile below are two earthen enclosures,
one square the other circular, each containing between fifteen and
twenty acres and connected by parallel walls. Many other remains
exist in the county, notably the much-mentioned "Graded Way,"
which, however, is mostly a natural formation.

The mound has an elliptical base 130 x 110 feet, the longer axis
north and south, and its altitude while intact was fully 18 feet. In
1894 the owner scraped off the upper portion, leaving it a truncated
cone whose top was about seven feet above the surrounding level.
He also scraped a narrow trench across the middle to within three
feet of the bottom. At this depth he reports finding two skeletons
with some shell beads and two copper bracelets. He went no farther
but replaced such bones as he saw and filled the trench from the side.
The outline of the mound being destroyed by this work, it was difficult
to judge where the axes would intersect; a point was chosen (it may
have been several feet out of the way) as nearly over the middle of
the base as could be determined, and from this as a center a circle
was described with a diameter of forty feet. All the earth within
this limit to the original surface was then removed, which was found
at a depth of between eight and nine feet. The difference between this
measure and that of the height of the mound from the outside, is due

1 During the past summer and autumn (1895) investigations have been carried
on in certain Ohio mounds by Mr. Gerard Fowke in behalf of the Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. This report and the succeeding ones give the
results of his investigations. All objects obtained by Mr. Fowke are now in the
archaeological collections of the Academy.

Clarence B. Moore.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 507

partly to compression of the earth by the weight of the structure, and
partly to the increase and looseness, from cultivation, of soil in the field.

The mound presented no peculiarity of construction; its. erection
had been practically continuous, at least to the height at which
this excavation began, for there was neither line of demarcation in
the small masses of dumped earth composing it, nor any trace of
vegetable growth such as would take place if the work were inter-
rupted. Several sorts of earth entered into its composition, mostly
like that immediately around, though it contained some that is not to
be found, superficially, nearer than 300 or 400 yards away ; such
may, however, occur closer at hand beneath the surface. A small
part of it was gathered where leaves or grass had recently been
burned off.

The bones mentioned by the owner were found at the depth he
indicated; and other fragments were found below them as far as to
the bottom of the mound, scattered through earth that plainly had
been disturbed since first deposited. The men who did the scraping,
however, insist they did not go so deep, neither was any digging done
in the trench they made; if this be true, these lower bones must have
been thrown promiscuously, mingled with earth, into a hole dug by
the builders of the mound when it had reached a height of three or
four feet.

Nineteen feet north of assumed center the skeleton of a young
child was found eighteen inches above the original surface. An
excavation measuring six feet east and west, by four feet north and
south, had been made when the mound, or this portion of it was less
than three feet high, and lined with a thin layer of bark or wood
which extended beyond it on every side ; the bottom was quite
irregular except in the north-west corner where a space had been
leveled barely large enough to afford a resting place for the body,
which lay extended on the back with head to the east. With the
bones of the neck were 65 copper beads; these had been strung on
vegetable fiber, along with small disk shell beads, the latter too soft
for recovery. On the right wrist were two small copper bracelets.

Nothing else was found above the natural surface. Below the top

soil is black loam a foot deep, resting on a stratum of hard, gravelly

red earth two feet thick, below which is the gray sand whose bottom

has never been found. This definite arrangement made it easy to

ascertain the aims and methods of the builders.

508 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

The burials within the mound were only incidental, and had no
part in the original purpose for which it was erected. It had been
designed' to cover only two graves. The first of these had its axis
almost coincident with a radius extending nearly northeast from the
center stake. At eight feet to each side of this line began a thin
seam of decayed wood which sloped uniformly toward the axis till it
reached a depth of two feet at four and one-half feet from its place
of beginning; the earth below it had never been disturbed, while
that above it had been dumped in to restore the level. At this dis-
tance it came to the edge of a pit seven feet in width dug one foot
into the gray sand, with walls vertical or in some places slightly
overhanging on account of the caving-in of the loose material while
the work was progressing. In the bottom of the hole (four feet
deep) had been placed two to three inches of the red gravel earth,
on which lay three to four inches of gray sand, thus reversing their
proper order; above this came the seam of decayed wood extending
entirely across the excavated space to the natural surface, as men-
tioned above; next in order was a thin layer of burned earth, ashes,
and charcoal reaching from the shoulders to the knees, and slightly
beyond the frame on each side of a skeleton nearly six feet long,
which lay extended on the back, with feet toward the center of the
mound. On each wrist were two small copper bracelets; about the
waist, as if belonging to a belt, was nearly a pint of disk shell beads,
some of them being too soft to save; between the femurs were a few
Marginellas ; about the neck were eleven cylindrical or barrel-shaped
beads made of some thick shell and drilled lengthwise; under the
feet was a knife or spear, three inches long, of Basanite. Some por-
tions of the bones were quite hard and solid; others soft from decay.
The skull, 21 feet from the center stake, lay in a mass of very wet
decayed wood and ashes, and was in fragments; the crown was
stained a bright red, probably with Hematite.

The confused and irregular layers and streaks of decayed wood in
the dark soil with which the grave was filled were perplexing; but
it appeared that the body had been protected by a layer of wood
supported by chunks and by poles whose ends were thrust into the
sand on either side. Earth was thrown on this covering to the original
level of the soil; saplings or small poles were then laid around the
margin of the grave to uphold a roof of wood or bark. After this

1895.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 509

was partly decayed, it was covered with a small heap of dark earth
immediately preliminary to beginning the monnd.

Each end of the grave was followed to the red gravel, found at
two feet from the head and the same distance from the feet of the
skeleton. It could not be ascertained whether the same slope con-
tinued outward from these points as from the sides ; for the eastern
end was three feet beyond the bank surrounding the area being ex-
amined, making it dangerous to follow farther; while at the other
end nothing could be made out with certainty, as other operations,
carried on about the same time, had encroached on this space.

Figure 1 shows a cross-section; and Figure 2 a longitudinal sec-
tion of so much as was definitely outlined.

d

(F"-::fe^

Fig. 1. Cross section, nrst grave. Volganiore mound.

ZZZZT

fete

e--'
Fig. 2. Longitudinal section, first grave. Volgamore mound.

a. Black soil, 1 foot.

b. Red gravel, 2 feet.

c. Gray sand, bottomless.

d. Mixed earth filling grave and continous with that of the mound above.

e. Ashes; charcoal, and burned earth. 1 inch thick.

f. Skeleton.

g. Red gravel, 2 to 3 inches thick (deposited).
h. Gray sand, 3 to 4 inches thick (deposited).

.... (Dotted lines.) Decayed wood and bark, varying in thickness from a

streak to 6 inches.
Zig-zag line in Fig. 2 denotes limit of certainty regarding structure.
Scale : one-ninth of one inch equals one foot.

The second grave was by far the largest that has been recorded in
this region. Its dip began on the south side at the margin of the
forty -foot circle cleared out; on the north side, a foot south and two
feet west of the assumed center mark of the tumulus. The outline
was tortuous, but could easily be traced by the decayed wood which

510 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

had lined it, or by the difference in color and consistency of the
earth on either side. When fully exposed, by removal of the top
soil around it, it formed an irregular ellipse with a narrow prolonga-
tion toward the east. Its entire length was 27 feet on a line almost
exactly east and west; its maximum breadth nineteen feet. On the
east, north, and south sides, the dip was gradual as in the first grave;
but on the west side it was abrupt the entire depth. From near the
top of the red gravel, except at the east end where a more gradual
slope was left to facilitate the passage of the aboriginal undertakers,
the walls were carried directly downward four feet into the gray
sand, forming a pit, measuring on the bottom, sixteen feet from east
to west, ten feet from north to south, and seven feet deep from the
surface. In this, midway between the sides but a little nearer the
western end, lay a skeleton about six feet long, extended on the
back, head east, arms by the sides, left hand under the hip. The
skull was broken by pressure of the earth. About the neck were a
few disk beads, and just above the knees a few Marginellas, all very
soft. On each forearm were three copper bracelets, one large and
two small. One of the larger was so corroded as to fall in two; it
was not made of a solid rod, as is usual, but of sheet copper rolled
into a cylinder and bent to the desired form. [See note.]

There was no trace of cloth or skins, except adherent to the
bracelets, unless the soft, loose, black earth about the bones was due
to decay of such material. A thin seam of bark above the body
reached a little to each side, but none had been placed beneath it.
The wood found about the outer part of the excavation did not
extend down the sides into it ; small disconnected patches were seen
at a few places in the earth filling the grave, but if it had ever been
continuous at any level no evidence of such fact now remained.

A longitudinal section is given in Fig. 3, and cross sections, at
intervals of five feet, in Figs. 4-8.

-& *'-J

Fig. 3. Horizontal section of large grave in Volgamore Mound.

1895.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

511

a

*"\ • d s~~

it

h

^

Pig. 4.

a

/"

I

d J

C

i~

j±sjs>z^

i : 5.

d

Fit*. I).

Fig. 7.

Fig. 8.

Figs. 4-8. Cross sections at intervals of five feet. Large grave. Volgamore
Mound. One-ninth of one inch equals one foot.

a. Black soil, 1 foot.

b. Red gravel, 2 feet.

c. Gray sand, bottomless.

d. " Dumped "earth, continuous to top of mound.
/, i. Mingled red and gray, " dumped."

k. Head of skeleton.

o. Legs of skeleton.

( Dotted line) Decayed wood or bark.

512 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Note. — During extended researches in the Florida mounds a considerable col-
lection of objects of copper, almost exclusively ornaments, has been gathered.

These ornaments, with the exception of several heavy
beads , are of thin sheet copper. The only other obj ects
of copper not purely ornamental are piercing imple-
ments, sometimes pointed at both ends, and these a
careful examination shows usually to be made of
sheet copper hammered around and around on
itself. It is interesting to note that in Ohio, a region
where objects of solid copper are of not infrequent
Fig. 9. Section of copper occurrence, a use of sheet copper similar to that seen
bracelet. (Twiceactual in Florida is observed.

Slze '' A number of the bracelets found by Mr. Fowke,

by their weight, lighter than their size would indi-
cate, seem to be of sheet copper. Fig. 9 gives a section of the bracelet, once
enlarged.

C. B. M.

The Caldwell Mound.

Where the Scioto River passes from Pike in Scioto county the
terraces bordering it are reduced to two ; the first is subject to over-
flow, while the second marks the highest level at which drift was
deposited in this vicinity. A few hundred feet south of the county
line, sixteen miles from the Ohio River, on the farm of Mr. S. A.
Caldwell, a mound nine feet high and seventy-five feet in diameter
at the base stood on the brink of the higher terrace ; in the same
field are two smaller mounds; and skeletons with pottery and other
relics have been found near the surface in excavating for gravel
along the slope.

On the larger mound a circle forty feet in diameter was laid off,
with the apex as a center, and all within this limit removed to the
undisturbed earth beneath. The structure was composed entirely of
the clayey soil and clay subsoil which here overlie the gray gravel ;
it was quite dry and packed so hard that the entire mass had to be
loosened with picks. Roughly- finished arrow-heads, flint chips, and
a few fragments of pottery, the latter of clay and coarsely-pounded
stone, were scattered promiscuously through it. Near the outer wall
of the excavated area on the east and south sides were several root
holes, denoting that small trees, three to six inches in diameter, had
been burned or cut off before the mound was begun. These were
not post-holes, like those to be described, for they went much deeper
and turned aside at or near the lowest point to which they could be
followed.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF" PHILADELPHIA. 513

Traces or fragments of human remains were found in six places.
At one foot above the bottom, four feet south, and two feet west of
the center, was a skull, the bones belonging with it extending south-
ward. At the same level, five feet south, eight feet west of center
was a skull stained with hematite; there were also traces of bone six
inches above the last. At three and one-half feet above the bottom,
ten feet east of the center, was a skull which seemed to have been
placed with the face uppermost; three feet west of it, and six inches
higher, with no trace of other bones in the intervening space, was a
pelvis with leg bones extending southward from it but not parallel ;
immediately beneath, was a dark line extending entirely across the
mound, showing that the work had been stopped for a time at this
height ; the body or skeleton had been laid on what was then the top
of the mound, covered with bark on which was thrown a foot of
earth running to a feather-edge a foot west of center. After this,
another interval in the labor followed, as shown by a similar line.
A body had then been laid on the summit, with the head six and
one-half feet east of the center, the feet toward the west. On the
skull were several pieces of mica, some of them trimmed to a cres-
centic outline, and a small, very smooth, sandstone ornament re-
sembling a fiddle bridge in shape. The last skull discovered was
six feet above the bottom, eight feet south of the center ; it, also, had
mica lying on it, some cut like that above mentioned. All the bones
found were so soft as to fall to pieces on exposure ; and most of them
were so decayed that they could be traced only as a streak or thin
layer by their color.

W hen the bottom was reached, the result was disappointing ; there
was no trace of a grave or other form of burial in or on the soil. A
line of soft earth which appeared to form the edge of an excavation,
proved to be only a narrow trench 8 to 12 inches wide at the top,
somewhat narrower at the bottom, and not more than a foot deep,
surrounding an irregular quadrilateral space about twenty feet
across. A considerable part of the undisturbed surface now exposed
was covered with a layer of ashes and charcoal, containing many
small fragments of burned animal bone, but no pottery fragments or
other art products. It varied from a thin streak to a layer of 3 or
4 inches; where it was heaviest the earth beneath was considerably
burned. Many post-holes were found, some five or six inches in
diameter and about two feet deep, others a foot in either dimension ;

514 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

the parts were burned prior to the depositing of at least some of the
ashes, for the latter extended in an unbroken layer over the holes,
except in three or four places where the posts were left projecting
somewhat above the surface, as shown by the hollow molds in the
body of the mound which had packed around them before their de-
cay. These molds were lined with the charcoal from the burned
stumps. The trench had been dug through the ashes, except where
it extended beyond them on the west side; but their straight margin
here as contrasted with the curved outline in other parts, and the
abrupt change of direction at the northwest corner, indicate that
they had been swept or scraped away on this side before the digging
began.

In a mass of ashes about four inches thick, four to six feet east of
the center, were many small fragments of bones of a child, burned
until nearly destroyed; nine feet south, three feet east of the center
were a few fragments of bones of an adult, similarly burned. Both
deposits were lying on the natural surface in the bed of ashes.

No explanation or interpretation of these facts will be attempted;
the reader must form his own conclusions. There may have been
some sort of a building of which the posts formed a part; but they
do not seem well arranged for such purpose, and no others exist
within the excavated space, for every foot of it was carefully ex-
amined. The ash-bed, if the fact of a house be admitted, may be
due to ordinary domestic life; but this would not account for the
cremated human bones. Nor could the latter be so thoroughly
charred unless intentionally burned, for, although they were in a
mass of ashes, there was no indication of any considerable amount of
heat about where they were found.

To repeat : — The posts were burned off, as is proven by the char-
coal found in the holes where they stood, and especially in the casts
above the ashes; the latter were deposited, at least in part, after such
burning as is shown by their continuity above the holes; and the
trench was dug still later, because the ashes came up to its margin
on both sides and stopped there, and in two or three places the yellow
earth from its bottom lay directly upon them. Further, only a short
period'of time was embraced in these stages, for the projecting ends
of the posts were still solid enough when the mound was built for
the earth deposited over and around them to pack so firmly that it

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES <>K PHILADELPHIA. 515

held its shape after they had disappeared. Finally, the construction
of the mound was intermittent.

Excavation of a Low Mound in Pike County.

A mile north of Wakefield, in Pike County, on the Barnes farm,
are the enclosures figured by Squier and Davis as the "works in Seal
Township." Near the south-east corner of the square enclosure is a
mound, now about three feet high and sixty feet in diameter, sur-
rounded by a ditch and embankment. A circle 25 feet across was
laid off on the highest part of this and the earth removed to the sub-
soil.

About eight feet northwest of the center, and 16 inches above the
original surface were two or three fragments of human skull ; and
between three and four feet south of them portions of human femora;
these probably were the remains of a body that had been laid
extended with head to the north. No other human remains were
found in the structure.

Eleven feet south of the center were several small pieces of mica,
some of them fragments of trimmed and perforated pieces, others
rough flakes split off from a larger piece; on them lay nine flint
blocks or cores, evidently raw material for implements; these were
partially covered with a large sheet of mica ; one of the blocks was
chipped into a rude hatchet-form. A foot east of these were two
gorgets; one was of close-grained slate, well made, with a single per-
foration; the other of micaceous sandstone with two perforations.
Three feet east of these was a deposit containing a finely wrought
flint knife, a rough and a broken arrow-head, a flint block like those
first found, and a sheet of mica. These were all at the same level
as the human bones found on the opposite side of the mound ; but
there was no evidence of a burial at the place they occurred. The
flint blocks were irregular fragments of larger nodules, with a chalky
exterior, a coating of silicate of lime, and the concretionary structure
well marked in some. No flint of this character has ever been found •
m place in Ohio; a similar stone occurs abundantly near the Wyan-
dotte Cave in southern Indiana, but is not known to exist at a nearer
point.

35

516 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

November 5.
The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the Chair.
Thirty- two persons present.

The death of Charles M. Thomas, M. D., a memher, was an-
nounced.

Dr. S. G. Dixon made an announcement of the curative effect
of the subcutaneous injection of a saturated solution of taurin in an
aggravated case of Acne pustulosa. (No abstract).

November 12.
The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the Chair.
Thirty persons present.

November 19.

The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the Chair.

Ninety-three persons present.

A paper entitled "The Bees of the Genus Perdita F. Smith," by
T. D. A. Cockerell, was presented for publication.

November 26.
The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the Chair.

Thirty-six persons present.

A paper entitled "Contributions to the Flora of Greenland, " by
Theo. Holm, was presented for publication.

Prof. Angelo Heilpriu having resigned the Professorship of In-
vertebrate Paleontology was elected Professor of Geology by the
Council.

The resignation of Mr. Harold Wingate as a member of the
Council was received and accepted.

The following were elected members :

N. W. Frazier, Samuel H. Gilbert, Seneca Egbert, M. D. ,
Wilfred H. Harned, John Cadwalader, Jr. , and Gulielma M. S. P.
Jones.

The following was ordered to be printed :

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 517

SYNOPSIS OF THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF GORYTES Latr.

BY WILLIAM J. FOX.
GORYTES Latreille.

Gorytes Latreille, Hist. Nat., XIII, p. 308, 1805.

Hoplisus Lepeletier de St. Fargeau, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, I, p. 56, 1832.

Euspongus Lepeletier de St. Fargeau, ibid.

Dienoplus Fox, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., p. 549, 1893.

For the full synonymy of this genus see Handlirsch's mono-
graph.*

Females.

Antennae strongly clavate. (Eyes large, strongly convex and
strongly converging toward clypeus; tarsi graceful and
long; mesosternum not carinated.) monedu/oides.

Antenna? not strongly clavate 2

2. First segment of abdomen coarctate at apex 3

First segment of abdomen not coarctate, sessile or subpetio-

late 5

3. First recurrent nervure received by the first submarginal cell;

wings hyaline throughout; submedian cell (anal area) of
posterior wings terminating much before the origin of the

cubital nervure; size small bipunctatus.

Both recurrent nervures received by the second submarginal
cell; wings with a fuscous cloud; submedian cell (anal
area) not or terminating but little before the origin of the
cubital nervure; size larger 4

4. Enclosure of middle segment striated at base only; head,

thorax, abdomen and legs spotted with yellow . . mellinoides.
Enclosure of middle segment striated throughout; entirely
black, except the second abdominal segment which is ru-
fous rufocinctus.

o. Wings clear, without the usual fuscous spot 6

Wings more or less fuscous, always with a cloud in the

vicinity of the marginal and submarginal cells 8

6. First abdominal segment subpetiolate, the apical margins of
all the segments broadly clothed with pale pubescence.

eximius.

First abdominal segment sessile 7

* Sitztmgsberichte der k. k. Akademie der Wissenchaften, Wien, Mathe-
matiscb-naturwissenschaftliche Classe, Abtheilung I, XCVII Bd., p. 317.

518 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

7. Submedian cell of posterior wings terminating much before

the origin of the cubital vein; thorax and legs black, not
spotted; abdomen reddish in greater part, not marked with
yellow; enclosure of middle segment striated basally.

pictifrom.

Submedian cell of posterior wings not, or but slightly, termi-
nated before the origin of the cubital vein; thorax and legs
spotted with pale yellow; hind femora and two basal seg-
ments of abdomen, reddish, the abdomiual segments above
with pale yellow on their apical margins; enclosure of
middle segment striated throughout Coquillettii.

8. Second ventral segment not at all angular 12

Second ventral segment prominently angular 9

9. Middle segment coarsely rugose throughout 11

Middle segment not rugose, the furrow forming the enclosure

broad, crossed longitudinally by coarse ridges; flagellum
subclavate (third segment not fasciate; second ventral with
very large punctures toward the base) nigrifrons.

10. Palpi dark; fourth dorsal abdominal segment without a fascia,

or with a very short one mystuceus.

Palpi in part yellow; fourth dorsal segment with a complete
fascia campestris.*

11. Eyes converging but little toward the clypeus 12

Eyes distinctly converging toward the clypeus 20

12. At the most the middle segment and first segment of abdo-

men rufous; space between base of clypeus and fore ocellus

as broad, or nearly so, as long VA

Entirely rufous, with yellow markings, the yellow bands of
abdomen unusually broad; middle segment yellow; space
between base of clypeus and anterior ocellus distinctly
longer than broad diversus.

13. Middle segment and first segment of abdomen more or less

reddish 14

Middle segment and first segment of abdomen not reddish . . 15

14. Last dorsal segment with a well-developed pygidial area

which is subtriangular and rugose; second discoidal cell
with apical portion dark fuscous; legs variegated with red,

black and yellow spilojiterus.

Last dorsal segment with the pygidial area poorly developed,
short and broad, strongly punctured; second discoidal cell
pale fuscous except its lower portion; legs red, with the
tibiae yellow in part tricolor.

* According to Handlirsch, the second ventral segment of mystaceus, to-
ward the base, is marked with deep fovete, while in campestris that segment
has only larger punctures toward the base. According to the specimens be-
fore me, consisting of a cf and ? of mvslaceus and a d campestris, this state-
ment should be reversed as campestris has the deep fovese and mvslaceus the
punctures. *

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 519

15. Last dorsal segment yellow 16

Last dorsal segment black 17

16. Legs black; first dorsal segment not fasciate fuscus.

Legs reddish, except base ; first dorsal segment fasciate. pygidialis.

17. Mesosternum anteriorly sharply and strongly carinated;

pygidium broad, not more than twice as long as its width

in the middle 18

Mesosternum anteriorly neither sharply nor strongly cari-
nated; pygidium long, narrow, somewhat more than twice
as long as its width in the middle (form very robust) . costalis.

18. No distinct fuscous cloud in the second discoidal cell; front

distinctly longer than broad; coxse and trochanters reddish,

rarely obscure 19

A distinct fuscous cloud filling the apical third of second dis-
coidal cell; front fully as broad as long; coxpe, trochanters
and femora in part, obscure nebulosus.

19. Wings, excepting the usual fuscous cloud in the vicinity of

the marginal cell, hyaline; enclosure of middle segment

with 14-16 close-set ridges confertus.

Wings fuscous, the cloud in the vicinity of the marginal cell
darker; enclosure of middle segment with 10-12 well-
separated ridges denticulatus.

20. Middle segment more or less coarsely sculptured 2J

Middle segment not coarsely sculptured, smooth 30

21. Posterior surface of middle segment coarsely sculptured ... 22
Only the basal enclosure of middle segment coarsely sculp-
tured entirely or in part 27

22. Wings with a strong yellow tinge on basal two-thirds .... 23
Wings not yellow basally 25

23. Sculpture of enclosure of middle segment consisting of even,

radiating ridges ; flagellum either entirely black, or with

basal joints reddish 24

Sculpture of enclosure of middle segment coarsely and irregu-
larly rugose; flagellum yellow beneath, black above (mark-
ings bright yellow; first joint of flagellum distinctly shorter
than the two following united) asperatus.

24. Flagellum long, scarcely clavate, the first joint distinctly

shorter than the two following united; clypeus entirely

black; markings yellow atrifrons.

Flagellum short, subclavate, the first joint but little longer
than the following two united; clypeus whitish basally;
marking whitish cdbosignatus.

25. Femora, except apex, and the tibire in part, black; flagellum

yellow beneath, black above 26

Femora in greater part, tibia? and tarsi, reddish; flagellum
black, basal joints reddish (middle segment with two large
yellow spots) decorus.

520 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

26. Flagellum long, setaceous; scape elongate much more than

twice as long as broad at apex; middle segment with two

yellow spots atricornis.

Flagellum shorter, a little clavate; scape short but little more
than twice as long as its width at apex, middle segment
not spotted canalieulatus .

27. Extreme base of enclosure of middle segment only striated . . 28
Entire enclosure covered with striae 29

28. Wings scarcely yellow the stigma testaceous; markings palish

yellow; dorsal segments 4 and 5 impunctate .... simillimus.
Wings with a tolerably yellow tinge, the stigma yellow;
markings bright yellow; dorsal segments 4 and 5 with scat-
tered punctures angustatus var.

29. Antennae with the flagellum distinctly thickened apically,

yellowish beneath, at least basally angustatus.

Antennae sleuder, the flagellum setaceous, obscure testaceous
beneath nevadensis.

30. Dorsal segments 4 and 5 impunctate 31

Dorsal segments 4 and 5 with distinct, scattered punctures . . 35

31. Suture between dorsulum and scutellum foveolate 32

Suture between dorsulum and scutellum not foveolate

phaleratus.

32. Wings, in greater part, dark fuliginous 33

Wings yellow ferruginous venustus.

33. Wings clear at apex; first two segments almost entirely

yellow abdominalis.

Wings entirely fuliginous; only the first segment spotted
with yellow 34

34. Head and thorax black, ornamented with yellowish; clypeus

black; first dorsal segment entirely yellow Smithii.

Head and thorax reddish-brown, including the clypeus; first
segment yellow at apex, otherwise colored like thorax, floridanus.

35. Wings subfuscous ; clypeus entirely yellow ; middle segment

entirely black, pygidial area with sparse, shallow punc-
tures bipartitus.

Wings hyaline, the marginal cell excepted; clypeus with base
only yellow; middle segment with two rufous spots;
pygidial area with deep, closer punctures . . . rufomaculatus

Males.

Antennae strongly clavate; hind tarsi unusually long and
graceful moneduloides.

Antennae not strongly clavate; hind tarsi not unusually long . 2
2. First segment of abdomen coarctate at apex (abdomen black,
the second and third dorsal segments with a lateral pale
spot) bipunctatus.

First segment not coarctate, sessile or subpetiolate 3

1895.] NATURAL- SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 521

3. Submedian cell of posterior wings terminating before the

origin of the cubital vein 4

Submedian cell of posterior wings not terminating before the

origin of the cubital vein 8

4. Second ventral segment prominently angular 6

Second ventral segment not angular 5

•5. First abdominal segment subpetiolate, apical margins of the
segments broadly margined with pale pubescence; antennae

short eximiu8.

First abdominal segment sessile, the abdomen red in part, not
pubescent; antenna? long, slender pietifrons.

6. Middle segment coarsely rugose throughout 7

Middle segment not rugose, the furrow forming the enclosure

wide, crossed longitudinally by strong ridges; antenna*
shorter than head and thorax, joints 2-6 of fiagellum
strongly rounded-out beneath nigrifrons.

7. Antenna? very long; palpi obscure mystaceus.

Antenna? shorter; palpi in part yellow campestris.*

8. Middle segment more or less coarsely sculptured 9

Middle segment not coarsely sculptured, smooth 31

9. Dorsulum strongly punctured 10

Dorsulum not strongly punctured 20

10. First abdominal segment subpetiolate; last ventral segment

bifid 19

First abdominal segment not subpetiolate 11

11. Fifth ventral abdominal segment armed with a strong promi-

nence at each side. (See fig. 1.) con/ertus.

Fifth ventral segment unarmed 12

12. Mesosternum dentate laterally (entirely red, with pale mark-

ings) 13

Mesosternum not dentate 14

13. Middle segment not at all yellow; abdominal fascia* nar-

row; fuscous cloud of fore wings not extending beyond the
apex of marginal and third submarginal cells . . . . denlatus.
Middle segment yellow in greater part; abdominal fascia un-
usually broad; fuscous cloud of fore wings extending to
apex of wing diversus.

14. Eighth and ninth joints of fiagellum spinose beneath .... 16
Eighth and ninth joints of fiagellum not spinose, at the most

tuberculate 15

15. Enclosed space on middle segment smooth ; middle segment

and first and last abdominal segments more or less red;

legs entirely red tricolor.

Enclosed space on middle segment distinctly striated; middle

*See foot note, p. 518.

522 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

segment and first abdominal segment not red, the last seg-
ment yellow pygidialis.

16. Clypeus with a bunch of long, curved hairs in each angle ... 17
Clypeus with the hair at angles not very long, not curved or

bunched 18

17. Spine of ninth joint of flagellum large and distinct; head as

wide as thorax ; legs black and yellow hamatus.

Spine of ninth joint of flagellum small, indistinct; head small,
narrower than thorax ; legs red and yellow . . . microcephalus.

18. Wings fuscous, the cloud in the vicinity of the marginal cell

darker; middle segment with two yellow spots . . denticulatus.
Wings, except the usual fuscous cloud in the vicinity of the
marginal cell, subhyaline ; middle segment not spotted
barbatulus.

19. Wings entirely yellowish, the marginal cell scarcely darker;

antennae entirely rufous. Length 11 mm laminiferus.

Wings slightly yellowish basally, the marginal cell distinctly
fuscous; antennae dark above mirandus.

20. Last ventral segment emarginate or bifid, flagellum rather

short, the last four joints enlarged, somewhat emarginate

beneath (wings without a fuscous cloud) insolitus.

Last ventral segment with a spine or process 21

21. Posterior surface of middle segment coarsely sculptured ... 22
Only the basal enclosure of middle segment coarsely sculptured 27

22. Eyes very broad, their width equalling more than half their

length, the space between them at base of clypeus about
equal to the length of the latter in the middle; enclosure of

middle segment irregularly rugose asperatus.

Eyes as usual, their width scarcely equalling half their
length, the space between the eyes at base of clypeus
greater than the length of the latter in the middle; enclo-
sure of middle segment longitudinally ridged 23

23. Wings with a strong yellow tinge on basal portion 24

Wings not, or but slightly, yellow basally 25

24. Antennae tolerably long, reaching a little beyond the scutel-

lum; markings bright yellow atrifrons.

Antennae shorter, not reaching beyond the scutellum; mark-
ings whitish albosignatus.

25. Antennae a little thickened apically, the joints irregular (legs

black and yellow) cancdiculatus.

Antennae not thickened apically, the joints more even .... 26

26. Femora except apex and tibiae in part yellowish; dorsulum

unspotted atricomis.

Femora, in greater part, tibiae and tarsi, reddish; dorsulum with
a lateral stripe or spot decorus.

27. Only the base of the enclosure of middle segment with striae. . 28
The entire surface of enclosure of middle segment striated. . . 29

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 523

28. Flagellum not thickened apically; wings scarcely yellowish.

simillimus.

Flagellum thickened apically, wings yellowish basally.

angustatus var.

29. Wings distinctly yellowish; femora entirely yellow beneath. . 30
Wings scarcely yellowish; femora black basally beneath.

simillimus var.

80. Flagellum thickened apically angustatus.

Flagellnm setaceous nevadensis,

31. Dorsal segments 4 and 5 impunctate 32

Dorsal segments 4 and 5 with distinct,! scattered punctures . . 36

32. Suture between dorsulum aud scutellum foveolate 34

Suture between dorsulum and scutellum not foveolate .... 33

33. Flagellum rather long, the joints about twice as long as broad,

prominently rounded-out beneath; wings with a yellowish

cast phaleratus.

Flagellum shorter, somewhat subclavate, the joints (basal
ones excepted) not twice as long as broad, not rounded-out
beneath; wings black, apex pale propinquus.

34. Wings in greater part dark fuliginous 35

Wings yellow, ferruginous venustus.

35. Wings clear at apex; middle segment spotted with reddish.

abdominalis.

Wings entirely fuliginous (head and thorax black) . . . Smithii.

36. Antenme rather long, reaching at least to apex of scutellum. . 37
Antennae shorter, not reaching to apex of scutellum, subclav-
ate (middle segment spotted with rufous) . . . rufomaculatus.

37. Abdomen with very broad fasciae; middle segment spotted

with yellow; basal joints of flagellum reddish . . . .fasciatus.
Abdomen with narrow fascia?; middle segment not spotted;
basal joints of flagellum black above biparlitus.

1. Gorytes moneduloides Pack.

Gorytes moneduloides Packard, Proc, Ent. Soc, Pkila., VI, p. 424. $ .
Gorytes Belfragei Cresson, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, IV, p. 224. 9

Georgia, Louisiana, Texas. A 9 specimen, from Mexico, differs
by the dark legs, absence of yellow spots of scutellum, and the band
of first dorsal abdominal segment is broken into two spots.

2. Gorytes bipunctatus Say.

Gorytes bipunctatus Say, Narr. Exped. St. Peter's Kiver (Keating) II, Zool.,

p. 338.
Lestiphorus bipunctatus Dahlboni, Hym. Eur., I, p. 157.
Euspongus bipunctatus Dahlborn, ibid., p. 480; Cresson, Synopsis, p. 117.
Gorytes bipunctatus Handlirseh, Sitzb. k. k. Akad. Wissenscb., Wien, Ma-

tbem.-naturw. Classe, Abtb. I, Band XCVII, p. 355, 9

Found throughout the United States, except in the States north
and northeast of Pennsylvania. The male is similar to the female)

524 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

being1 marked the same. It agrees with the group characters given
by Handlirsch, on p. 347 of his work, except that the first recur-
rent vein is received by the second submarginal cell, instead of the
first as in the female.

The spots on the second abdominal -segment are occasionally ab-
sent, or enforced by the presence of an additional pair on the third
segment.

3. Gorytes rufocinctus Fox.

Gorytes rufocinctus Fox, Can. Ent., 1892, p. 153, 9

Washington State. This may be the female of piceus Hdl. ,
which I have not seen.

4. Gorytes piceus Hdl.

Gorytes piceus Handlirsch, I.e., p. 455, $

British Columbia. Unknown to me and may be the $ of rufo-
cinctus. The face, antenna? and legs are said to be more or less
yellow, and the second dorsal laterally and the second ventral rufo-
brunneous.

5. Gorytes mellinoides n. sp.

9 . — Eyes diverging toward the clypeus, the latter convex, its
anterior margin a little incurved medially; antenna? long, slender,
the first joint of flagellum longer than the scape aud pedicellum
united; suture between dorsulum and scutellum foveolate; mesos-
ternum carinated anteriorly, with the epimerum and episternum of
the mesothorax not separated ; middle segment with the enclosure
well marked, and large, divided by a central furrow and longitu-
dinally striated on basal third, otherwise finely punctured; wings
clear, a slight fuscous cloud including part of the marginal, second sub-
marginal and part of third discoidal cells, nervures and stigma testa-
ceous, submedian cell of posterior wings terminating at, or slightly
before, the origin of the cubital vein; legs with the medial and hind
tibia? spinose, the anterior tarsi with a distinct comb, pulvilli dis-
tinct; abdomen with first segment distinctly coarctate at apex,
second segment much broader, sides rounded, pygidial area coarsely
and sparsely punctured, not distinctly ridged laterally, second ven-
tral strongly punctured. Black; clypeus, except apical margin
and a basal spot, inner orbits, spot between antenna?, scape, pedi-
cellum and first flagellum joint basally beneath, line on pronotum
and scutellum, the fore and medial coxa?, trochanters and femora

1895.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 525

beneath, spot at each side of first dorsal segment, an oblique spot
on each side of the second, apical margin of the third dorsal and second
ventral, all yellow; flagellum beneath, tegulre and greater part of
legs testaceous. Length 9 mm.

Texas (Belfrage). Collection of U. S. National Museum.

6. Gorytes mystaoeus Linne.

Sphex mystacea Linne, Fauna Suecica, p. 412.

Gorytes mystaceus Handlirsch, 1. c, p. 367, pi. II, f. 15; pi. III. f. 6, 9 $ ■
For full synonymy see Handlirsch, 1. c.

Handlirsch records this species from America. I have only seen

European examples.

7. Gorytes campestris Mull.

Vespa campestris Miiller, Linne's Natursystem, V, II, 883.
Gorytes campestris Handlirsch, 1. c, p. 372, 9 $ , pi. I, f. 1, 25. 28; pi. II,
f. 14. For full synonymy see this author.

Also recorded from North America by Handlirsch. I doubt the
occurrence of either mystaceus or compestris in America, the speci-
mens seen by Handlirsch being very likely labelled erroneously.

8. Gorytes nigrifrons Smith.

Gorytes nigrifrons Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M., IV, p. 368, 9
Gorytes Bollii Cresson, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. IV, p. 225 9
Gorytes nigrifrons Handlirsch, 1. c. p. 376.

Nova Scotia (Smith); North Carolina, in Collection of U. S.
Nat'l Museum; Texas. Through the courtesy of Mr. Samuel Hen -
shaw, I have examined the type of O. Bollii Cr., and find it agrees
exactly with Smith's description of nigrifrons, which therefore cor-
roborates Handlirsch' s action in uniting the two, although he had
seen specimens of neither. The wide furrow, which forms the en-
closure of middle segment, distinguishes this species from any of its
congeners, and by which character the $ , heretofore unknown, may
also be separated from either of the two preceding species.

9. Gorytes fuscus Tasch.

f Gorytes vespoides Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. XII, p. 407, 9 1873.
Hoplisus fuscus Taschenhurg, Zeitsch. f. d. ges. Xaturw., p. 368, 1875.

Recorded from Connecticut by Handlirsch. Occurs in Mexico
and Brazil. The £ , which I have not seen, is said to be distin-
guished from its allies by its simple, non-emarginate, non-spinose
or tuberculate antenna?, and by the first segment being not fasciate.

10. Gorytes confertus n. sp.

9 . — Eyes toward the clypeus very slightly converging; antenna?
a little clavate, the scape longer than the pedicellum and first joint

•526 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

of flagellum united, the latter joint much longer than the second;
clypeus with anterior margin truncate, not barbate laterally; front
strongly and sparsely punctured; dorsulum with large sparse
punctures, those of the mesopleurae less strong; suture between
dorsulum and scutellum foveolate; episternum and epimerum
mesothoracis indistinctly separated, the mesosternum sharply cari-
nated anteriorly and laterally; middle segment posteriorly with
large punctures, the enclosure rather large, well-marked, with 14-16
close-set, ridges or strire; legs stout, the tibiae spinose, fore tarsi
with a strong comb; wings clear, except the usual fuscous cloud,
which includes the marginal and part of the second and third sub-
marginal cells, nervures brown, stigma yellowish, submedian cell of
posterior wings terminating at the origin of the cubital vein; abdo-
men strongly punctured, particularly the second ventral segment,
pygidial area with large, elongate punctures, ridged laterally.
Black; clypeus, labrum, mandibles except apex, scape, flagellum
beneath, inner and posterior orbits, sometimes a line across the ver-
tex, line on pronotum, tubercles, spot behind them, scutellum,
postscutellum sometimes, a broad fascia at apex of dorsal segments
1-5, and apex of second and third ventrals more or less, all yellow;
legs, including coxse, entirely reddish- testaceous. Length 8— 8J mm.
$ .—Resembles 9 as to coloration but has a strong grayish

sericeous reflection over the entire in-
sect, and the tibiae and tarsi are more
or less yellow. Eyes strongly con-
verging beneath; clypeus with a fringe
of hairs on each side, anteriorly,
which are not bunched, however; joints
8 and 9 of flagellum somewhat tu-
mid beneath, otherwise the antenna?
simple; fifth ventral segment devel-
oped into a distinct lobe on each side

F ig. 1. Apical segments of abdo- r
men. G. con/ertus, showing produc- (see figure 1). Length 8 mm.

tion of fifth ventral segment. Montana. Is remarkable for the

peculiar modification of the fifth ventral segment of the male.

11. Gorytes tricolor Cress.

Gorytes tricolor Cresson, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc, I, p. 380, $ (non 9 ).
Gorytes tricolor Fox, Can. Ent., 1892, p. 149, 9 .

New Mexico; Colorado; Montana. The color of this species

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHIIjADELPHIA. ''-'

varies from back with the middle segment red to entirely rufous.
The yellow ornamentation is usually the same in both forms, how-
ever.

12. Gorytes ruficornis Prov.

Gorytes ruficornis Provancher, Add. Hym. Quebec, p. 273, 9 $ ■
California (Provancher). Unknown to me. Seems to be near
tricolor.

13. Gorytes diversus n. sp.

9 .—Eyes parallel within; front with shallow punctures; space
between the fore ocellus and base of clypeus distinctly longer than
wide; clypeus strongly convex in middle; antenna? rather longer than
usual for species of this section, the flagellum but little thickened
apically, its first joint more than one-third longer than the second,
scape long and narrow, longer than the following two joints united;
dorsulum, mesopleura? and middle segment posteriorly with large,
separated punctures; suture between dorsulum and scutellum foveo-
late; mesosternum carinated anteriorly, not laterally, the epimerum
and episternum mesothoracis indistinctly separated; enclosure of
middle segment well marked, with about 18 stria?; tibia? and tarsi
spinose, anterior tarsal comb well developed ; wings with a fuscous
cloud including the- marginal, second and third submarginals and
part of the third discoidal cells, a fuscous stain along the basal
nervure, stigma yellowish, nervures black; abdomen strongly
punctured, particularly ventrally, pygidial area with strong punc-
tures, scarcely ridged laterally. Rufous; anterior and posterior
orbits, the former narrowly, pronotum, greater part of mesopleura?,
scutellum, postscutellum, middle segment almost entirely, spot on
medial and hind coxa?; dorsal segments of abdomen except extreme
base of second and the last usually, and greater part of ventrals 2-4,
or 5, all yellow; apical anteunal joints fuscous. Length 8*-9 mm.

$ .—Colored like the 9 , except in the folloAving points: clypeus,
mandibles, inner orbits broadly, scape beneath, dorsulum at sides, and
the legs, more or less, yellow; rufous on middle segment and abdomen
more extended. Fuscous cloud reaching apex of wing; clypeus not
barbate laterally; antenna? shorter and stouter, joints of flagellum
rounded beneath, 8-10 subemarginate ; eyes very slightly converg-
ing beneath; enclosure of middle segment smaller than in 9 , with
about 14, rather feeble, stria?; mesosternum dentate laterally.
Length 8 mm.

528 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Los Angeles, California (Coquillett). In collection U. S. Nat'l
Museum.

14. Gorytes dentatus Fox.

Gorytes dentatus Fox, Can. Ent., XXV, p. 116, $ .

Grand Canon, Arizona (Townsend). This species has no yellow
on the middle segment, and the yellow markings of abdomen are
narrow, wanting entirely on three last segments.

15. Gorytes pygidialis n. sp.

9 . — Eyes diverging slightly toward clypeus; the latter scarcely
convex; front strongly punctured, with a strong central furrow;
scape about as long as the following two joints united, flagellum
somewhat thickened apically, the first joint about one- third longer
than the second; dorsulum, mesopleurse and middle segment with
large separated punctures, closest on posterior face of middle segment
whose enclosure is scarcely defined, with about 16 coarse ridges;
mesopleune indistinctly carinated, epimerum and episternum meso-
thoracis indistinctly separated; tibiae and tarsi strongly spinose, the
anterior tarsi with a distinct comb; wings clear, except the fuscous
cloud which includes the marginal, upper portion of second and third
submarginals, thence extending to the basal nervure bordering the
first submarginal and first discoidal cells; abdomen strongly punc-
tured, pygidial area long and narrow, ridged laterally and with
large punctures. Black; clypeus in part or entirely, mandibles
except apex, scape more or less, inner and posterior orbits, basal
joints of flagellum beneath and sometimes above, line on pronotum,
tubercles, spot behind them, scutellum, postscutellum sometimes,
femora and tibia? in part, fascia at apex of segments 4-5, last segment
entirely or in part and apical margin of ventrals of 2 and 3, or 4,
more or less, yellow; the width of the fascue varies somewhat; legs
reddish testaceous in greater part, basally obscure. Leugth 9-10 mm.
Var. — Autennre reddish-yellow; dorsal segments of abdomen
except the base of 1 and 2, entirely yellow; a small yellow spot on
each side of middle segment.

$ . — Eyes converging toward the clypeus but not strongly;
clypeus barbate laterally, transverse; joints 2-7 of flagellum tumid
beneath, the eighth and ninth submarginate: between the antenna?
a short, distinct carina; mesosternum distinctly carinated, both
anteriorly and at the sides. Length 8 mm.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. •»-"

Montana; Colorado (Snow); Las Cruces, New Mexico (Cockerell).
The 9 is very like costalis, but is smaller and has the last segment
yellow. If the $ of costalis, when discovered, presents no better
characters for distinction than those of the 9 , the two will probably
have to be united.

16. Gorytes costalis Cress.

Gorytes costalis Cresson, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc, IV, p. 225, J .

Texas; Algonquin (Nason ) and Peoria, Illinois. A specimen from
St. Augustine, Florida (Johnson) has the legs entirely reddish
testaceous, only the two first segments margined with yellow and the
fuscous of the wings is much more extended than is usual. I am
indebted to Mr. Henshaw for the opportunity of examining the type
of this species.

17. Gorytes hamatus Hdl.

Gorytes hamatus Handlirsch, 1. c, p. 403, $ , pi. 2, f. 17.
Gorytes maculatus Provanclier, Le Nat. Can. XXII, p. 140. 9 •

Texas (Belfrage) ; Colorado; Dakota; Montana; Washington
State; Nevada; Los Angeles, California (Coquillett). This is a
variable species- both in size and coloration. The middle segment is
sometimes bispotted, and the legs may be yellow and black or the
femora may be more or less reddish. The spine of the ninth antennal
joint is much more distinct in some specimens than in others.
Length 7-9 mm.

18. Gorytes microcephalus Hdl.

Gorytes microcephalus Handlirsch, 1. c.,p. 405, $ .

Georgia (Handlirsch) ; Colorado. I have taken it in the latter
part of June, in Camden County, New Jersey, but not commonly.

19. Gorytes Pergandei Hdl.

Gorytes Pergandei Handlirsch, 1. c. p. 407. $ .

Virginia and Illinois (Handlirsch). Unknown to me. The
middle segment is said to be more coarsely sculptured posteriorly
than in its allies, microcephalus and barbatulus, being " almost cica-
tricose. ' '

20. Gorytes nebulosus Pack.

Gorytes nebulosus Packard, Proc. Ent. Soc, Phila., VI, p. 424, 9 .

Massachusetts (Packard) ; New Jersey ; Georgia. The front in
this species is fully as broad as long, and the pygidium is broader
than usual.

530 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

21. Gorytes rugosus Pack.

Gorytes rugosus Packard, 1. c, p. 427, $ .

Brunswick, Maine (Packard). Unknown to me. This will, no
doubt, eventually prove to be the $ of nebulosus.

22. Gorytes armatus Prov.

Gorytes armatus Provancher, Add. Hym. Quebec, p. 272, $ .

Ottawa, Canada (Provancher). Unknown to me. This species
is said to have the mandibles spined near the base on "superior"
margin. The occurrence of such a character in Gorytes is question-
able ; and it is not unlikely that Provancher has been misled by the
lateral bunches of hair, with which the clypeus of the males of this sec-
tion is furnished, and which frequently present a waxy appearance,
thereby resembling a spine to some extent. The removal of this
character from consideration suggests the uniting of armatus with
rugosus.

23. Gorytes barbatulus Hdl.

Gorytes barbatulus Handlirscb, 1. c, p. 40S, $ .

Illinois and Texas (Handlirscb.) ; Agricultural College, Missis-
sippi (H. E. Weed) ; District of Columbia. The feniale specimens,
doubtfully referred to barbatulus by Handlirsch, belong to denti-
culatus.

24. Gorytes denticulatus Pack.

Gorytes denticulatus Packard, Proc. Ent. Soc, Phila., VI, p. 430, $ (non 9 ).
Gorytes barbatulus (iu pt.) Handlirsch, 1. c, p. 410, 9 •

Florida; Georgia; Louisiana; Mexico. Handlirsch is right in
assuming Packard's type to be a $ , instead of a 9 , as I have ex-
amined the type. The middle segment may or may not be yellow-
spotted, and the first abdominal segment is sometimes variegated with
rufous. I have no doubt but that denticulatus is identical with
plaeidus, which I have not seen.

25. Gorytes plaeidus Sm.

Gorytes plaeidus Smith, Cat. Hyui. B. M. IV, p. 368, $ 9 .
Gorytes rufipes Smith, ibid, p. 369, 9 •
Gorytes plaeidus Handlirsch, 1. c, p. 530.

East Florida (Smith). Unknown to me. I fully agree with
Handlirsch in uniting plaeidus and rufipes.

26. Gorytes spilopterus Hdl.

Gorytes spilopterus Handlirsch, 1. c, p. 414, 9 , P^ Ij f- 18.

Colorado; Nevada; Montana; Washington State.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 531

•

27. Gorytes piotifrons Fox.

Dienoplus pictifrons Fox, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1893, p. 549. 9 $ .

Washington State. Seems to differ only from niendicus by having
the enclosure of middle segment striated basally, a character liable
to vary.

28. Gorytes mendious Hdl.

Gorytes niendicus Handlirsoh, Auu. k. k. uaturh. Hofmuseums, VJ I. p. 278, 9 •

British Columbia (Handlirsch). Unknown to me.

29. Gorytes Coquillettii n. sp.

9-— Eyes strongly converging toward the clypeus ; the latter
rounded behind, its anterior margin a little incurved ; front with
punctuation indistinct, apparently coriaceous; antenna? short, fiagellum
clavate, the first and second joints about equal in length, scape short
and broad, longer, however, than the two following joints united;
dorsulum and mesopleurie finely and closely punctured; suture be-
tween dorsulum and scutellum foveolate; mesosternum not ridged, the
epimerum and episteruum mesothoracis separated ; middle segment
finely punctured, the enclosure large, well-defined and covered with
about 16, oblique stria', the central furrow rather broad; legs stout,
tibia? and tarsi spinose, the fore tarsi with a distinct comb; wings
clear throughout, nervures and stigma black, submedian cell of hind
wings terminating at the origin of the cubital vein; abdomen
elongate, the segments not much constricted at the sutures, indis-
tinctly punctured, finely so ventrally, pygidium with strong punc-
tures, margined at the sides. Black ; first three or four abdominal
segments more or less, and hind femora, except base, reddish,
antenna? beneath, clypeus, labrum, mandibles except apex, line on
pronotum, tubercles, spot on scutellum, spot at apex of fore and
medial femora, short stripe on the medial and hind tibia? exteriorly,
two transverse spots on apical margin of the first abdominal segment
and a long, sinuate stripe on each side of the apical margin of seg-
ments 2-4, whitish-yellow; tarsi dark ; front and dorsulum brownish
tomentose, that on clypeus, sides of thorax and in particular the
middle segment, silvery. Length 7 mm.

Los Angeles, California, in April (Coquillett). In collection of
U. S. Nat'l Museum.
36

532 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

30. Gorytes insolitus n. sp.

$ . — Head rather large; eyes converging toward the clypeus; the
latter large, most prominent anteriorly, anterior margin truncate,
not barbate, front finely and closely punctured, without a median
impressed line; antenna? tolerably stout, flagellum with joints 2-9
tuberculate beneath, particularly the sixth joint, from which joint
the flagellum is suddenly thickened ; scape short triangular ; thorax
finely and closely punctured, moat strongly on mesopleurae; meta-
pleune striated; suture between dorsuluin and scutellum foveolate;
mesosternum ridged anteriorly; enclosure of middle segment large,
well defined, the stria1 coarse, not well marked ; hind tarsi thick,
scarcely spined, fore tarsi somewhat flattened; wings clear through-
out, uervures and stigma black, submediau cell of hind wings
terminating a little before the origin of cubital vein; abdomen short
and broad, not constricted at the segments, finely punctured; veutrals
3-5 with a prominent transverse fringe of appressed yellow hair,
last ventral bifid. Black ; clypeus, labrum, mandibles except apex,
spot between antennae, sometimes wanting however, inner orbits,
scape, flagellum beneath, line on pronotum, tubercles, a spot behind
them, scutellum, dot on postscu tell urn, apex of femora more or less,
tibia? except within, fore and medial tarsi except last joint, a fascia
at apex of segments 1-6, twice emarginate anteriorly and enlarged
laterally, and apical margin of second ventral in part, sometimes,
all yellowish; middle segment with silvery pubescence ; hind tarsi
dark. Length 6 mm.

Southern California; Nevada. The small size, stout form, and
shape of antennae easily distinguish this species.

31. Gorytes gracilis Patt.

Hop lisns gracilis Patton, Can. Ent., XI, p. 210, £> •
Gorytes gracilis Handlirsch, 1. c, p. 456, O <? •

Connecticut (Patton) ; Georgia (Handlirsch). Unknown to me.

32. Gorytes mirandus Fox.

Gorytes mirandus Fox, Can. Ent., XXIV, p. 152, $ .
Nevada.

33. Gorytes laminiferus n. sp.

$ . — Eyes but little converging toward clypeus the latter con-
vex, rather small, transverse; front with large, shallow punctures;
antennae long, scape broad, a little shorter than the following two
joints united, flagellum thickest between middle and apex, first joint

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 533

longer than the second, joint 8 excised beneath, joints 9 and 10 much
smaller, also excised beneath, the ninth indistinctly so, last joint rather
long and slender; dorsuluru and mesopleurse with large, rather
shallow punctures; mesosternum carinated laterally and anteriorly;
epimerum and episteruum mesothoracis distinctly separated ; middle
segment posteriorly cicatricose, its enclosure very strongly defined,
the stria' coarse and rather irregular ; legs long, tibite and tarsi
spinose, fore femora formed into a broad lamina; wings yellowish,
including nervures and stigma, submedian cell of posterior wings
terminating at the origin of the cubital vein ; abdomen with first
segment long and narrow, subpetiolate as in mirandus, apical
segments distinctly punctured, last ventral segment bifid. Black;

antenna' entirely and base of wings
rufous; clvpeus, inner and posterior
orbits, face below antennae, labrum,
mandibles except apex, line on pro-
notum, tubercles, long spot behind
them, scutellum, postscutellum, spot

FlG. 2. Fore femur, (jGn/lrs . ., c .,,, . -,

laminiferus. on each side of middle segment, and

a broad fascia at apex of dorsal seg-
ments 1-6 and ventrals 2-4, entirely yellow ; last two ventrals
reddish ; legs variegated with reddish, yellow and black, abdomen
tomentose. Length 11 mm.

Washington State. Apparently close to gracilis, but differs in the
enclosure of middle segment being striated throughout, coarse punct-
ures of dorsulum, yellow wings, etc. Handlirsch does not mention
the anterior femora in his description of the $ of gracilis, and it is
therefore likely that they are not laminate as in mirandus and
laminiferus.

34. Gorytes atrifrons Fox.

Gorytes atrifrons Fox, Can. Ent., XXIV, p. 151, 9 $ .

Nevada.

35. Gorytes albosignatus Fox.

Gorytes albosignatus Fox., ibid, p. 152, 9 $ •

Montana; Colorado (Gillette). The specimen from the latter
locality, a 9 , measures but 7 mm. The basal spot of clypeus is
sometimes divided.

534 . PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

36. Gorytes geminus Hdl.

Gorytes geminus Handlirsch, 1. c, p. 478, 9 $ .

Virginia (Handlirsch). Unknown to me. The flagellum in both
sexes is said to be entirely black, the 9 thus being distinguished
from both atricornis and canaliculatus. The $ has the flagellum
joints about twice as long as broad, in which it agrees with canali-
culatus, but differs thereby from atricornis £ . G. canaliculatus
( $ ) has the flagellum beneath and two spots on middle segment
yellow, whereas in geminus these parts are said to be black.

37. Gorytes vioinus Hdl.

Gorytes vicinus Handlirsch, Ann. k. k. naturh. Hofrnuseums, VIII, p. 279, 9 .

Washington State (Handlirsch). Unknown to me. It is evi-
dently close to atricornis; but the wings are said to be strongly
tinged with yellow.

38. Gorytes atricornis Pack.

Gorytes atricornis Packard, Proc. tint. Soc Phila., VI, p. 428, 9 $ ■

Canada; Maine; New Hampshire; Massachusetts; Washington
State; Nevada. The middle segment may or may not be spotted.

39. Gorytes canaliculatus Pack.

Gorytes canaliculatus Packard, ibid., p. 428, 9 •

Canada. The flagellum of the $ is shorter than in atricornis
and is yellowish beneath, and the enclosure of middle segment has
15-16 even strise.

40. Gorytes asperatus n. sp.

9 .—Eyes toward the clypeus distinctly converging, about as in
canaliculatus; scape short, stout, subtriangular, about as long as the
following two joints united; flagellum evidently a little clavate
[last seven joints missing], the first joint about one-third longer than
the second ; clypeus rather long, transverse, feebly convex, its
posterior margin nearly straight ; front finely and closely punct-
ured, faintly impressed, thorax finely and closely punctured, suture
between dorsulum and scutellum foveolate; mesosternum sharply
ridged; middle segment coarsely rugose, except on the sides near the
base, enclosure large, strongly marked, covered with irregular rugae;
legs stout, comb of fore tarsi distinct; basal two-thirds of wings
yellowish, marginal cell fuscous, uervures dark, stigma yellow, sub-
median cell of hind wings terminating beyond the origin of the
cubital vein; abdomen rather short and broad, finely punctured,

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 535

tirst segment not striated basal ly, pygidial area triangular, indis-
tinctly margined at the side?, with large, sparse punctures. Black ;
clypeus except fore margin, labrum, mandibles except apex, inner
orbits, antenna: beneath, line on pronotum, tubercles, spot behind
them, scutellum, line on metanotum (postscutellum), small spot on
each side of middle segment, femora at apex and anterior pair
beneath, tibiae except a spot within, tarsi except apical joints, a
broad fascia on dorsal abdominal segments 1-5, and a spot on the
apical margin of second ventral laterally, which at the extreme sides
is enlarged and runs toward the base of the segment, all yellow.
Length 8 mm.

$ . — Similar to the 9 as the coloration, but the flagellum entirely
black ; eyes large strongly converging toward the clypeus, the space
between them at the base of the latter about equal to half that at the
vertex ; clypeus but little shorter than broad ; flagellum stout, a
little thickened apically, the joints (first two excepted) about twice
as long as broad, last joint a little longer than the preceding one;
tibiae and tarsi scarcely spinose, hind tarsi thickened ; wings but
slightly yellowish basally ; greater part of ventral segments yellowish.
Length 7-8 mm.

Southern California. Distinguished from eanaliculatus by the
yellowish wings, particularly in the female, irregular sculpture of
enclosure of middle segment, and much broader eyes of male, which
give the head, seen from the front, a very transverse shape. There
are four $ specimens before me from Washington State which
I refer doubtfully to this species. The yellow markings are more
restricted, there being no yellow on the tubercles and middle seg-
ment. The markings, also, are a paler yellow.

41. Gorytes decorus n. sp.

5 . — Eyes converging toward the clypeus, but a little less strongly
so than in the two preceding species; front finely and closely punct-
ured; clypeus transverse, somewhat convex, with large punctures;
antennae tolerably long, not thickened apically, scape elongate , about
as long as the first joint of the flagellum, the latter joint scarcely
one-third longer than the second; thorax shining, indistinctly punct-
ured; mesosternum distinctly carinated, the epimerum and epi-
sternum mesothoracis separated; suture between dorsulum and
scutellum foveolate; middle segment irregularly rugose posteriorly,

536 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

the enclosure large, well defined, and covered with about 12 strong,
somewhat wavy striae; tibiae and tarsi spinose; wings subhyaline, the
marginal cell excepted, nervures brownish, stigma yellowish, sub-
median cell of posterior wings terminating much beyond the origin
of the cubital vein ; abdomen shining, almost impunctate, first
segment not striated basally, pygidial area flat, rounded at apex,
distinctly margined laterally, strongly punctured. Black ; base of
clypeus, scape beneath, sometimes a small spot on inner orbits
beneath, pronotum, tubercles, a spot behind them, a stripe bordering
the dorsulum laterally, scutellum, spot on metanotum, large spot on
each side of middle segment, a fascia at apex of dorsal segments 1-5
and a narrow one at apex of ventrals 2 and 3 or 4, yellow; legs
except base testaceous, the fore and medial femora more or less
yellow beneath; basal half of flagellum beneath of the same color as
legs, which color sometimes extends to the upper portion. Length
8 mm.

$ . — Colored like the 9 , but the clypeus entirely yellow and the
flagellum entirely black; eyes strongly converging beneath, the space
between them at the base of clypeus equal to somewhat more than
half of that at the vertex ; clypeus about twice as broad as long in
the middle ; flagellum long, somewhat setaceous, the joints more than
twice as long as broad, the first two joints about equal in length;
hind tarsi less thickened than in asperatus. Length 7-8 mm.

Montana. The color of legs, large spots of middle segment and
almost want of yellow on orbits are good superficial characters to
separate decorvs from its allies.

42. Gorytes simillimus Sm.

Gorytes simillimus Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M., IV, p., 367, 9 •
Gorytes ephippiatus Packard, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila. , VI, p. 423, $ .
Gorytes simillimus Handlirsch, 1. c, p. 500, 9 $ ■

Occurs from Canada to Georgia (Handlirseh), westward through
the more northern States to Washington. The spots on middle
segment are not constant. A 9 specimen from New Jersey, col-
lected in the latter part of June, I refer to simillimus doubtfully.
Its legs are highly colored with yellow and reddish, mandibles with
a yellow spot basally, and the furrow between the metapleurse and
middle segment is foveolate throughout, whereas in typical speci-
mens the fovea? are confined to the top. Another specimen, a $ ,
from Washington State has the enclosure of middle segment striated
throughout.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 537

43. Gorytes angustus Prov.

Gorytes laticinctus Provancher (uec Shuckard), Add. Hym. Quebec, p. 274, $ .
Gorytes angustus Provancher, Le Nat. Can.. XXII, p. 141. 9 •

Vancouver (Provancher); Washington; California; Nevada. A
variable species as to size and coloration. The abdomen in two ( 9 )
specimens before me is densely tomentose so that when held in cer-
tain lights, its maculation is almost concealed.

44. Gorytes nevadensis Fox.

Gorytes nevadensis Fox, Can. Ent.. XXIV, p. 150, 9 $ .

Nevada.

45. Gorytes venustus Cress.

Gorytes venustus Cresson, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila., IV, p. 472, 9 $ .
Hoplisus venustus Cresson, Synopsis, p. 280.
Gorytes venustus Handlirsch, 1. c, p 504.

Colorado; Texas; New Mexico (Saute Fe, Cockerell); Mexico
( Handlirsch).

46. Gorytes Smithii Cress.

Gorytes Smithii Cresson, Proc. Ent. Sect., A. X. S. Phila.. 1880. p. 18, $

"(non 9 ) (Tr. Am. Ent. Soc, VIII).
Hoplisus Smithii, Cresson, Synopsis, p. 280.
Gorytes Smithii Handlirsch, 1. c, p. 531.

Illinois; Kansas. The type of this species is a $ , and not 9
as stated by Cresson.

47. Gorytes floridanus Fox.

Hoplisus foveolata Fox (nee Handlirsch), Ent. News. I, p. 10(5, 9 .
Gorv/es floridanus Fox, ibid., II., p. 196.

Florida. The eyes converge less toward the clypeus in this spe-
cies than in Smithii.

48. Gorytes phaleratus Say.

Gorytes phaleralus Say, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., I, p. 367.

Gorytes fulvipennis Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M., IV, p. 367, 9 .

Gorytes apicalis Smith, ibid., p. 369, 9 .

Gorytes modestus Cresson. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila.. IV, p. 473, $ .

Gorytes rufoluteus Packard, ibid., VI, p. 425, $ 9 .

Gorytes flavicorn is Packard, ibid., p. 429, $ 9-

Gorytes phaleratus Handlirsch. 1. c. p. 507, 9 $ •

Occurs from Canada to Texas and Mexico ; Colorado ; Dakota.

A variable species as the synonymy indicates.

49. Gorytes propinquus Cress.

Gorytes propinquus Cresson, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc, I, p. 379, $ ^uon 9 ).
Gorytes abdominalis Handlirsch, 1. c, p. 510.

New Mexico; Texas. Not identical with abdominalu as sup-
posed by Handlirsch.

538 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

i

50. Gorytes abdominalis Cress.

Gorytes abdominalis Cresscm, 1. c, p. 474, $ J •
Hoplisus abdominalis Cresson, Synopsis, p. 279.
Gorytes abdominalis Handlirsch, 1. c, p. 510.

Colorado.

51. Gorytes bipartitus Hdl.

Gorytes bipartitus, Handlirsch, 1. c, p. 521.

Georgia.

52. Gorytes divisus Sm.

Gorytes divisus Smith. Catal. Hym. B. M. IV, p. 370, $ .

Georgia (Smith). Unknown to me. This differs only from bi-
partitus, apparently, by the suture between dorsulum and scutelluni
being smooth, not foveolate. It is very likely, however, as sug-
gested by Handlirsch, that Smith's statement is erroneous.

53. Gorytes rufomaculatus n. sp.

9 . — Eyes strongly converging toward the clypeus, somewhat less
so than in bipartitus, however ; front with large punctures, strongly
impressed down the middle; clypeus convex, strongly punctured,
about one-quarter broader than long, subemarginate in middle of
anterior margin ; antennae shorter than in bipartitus, the flagellum
subclavate ; thorax smooth, impunctate ; mesosternum distinctly
carinated; suture between dorsulum and scutelluni foveolate; en-
closure of middle segment broad and short, well marked and
divided by a longitudinal furrow ; suture between metapleurae and
middle segment not foveolate; legs robust, tibiae and tarsi spinose ;
wings clear, except the marginal cell, nervures testaceous, stigma
yellow, subniedian cell of hind wings terminating much beyond the
origin of the cubital vein; abdomen short and broad, first segment
impunctate, the following segments distinctly punctured, pygidial
area rather long, coarsely punctured and distinctly margined later-
ally. Black ; hase of clypeus, inner orbits, line on pronotum,
tubercles, spot behind them, scutelluni except base, and a fascia at
apex of dorsal segments 1-3, yellow; antennae, legs, large spot on
each side of middle segment, small spot on dorsulum at wings, tegulse
and the first ahdominal segment at the sides, rufous. Length
9-10 mm.

$ . — Colored like the 9 > but the clypeus entirely, a fascia on
abdominal segments 4 and 5, and the fore tarsi, yellow; clypeus
nearly as long as broad; antennae shorter than in bipartitus, flagellum

1895.] NATHRAl, SCIKNCKS <>K l'HIl.ADKIil'HIA. 539

with joints not rounded-out as in that species, the last 6 or 7 joints
not twice as long as hroad ; seventh dorsal segment distinct, broad,
rounded at apex ; hind tarsi somewhat thickened. Length 8 mm.
Dakota; Montana; Colorado (Gillette).

54. Gorytes fasciatus n. sp.

<? . — Eyes strongly converging toward the clypeus; the latter
convex, distinctly broader than long ; front strongly punctured,
with a medial impressed line; antemue much longer than in rufo-
maculatns, joints of flagellum cylindrical, rather long ; thorax im-
punctate ; mesosternum distinctly carinated ; suture between dor-
sulum and scutellum foveolate ; enclosure of middle segment well-
marked; suture between metapleurse and middle segment foveolate
above only, and is deeper than in rufomaeulatus; legs tolerably robust;
wings yellowish on basal two-thirds; fuscous in marginal cell only,
submedian cell of hind wings terminating much beyond the origin of
cubital vein; abdomen long, dorsals 1 and 2 impunctate, the remain-
der strongly punctured, seventh dorsal distinct, rounded apically.
Black; clypeus, inner orbits, face below antenna?, labrum, mandibles
except apex, scape and pedicellum, line on pronotum, tubercles,
spot behind them, scutellum posteriorly, spot on each side of middle
segment, fore femora beneath, tibia1 and tarsi more or less, a broad
fascia on dorsal abdominal segments 1-6, on ventrals 2 and 3 and
spot on each side of ventrals 4-6, bright yellow ; basal joints of fla-
gellum, tegular and greater part of legs, reddish. Length 10 mm.

Colorado. Differs from the two preceding in the yellowish wings,
yellow spots on middle segment, broad fascia of abdomen, and by
the suture between metapleurse and middle segment being foveolate
above.

540 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

December 3.

The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the Chair.
Forty- six persons present.

Trap Dykes in Chester County, Pennsylvania. — Theo. D. Kand
stated that two important trap dykes in Chester County had seemed
almost to have escaped notice. One of these, a peculiar porphyry,
described by Mr. Goldsmith as containing the variety of silica,
vestan, is best shown in Williams' quarry, near Aldham, on the
Phoenixville branch ot the Pennsylvania Railroad. It extends
thence in a northeastwardly direction with a width of about 100 ft.
It is not apparent to the westward, but a rock which Mr. Goldsmith
has pronounced identical occurs near Barneston Station on the
Waynesburg branch of the Pennsylvania Railroad. Some masses
of this rock have a loud and clear ring when struck, as shown in
specimens exhibited to the Academy by Mr. Borden.

The other dyke forms a bluff on the right bank of the Brandy-
wine, almost in Downingtown, and perhaps 500 ft. north of the bridge
which carries the Lancaster Turnpike over the creek. It is again
exposed on the Pennsylvania Railroad just above the station, and
again much more largely a quarter of a mile further west, where on
the south side it is exposed for a depth of nearly thirty feet. Thence
it may be traced by fragments up the South Valley hill for prob-
ably five hundred feet in a general S. S. W. direction. About two
miles southwest, near the source of Broad Run and nearly north of
Romansville, it again appears, but no outcrop between could be
found. In the same direction, about two miles further, it appears at
Mortonville, on the right bank of the west branch of the Brandy-
wine. Three-quarters of a mile further, at the crossing of Buck
Run by the old road from Mortonville to Doe Run, it is exposed in
large loose masses. A mile beyond it appears south of Doe Run
village and thence southwestward is almost or quite continuous,
being in vast quantity southwest of the Marlborough Hall School-
house. It is crossed by the Pomeroy and Newark Railroad at the
southwestern part of the S curve near the source of the south branch
of Doe Run. Here it looks almost like cobblestones, to so great a
degree has boulder decomposition occurred. Three miles beyond, it
was found by Mr. Harry Wilson, of Green Tree, to whom my ac-
knowledgments are due for much aid in tracing this dyke. Fur-
ther southwest in Peuu and Lower Oxford townships are several
trap outcrops, some of them included by Prof. H, Carvill Lewis

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PH I LADELPH r A. 541

in the Conshohocken dyke, but they had not yet been identified with
this dyke.

This trap is quite coarse grained and is quite similar in its aspect
throughout its whole extent, though coarsest to the northwest. It
was examined by Mr. Goldsmith (specimens from the outcrop on
Buck Run), who informed Mr. Rand that it is a gabbro-phonolite,
containing as it does plagioclastic feldspar, sanidin augite, diallage,
magnetite and hematite.

December 10.

The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the Chair.
Forty-four persons present.
The death of Samuel G. Lewis, a member, was announced.

December 17.
The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the Chair.
Thirty-one persons present.

Papers under the following titles were presented for publication : —
" Eclogue Botanica3, No. 2," by Edw. L. Greene.
"Notes on the Study of the Cross-Fertilization of Flowers by
Insects," by Ida A. Keller, Ph.D.

The Committee on the Hayden Memorial Award reported as
follows : —

Report of the Committee on the Hayden Memorial Award.

The Committee on the award of the Hayden Memorial Medal
and accompanying fund respectfully reports, that, at a meeting held
on the 4th of December last, it was unanimously agreed to confer the
award for the year 1895, upon Prof. Karl Alfred von Zittel
of Munich, Germany, whose services to the sciences of geology and
paleontology extend continuously over a period of thirty years.

In naming this candidate the Committee feels that it is honoring
the sciences of which Prof, von Zittel is .so distinguished an exponent,
and only properly recognizes the researches which appeal to every
student of geology.

Born in 1839, Prof, von Zittel was, at the age of twenty-four, ap-
pointed to the Professorship of Mineralogy at Karlsruhe, and three

542 PROCEEDINGS OF TIIK ACADEMY OF [1895.

years later to the Professorship of Paleontology at the University of

Munich, a position, jointly with that of Director of the Paleonto-

logical Museum, which he still holds. His published works cover a

large range of personal investigation, not the least important of

which are the researches into the structure and physiography of the

Libyan Desert and the Sahara. His monumental work, " Hand-

buch der Palaontologie," which has only recently been completed,

stands without rival in the literature of geology.

For this meritorious work the Committee respectfully recommend

the award.

Persifor Frazer,

Angelo Heilprin,

Benj. Smith Lyman,

J. P. Lesley,

Theo. D. Rand.

Committee.

December 24.
The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the Chair.
Twenty-eight persons present.

December 31.
The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the Chair.
Two hundred and seventy-three persons present.
The following were ordered to be printed : —

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 543

CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF GREENLAND.
BY THKO. HOLM.

There is hardly auy part of the arctic region that has been more
thoroughly explored by botanists than the narrow strip of land
which constitutes the west coast of Greenland, bordering on the
inland ice.

Numerous expeditious, especially from Denmark and Sweden,
have visited the country, and the literature upon this subject
gives us a relatively complete knowledge of the distribution of a
large number of plants in addition to notes on the general character
of the vegetation. It is true, however, that the vegetation of several
places, especially on the northern part of the coast, is still almost
unknown to us. Explorations of late date have contributed to ex-
tend our knowledge of these more or less inaccessible localities, and
the material collected is, therefore, of great importance. Interest
attaches to two American expeditions to the northwestern coast,
Cape York, Wosteuholm Island, McCormick Bay, etc., localities
which were either unknown or had so far only been slightly touched
upon by botanists.

Mr. Wm. E. Meehan has reported1 on the results of these ex-
peditions, extending considerably the range of several plants. He
has enumerated the various plants collected, and several rare species
are recorded. A set of the duplicates was presented to the National
Herbarium at Washington, and they have been studied by me with
great interest, because of my own exploration of the coast of Green-
land.

Some of Mr. Meehan' s identifications are incorrect, and I there-
fore present the following notes in the hope of contributing to the
accuracy of the results. The corrections are merely a supplement
to Mr. Meehan's paper.

It is stated that Dryas octopetala, next to Papaver, is perhaps the

1 A Contribution to the Flora of Greenland. Proceed. Acad, of Nat. Sci.
Philadelphia, April, 1892,

544 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1896.

commonest flower in Greenland. The plant sent to the National
Herbarium represents D. integrifolia Vahl, not D. octopetala, of
which, so far, but a very few specimens have been collected on the
west coast by former expeditions.1

Other corrections are as follows: —

Ranunculus pygmceus Wahl. is R. hyperboreus Rottb.

Draba hirta L. from Disco is D. arctica Vahl.

Draba hirta L. from the Nuuatak is D. nivalis Liljeb.

Cochlearia officinalis L. is C. groenUuidica L.

Stellaria longipes Goldie is S. humifusa Rottb.

Potentilla pulchella B. Br. is P. Vahliana Lehni.

Saxifraga nivalis L. was mixed with S. rimdaris L.

S. stellaris L. is the arctic variety comosa Poir.

Erigeron uniflorus L. is the variety pulchellus Fr.

Vaccinium uliginosum L. is the arctic variety microphyllvm Lge.

Pyrola rotuudifolia L. is P. groenlandiea Horn.

Salix arctica R. Br. is S. glauca L.

Luzula arcuata Mey. is L. confusa Lindeb.

Eriophorum polystaehyon L. var. latifolium is E. angustijolium
Roth.

Carex atrata L. is G. misandra R. Br.

Poa nemoralis L. is P. glauca Vahl.

Poa pratensis L. is P. flexuosa Wahlbg.

Trisetum sesquiflorwm Trim is T. mbspieatum Beauv.

Calamag rostis Lungsdorffii is C. phragmitoides Hn.

Woodsia ilvensis Br. is W. hyperborea R. Br.

Several other species enumerated by Mr. Meehau seem doubtful,
but there are no specimens of these in the collection sent to the
National Herbarium.

Lychnis apetala L. is evidently L. triflara R. Br. or L. affinis
Vahl ; as it is stated by Mr. Meehan that the specimens had from
one to six flowers.

Comas ca)iadensis L. has never before been found in Greenland,
but we suggest that the specimens represent ('. suecica L., a plant
which is not uncommon in that region.

Camjyanula rotundifolia L. is probably the variety arctica Lge.

Pedicularis capitata Adams, is noted from Disco. It has so far

1 Compare Joh;ui Lunge: Conspectus Flora; Groenlandioae. Copenhagen, 1880.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 545

only been found near Foulkefjord (78° 18' ), so that the identification
seems doubtful.

The same is the ease with Pedicularis versicolor Wahl., which is
not known from Greenland ; it may have been confounded with P.
flammed L. , which is quite common.

Abies obovata Loud, is evidently a misprint.

Glyceria fluitam is also doubtful. It has never before been
observed in Greenland, although there are several other species of
Glyceria quite frequent in various places.

546 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

ECLOG.E BOTANICJE, NO. 2.

by edward l. greene.

1. Some New Western Plants.

Trifolium trunoatum.

T. ampiecteus Greene, Pitt. I, 6, not of.Torr. and Gray.
T. stenophyllum Greene, Fl. Fr., 34, partly, not of Nutt.
T. Franciscanum var. irnncatum Greene. Man.. 100.

Annual, 5 to 10 inches high, branching from the base, slender,
flaccid when young, the branches and peduncles wiry in age; herbage
vivid green and glabrous: lowest leaflets broadly cuneiform and
truncate, less than \ inch long, the upper larger and ampler, 1 inch
long, oblong-cuneiform or oblong-linear, truncate or obtuse, often re-
fuse, not manifestly venulose, sparingly toothed : very slender
peduncles exceeding the leaves : heads subglobose, about \ inch in
diameter when mature: corolla yellowish-white, tipped with dark
purple, the tube at length inflated to the broadly obpyramidal and
truncate, except as abruptly pointed by the withered remains of the
tips of the petals.

This, one of the most common clovers of the middle California
inland districts, I was long unable to believe to be an unrecognized
species; and, as the bibliography shows, I have made repeated efforts
to reconcile it with one and another of the poorly described species
of Nuttall. Then, at last, in the Manual of Ray-Region Botany, I
made it a part — a named variety — of what I thought must be a new
species; but, within a few months from the time of publishing T.
Franciscanum, I was privileged to see, in the Herbarium of the
British Museum, the type specimen of Nuttall' s T. stenophyllum;
and I was surprised to discover, in that type, just what I had taken
as the type of my own T. Franciscanum. From that type, a common
species of the seaboard districts, the present plant is very distinct.
The name truncatum is adopted for the species in allusion to the very
broad and flat-topped bladdery-inflated corolla-tube, rather than to
the form of the leaflets, which, however, are very commonly truncate
also.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 547

Trifolium lilaoinum.

Annual, flaccid, the erect or merely decumbent branches 6 to 10
inches high : herbage apparently glabrous, but the growing parts
more or less hirsutulous under a lens: lowest leaflets obovate, the
upper oblong, or elliptic-lanceolate, minutely spinulose-serrulate :
peduncles elongated, far surpassing the leaves and somewhat scapi-
form : hemispherical and amply involucrate heads £ inch broad;
involucre of 8 or 10 obovate broad and somewhat overlapping
laciniately cleft lobes; subulate-setaceous and plumose calyx- teeth
about as long as the campanulate thin and scarious 5-nerved tube :
corolla | inch long, of a rich deep lilac- purple tipped with pink or
white.

A most beautiful ally of T. barbigemm, and of apparently quite
limited range; but it is common on the lower slopes of one or two
hills at South San Francisco. Cab, and has been collected once by
Mr. Bioletti and once by myself on the eastern side of the bay still
further southward.

Trifolium rostratum.

Annual, glabrous, very slender, diffuse, dwarf, the branches only
2 or 3 inches long : stipules rounded, spreading, laciuiate : very
slender petioles elongated; leaflets cuueate-obcordate, only ! inch
long, evenly and acutely serrate-toothed : peduncles exceeding the
leaves; involucre small but manifest, about 4 or 5 lines wide, lobed and
laciniate : head less than ■*. inch broad, rather few-flowered : calyx-
teeth longer than the subcampanulate tube, oblong-ovate, tapering
to a rigid aristiform apex : corolla purple, tipped with white, the
keel with a long beak-like apex at least a third as long as the body.

A species of quite remarkable floral structure, collected only by
Mr. V. K. Chestnut, at Lake Merritt, Oakland, California, 1889;
at that time referred hy me (Fl. Fr., HO), with much hesitation, to
T. appendiculatum .

Boisduvalia diffusa.

Much branched from the base, the slender, wiry, white and shin-
ing sparingly leafy branches 8 to 12 inches long, very decumbent or
almost prostrate, and, with the leaves, sparsely hirtellous when
young, mostly glabrate in age: the scattered leaves, ovate and
oblong-ovate, and ovate-lanceolate, ! to i inch long, all sessile, and
all, even the lowest as well as the uppermost, with a flower in the
37

548 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1896.

axil ; petals about a line long, bifid, deep red-purple : capsule about
4 lines long, of oblong-lanceolate outline, curving outward, about
50-seeded : seeds dark brown, glabrous, somewhat angular, and of
subclavate-oblong outline.

Dry bed of the upper Humboldt River, near Deeth, Nevada,
Aug. 5, 1895.
Valerianalla magna.

Glabrous, the stout stems sharply angular, 3 to 5 feet long, tortu-
ous, half-reclining on fences or among bushes, and with rather many
small axillary branches : cymes thyrsoidly congested at the ends of
the stem and branches : corolla white, bilabiate, with ample funnel-
form tube and a short thick spur : fruit glabrous externally, tri-
quetrous-ovoid, the ventral concavity formed by the ample wings
closed below, open above, the wings themselves strongly hispid-ciliate
within.

Collected only by the author, in Knight's Valley, Sonoma Co.,
Cal., June, 1894. Species noteworthy on account of its great size
and half-climbing habit; the fruit showing an affinity with V. aphcir
noptera.

Valerianella oiliosa.

Slender, erect, simple, seldom a foot high, corolla small, deep
pink, very distinctly bilabiate, the rather slender and tapering spur
much longer thau the body and produced far below the ovary : fruit
of roundish outline but modified by a very prominent stout apicula-
tion, the back glabrous, provided with a very broad ribbon-like
though distinctly bevelled keel, which is very densely ciliate along
both margins, the subrostriform apiculation bearing similar hairs,
the turgid-margined abruptly inflexed wings revealing the ventral
cavity by an elliptic acute opening.

Plentiful on northward slopes of low hills west of Napa Valley,
California, growing with V. macrocera ; but very distinct, no less in
fruit characters than in form of corolla.

Lessingia peotinata.

Slender and very diffuse, the ascending or more widely spreading
and almost prostrate branches a foot long or more ; herbage scarcely
woolly even when young, green, sparingly stipitate-glandular and
scabrous throughout ; only the lowest leaves woolly, these and also
those of stem aud branches pectinate- pinnatifid, the segments pun-

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHI LAHELPHI A. 549

gently spineseent-tipped: involucral bracts narrow, acute, glandular-
puberulent : corollas yellow.

Species known only from Monterey, California, where it has been
collected in recent times by Parry, Pringle, Tidestrom and others,
but earlier, as shown in the herbarium at Kew, by Hartweg. In
the American herbaria it is found mixed sometimes with L. germano-
rum, sometimes with L. glandulifera..

Pyrrocoma eriopoda.

Caudex ligneous, covered with a dense white wool connected with the
bases of the petioles of the oblong lanceolate obtuse coarsely toothed
coriaceous glabrous or minutely scabrous leaves ; stem erect, rigid,
1 to 2 feet high, with a few ascending or suberect branches; cauline
leaves spatulate, the rameal ovate, acute, remotely serrate, less
than 1 inch long: heads solitary on the ends of the branches and in
the axils of the leaves; involucres turbinate-campanulate, about $
inch high; bracts very rigid, oblong linear, green throughout, but
more herbaceous at the erect pungently acute apex: rays 15 to 20,
not showy.

Collected at the Soda Springs, Esmeralda County, Nevada, July,
1888, by Mr. Shockley.

Pyrrocoma solidaginea.

Stems rather stout, decumbent, 12 to 18 inches high, lanuginous-
tomentose throughout, but the leaves, and often all but the base of
the stem ^labrate at maturity: radical leaves lanceolate, on rather
slender petioles, 2 to 5 inches long, entire or irregularly serrate,
abruptly acute; cauline spatulate, sessile by an auricu late-clasping
base: stem parted at the middle or toward the base into numerous
slender suberect branches bearing numerous raoemosely disposed,
small heads : involucres campanulate, 1 inch high ; bracts imbri-
cated loosely in about 3 series, linear, or oblong- linear, the green-
herbaceous erect tips pungently acute: rays 12 to 18, small, light
yellow.

Along the Humboldt River, at Palisade, Nevada, 24th of July,
1893. Species much resembling a Solidago; the small heads not
rarely numbering as many as seventy-five on a single stem.

Pyrrocoma subviscosa.

Steins not rigid, 14 to 20 inches high, only slightly decumbent:
leaves, upper part of stem, and the inflorescence glandular-puberu-

550 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

lent aud resinous-viscid : leaves not in the least degree coriaceous ;
radical 6 or 8 inches long, lanceolate or linear-lanceolate, very
acute, salieutly and sharply serrate-toothed; the sessile cauline ones
more strongly toothed and the teeth spreading : heads only 3 to 5,
corymbose at summit of the stem: involucres broadly hemispherical,
1 to il inch broad ; bracts linear-lanceolate, acute, in about 3 not
very unequal series, herbaceous almost throughout except the inner-
most : rays 30 or more, showy.

Near the Humboldt Wells, in eastern Nevada, 25th of .July,
1893. To be compared only with P. lanceolata, from which it dif-
fers most notably in the membranaceous texture of the whole plant
as well as in the fine close glandular indument.

Aster militaris.

Rigidly erect, 1 to 1] feet high, equably leafy aud simple up to
the somewhat fastigiately corymbose panicle: leaves 2 or 3 inches
long, scabrous-puberulent on both faces, and with scabrous-ciliolate
margins, mid vein prominent, lateral nerves none, the upper cauline
lanceolate, very acute, mucronate by the excurrent strong midvein,
tapering to a narrow half- clasping base, entire or obscurely serrate-
toothed: involucre turbinate, the oblong-linear obtuse bracts numer-
ous and much imbricated, green- herbaceous along the midvein and
at tip, pubescent, appressed ; rays numerous, pale- purplish: achenes
sparsely pubescent: pappus not copious, rather fragile.

A well-marked species of genuine Aster, but not intimately related
to any other known. Obtained at Grant's Pass, in southern
Oregon, September, 1892, by Mr. Howell.

Aster amplissimus.

Erect, rather slender, 1 to 2 feet high, simple up to the summit,
then parting into 3 or more peduneuliform short branches, each
bearing a single very large head; stem red, bearing more or less
white hirsutulous pubescence, this often running somewhat in lines,
or on one side only, except under the heads, when it is denser: leaves
all ample, thin, entire; the radical 8 to 12 inches long, oblanceolate,
tapering to a slender winged and ciliolated petiole; cauliue few and
remote, from somewhat spatulate-lanceolate to linear- lanceolate,
acutish, sessile by an auriculate-clasping base : heads ■] inch high,
more than 1 inch broad; bracts from oblong- to linear-lanceolate,
acute, in 2 series but subequal, the outer series quite herbaceous, not

1895.1 NATfTRAI, SCIENCES OF PHll.AHKLPHIA. 551

spreading, bristly-eiliate, otherwise glabrous : rays large, rose-red or
purple: acheues sparsely strigose; pappus firm.

In wet subalpine meadows, toward the limit of trees on Mt.
Reinier, Washington; collected by the writer, 21st of August, 1889;
probably not rare in the higher Cascades, and possibly forming a
part of the confused A. foliaceu* var. frondeus of Gray's Synoptical
Flora, but very distinct from the type of that variety, which belongs
to a different region.

Aster frondeus.
Aster foliaceus, var. frondeus Gray, Syn. FL, I. Part 2, p. 103, in part only.

Stems stoutish, decumbent, 1 to 2 feet high, green and nearly
glabrous, mostly simple up to the summit and bearing a solitary head,
or two or more on very short peduncles : leaves not thin, glabrous
except the scabrous-ciliolate margins, entii-e; radical obovate-oblong,
petiolate; cauline spatulate; acutish, 2 to 4 inches long, auriculate-
clasping : heads rather more than ■, inch high, twice as broad :
bracts of involucre of about equal length, the outer ovoid or oblong
and amply foliaceous ; inner more spatulate, but herbaceous almost
throughout : rays I inch long, light blue or purplish.

Plant of the Rocky Mountain region in Colorado and Utah, thence
northwestward to the borders of California and perhaps Oregon; in-
habiting middle altitudes; its habit much like that of Solidago
Parn/i (Aphpdppus Parri/i Gray), but heads few or solitary.

Vagnera pallescens.

Rather slender, horizontally inclining (not erect), 2 or 3 feet high,
the whole plant of a pale glaucous-green, but not glabrous : leaves
sessile, ample, ovate- elliptic, obtusish, or with abrupt short apicula-
tion, thin and widely spreading, 4 to 6 inches long, nearly glabrous
above, rather stiffly hirtellous beneath : panicle of racemes rather
open, 4 to 6 inches long: flowers white, very fragrant: berries deep
cherry-red .

Species inhabiting higher than middle elevations of the California
Sierra, from at least Fresno Co., northward : very unlike the stout
erect upright-leaved bright green V. aviplexicaulis of lower altitudes,
and of more northerly range, to which it has been referred.

2. Revision of Tropidocarpum.
To the knowledge of this very noteworthy genus of plants, as it
was published by Sir William Hooker almost sixty years since,

552 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

nothing new was contributed until within the last decade. It was,
indeed, as recently as the year 18HM that, in a peculiar district of
the Califbrnian territory, I discovered a very clear, new species,
presenting fruit characters so precisely conformed to those of some
capparids, that I at once published the species as T. capparideum ;
and still more recently a third species has been detected by Dr.
A. Davidson, in southern California, aud published by him under
the uncomplimentary name of T. dubium.

On my return from Europe a year ago, having seen and carefully
examined not only Hooker's type specimens, but also other valuable
and instructive materials at Kew, I was ready to give, and had
hoped to have written before this, what is still much needed, a
critical revision of the species.

This generic type is altogether Californian, none of the species
ranging eastward beyond the western foothills of the Sierra Nevada,
or extending northward beyond the valley of the upper Sacra-
mento ; though to the southward one has been found as far beyond
the State boundary as San Quentin on the peninsula of Lower
California.

From almost all known cruciferous plants, and from all other
American crucifera?, these differ notably, and very constantly, in
their leafy, or at least leafy-bracted inflorescence ; a character
which they have in common with all capparids; and, if the re-
markable T. capparideum, with its ample bladdery and wholly par-
titionless pod, dehiscing from the apex rather than from the base,
had been the type of the genus, one might say that the seeds alone
favor the retention of it within the order of Cruciferse, all other
less essential characters being those of the Capparidia?.

By some error, either of Mr. Bentham's pen or of the printer,
the number of species of Tropidocarpum is given, in the Genera
Plantarum, as six, instead of one, or at most two; for at the time
that work was published only the two original Hookerian species
had been published, and even of these, one was beginning to be
looked upon as of questionable validity.

Although the plants vary considerably in mode of growth, pu-
bescence, etc. , the pods are of such diversity as to render it impos-
sible that any botanist should treat the species as one only; and,
if not one, simply, no less than four must, in all consistency, be
recognized. These may be characterized essentially as follows : —

1895.] NATURAL. SCIENCES OF PHIIiAOELHHIA. 553

T. gracile Hook., lc. t. 43; Torr. and Gray, PL, 1,94; Greene, Fl. Fr., 278, and
Man., 27.

Pod 1 to H inches long, lance-linear to linear, strongly decom-
pressed throughout, the cross-section nearly or quite linear; par-
tition extremely narrow, but apparently never wanting; seeds in
one row, filling each narrow keel- like valve, in outline somewhat
quadratelv oblong, black.

T. macrocarpum Hook, and Harv. in Herb. Kew. "? T. dubium" Kobinson,
in Gray, Syn. Fl., I, 141, ex descr., but not as to Davidson's type. T. gra-
dle, var. scabriusculum, Greene, Fl. Fr., 278, and Man., 27, partly, but not
T. scabriusculum Hook.

Pod H to 3 inches long, narrowly linear (often little more than

A line wide), very flatly obcompressed throughout, or occasionally

the lower ! or \ as flatly compressed laterally, this part destitute

of partition, but the upper division obviously partitioned: ripe seeds

unknown.

T. dubium Davidson, Eryth., II. 180.

Pod '« to 1] inches long, lance-linear, 1 line wide, the cross-sec-
tion distinctly and rather sharply rhombic, either 1 -celled through-
out, or the upper * or \ obcompressed and partitioned : seeds half
as large as in T. gradle, dark brown, obovoid.

T. oapparideum Greene, Pitt., 1,217; Fl. Fr., 278 ; Man., 27; probably " ?T. cap-
parideum" Robinson, 1. c.

Pod oblong, or linear-oblong, about \ inch long, slightly obcom-
pressed, the cross-section elliptic-oblong, partition wholly wanting ;
valves 4, but two narrower than the others and more persistent :
seeds in 4 rows.

The first of the above species is the most variable one, being
usually erect and simple, with little pubescence, the pods without
any. In a more freely branching state, with abundant rather
harsh pubescence, it is T. scabriusculum Hook., though not what
I formerly so considered ; and I find the transition from typical
T. gradle to this so numerous, and the distinction so slight, that I
should hardly concede to the latter even varietal rank.

The second species, T. macrocarpum, hitherto unpublished, is
what I had mistaken for T. scabriusculum ; and it was at Kew that
I discovered my error, where I found this very distinct species
indicated as a new one, in the handwriting of Harvey, with the
above name assigned it. Dr. Davidson, of Los Angeles, included it

554 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

in his T. dubium, but it is very different from the type of that species

in its pod.

The third species, Dr. Davidson's T. dubium, as to the typical
plant, is an excellent one by the sharply rhombic cross-section of the
short pod. In the only specimen of his which I have access to, there
is no instance of that twist in the pod which he assigns to the species ;
whence I infer that he has included in it, the preceding ; but the
essential character of that is its extremely long and narrow very flat

pod.

The fourth species, T. rapparideum, is such a remarkable con-
necting link between two or three distinct natural orders, that
herbarium botanists of the old school would naturally sit more at
ease if such a plant had not been discovered. It has invariably a
4-valved pod and 4 placentae. The valves separate from the
placenta? beginning at the top, just as in the capparids ; and when all
four of the valves have fallen away, the four placenta?, joined
together at the summit, remain in place, quite as in certain genera
of Papaveracea*. The pods are constantly devoid of every trace of a
partition, and there is not the least suggestion of anything anomalous
about the plant, In its locality it is even more abundant than any
other species, and less disposed to vary than is the typical species of
the genus. The statement in the Synoptical Flora, p. 141, as to the
capsules, " commonly containing a small capsule-like structure at
base," it is based on a single instance. Dr. Robinson's imagination
would seem to have led him to guess that this malformation may be
common. I alone have seen more of this plant than have all other
botanists, by at least tenfold, and am prepared to say that no species
of the genus is less variable in its fruit, or more constant in all its
excellent specific characters.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 555

NOTES ON THE STUDY OF THE CROSS-FERTILIZATION OF FLOWERS

BY INSECTS.

BY IDA A. KELLER.

One of the most remarkable discoveries in plant physiology was
certainly that of the cross- fertilization of plants by the aid of insect
visitors. That this discovery, made toward the end of the last
century, was founded upon actual fact has been verified by almost
every one who has become interested in this most remarkable
phenomenon. Apparent as it is in many cases, in more instances,
cross-fertilization by means of insects is simply a conjecture. There
is no more fruitful source of error, perhaps, in the experience of all
scientific knowledge than a sudden brilliant discovery, which is
founded upon careful observations in a limited number of cases, and
the wholesale application of its results without the exercise of suf-
ficient caution. Again and again, the organic world has been shown
to be so complex that no one simple formula can be found to express
adequately the exact situation in each of a great variety of cases.
Experience is constantly showing that each particular case must be
carefully studied by "itself before we can with any degree of certainty
gain a thorough understanding of any general phenomenon in plant
or animal life.

In my attempts to obtain an impartial view of the subject of cross-
fertilization, so far as the actual observations made in this field up to
the present day will permit, I was struck with a number of curious
facts in connection with the development of our knowledge in this
direction. I must, however, apologize for the rather meagre pre-
sentation of the subject. I have had neither the time nor the op-
portunity to acquaint myself thoroughly with its entire literature,
and the original observations which I have made in this line are
limited in number.

Conrad Sprengel, as we all know, discovered " The Secret of
Nature Revealed in the Formation and Fertilization of Flowers."
Over one hundred years have passed since this was recorded, and
yet the plant world offers in this respect one puzzle after another.

556 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP [1895.

Instead of having exhausted the study of the subject by this time, it
seems to be gaining in interest.

Naturally enough, it was not the tendency of scientists to try to
disprove what was evidently true from the observations of Sprengel,
but rather to develop more fully our knowledge of cross-fertilization.
I need only refer to the famous work of Darwin, to that of the
well-known German botanists, Hildebrand, H. Muller, Kerner, and
to that of the many close observers of our own day.

The fact that cross-fertilization is of utmost value to the individual
species has been emphasized by Darwin. In fact, this great dis-
coverer contends repeatedly that pollen applied to the pistil of
the same flower is a positive injury to the species. It is curious
to note how this idea has influenced the authors of botanical
text-books. As one instance in many, I need only refer to Gray's
Structural Botany. To the rather long chapter devoted to the
description of the adaptation of flowers to insure intercrossing, a few
paragraphs are added in which the writer, it seems to me rather
unwillingly, admits that there are also special adaptations to insure
close fertilization, in fact, that there are cases which positively ex-
clude all chances of a cross. Of cleistogamous flowers, Gray says :
"Here the intention and the accomplishment of self-fertilization are
unmistakable. This peculiar dimorphism consists in the production
of very small or inconspicuous and closed flowers, necessarily self-
fertilized and fully fertile in addition to ordinary, conspicuous, and
much less fertile, though perfect flowers.'" He then continues: "It
has been said that the ordinary flowers in such plants are sterile,
and perhaps they always are so, except when cross-fertilized: in most
cases they are habitually infertile or sparingly fertile. Probably
they suffice to secure in every few generations such benefit as a cross
may give, while the principal increase is by cleistogamous, self-
fertilization, which thus offsets the incidental disadvantage of the
former mode." I have quoted the writer verbatim, because the
extract shows so plainly his mental attitude in regard to the signifi-
cance of this phenomenon. Here we have a concession in regard to
the extreme fertility of cleistogamous flowers, followed by a sug-
gestion in regard to the few mostly infertile conspicuous flowers
which accompany the former and from these, and the statement that.

1 Gray's Structural Botany, p. 241.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 557

no species is altogether cleistogamous, taken as a premise, the follow-
ing conclusion is drawn: "Thus, cleistogamy, with all its special ad-
vantage, testifies to the value of intercrossing." The same hias,
looking favorably upon cross-fertilization, may be observed in most
writers on the subject. The prevailing impression seems to be that
close fertilization is, as a rule, only resorted to when all the chances
for cross-fertilization are at an end.

It appears that the problem permits of a wholly different solution.
Among the few writers who admit this, there is perhaps none who
speaks with as much decision and who adduces as many facts to
prove his assertions as does Mr. Meehan. In his interesting paper,
entitled "Are Insects any Material Aid to Plants in Fertilization" —
the conclusions are as follows : —

First : The great bulk of colored flowering plants are self-
fertilizers.

Secondly : Only to a limited extent do insects aid fertilization.

Thirdly : Self-fertilizers are every way as healthy and vigorous,
and immensely more productive than those dependent on insect aid.

Fourthly: That where plants are so dependent, they are the worse
fitted to engage in the struggle for life, the great underlying principle
in natural selection.

These views are directly opposed to the impression one would natu-
rally receive from text-books on botany. It is evident that it is of
the utmost importance to study the significance and, if possible, the
cause of each of the various factors with which we have to deal as
pointing either towards cross- or towards close-fertilization. As
already suggested, it is always a critical matter to generalize where
thousands of species are concerned which have developed under a
variety of circumstances.

Let us now consider the chief adaptations which point towards
cross-fertilization : —

I. Distinct sexes.

II. Specially adapted or conspicuous corolla.

III. Peculiar position of stamens and pistils.

IV. Difference in the time of maturity of stamens and pistils.

I. Distinct sexes. The male and female flowers being separated
it is a matter of necessity that the pollen of one flower finds its way
to the stigma of another flower. From a teleological point of view

558 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

the intention is clearly shown. We cannot, however, speak with
certainty of cross-fertilization even in all these cases, except in wholly
dioecious plants, at least not in Darwin's understanding of the terra,
which is, that "cross-fertilization always means a cross hetween dis-
tinct plants raised from seeds." We must, therefore, he careful not
to include too hastily in this category monoecious plants, where the male
and female organs are home on distinct flowers but on the same plant.
II. A specially adapted or conspicuous corolla. It is these showy,
irregular or peculiarly shaped corollas that insects may readily be
observed to visit. The questions which here arise are numerous.
The first one to present itself is this : Has the corolla been developed
for the purpose of attracting insects, and is it the proof which nature
gives us that cross-fertilization is a necessity or that it is at least
favorable to the preservation of the species ? This seems to have
been definitely answered in the affirmative. The number of cases
where the insect has actually been seen to transport the pollen from
one plant to another, however, are few, compared with the great
number of species whose flowers would come under this head. In
this connection it must be remembered how very often the insect is
simply a robber. This past summer I observed, e. g., a very large
patch of Gerardia pedicularia, the flowers almost all being pierced at
the base of the corolla by bees perching on the outside and never
touching stamens or pistil. Now, wherever it is more convenient
for the insect to reach the desired substance without boring a hole it
is apt to be taken for a benefactor, even if it simply takes from the
flower without rendering any service in return. There is another
suggestion I would offer in regard to insect visitors. In observing
bees travelling to and from flowers of Kalmia latifolia I noticed that
very frequently pollen is thrown upon the pistil of the same flower
when the stamens are unfastened by the insect. I am not prepared
to assert, however, that such flowers proved fertile. I simply throw
this out as a suggestion and it should be taken for what it is worth.
Professor Willis made somewhat similar observations on the flowers
of Phacelia tanacetifolia. He describes the crawling of insects over
the dense cymes ; touching stamens and styles indiscriminately, and
probably knocking the pollen on the stigmas from the surrounding
anthers.2 Further, he says in regard to Phacelia Campanula via:

2 Contributions to the Natural History of the Flower, Jour. Linnaeu Society,
London, Botany, Vol. XXX, p. 55.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 559

'' Bees alight sometimes on the corolla, touching styles and stamens,
crushing them all up together with the styles, and probably causing
self- as much as cross-ferlilization."3 This in spite of the fact that
the Mower of this plant is to all appearance well adapted to secure
cross-fertilization. I should not be surprised if, sooner or later, upon
close examination, it would be found that in many cases where this
adaptation to insects seems so perfect, the insect visitors aid in secur-
ing self-fertilization, as these observations seem to indicate.

III. Peculiar position of stamens aad pistils. In the preceding
paragraph I have already briefly referred to the flowers of Kalmia
latifolia, perhaps the best illustration of such an arrangement. The
wheel-shaped corolla, with the ten pockets in which the anthers are
held, is sufficiently familiar to require no further description.
Stamens and pistil mature at the same time. The anthers are held
in the pockets of the corolla ; when visited by insects they are set
free and the pollen is thrown with considerable force from the anther
sacs through the orifices. As I have remarked before I have
observed repeatedly that pollen was thrown upon the stigma of the
same flower. Careful observations should decide the question, how
far in such cases, where there is such a peculiar arrangement in the
position of stamens and pistils in regard to each other, close fertiliza-
tion is possible.

Even should it be impossible in any case that autogamy, or close
fertilization, is effected, it must be remembered that whenever a plant
bears many, or clusters of flowers, the chances of cross-fertilization are
reduced. Insects in such cases may visit many flowers of the same
plant, but this is1 not cross-fertilization in Darwin's sense of the term.

IV. Dichogamy or difference in the time of maturity of stamens
and pistils. This appears to me the most suggestive and interesting
phase of this intricate problem. From a teleological point of view,
i. e., if we look for a purpose, we must agree with Darwin and his
followers that this is one of the most remarkable adaptations favor-
ing cross-fertilization. Modern science insists, however, that we
must use inductive methods, and it is the tendency of the present day
to search rather for the causes than for an underlying purpose. If,
on the one hand, we affirm that every organ is modified to serve some
particular use, we cannot believe, on the other hand, that such modifi-

3 Ibid., 'p. 57.

560 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

cations are directly due to external factors over which the plant
has no control. I am aware that the principle of natural selection
may find its application in the most subtle cases ; at the same time
it requires, in this particular instance, a considerable strain to make
it fit. In reference to dichogamy Mr. Meehan says positively that
the difference between the time of maturity of stamen and pistil is
caused by varying degrees of temperature and that dichogamy has
its origin in this circumstance, "that whatever its significance, it
arises from no effort innate to the plant itself, but from an outside
force that can have but little interest in cross-fertilization."4 It is
peculiarly characteristic of the present day to seek for the effect of
external conditions and to experiment with the modifications that can
be brought about by changing these. For example, Prof. Goebel says
in reference to cleistogamic flowers, " We do not yet know the condi-
tions necessary for the production of cleistogamic flowers, but it may
be assumed even now that this production is influenced by external
factors wherever a plant has the power to produce such flowers."5 He
then cites experiments made with ImpaMens fulva, where cleistogamic
flowers are the result of poor nutrition. Accordingly, it appears at
least possible that experiments might give similar results in reference
to dichogamy.

Attention has often been called to the fact that in plants espe-
cially adapted to insure cross-fertilization, there exists in almost
every case a possibility of self-fertilization. The above statements
in regard to dichogamy, if of any value, point to a different con-
clusion concerning the final or at least possible autogamy from that
which is generally accepted. It is assumed that the flower is so
constructed that there is every chance of a cross, provided the insect
appears to do the work. This failing, the arrangement is such as
to allow pollen to come in contact with the stigma of the same flower.
It is evident that in every case which seems to point towards cross-
fertilization it is always to a great extent a matter of chance
whether the visitor arrives or not, even when the adaptation seems
most perfect. It should be decided if cross-fertilization or autogamy
is the rule with every species which seems constructed so as to
attract insects, and this work should be done in as many different

4 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Nov. 27th. 1888, p. 394.

5 Goebel, Pflanzen-biologische Sohilderungen. Marburg. 1893, II Theil, 2
Lief., p. 363.

1895.] NATURAL SCIKNCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 561

localities and at different times of the year as possible, since there is
no doubt there are great variations possible in the fertilization of
flowers in the same species caused by different conditions of heat,
moisture, etc.

If autogamy should in any case prove the rule we must regard
fertilization by aid of an insect as an exception, not to call it an
accident, Dichogamy probably is then in a measure due to exter-
nal conditions. If this is true it is simply the result of a " lagging
behind'' in the ripening time of either stamens or pistils, and the
final autogamy is the result of a subsequent " catching-up " in this
respect. This is, as I have said before, probably the most interest-
ing side of the question, and the one which will no doubt prove the
most satisfactory for experimental investigation.

In conclusion I desire to make the following suggestions: —

First: — It is evident that the study of the phenomenon of cross-
fertilization of flowers by means of insects is still a profitable field
for observation and discovery.

Second: — The effect of external conditions in reference to dich-
ogamy should be the subject of critical experiments.

Third: — Teleological explanations should be avoided as much
as possible, here as elsewhere, according to the spirit of modern in-
vestigation.

Finally: — The relative number of cases of cross- and close-fertiliza-
tion should be compared, and it should be determined if cross-fertiliz-
ation actually takes place in all cases where this is assumed.

562 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

The following annual reports were read and referred to the Pub-
lication Committee :—

REPORT OF THE RECORDING SECRETARY.

The meetings of the Academy have been held during the year
without any intermission, a quorum being always present even du-
ring the midsummer months. The average attendance has been
thirty- three. The verbal communications have been of interest
and have frequently been followed by animated discussion. The
speakers have been Messrs. Goldsmith, Rand, Wool man, Ryder,
Ives, Woodbury, Boyer, Holman, Rex, Morsel!, Morris, Dixon,
Leonard, Daland, Abbott, Allen, Pilsbrv, Parvin, Ball, Hopkins,
Vaux, Calvert, Oberholtzer, Horn, McCook, Keely, Skinner, Foote,
Miller, Lyman, Willcox, Cope, Mercer, Heilprin, Smock, Sommer-
ville, Brinton, Schumo and Miss Walter. Several of the most
important of these communications have been reported by their
authors for publication in the Proceedings.

Since the last report 608 pages of the Proceedings, illustrated by
eighteen plates, have been issued, together with 114 pages and seven
plates of the Journal constituting Vol. IX, Part 4. The text
of the memoir by the late Andrew J. Parker on the Primate brain
has been printed and will be issued as the third part of Vol. X as
soon as the plates can be prepared.

The Conchological Section has continued the publication of the
Manual of Conehology, the sustained value of which is testified to by
the undiminished subscription list, 585 pages, illustrated by 85
plates, nearly all of them colored, have appeared during the year,
while the Entomological Section and the American Entomological
Society have published, during the same period, 340 pages and 15
plates of the Entomological News and 316 pages and 6 plates of the
Transactions. These several issues constitute a total of 1,963 pages
and 131 plates, a gratifying evidence of the activity of the Publica-
tion Offices of the Academy.

Thirty-nine papers have been presented for publication from
November, 1894, to November, 1<S95, as follows: Samuel N. Rhoads
6, Clarence B. Moore 3, Win. J. Fox 3, AVitmer Stone 2, Henry
A. Pilsbry 2, John A. Ryder 2, Theodore D. Rand 1 , Gilbert D.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 563

Harris 1, J. B. Ellis 1, J. B. Ellis and B. M. Everhart 1, William
Kennedy 1, D. D. Baldwin 1, Henry, Sutor and H. M. Gwatkin 1,
Arnold E. Ortmann 1, Emma Walter 1, Charles Morris 1, W. B.
Scott 1, Ida A. Keller 1, Thomas Meehau 1, D. W. Coquillet 1,
J. Percy Moore 1, Warren M. Eoote 1, Edwin Chapiu Starks 1,
Gerard Fowke 1, Edw. J. Nolan 1, T. D. A. Cockerell 1, Theo.
Holm 1. Thirty- four of these have been printed in the Proceedings,
two others have been accepted for publication, and the remaining
three, those by Mr. Moore, will form a portion of Part 4, Vol. X
of the Journal.

Twenty-three members and three correspondents have been
elected. The deaths of fourteen members and of twelve correspon-
dents have been announced ; the resignations of four members,
Messrs. R. W. Ryerss, B. Alex. Randall, Maylaud Cuthbert and
H. N. Rittenhouse, have been accepted, and ten names have been
stricken from the roll in consequence of non-payment of dues. It
will thus be seen that the elections have not been sufficient to counter-
balance the losses and that the number of members on the roll is less
than at the close of the year 1894. In another and more impor-
tant respect the past year has not been a prosperous one for the
Academy, because of the loss of five of its most active members at
short intervals. Reference is made to the deaths of J. B. Brinton,
M.D., Geo. A. Rex, M.D., John H. Redfield, W. S. W. Rusch-
enberger, M.D. and John A. Ryder. The benefits conferred by these
in their several ways on the society have been recorded by grateful
resolutions and memoirs in the pages of the Proceedings.

The most important administrative event of the year was the
signing, June 18th, of the revised articles of agreement between
the Academy and the American Entomological Society, by which it is
hoped harmonious cooperation in scientific work has been perma-
nently secured.

The formation of an Anthropological Section was duly authorized
April 30th, and the work accomplished during the ensuing months has
proven the desirability of such a bond of union among those
interested in that department of science.

Mr. Henry A. Pilsbry was elected to the Professorship in the De-
partment of Mollusca; and Prof. Heilprin having resigned the Chair
of Invertebrate Paleontology was immediately appointed by the

Council to that of Geology.
38

664 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

The deaths of the active members before alluded to, left several
vacancies in the Council and Committees. Dr. Briuton was suc-
ceeded in the Council by Mr. Chas. P. Perot; Dr. Rex by the Hon.
John Cadwalader ; Mr. Redfield by Dr. Harrison Allen, while Mr.
Henry A. Pilsbry was elected to succeed Dr. Ruschenberger as
Curator.

The Committee on the Hayden Memorial Award has this year
reported in favor of conferring the medal and balance of the interest
of the fund on Prof. Karl Alfred von Zittel of Munich, in recogni-
tion of his distinguished services to pa-leontological science.

The lecture room and hall of the Academy have, as heretofore,
been used for meetings and lectures by several scientific societies,
including the Geographical Club, the Botanical Club, the Delaware
Valley Ornithological Club, the Mineralogists' Club, Wood's Holl
Biological Association and the Odontographic Society.

All of which is respectfully submitted.

Edw. J. Nolan,

Recording Secretary.

REPORT OF THE CORRESPONDING SECRETARY.

The Corresponding Secretary respectfully reports that during the
past year, commencing December 1st, 1894, there have been re-
ceived from ninety-nine societies, museums and private individuals
one hundred and ninety-four acknowledgments of the receipt of the
publications of the Academy, and from thirty-one societies, editors,
etc., thirty-eight notices that their publications have been forwarded
to the Academy, together with six applications to exchange publica-
tions for reports, etc., and asking for missing numbers of the regular
publications of the Academy.

Eleven letters on various subjects have been received and ten were
written. Ten circulars and invitations to the Academy to partici-
pate in congresses or meetings and announcements of the deaths of
scientific men have been received and answered.

During the year three correspondents have been elected and
notified. The deaths of twelve correspondents have been reported.

Seven hundred and twenty acknowledgments of gifts to the

1895.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

565

library and eighty-four of gifts to the museum have been
forwarded.

Respectfully submitted,

Benj. Sharp,
Corresponding Secretary.

REPORT OF THE LIBRARIAN.

The past year has been a most prosperous one for the library of
the Academy. The entire additions amount to 10,389. Of these
6,032 are volumes, 4,111 pamphlets and parts of periodicals, and 10
maps, photographs, etc.

Nearly one-half of these accessions form the James Aitken Meigs
Library, bequeathed to the Academy, together with an important
pecuniary legacy, by John G. Meigs, the father of Dr. J. A. Meigs.
There are many works in the collection which duplicate those
already in the library of the Academy. These have not yet been
separated from the other volumes. The total of accessions also
includes 217 duplicates and miscellaneous works received from
Mr. Meehan, in addition to 182 volumes included in the statement
given below.

The current growth of the library, excluding the Meigs' bequest
and the duplicates above alluded to, depended on the following
sources of supply : —

Societies, 2,462

I. V. Williamson Fund, . . 1,090

Editors, 930

Authors, 187

Thomas Meehan, 176

Charles P. Perot, 32

U. S. Dept. of Agriculture, . 29

U.S. Dept. of the Interior, . 28

Wilson Fund, 18

U. S. Dept. of State, .... 12

General Appropriation, . . 12

Geological Survey of Russia, 11
Tennessee State Board of

Health, 11

Ministry of Public Works,

France, 10

U. S. Treasury Dep., ... 5
Geological Survey of New

Jersey, 5

Geological Survey of Canada, 5
Geological and Nat. Hist.

Survey of Minnesota, . . 4

U. S. War Dept., 4

Geological Survey of India, 4
Geological Survey of Ala-
bama, 3

William J. Fox, 3

U. S. Commissioners of Fish

and Fisheries, 3

Illinois State Board of Agri-
culture, 3

Smithsonian Institution, . 3

566

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1895.

Bureau of Ethnology, U. S.
Dept. Interior, . .

Bentham Trustees, Kew Gar-
dens,

H. A. Pilsbry

California State Mining Bu-
reau,

Philip P. Calvert,

Iowa Agricultural College, .

Iowa Geological Survey, . .

British Government, . . .

Dept. of Mines, New South
Wales,

Norwegische Commission
der Europiiischen Grad-
messung,

Comision Geologica de Mex-
ico,

British Museum,

3
3

2
2
2

2

U. S. Coast and Geodetic
Survey,

U. S. Dept. of Labor, . . .

Massachusetts Commission-
ers of Inland Fisheries, .

Dept. of Mines, Nova Scotia,

J. G. Whiteman,

Guatemalan Government, .

Illinois State Bureau of La-
bor,

C. W. Ituschenberger, . . .

Natural History Survey of
Illinois,

Indian Museum Trustees, .

H. T. Broadhurst,

J. Percy Moore,

B. B. Valentine,

Kentucky Inspector of
Mines,

Manchester Museum, . . .

Anthropology, .
Physical Science,
Mineralogy, . . .
Encyclopedias, .
Helminthology, .
Ichthyology, . .
Herpetology, . .
Bibliography, . .
Chemistry, . . .
Geography,

The additions to the library thus credited were assigned to the
several departments as follows: —

Journals, 4,059

Botany, 203

Geology, 114

General Natural History, . 86

Entomology, 58

Voyages and Travels, ... 43

Medicine, 40

Ornithology, 37

Anatomy and Physiology, . 30

Mammalogy, 29

Conchology, 27

Agriculture, 20

The classification of the James Aitken Meigs Library is as fol-
lows:—

... 18

... 18

... 14

... 13

... 12

... 10

... 9

... 5

... 3

... 2

Miscellaneous, 44

Anthropology, 913

Medicine, 708

Literature, 656

History and Biography, . . 628

Anatomy and Physiology, . 535

Journals, 382

General Natural History, . . 184

Religion, 172

Philology, 160

Philosophy, 154

Voyages and Travels, . . . . 110

Sociology, 104

Fine Arts, 76

Geography, 74

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 567

Entomology, 7

Mammalogy, 6

Mineralogy, 4

Conchology, 2

Miscellaneous, 18

Physical Science, 70

Geology, 40

Botany, 32

Useful Arts, 28

Chemistry, 18

Bibliography, 8

5,089

It will thus he seen that an important section of the library is not
strictly in place in the Academy, and, as has been already stated, when
carefully arranged and catalogued, a large number of duplicates will
doubtless be found. The gift, notwithstanding, is the most important
the library has received, exclusively, since the I. V. Williamson
Library Fund came into the possession of the Academy, and a brief
account of the legacy, as a matter of permanent record, may not be
out of place.

Mr. John G. Meigs was born in Philadelphia in 1801. He was
engaged during his active life in the manufacture and sale of shoes,
his place of business being on the west side of Fifth Street above
Chestnut. He was so well regarded by his friends and customers,
because of his honorable dealing, as to have acquired the enviable
name of " Honest John Meigs. ' ' By strict attention to his work
and judicious investments in real estate, he laid the foundation of a
fortune which enabled him later to retire from the cares of business
life. While not himself a man of college education, he was fully
aware of the desirability of intellectual training. His son, James
Aitken Meigs, was therefore encouraged to take advantage of the
public school system of education, culminating in the Boy's Central
High School, from which he graduated in 1848. He then matricu-
lated in Jefferson Medical College, from which he obtained his
diploma as Doctor of Medicine in 1851. He was elected a member
of the Academy the following year, and was immediately placed
under those influences which were so important in determining his
future distinguished career. He served as Librarian from August,
1856, until May, 1859, when he was compelled to resign the office in
consequence of the increase of his professional engagements.

After his retirement from business, Mr. Meigs and the Doctor were
much more intimately associated than is usually the case even with
father and son. The mother having died July 28th, 1870, at the
age of sixty 3Tears, the two men kept house together, during the latter
years of their lives at No. 1408 Spruce Street, where they accumu-

568 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

lated the library which is now in the possession of the Academy.
Notwithstanding the old gentleman's lack of literary and scientific
training, there was a sufficient community of tastes between the two
to establish a close fellowship, the son's pursuits being encouraged
and his successes gloried in by the father. The premature and un-
expected death of Dr. Meigs occurred November 9th, 1879, in his
fiftieth year.

Appreciative biographical notices of Dr. Meigs have been pub-
lished by Dr. H. C. Chapman in the Transactions of the College
of Physicians of Philadelphia, 3d Ser., Vol. V, and by Dr. George
Hamilton in the Transactions of the Medical Society of the State of
Pennsylvania for 1880, so that it is not necessary to dwell further on
the incidents of his career. The character of the library, as indicated
by the classification here given, is sufficient evidence of the extraordi-
nary catholicity of his tastes.

After the sad bereavement, his father, with a natural desire to
remain surrounded by objects to which were attached such tender
associations, declined to part with either books or instruments. The
latter were carefully packed away, and the library remained just
as the son had left it, until the death of Mr. Meigs.

Early in 1893 your Librarian was informed that a zealous but
indiscreet member of another society had assured Mr. Meigs that
the Academy not only did not desire possession of the library but, on
account of its miscellaneous character, would decline to receive it
were it offered. A statement of the utterly erroneous nature of
this assertion was immediately sent to Mr. Meigs, and in an inter-
view the following day he was assured that possession of at least the
scientific portion of the collection was earnestly desired, and that its
proper arrangement in connection with the Academy's library would
be a memorial of Dr. Meigs most in harmony with his own desire
and eminently fitting in view of his interest in the society and the
substantial benefits he had derived from his association with it.

Mr. Meigs warmly expressed his sympathy with these views, but
at once stated that the library would not be given to any society
except on condition that it would be kept intact. His attention
having been called to the fact that the books were entirely unclassi-
fied and that their usefulness would be greatly increased if properly
grouped, he not only conceded this point but expressed his willingness
that the scientific works should be arranged in connection with the

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 569

appropriate sections of the main library, if the gift were made to the
Academy, but that before considering farther the propriety of mak-
ing such gift or bequest he must be assured that none of the volumes
would be parted with by sale or otherwise, but that, apart from the
conceded arrangement of the scientific works, the rest of the collec-
tion should be kept together permanently as the James Aitken
Meigs Library. This condition was accepted on behalf of the
Academy by your Librarian in the presence of Mr. Meigs' friend,
Dr. R. K. Hinton, and his housekeeper, Miss Lizzie Rogers.

A few days later the will was made, leaving to the Academy the
books, scientific instruments and the sum of $20,000, one-half of
which is for the exclusive benefit of the library. The other half is
left without restriction or condition and has not yet been specifically
appropriated by the Council. Mr. Meigs died May 10th, 1895, and
the library was shortly after removed to the Academy. It is con-
fidently believed that the legacy depended on the agreement made
with Mr. Meigs regarding the custodianship of the library. It is
therefore held to' be incumbent on the Academy to act in conformity
with this understanding, although the wording of the will grants a
greater degree of liberty.

The scientific portions of the James Aitken Meigs Library have
been placed, as far as the present supply of case-room will permit,
with the appropriate sections of the general library, the volumes
being appropriately labelled ; while the works on literature, philoso-
phy, history, religion, etc., have been arranged temporarily in the
Council room. The duplicates will ultimately be placed in the
main library, when the Academy will, of course, be at liberty to dis-
pose of the works replaced by them.

The late John H. Redfield, as a farther evidence of his long- con-
tinued interest in the botanical department of the Academy, directed
by will the sale of his scientific library and collections, the receipts
to be invested for the benefit of the Botanical Section. The books
have been disposed of at auction. The duplicates included in the
Meehan gift were sold at the same time by direction of Mr. Mee-
han, the sum realized to be applied to the same object: the in-
crease of that which, by resolution of the Botanical Section, is to be
known as the John H. Redfield Fund.

Through the foresight of the Corresponding Secretary a new
section, which cannot fail to be of importance to the Department

570 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

of Instruction, has been added to the library during the year.
It consists of a collection of lantern slides, for the purpose of
lecture illustration. Those now in the possession of the Academy
have been derived from the following sources : John G. Meigs' be-
quest 135, Prof. Alfred Bickmore 100, Dr. Benjamin Sharp 45,
Prof. E. D. Cope 26, Dr. H. Skinner 16, and Prof. D. G. Elliot 4.
The collection has been classified and catalogued by Dr. Sharp and
is now ready for use.

Acknowledgment is again due Mr. Wm. J. Fox for the faithful
and intelligent discharge of his duties as assistant to the Librarian
during the past year.

All of which is respectfully submitted.

Edward J. Nolan,

Librarian.

REPORT OF THE CURATORS,

The Curators report that the various collections in their charge
are in a still more satisfactory state of preservation than at the
time of their last annual report, while great progress has been
made during the year in the rearrangement and cataloguing of
the several departments and many valuable additions have been
received.

Although the first floor of the new museum building is practi-
cally ready for exhibition, it has not yet been thrown open to the
public, as the work of arranging and labelling, which yet remains
to be done, would be very much hindered thereby. Mr. Clarence
B. Moore has presented three additional cases for the display of
the rich additions he has made to the Moore Archaeological Col-
lection, and his collections from the Florida Indian mounds and a
series of aboriginal pottery specimens from the mounds of Ohio and
Tennessee have been arranged in them. A large (day altar from
Ohio has been mounted in a special case, and several maps and
photographs, illustrating the collection, have been placed upon the
walls.

The Professor of Ethnology and Archaeology having been un-
able to devote any time to the arrangement of the collection in his
department, Professor Putnam, of the Peabody Museum, Cambridge,

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 571

has been engaged to classify and label the Mexican archaeological
specimens, and has already completed a portion of the work. Much
additional archaeological material has been transferred during the
year to the new building, three additional cases and six large
tables being provided for its reception.

A boiler has been erected in the engine-house and the heating
plant of the new building is thus rendered practically complete.

The west end of the main floor of the old museum has been
separated by a partition of glass and woodwork, thus forming a com-
modious apartment which will soon be occupied by the Entomo-
logical Section. New radiators have been provided for heating the
same, while radiators have also been placed in the rooms formerly
occupied by the Wm. S. Vaux Collections, east of the library gallery.

Early in the year the entire collection of bird skins was removed
from the cramped quarters in the library and cellar and placed in
the southeast room, formerly devoted to the Wm. S. Vaux Collections,
which now forms an excellent study room for those engaged in ornitho-
logical investigation, while the adjoining room has been used as a gen-
eral work room for the taxidermist and others engaged in the prepara-
tion of specimens. The northeast room on the same floor has been
devoted to the use of the artists and transient workers. The basement
of the new building has also been fitted up for the use of the taxi-
dermist, and all the larger work has been done there. The transfer
of the west end of the main floor of the old museum to the Entomo-
logical Section has necessitated considerable rearrangement of cases,
and the removal of the osteological collections to the second floor of
the new building, while the mammal and fossil cases are necessarily
much crowded. This condition is, however, only temporary, and as
soon as cases can be provided the entire series of mammals will be
transferred to the new building, leaving ample room for the display
of the palreontological collections.

Rev. Dr. L. T. Chamberlain has generously provided a second
fine case for the Lea Collection of Eocene Fossils, and has employed
Prof. G. D. Harris during the year to make a careful study of the
original Lea type collection, with the result that the whole is now
entirely rearranged on specially printed labels, and all the type
specimens carefully designated.

Mr. C. W. Johnson has been engaged, also by the Rev. Dr.
Chamberlain, on another expedition to the Eocene formation in

572 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Louisiana aud Texas in the interest of the Lea Collection, and has
brought back a valuable series of additions. Dr. Chamberlain has
also had a handsome wainscoting erected in the vestibule of the new
building, above which are to be placed the slabs of fossil foot-prints
presented by the late Dr. Isaac Lea.

A part from the preparation and arrangement of the accessions, the
work in the museum during the year has been mainly confined to
the arranging and cataloguing of the departments of Ethnology,
Ornithology and Mineralogy.

In the first department, the entire collection of human crania has
been consistently numbered and carefully checked off in the printed
catalogue of the Morton Collection, a large amount of uncatalogued
material systematically entered, and the whole copied into the new
catalogue and brought up to date.

In the ornithological collection, over 4,000 specimens have been
worked over on the plans previously outlined, and many additional
specimens mounted. All the types have been unmounted and placed
in air-tight cases. For this purpose, one large additional tin case
has been provided, and twenty large packing cases have been pro-
cured for the temporary storage of duplicate specimens of large water
birds. Fuller particulars in this department are furnished in the
report of the Ornithological Section.

In cataloguing the minerals great progress has been made, nearly
4,000 specimens have been entered in the catalogue, aud a large
portion of the remainder arranged for cataloguing.

In the department of mollusca, a large amount of new material
which had accumulated has been mounted, catalogued and placed
in the museum, while many valuable accessions have been received
during the year. A large amount of work has been done on the
identification and rearrangement of the land mollusca.

The taxidermist, Mr. McCadden, in addition to his work in reno-
vating the ornithological collection, has devoted much time to the
mounting and preparation of new material received during the year
by gift and purchase, and many valuable specimens have thus been
placed on exhibition, especially in the department of Mammalogy and
Ornithology.

The gifts of specimens during the year have been so numerous
that the Curators have been unable, for want of cases, to properly
arrange more than a few of them for exhibition.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 573

One of- the most important accessions of the year is a series of
specimens obtained by Dr. Benj. Sharp during a summer expedi-
tion on board the U. S. Revenue Cutter "Bear." These collections,
however, have just been received, and have not yet been studied or
prepared for presentation. .

Dr. S. G. Dixon and Mr. H. 0. Mercer obtained, during the
year, additional collections of fossil remains from the Port Kennedy
limestone cave. These have been properly prepared, presented
and added to the valuable series obtained last year.

During May and June, Mr. S. N. Rhoads made a journey through
the State of Tennessee in the interest of the Academy, and obtained
valuable collections of the reptiles, birds, mammals and mollusks of
this interesting region, all of which have been placed in the museum,
and reported upon in the Proceedings of the Academy.

Other valuable accessions during the year have been a collection
of Pennsylvania and New Jersey birds, received from Samuel N.
Rhoads, with other small collections of birds from T. H. Mont-
gomery, Jr. and A. Sydney Logan.

The Delaware Valley Ornithology Club has continued to add
liberally to its interesting collection of local birds. Under the ef-
ficient management of Mr. Jefferis, the Wm. S. Vaux Collections
have been largely increased and kept in most satisfactory condition.

The botanical collection, during the past year, has been under the
care of Messrs. Thos. Meehan and Stewardson Brown, while the
Entomological Department has continued under Dr. Skinner's super-
vision. To all these gentlemen, the Curators desire to express thanks
for their valuable assistance, and also to Messrs. Schulze, Boyer,
Woolman and Keely, who have devoted much time to the cata-
loguing and arrangement of the microscopical collections.

The Curators would also acknowledge the efficient work of their
assistants, Messrs. Witmer Stone and Samuel N. Rhoads, to whose
earnestness and fidelity the successful progress of the museum work
is largely due ; and they also express their appreciation of the work
of the taxidermist, Mr. D. N. McCadden, and the valuable assist-
ance of the students of the Jessup Fund, Miss Helen M. Higgins,
Messrs. Henry W. Fowler, H. C. Borden, Wm. J. Gerhard and
E. G. Vanatta.

The interest of the general public in the museum is shown by the
large attendance of visitors during the year, while specialists in

574 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

various departments have frequently consulted the collections.
Specimens have been loaned to Messrs. R. Latchford, F. W. Stokes,
O. F. Cook, H. C. Mercer, Professors B. W. Evermann, Chas. E.
Bessey, W. B. Cook and R. Ridgway.

Henry C. Chapman,

Chairman of the Curators.

REPORT OF THE MICROSCOPICAL AND BIOLOGICAL

SECTION.

The meetings of the Section during the past year have been regu-
larly held, the attendance averaging slightly more than the previous
year. The best communications of the Section have been always
reserved for the meetings with the Academy, and consequently our
minute-book is not a record of all the work done. Thus, during
February last Dr. C. L. Leonard exhibited, under the auspices of
the Section, thirty lantern slides showing cell motion. Dr. Dixon,
Prof. Ryder, Mr. Woolman, Mr. Holman, Mr. Schumo, Mr. Keely
and the Recorder have made communications before the general
meeting in connection with the work of the Section. Before the Section
itself, Messrs. Woolman, Keely, Parvin, Brown, Schulze, Holman and
Schumo made communications of special interest. The Section
suffered severely in the deaths of two esteemed members, Dr. George
A. Rex and Prof. John A. Ryder, the former of whom was Con-
servator of the Section at the time of his death. Resolutions of
respect were drawn up, presented to the Academy and printed for
distribution among the members.

Mr. F. J. Keely succeeded Dr. Rex as Conservator.

Early in the year a committee was appointed to devise plans
whereby teachers of the public schools might be instructed in the
natural sciences. The Academy itself acting in the matter, the
special committee decided to co-operate. with it.

The new rooms for the Section will probably be ready for occu-
pancy in the spring, and it is intended to furnish them so that there
will be enlarged facilities for research.

There ai-e at present in the Section sixty members and con-
tributors.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 575

Mr. F. J. Keely, the Conservator of the Section, reports as fol-
lows : —

The instruments of the Section are in a serviceable condition, new
spring clips on two of the smaller stands having been the only
repairs required. In addition to their use at the separate meetings
of the Section, at least four of the stands have been regularly on the
table at the joint meetings with the Academy, on which occasions
interesting slides have generally been provided by members, or when
this was not the case, the collection of the Section was drawn upon.
The collection of slides is in fairly presentable condition, those that
required it having received an extra ring of cement. During the
year the following additions have been made : —

An arrangement for cutting sections of minute objects, devised by
Mr. Ryder, presented by Mr. Trenuer.

One Welsbach Light, one Maltwood Finder. Purchased.

One Beck Binocular Microscope, one Zentmayer Monocular
Microscope, one Histological Microscope, one Dissecting Microscope,
one Class Microscope, together with a large number of accessories,
including twelve objectives and 200 slides, formerly the property
of J. Aitken Meigs, M. D., bequeathed by his father, John G.
Meigs.

One dozen mounts of selected diatoms, and one dozen strewn
slides of diatoms, presented by J. A. Schulze.

Seven slides of nerves, presented by M. V. Ball.

The following officers have been elected for the ensuing year : —

Director, ..... Benjamin Sharp, M. D.

Vice-Director,
Treasurer,
Conservator,
Corresponding Secretary,
Recorder,

John C. Wilson.
Chas. P. Perot.
F. J. Keely.
John G. Ptothermel.
M. V. Ball, M. D.
M. V. Ball,

Recorder.

576 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

REPORT OF THE CONCHOLOGICAL SECTION.

During the year 1895 specimens have been added to the col-
lection of mollusks from 115 persons, the accessions including a
large proportion of species new to the collection and a considerable
number of type specimens.

Accessions of special value have been received from Mr. D. D.
Baldwin, who gave the types of many new species of Achatinella;
from W. T. Bednall, who has continued to send us rare and
new South Australian Chitons ; from C. F. Newcombe, a large
series of marine shells dredged near Victoria, B. C. ; and from
the late Robert Walton, whose collection was presented entire.
Other valuable material has been received from Prof. H. E.
Sargent, O. A. Nylander, O. A. Crandall, G. H. Clapp C. W.
Johnson, Wm. J. Fox and others. Messrs. Ford, Roberts and Van
Nostrand have continued to enrich our series with various new and
rare species as in former years.

The Conservator has obtained in exchange for duplicate material
a considerable number of species new to our collection, including a
fine series of Transylvanian shells from E. A. Bielz, with speci-
mens of many of Bielz's own species; a series of Tonquiu land
shells from M. Ph. Dautzenberg ; a large number of North African
Helices from M. O. Debeaux, including many species described by
him ; also a full series of Mr. C. J. Maynard's species of Sbrophia.
The Couchological Section has acquired, by purchase, about 150
species of shells, all new to the collection of the Academy.

The collection of alcoholic mollusks has been materially increased
by many accessions during the year, among which may be mentioned
the gift by Mr. J. B. Henderson, of Washington, D. C, of a series
of Jamaica land mollusca collected by him, and a small but
valuable collection of Madeira land mollusks from Rev. R. Boog
Watson. A specimen of Nautilus pomp! Hit* in alcohol has
been purchased by subscription of members of the Section and the
Academy.

Work in the museum has been confined to the proper placing
of new material, it being deemed inadvisable to attempt any ex-
tensive wTork of rearrangement until additional room can be placed
at the disposal of the Conchological Department.

1895.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 577

With the assistance of Mr. E. G. Vanatta, who has recently
been appointed on the Jessup Fund, the Conservator has made good
progress toward labelling and cataloguing specimens which have
accumulated during the past few years; and, with the same efficient
help, it is believed that all arrears of work on material of this
nature will be completed during the winter.

The Conservator has been chiefly occupied in the preparation
of the several numbers of the Manual of Conchology; but no small
amount of time has been consumed in the work of identifying speci-
mens for conchologists and in correspondence on conchological sub-
jects. It is believed, however, that the large amount of new and
interesting material secured by this means repays for the labor and
time involved.

H. A. PlLSBRY,

Conservator.

REPORT OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SECTION.

The usual monthly meetings of the Section have been held and
were well attended by its members and associates. Numerous verbal
communications of great interest entomologically have been made by
nearly all the members. The collections are in a good state of
preservation considei'ing the faulty cases in which some orders are
kept. These will gradually be replaced by safe dust- and pest-proof
receptacles. The library is growing rapidly, and during the year
four hundred and ninety- five entries have been made in the donation
book. A large number of insects have also been presented. The
present quarters devoted to the Section are entirely inadequate, and
it hopes soon to be able to occupy the new room set apart for it by
the Academy. Two members and two associates have been elected.
The journal of the Section, Entomological Neivs, has been success-
fully continued and three hundred and forty pages and fifteen plates
published during the year just closed. It will be continued in the
new year, and an illustrated edition of six hundred copies of thirty-
two pages per month will be printed. At the annual election held

578 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

December 9th the following were elected officers to serve during the
coming year : —

Director, George H. Horn, M.D.

Vice- Director, .... Charles S. Welles,

Recorder, .... Henry Skinner, M.D.

Treasurer, .... Ezra T. Cresson.

Secretary, .... William J. Fox.

Conservator, .... Henry Skinner, M.D.

Charles W. Johnson,

Publication Committee,

James H. Ridings.
Henry Skinner,

Recorder.

REPORT OF THE BOTANICAL SECTION.

The Botanical Section respectfully reports that the general pro-
gress noted in former annual reports still continues, notwithstanding
the severe loss sustained by the death last April of its most zealous
and untiring member, John H. Redfield, who had been the able
Conservator of the Academy's Herbarium since the formation of
the Section. His death renders the recommendation of former
years, that a permanent Conservator should be employed, still more
pressing. It is believed that a fund of $20,000 wouldyield enough
to make a fair start in this direction. Mr. Redfield perceived this
necessity, and generously willed that his scientific books and collec-
tions should be sold to form the nucleus of such a fund. To aid in
this laudable object some of the members of the Section organized a
"Redfield Memorial Herbarium Fund," to which a little less than
SI, 000 have been subscribed, hoping to add to it the coming year. It
is earnestly hoped that the Academy will lend a vigorous aid in the
establishment of this fund. Until the whole amount is subscribed,
the interest will go to the purchase of additions to the collection.
It has been estimated that the work of verifying, arranging and
fastening down specimens, now going on by the voluntary work of
the members of the Section, could not be completed under four or
five years, even though there were no new additions. The dire
necessity for a regularly employed official is therefore obvious.

The Section is clear of debt and has a balance in the treasury.
Meetings are held regularly on the second Tuesday in each month,

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 579

except during the three summer mouths, and matters of wide botani-
cal interest have been regularly discussed. Mr. Stewardson Brown
has been serving very efficiently as Conservator pending the annual
election. His report showing the condition of the Herbarium, is
herewith appended.

The officers elected for the ensuing year are as follows : —
Director, ..... Thomas Meehan.

Vice- Director, .

Recorder,

Treasurer,

Corresponding Secretary,

Conservator,

Charles E. Smith.
Charles Schaffer, M.D.
Stewardson Brown.
Joseph D. Crawford.
Stewardson Brown.

Thomas Meehan,

Director.

The Conservator of the Botanical Section reports as follows : —
In presenting this report for the year your Conservator wishes to
congratulate the Section on the general good condition of the Herba-
rium at the present time.

The permanent mounting of the specimens in the general Herba-
rium, commenced some years ago, has been carried steadily forward
during the present year, largely through the untiring efforts of the
Director of the Section, Mr. Thomas Meehan; and we can now
report the work done as far as Umbelliferre.

The additions received during the year have been 1,683 species,
of which 332 are lower Cryptogams, and 1,351 Phanerogams and
Ferns ; of the latter, 442 species are from North America, 426 from
tropical America, 253 from Asia, and 226 from Australia and
Polynesia.

Notable among these are the following collections : —
245 species of Newfoundland plants received from the Howard
Herbarium, Cambridge ; 111 species of Northern California plants
received from Prof. E. L., Greene ; 425 species of Mexican plants
collected in 1894, by Prof. C. G. Priugle, and purchased thro.ugh
the liberality of some of the members of the Section ; 253 species of
Asia Minor plants collected by Prof. Bornmuller, and purchased for
the Section, and 126 species from the Azores Islands, collected in
1893 by Mr. C. S. Brown, and purchased for the Section.
39

680 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Of these collections, some 350 species are new to the Herbarium.

It will be seen from the foregoing that a large proportion of the
additions during the past year have been acquired through purchase,
entailing a considerable expenditure on the part of a few of the
members, owing to the lack of funds available for such purposes.
While such outlay will undoubtedly be necessary to some extent in
the future, yet it is hoped that by a proper system of exchanging,
which we expect to effect shortly, much additional material can be
acquired. The Section now has in hand a considerable quantity
of material which can be readily used for this purpose as soon as
adequate space is furnished for its arrangement, which time we hope
is not far distant.

The attention of the Section was called to the crowded condition of
the present cases, in the report of the Conservator for 1894, and it
is hoped before the report for 1896 is made this much-needed room
for expansion will have been provided, and the present cases fitted
with doors of the best dust-proof construction.

Respectfully submitted,

Stewakdson Brown,

Conservator, pro tern.

REPORT OF THE MINERALOGICAL AND GEOLOGICAL

SECTION.

Eight meetings of the Section have been held during the past year
with an average attendance of about eight members. Papers have
been read by Messrs. Goldsmith, Rand and Woolman.

The additions to the cabinet, except to the William S. Vaux col-
lection, have not been large, but there seems to be a greater interest
awakened during the last portion of the year, which it is hoped may
continue.

An excursion was made by the Section on May 25th, which
seemed to be very satisfactory to those attending it.

The Director would urge, if means can be found for the purpose,
the increase of the local collection, which, he believes, could be made
of value. The chief expense of this would be in cases, as it is
probable that nearly all the specimens needed would be presented ;

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 581

iu fact a considerable number have been promised as soon as case-
room is provided.

At the meeting of the Section, held December 23d, the following
officers were elected for the ensuing year : —

Director, Theodore D. Rand.

Vice-Director, ..... Wm. W. Jefferis.

Conservator, ..... Wm. W. Jefferis.

Treasurer, ...... John Ford.

Corresponding Secretary ) _,, „ . ..„

, „ , " Chas. Schaffer.

ana Recorder, )

Respectfully submitted,

Theo. D. Rand,

Director.

REPORT OF THE ORNITHOLOGICAL SECTION.

The work of cataloguing and rearranging the Ornithological col-
lection has gone on steadily during the past year; and, although not
quite so many specimens have been worked over as in the previous
year, this has been more than compensated by the large increase in
the labelling and cataloguing.

The Conservator has been enabled to devote a considerable amount
of his time to the work, as has also Mr. McCaddeu, the taxidermist,
while valuable assistance has been rendered by Mr. Henry W.
Fowler, Miss Helen M. Higgius and Mr. Wm. J. Gerhard.

During the year 4,193 mounted specimens have been worked
over, the best of them being remounted and the types and duplicates
reduced to skins, and all the material not hitherto named has been
carefully identified and catalogued. In addition to this a large
number of temporary lists were copied into the regular catalogue,
which has now been brought up to date, while a considerable num-
ber of labels for specimens in the exhibition cases have been pre-
pared. This work for the year aggregates 4,125 labels written, and
9,979 entries in the catalogue. The groups renovated in the mounted
collection comprised the Cathartida?, Falconida?, Bubonidse, Strigida\
Fringillidye, Ploceidse, Laniidse, Motacillidse, Alaudidre, Artamid: ,

582 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

and Dicseidse, while specimens -were remounted for exhibition in the
Muscicapidse, Oriolidse, Dicrurida?, and Campophagidse.

The accessions during the year have amounted to 1,020 speci-
mens, the most important being a collection of birds from Pennsyl-
vania and New Jersey, presented by S. N. Rhoads, a small collection
of Pennsylvania birds from Dr. Thos. H. Montgomery, a small
collection from Tennessee made dining May and June by Mr. S. N.
Rhoads, and a well-mounted collection of game birds from Mr. A.
Sydney Logan. A fine pair of Flamingoes has been purchased for
mounting, and a number of valuable specimens from the Zoological
Society of Philadelphia have been prepared, either as mounted speci-
mens, skins or skeletons.

The southeast room on the gallery floor of the library was placed
at the disposal of the Section early in the year, and the entire col- .
lection of skins removed to it, where they are much more accessible
to the student ; while the enlarged quarters furnish increased facili-
ties for work in this department. One large tin case for the preser-
vation of type specimens has been provided during the year, as well
as twenty wooden packing cases for the temporary storage of duplicate
specimens of large water birds and birds of prey.

The entire collection of skins has been examined during the year
and found to be in excellent condition.

The Delaware Valley Ornithological Club has rendered valuable
aid to the Section in arousing a lively interest in ornithology in this
vicinity. It continues to hold its meetings at the Academy and to
contribute many valuable specimens to the collection of local birds,
as well as to the general collection.

Much assistance has been rendered during the year to students in
the way of identifying material, etc., and specimens have also been
loaned to specialists.

The work of renovating the old mounted collection has advanced
so far that it is hoped that it may be entirely completed during the
coming year, with the exception of labelling and final arrangement.
This cannot be accomplished until new dust-proof exhibition cases
are provided, and the advisability of procuring these at an early
date cannot be too earnestly urged.

At the annual meeting of the Section, held December 16th, 1895,
the following officers were elected : —

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 583

Director, . .

Vice-Director,

Recorder,

Secretary,

Treasurer and Conservator,

Dr. Spencer Trotter.
George S. Morris.
Stewardson Brown.
William A. Shryock.
Witmer Stone.

Respectfully submitted,

Witmer Stone,

Conservator.

REPORT OF THE ANTHROPOLOGICAL SECTION.

The Anthropological Section of the Academy, the formation of
which was authorized by votes of the Academy on April 23d and
30th, 1895, was organized on the evening of April 30th, Dr. Harrison
Allen being chosen as Chairman, Charles Morris as Secretary and
Treasurer. It has held meetings in May, October, November and
December, and has received special communications from Mr. John
Ford on Indian grave mounds, from Drs. Mills, Ball and others
on brain and skull degeneration, and from Dr. Sharp on the
Ethnology of Alaska and Siberia. Twenty-eight members have
joined the Section. A meeting for organization was held in Decem-
ber, at which the following officers were elected: —

Director, . . ' . . . Harrison Allen, M.D.

Vice-Director, ..... Dr. C. N. Peirce.

Recorder, . * . . . . Charles Morris.

Secretary and Conservator, . . M. V. Ball.

Charles Morris,

Recorder.

REPORT OF THE PROFESSOR OF INVERTEBRATE

PALEONTOLOGY.

The Professor of Invertebrate Paleontology respectfully reports
that the condition of the collections that were under his charge until
December 1st — when his duties became associated with the Depart-
ment of Geology — remains much as it was at the time of the filing
of the last annual report. As for a number years past, the one
great obstacle to arrangement and classification in the deficiency

584 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

of exhibition- room and cases ; indeed, at the present time, there is
even less room than heretofore, owing to the necessary division of the
main hall into a section devoted to entomological interests. Only
with occupancy of the new hall can proper relief be expected.

The usual spring course of lectures has followed as a continua-
tion of the courses of past years, and it is gratifying to be able to
report that the attendance lias been steadily increasing year by year,
the enrolled students for the past season numbering 116. Emphasis
is again laid on that portion of the instruction which is associated
with field-work, when an opportunity is given to examine practically
much of that which is first illustrated in the class-room. In addi-
tion to the regular Saturday field-parties, the course included, for a
limited number, an examination in the month of August of the
Rocky Mountain region, when the practicability of so extended a
class- excursion was clearly demonstrated. The region studied com-
prised sections of Colorado, Wyoming, Utah and New Mexico, and
specifically the Pike's Peak district, gold mines of Cripple Creek,
" bad lands," Great Salt Lake, canons of the Price, Grand and
Arkansas Rivers, the volcanic masses of the San Juan, etc.

As Professor of Geology, the undersigned would respectfully
recommend, the disposition of the geological materials of the
Academy, space in the new hall, and that enough of it be given
for that form of display which is now a part of the method of almost
every new museum. A geological exhibition means not merely a
display of rock specimens for themselves, but illustration of the
dynamics and economics of the science. Therefore, sections of rock-
strata, models of geological structure, well and coal borings, etc.,
are eminently necessary for a proper or modern exhibition.

Respectfully submitted,

Angelo Heilprin,
Prof, of Invert Paleontology (to Dec, 1895),

now Prof, of Geology.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 585

REPORT OF THE PROFESSOR OF ETHNOLOGY
AND ARCHAEOLOGY.

The Professor of Ethnology and Archaeology reports that during
the current year a regular course of lectures on his branch was de-
livered in the Lecture Hall of the Academy. The audience was
large, and a growing interest was manifested in the subject.

The collections in this department are in process of installation
in the new building and a portion of them is satisfactorily dis-
played. With proper facilities all the objects illustrating this im-
portant branch of natural history in possession of the Academy,
can now be grouped together and opened for inspection.

D. G. Brinton, M.D.,

Professor of Ethnology.

REPORT OF THE PROFESSOR OF INVERTEBRATE

ZOOLOGY.

The Professor of Invertebrate Zoology respectfully reports that
during the past year he has delivered two lectures, one upon "Corals
and the Coral Islands," and one upon "Zoological Gardens."

The additions to the museum during the year have been neither
numerous nor important.

The course of lectures planned and mentioned in the report of last
year was not delivered owing to preparation for and departure
upon an expedition to Bering Sea, the Arctic Ocean and adjacent
shores.

Permission was obtained from the Treasury Department of the
United States to accompany the U. S. Revenue Cutter "Bear"
during her cruise in the Arctic Ocean. The Aleutian and Seal
Islands and the northern shores of Siberia and Alaska were visited.
Collections were made at all points where it was possible. Collec-
tions of plants, birds, marine forms and native implements were
among the most important made. The skin of a walrus and the skins
of a male, female and young fur seal were obtained. For per-
mission to secure the skins of the fur seals the Academy is indebted
to the special favor of the U. S. Treasury Department.

As the collections were not received until after the close of the
fiscal year, a report upon them must be deferred.

A course of six lectures on the " Influence of the Environment

586 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1859.

upon Animal Life" will be delivered in January and February, 1896,
and during the spring two lectures in addition will be given upon
the results of the Alaskan and Siberian expedition.

Respecfully submitted,

Benj. Sharp,
Prof, of Invert. Zoology.

REPORT OF THE PROFESSOR OF HISTOLOGY AND
MICROSCOPIC TECHNOLOGY.

The Professor of Histology and Microscopic Technology respect-
fully reports that he has given laboratory instruction in microscopic
technic and carried on, as heretofore, original research in bacteri-
ology.

The gifts of instruments and slides will be reported by the

Biological Section.

Samuel G. Dixon,

Prof, of Histology and Microscopic Technology.

REPORT OF THE PROFESSOR OF MALACOLOGY.

The Professor of Malacology reports that there have been added
to the museum several thousand species of mollusks ; among others,
the types of many new forms of Polyplacophora and Achatinellidse,
and an alcoholic specimen of Nautilus pompilius may be mentioned.
The Tectibranchiata have been studied and identified, and an illus-
trated monograph of the group has been published. Other museum
work has been begun on the identification and classification of the
South American Bulimi.

One lecture upon the "Protective Devices of Mollusks" has been
delivered. A course of five lectures upon the structure and classi-
fication of mollusks, and two lectures upon ' ' Economic Uses of
Mollusca" and " Mollusks of the Atlantic Coast" will be delivered
during February, March and April of the coming year.

Respectfully submitted,

H. A. PlLSBRY,

Prof, of Malacology.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 587

REPORT OF THE CURATOR OF THE WILLIAM 8.
VAUX COLLECTIONS.

The Curator of the William S. Vaux Collections reports that
the raineralogical cabinet is in good order. There are a num-
ber of specimens which, too large to be placed in the present cases,
are exposed to the dust and liable to be injured. A special case
should be provided for them. Since his appointment as Curator
he has added 618 specimens to the collection, bringing the num-
ber up to 7,780.

The archaeological collection is also in good condition, but no
additions have been made to it during the past year.

Wm. W. Jefferis,

Curator.

588

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1895.

The election of Officers, Councillors and Members of the Finance
Committee to serve during 1896, was held with the following re-
sult : —

President,
Vice-Presidents,

Recording Secretary,
( 'orresponding Secretary,
Treasurer,
Librarian,

Curators,

Councillors to serve three years,

Finance Committee,

Council, to serve for an unex-
pired term

Samuel G. Dixon, M.D.

Thomas Meehan.

Rev. Henry C. McCook, D.D.

Edward J. Nolan, M.D.

Benjamin Sharp, M.D.

George Vaux, Jr.

Edward J. Nolan, M.D.

Henry A. Pilsbry.

Henry C. Chapman, M.D.

Arthur Erwin Brown.

Samuel G. Dixon, M.D.

Uselma C. Smith.

William Sellers.

Charles E. Smith.

John Cadwalader.

Charles Morris.

Chas. E. Smith.

Uselma C. Smith.

William Sellers.

Charles P. Perot.

Isaac J. Wistar.

ELECTIONS DURING 1895.

MEMBERS.

January 29. — R. Shirley Borden, Frank Haimbach.

February 26. — Silas L. Schumo.

March 26. — Edwin S. Dixon, Harry Blake Tyler, J. W. Horter,
M.D., Charles L. Brown, Willett E. Rotzell, M.D.

April 80. — Frederick Prime, Sol. R. Fridenberg, Lightner Wit-
in er.

May 28.— H. G. Griffith, M.D., W. J. Gillespie, M.D.

August 27.— Chas. W. Burr, M.D.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OK PHILADELPHIA. 589

October 29. — John M. Justice, Howard W. Du Bois, Charles ('.
Harrison.

November 26. — Gulielma M. S. P. Jones, Wilfred H. Harned,
Seneca Egbert, M. IX, Samuel H. Gilbert, W. W. Frazier, John
Cadwalader, Jr.

COKRESI'ONDKNTS.

February 26. — P. B. Sarasiu, of Basel ; D. Estanislao S. Zebal-
los, of the Argentine Republic.

April 30. — Rudolph Virchow, of Berlin.

590 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1895.

ADDITIONS TO THE MUSEUM.

1895.

ARCHAEOLOGY, ETHNOLOGY, ETC.

Dr. M. V. Ball. Five human brains (criminal).

Frank Chew. Collection of Indian axes and arrowheads, Maryland.

.John G. Meigs' Bequest. Nine human crania, including five Etrus-
can skulls from Corneto, Italy.

C. B. Moore. Large collection of aboriginal mound relics, including
implements, pottery, ornaments and human crania and skeletons
from central Florida. Two pre-Columbian crania of Huron-Iro-
quois Indians, Ontario.

H. E. Sargent. One tray sherds pottery, Tennessee River, Ala.

Dr. Benjamin Sharp and Prof. Libbey. Ten Kanaka skulls, Sand-
wich Islands.

Mammals.

Thomas Biddle. Articulated skeleton of Hylobates m'ulleri, Sara-
wak, Borneo.

Dr. S G.Dixon. Ear-bone of seal, Islesboro, Me.

J. Edward Farnum. Mounted Cephalophus natalensis, E. Africa.

Herman Haupt, Jr. Skulls of Arctomys and Scalops, Minnesota and
Illinois.

Dr. J. M. McFarlane. Four skulls of Bangifer caribou, Quebec.

C. B. Moore. One skin and skull of Peromyscusfloi-idanus.

Chas. P. Perot. Tympanic bone of whale.

H. A. Pilsbry. One mounted Sciuropterus volans, Philadelphia. '

Purchased. One mounted Oreammos montanvs, Cascade Mts., Wash-
ington (juv.). Skin and skull of Bangifer caribou, Maine.

Mounted specimen of Alces americanus, Maine.

S. N. Rhoads. One mounted Neotoma magister and one skin of
Mephitis mephitica.

H. E. Sargent. Skull of Procyon lotor, Alabama.

Dr. B. Sharp. Two shrews and one sea otter skin (juv.), Alaska.

S. Thompson. Mastodon fragment, Mt. Holly, N. J.

Zoological Society of Philadelphia. Mounted specimens of Zalophus
californianus (2), Bangifer caribou, Castor fiber canadensis (2),
Macropus ualabatus, Connochetes gnou, Felis leo, Dasyprocta fu/i-
ginosa, Tamandua tetradactyla, Dasyprocta cristata, D. varie-
gata, Ursus maritimus, Antilope cervicapra, Felis viverrina, Midas

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHIDA DELPHI A. 591

rufimanus, Cynocephalus anubis aud Atherura africana. Skeletons
of Macacus ochreatus, Paradoxurus (sp.?), Capromys (sp. ?), Ma-
zama temama, Kobus defassu8(2), Bisonbison, Capreolus capreolus,
Cervux porcinus, Oamelus bactrianus, Melursus labiatus, Vulpes
velox and Brethizon dorsatus. Skins of Paradoxurus (sp.?), Dasy-
procta (sp.?), Lemur (sp.?), Macropu* (sp.?), Capromys (sp.?), Dasy-
procta acouchy, Mazama temama (2), Kobus defassus (2), Bison
bison (juv.) aud Vulpes velox. Skulls of Dasyprocta fuliginosa,
Hapale aurUa, Tamandua tetradactyla, Dasyprocta cristata, D.
variegata, Mazama temama aud Cynocephalus anubis.

Birds.

W. L. Baily. One Acadiau owl skin, Peuusylvauia.

A. L. Buck waiter. One parrot.

Mrs. M. J. Chase. Nine mouuted specimens and two skins, Cali-
fornia. Oue hundred and eighteen skius, mostly Trochilidaz.

Delaware Valley Ornithological Club. Forty-one mounted birds aud
seven nests and sets of eggs.

Dr. S. G. Dixon. Mouuted Meleagris gallopavo, Virginia.

Miss Irma F. Hering, One mounted Olor columbianus.

In exchange. One skin of Nyctea nyctea, Greenland.

A. Sydney Logau. Forty-eight mouuted specimens of game birds.

T. H. Montgomery, Jr. Seventy -six skins, Pennsylvania and Maine.

George S. Morris. Eighteen skins.

Purchased. Tweuty-six skins, California. Two skins Phamicopterus
ruber, two skins Ardea ccerulea.

S. N. Rhoads. Six hundred aud eighty skius of Pennsylvania and
New Jersey birds. Three skins Dendragapusfrankliui.

Tennessee Expedition ; collected by S. N. Rhoads. Fifty-eight bird
skius.

Zoological Society of Philadelphia. Mounted specimen of Psophia
viridis. Skius of Psophia viridis, Zenaida castanea, Dominicella
rubra, and Psittacus erithacus. Skeletons of Strut/do camelus,
Argusianus argus (2), Buteo vulgaris.

Reptiles and Batrachians.

James Bradley. Oue Dermochelys coriacea, Asbury Park, N. J.

I. N. DeHaveu. One Amblysloma punctatum, Ardmore, Pa.

J. Hope. One Naia bunyara.

H. A. Pilsbry. Fifteen reptiles and batrachians, Florida.

S N. Rhoads (Fx p. to Tennessee). Two hundred and sixty-six speci-
mens Reptilia and Batrachia, Kentucky aud Tennessee. Fifteen
reptiles, Florida. Seventy-nine specimens, Somerset Co., N. J.

Witmer Stoue. Four turtles, Chester Co., Pa.

592 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Dr. R. R. Taylor. One rattlesnake, W. Virginia.

. One Menopoma allef/heniensis.

Zoological Society of Philadelphia. Alcoholic specimens of Stemo-
therus derbianus, Uromastix hardwickii, Python molurus, Naia
bungara (2), Varanus nUotieus, Trachycephalus marmoratus and
Hyla arborea.

Fishes.

Win. E. Meehau. Thirteen deformed Sal/no fontinalis, U. S. Fish

Commission, Allen town, Pa.
Dr. T. D. Myers. Two Hybopsis bHguttatus, Monocaey River, Md.
Messrs. Pilsbry and Johnson. Achirus lineatiis, Lake George, Fla.
. Lophius pisGatorius, lower Delaware River.

Crustacea.

Geo. H. Clapp. Three specimens of Cambarus virilis, Canada.
John Thompson. One Limulus polyphemus, Cape May, N. J.

Insects.

('. W. Johnson. One case of Diptera, Pennsylvania and New Jersey.

Miss A. H. Miller. Hornet's nest, Lawreuceville, Va.

8. N. Rhoads. Three Cychrus, one Chalcophorm, New Jersey and

Tennessee.
Dr. H. Skinner. One case of Lepidoptera, Pennsylvania and New

Jersey. Three Lepidoptera.
Miss J. D. Winsor. Three Beetles.

Lower Invertebrates.

Henry Dixon. Three trays Diploria cerebriformis, Bermuda.
.John Ford. One Escharella variabilis (Inv.), Ocean City, N. J.
( lorn. Forsyth, U. S. N. Two Brlssus pectoralis, Bahamas.
C. W. Johnson. One Melitodes ochracea, Tonga Isl.

Invertebrate Fossils.

A. A. Alexander. One Ammonites placenta, Lenola, N. J.

W. W. Jefferis. One Montieulipara lycoperdon, Glens Falls, N. V.

Louis Woolman. Seven trays, Greenwich, N. J.

Recent Moi/ltjsca.

Anastasio Alfaro (National Museum of Costa Rica). Seventy-two

specimens, Salinas Bay, Costa Pica.
Dr. Harrison Allen. Hyalina arborea, Nantucket Island.
Mrs. Geo. Andrews. Land shells, Black Mrs., with types of two new

species.

1895.1 NATUBAJ, SCIENCES OF PHILAPEJ,PHTA. 593

A. \Y. Anthony. Five species (alcoholic).

I). I). Baldwin. Large collection of Achatinellidce, with types of

thirty-five new species and eleven species in alcohol.
E. A. Barber. Helicodonta obvoluta, England (alcoholic).
Mrs. Beamau. Nine species West Mexican marine shells.
W. T. Bednall. Twenty-nine species (marine), South Australia.

E. A. Bielz (in exchange). One hundred and sixty-two species,
Transylvania.

F. E. Blanes. Cuban Helices in alcohol.

H. Claj^ Borden. Physa, Pa.; Helix aspera, banana bunch (alcoholic).
Chas. S. Boyer. Ostrcea, Japan.

B. Buckingham. Two species, Bermuda.

J. H. Campbell. Specimens of Acanthochites.

Mrs. G. W. Carpenter. Forty-three species of marine shells.

J. E. Chilberg. Polygyra townsendiana, living.

Geo. H. Clapp. Nine species, living Vitrina limpida.

Conchological Section. One hundred and twenty -eight species (pur-
chased)

M. Cossmann (in exchange). Fourteen species of laud and fresh-
water shells.

P. Z. Cox (in exchange). Two species Zaila, E. Africa.

O. A. Crandall. Twenty-two trays of Physa; Texan land shells.

Jas. Crawford. Sixteen species, South Africa.

W. H. Dall. Twei)ty-two species.

Ph. Dautzenberg (in exchange). Thirty species of laud shells,
Tonquin.

Rev. A. Dean. Four species, African ; three American.

O. Debeaux. Fifty species of North African land shells, in exchange.

W . Hf De Camp. Two species of fresh- water shells.

J. M, Delaney. Specimens of Bulla ovulum.

Dr. S. G. Dixon. Four species, Maine.

Dr. C. S. Dolley. Five species of land mollusks, Italy.

Mrs. H. E. Dwight. Five species marine shells.

John Ford. Forty-two species.

W. J. Fox. Twenty-three species, West Virginia, and other speci-
mens.

Mrs. E. M. Gaylord. Specimens of Ghama pellucida.

Dr. W. D. Hartman. Melania corporosa.

Chas. Hedley. Specimens of land shells, Australia.

J. B. Henderson. Nineteen species of Jamaica land shells in alcohol.

A. A. Hinkley. Ten species, Strepomatidce.

Geo. A. Hubbard. Strobilops from Minnesota.

Dr. W. E. Hughes. Polygyra dentifera, 'Canada.

V. W. Hutton. Specimens of Chiton sinclairi.

J. E. Ives. Three species.

W. W. Jefferis. Campeloma and Unio, Ft. Edward, N. Y.

594 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

C. W. Johnson. Twenty-six species.

I. A. Lapham. Specimens of Pomaiiopsis dnmmatiensis.

F. R. Latchford. Collection of Canadian mollnsks.

Roberts Le Boutillier. Ostrcea virginiana, near Boston.

Geo. Lichtenthaler. Lucapina and Lucapine/la in alcohol.

Geo. T. Marston. Four species of fresh- water shells, Wisconsin.

C. J. Maynard (in exchange). Sixty-six trays of Cerion.

D. N. McCadden and Dr. \V. E. Hughes. Seven species of Virginian
land shells.

J. D. Mitchell. Undo mitehelli, Mamma tampaensis and Tellium

mitchelli.
Wm. Moss. A new Flammtdiaa from New Zealand, and other

shells.
Miss K. Musson. One species of Helix.
C. F. Newcombe. Eighty species of marine shells dredged near

Victoria, B. C.
Dr. E. J. Nolan. Helix pomatia and H. arbustorum, Bavaria.
A. H. Norton. Three species.

O. A. Nylander. Collection of shells from northern Maine.
H. A. Pilsbry. Collection of Planorbes, mainly from Western and

Southern States ; several species of laud aud marine mollusks.
John Ponsonby (in exchange). Thirty-seven species of land shells

from Haiti and South Africa.
D'Abbe Provancher. Eight Canadian species.
S. N. Rhoads. Mollusks from Washington and Pennsylvania.
John Richie, Jr. Four trays of shells.
S. R. Roberts. Several species of land shells.

E. W. Roper. Types of Patella kermaclecensfe; several land mollusks.

F. A. Sampson. Pomaiiopsis intermedia, California, and four species
land shells (alcoholic).

H. E. Sargent, Fifty-five species of shells, Alabama aud Minnesota;

five species in alcohol.
M. Schepman. Marine shells from the Bahamas.
Morris Schick. Seven species of aquatic mollusks.
Dr. B. Sharp. Twenty-five species.
Dr. H. Simroth. Soft parts of Doreasia alexandri.
U. C. Smith. Numerous Jamaica land shells.
Fr. Steams. Twenty -two species of Japanese mollusks in alcohol ;

one species, Oahu.
R, E. C. Stearns. Five species.
W. Stone. Planorbis dilatatus, Pennsylvania.
L. H. Streng. Campeloma and Bytfdnia, Michigan.
S. H. StupakofT. Four species, Pittsburgh, Pa.
H. Suter. New Zealaud and Tasmaniau mollusks.
E. R. Sykes. Seveu species of marine mollusks.

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 59-5

U. S. Department Agriculture. Am/nicola, Tryouia, BythhuUa, and

Fluminicola from Nevada and "Death Valley."
E. G. Vanatta. Ten species of shells.
H. D. Van Nostrand. Three species of Cerion; eleven species of

marine shells, Japan.
Bryant Walker. Several Michigan mollusks.
Robert Walton. Four hundred and fifty species.
R. B. Watson. Collection of Madeira mollnsks in alcohol.
G. W. Webster. Strobilops, Florida

A. (J. Wetherby. Land mollusks, Tennessee and North Carolina.
Chas. Le Roy Wheeler. Several mollnsks from Cape May.
Geo. Williamson (in exchange). Collection of Louisiana mollusks.
Willard M. Wood. Zonites, San Francisco, Cal.
L. Woolman. Two species, fresh-water mollusks, New Jersey.
Purchased by subscription. Nautilus pompilius L., in alcohol.

Plants.

Mrs. Baitol. Bryophyllum calycinum and Bougainvillea glabra,
cultivated. Florida.

Geo. M. Beringer. Twenty-nine species of Eucalyptus, cultivated in
California.

Walter Deane. Lemna valdiviana, Randolph, Mass.

Dr. Geo. E. Davenport. Aspidium simulatum and Aspidium cris-
tatum x marginale) Massachusetts.

J. B. Ellis. Century Thirty-three, North American Fungi.

Dr. E. L. Greene. One hundred and eleven species, northern Cali-
fornia plants.

Dr. H. A. Greene (through Geo. M. Beringer). Thirty-three species
North American Marine Algte.

Wm. Hacker. Forty-eight species North American plants.

Herbarium of Harvard University. Two hundred and forty-five
species of New Foundland plants collected by B. L. Robinson and
H. Schrenk.

Roberts Le Boutillier. Fruit of Entada scandens from Jamaica.

Thomas Meehau. Ravenel's Fungi Caroliniani Exsiccati, Fascicles
IV and V. Sixty-live species of North American plants. Two
hundred and fifty-three species of Asia Minor plants collected
by Bornmiiller ; four hundred and twenty-five Mexican plants col-
lected by C. G. Pringle ; one hundred and twenty-six species of
Azores Island plants collected by C. S. Brown.

Mrs. Potts. Two hundred and fifty-three species of plants collected
in Asia Minor by Bornmiiller.

John H. Redfield. Seven species of North American plants.

Dr. Chas. Schaffer. Two hundred and fifty-three species of Asia
Minor plants collected by Bornmiiller.
40

596 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Uselnia C. Smith. Seeds of Entada scaiidens from Jamaica and one

hundred species of plants from Jamaica.
Charles E. Smith. Two hundred and fifty-three species of Asia

Minor plants.
Baron Ferdinand Von Muller (through Thomas Meehan) . Eleven

species of Australian plants.

MINERALS AND ROCKS.

H. C. Borden. Seven specimens of Pyrite, French Creek, Pa.

L. T. Chamberlain. One Calcite, Alabama River, Ala.

A. H. Fisher. Two trays, Obsidian and Lazurite.

Dr. E. Goldsmith. One Dolomite with Quartz, Belvidere, N. J.

E. A. Groth. One Garnet, Fairmount Park, Pa.

H. Haupt, Jr. Fifteen specimens, United States and Russia.

H. G. Ives. One Limonite, Chester Co., Pa.

Miueralogical and Geological Section. Muscovite, Chester Co., Pa.

Theo. D. Rand. One each, Talc and Uranophaue, Pennsylvania and

Georgia.
Lieut. Ruschenberger, U. S. N. Native Copper, Coquimbo, Chili,
.las. F. Sullivan. Petrified wood, 2 spec, Gibbsboro, X. J.
Students Miueralogical Club. Twenty-four specimens, Pennsylvania.
William S. Vaux Fund. One hundred and eighty-two specimens for

YVm. S. Vaux collection of minerals.

1895.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

597

INDEX TO GENERA, ETC.

1895.

Abastor 407

Abies 418, 426, 429, 545

Acanthis 488

Acanthostigma 414

Accipiter 464, 478

Acernyia 311,884

Acer 484, 48.".

Achsetoueura 810, 388

Achatinella .... 214-220, 287
Achatinellastrum . . 215

Achatinellidae . . 214, 237, 28s

Aciuta 337

Aclesia 848

Acris 896

Acroglussa 833

Acrosticta 337

Acrotoxa 337

Actseon 122, 123

Actitis 474

Adenostylum 426

Adrana 47

.Egeon 197

^gialitis 474, 505

Agaronia 122

Agelaius 487

Agkistrodon 393, 405

Aglaia 251, 252

Agromyza ....... 318, 340

Agromyzidse 839

Ailanthus 416

Aix . . . ' 468

Alaetaga 278

Alcedinidse 482

Alle 504

Alligator 403

Allograpta 829

Amastra .... 215,228-284,237

Amauropsis 84

Amblystoma . . 382, 402, 406, 407

Amblystomidse 402

Amerosporium 43.5

Ammodramus 489

Ampelidfe 493

Ampelis 464, 498

Amphibia . . .' 394

Amphicnepb.es 336

Amphisphaeria .21, 23, 26, 418

Amphiuma 406

Amyda 404

Anas 467, 468

Anatidse 467

Aneilla 115-119, 122-129

Andrenosoma 324

Anhinga 381, 466

Auhingidie 466

Anisopogon 328

Auolis 404

Anomia .... 100, 104, 114-124,

128, 129

Anopheles 319

Anseres 467

Anthomyia 886

Anthomyidie 335

Anthostomella 424

Anthrax 325, 326

Anthus 49S

Antrostomus 484

An lira 894, 405, 407

Apex 215, 219

Aplysia 347-350

Aposphaeria 431

Apporhais 145

Aquila 464, 479

Architectonica 122

Archytas 332

Arctostaphylos 430

Arctotheriiim 447

Ardea 472

Ardeida* 471

Ardella 472

Arenaria 508

Argis 181

Argyra 328

Argyramoeba 32-i

Aromochelys 384, 406

Arundinaria 42!

Asclepias 42S

Ascochyta 488

598

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1895-

Asilidse 323

Asilus 304,324

Aspidonectes .... 386, 404, 406

Asplenium 434

Aster 426, 550, 551

Asteroma 431

Astacus 178

Astarte 48

Astyris 74

Asvndetus 328

Atalapha 32

Athoracophorus 237

Atoraosia 323

Atrophopalpus 333

Atrophopoda . . .' 333

Atys 127

Auriculella 214

Avicula 117

Avthya . . . 468, 469

Baeeha 330

Baccharis 438

Bascanion 388, 391

Bassariscus 447

Batrachia 447

Bar tram ia 474

Bela 64

Belosepia . . 116, 118, 120, 122-124,

128, 130

Belvosia 312, 332

Bembeciuus 266

Bembex 351, 354-362

Bembidula 351-354

Bibio 319

Bibionida? 319

Bicyrtes 266

Bigelovia 440

Bison 244-248

Bithynis 173

Bittacomorpha 320

Blarina 381, 382

Boisduvalia 547

Bombylidse 325

Bombyliua 326

Bonasa 475

Borboridse 340

Borophagus 449

Borsonia 63

Botaurus 471

Botryodiplodia 433

Botryosphaeria 432

Bovi'sta 414

Braehycoma 332

Brachydeutera 338

Brachysporium 440

Branta 470, 471

Braseuia 287, 288

Bubal us 247

Bubo 480

Bufo 39li

Bufonidaj 396

Bulbifusus 71

Bulimella 97, 117, 122, 127, 215,

217

Bulla 122

Buteo 479

Byssoarca . 114, 120, 123, 125-130
Cadulus .... 116, 119, 123, 127

Csenia 339

Calamagrostis 544

Calamita 397

Oalcarius 50o

Calidris 503

Calliphora 33.5

Calliste 251, 252

Calobata 306, 336

Calospbaeria 26

Calospiza 251,252

Calyptrophorus 97, loo, 114, 115,
118, 130, 14"), 147, 159

Campanula 544

Campephilus 484

Cainpsicnemus 328

Carnptoueura 337

Cancellaria 65-67, 97, 114, 122, 123,

127, 130

Cancer 178, 182

Canis 43

Capnodium 414

Caprimulgidte 4S4

Careella 333

Cardinalis 491

Carex 544

Caricea 335

Caricella 67, 68, 114, 116, 117, 119,

12.-,

Carnivora 447

Carpbophis 393

Carphotricha 337

Carpodaeus 4^s

Cassidaria 114, 116, 119

Caslauea 431,435

Castilleia 423

Castor 447

Catbarista 477

Cathartes 477

Catbartid;e 477

Cecidoinyida1 319

Celastrus 432

Celtis 421

Cenangella 429

Cenangium 428

( Jeophloeus 483

Cepphus 502, 504

Cerastoma 417

Ceratopogon 308, 320

Ceratostomella .... 33,30, 418

1895.]

NATIJKAT, SCIENCES <>K PHILADELPHIA.

599

Ceraturgus

Cercospora 438,

Ceria

Cerion 206-

Cerithium . 7!), 114, 118, 120,

145,

Ceronia

Cerosporella

Certhia

( erthiida^

Ceryle

Chsetoglossa

Chaatoinium

Chsetopsis 337,

Chsetosphseria

Cbietura

Charadriidae

Charitonetta

Chelidon

Chelonia 383, 403,

Chelydra

Chelvdrida?

Chen 470,

Cherophilus 178,

Chironomus

Chironomyidse

Chlorops .' 318,

Chlorosplenium

Cboudestes

Chondrotus

Chordeiles

Chorophilus

Chortophila

Chrysemys

Chrysodomus . 74, 123, 124,

Chrysogaster

Chrysomyia

Chrysopila

Chrysops

Cbrysotus

Ciboria

Cibota

Cimbiola

Circus

Cladosporium

Clangula 469,

Clathurella

Clavilithes . . 78, 74, 113-121,

Cleigastra . . .
Clista . .

Clivicola . . . .

Clytiomyia . .
Cnemidophorus

Coccyges . . .

Coccyzus . . . .

Cochlearia . . .

323
439
33]

-1210

121,
147
52
438
499
499
482
333
20
338
21
484
474
469
492
406
386
386
503
182
320
320
339
429
489
407
484
397
336
406

127,
128
829
335
323
321
328
428
122
67
478
439
503
64

125,
130
336
333
492
333
386
482
482
544

117, US, 123

Ccenosia 335,

Colaptes

Colin us

Coluber 382, 391,

Colubridse

Columbigallina

Colymbus

Compsomyia

CompsothlypiH

Coniothecium

Conopidae

Conops

Contopus 485,

Conurus 464,

Conus 55, 114-

Corbula 52, 97, 103, 118-180,
Cordyluridae ....
Cornulina .
Corn us . . .

Corvidae

Corvus 486, 504,

Cottida?

Crangon . . . . 174-181, 190
Crangonidse .... 178, 174,
Crassatella . . 48, 49, 112, 114-

14o,

Crassiseta

Crataegus

Cricetodipus .... 270, 271

Crocodilia

Crocodilus

Crocuta 448,

Crotalidaa

( 'rotalophorus

Crotalus

Cryptobranchidae

Cryptobranchus .... 408,

Cryptosj)hferia

Cuculidaa

Cuculbea 4o, 145

Cucurbitaria

Culex

Culicidaj

Cuterebra

Cyauocitta

Cylichnella

Cylindrosporium

Cymbiola

Cyprtea

Cyrtopogon

Cytherea . . 97, 114-116, 118,
123, 124, 128-180, 146, 147,

Cytoplea

Dactylomyia

Dafila

Dalmania

Dasyllis

Degeeria

886
483

47--)
407

476
465
335

49",
488
881
881
486
480

-129
159
836
12.1
r,44
486
505
41(1

-196
193

120,
147

482

408
105
44U
898
405
393
403
406

27
482
-147
420
319
819
381
486

54
435
122

78

120,
252
432
329
468
331
324
334

600

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1895.

Dendroica 464, 495, 496

Deutalium . 97, 113, 114, 116, 122,
123, 125, 126, 128, 130, 147, 159

Deroniyia 323, 324

Desrnognatbidse 400

Desinognathus 382, 400

Dexidre 334

Deyeuxia 415

Diacblorus 321

Diadophis 405

Diaphorus 328

Diatrypella 27, 426

Dichjeta 338

Dicranomyia 320

Didelphys 381

Didymella 421

Didymosphseria 421

Didymotricbia . 21

Diemyctylus . . . .381, 400, 405

Dienoplus 531

Dillwynella '.84, 85

Dilophus 319

Diospyros 441

Diostraehus 328

Dipalta 325

Diplarthra 447

Diplodia 422, 432, 433

Diplodina 434

Diplosis 319

Dipodida- 270-286

Dipodomys 270, 272

Dipus 270, 271, 272

Discosia 29

Diwturtio . . . 114, 116, 118, 119,

122-129

Ditrupa 122

Dizoniaw 323

Doliehogaster 325

Dolichouyx 437

Dolichopodid;e 327

Dolichopus 327, 328

Doridium 252

Doris 348

Dothidella 427

Dotbiorella 431,432

Draba 544

Drillia 59-61, 116

Drosophila 317, 339

Drosophilidse 339

Drvas 543

Dryobates 464, 482, 483

Duplicaria 429

Eburnella 215

Ectopistis 475

Edentata 447

Egeon 182

Eleanoides 381,464, 478

Elanus 478

Elepbas 447

Elotherium 279

Elymus 419

Empidye 327

Empidonax . . . .381, 382, 486

Emyidae 383

Euclimatoceras 45

Endopacnys . . 116, 118, 124, 129

Engystoina 382, 396

Engystomidae 396

Eusiua 337

Eutoptychus 270, 284

Ephydra 339

Ephydridse 338

Epilobium 437

Equus 447, 449

Erato 122

Erax 324

Ereuneres 473

Erigeron 544

Eriophorum 544

Erioptera 320

EriMinatura 469

Eristalis 330

Euantha -">^4

Euaresta 337

l1Aicheilodoi) 63, 12^

Eucyphidea 173

Euhybus 327

Eumeces 386

Euphyla 120

EuploteB 168

Eurosta 337

Euspongus 523

Eutypella 425, 426

Euxesta 337

Evotomys 382

Exoprosopa 325

Exorista 332

Faleo 464, 479, 504, 505

Faleonidte 478

Farancia 407

Faseiolaria 122

Felis 449

Fimbria 349

Flabellum 123

Fomes 413

Fratercula 504

Fraxinus .... 416, 425, 426, 431

Fridericia 341-345

Fringillida- 488

Fucellia 336

Fulica 473

Fusarium 441

Fusicoccum 432

Fusus 61, 69, 71, 72, 116, 119, 122-

125, 130, 147
Galeoscoptes 498

1895.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF I'H 1 I. A DRUPH f A .

601

Gallinse 475

Gallinago 47H

Galliuula 47:;

Gastridium L22

Gastropoda 53

Gavia 503

Gaza 84

Geaster 41.~>

Geouiyida> ..... 270-286, 339

Geotblypis 381, 4!»7

Gerardia 558

Gerou 326

Gladiolus 435

Glaucionetta 469

Glires 447

Gloeosporium 485

Glyceria* 545

Glyphocrangon 174

Gnamptopsilopus 829

Gnophomyia 820

Gouia 882

Gorytes 517-539

Graudiuia 413

Grindelia 439

Gruidse 472

Grus 472

Gryphtea '. 142

Gutierrezia 434

Gymnodexia 315, 834

Gymuoprosopa 332

Gymnopterus 328

Gymnoptychus 286

( JyrmophHus 401

Habia 491

Haldea 407

Haliaeetus 479

Halteria 168

Harpornyucbus 498

Helmiutherus 494

Helminthophila 381, 464, 494, 495

Helianthus 423

Helicobia 317, 334

Helicter 237, 239, 240

Helicteres 238

Helinaia 494

Heliscomvs 286

Helophilus 330, 331

Flemerodromia 327

Hemidactylium 407

Hemipentb.es 325

Hendersonia 433

Hermetia 321

Herodiones .' . 471

Herpetodryas 407

Herpotriohia 21, 415

Heterochroa 306, 339

Heterodon 393, 407

Heteromvida? 270-286

Hibiscus 438

Hilara 327

Hippelates 339

Hippoboscidie 840

Hirmoneura 325

Hirundiuidai 492

llogardia 2(54

Holcocephala 328

Holopogou 323

Homalomyia 885

Honio 446

Horuostegia 427

Hoplisus 525, 582, 587

Hybos 327

Hydrellia 338

Hyla . . . 381, 397-899, 405, 407

Hylidae 896

Hypostena 813, 334

Hypoxylon 27, 426

Hysteriuni 429

leteria 381, 497

Icteridte 487

icterus 487

Ictiuia 478

Iguanidse 386

Impatiens 560

Fxothraupis 252

Johusouia 316, 334

Jordania 410

Juuco 490

Jurinia 332

Kalmia 558

Kiuosternou 384

Labiella 287

Lagopus 503, 505

Lammella . . . 215, 227, 228, 237

Lanidre 493

Lauius 493

Laphria 824

Lapbystia 323

Laplysia 347-850

Lapparia. . . . 116, 117, 120, 130

Laridpe 465

Larra 266

l.arus 465, 503, 504

Lasiosphaeria 21

Latirus 71, 103, 113, 116, 117, 119,
123, 124, 126, 128, 129, 130

Lauxauia 338

Leda . 46, 119, 123, 126, 128, 180,

147

Lepidopbora 326

Leptachatina . . . 214, 237, 238

Leptidc? 323

Leptis 323

Leptoda 334

Leptogaster 304, 328

Leptosphseria 421, 428

602

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1895.

Lepus 241-243

Lessingia

Lestiphorus

Letendrwea

Leucomelina

Leucopis

Levifusus . . 69, 70, 103, 126,

Ligusticum

Limicolse

Limnophila

Lininophora

Linosina

Liopeltis

Liquidambar

Lispe

Lobioptera

Loewia

Louchjea

Loncn;eid;e

Longipennes

Louicera

Lophiostonia .... 20, 41!),

Lophodytes

Lotus

Loxia 382,

Lucilia

Lucina

Luuulites

Luzula

Lychnis

Lyeoperdon

Lygodesmia

Lynx . .

Machyerodus

Macrochires

Maeroelemys

Macrosporium 439,

Mactra 97, 159,

Malaclemys .... 403, 404,

Mallophora

Mallota

Mangilia 62,

Marginella 67,116,

Marsonia

Martesia 53,

Masicefa

Masiphya 303,

Mastodon

Maynardia

Medeterus

Megalonyx

Megascops

Megastizus

Melanconium

Melanerpes

Melauomiua . .
Melanopsannna
Meleagris . . .

381
548
523
415
335
339
129
414
473
320
335
340
407
428
335
339
333
338
33S
405
441
420
407
437
48S

21, 22,v 416,

147
123
544
544
414
414
448
448
484
381
440
251
406
324
330
116
123
436
114
332
309
447
206
328
447
480
266
436
483
417
416
475

Melogramma 420

Melospiza 490

Meuobranchus 400

Mephitis 447

Meretrix 50

Merganser 407

Meromachrus 330

Meromyza 339

Merula 501

Mesalia 80, 114, 116, 119,

121-128, 146

Mesogramma 329

Metasphaeria 423

Microbembex 351,363

Mierochtetina 334

Microdon 32!)

Micropezidse 336

Micropodidse 484

Mierotus 381

Midaid;e 325

Midas 3.25

Milesia 331

Miltogramma ".32

Mimus 49,s

Mitra 122

Mniotilta 494

Muiotiltidae 494

Modiola 4ii

Mollisia 42S

Molothrus 487

Monedula . . . 351-354, 303-372

Monoptygraa 122

Motaciliidre 498

Murex 74, 75, 122

Muridse 281

Musea 335

Muscidse 335

Mustela 447

Mycetophilidse 319

Myiarchus 485

Mviobia 313

Mylodon 447

Myobia 334

Myothyria 333

Myxosporium 30

Natiea . . .103, 114, 116-120, 123,
124, 127, 130, 158

Natrix 381 , 387-390, 400

Nectocrangon . . .174,181,182,

191-190

Necturus 406

Nemestrinida? 325

Nemotelus 304, 321

Neoglaphyroptera . . . 308, 319

Neopeckia 21

Neospilota 337

Neotoma 281

Neptunea 122

1895.] NATURAL SCIENCES

Neverita 122

Newcombia .... 215, 226, 237

NicocleB 828

Nicotiaua 420

Nimravus 449

Northupite 40!)

NotiphUa 338

Nucula . . . 103, 123-126, 147, 158

Numenius 471

Nycticorax 472

Occulina 116, 124

Ochthera 338

Ocyptamus 330

Ocyptera 332

Odontomyia 321

Odontopolys 7">, 77, 122

Oestridse 331

CEstrophasia 333

Ohleria 30

Olfersia 340

Oligosoma 887

Olivella 116, 130

Olor 471

Omegasyrphus 329

OmmatiuB 324

Oncodocera 326

Onychotria 406

Opheodrys 891

Ophiboliis 381, 392

Ophidia .... 387, 405, 406, 447

Ophisaurus 404

Ophiobolus 423, 424

Ophyra 335

Ortalidse 336

Oscinidse 339

Oscinis 339

Ostrea . .45,92,112-124,14-5-148

Ovibos 245, 247

Ovularia 437

Pachycerina 338

Pachyophthalmus 334

Pachyrrhina 320

Paciculus 281, 286

Pahemon 1 73

Paludicohe • 472

Pandion 464, 480

Paracerion 206

Paraelinus 328

Paracrangon . .174, 175, 188, 189

Paragus 329

Paramoecium 167-169

Paralimna 338

Paridte 499

Parkinsonia 431

Partulina 215, 221, 237

Parus 464, 499, 500

Parydra 338, 339

Passer 489

OK I'MIJ.ADKI.I'IIIA.

603

Passerella 491

Passe res 485

l'asserina 491

Patellea 429

Pecteu 112, 114, lis, 130, 131, 148

Pectunculus 112

Pedetes 270, 272-277

Pedicularis 544, 545

Pelastoneurus 328

Peleeanidse 467

Peleeanus 467

Pelecvpoda 46

Peltaudra 287-289

Peniopbora 413

Pentstemon 423, 438

Perchcerus 286

Perdieella 215

Perdita 11-18

Periploma 52, 12.")

Peroguathui-s 270-272

Peromyscus .... 33,381,382

Petrochelidou 492

Peucsea 490

Peziza 42S

Pbacelia 558

Phalacrocoraeidse 466

Phalaerocorax 466

Phasioelista 333

Pbasiopteryx 333

Philohela ' 473

Phleospora 43.">

Phoenicurus 349

Pholadomya 114

Phoma . 28

Phora 340

Phorbia 336

Phoridse 340

Phorocera 382

Phos . . . 108, 114, 116, 118, 119,

122-129

Phrynosoma 404

Phthiria 326

Pbyllachroa 427

Phyllosticta 480, 431

Physaluspora 421

Pbvsoeephala v 331

Pici 482

Picida> 482

Pinna 116, 120, 130

Piophila 38S

Piophilida? 338

Pipilo 41)1

Pipiza 329

Pipunculidse 331

Piranga 492

Pituophis 407

Plagioneurus 328

Plagiprospheiysa 332

604

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1895.

Plauera 439

Plantago 427

Platyura 307, 319

Pleeia 319

Plectropheuax .... 504, 505

Pleospora 421

Plethodon 401

Plethodontidae 401

Pleurodelidse 400

Pleurolicus 670-286

Pleurotoma . . 56-64, 97, 113, 114,
116-118, 120, 122-130, 145, 147

Pleurotomella 56

Plicatula . 104, 114-123, 130, 131

Poa 544

Podicipidse 465

Podilymbus 465

Polemonium 422

Polioptila 500

Pontocaris 174, 175-197

Poutophilus . .174,175,182-187,

191-197

Pooctetes 489

Populus 416, 417, 420

Porzana 473

Poteutilla 544

Priouocraugoii . 174, 175, 188, 189

Proboscidia 447

Proctacanthus 324

Progne 492

Promachus 324

Prosenoides 314, 334

Prothechus 331

Protocardium 114

Protonotaria 381, 494

Protoptychus 269-286

Pseudemys 384, 403

Pseudobrauchus 407

Pseudochteta .... 309, .!10, 333
Pseudoliva . 75, 103, 113-130, 145,

147

Pseudomyothyria 333

Pseudovalsa 27

Psittaci 480

Psittacidaj 480

Psilocephala . • 327

Psilopa 338

Psilopus 328, 329

Psilota 329

Ptecticus 320

Pteropsis 123, 129

Ptilochseta 334

Pupa. . . 207

Pygopodes 465

Pyrainidella 76, 127

Pyrgota 336

Pyrola 544

Pyrrocoma 549

Pyrula . 77, 123, 125, 127, 128,

Quercus 423, 432,

(iuiscalus

Rallus

Ramulaiia

Raua 382, 394-396,

Rauaria

Raugil'er

Ranidse

Ranunculus

Raptores

Regulus 382,

Rhaehicerus

Rhamuus 434-

Hhipidia

RhyuchocepbaluH

Rhyncho}4da^

Rhyucbops

Rhus 420, 424,

Ricinus

Rimella .... 78, 114, 115,

Riugicula

Rissa 503,

Rivellia

Ro.selliuia . . 22, 23, 415, 416,

Roumegueria

Rumex

Sabiuea . .
Sacomyida;
Salix . . . 436,

Saline-

Sambucus

Sai)ioinyza

Sapromyzida^

Barconiacronychia

Sarcopbaga

Sarcophagidae 316,

Sareotachiuella

Sargus

Sarothromyia .

Sassafras

Saucropus

Sauria 386,

Saxicola

Saxifraga

Sayornis

Scala

Scaphiopus

Scatella

Sceloporus 382,

Sceuopiiiidfe

Sceuopinus

Sciara

Schicid?e

Scionayza

Seioniyzida?

Seiurus 382,

174, 175, 187, 188.

130,
145
433
488
472
4:-; 7
407
31)5
246
394
544
477
500
320
-430
320
325
466
466
430
421
130
53
504
336
419
4^S
437
193
282
544
166
440
338
338
334
334
:!34
334
320
H34
4:;:;
32S
404
505
544
485
118
405
339
386
327
327
319
386
336
336
496

1895.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OP I'M I I, A I >KI .I'll I A .

605

Sclerocrangon . . . 174, 176, 177

Scobinella 62, 122

Scolecopliagus 487

Scolopacidse . 478

Scutella 113-115

Sepsidse 388

Sepsis 338

Septoria 434, 435

Setophaga 498

Sigaretus . 103, 116, 118, 128, 124,

128, 180

Siguiodon 381

Siliqua 51, 97

Sipboclytia 888

Sipbcma . . . • 333

Siphonella .339

Siphophyta 333

Siren 406

Sitta 499

Smilodon 448

Solarium 441

Solarium 83, 85, 114, 116, 119, 123,

125-129, 130

Solidago 438

Somateria 503, 505

Sorex 882

Spallanzania 884

Spatula 468

Spelerpes 401, 405

Spbaerella . . . 50, 110, 420, 421

Sptueria 20-31 , 418, 427

Sphaeropsis ... 28, 29, 436, 437

Sphecius 264-266

Sphex 525

Sphyrapicus 4s:;

Spilographa 887

Spilomvia 331

Spinus 488

Spiza 491

Spizella 490

Spirorbis . 104, 116, 119, 122, 181

Sporodesmium 489

Steganopodes 466

Stelgidopteryx 492

Stellaria '.544

Stemphyliuni 440, 441

Steniolia 351 , 373, 874

Stenopterina :>>87

Stercorarius 502-504

Sterna 505

Stilbomyces 441

Stizini 264

Stizus 264-268

Stomoxys 885

Storeria 405, 406

Stratiomyia 321

Stratiomyida- 320

Strepsidura 71

Strigid5e 480

Strix 480

Strophia 208

Sturuella 487

Stylonchia 168

Surcula 56

Sylvania 882, 464, 497

Synaptomys 382

Synecbes. 327

Synthesiomyia 33.)

Symium . ', 464, 480

Syrnola 77

Svrphidaj 829

Syrphus 329

Systoechus 326

Systropus 326

Tabauidae 821

Tabanus 321-323

Tacbina 338

Tacbinidse 331

Tachiuinae 309

Tachinoniyia 334

Tacbinophyta 388

Tachycineta 492

Tachytrechus 328

r'amias 43

Tanagra 251

Tanagrida? 492

Tan y pus 308, 320

Tapirus 44/

Taracticus 328

Taranis 64

Teicbuspora 25, 419

Teidae 386

Testudinata 447

Tellina . . . 51, 126, 130, 147, 158

Tenuiseala 76, 129

Tephritis 337

Tepbrouota 337, 338

Terebellurn 114

Terebra . 54, ->5, 103, 113, 116, 117,

122, 125-127

Terrapene 382, 3S3

Tetanocera 336

Tethys 347-8.",!)

Thamnophis 387, 406

Thereva 327

Therevidte 327

Tbomomvs 34-87

Thryothorus . . . .381, 498, 499

Thysanorayia 332

Thvridium 424

Tipula 820

Tipulida? 320

Tontophilus 184

Toruatellina 237

Torula 439

Totanus 474

(>06

PROCEEDINGS OF

Toxophora 326

Trachystoniata 406, 407

Trematosphseria 24, 25

Trichopoda 331

Trifolium 546, 547

Trigonarea 103, 113, 114, 119, 123

Tringa 503, 505

Trionychidaj 386

Trionyx 404

Trisetum • 544

Trochilidse 485

Trochilus 485

Trochita 130

Trochosmilia 116, 118

Troglodytes 382, 499

Troglodytidse 498

Tropidia 331

Tropidocarpum 551-554

Tropidoclonion 406

Tropidonotus 388

Trvpeta 338

Trvpetida? 337

Tuba 123, 12.S

Turbinolia 116, 118, 119, 123,124,

129, 130

Turdidse 500

Tardus 382, 500, 501

Turnicula 127

Turricula .... 69, 116, 119, 123,

125, 12S

Tunis 59, 122

Turritella SI, 82, 97, 114, 118-130,
145-148, 157, 158

Tyraunida1 485

Tyraunus 485

Unibellularia 433

Urellia 337, 338

Uria 504

Urinator 465, 502

THE ACADEMY OF [1895.

Uriuatoridte 465

Urocyou 42

Urodela 400, 405, 407

Ursers 447

Urtica 430

Vacei nium 20, 544

Vagnera 551

Valerianella 548

Valsa 425

Veuerieardia 48, 97, 100, 103, 100,

110, 112, 113, 115, 116, 118, 120,

121, 123, 124, 127-130, 145-147,

157, 150

Venturia 20

Veu us • 251

Vermicularia 28, 421

Vertumnus 340

Vespa 525

Vireo 464, 493

Vireonidae 4!).".

Virginia 405, 407

Volucella 330

Volutilithes 45, 67, 77, 100, 104-1 19,
123-128, 130, 146, 147

Volvaria 67

Volvula 54, 119, 122

Vulpes 447

Whitneya 71

Woodsia 544

Xauthogramma .">2*.i

Xanthoinelaua 332

Xylophagida> 320

Xylota 331

Yoldia . .97, 103, 123, 129, 145, 147

Zapus 271, 272

Zea 433

Zenaidura 476

Zodiou 331

Zouotriehia 4S9

1895.]

NATl'HAI, SCIENCES OF I'HILAPELPH I A.

607

GENERAL INDEX.

1895.

Additions to the Museum, 590.

Allen, Harrison, M.I)., election to
Council, 17i'. Election to Pub-
lication Committee, 172.

Anthropological Section, report
of, 583.

Baldwin, 1). I). Description of
new Species of Achatinella from
the Hawaiian Islands ( Plates X
and XI), 41, 214.

Ball, M.V., M.D. Report of Mi-
croscopical and Biological Sec-
tion, report of, 574.

"Botanical Section, report of, 578.

Brinton, I). G., M.I). Report of
Professor of Ethnology and
Archaeology, 585.

Brown, Stewardsou. Report of
Botanical Section, 578.

Cadwalader, John, election to
Council, 40.

Carter, Henry John, announce-
ment of death of, 249.

Chapman, Henry C, M.D. De-
port of Curators, 570.

Cockerel], T. D. A. Some new
Bees of the Genus Perdita, 11.
The Bees of the Genus Perdita,
516.

Committee on Hay den Memorial
Award, report of, 541 .

Committees, Standing, 0.

Conchological Section, report of,

. 57ii.

Cope, Edw. D. The fossil verte-
brata from the fissure at Port
Kennedy, Pa., 446.

Corresponding Secretary, report
of, 564.

Coxe, Eckley B., announcement
of death of, 249.

Curator of the William S. Vaux
Collections, .">S7.

( lurators, report of, 570.

Dana .lames Dwight, announce-
ment of death of, 212.

Dixon, Samuel G., M. D., ap-

pointment on Library Commit-
tee, 213. Curative effect of tau-
rin, 516. Report of the Profes-
sor of Histology and Micro-
scopic Technology, 586.

Elections during 1S95, 588.

Ellis, J. B. Notes on specimens
of Pyrenomycetes in the
Sch wei nit/ Herbarium of the
Academy, 10, 20.

Ellis, J. B., and B. M. Everhart.
New Species of Fungi from va-
rious localities, 375, 413.

Entomological Section, report of,
577.

Foote, A. E., M.D., announce-
ment of death of, 442.

Foote, Warren M. Preliminary
Note on a New Alkali Mineral,
408.

Fowke, Gerard. Archaeological
Work in Ohio, 442, 506.

Fox. Wm. J. Synopsis of the
Stizini of Boreal America, 24it,
264. Synopsis of the Bembi-
cini of Boreal America (Plate
XIV), 351. Synopsis of the
North American Species of Go-
ry tes Latr., 44:;, 517.

Greene, Edw. L. Eclogse Bo-
tanicse, No. 2. I. Some new
Western Plants; II. Revision
of Tropidocarpum, 541, .">4i>.

Harlow, Louis A., M.D., an-
nouncement of death of, 44:!.

Harris, Gilbert D. On some New
and otherwise Interesting Ter-
tiary Mollusca from Texas
(Plates r-IX), 10,45.

Hayden Memorial Award, report
on , 541.

Hayden Memorial Geological
Committee, appointment of,
213.

Heilprin, Angelo. The Port Ken-
nedy deposit, 451. Appoint-
ment as Professor of Geology,

608

PROCEEDINGS OK THE ACADEMY OF

[1895.

516. Report of Professor of In-
vetebrate Paleontology, 583.

lline, Elmore C, M. D., an-
nouncement of death of, 172.

Holm, Theo. Contributions to
the Flora of Greenland, 516,
543.

Houston, H. H., announcement
of death of, 802.

Hulke, John Whitaker, an-
nouncement of death of, 212.

Huxley, Thomas H., announce-
ment of death of, 302.

Index to Genera, 597.

Jefferis, William \V., appoint-
ment as Curator of the VVilliam
S. Yaux Collections, 213. Re-
port of the Curator of the Wil-
liam S. Yaux Collections, 587.

.Johnson, C. W., and I). W. Co-
quillet. Dipteraof Florida, 291,
303.

Keller, Ida A. The jelly-like se-
cretion of the fruit of Peltandra
imdulata, 249, 287. Notes on
the Study of the Cross-fertiliza-
tion of Flowers by Insects, 541,
555.

Kennedy, William. The Eocene
Tertiary of Texas east of the
Brazos River, 41, 89.

Kirkwood, Daniel, announce-
ment of death of, 442,

Lamborn, Robert H., announce-
ment of death of, 10.

Lawrence, George N., announce-
ment of death of, 172.

Leonard, C. L., M.I). On a new
method of studying cell motion,
10, 38.

Lewis, Samuel G., announcement
of death of, 541.

Librarian, report of, 565.

Meehau, Thomas. Memoir of
John Howard Redlield, 250,
292. Report of Botanical Sec-
tion, 578.

Mercer, Henry C. A preliminary
account of the re-exploration in
1804 and 1805 of the Rone-Hole,
now known as Irwin's Cave, at
Port Kennedy, Montgomery
County, Pennsylvania, 448.

Microscopical and Biological Sec-
tion, report of, 574.

Mineralogical and Geological Sec-
tion, report of, 580.

Moore, Clarence B. ( lertain River-

mounds in Duval Co., Florida,
442, 443. Two Mounds on Mur-
phy Island, Florida, 442, 443.
Certain Sand Mounds of the
Ocklawaha River, Florida, 442,
443.

.Moore, J. Percy. Notes on Ameri-
can Enchytr t-ida'. I. New
Species of Friderieia from the
vicinity of Philadelphia (Plate
XIII), 302, 341.

Moorhead, William G., an-
nouncement of death of, 10.

Morris, t 'harles. The Extinction
of Species, 240, 253. Report of
Anthropological Section, 583.

Morris, Rev. John G., announce-
ment of death of, 442.

Nolan, Edw. J., M.I) A bio-
graphical notice of W. S. W.
R uschen herger, M. I ). , 452. Re-
port of Recording Secretary,
562. Report of Librarian, 565.

Norwood, J. G., announcement
of death of, 442.

Oberholtscer, Yickers. Geologv
of the Island of CElaud, 249.

Officers for 1896, 588.

Ornithological Section, report of,
581 .

Ortmann, Arnold E. A Study of
the systematic and geographic
Distribution of the Decapod
Familv Ci-angonid;e Bate, 172,
173.

Pilsbry, Henry A., election as
Curator, 211. On the status of
I he names AphysiaandTethys,
847. Report of Conchologicnl
Section, 576. Report of the
Professor of Malacology, 586.

Pilsbry, Henry A., and E. G.
Yanatta. New Species of the
Genus Cerion, 206, 212.

Professor of Ethnology and Arch-
aeology, report of, 585.

Professor of Histology and Micro-
scopic Technology, report of,
586.

Professor of Invertebrate Paleon-
tology, report of, 583.

Professor of I n vertebrate Zoology,
report of, 585.

Professor of Malacology, report
of, 586.

Rand, Theo. D. Trap Dykes in
Chester Co., Pennsylvania, 540,

1 895. ]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

609

Report of Mineralogical and
Geological Section, 580.

Recording Secretary, report of,
562.

Redfield, John H., announce-
nient of death of, 171. Memorial
minute, 171. Obituary notice
of, 292.

Report of Anthropological Sec-
tion, 588.

Report of Botanical Section, 578.

Report of Conchological Section,
576.

Report of ( Jorresponding Secre-
tary, 564.

Report of the Curator of the Wil-
liam S. Vaux Collections, -587.

Report of Curators, 570.

Report of Entomological Section,
577.

Report on the Hay den Memorial
Award, 541.

Report of Librarian, 565.

Report of .Microscopical and Rio-
logical Section, 574.

Report of Mineralogical and Geo-
logical Section, 580.

Report of Ornithological Section,
581.

Report of Professor .of Ethnology
and Archaeology, 585.

Report of Professor of Histology
and Microscopic Technology,
586.

Report of Professor of Inverte-
brate Paleontology, 588.

Report of Professor of Inverte-
brate Zoology, 585.

Report of Professor of Malacology,
586.

Report of Recording Secretary,
562.

Rex, George A., M. I)., an-
nouncement of death of, 38.
Memorial minute, 40.

Rhoads, S. N. Description of
new Mammals from Florida
and Southern California, 10, 82.
New Subspecies of the Gray
Fox and Say's Chipmunk, 41,
42. Notes on Varying Hares
of Washington and British
Columbia, 212, 241. Distribu-
tion of the American Bison in
Pennsyh-ania, with remarks on
a new fossil Species, 212, 244.
Contributions to the Zoology of
Tennessee, No. 1 — Reptiles and

Amphibians, 376. Contribu-
tions to the Zoology of Tennes-
see, No. 2— Birds, 875, 468.

Riley, Charles V., announcement
of death of. 442.

Ruschenberger, \Y. S. W., M.D.,
announcement of death of, 172.
Biographical notice of, 452.

Ryder, John A. An arrangement
of the Retinal Cells in the Eyes
of Fishes partially simulating
< 'ompound Eyes, 161. The true
Nature of the so-called ' ' Nettle-
Threads " of Parana ceeium, 167.
Announcement of death of, 172.
Memorial minute, 211.

Saporta, Gaston de, announce-
ment of death, 212.

Scott, Wm. R. Protoptychus
Hatcheri, a new Rodent' from
the Uinta Eocene, 249, 269.

Sharp, Benjamin, M. 1). On a
collecting tour in Alaska, Ber-
ing Sea and the Arctic Ocean,
442. Report of Corresponding
Secretary, 564. Report of Pro-
fessor of Invertebrate Zoology,
585.

Skinner, Henry, M.D. Report of
Entomological Section, 577.

Standing Committees, 9.

Starks^ Edwin Chapin. Descrip-
tion of a new Genus and
Species of Cottoid Fishes from
Puget Sound, 875, 410.

Stone, Witmer. On the Priority
of the names Calliste, Aglaia
and Calospiza, and their use in
Ornithology, 218, 251. List of
Birds collected in North Green-
land by the Peary Expedition
of 1891-92, 442, 502. Report of
Ornithological Section, 581.

Sutor, Henry, and II. M. Gwat-
kiu. Obser\ations on the den-
tition of Achatinellidai, 41, 287.

Thomas, Charles M., M. D., an-
nouncement of death of, 516.

Tomes, Sir John, announcement
of death of, 442.

Walter, Emma. Does the Dela-
ware Water Gap consist of Two
River Gorges? 172, 198.

W i 1 liamson , Passmore, an uou nce-
ment of death of, 172.

Wingate, Harold, resignation
from Council, 516.

PROCEEDINGS

01 THE

d

^mkmi of th\\\m\ ^mwm

OF

PHILADELPHIA.

189t

■j

v

ART I. JANUARY-MARCH.

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE.

'ui

THOMAS MEEHAN/ CHARLES E. SMITH,

EDWARD J. NOLAN, M. D., GEORGE H. HORN, M. D.

Harrison allen, m. d.
EDITOR : Edward J. Nolan, M. D.

PHILADELPHIA:
ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES,

LOGAN SQUARE.
1895.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES

OF PHILADELPHIA.

Nine volumes of the New Series of the Joukual, and Parts 1 and 2 of Volume X
(Quarto) have been issued— 1847 to 1895. The price per volume of four parts is $10, or $3 per
part to subscribers, and to others 112.50 per volume, or 13.75 per part. Vol. VII contains
"The Extinct Mammalian Fauna of Dakota and Nebraska, with a Synopsis of the Mam-
malian Remains of North America." Illustrated with thirty plates. Bv Joseph Leidy.
M. D.. LL D.

The First Series of the Journal. 1817 to 1842, in eight volumes octavo, may be
obtained at $40 to members, and to the public, $18.

The First Series of the Proceedings of the Academy, published in octavo, 1841
to 185ii, of which eight volumes were completed Dec. 31, 1856," may be obtained at $24 to
members, and to the public, $36.

The Second Series of the Proceedings, commencing January 1, 1857 (of which
'fourteen volumes were completed Dec. 31, 1870), may be obtained at $42 to members, or $3
per volume separately ; and to the public $3.75 per volume,

The Third Series of the Proceedings, illustrated, commencing January 1,
1871, (of which twenty-four volumes were completed Dec. 31, 1894), is published at $5 "per
annum to subscribers, payable in advance ; single volumes, $6.25.

American Journal of Conchology, 1865—71. Seven vols., 8 vo. Containing 2,500
pages, illustrated by one hundred and fifty plates, many of them colored, besides about a
thousand wood engravings. Published at $70. Price reduced to $40 for the set. Separate
volumes, $10 each.

BOOKS FOR SALE.

The Academy has the following works for sale at the prices affixed .
Description of Shells of North America, with 68 colored plates. By Thomas Say.

1830-34. $10.50.
Monograph of the Terrestrial Mollusca of the United States. "With illus-
trations of all the species. By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Fine edition, plate paper, with

duplicate plates, colored and tinted, $20 : colored edition, $13.50; plain edition, $8.50.

Only one hundred copies printed, which have been mostly sold.
Monograph of the Fresh Water Univalve Mollusca of the United States.

By S. S. Haldeman, 1840-44. With Continuation to 1871. By Geo. "W. Tryon, Jr.

2 vols., with many colored plates. Fine edition, duplicate plates, $10; with col-
ored plates, $25 : with plain plates, $19.

Either the original work or rhe continuation furnished separately, if desired.
Synonyms of the Species of Strepomatid.e (Melanians) of the United States.

By Geo. W. Tryon. Jr. Cloth. $2 ; paper, $1.75.
List of American Writers on Recent CoNCHOLGY.with the Titles of their Memoirs

and Dates of Publication. By Geo. W. TRYon, Jr. Cloth. $2; paper, $1.75.
Monograph of the Order Pholadacea and other Papers. By Geo. W. Tryon. Jr.

Cloth, $2; paper $1.75.
Complete Writings on Recent and Fossil Conchology of C. S. Rafinesque.

Edited by Wm. G. Binnev and G. W. Tryon, Jr. $2.50.
Observations on the Genus Unio. By Isaac Lea, LL. D. 4to, Vols., 1 to 13. With

Index. No*. 1, 2 and 3, complete. Illustrated with several hundred fine lithographic

Plates. $60.

Same, Vols. 2 to 13 inclusive, except Vols. 4 and 12. Each volume separately, $5.
Synopsis of the Genus Unio. Bv Isaac Lea, LL. D. Fourth edition. $5.
Contributions to Geology. By Isaac Lea. $3.
Fossil Foot-Marks. By Isaac Lea. Large folio, text and plate. $2.

Same, plate alone. 50 cents.

Notice to Booksellers— All the publications of the Society will be supplied to
booksellers al a discount of 20 per cent on the prices charged to the public.

Application to be made to Edward J. Nolan, M; D., at the Hall of the Academy,
•n Square.

Hayden Memorial Geological Fund.

Mis. Emma W. Hayden has given to the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia in trust the sum of $2,500 to be known as
the Hayden Memorial Geological Fund, in commemoration of her
husband, the late Prof. Ferdinand V. Hayden, M. D., LL. D. Ac-
cording to the terms of the trust, a bronze medal and the balance of
the interest arising from the fund are to be awarded annually for the
best publication, exploration, discovery or research in the sciences
of geology and paleontology, or in such particular branches thereof as
may be designated. The award and all matters connected therewith
are lo be determined by a committee to be selected in an appropriate
manner by the Academy. The recognition is not confined to Ameri-
can naturalists.

CONTENTS.

Co< kerell, T. D. A. Some new Bees of the genus Perdita > 11

Ellis, J. B. Notes on some specimens of Pyrenomycetes in the Schwein-

itz Herbarium 20

Rhoads, Samuel N. Descriptions of new Mammals from Florida and

Southern California 32

Leonard, Charles Lester, M. D. On a new Method of Studying

Cell Motion 38

Rhoads, Samuel N. New Subspecies of the Gray Fox and Say's Chip-

munk

Harris, Gilbert D. New and otherwise interesting Tertiary Mollusca

(Plates 1-9) 4'5

Kennedy, William. Tbe Eocene Tertiary of Texas, east of the Brazos

River 89

Ryder, John A. An arrangement of the Retinal Cells in the Eyes of

Fishes partially simulating Compound Eyes 161

Ryder, John A. The true Nature of the so-called "Nettle-Threads"

of Paramcecium *67

Ortmann, Arnold E. A Study of the Systematic and Geographic Dis-
tribution of the Decapod Family Crangonidse Bate 173

Walter, Emma. Does the Delaware Water Gap consist of two River

Gorges 198

Pilsbry, H. A. and E. G. Vanatta. New species of the Genus Ceriou. 206

LEVVTVPC CO , ENGRAVER* AND PRINTERS, PHILADELPHIA.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ak

^ajfemg 4 |to*wtJ fyww*

OF

PHILADELPHIA.

1895.

PART II APRIL- SEPTEMBER.

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE.

THOMAS MEEHAN, CHARLES E, SMITH,

EDWARD J. NOLAN, M. D., GEORGE H. HORN, M. D.

HARRISON ALLEN, M. D.

EDITOR : Edward J. Nolan, M. D.

PHILADELPHIA:

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES,

LOGAN SQUARE.
1895.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES

OF PHILADELPHIA.

Nine volumes of the New Series of the Journal,, and Parts 1 and 2 of Volume X
(Quarto) have-been issued— 1847 to 1895. The price per volume of four parts is 810, or $3 per
part to subscribers, and to others 812.50 per volume, or $3.75 per part. Vol. VII contains
"The Extinct Mammalian Fauna of Dakota and Nebraska, with a Synopsis of the Mam-
malian Remains of North America." Illustrated with thirty plates. By Joseph Leidy
M. D„ LL. D.

The First Series of the Journal, 1817 to 1842, in eight volumes octavo, may be
obtained at $40 to members, and to the public, $48.

The First Series of the Proceedings of the Academy, published in octavo, 1841
to 1856, of which eight volumes were completed Dec. 31, 1856, may be obtained at $24 to
members, and to the public, $36.

The Second Series of the Proceedings, commencing January 1, 1857 (of which
fourteen volumes were completed Dec. 31, 1870), may be obtained at $42 to members, or $3
per volume separately ; and to the public $3.75 per volume,

The Third Series of the Proceedings, illustrated, commencing January 1,
1871, (of which twenty-four volumes were completed Dec. 31, 1894), is published at $5 per
annum to subscribers, payable in advance ; single volumes, $6.25.

American Journal of Conchology, 1865—71. Seven vols., 8 vo. Containing 2,500
pages, illustrated by one hundred and fifty plates, many of them colored, besides about a
thousand wood engravings. Published at $70. Price reduced to $40 for the set. Separate
volumes, $10 each.

BOOKS F"OR SALE.

The Academy has the following works for sale at the prices affixed .
Description of Shells of North America, with 68 colored plates. By Thomas Say.

1830-34. $10.50.
Monograph of the Terrestrial Mollusca of the United States. With illus-
trations of all the species. By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Fine edition, plate paper, with

duplicate plates, colored and tinted, $20 : colored edition, $13.50 ; plain edition, $8.50.

Only one hundred copies printed, which have been mostly sold.
Monograph of the Fresh Water Univalve Mollusca of the United States.

By S. S. Haldeman, 1840-44. With Continuation to 1871. By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr.

2 vols., with many colored plates. Fine edition, duplicate plates, $40; with col-
ored plates, $25 ; with plain plates, $19.

Either the original work or the continuation furnished separately, if desired.
Synonyms of the Species of Strepomatid^e (Melanians) of the United States.

By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Cloth. $2 ; paper, $1.75.
List of American Writers on Recent CoNCHOLGY,with the Titles of their Memoirs

and Dates of Publication. By Geo. W. Teyod, Jr: Cloth, $2 ; paper, $1.75.
Monograph of the Order Pholadacea and other Papers. By Geo. W. Tryon. Jr.

Cloth, $2 ; paper $1.75.
Complete Writings on Recent and Fossil Conchology of C. S. Rafinesque.

Edited by Wm. G. Binney and G. W. Tryon, Jr. $2.50.
Observations on the Genus Unio. By Isaac Lea, LL. D. 4to, Vols., 1 to 13. With

Index, Nos. 1, 2 and 3, complete. Illustrated with several hundred fine lithographic

Plates. $60.

Same, Vols. 2 to 13 inclusive, except Vols. 4 and 12. Each volume separately, $5.
Synopsis of the Genus Unio. By Isaac Lea, LL. D. Fourth edition. $5.
Contributions to Geology. By Isaac Lea. $3.
Fossil Foot-Marks. By Isaac Lea. Large folio, text and plate. $2.

Same, plate alone. 50 cents.

Notice to Booksellers — All the publications of the Society will be supplied to
Booksellers at a discount of 20 per cent on the prices charged to the public.

Application to be made to Edward J. Nolan, M. D., at the Hall of the Academy,
Logan Square.

October, 1895.

Hayden Memorial Geological Fund.

Mrs. Emma W. Hayden has given to the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia in trust the sum of $2, 500 to be known as
the Hayden Memorial Geological Fund, in commemoration of her
husband, the late Prof. Ferdinand V. Hayden, M. D., LL. D. Ac-
cording to the terms of the trust, a bronze medal and the balance of
the interest arising from the fund are to be awarded annually for the
best publication, exploration, discovery or research in the sciences
of geology and paleontology, or in such particular branches thereof as
may be designated. The award and all matters connected therewith
are to be determined by a committee to be selected in an appropriate
manner by the Academy. The recognition is not confined to Ameri-
can naturalists.

CONTENTS.

Ryder, John A. Obituary Minute . . 211

Baldwin, D. D. Description of new Species of Achatinellidse from the

Hawaiian Islands. (Plates X and XI) 214

Gwatkin, H. M., and Henry Suter. Observations on the Dentition of

Achatinellidae 237

Rhoads, Samuel, N. Notes on the Varying Hares of Washington and

British Columbia, with Description of a new Sub-species 241

Rhoads, Samuel N. Distribution of the American Bison in Pennsyl-
vania, with Remarks on a new Fossil Species 244

Stone, Witmer. The Priority of the Names Calliste, Aglaia, and

Calospiza and their use in Ornithology 251

Morris, Charles. The Extinction of Species 253

Fox, William J. Synopsis of the Stizini of Boreal America 264

Scott, W. B. Protoptychus Hatcheri, a new Rodent from the Uinta

Eocene 269

Keller, Ida A. The Jelly-like Secretion of the Fruit of Peltandra

undulata Raf. (Plate XII) 287

Meehan, Thomas. Memoir of John Howard Redfleld 292

Johnson, C. W., and D. W. Coquillett. Diptera of Florida 303

Moore, J. Percy. Notes on American Enchytrseidse I. New Species of

Fridericia from the Vicinity of Philadelphia. (Plate XIII) 341

Pilsbry, Henry A. On the Status of the Names Aplysia and Tethys . 347
Fox, William J. Synopsis of the Bembicini of Boreal America. (Plate

XIV) 351

Rhoads, Samuel N. Contributions to the Zoology of Tennessee. No.

1, Reptiles and Amphibians 376

LEVYTYPE CO.. ENGRAVERS AND PRINTERS, PHILADELPHIA.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

<|tf«fetttg of |fote«tJ fyjhw*

OF

PHILADELPHIA.

1895.

PART III, OCTOBER-DECEMBER.

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE.

thomas meehan, charles e. smith,

edward j. nolan, m. d., george h. horn, m. d.

Harrison allen, m. d.

EDITOR : Edward J. Nolan, M. D.

PHILADELPHIA:

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES,

LOGAN SQUARE.
' 1896.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES

OF PHILADELPHIA.

Nine volumes of the New Series of the Journal, and Parts 1, 2 and 3 of Volume X
(Quarto) have been issued— 1847 to 1896. The price per volume of four parts is $10, or $3 per
part to subscribers, and to others $12.50 per volume, or $3.75 per part. Vol. VII contains
The Extinct Mammalian Fauna of Dakota and Nebraska, with a Synopsis of the Mam-
malian Remains of North America." Illustrated with thirty plates. By Joseph Leidy,
M. D„ LL. D.

The First Series op the Journal, 1817 to 1842, in eight volumes octavo, may be
obtained at $40 to members, and to the public, $48.

The First Series of the Proceedings of the Academy, published in octavo, 1841
to 1856, of which eight volumes were completed Dec. 31, 1856, may be obtained at $24 to
members, and to the public, $36.

The Second Series of the Proceedings, commencing January 1, 1857 (of which
fourteen volumes were completed Dec. 31, 1870), may be obtained at $42 to members, or $3
per volume separately ; and to the public $3.75 per volume,

The Third Series of the Proceedings, illustrated, commencing January 1,
1871, (of which twenty-five volumes were completed Dec. 31, 1895), is published at $5 per
annum to subscribers, payable in advance ; single volumes, $6.25.

American Journal of Con' ology, 1865—71. Seven vols., 8 vo. Containing 2,500
pages, illustrated by one hundred ana fifty plates, many of them colored, besides about a
thousand wood engravings. Published at $70. Price reduced to $40 for the set. Separate
volumes, $10' each.

BOOKS ROR SALE.

The Academy has the following works for sale at the prices affixed .
Description of Shells ok North America, with 68 colored plates. By Thomas Say.

1830-34. $10.50.
Monograph of the Terrestrial Mollusca of the United States. With illus-
trations of all the species. By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Fine edition, plate paper, with

duplicate plates, colored and tinted, $20 : colored edition, $13.50 ; plain edition, $8.50.

Only one hundred copies printed, which have been mostly sold.
Monograph of the Fresh Water Univalve Mollusca of the United States.

By S. S. Haldeman, 1840-44. With Continuation to 1871. By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr.

2 vols., with many colored plates. Fine edition, duplicate plates, $40; with col-
ored plates, $25 ; with plain plates, $19.

Either the original work or the continuation furnished separately, if desired.
Synonyms of the Species of Strepomatidje (Melanians) of the United States.

By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Cloth, $2 ; paper, $1.75.
List of American Writers on Recent Concholgy, with the Titles of their Memoirs

and Dates of Publication. By Geo. W. TRYon, Jr. Cloth, $2 ; paper, $1.75.
Monograph of the Order Pholadacea and other Papers. By Geo. W. Tryon. Jr.

Cloth, $2 ; paper $1.75.
Complete Writings on Recent and Fossil Conchology of C. S. Rafinesque.

Edited by Wm. G. Binney and G. W. Tryon, Jr. $2.50.
Observations on the Genus Unio. By Isaac Lea, LL. D. 4to, Vols. 1 to 13. With

Index. Nos. 1, 2 and 3, complete. Illustrated with several hundred fine lithographic

Plates. $60.

Same, Vols. 2 to 13 inclusive, except Vols. 4 and 12. Each volume separately, $5.
Synopsis of the Genus Unio. By Isaac Lea, LL. D. Fourth edition. $5.
Contributions to Geology. By Isaac Lea. $3.
Fossil Foot-Marks. By Isaac Lea. Large folio, text and plate. $2.

Same, plate alone. 50 cents.

Notice to Booksellers— All the publications of the Society will be supplied to
Booksellers at a discount of 20 per cent on the prices charged to the public.

Application to be made to Edward J. Nolan, M. D., at the Hall of the Academy,
Logan Square.

February, i8g6.

Hayden Memorial Geological Fund.

Mrs. Emma W. Hayden has given to the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia in trust the sum of $2,500 to be known as
the Hayden Memorial Geological Fund, in commemoration of her
husband, the late Prof. Ferdinand V. Hayden, M. D., LL. D. Ac-
cording to the terms of the trust, a bronze medal and the balance of
the interest arising from the fund are to be awarded annually for the
best publication, exploration, discovery or research in the sciences
of geology and paleontology, or in such particular branches thereof as
may be designated. The award and all matters connected therewith
are to be determined by a committee to be selected in an appropriate
manner by the Academy. The recognition is not confined to Ameri-
can naturalists.

CONTENTS.

Rhoads, Samuel, N. Contributions to the Zoology of Tennesse (con-
tinued) 387

Foote, Warren M. Preliminary Note on a New Alkali Mineral . . . 408
Starks, Edwin Chapin. Description of a New Genus and Species of

Cottoid Fishes from Puget Sound 410

Ellis, J. B., and B. M. Everhart. New Speciesof Fungi from Various

Localities 413

Mercer, Henry C. A Preliminary Account of the Re-exploration in
1894 and 1895 of the " Bone-Hole," now known as Irwin's Cave, at

Port Kennedy, Montgomery County, Pennsylvania 443

Cope, Edward D. The Fossil Vertebrata from the Fissure at Port Ken-
nedy, Pennsylvania 446

Heilprin, Angelo. The Port Kennedy Deposit '. . . . 451

Nolan, Edward J., M.D. A Biographical Notice of W. S. W. Ruschen-

berger, M.D , 452

Rhoads, Samuel N. Contributions to the Zoology of Tennessee, No. 2,

Birds 463

Stone, Witmer. List of Birds Collected in North Greenland by the

Peary Expedition of 1891-2 and the Relief Expedition of 1892 .... 502

Fowke, Gerard. Archaeological Work in Ohio 506

Fox, William J. Synopsis of the North American Species of Go'rytes,

Latr 517

Rand, Theodore D. Trap Dykes in Chester County, Pennsylvania . . 540

Report of the Committee on the Hay den Memorial Award 541

Holm, Theo. Contributions to the Flora of Greenland 543

Greene, Edward L. Eclogae Botanicse, No. 2. I, Some new Western

Plants ; II, Revision of Tropidocarpum 546

Keller, Ida A. Notes on the Study of the Cross-Fertilization of

Flowers by Insects 555

Report of the Recording Secretary 562

Report of the Corresponding Secretary 564

Report of the Librarian 565

Report of the Curators 570

Report of the Microscopical and Biological Section 574

Report of the Conchological Section 576

Report of the Entomological Section 577

Report of the Botanical Section 578

Report of the Mineralogical and Geological Section 580

Report of the Ornithological Section 581

Report of the Anthropological Section 583

Report of the Professor of Invertebrate Paleontology 583

Report of the Professor of Ethnology and Archaeology 585

Report of the Professor of Invertebrate Zoology 585

Report of the Professor of Histology and Microscopic Technology . . . 586

Report of the Professor of Malacology 586

Report of the Curator of the William S. Vaux Collections 587

Officers for 1896 588

Elections during 1895 588

Additions to the Museum 590

Index to Genera 597

General Index 607

LEVVTYPE CO., ENGRAVERS AND PRINTERS, PHILADELPHIA.

IV!fi.L.„^H01 LIBRARY

UH IflRj S